* 


n 


» 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2013 


http://archive.org/details/chronologicalhis02prin 


A 


CHRONOLOGICAL  HISTORY 


OF 


NEW-ENGLAND. 


IN  THE  FORM  OF 


ANNALS : 


BEING 

A  Summary  and  exact  Account  of  the  most  material  Transactions  and 
Occurrences  relating  to  this  Country,  in  the  order  of  Time  wherein  they 
happened,  from  the  Discovery  of  Capt.  Gosnold,  in  1602,  to  the  Arrival  of 
Governor  Belcher,  in  1730. 

WITH  AN 

INTRODUCTION 

CONTAINING 

A  brief  Epitome  of  the  most  considerable  Transactions  and  Events  abroad. 
From  the  Creation.  Including  the  connected  line  of  Time,  the  succession  of 
Patriarchs  and  Sovereigns  of  the  most  famous  Kingdoms  aud  Empires  ;  the 
gradual  Discoveries  of  America,  and  the  Progress  of  the  Reformation,  to  the 
Discovery  of  JNew-Englaud. 


By  THOMAS  PRINCE,  M.  A. 


Remember  the  days  of  old,  consider  the  years  of  many  generations  Deut.  xxxii.  7. 

For  inquire,  I  pray  thee,  of  the  former  age,  and  prepare  thyself  to  the  search  of  their  fathers. 

Job  viii.  8. 

— 


BOSTON,  N.  E. 

PRINTED  BY  KNEELAND  &  GREEN,  FOR  S.  GERRISH. 

MDCCXXXVI. 


A  NEW  EDITION, 
PUBLISHED  BY  CUMMINGS,  HILLIARD,  AND  COMPANY 

1826. 


ADVERTISEMENT  TO  THIS  EDITION. 


The  first  volume  of  this  work,  including  the  Introduction, 
and  the  New-England  Chronology  to  September  1630,  was 
first  published  in  Boston,  in  1736.  This  volume  terminated 
abruptly,  in  the  middle  of  the  second  section,  of  the  second 
part.  The  work  was  afterwards  continued  in  1755,  in  three 
pamphlet  numbers  of  thirty-two  pages  each,  bringing  down  the 
annals  to  the  5th  of  August,  1633.  Soon  after  the  publication 
of  these  numbers,  the  learned  author  died,  and  to  the  regret 
of  all  who  wish  to  inquire  into  the  early  history  of  the  coun- 
try, the  work  remained  unfinished.  It  embraces,  however,  the 
most  obscure  and  difficult  period  of  our  history,  namely,  the 
first  settlement  of  the  Plymouth  and  Massachusetts  colonies ; 
and  for  that  period  it  is  the  most  complete,  exact  and  satis- 
factory history  extant.  The  work  has  long  been  extremely 
rare,  and  a  new  edition  of  it  has  been  much  desired.  Of  the 
three  pamphlet  numbers,  a  very  few  copies  were  known  to 
be  in  existence,  until  the  Massachusetts  Historical  Society  in 
1818,  republished  them  in  the  seventh  volume  of  the  second 
series  of  their  valuable  collections.  Of  the  first  volume,  no 
edition  since  the  first,  has  been  published  until  this  time. 
The  present  volume  contains  the  original  first  volume,  with 
the  corrections  and  additions  made  by  the  author,  together 


IV 


ADVERTISEMENT. 


with  the  whole  of  the  supplementary  numbers,  and  is  there- 
fore,  the  first  complete  and  uniform'  edition  of  the  work  that 
has  been  published. 

The  Rev.  Thomas  Prince,  the  author  of  the  work,  was 
born  at  Middleborough,  and  was  graduated  at  Harvard  Col- 
lege, 1707.  He  spent  several  years  in  travelling  in  Europe, 
and  on  his  return,  Oct.  1,  1718,  was  ordained  Pastor  of  the 
old  South  Church  in  Boston,  in  which  station  he  remained 
until  his  death,  Oct.  22,  1758.  The  author  of  the  New 
England  Biographical  Dictionary  justly  remarks  of  him,  that 
he  "  was  one  of  the  most  learned  and  useful  men  of  his  age. 
He  would  deserve  this  character,  if  he  had  never  published 
any  thing  but  this  Chronology." 

Boston,  1826. 


DEDICATION. 


To  His  Excellency,  Jonathan  Belcher,  Esq. ; 
captain-general  and  governor-in-chief  in  and  over 
His  Majesty's  Province  of  the  Massachusetts  Bay 
in  New-England.  &c.  To  the  Honorable  Spencer 
Phipps,  Esq.,  lieutenant-governor  ;  and  to  the 
Honorable  His  Majesty's  Council  and  House  of 
Representatives  of  said  Province. 

The  Province  under  your  united  care,  being  the 
principal  of  the  New-England  governments,  con- 
taining especially  the  two  first  colonies  of  Ply- 
mouth and  the  Massachusetts,  from  whence  the 
others  were  chiefly  derived,  and  having  the  greatest 
share  in  the  following  work,  to  whom  could  a  son 
of  the  Province  more  properly  offer  this  fruit  of  his 
labors,  than  to  your  excellency  and  honors  ?  espe- 
cially, when  he  beholds  you  as  mostly,  if  not  wholly, 
descendants  from  the  worthy  fathers  of  these  plan- 
tations ;  whom  yourselves  and  posterity  cannot  but 
have  in  everlasting  honor,  not  only  for  their  emi- 
nent selfdenial  and  piety,  wherein  they  set  examples 
for  future  ages  to  admire  and  imitate  ;  but  also  for 
their  great  concern  that  the  same  vital  and  pure 
Christianity  and  liberty  both  civil  and  ecclesiastical, 
might  be  continued  to  their  successors  ;  for  which 


VI 


DEDICATION. 


they  left  their  own  and  their  fathers  houses,  in  the 
most  pleasant  places  then  on  earth,  with  many  of 
their  dearest  relatives,  and  came  over  the  ocean 
into  this  then  hideous  wilderness  ;  and  the  peaceful 
fruits  of  whose  extraordinary  cares,  labors,  hard- 
ships, wisdom,  courage,  patience,  blood  and  death, 
we  under  the  divine  protection,  and  the  justice  of 
the  best  of  kings  enjoy. 

It  is  to  these  we  firstly  owe  our  pleasant  houses, 
our  fruitful  fields,  our  growing  towns  and  churches, 
our  wholesome  laws,  our  precious  privileges,  our 
grammar  schools  and  colleges,  our  pious  and  learn- 
ed ministers  and  magistrates,  our  good  government 
and  order,  the  public  restraints  of  vices,  the  general 
knowledge  of  our  common  people,  the  strict  obser- 
vation of  the  christian  sabbath  ;  with  those  remains 
of  public  modesty,  sobriety,  social  virtues,  and  reli- 
gion ;  for  which  this  country  is  distinguished  among 
the  British  colonies,  and  in  which  we  are  as  happy 
as  any  on  earth. 

In  the  midst  of  our  great  advantages,  you  will 
doubtless  take  a  noble  and  useful  pleasure,  in  re- 
viewing the  names  and  actions  of  your  predeces- 
sors ;  that  you  may  imitate  their  virtues  ;  as  also 
in  surveying  the  gradual  steps  that  led  to  our  pre- 
sent situation  ;  together  with  the  train  of  Provi- 
dences appearing  for  us,  sometimes  indeed  afflicting 
and  then  delivering,  but  preserving  us  through  all 
our  dangers,  disappointing  the  designs  of  enemies, 
maintaining  our  invaluable  liberties,  and  causing  us 
to  grow  and  prosper :  that  the  Sovereign  Power 


DEDICATION. 


vii 


who  has  formed,  preserved  and  blessed  this  people, 
may  receive  his  due  and  grateful  adorations. 

It  is  the  orderly  succession  of  these  transactions 
and  events,  as  they  precisely  fell  out  in  time,  too 
much  neglected  by  our  historians,  that  for  some 
years  past,  I  have  taken  the  greatest  pains  to 
search  and  find,  even  vastly  more  than  in  compos- 
ing, and  which  through  a  world  of  difficulty  and 
much  expense,  I  here  present  you,  not  in  the  spe- 
cious form  of  a  proper  history,  which  admits  of 
artificial  ornaments  and  descriptions  to  raise  the 
imagination  and  affections  of  the  reader  ;  but  of  a 
closer  and  more  naked  register,  comprising  only 
facts  in  a  chronological  epitome,  to  enlighten  the 
understanding  ;  somewhat  like  the  form  of  Usher's 
Annals,  which  a  competent  historian  may  easily  fill 
up  and  beautify. 

Nor  is  the  design  of  this  dedication,  as  is  usual 
with  others,  to  implore  your  patronage  of  the  work 
in  general  at  all  adventures,  or  to  palliate  or  excuse 
the  faults  or  mistakes  therein  ;  but  rather  humbly 
to  appeal  to  your  collective  and  superior  knowledge, 
that  it  may  more  thoroughly  be  examined,  every 
mistake  of  fact  discovered,  and  the  remainder  only 
justified. 

It  would  be  too  high  a  presumption  in  me,  as 
well  as  too  intruding  on  your  more  important  cares, 
to  supplicate  a  public  examination  or  correction  of 
this  composure.  But  if  it  were  as  worthy  as  the 
reverend  and  learned  Mr.  Hubbard's  Narrative  of 
the  Indian  wars  ;  for  the  perusing  and  approving 


viii 


DEDICATION. 


which,  three  honorable  magistrates  were  deputed 
by  the  governor  and  council'of  the  Massachusetts 
colony  in  1677,  one  of  whom  was  a  major-general, 
and  the  other  two  were  afterwards  governors. 
Upon  rectifying  every  error,  such  a  public  appro- 
bation would  consign  it  as  a  true  report  of  facts,  to 
the  regard  and  credit  both  of  present  and  of  future 
generations. 

I  should  now  conclude,  were  it  not  for  an  obser- 
vation of  too  great  and  public  moment  to  be  here 
omitted  ;  which  is  as  follows  : 

That  when  the  founders  of  these  colonies  came 
over,  it  was  a  time  of  general  tyranny,  both  in 
church  and  state,  through  their  mother  island  ;  un- 
der which  the  British  kingdoms  loudly  groaned,  as 
the  united  voice  declared  both  of  their  Lords  and 
Commons  in  several  Parliaments  both  of  England 
and  of  Scotland,  the  only  national  representatives 
and  the  most  proper  witnesses  of  the  national  op- 
pressions ;  a  thousand  times  more  credible  than 
any  particular  writers.  From  which  those  king- 
doms could  never  obtain  a  legal  and  established 
deliverance  till  the  glorious  revolution  in  1688  ;  nor 
could  apprehend  it  to  be  sufficiently  secured  till 
the  happy  accession  of  King  George  I.  to  the 
British  throne  in  1714  ;  a  prince  who  was  a  grand- 
son, by  the  princess  Sophia,  of  that  most  excellent 
king  and  queen  of  Bohemia  ;  whom  the  puritans 
admired  and  loved,  whom  they  grieved  to  see  so 
much  neglected  in  their  bitter  sufferings  by  the 
court  of  England,  and  whom  those  who  came  over 


DEDICATION. 


ix 


hither,  represented  to  their  posterity  in  the  most 
amiable  character  ;  of  which  1  can  myself  bear 
witness.  For,  though  born  in  a  remoter  corner  of 
this  land,  yet  while  in  the  arms  of  a  knowing  and 
careful  mother,  a  grand-daughter  of  the  first  race 
of  settlers,  next  to  the  Scripture  history,  she  gave 
me  such  a  view  of  the  reformation,  and  of  the  suf- 
ferings and  virtues  of  those  renowned  princes,  as 
raised  my  joy  with  others,  when  the  first  hopeful 
prospect  opened  of  their  protestant  descendants  in 
the  illustrious  House  of  Hanover,  being  advanced 
to  the  British  throne,  and  carried  us  into  unbound- 
ed transports  when  our  eyes  beheld  it. 

Upon  this  occasion,  His  Excellency  will  forgive 
me,  if,  for  the  honor  of  his  country,  as  well  as  for 
his  own,  we  boast  of  one  among  us,  who  inspir- 
ed with  zeal  for  the  succession  of  that  illustrious 
House,  even  in  the  joys  of  youth,  twice  broke 
away,  namely,  in  1704  and  1708,  and  passed  a 
double  ocean  ;  that  he  might  with  rapture  see,  and 
in  his  country's  name  express  the  ardor  of  their 
vows  to  that  most  important  family  ;  in  which, 
under  Heaven  all  the  welfare  of  three  mighty  na- 
tions, and  even  of  all  the  protestant  states  and 
kingdoms  in  the  world,  as  well  as  the  liberty,  reli- 
gion, and  felicity  of  these  colonies  and  provinces 
were  involved.  A  celebrated  instance  peculiar  to 
himself  alone,  that  I  presume  no  other  American 
can  pretend  to  ;  and,  for  the  fatigue  and  pains,  I 
suppose  no  other  subject  of  the  whole  British  em- 
pire ;  which  redounds  to  the  glory  of  the  land  that 
2 


\ 


DEDICATION 


bred  him,  that  parted  with  him,  and  received  him 
with  applause  ;  and  the  happy  consequence  where- 
of, at  the  head  of  his  country,  he  now  enjoys. 

May  that  blessed  family  remain  upon  the  throne 
and  prosper  as  long  as  the  sun  endures  ;  may  they 
spread  their  branches  to  every  state  and  kingdom 
round  about,  and  therewith  extend  the  British  hap- 
piness. May  these  plantations,  flourish  under  their 
benign  influence  to  the  end  of  time.  May  your 
Excellency  enjoy  their  smiles  to  the  last  hour  of 
life  ;  and  thereby,  with  the  Divine  grace  and  bless- 
ing, long  lengthen  our  tranquillity,  and  advance  our 
welfare.  May  your  Honors,  now  taking  your  turn 
to  rise  and  shine  in  the  exalted  places  of  your  wise 
and  pious  predecessors,  follow  their  bright  exam- 
ples, preserve  the  dear  depposita  resigned  to  your 
faithful  trust,  and  transmit  them  safely  to  your  suc- 
cessors ;  in  all  your  councils  may  you  look  to  future 
as  well  as  present  generations  ;  whom  you  may 
see  depending  on  your  care  and  wisdom,  as  we, 
unborn  depended  on  the  care  and  wisdom  of  those 
before  us  ;  and  may  you  ever  keep  in  view,  the 
principal  and  noble  ends  of  these  religious  settle- 
ments. So  will  you  be,  with  our  dear  forefathers, 
an  eternal  excellence,  and  the  joy  and  praise  of 
perpetual  generations. 

Your  Excellency's  and 

Honors,  most  Obedient, 
and  Humble  Servant, 
THOMAS  PRINCE. 

Boston,  Nov.  24th,  1736. 


PREFACE 


RELATING  THE  RISE,  DESIGN,   AND   PROGRESS   OF  THIS 
COMPOSURE. 

Next  to  the  Sacred  History,  and  that  of  the  Reformation,  I  was 
from  my  early  youth  instructed  in  the  history  of  this  country.  And 
the  first  book  of  this  kind  put  into  my  hand,  was  The  New-Eng- 
land Memorial,  composed  by  Mr.  Secretary  Morton ;  being  the 
History  of  Plymouth  Colony  from  the  beginning  to  1668.  G<>v. 
Thomas  Dudley's  Letter  to  the  countess  of  Lincoln,  informed  me 
of  the  beginning  of  the  Massachusetts  Colony.  Mr.  William  Hub- 
bard and  Mr.  Increase  Mather's  Narratives  of  the  Indian  Wars  in 
1637,  1675  and  1676,  with  Mr.  Cotton  Mather's  History  of  the 
Indian  Wars  from  1688  to  l698,gave  me  a  sufficient  view  of  those 
calamitous  times.  Mr.  Matthew  Mayhew's  Account  of  the  Vine- 
yard Indians,  Mr.  Increase  Mather's  Record  of  Remarkable  Provi- 
dences, Mr.  Cotton  Mather's  Lives  of  Mr.  Cotton,  Norton,  Wilson, 
Davenport,  Hooker,  Mitchel,  Eliot,  and  Sir  William  Phipps,  in- 
creased my  knowledge  ;  and  much  more  was  it  advanced,  upon 
the  coming  out  of  the  last  mentioned  author's  Ecclesiastical  History 
of  New  England,  in  folio,  in  1702. 

Yet  still  I  longed  to  see  all  these  things  disposed  in  the  order  of 
time  wherein  they  happened,  together  with  the  rise  and  progress  of 
the  several  towns,  churches,  counties,  colonies,  and  provinces 
throughout  this  country. 


Xil  PREFACE. 

Upon  my  entering  into  the  College,  I  chanced  in  my  leisure 
hours  to  read  Mr.  Chamberlain's  account  of  ihe  Cottonian  Library  ; 
which  excited  in  me  a  zeal  of  laying  hold  on  every  book,  pam- 
phlet, and  paper,  both  in  print  and  manuscript,  which  are  either 
written  by  persons  who  lived  here,  or  that  have  any  tendency  to 
enlighten  our  history. 

When  I  went  to  England,  I  met  with  a  great  variety  of  books 
and  pamphlets,  too  many  here  to  name,  relating  to  this  country, 
wrote  in  ancient  times,  and  which  I  could  not  meet  with  on  this 
side  the  Atlantic.  Among  others,  in  a  History  of  New  England, 
from  1628  to  1651,  printed  in  quarto,  London,  1654,  I  found  many 
particulars,  of  the  beginning  of  our  several  churches,  towns  and 
colonies,  which  appear  in  no  other  writer.  The  running  title  of 
the  book  is  Wonder  Working  Providence,  &c  ;  and  in  the  genuine 
title-page,  no  author  is  named.  Some  of  the  books  were  faced 
with  a  false  title-page  ;  wherein  the  work  is  wrongly  assigned  to 
sir  F.  Georges  ;  but  the  true  author  was  Mr.  Johnson  of  Woburn, 
in  New-England,  as  the  late  Judge  Sevvall  assured  me,  as  of  a  thing 
familiarly  known  among  the  Fathers  of  the  Massachusetts  Colony. 

In  my  foreign  travels,  I  found  the  want  of  a  regular  history  of 
this  country  every  where  complained  of ;  and  was  often  moved  to 
undertake  it,  though  I  could  not  think  myself  equal  to  a  work  so 
noble  as  the  subject  merits.  The  extraordinary  talents  which  Le 
Moyn  and  others  require  in  an  historian  were  enough  to  deter  me. 
And  yet  1  had  a  secret  thought,  that  upon  returning  to  my  native 
country,  in  case  I  should  fall  into  a  state  of  leisure,  and  no  other 
engaged,  I  would  attempt  a  brief  account  of  facts  at  least,  in  the 
form  of  annals. 

But  returning  home  in  1717?  Providence  was  pleased  soon  to 
settle  me  in  such  a  public  place  and  circumstance,  as  I  could  expect 
no  leisure  for  such  a  work,  and  gave  it  over.  I  could  propose  no 
other  than  to  go  on  with  my  collections,  and  provide  materials  for 
some  other  hand  ;  which  I  have  been  at  no  small  expense  to  gather  ; 
having  amassed  above  a  thousand  books,  pamphlets,  and  papers  of 
this  kind  in  print,  and  a  great  number  of  papers  in  manuscript  ;  so 
many  indeed,  that  I  have  never  yet  had  leisure  enough  tu  read 
them.    For  1  should  want  at  least  as  long  a  time  as  Dio ;  who 


PREFACE. 


xiii 


says  he  had  been  not  only  ten  years  in  collecting  for  his  history, 
but  also  twelve  years  more  in  compiling  it ;  and  yet  by  his  book  of 
Dreams  and  Prodigies,  presented  to  Severus,  one  would  think  he 
had  sufficient  leisure.* 

In  1720  came  out  Mr.  NeaPs  History  of  New-England,  which 
I  was  glad  to  see,  and  pleased  both  with  his  spirit,  style,  and 
method.  I  could  wish  nothing  more  than  that  he  had  all  the  helps 
this  country  affords.  And  though  he  has  fallen  into  many  mistakes 
of  facts  which  are  commonly  known  among  us,  some  of  which  be 
seems  to  derive  from  Mr.  Oldmixon's  Account  of  New  England  in 
his  British  Empire  in  America  ;  and  which  mistakes  are  no  doubt 
the  reason  why  Mr.  INeaPs  History  is  not  more  generally  read 
among  us ;  yet  considering  the  materials  this  worthy  writer  was 
confined  to,  and  that  he  was  never  here,  it  seems  to  me  scarce 
possible  that  any  under  his  disadvantages  should  form  a  better.  In 
comparing  him  with  the  authors  from  whence  he  draws,  I  am  sur- 
prised to  see  the  pains  he  has  taken  to  put  the  materials  into  such 
a  regular  order  ;  and  to  me  it  seems  as  if  many  parts  of  his  work 
cannot  be  mended. 

Upon  the  account  of  those  mistakes  as  also  many  deficiencies 
which  our  written  records  only  are  able  to  supply  ;  I  have  been 
often  urged  here  to  undertake  our  history,  but  as  often  declined  for 
the  reasons  aforesaid.  However,  being  still  solicited,  and  no  other 
attempting,  at  length  in  1728  I  determined  to  draw  up  a  short 
account  of  the  most  remarkable  transactions  and  events,  in  the 
form  of  a  mere  Chronology  ;  which  I  apprehended  would  give  a 
summary  and  regular  view  of  the  rise  and  progress  of  our  affairs, 
be  a  certain  guide  to  future  historians,  make  their  performance 
easier  to  them,  or  assist  Mr.  Neal  in  correcting  his  second  edition  ; 
and  which  I  supposed  would  not  take  above  six  or  eight  sheets,  in- 
tending to  write  no  more  than  a  line  or  two  upon  every  article. 

The  design  was  this  ; 

A  summary  and  exact  account  of  the  most  material  occurrences 
relating  to  these  parts  of  the  world  from  theii  first  discovery  in  the 
order  of  time  in  which  they  happened  ;  wherein,  besides  the  most 


f  Lib.  72.  c.  Xiphilirm. 


xiv 


PREFACE. 


remarkable  Providences  ;  such  as  appearances  of  comets  and 
eclipses,  earthquakes,  tempests,  inundations,  droughts,  scarcities, 
fires,  epidemical  sicknesses,  memorably  accidents  and  deliverances, 
deaths  of  men  of  figure,  with  their  age  and  places  where  they  lived 
and  died,  as  also  of  the  most  aged,  with  the  number  of  their  off- 
spring ;  there  will  be  brief  hints  of  our  historical  transactions,  as 
the  rise  and  changes  of  governments,  the  elections  of  chief  magis- 
trates, the  grants  and  settlements  of  towns  and  precincts,  their 
Indian  and  English  names,  the  formations  of  churches  and  counties, 
the  ordinations  and  removals  of  ministers,  building  houses  for  pub- 
lic worship,  forts  and  great  bridges,  erecting  grammar  schools  and 
colleges,  extraordinary  public  fasts  and  thanksgivings,  propagation 
of  the  Gospel,  remarkable  laws  and  executions,  as  also  wars,  as- 
saults, expeditions,  battles,  peace,  &c.  The  different  dates  assigned 
to  various  occurrences,  will  be  carefully  compared  and  corrected, 
and  the  very  years,  months  and  days,  if  possible,  ascertained. 
Together  with  an  introduction,  containing  a  brief  account  of  the 
most  remarkable  persons,  transactions  and  events  abroad. 

1.  From  the  Creation  to  the  birth  of  Christ,  according  to  the 
computation  of  the  best  Chronologers. 

2.  From  thence  to  the  discovery  of  the  New  World  by  Christo- 
pher Columbus. 

3.  From  thence  to  the  discovery  of  New-England  by  Captain 
Gosnold. 

The  ministers  throughout  this  country  were  desired  to  make  their 
careful  inquiries,  and  send  in  their  accurate  accounts  as  soon  as 
possible  ;  that  such  material  passages  might  be  preserved  from 
oblivion,  and  so  desirable  a  collection  might  be  hastened  to  the 
public  view. 

Upon  my  publishing  this  design,  I  first  engaged  in  the  introduc- 
tion ;  but  quickly  found,  as  Chambers  in  his  Cyclopaedia  observes, 
Chronology  to  be  vastly  more  difficult  than  one  can  imagine,  who 
has  not  applied  himself  to  the  study  ;  and  as  Alsted  in  his  Thesaeu- 
rus,  says,  that  his  other  labors  were  but  as  play  to  this.  In  my 
prefaces  to  the  several  periods  and  the  following  notes,  I  observe 
the  writers  with  whom  I  agree  and  differ,  as  also  some  of  the 
greatest  difficulties.    And  as  I  would  not  take  the  least  iota  upon 


* 


PREFACE.  XV 

trust  if  possible,  I  examined  the  original  authors  I  could  meet 
with  ;  and  some  of  the  articles  were  so  perplexed,  as  it  cost  me  a 
fortnight's  thought  and  labor  before  I  could  be  fully  satisfied.  The 
mere  tables  and  calculations  I  was  forced  to  make  would  compose 
a  folio.  To  find  out  not  only  the  year  and  month,  but  even  the 
day  of  every  article,  I  was  obliged  to  search  a  great  number  of 
writers  ;  and  the  knowing  reader  will  see  that  so  many  precise 
points  of  time,  are  nowhere  to  be  found,  but  by  such  a  collection 
as  I  have  for  this  intent  perused. 

As  to  the  line  of  time,  it  is  measured  by  the  continued  succes- 
sion of  patriarchs  and  sovereigns  of  the  most  famous  kingdoms  and 
empires.  For  the  three  first  periods,  viz.  (l)  Of  the  patriarchs, 
(2)  Judges  of  Israel,  and  (3)  Kings  of  Judah,  to  the  destruction  of 
the  first  Temple  and  of  Jerusalem  by  Nebuchadnezzar  ;  I  leave  the 
Samaritan  Pentateuch,  the  Septuagint  and  Josephus,  which  several 
writers  both  ancient  and  modern  follow  ;  and  I  strictly  keep  to  the 
Hebrew  Bible,  of  which  it  is  said,  our  old  English  Bede  was  the 
first  who  made  it  the  rule  of  ancient  Chronology.  In  the  fourth 
period,  viz.  from  thence  through  the  reigns  of  the  Babylonian, 
Persian,  Grecian  and  Egyptian  monarchs,  to  the  Roman  emperors; 
I  keep  to  Ptolemy's  famous  Astronomical  Canon,  and  give  it  ex- 
actly through  the  period.  In  the  fifth  and  sixth  periods  from 
thence  to  the  monarchs  of  England,  I  make  use  of  Tacitus,  Sue- 
tonius, Dio,  Herodian,  Eusebius,  Evagrius,  Socrates,  Scholasticus, 
Calvisius,  Helvicus,  Petavius,  &c.  And  in  the  seventh  and  last, 
from  thence  to  the  beginning  of  the  reign  of  king  James  I.  in  England, 
when  he  became  the  first  monarch  of  Great  Britain,  I  keep  to  the 
ancient  authors  in  Latin  to  the  reign  of  Edward  II.  ;  of  all  which 
I  am  sorry  that  I  could  not  find  the  Saxon  Chronicle  in  this 
country. 

But  whereas  in  the  times  before  the  Christian  era,  I  cite  several 
authors  ;  such  as  Calvisius,  Helvicus,  Alsted,  Petavius,  Usher,  &c. 
as  agreeing  in  the  same  year  affixed  to  an  article,  though  they  called 
that  year  a  different  year  of  the  world  :  I  need  not  tell  the  learned, 
that  in  those  articles  those  authors  do  not  differ,  as  to  the  same  real 
years,  or  years  of  the  Julian  period,  or  celestial  characters  assigned 
to  them,  or  in  their  distance  from  the  christian  era.    Thus  for  in- 


xvi 


PREFACE. 


stance,  as  to  the  time  when  Augustus  took  Alexandria,  and  put  an 
end  to  the  Egyptian  kingdom  ;  Calvisius  calls  it  August  1,  in  the 
year  of  the  world  3920  ;  Usher  calls  it  3974,  beginning  3975  in  the 
following  month  ;  but  we,  beginning  this  year  with  January,  as  the 
Julian  year  begins,  place  this  article  on  August  1 ,  in  3975  ;  and 
yet  this  is  the  very  same  real  year,  month  and  day,  viz.  August  1, 
in  the  year  of  the  Julian  period  4684,  Cycle  of  the  sun  8,  of  the 
moon  10,  and  the  30th  year  before  the  christian  era;  the  first  of 
which  is  the  year  of  the  Julian  period  4714;  as  all  chronologers 
agree.  In  our  use  of  those  authors  therefore,  we  turn  their  years 
of  the  Julian  period  into  those  years  of  the  world  which  answer 
them  in  our  chronology. 

In  the  Introduction  I  also  observed  this  rule,  that  the  nearer  I 
drew  to  the  later  ages,  wherein  we  grow  more  concerned,  the  larger 
I  made  my  periods  ;  and  in  the  process  of  this  work,  was  gra- 
dually led  on  and  persuaded  to  exceed  my  first  design,  which  was 
to  have  made  the  five  later  periods  near  as  short  as  the  two 
former. 

By  that  time  I  finished  the  introduction,  I  found  so  great  a  num- 
ber of  historical  manuscripts,  both  old  and  new  ;  containing  all 
sorts  of  records  both  public  and  private,  religious,  civil  and  miltary  ; 
that  our  printed  histories  are  but  a  small  part  in  comparison  with 
them,  and  made  me  still  more  ready  to  yield  to  the  solicitations  of 
others,  to  enlarge  my  design  and  give  the  public  an  abridgement 
of  them.  For  I  considered  that  as  several  ancient  records  of  towns 
and  churches  have  been  unhappily  burnt,  and  some  lost  otherwise  ; 
if  I  did  not  now  in  this  way  preserve  the  substance  of  these  histori- 
cal memoirs,  it  would  be  daily  in  danger  of  perishing  beyond 
recovery. 

The  manuscripts  I  have  had  opportunity  to  search  are  these. 
In  folio — 

1.  Governor  Bradford's  History  of  Plymouth  people  and  colony, 
from  1602  to  the  end  of  164G,  in  270  pages  ;  with  some  account, 
at  the  end,  of  the  increase  of  those  who  came  over  with  him,  from 
1620  to  1650,  and  all  in  his  own  hand-writing. 

2.  The  ancient  Church  of  Plymouth  Records ;  begun  by  Mr. 
Secretary  Morton. 


PREFACE. 


XVII 


3.  A  copy  of  the  Grand  Charter  of  New-England,  granted  by 
king  James  I.  on  November  3,  1620,  in  86  pnges. 

4.  The  ancient  Records  of  the  Massachusetts  Colony. 

5.  The  ancient  Records  of  the  County  of  Suffolk  ;  in  the  first 
volume  whereof  are  several  letters  from  the  Massachusetts  Com- 
pany at  London  to  Mr.  Endicot,  before  they  came  over. 

6.  The  ancient  Records  of  the  town  of  Charlestown  ;  in  the  first 
volume  whereof  is  a  particular  history  of  the  first  coming  and  set- 
tling of  the  English  there,  and  in  the  neighboring  places. 

7-  The  ancient  Records  of  the  town  of  Boston  ;  as  also  of  the 
first,  second,  third,  and  several  other  later  Churches  there. 

8.  The  ancient  Records  of  the  first  Church  of  Roxbury,  written 
by  the  famous  and  Rev.  Mr.  Eliot,  and  his  successive  colleagues 
the  Rev.  Mr.  Danforth  and  Walter.  In  a  separate  part  of  the  book 
are  recorded  hints  of  various  ancient  transactions  and  events,  in 
other  towns  and  colonies. 

9.  An  ancient  Record  of  the  first  New-England  Synod,  viz.  at 
Cambridge,  1637- 

10.  Plymouth  Colony  Laws,  from  1626  to  1660,  inclusively. 

11.  The  ancient  Records  of  the  honorable  Artillery  Company. 

12.  The  Rev.  Mr.  William  Hubbard's  General  History  of  New- 
England  from  the  discovery  to  1680,  in  338  pages  ;  and  though 
not  in  his  own  hand- writing,  yet  having  several  corrections  made 
thereby. 

In  quarto — 

1.  A  book  of  Patents  of  several  parts  of  New-England. 

2.  An  original  Record  of  the  Rev.  Mr.  Peter  Hobart  of  Hing- 
ham,  relating  hints  of  matters,  both  in  his  own  and  some  neighbor- 
ing churches  also. 

3.  Major  Mason's  ancient  account  of  the  Pequot  War  in  1634, 

5, 6,  r. 

4.  Major-General  Gookin's  history  of  the  New-England  Indians, 
to  1674,  inclusively. 

5.  An  original  Journal  in  Latin,  composed  by  the  late  Rev.  Mr. 
Brimsmead  of  Marlborough,  and  in  his  hand-writing,  from  1665  to 
.1695,  inclusively. 

3 


xviii 


PREFACE. 


6.  An  account  of  Memorable  Things  in  New-England,  from  1674 
to  [687  inclusively,  written  by  the  late  Rev.  Dr.  Increase  Mather, 
in  his  own  hand.  • 

7-  An  original  Journal  of  the  late  Captain  Lawrence  Hammond 
of  Charlestown  and  Boston,  from  1677  to  1694,  inclusively. 

8.  An  original  Journal  of  a  very  intelligent  person  deceased, 
who  desired  not  to  be  named  ;  relating  remarkable  matters  from 
1689  to  1711,  inclusively. 

In  octavo — 

1.  A  register  of  Governor  Bradford's,  in  his  own  hand,  recording 
some  of  the  first  deaths,  marriages  and  punishments,  at  Plymouth  ; 
with  three  other  miscellaneous  volumes  of  his. 

2.  A  little  ancient  Table  Book  of  his  son,  major  William  Brad- 
ford, afterward  deputy  governor  of  Plymouth  Colony,  written  with 
his  own  hand,  from  1649  to  1670. 

3.  Captain  Roger  Clap's  account  of  the  ancient  affairs  of  the 
Massachusetts  Colony. 

4.  An  original  Register  wrote  by  the  Rev.  Mr.  John  Lathrop, 
recording  the  first  affairs  both  of  Scituate  and  Barnstable  :  of  which 
towns  he  was  successively  the  first  minister. 

Two  original  books  of  Deputy  Governor  Willoughby  and  Cap- 
tain Hammond  ;  giving  historical  hints,  from  1651  to  1678  inclu- 
sively. 

6.  Interleaved  Almanacs  of  the  late  honorable  John  Hull  and 
Judge  Sewall  of  Boston,  Esqrs.  ;  of  the  Rev.  Mr.  Shepard  the  last 
of  Charlestown,  of  the  late  Rev.  Mr.  Joseph  Gerrish  of  Wenham, 
and  several  others  from  1646  to  1720;  wherein  the  facts  were 
wrote  at  the  time  they  happened  ;  though  the  notes  in  several  being- 
wrote  in  divers  sorts  of  short-hand,  to  which  I  was  an  utter  stran- 
ger, put  me  to  no  small  pains  to  find  out  their  alphabets  and  other 
characters. 

In  lose  papers — 

1.  Extracts  from  the  Public  Records  of  the  Colonies  of  Plymouth. 
Connecticut  and  Rhode  Island. 

2.  A  great  number  of  ancient  Letters  and  other  papers  which  I 
have  collected  from  several  libraries  and  particular  persons. 

3.  Near  two  hundred  Chronological  Letters  sent  me}  collected 


PREFACE. 


XiX 


from  the  Records  of  several  towns  and  churches  throughout  this 
country,  as  also  from  private  registers,  gravestones,  and  the  infor- 
mation of  aged  and  intelligent  persons. 

The  reader  will  easily  conceive  how  large  and  difficult  a  field 
now  lay  before  me  ;  when  all  these  manuscripts  were  to  be  perused, 
examined,  and  compared  both  with  themselves  and  with  those 
accounts  already  published;  their  varieties  and  contradictions  solved, 
their  mistakes  discovered  ;  the  chronological  order  of  all  their  pas- 
sages found  out ;  one  regular  abridgement  taken  from  them  ;  what 
several  wanted,  to  be  supplied  from  others  ;  and  the  most  material 
and  proper  passages,  words  and  phrases  selected  from  them  all, 
and  placed  together  in  a  natural  order,  and  so  as  to  enlighten  each 
other. 

For  in  my  tracing  several  authors  on  this  occasion,  I  soon  saw 
cause  to  come  into  the  same  sentiment  and  resolution  with  the  Rev. 
Mr.  Strype  in  his  preface  to  the  first  volume  of  his  Annals  of  the 
Reformation  :  which  I  shall  mention  in  his  own  words.  '  I  have 
chosen  commonly  to  set  down  things  in  the  very  words  of  the  re- 
cords, and  originals,  and  of  the  authors  themselves,  rather  than  in 
my  own,  without  framing  and  dressing  them  into  more  modern 
language  ;  whereby  the  sense  is  sure  to  remain  entire  as  the  writers 
meant  it ;  whereas  by  affecting  too  curiously  to  change  and  model 
words  and  sentences,  I  have  observed  the  sense  itself  to  be  often 
marred  and  disguised.'  Yea,  more  scrupulous  than  Mr.  Strype  on 
this  account,  for  instead  of  commonly,  I  have  so  universally  ob- 
served this  rule,  that  where  I  have  inserted  sentences  or  words  of 
my  own,  for  illustration,  I  have  either  enclosed  them  in  crotchets 
[  ],  or  added  them  at  the  end  of  paragraphs,  without  any  author 
cited  after  them.  And  I  know  not  that  I  have  ever  changed  any 
words  or  phrases,  unless  they  were  very  uncouth,  or  obsolete  ;  and 
then  I  have  taken  special  care  to  answer  them  with  others  of  the 
same  exact  importance  ;  only  in  some  very  few*  instances  I  have 
used  a  softer  term  for  a  severer. 

In  the  history  of  our  own  times,  we  may  freely  use  our  own  ex- 
pressions ;  but  in  all  accounts  of  events  before,  every  writer  must 
take  from  others,  whether  he  mentions  his  originals  or  no.  And 
though  it  be  more  laborious,  yet  it  seems  not  only  more  ingenuous 


XX  PREFACE. 

to  cite  them,  but  also  carries  more  authority,  and  gives  the  inquisi- 
tive reader  greater  satisfaction.  But  those  who  have  no  regard  to 
those  authorities,  may  in  the  reading  omit  them  ;  unless  where  they 
think  the  passage  of  too  great  moment. 

And  here  I  must  observe,  that  Mr.  Morton's  history,  from  the 
beginning  of  the  Plymouth  people  to  the  end  of  1646,  being  chiefly 
Governor  Bradford's  manuscript  abbreviated  ;  from  hence  it 
comes  to  pass  that  in  many  articles  and  paragraphs  which  I  cite 
from  Governor  Bradford,  both  Mr.  Morton  and  I  happen  to  use  the 
same  words  and  sentences  ;  not  that  I  deduce  them  from  Mr. 
Morton,  but  because  they  are  the  original  words  and  sentences  in 
Governor  Bradford. 

Some  may  think  me  rather  too  critical,  others  that  I  relate  some 
circumstances  too  minute,  and  others,  that  I  need  not  have  inter- 
rupted the  reading  with  so  many  notes  in  the  margin.  As  for  the 
first,  I  think  a  writer  of  facts  cannot  be  too  critical  ;  it  is  exactness 
I  aim  at,  and  would  not  have  the  least  mistake  if  possible  pass  to 
the  world.  If  1  have  unhappily  fallen  into  any,  it  is  through  inad- 
vertency only,  and  I  shall  be  obliged  to  those  who  will  be  so  kind 
as  to  send  me  their  corrections.  As  to  the  second,  those  things 
which  are  too  minute  with  some,  are  not  so  with  others  ;  those 
minute  things  are  observed  with  pleasure  by  the  people  who  live  in 
the  places  where  they  were  transacted,  which  are  inconsiderable  to 
those  who  never  saw  them  ;  and  there  is  none  who  attentively 
reads  a  history  either  ancient  or  modern,  but  in  a  great  many  cases 
wishes  the  writer  had  mentioned  some  minuter  circumstances,  that 
were  then  commonly  known,  and  thought  too  needless  or  small  to 
be  noted.  Besides,  smaller  matters  are  of  greater  moment  among 
a  smaller  people  and  more  affect  them,  which  are  less  important 
and  affecting  as  the  people  grow  more  numerous.  And  I  have 
therefore  thought  it  a  proper  rule  in  history,  to  mention  smaller 
things  in  the  infancy  of  these  plantations,  which  I  shall  gradually 
omit  as  they  grow  a  greater  people.  But  as  to  the  third,  I  wish  I 
had  placed  many  of  the  notes  in  the  body  of  the  page  ;  and  propose 
to  do  so  in  the  rest  of  the  work. 

Is  to  impartiality,  I  know  it  is  usual  for  the  writers  of  history  to 
assert  it ;  some  in  their  prefaces,  others  in  the  front  of  their  works  : 


PREFACE. 


XXI 


some  in  the  strongest  terms,  who  have  been  notoriously  guilty  of 
the  contrary  ;  and  I  am  apt  to  think  that  many  are  partial  who  are 
insensible  of  it.  For  myself,  I  own,  I  am  on  the  side  of  pure 
Christianity,  as  also  of  civil  and  religious  liberty  ;  and  this  for  the 
low  as  well  as  the  high,  for  the  laity  as  well  as  the  clergy  ;  I  am 
for  leaving  every  one  to  the  freedom  of  worshipping  according  to 
the  light  of  his  conscience  ;  and  for  extending  charity  to  every  one 
who  receives  the  Gospel  as  the  rule  of  his  faith  and  life  ;  I  am  on 
the  side  of  meekness,  patience,  gentleness  and  innocence  ;  and  I 
hope,  my  inclination  to  these  great  principles  will  not  bias  me  to  a 
misrecital  of  facts ;  but  rather  to  state  them  as  I  really  find  them 
for  the  public  benefit.  Nor  will  the  nature  or  design  of  this  work, 
which  is  rather  a  register  or  collection  of  matters  as  described  by 
others,  so  much  admit  of  partiality,  as  a  proper  history  where  the 
writer  allows  himself  the  freedom  of  using  his  own  expressions. 

In  citing  Fuller,  for  the  births,  ages  and  characters  of  persons,  I 
sometimes  mean  his  Abel  Redivivus,  but  otherwise,  his  Church 
History  of  England.  And  whereas  I  observe  some  mistakes  in 
Mi.  Hubbard's  History  of  New-England,  the  reader  may  consi- 
der, that  as  we  have  only  a  copy  of  that  valuable  work,  the  sub- 
stance whereof  I  propose  to  give  the  public  ;  some  of  those  mistakes 
may  be  owing  to  the  transcriber  only,  and  some  that  learned  and 
ingenious  author  fell  into  for  want  of  Governor  Bradford's  History, 
and  some  other  materials  which  I  happen  to  be  favored  with. 

In  short,  I  cite  my  vouchers  to  every  passage,  and  I  have  done 
my  utmost  first  to  find  out  the  truth,  and  then  to  relate  it  in  the 
order.  I  have  labored  after  accuracy,  and  yet  I  dare  not  say,  that 
I  am  without  mistake  ;  nor  do  I  desire  the  reader  to  conceal  any 
he  may  possibly  find.  But  on  the  contrary,  I  offer  this  work  to  the 
public  view,  that  it  may  be  perused  with  the  most  critical  eye,  that 
every  error  may  be  discovered,  and  the  correction  published  in  the 
following  volume,  which  I  hope  will  not  be  long  a  composing, 
having  passed  through  the  much  greater  difficulties  in  this  first, 
and  abstracted  many  of  my  materials  towards  the  second. 


INTRODUCTION. 


As  an  introduction  to  the  New-England  Chronology,  it  may 
be  grateful  to  many  readers,  to  see  the  age  of  the  world  when 
this  part  of  the  earth  came  to  be  known  to  the  other  ;  and 
the  line  of  time,  with  the  succession  of  the  principal  persons, 
events,  and  transactions,  which  had  been  running  on  from  the 
creation  to  the  settlement  of  this  country,  by  a  colony  from 
England.  And  this,  I  shall  briefly  show,  under  the  following 
articles  ;  which  seem  to  me,  the  most  clear  and  natural 
heads,  or  successive  periods  of  Chronology  ;  especially  for 
an  English  reader. 

I.  The  Scripture  patriarchs.  II.  The  judges  of  Israel. 
III.  The  kings  of  Judah.  IV.  The  Babylonian,  Persian, 
Grecian  ai^d  Egyptian  monarchs.  V.  The  Roman  Empe- 
rors. VI.  The  Greek  Emperors.  VII.  The  kings  of  Eng- 
land. 1.  From  Egbert,  the  first  king  of  England,  to  the 
first  discovery  of  the  new  world,  by  Christopher  Columbus. 
2.  From  thence  to  the  discovery  of  New-England,  and  death 
of  queen  Elizabeth. 

And  that  I  may  crowd  the  more  matter  in  a  little  room,  I 
shall  make  use  of  the  following  plain,  and  easy  characters, 
for  words  and  sentences  that  may  very  frequently  occur  in 
this  composure.  As, 

Y.  stands  for  year ;  Y.  L.  for  year  of  life  ;  Y.  R.  for  year 
of  rule,  or  reign  ;  Y.  W.  for  year  of  the  world,  that  is,  from 
the  creation  of  the  world  ;  Y.  C.  for  year  of  Christ,  that  is, 
from  the  birth  of  Christ ;  b.  for  at  the  beginning  of  the  year, 
either  a  little  before  or  after  ;  e.  for  at  the  end  of  the  year, 
either  a  little  before  or  after  ;  m.  for  month  ;  d.  for  day  ; 
k.  for  king. 

And  the  years  are  supposed  to  be  solar,  and  nearly  com- 
plete, that  is,  either  a  little  more  or  less  ;  and  to  begin  at  the 
spring,  till  the  entrance  of  the  fourth  period  ;  and  then  we 
begin  with  the  Julian  year,  namely,  the  first  of  January.  So 
the  Chaldeans,  Persians,  Armenians,  most  other  eastern  na- 
tions, and  the  ancient  astronomers  who  placed  Aries,  the  first 
of  the  signs,  at  the  Vernal  Equinox  ;  as  also  Virgil,  Eusebius, 
Ambrose,  Cyril,  Austin,  Bede,  Melancthon,  Calvin,  Scaliger, 
Lydiat,  Bucholzer,  Bunting,  Coddoman,  Kepler,  Krechzem, 
Mercer,  Alsted,  Spondan,  Capellus,  E.  Simpson,  Langius, 
(see  Lydiat,  Alsted,  Stauchius)  and  so  Dupin. 


1.  PERIOD 


The  Chronology  of  the  Scripture  Patriarqhs,  in  a  continued  line,  from  the 
creation  of  Adam,  to  the  death  of  Moses  ;  containing  nearly  2553  complete 
years. 

Though  the  year  of  the  world  1656,  is  generally  reckoned 
to  be  the  year  of  Noah's  flood  ;  yet  taking  the  years  of  the 
patriarchs,  for  full  years,  or  thereabouts,  that  is,  either  a  little 
over  or  under,  sometimes  one  and  sometimes  the  other  ; 
and  so  complete  in  the  whole,  as  Helvicus,  Petavius,  Usher, 
and  most  Chronologers  seem  to  allow  :   1  think  it  is  very 
plain,  that  as  Adam  lived  130  years  before  Seth  was  born, 
and  Adam  was  not  130  till  the  beginning  of  the  year  of  the 
world  131,  so  Seth  was  born  at  the  beginning  of  the  same 
year  ;  and  so  of  the  other  patriarchs,  which  will,  there- 
fore, unavoidably  bring  the  beginning  of  the  flood  to  the 
beginning  of  the  year  of  the  world  1657.    And  to  this  agree 
the  learned  Funccius,  Bucholzer,  Scalige'r,  (a)  Reusner,  Cal- 
visius,  Bunting,  Langius,  Behmius,  Frankenberger,  Willet, 
Alsted,  Drake,  and  Swan  ;  who,  therefore,  seem  in  this  com- 
putation to  be  most  accurate.    And  though,  from  Gen.  xi. 
26,  many  moderns  and  all  the  ancient  Chronologers,  even 
down  to  Beroaldus  a  professor  of  Geneva,  have  set  the  birth 
of  Abraham  at  the  70th  year  of  Terah  ;  and  the  Samaritan 
version  in  Gen.  xi.  32,  makes  Terah  to  live  no  longer  than 
145,  and  so  to  have  died  when  Abraham  was  but  75  ;  yet, 
inasmuch  as  the  Hebrew,  with  all  the  other  ancient  ver- 
sions (6)  and  Josephus  also,  make  Terah  to  live  205  ;  and, 
as  Abraham  at  75  removed  from  Haran,  Gen.  xii.  4.  and 
Stephen  tells  us  that  this  was  after  his  father's  death,  Acts 
vii.  4  ;  therefore,  Beroaldus  seems  rightly  to  have  set  the 
birth  of  Abraham  at  the  130th  year  of  Terah  ;  and  has  drawn 
.  the  following  train  of  celebrated  writers  after  him.  Calvinus, 
P.   Martyr,  Musculus,  Junius,  Pareus,  Scharpius,  Capelli 
TVes,  Diodati,  Rivetus,  Langius,  Ricciolius,  Dupin,  Brough- 
ton,  More,  Willet,  Ainsworth,  Raleigh,  Drake,  Lightfoot, 
Usher,  Richardson,  Swan,  Allen,  Marshain,  Gary,  Wbiston, 
Lloyd,  Marshal,  Dr.  Prideaux,  and  others  ;  whom  we  choose 
to  follow  for  further  reasons,  which  our  designed  brevity  will 
not  allow  us  here  to  mention. 

a  Scaliger  says  it  is  so  certain  that  none  has  hitherto  doubted  it.  (De  Emend 
Temp.  Lib.  V.) 

b  See  Bib.  Polygot. 


INTRODUCTION 


25 


No. 


Birth 
First  Y.  L. 


Y.  W. 


Decease 
Last  Y.  L. 


1  Adam 

2  Seth 

3  Enos 
4|Cainan 
5|Mahalaleel 
6 1  Jared 

7  Enoch 

Methuselah 
9  Lamech 


10 


11 


Noah 


Shera 


Arphaxad 
Saiah 
Eber 
Peleg 
Reu 
Serug 

18  Nahor 

19  Terah 


20 


Abraham 


Isaac 
Jacob 


Adam 
Enoch 

Seth 

Enos 
Cainan 
Mahalaleel 
Jared 

Lamech 
Methuselah 


658  b 


659 
694 
724 
758 
788 
820 
850 
879 
996 
1997 
2006 
9 
26 
49 
S3 
84 


96  e 

108  b 

109  b 
126  e 
158  e 
169  b 


Peleg 
Nahor 
Noah 

Reu 

Serug 

Terah 


Arphaxad 


Salah 
Shem 


I  m.  6  d.  Adam  created. 
Adam  aged  130,  Seth  is  born. 
Seth  aged  105,  Enos  is  born. 
Eno.;  aged  90,  Cainan  is  born. 
Cainan  70,  Mahalaleel  born. 
Mahalaleel  65,  Jared  born. 
Jared  162,  Enoch  born. 
Enoch  65,  Methuselah  born. 
Methuselah  187,  Lamech  born. 
Adam  dies,  aged  930. 

Enoch  translated,  aged  365. 

Seth  dies,  aged  912. 
Lamech  182,  Noah  born,  (a) 
Enos  dies,  aged  905. 
Cainan  dies,  aged  910. 
Mahalaleel  dies,  aged  895. 
Jared  dies,  aged  962. 
Noah  502,  Shem  born. 
Lamech  dies,  aged  777. 
Methuselah  dies,  aged  969. 

II  m.  17  d.  flood  begins  a  little  be- 
fore Noah's  600th  year  ends,  (b) 

II  m.  27  d.  flood  ends,  and  Noah 
goes  out  of  the  ark. 

Shem  100,  Arphaxad  born. 

Arphaxad  35,  Salah  born. 

Salah  30,  Eber  born. 

Eber  34,  Peleg  born. 

Peleg  30,  Rue  born. 

Reu  32,  Serug  born. 

Serug  30,  Nahor  born. 

Nahor  29,  Terah  born. 

Peleg  dies,  aged  239. 

Nahor  dies,  aged  148. 

Noah  dies,  aged  950. 

Terah  130,  Abraham  born. 

Rue  dies,  aged  239. 

Serug  dies,  aged  230. 

Terah  dies,  aged  205. 

I  m  Abib,  15  d.  Abraham  being  75, 
and  receiving  the  promise,  goes 
out  of  Haran  for  Canaan. 

Arphaxad  dies,  aged  438. 

Sodom,  kc.  destroyed. 

Abraham  100,  Isaac  born. 

Salah,  dies,  aged  433. 

Shem  dies,  aged  600. 

Isaac  60,  Jacob  born. 


a  By  Gen.  vii.  6,  11  ;  and  viii.  13,  14,  it  seems  that  Noah  was  not  born  till 
the  third  month  of  this  year. 
b  According  to  the  note  above,  and  the  preface  to  this  period. 


4 


2G 


INTRODUCTION. 


Birth 
First  Y.  L. 


Y.  W. 


Levi 
Kohath 

Am  ram 

Moses 


183 
187 
256 
288 
290 
299 
315 
364 
392 
422 
434 
500 
514 


553  e 


Decease 
Last  Y.  L. 


Abraham 
Eber 

Isaac 


Jacob 

Levi 
Kohath 

Amram 


Moses 


Abraham  dies,  aged  175. 

Eber  dies,  aged  464. 

Jacob  87,  Levi  born. 

Isaac  dies,  aged  180. 

Levi  34,  Kohath  born,  (c) 

Jrtcob  130,  goes  ii.to  Egypt. 

Jacob  dies,  aged  147. 

Kohath  74,  Amram  born,  (rf) 

Levi  dies,  aged  137. 

Kohath  dies,  aged  133. 

Amram  70,  Moses  born,  (e) 

Amram  dies,  aged  137. 

I  m.  Abib,  15  d.  the  430th  year  of 

bondage  ends  ;    and  Moses  80, 

begins  to  lead  the  Israelites  out 

of  Egypt. 
XII  m.  1  d.  Moses  dies,  aged  120, 

and  Joshua  of  Ephraim  succeeds 

him  as  ruler  of  Israel. 


c  Helvicus  out  of  Epiphanius. 

d  Helvicus  again  out  of  Epiphanius. 

e  Helvicus  out  of  Nicephorus  and  Eusebius. 


II.  PERIOD. 


The  Chronology  of  the  Judges  of  Israel,  from  the  death  of  Moses,  to  the  death 
of  Samuel  and  Saul  ;  containing  about  396  complete  years. 

By  1  Kings  vi.  1,  and  2  Chron.  iii.  I,  2,  compared  with 
Numb,  xxxiii.  3,  it  appears  there  were  479  years  and  seven- 
teen days  complete,  from  the  coming  out  of  Egypt,  to  the 
founding  of  Solomon's  temple  ;  whereof,  thirty-nine  years, 
ten  months,  and  the  odd  seventeen  days  may  be  assigned 
to  Moses  ;  forty  years  to  David,  and  three  years  two  momhs, 
to  Solomon  ;  eighty-three  years  seventeen  days  in  all.  But 
the  remaining  396  years  being  attended  with  many  difficul- 
ties, there  have  been  various  schemes  proposed  by  learned 
men  for  their  solution  ;  and  perhaps  the  last,  devised  by  sir 
John  Marsham,  and  followed  by  Whiston,  Lloyd,  and  Mar- 
shal, may  be  the  best ;  who  suppose  the  years  of  several, 
both,  of  the  oppressions,  and  judges,  to  be  contemporary. 
However,  1  shall  here  lay  down  the  presidency  of  the  several 
judges  in  the  successive  order,  according  to  the  years  assigned 
them  in  the  sacred  records,  inclusive  of  the  several  oppres- 
sions, as  happening  in  their  times  ;  and  as  supposed  by 
Scharpius,  Alsted,  Baylly,  Stauchkis,  Broughton,  Lightfoot, 
Swan,  and  Allen  ;  as  also  Junius,  Pantaleon,  More,  Perkins, 
Helvicus,*  Isaacson  and  Tallents  ;  only  that  the  latter,  sup- 
posing it  to  be  480  years  complete,  and  seventeen  days,  from 
the  coming  out  of  Egypt  to  the  founding  of  the  temple,  make 
Joshua's  rule  to  be  eighteen  years  ;  whereas  the  other  more 
exactly  make  it  about  seventeen,  as  follows, 

*  That  is,  one  of  two  different  schemes  in  Helvicus. 


28 


INTRODUCTION 


No. 


Judges  Y.  R. 


Tribes. 


Y.  W. 


2 

3 
4 

5 
6 

7 
[8] 

9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
[18] 


loshua. 


17 

Othniel.  1 
40 

Ehud.  1 
Sharngar. 

(6)  80 
Deborah  1 
and  Barak 
(d)  « 
Gideon  1 
41 

Abimelech.  1 

3 

Tola. 


Jair. 

Jephtha. 

Ibsan. 

Elon. 

\bdon. 

Sampson. 

Eli. 

Samuel. 
Saul. 


tphraim. 

Judab. 
Benjamin 

Naphtali 

Manasseh 

Manasseh 

Issachar 

Manasseh 

Manasseh 

Judah 

Zebulon 

Ephraim 

Dan 

Levi 

Levi 

Benjamin 


2554  1 


570 
571 
610 
2611  b 

690  e 

691  b 

730  e 

731  b 

770  e 

771  b 

773  e 

774  b 

796  e 

797  b 
818 
819  b 

824  e 

825  b 

831  e 

832  b 

841  e 

842  b 
849 
850  b 


870 
909 
910 
93y 
940 
949 


■Jpshua  begins  to  rule 
I  m.  Abib,  10  d.  he  leads  the  Israel- 
ites through  Jordan  into  Canaan. 
He  dies,  aged  110. 
Othniel  begins  to  rule. 
He  dies. 

Ehud  begins  to  rule,  (a) 

Shamgar  dies. 

Deborah  begins  to  rule,  (c) 

They  die  (that  is,  the  last  survivor.) 
Gideon  begins  to  rule. 
He  dies. 

Abimelech  made  king. 
He  is  killed. 
Tola  begins  to  rule. 
He  dies. 

Jair  begins  to  rule. 
He  dies. 

Jephtha  begins  to  rule, 
lie  dies. 

ibsan  begins  to  rule. 
He  dies. 

Elon  begins  to  rule. 
He  dies. 

Abdon  begins  to  rule. 
He  dies. 

Sampson  begins  to  rule. 
He  dies. 

Eli,  a  priest,  begins  to  rule. 
He  dies,  aged  98. 
Samuel  begins  to  rule. 
His  solitary  rule  ends.  )  ,  v 
Saul  made  king.  }  ' e' 

Samuel  and  Saul  die,  (/)  and  Da- 
vid, of  the  tribe  of  Judah  suc- 
ceeds king  Saul,  as  king  of  Judah. 


a  It  is  uncertain  when  Ehud  died,  and  Shaingar  began  to  rule. 
b  That  is,  eighty  years  from  the  beginning  of  Ehud's  rule, 
c  It  is  uncertain  when  Barak  began  to  rule,  or  who  out-lived. 
d  That  is,  forty  years  from  the  beginning  of  Deborah's  rule, 
e  Helvicus,  out  of  Cedrenus,  says  that  Saul  was  made  king  ten  years  before 
David. 

/  Broughton,  out  of  Sedar  01am,  says,  that  Samuel  and  Saul  died  the  same 
year,  that  is,  Samuel  at  the  beginning,  and  Saul  at  the  end. 


III.  PERIOD. 


The  Chronology  of  the  Kings  of  Judah  in  a  Lineal  Succession,  from  the 
beginning  of  the  reign  of  David,  to  the  end  of  Zedekiah's  :  containing 
about  467  complete  years,  and  the  additional  time  from  the  spring  of  the 
year,  to  August  27. 

The  precise  adjustment  of  the  years  of  this  period,  with 
the  reigns  of  the  several  kings  of  Judah  and  Israel,  is  en- 
cumbered with  so  many  great  perplexities,  as  have  exercised 
the  wits  of  the  most  sagacious  men,  as  much  as  any  other 
part  of  scripture  chronology.  Whether  Mr.  Whiston's  sur- 
prising hypothesis  may  be  allowed  with  safety,  who  solves 
them  by  supposing,  that  Jeroboam  diminished  the  year  for 
the  observance  of  the  ten  tribes,  by  one  month,  while  the 
kings  of  Judah  kept  to  the  former  computation,  I  may  not  ven- 
ture to  determine.  But  among  all  the  systems  I  have  met 
with,  Bishop  Usher's  seems  the  clearest ;  which  Swan,  Wins- 
ton, Lloyd,  Marshal,  and  Dr.  Prideaux  almost  entirely  fol- 
low ;  and  which  is  nearly  the  same  with  Petavius's  lately  fol- 
lowed by  Le  Clerc  and  Perizonius.  And  here  I  must  observe 
upon  a  strict  examination,  that  Bishop  Usher's  English  annals 
being  printed  after  his  decease,  have  many  errors  of  the  press 
in  figures  ;  whereas  his  Latin  annals  being  published  in  Lon- 
don while  he  was  living  there,  and  no  doubt  corrected  by 
himself,  do  very  rarely  need  amendment.  But  whereas  that 
learned  writer  begins  the  year  of  the  creation  at  the  fall,  and 
we  rather  choose  to  follow  those  who  raise  it  to  the  spring 
before  in  the  same  year  of  the  Julian  Period  710;  it  there- 
fore happens  that  our  numbers  of  the  Mundane  aera  assigned 
to  the  same  events  which  came  to  pass  in  the  spring  and  sum- 
mer, are  more  by  one  than  his,  both  in  this  and  the  other 
periods ;  though  those  events  which  happened  in  the  fall  and 
winter  will  coalesce  in  the  same  year  of  the  world  as  his  ; 
with  this  only  difference,  that  they  are  in  the  former  part  of 
his  year,  but  in  the  latter  of  ours. 


30 


INTRODUCTION. 


No. 


V.  W 


2960  I 
957  I 

989  e 

990  b 

993  b 
3000 


29 
30 

46 
47 
49 
50 
90 
91 
101 
108 

112  b 

115  c 
3116  b 

119  e 

120  b 

121  b 

126  e 

127  b 

166 

194  e 

195  b 
229 

246  e 
13  247  b 
252  b 


8 
(») 

10 
11 

12 


Y  R  Kings. 


1  David 

8 
40 

1  Solomon 

4 
11 

12 


40 

1  Rehoboam 
17 

1  Abijam 
3 

1  Asa 
41 

1  Jehosaphat 
11 
18 

22.  1  Jehoram 

25.4 
5 
8 

1  Ahaziah 
1  (Athaliah) 
6 

1  Jehoash 
40 

1  Aniaziah 
29 

1  Uzziah 
35 


52 


Jot  ham 


Begins  to  reigrrover  Jndah,  7  years. 
He  begins  to  re^gn  over  all  Israel,  33  years. 
He  resigns  the  kingdom  to  his  younger  son 
Solomon. 

Begins  to  reign :  and  David  dies  6  months 
after. 

'I  m,  Ziph,  2  d,  the  Temple  founded. 
VIII  m,  Bull,  the  Temple  finished. 
VII  m,  Ethanirn,  in  the  1st  year  of  the  IV.  Mille- 
nary of  the  world,  and  at  the  opening  of  the 
9lh  Jubile,  the  Temple  dedicated,  (a) 
Solomon  dies.    And  his  son 
Begins  to  reign,  and  10  tribes  fall  off  to  Jero- 
boam. 

Rehoboam  dies.    And  his  son 

Begins  to  reign,  3  years. 

He  dies.    And  his  son 

Begins  to  reign,  41  years. 

He  dies.    And  his  son 

Begins  to  reign,  25  years. 

Homer  born,  420  year  before  Herodotus.* 

Jehosaphat  going  against  the  Syrians,  makes 

his  son  Jehoram  viceroy. 
Made  copartner  in  the  kingdom,  upon  Jehosa- 

phat's  going  against  Moab. 
Jehosaphat  dies.    And  his  son 
Jehoram  reigns  alone,  4years  more. 
He  dies.    And  his  son 
Reigns  one  year,  and  is  slain  by  Jehu. 
Ahaziah's  mother  begins  to  reign  six  years. 
She  is  slain  by  Jehoiada.  And 
Son  to  Ahaziah,  begins  to  reign  40  years. 
He  is  killed.    And  his  son 
Begins  to  reign,  29  years. 
He  is  killed.    And  his  son 
Begins  to  reign,  52  years. 

July  23,t  the  first  Olympiad  restored  by  Iphitus, 

when  Varro's  historical  age  begins.  (6) 
Uzziah  dies.    And  his  son 
Begins  to  reign,  16  years 

April  21,  in  the  third  year  of  the  VI  Olympiad, 
Rome  founded  by  Romulus  and  Remus,  ac- 
cording to  Varro.  (c) 


a  In  the'year  of  the  Julian  Period  3710 ;  and  before  the  real  birth  of  Christ 
1000,  but  according  to  the  common  account  1004. 

*  So  says  Herodotus  himself;  and  agreeably  Sir  I.  Newton  says,  that  both 
Hesiod  and  Homer  flourished  870  years  before  the  Christian  era,  which 
Bishop  Usher  sets  in  the  Y  W  3135. 

t  So  Calvisus  and  Alsted. 

b  An  Olympiad  contains  the  space  of  4  years,  was  commonly  celebrated  at 
the  first  full  Moon  after  the  summer  solstice,  and  the  first  Olympiad  begins  in 
the  year  of  the  Julian  Period,  3938,  and  before  the  christian  »ra  776  ;  so  Cal- 
visius,  Helvicus,  Petavius,  Usher,  Swan,  Cary,  Newton,  fcc. 

c  Approved  by  Cicero,  Pomponius,  Atticus.  Augustus,  Plutarch,  Pliny,  Pa- 
tercuIuB,  &c.  in  the  year  of  the  Julian  Period.  3961 .  and  before  the  christian 
era  753. 


INTRODUCTION. 


31 


No. 


16 


19 


20 


Y.  W 


258  b 


3262 
263 
278 


283 

306 
.507 
324 


395  b 


Y.  R.  Kings. 


12 


16 

1  Ahaz 
16.  1  Hezekiah 


29 

Manasseh 


IS 


361  e 

55 

362  b 

1  Amnion 

363  e 

2 

364  b 

1  Josiah 

365 

2 

366 

3 

3379  e 

16 

398 


31 

Jehoahaz 

1  Jehoiakim 
3 


The  ancient  Assyrian  empire,  under  Sardanapa- 
lus,  destroyed  and  parted  by  his  two  com- 
manders, Tiglathpileser  of  Media,  and  Nabon- 
asser  of  Babylon  ;  the  famous  aera  of  Nabon- 
asser,  now  king  of  Babylon,  begins  this 
Spring,  on  Feb.  26,  at  noon,  being  then  the 
1st  day  of  the  Egyptian  year,  (rf) 

Jotham  dies.    And  his  son 

Begins  to  reign,  16  years. 

Son  to  Ahaz  made  partner  with  him  in  the 

kingdom. 
Ahaz  dies. 

Shalmanesar,  king  of  Assyria,  takes  Samaria, 

and  carries  the  10  tribes  into  captivity. 
4ezekiah  dies.    And  his  son 
Begins  to  reign,  55  years. 

Esarhaddon,  or  Asnapper,  king  of  Assyria  seizes 
Babylon,  and  adds  it  to  his  empire,  Feb.  9, 
at  the  end  of  this  year,  being  the  first  Egyp- 
tian new  year  day  of  his  reign* 

Manasseh  dies.    And  his  son 

Begins  to  reign,  2  years. 

He  is  killed.    And  his  son 

Begins  to  reign,  31  years. 

Thales,  the  father  of  the  Greek  astronomers, 
born  at  Miletus,  and  lives  93  years. 

Solon  born  in  Salamis,  and  lives  80  years.f 

Nabopollaser  general  to  Chyniladanus  king  of 
Assyria  and  Chaldea,  rebels  against  his  mas- 
ter, and  makes  himself  king  of  Babylon,  Jan. 
27,  at  the  end  of  this  year,  being  the  first 
Egyptian  new  year  day  of  his  reign,  (e) 

Pharaoh  Necho  leading  his  army  out  of  Egypt, 
slays  J  osiah  in  battle  at  M^egiddo,  and  passes 
on  to  the  Euphrates. 

Josiah's  second  son,  reigns  3  months,  Necho 
beats  the  Babylonians,  takes  Carchemish, 
returns  through  Judea,  and  carries  Jehoahaz 
into  Egypt. 

Josiah's  eldest  son,  sometime  this  summer  begins 
to  reign,  11  years. 

This  summer,  Nabopollaser  makes  his  son  Nebu- 
chadnezzar partner  in  the  empire,  and  sets 
him  at  the  head  of  his  armies.  (/)  Whence 
the  scripture  calls  this  the  first  year  of  Nebu- 
chadnezzar. 


d  In  the  beginning  of  the  year  of  the  Julian  Period  3967,  and  747  before 
the  vulgar  aera  of  the  birth  of  Christ,  by  the  consent  of  all  astronomers. 
Whether  he  began  to  reign  before,  seems  uncertain  ;  but  this  to  be  sure  is  the 
first  Egyptian  new  year  day  of  his  reign.  Ptolemy. 

*  According  to  Ptolemy's  mathematical  canon. 

t  Sir  I.  Newton  places  the  birth  of  Solon  10  years  after. 

e  According  to  Ptolemy. 

/  So  Berosius  in  Josephus. 


32 


INTRODUCTION. 


No. 


Y.  VV 


Y.  R.  Kings. 


3400 
406  b 


417 


Jeconias  (h) 

1.  Zedekiah 
1 


Whereupon,  '  Nebuchadnezzar  beats  Necho's 
army  at  th*  Euphrates,  retakes  Carchemishj 
and  marches  to  Judea. 

IX  m.  Chislieu,  Nebuchadnezzar  takes  Jerusa- 
lem, and  carries  Daniel  with  a  great  many 
others  to  Babylon  ;  whence  the  70  years  of 
the  Jews'  captivity  begin. 

Nabopollaser  dying  this  summer,  Nebuchadnez- 
zar begins  to  reign  alone,  43  years,  (g) 

Jehoiakim  taken  by  the  Chaldeans  and  slain. 
Whereupon  his  son 

Reigns  3  months  10  days ;  and  then  with  Eze- 
kiel  is  carried  to  Babylon,  by  Nebuchadnezzar, 
in  the  eighth  year  of  his  reign. 

Josiah's  third  son,  suceeeds  in  the  Kingdom,  and 
this  year,  Cyrus  the  Persian  is  born 

IV  month,  9  day,  that  is,  July  27,  Nebuchad- 
nezzar's army  breaks  up  Jerusalem ;  and 
Zedekiah  taken,  and  carried  to  Babylon. 

V  month,  7  day,  that  is,  Aug.  24,  Nebuzaradan 
enters  Jerusalem  ;  and  10th  day,  that  is,  Aug. 
27,  sets  the  temple  and  city  on  fire,  and  breaks 
down  the  walls  &c. 

Which  is  in  the  nineteenth  year  of  Nebuchad- 
nezzar's reign  from  his  heading  the  army,  and 
the  seventeenth  from  the  first  Egyptian  new 
year  day  after  his  father's  death.  In  the 
year  of  the  Julian  period  4126  ;  and  588  be- 
fore the  vulgar  christian  aera.  Usher,  Prideaux, 
Newton,  «^c. 


g  But  Jan.  21,  at  the  end  of  this  year,  which  is  at  the  beginning  of  the 
year  of  the.  Julian  Period  4110,  being  the  first  Egyptian  new  year  day  of  his 
reign  ;  Ptolemy  therefore  begins  his  reign  from  thence,  according  to  his  usual 
method. 

h  Sometimes  called  Coniah,  Conias,  Jeconias,  and  Jehoiachin 


IV.  PERIOD. 


The  Chronology  of  the  Babylonian,  Persian,  Grecian,  and  Egyptian  monarchs 
successively,  from  the  destruction  of  the  kingdom  of  Judah  by  Nebuchad- 
nezzar, to  the  destruction  of  the  kingdom  of  Egypt  by  Octavius  Ca?sar  ; 
containing  exactly  558  years. 

Thus  far  the  Hebrew  and  inspired  guides  alone  have  led 
us  in  a  continued  path  from  the  creation.  But  the  succes- 
sion of  the  kings  of  Judah  failing,  we  must  now  look  to  the 
Grecian  histories  for  the  following  course  of  time  to  the  be- 
ginning of  the  Roman  empire.  And  here  the  most  knowing 
inquirers  have  been  in  a  perpetual  strife  till  the  common 
year  of  Christ  1613  ;  when  the  famous  Mathematical  Canon 
of  Claudius  Ptolemy  (a)  was  happily  discovered  entire  in 
England.  Which  being  founded  on  astronomical  appear- 
ances and  calculations,  drawn  from  the  records  of  the  Chal- 
dean and  Egyptian  historians  and  astronomers,  was  received 
with  great  joy  by  the  learned  world,  and  soon  became  the 
decisive  umpire  among  Chronologers,  as  agreeing  with  Scrip- 
ture, with  the  best  ancient  history,  and  with  astronomy  ;  to 
which  they  have  therefore,  almost  ever  since,  appealed  as  to 
an  uncontested  oracle.  It  begins  with  the  reign  of  Nabonas- 
ser,  king  of  Babylon,  on  the  first  day  at  noon  of  the  first 
Egyptian  month,  called  Thoth,  (6)  which  then  was  Feb.  26th 
of  the  Julian  Period  3967  ;  accounts  by  Egyptian  years  of 
365  days,  continually,  without  intercalations  ;  reaches  down 
through  the  reigns  of  the  Babylonian,  Persian,  Grecian, 

a  He  was  a  great  astronomer  of  Alexandria  in  Egypt. 

b  Thoth  was  the  Egyptian  Mercury  ;  and  as  the  first  day  of  their  years 
were  devoted  to  him,  both  the  day  and  the  month  were  named  from  him. 
Gregory. 


5 


34 


INTRODUCTION. 


Egyptian  and  Roman  monarchs,  to  Antoninus  Pius,  when 
Ptolemy  flourished  ;  and  numbers,  the  years  of  their  reigns 
by  the  number  only  of  the  Thoths,  or  rather  Egyptian  new 
year  days  included  in  them.  To  this  Canon,  therefore,  we 
keep  invariably  in  the  present  period  ;  having  carefully  ex- 
amined it  in  Greek  and  Latin,  both  in  Calvisius  and  Petavius, 
in  Greek  only  in  Mr.  Gregory,  and  in  Latin  only  in  Mr.  Cary 
and  Mr.  Whiston.  I  have  observed  several  errors  in  the 
four  former  printed  copies,  whereas  the  table  in  Mr.  Whiston 
seems  to  be  free  from  any,  except  in  the  column  he  adds  of 
the  years  of  the  Julian  Period,  which  seem  to  be  too  many 
by  one  down  from  the  beginning  of  the  reign  of  Darius  Hys- 
taspis,  (c)  and  which  I  have  here  corrected.  But  as  we 
must  reduce  the  Egyptian  year  in  this  ancient  Canon  to  the 
present  Julian,  I  shall  from  this  time  forward  begin  the  year 
with  the  first  of  January,  throughout  our  following  Chro- 
nology. 


e  That  is,  Darius  the  son  of  Hystaspis. 


INTRODUCTION. 


35 


JNO. 

Y  W 

1 

3417 

AOI 

437 

443  b 

b 

2 

444  b 

445 

3 

446  b 

449 

4 

450  b 

AAA 

5 

e 

475 

6 

476  b 

483 

7 

484  b 

485 

489  b 

497 

1st  Egyp. 
new  Y  D 


V.  R.  Monarchs 


I.  Babylonian  Monarchs. 
17  Nebuchadnezzar  VII  m.  his  governor  Gedaliah 

killed. 

Nebuzaradan  carries  the  rest  of 

the  Jews  to  Babylon. 
Pythagoras  born,  and  lives  80 

years,  (d) 
Nebuchadnezzar  dies,  and  his 

son  Evibnerodach  succeeds. 
XII  m.  25  d.  i.  e.  April  15, Jeco- 
nias  released  from  prison,  (e) 
Jan.  11    1  Evilmerodach       Reigns  two  years.  (/) 

9.  He  is  killed  by  Nericassolasser, 

his  sister's  husband. 
)   1  Nericassolasser     Reigns  four  years. 

4  He  is  slain  in  battle  by  Cyaxe- 

res  (i.  e.  Darius  the  Mede) 
and  Cyrus,  (g) 
9   1  Nabonadius  e.  Belshazzar,  son  to  Evilme- 

rodach, reigns  17  years. 
17  Babylon  taken,  and  Belshazzar 

slain. 

II.  Per3ian  Monarchs. 
1  Cyrus                  With  his  uncle  Darius,  reign 

together  2  years. 
Darius  dying,  Cyrus  reigns  7 

years  more. 
In  this  first  year,  (h)  he  gives 
liberty  to  the  Jews  to  return 
from  their  70  years'  captivity. 
9  Me  dies.    And  his  son 

Cambyses  Reigns  8  years. 

He  kills  his  brother  Smerdis, 
and  dies  ;  and  the  male  line 
of  Cyrus  ends,  (i) 
Hystaspis  made  king  by  lottery, 

and  reigns  36  years. 
Pindar  born,  (j) 
XII  m.  Adar,  3  d.  the  II  Temple 

finished. 
Kings  of  Rome  expelled,  and 
Consuls  first  elected,  (k) 

d  Stanley,  who  critically  searches  into  this  matter. 

e  January  11,  this  year  is  Nebuchadnezzar's  43d  Egyptian  new  year  day, 
and  in  the  following  summer,  the  37th  year  of  Jeconias's  captivity  ends  ;  Ne- 
buchadnezzar therefore  dies  between  January  11,  and  April  15  of  this  year. 

f  This  is  the  first  Egyptian  new  year  day  of  Evilmerodach's  reign  ;  and 
so  of  the  rest. 

g  Nericassolasser's  son  Laborosoarchod  reigns  9  months  and  then  is  killed  ; 
but  there  being  no  Egyptian  new  year  day  in  his  reign,  the  Canon  omits  him. 

h  Both  the  Scripture  and  Xenophon  call  this  the  first  year  of  Cyrus. 

i  For  the  reason  above,  the  Canon  leaves  out  Smerdis  a  counterfeit  son  of 
Cyrus,  who  succeeded  Cambyses  7  months,  and  was  then  discovered  and  killed. 

j  Calvisius  and  Helvicus. 

k  Calvisius,  Helvicus,  Cary,  Strauchius,  Newton,  &c. 


36 


INTRODUCTION. 


No. 

N.  W. 

1st.  Egyp. 
new  Y.  0 

Y.  R.  Monarchs. 

r 

8513 

• 

Zoroastres  appears  at  the  Per- 
sian Court.  (1) 

515 

The  Persians  invade  Attica,  and 
are  beat  at  Marathon,  (m) 

519 

Darius  dies.    And  his  younger 
son, 

8 

521 

525 

534 
536 

Dec.  23 

1  Xerxes 

By  Attossa,  daughter  to  Cyrus, 

reigns  21  years. 
Herodotus  born,  (m) 
Xerxes  passes  into  Greece  with 

two  million  of  men,  and  his 

vast  navy  beat  at  the  Straits  of 

Salamis.  (m) 
Ihucydides  born,  (m) 
Socrates  born,  and   lives  70 

years. 

540 

21 

Xerxes  killed.  And  his  younger 
son 

9 

e 

545 

17 

1  Artaxerxes 

Longimanus,  reigns  41  years. 
Democritus  born,  and  soon  af- 
ter, Hypocrates.  (n) 

547  b 

7 

I  m.  1  d.  Ezra  being  appointed 
to  restore  the  religious  state 
of  Judea,  sets  out  from  Baby- 
lon. 

V  m.  1  d.  he  arrives  at  Jerusa- 

559 e 

lem. 

IX  m.  Chislieu,  Nehemiah  in- 
formed of  the  wretched  state 
of  Judea  and  Jerusalem. 

560  b 

I  m.  Nisan,  he  is  appointed  to 
rebuild   the  city,  and  made 
governor   of  Judea    for  12 

years,  (o) 

569 

Isocrates  born,  and  lives  98  Y. 

573 

Meton   observes   the  Summer 
Solstice  to  be  on  June  27  in 

the  morning,  and  forms  the 
Lunar  Cycle  of  19  years,  (m) 

574  b 

This  spring,  the  Peloponesian 
war  begins,  (m) 

577 

Plato  born,  and  lives  80  years. 

581 

Artaxerxes  dies,  (p)  And  his 
bastard  son 

10 

Dec.  7 

1  Darius 

Nothus  reigns  19  years. 

600  C 

19 

He  dies.    And  his  son 

11 

e 

2 

1  Artaxerxes 

Mnemon  called  Arfaces,  reigns 
46  years. 

I  Dr.  Prideaux. 

m  Usher. 

n  Diogenes  Laertius. 

o  By  comparing  the  two  last  articles  it  seems  that  Artaxerxes  began  his 
veign  between  Nisan  and  Chislieu  in  the  year  of  the  world  3540. 

p  His  only  lawful  son  Xerxes  succeeded,  but  was  quickly  killed  and  succeed- 
ed by  his  brother  Sogdian,  and  he  by  his  brother  Nothus;  but  as  the  two 
former  reigned  but  eight  months,  and  had  no  Egyptian  new  year  day  included, 
the  Canon  therefore  leaves  them  both  out. 


INTRODUCTION. 


37 


No. 


Y.  W 


3604 

621 

624 
646 

649 
664 
667 


669  e 
671  b 


672 
673 

674 
675 

681 
688 
693 


1st  Egyp. 
new  Y.  D. 


Nov. 


Nov. 


21 


16 


15 


14 


Y.  R.  Monarchs. 


46 
1  Ochus 


21  ' 

1  Arogus 
2 

1  Darius 


1  Alexander 


1  Philip 
1  Alexander 


At  the  battle  of  Cunaxa,  Ctesias 
taken  captive,  and  Xenophon 
retreats  to  Greece,  (m) 

Aristotle  born,  and  lives  63 
years,  (m) 

Demosthenes  born,  and  lives 
59  years,  (k) 

Mnemon  dies,  aged  94.  And 
his  son 

Artaxerxes,  reigns  21  years. 
This    summer    Alexander  the 

Great  born,  (m) 
Epicurus   born,  and  lives  72 

years,  (k  m  n) 
Ochus  poisoned.  And  his  young- 
est son  called 
Arses,  reigns  2  years. 
He  is  also  poisoned,  and  the 
whole  race  of  Mnemon  cut 
off.  (q) 

Codomannus,  great-grandson 
of  Nothus,  reigns  4  years. 

Alexander  sails  to  Asia,  (m) 

May  20,  he  beats  the  Persian 
army  at  the  Granicus.  (m) 

November,  he  beats  Darius  at 
Issus.  (m) 

He  founds  Alexandria  in  Egypt 
whence  the  Canon  begins  his 
reign,  (m) 

III.  Grecian  Monarchs. 

The  Great,  reigns  8  years. 

October  1,  (r)  he  beats  Darius 
near  Arbela,  and  takes  Baby- 
lon, &c.  (m  r) 

June  28,  Darius  killed  by  his 
officers,  the  Persian  empire 
goes  to  the  Grecians,  and 
Calippus  begins  his  period  of 
76  years  (m  r  s)  (i) 

May  22,  Alexander  dies.  And 
his  bastard  brother 

Arideus,  reigns  7  years 

He  is  killed.  And  Alexander's 
son 

iEgus,  by  Roxana,  reigns,  (u) 
September  6,  (s)  Seleucus  seizes 
Babylon,  and  reigns,  (v) 


q  Though  he  had  three  sons  by  his  queen,  and  115  sons  by  concubines. 
r  Strauchius.  s  Alsted. 

t  Strauchius  says  it  began  at  the  Summer  Solstice  ;  and  Alsted,  on  June  28. 
u  The  Canon  makes  it  twelve  years  from  the  beginning  of  his  reign  to  the 
beginning  of  the  reign  of  Ptolemy  Lagus  over  Egypt. 
v  Whence  the  era  of  the  Seleucides  begins  with  the  Eastern  nations  except 


J8 


INTRODUCTION. 


Y.  W. 


1st  Egyp. 
new  Y.  D. 


Y.  R.  Monarchs. 


3694  e 
696 


700 


Nov. 


704 
714 

720 

721 

728 

745 
252 

755 

758 

769 


783 
793 
800 

801 
803 
815 
821 

822 


Oct. 


Oct. 


[the  Ptolemies] 
1  Lagus 


20 


Philadelphia 


is 


13 


1  Euergetes  I. 


25 

1.  Philopator 


1  Epiphaiies 


Mexander  ;Egus  killed,  (w) 
The  bastard  son  of  Alexander 

the  Great  killed,  his  line  ends, 

and  his  empire  divided  among 

his  generals,  (c  u) 
Ptolemy  Lagus  settled  king  of 

Egypt,  Phoenicia  and  Judea. 
IV.  Egyptian  Monarchs. 
Reigns  20  years. 
Seleucus  seizes  Syria. 
Archimedes  born,  and  lives  79 

years,  (x) 
Lagus  resigns  to  his  younger  son 
Who  reigns  38  years. 
Lagus  dies. 

The  Hebrew  Bible  translated 
into  Greek,  (m  y) 

Berosus,  being  old,  writes. 

Hannibal  born  and  lives  70 
years,  (k  m) 

The  Parthians  under  Asaces, 
begin  the  Parthian  empire. 

Philadelphus  dies.    And  his  son 

Reigns  25  years. 

P.  Scipio  born,  and  lives  52 
years,  (k) 

Calo  the  Censor  born,  and  lives 
to  the  85  year,  (k  m) 

Euergetes  dies.     And  his  son 

Reigns  17  years. 

Syracuse  taken,  and  Archime- 
des slain. 

Polybius  born,  and  lives  82 
years,  (k) 

Philopator  dies.     And  his  son 

Reigns  24  years. 

Antiochus  the  Great, king  of  Sy- 
ria, seizes  Palestine. 

P.  Scipio  overthrows  Hannibal 
in  Africa. 

L.  Scipio  beats  Antiochus  the 
Great,  and  forces  him  to  quit 
the  Lesser  Asia. 

P  Scipio  Africanus  dies,  aged 
52.  (k) 

Hannibal  drinks  poison  and 
dies,  aged  70.  (k  m) 


the  Chaldeans  who  begin  it  in  the  following  spring,  and  the  first  book  of  Mac- 
cabees in  the  spring  before.  (Alsted.) 

w  The  following  six  years  being  times  of  great  confusion,  through  the  strife 
of  Alexander's  generals  lor  the  several  parts  of  the  empire,  till  Ptolemy  La- 
gus comes  to  be  settled  king  of  Egypt ;  the  Canon  therefore  adds  the  said  six 
years  also  to  iEgus. 

x  Cary.  y  Dr.  Prideaux. 


INTRODUCTION. 


39 


No. 


Y.  W. 


3824 
835 
837 

843 

856 
859 

862 
888 

8-J8 

899 

905 
924 

933 
935 

940 


1st  Egyp. 
new  Y.  D. 


Sep.  29 


21 


V2 


Y.  R.  Monarchs. 


24 

1  Philometor 


35 

1  Euergetes 


29 
1  Soter 


36 

1  Dionvsius 


Epiphanes  killed  by  poison. 
And  his  son 

Reigns  35  years. 

Antiochus  Epiphanes,  king  of 
Syria,  plunders  Jerusalem 
and  the  Temple. 

His  army  cruelly  destroys  the 
city,  sets  up  the  image  of 
Jupiter  in  the  Temple,  and 
persecutes  the  Jews.  Where- 
upon Mattathias  a  priest,  and 
his  sons  the  Maccabees  take 
arms,  (s ) 

Hipparchus  begins  his  Celestial 
Observations,  and  finds  the 
Autumnal  Equinox  on  Sep- 
tember 27.  (km) 

Cato  the  elder  dies,  aged  85. 
(km) 

Philometor,  wounded  in  battle, 

dies.    And  his  son  is  killed  by 

Philometor's  brother,  viz. 
Called  Physcon,  who  reigned 

29  years. 
Sept.  28,  Hipparchus  begins  his 

period  of  304  years,  (k  x) 
Euergetes  dies.    And  his  son 

called    Lathurus,  reigns  36 

years,  (a) 
Cicero  born,  and  lives  64  years 

(k  m) 

Pompey  the  Great  born,  and 

lives  58  years,  (k  m) 
Julius  Caesar  born,  and  lives  56 

years,  (k  m) 
Soter  dies,  b  And  his  bastard  son 
Neos,  called  Auletes,  reigns  29  Y, 
Herod  the  Great  born,  and  lives 

69  years,  (m  y) 
Virgil  born,  and  lives  52  Y.  (k) 
Horace  born,  and  lives  57  years 

(k) 

Pompey  puts  an  end  to  the 
reign  of  the  Seleucidae  kings 


2  From  him  succeeds  a  race  of  princes  ruling  in  Judea,  till  the  Roman 
Senate  gave  the  kingdom  from  king  Antigonus  to  Herod,  an  Idumaean. 
a  The  former  part  of  his  reign  his  mother  governed. 

b  Cicero  and  Suetonius  say,  that  Soter's  only  legitimate  offspring  Bernicc 
immediately  succeeded  him  and  married  her  cousin  Alexander,  who  quickly 
killing  her,  reigned  15  years  ;  and  then  the  Egyptians  expelling  him,  raised 
Auletes  to  the  throne  ;  but  Appian  says  that  Alexander  reigned  but  19  days 
after  he  killed  his  queen  ;  and  then  the  Egyptians  killing  him,  Auletes  suc- 
ceeded ;  (m)  and  the  Canon  follows  Appian. 


40 


INTRODUCTION. 


No. 


Y  W 


1st  Egyp. 
new  Y.  D. 


Y.  R.  Monarchs. 


of  Syria,  and  makes  the  king- 
dom a  Roman  province. 
Octavius  born,    and   lives  76 

years,  (k  m)  (c) 
December   28,   Pompey  takes 
Jerusalem,  (k  in) 

945  Diodorus  Siculus  flourishes,  (k) 

945  Pompey,  Crassus   and  Julius 

Caesar  form  the  first  Trium- 
virate. 

946  Livy  born,  and  lives  76  years 

(k  h  i) 

950  August  26,  Julius  Caesar  first 

lands  in  Britain,  (k  i  ha) 
This  spring,  he  lands  the  second 

time  in  Britain,  (k  i  ha) 
Crassus  plunders  the  Temple  of 
Jerusalem. 

952  He  is  slain  in  battle  by  the  Par- 

thians. 

Dionysius  Neos  dies,  (d)  And 
his  daughter 

Sept.        5  1  Cleopatra  Reigns  22  years. 

955  Caesar  passes  the  Rubicon  and 

begins  the  civil  war.  (m) 
Pompey  beats  Caesar  at  Dyrra- 
chium;  but  is  beat  by  Caesar 
at  Pharsalia,  and  killed  in 
Egypt,  (c  h  m) 

959  Cato  the  younger  kills  himself 

at  Utica  (k  m) 

Caesar,  as  high  priest,  reforms 
the  Roman  Calendar  (km)  (e) 

960  b  January  1,  being  now  placed  at 

the  Winter  Solstice,  (/)  the 
first  Julian  year  begins  (km) 
(g) 

961  b  March  15,  Cassar  killed  in  the 

Senate,  (k  m) 

c  He  was  Julius  Caesar's  sister  s  grandson  by  her  daughter  Attia. 

h  Helvicus  *       i  Isaacson.  ha  Dr.  Halley  in  Philosoph.  Transac. 

d  He  had  two  legitimate  sons ;  but  by  Julius  Caesar's  favor  Cleopatra  is 
preferred  before  them. 

e  In  order  to  which,  by  the  direction  of  Sosigenes  he  makes  this  year  to 
consist  of  445  days,  (Lydiat,  Petavius,  Usher,  Strauchius,  Prideaux,  Lc.) 

f  Danet  says,  at  the  new  moon,  eight  days  after;  and  Carey  says,  on  the 
day  the  sun  entered  8th  of  Capricorn,  which  by  the  ancients  was  held  to  be 
the  point  of  the  Winter  Solstice  ;  and  at  sev  en  in  the  afternoon  that  day,  there 
happened  a  new  moou  at  Rome. 

g  These  years  are  called  Julian  from  Julius  Caesar  who  appointed  them  ; 
they  contain  365  days  six  hours  ;  which  six  hours  in  four  years  make  one  day, 
and  added  in  February  every  fourth  year,  makes  that,  year  to  consist  of  366 
days,  and  is  called  a  leap  year ;  but  through  mistake,  the  Romans  made  every 
third  year  a  leap  year  for  the  first  36  years  of  this  era ;  and  then  Augustus 
reduced  them  into  order.    (Lydiat,  Calvisius,  Petavius,  Usher,  Prideaux.) 


INTRODUCTION. 


41 


.   Y.W.  lstE^P 
new  Y.  D. 


3962 

963 
965 


968 


974 


975 


Y.  R.  Monarchs. 


Ovid  born,  and  lives  59  years. 
(k  m) 

Octavius,  Antony,  and  Lepidus, 
form  the  second  Triumvirate  } 
and  Antony  kills  Cicero,  aged 
64.  (km) 

Octavius  and  Antony  vanquish 
Brutus  and  Cassius  at  Philip- 
pi.  (k  m) 

The  Parthians  conquer  Syria 
and  Phoenicia,  and  take  Je- 
rusalem ;  and  Herod  flying* 
to  Rome,  the  Senate  vote  him 
king  of  Judea.  (k  m) 

Ventidius  beats  the  Parthians 
out  of  Phoenicia  and  Syria. 
(k  m) 

July  16,  by  the  help  of  Sosius, 
Herod  takes  Jerusalem  and 
therein  king  Antigonus.  (k) 
This  summer,  Antony  kills  king 

Antigonus  at  Antioch.  (A) 
Octavius  deposes  Lepidus  from 

the  Triumvirate,  (k  m) 
September  3,  (i)  the  marine 
victory  of  Octavius  over  An- 
tonv  and  Cleopatra  at  Actium. 
(k  m) 

August  1,  Octavius  takes  Alex- 
andria ;  at  which  Antony  kills 
himself,  and  soon  after  Cleo- 
patra ;  and  Egypt  is  made  a 
Roman  province,  (c  h  u) 


h  By  the  continual  instigation  and  bribery  of  Herod,  (up) 
i  By  the  mistake  above,  this  was  called  the  2d  of  September 


6 


I 


V.  PERIOD. 

t 

The  Chronology  of  the  Roman  emperors,  successively,  from  the  beginning  of 
the  reign  of  Augustus,  to  the  death  of  Constantine  the  Great,  the  first  Chris- 
tian emperor,  when  the  empire  came  to  be  divided  ;  being  the  space  of  365 
years,  nine  months. 

Having  brought  the  reader  through  the  darker  scenes  of 
the  ancient  ages  to  the  beginning  of  the  Roman  emperors, 
we  are  opening  now  into  fairer  prospects,  and  the  path  of 
time  grows  clearer  and  more  certain  ;  partly  by  the  regula- 
tion of  the  year  by  Julius  Caesar,  and  partly  by  the  advance 
of  learning  in  the  Roman  empire.  But  though  the  course  of 
time  through  the  present  period  meets  with  little  or  no  diffi- 
culty, yet  the  punctual  dates  of  those  great  events,  the  decease 
of  Herod,  and  the  birth,  ministry  and  death  of  John  the  Baptist, 
and  our  blessed  Savior,  have  perplexed  the  minds  of  the 
most  learned  men,  as  much  as  any  other  points  of  history. 
For  the  New  English  reader's  fuller  view  of  these  famous 
problems,  I  must  refer  to  Scaliger,  Calvisius,  Petavius, 
Strauchius,  Gregory,  Lightfoot,  Swan,  Whiston,  Whitby,  Pri- 
deaux,  Marshal,  and  Lardner,  whose  performances  are  found 
among  us  ;  but  above  all,  to  the  critical  examination  of  Pater- 
culus,  Josephus,  Tacitus,  Suetonius,  and  Dio,  compared  with 
the  writers  of  the  New  Testament ;  without  consulting  whose 
originals,  I  find  there  can  be  no  safety  or  exactness  in  our 
reasonings  from  them. 

However,  to  oblige  my  readers,  that  cannot  come  at  these 
authentic  records,  I  may  briefly  observe,  as  to  the  death  of 
Herod,  that  though  Archbishop  Usher  and  Mr.  Whiston  place 
it  in  November,  yet  Josephus  plainly  representing  that  he 
died  a  little  before  the  passover,  and  the  Jewish  writer  from 
whom  they  take  that  end  of  Herod's  life,  being  a  modern 
author,  and  of  little  credit,  as  Dr.  Whitby  observes  from  Dr. 
Allix,  the  learned  therefore  seem  to  be  giving  up  this  arti- 
cle, and  the  great  inquiry  is,  whether  Herod  died  in  the 
spring  of  the  year  of  Rome  750,  751,  or  752  ;  that  is,  accord- 
ing to  Varro's  computation,  which  Petavius,  Cary,  and  Peri- 
zonius,  follow  in  their  Chronological  tables  ;  though  the  very- 
same  year?  are  called  749,  750,  751,  according  to  Cato  ; 
followed  by  Helvicus,  Isaacson,  Swan,  and  Tallents.  Now 
because  Josephus  mentions  an  eclipse  of  the  moon  at  Jericho, 


INTRODUCTION. 


43 


in  the  time  of  Herod's  final  illness,  astronomers,  searching  for 
this  celestial  character,  Kepler  and  Petavius  have  found  it  on 
March  13th,  in  the  year  of  Rome  750  ;  that  is,  according  to 
Varro  and  Dio's  account,  which  we  here  use,  (a)  and  there- 
fore place  the  decease  of  Herod  between  this  phenomenon, 
and  April  11th,  the  day  of  the  following  passover.  And 
though  Herod  had  not  arrived  to  the  37th  entire  year  from 
the  time  he  was  declared  king  by  the  Roman  Senate,  yet  if 
Josephus  begins  his  Jewish  years  with  the  first  of  Nisan,  as 
Ptolemy,  his  Egyptian  with  the  first  of  Thoth  ;  then  on  the 
first  of  Nisan,  in  750,  Herod  entered  his  37th  year,  and  there 
is  no  difficulty. 

For  (1)  Josephus  tells  us,  that  Herod  was  declared  king 
by  the  Romans  in  the  184th  Olympiad,  Calvinus  and  Pollio 
being  consuls  ;  Dio  says,  that  these  were  consuls  in  the  year 
of  Rome  714  \  and  the  learned  all  agree  that  this  Olympiad 
ended  in  the  summer  of  this  very  year.  But  by  comparing 
these  two  authors,  it  seems  to  me  that  Herod  did  not  sail  to 
Rome  till  the  winter  coming  on  at  the  end  of  714  ;  and 
though  Calvinus  and  Pollio  began  their  consulships  in  the 
184th  Olympiad,  yet  the  185th  began  in  the  summer  before 
Herod's  voyage  ;  which  Josephus  expressly  tells  us  was 
after  Pentecost  and  (^'"coios  wcos,)  in  the  winter  season. 
(2)  Josephus  also  says,  that  Herod  reigned  thirty-seven  years; 
that  his  son  Philip  succeeded  him  in  part  of  his  dominions, 
ruled  also  thirty-seven  years,  and  died  in  the  twentieth  year 
of  the  empire  of  Tiberius  ;  and  all  Chronologers  agree  that 
the  twentieth  year  of  Tiberius  began  Gn  August  19th,  in  the 
year  of  Rome  786.  By  this,  it  is  plain,  Josephus  means,  not 
entire  years,  with  respect  to  either  son  or  father,  but  the 
thirty-seventh  year  current  only.  (3)  Josephus  also  writes 
in  his  book  of  the  war,  that  Archelaus  succeeded  Herod  in 
another  part  of  his  kingdom,  namely,  Judea  ;  and  being  ac- 
cused in  the  ninth  year  of  his  government,  he  was  banished 
to  Vienna.  But  in  his  book  of  antiquities  written  after  the 
other,  and  we  may  suppose  more  correctly,  he  says,  that 
Archelaus  was  accused  and  banished  in  the  tenth  year  of  his 
government ;  and  in  his  own  life  he  repeats  the  same,  assert- 
ing that  his  father's  birth  was  in  the  said  tenth  year  of  Arche- 

a  See  the  calculation  of  this  eclipse  at  the  end  of  Mr.  Whiston's  astronomi- 
cal lectures  ;  though  his  calculation  is  for  the  meridian  of  Jerusalem,  which 
makes  it  something  earlier  in  the  morning  than  it  appeared  at  Jericho. 


44 


IxVTRODUCTION. 


laus.  By  which,  it  seems,  that  Archelaus  was  accused  and 
sent  to  Rome  in  the  spring  or  end.  of  his  ninth  year,  and  was 
got  into  his  tenth  before  his  trial  there  and  exile.  And  Dio 
says,  he  was  accused  and  banished  to  Vienna,  and  his  estate 
confiscated  in  the  year  of  Rome  759,  Lepidus  and  Aruntius 
being  consuls.  (4)  Josephus  also  tells  us,  that  upon  Arche- 
laus's  banishment,  Augustus  sent  Cyrenius,  who  seized  his 
estate  in  the  thirty-seventh  year  after  Antony  was  beat  by 
Octavius  at  Actium  ;  and  the  learned  all  agree  that  the 
thirty-seventh  year  from  that  event  began  on  Sept.  2d  in  this 
very  year  of  Rome,  which  Dio  speaks  of,  namely,  759. 

If,  therefore,  714  ending  with  the  last  month  Adar  of  the 
Jewish  year,  be  reckoned  by  Josephus  for  the  first  of  Herod's 
reign,  and  so  his  second  year  beginning  with  the  first  of 
Nisan,  then  the  latter  end  of  March  750  will  be  in  his  thirty- 
seventh  year  ;  then  March  759  will  be  in  the  end  of  Arche- 
laus's  ninth,  and  the  rest  of  the  year  will  be  his  tenth  ;  then 
his  estate  will  be  seized  in  the  same  year,  sometime  after 
Sept.  2d,  and  then  the  thirty-seventh  of  Philip  will  begin  in 
March  786  ;  and  he  must  die  between  August  19th  this  same 
year,  (when  Tiberius  enters  on  his  twentieth,)  and  the  Nisan 
of  the  next,  when  otherwise  Philip  would  enter  into  his  thirty- 
eighth. 

But  if  we  fix  the  decease  of  Herod  to  the  spring  of  751, 
then  we  slight  the  eclipse  abovesaid,  (which  no  astronomer 
will  be  free  to)  and  cannot  so  easily  make  Josephus  and  Dio 
agree.  And  if  we  carry  his  death  to  the  spring  of  752,  then 
we  both  slight  the  eclipse,  and  make  Josephus  interfere  both 
with  Dio  and  with  himself  also.  Whereas,  if  we  keep  to  the 
celestial  character  with  the  natural  and  easy  supposition 
above,  there  is  a  perfect  harmony  in  all  their  numbers. 

Now  the  750th  year  of  Rome,  is  the  4710th  of  the  Julian 
period  ;  and  in  the  spring  of  this  year,  I  at  present  incline  to 
place  the  decease  of  Herod  ;  though,  if  a  lunar  eclipse  at 
Jericho  could  be  found  by  Mr.  Flamsted's  observations,  and 
Sir  Isaac  Newton's  theory,  in  the  latter  part  of  this  year,  or 
beginning  of  the  next,  I  should  then  incline  to  think  his 
death  was  in  the  spring  ensuing.  And  by  Matt.  i.  we  know 
that  Christ  was  born  before  Herod  died  ;  as  by  Luke  i.  the 
birth  of  John  was  about  half  a  year  before  our  Savior's. 


INTRODUCTION. 


45 


No, 


Y.  W. 


Emperor. 


3975 


973 


984 

985 
986 
987 

992 

993 
995 
997 


998 
4000 

4001 

4004 


Octavius 


Y.  C. 


Aug  31,*  the  first  Egyptian  new  year 
day  of  his  conquering  Anthony  and 
Egypt,  and  becoming  sole  military  head 
of  the  Roman  empire  for  forty-three 
years,  (s.  d.  pt.  fyc.) 

Jan.  7th,  he  receives  the  whole  adminis- 
tration from  the  senate.  Jan.  13th.  t 
they  name  him  Augustus,  and  the  re- 
public turned  into  a  monarchy,  (c.  p. 
u.  fyc.) 

Marc  Agrippa  \  marries  Julia,  only  child 

of  Augustus,  (c) 
The  blessed  Virgin  born.  (71) 
Virgil  dies  at  Brundusium,  aged  52.  (c) 
Herod  begins  to  rebuild  the  temple,  (j. 

II  m.) 

Lepidus  the  high  priest  of  Rome  dies,  and 

Augustus  succeeds  him.  (c) 
March  19th,  Marc  Agrippa  dies,  (c) 
Tiberius  marries  Julia,  (c)  § 
Augustus  begins  to  rectify  the  Julian  year. 

(c.u.pr.)  || 
Horace,  aged  57,  and  Mecenas  die.  (c) 
Dionysius  Halicarnasseus  begins  to  write. 

(u) 

John  the  Baptist  born  in  the  former  part 
of  this  year,  and  Christ  in  the  latter. 
(p.  u.  sw.  cr.  II.  pr.) 

Herod  dies,  aged  70.  [j]  IT  and  his  son 
Archelaus  governs  in  Judea  nine  years. 
(j.  d.k.  p.  cr.) 

The  last  year  **  before  the  vulgar  Chris- 
tian era. 

I.  CENTURY. 
Jan.  1st    begins  the  first  year,  or  the 
Christian   or   Dionysian    era,  called 
Anno  Domini,  ft 


*  By  the  mistake  above  this  was  called  Aug.  29th,  and  hence  the  Egyptian 
era  begins,  by  the  consent  of  all  Chronologers. 

s.  Suetonius,    d.  Dio.    pt.  Ptolemy,    c.  Calvisius.    p.  Petavius.    u.  Usher. 

f  So  Ovid  ;  but  Censorinus  on  Jan.  17th.  (c.  u.) 

%  By  whom  she  had  Agrippina  and  Agrippa-Posthumus,  &ic.  (s) 

n.  JNicephorus.   j.  Josephus.    II.  Lloyd,    m.  Marshal. 

§  But  had  no  issue  by  her  ;  though  he  had  a  son  by  a  former  wife,  (s) 

II  By  omitting  the  three  intercalations  for  the  twelve  years  following,  (c.  u.pr.) 

pr.  Prideaux.    sw.  Swan.    cr.  Cary.    k.  Kepler. 

H  Between  an  eclipse  of  the  moon  on  March  13th,  and  the  passover  on 
April  11th.  (j.  d.  k.p.  cr.) 

**  Cycle  of  the  sun  nine,  year  of  Rome,  according  to  Varro,  Tacitus,  and 
Dio  753,  Julian  year  forty-five,  and  year  of  the  Julian  Period  4713  ;  as  all 
Chronologers  agree. 

ft  First  brought  into  use  by  Dionysius  Exignus  in  the  common  year  of 
Christ  527,  who  supposing  Christ  was  born  on  December  25th,  of  the  forego- 
ing year,  began  the  Christian  era  with  this  first  of  January. 


40 


INTRODUCTION. 


No. 


Y.  C. 


Emperor. 


14 


17 

IS 

25 
■26 

29 
30 
31 

32 
33 


34 

35 

37 


43 

Tiberius 


15 


At  the  end  of  February  the  Julian  year 
corner  right,  and  so  continues  [c  u  <^c.] 

Archelaus  accused  before  Augustus,  is 
banished  to  Vienna,  [jdpu  fyc] 

Between  September  2,  this  year,  and  Sep- 
tember 2,  next,  Judea  made  a  Roman 
province  and  annexed  to  Syria,  [i  d  c 
u  fyc.] 

November,  Ovid  banished,  [c  u] 
Tiberius  made  prince  and  colleague  with 

Augustus  in  the  provinces  and  armies. 

[pa  t  s  d] 

August  19,  Augustus  dies,  aged  76,  and  his 

only  grandson  killed  by 
*  Who  reigns  22  years  6  m.  27  d.  f 
Ovid  dies  in  exile,  aged  59.  [c  it] 
Livy  dies,  aged  76,  [c]  and  Strabo  pub- 
lishes his  Geography.  [pr~\ 
Strabo  dies,  [h] 

Valerius  Maximus,  and  Vellieus  Patercu- 

lus  flourish,  [/i] 
John  begins  his  public  ministry,  and  bap- 
tizes Christ,  X 
The  Passover,  on  Lord's  day,  April  17.  [c] 
The  Passover,  on  Saturday,  April  8.  [c] 
The  Passover,  on  Tuesday,  March  27.  [c] 
The  Passover,  on  Tuesday,  April  15.  [c] 
The  Passover,  on  Friday,  April  3,  when 
Christ  was  crucified,  [c  r  us  w  crw  11  m 

w  § 

Lord's  Day,  April  5,  he  arises  from  the 

dead  [c  r  u  11  fy-c] 
Thursday,   May    14.     He    ascends  to 

heaven,  [c  r  u  <^c-] 
Lord's  Day,  May  24,  the  day  of  Pentecost, 

the  Holy  Ghost  poured  out.  [c  r  u  11 

w 

Stephen  the  first  Christian  Martyr  stoned. 

m 

Saul  converted,  and  called  Paul,  [p  u  11] 

and  Tiberius  proposes  in  the  Senate  to 

deify  Christ,  [u] 
Marth  16,  ||  Tiberius  dies,  aged  78,  [t  s  d 

c  p  u]  and  his  only  grandson  killed  by 

his  brother's  grandson. 


pa  Paterculus  t  Tacitus.  h  Helvicus. 

:  He  was  of  the  Claudian  family,  and  but  son-in-law  to  Augustus,  [s] 
t  So  Tacitus  and  Suetonius,  though  Dio  10  days  more 

%  In  the  fifteenth  year  of  the  reign  of  Tiberius ;  which  begins  August  19, 
this  year,  [Luke.  iii.  pt  c  sw  w  m]  though  archbishop  Usher,  and  Dr.  Pri- 
deaux  place  the  beginning  of  the  Baptist's  ministry  two  years  sooner,  viz.  in 
the  fifteenth  of  Tiberius's  principality,  [see  Luke  iii.  p  Ir  pa  t  sd] 

w  Whiston.  tr  Lardner. 

r  Bishop  Richardson. 

v\  In  the  nineteenth  year  of  the  reign  of  Tiberius,  which  ends  Aug.  19.  [s  d] 
ll  So  Tacitus  and  Suetonius :  though  Dio  ten  days  after. 


INTRODUCTION. 


47 


No.      Y.  C. 

38 
40 

41 

43 


44 

46 
48 
52 

54 


Emperor. 


Caligula 


60 
61 


62 
64 

65 

66 

67 


Claudius 


Nero 


Galba 


*  Who  reigns  3  years,  10  m.  8  d.  [c  p  it] 
t  Josephus  born  between  September 
this  year  and  March  next,  [j] 

June  13,  Agricola  the  Roman  general 
born.  [/) 

Philo  Judeus  goes  embassador  to  Rome, 

[c]  and  the  blessed  Virgin  dies,  aged 
60.  [n] 

January  24,  Caligula  killed,,  aged  30,  [sj 

and  his  uncle 
t  Reigns  13  years,  8  m.  20  days,  [t  s  d  c 

Plautius  and  Vespasian  sail  to  Britain, 
fight  successfully,  and  Claudius  follows 
them  [w] 

Claudius  returns  to  Rome,  triumphs,  and 
calls  his  son  Britannicus.  [t  c] 

Apollonius  Tyaneus  flourishes,  [it] 

Quintus  Curtius  flourishes,  [c] 

The  first  famous  Council  at  Jerusalem. 
\utl] 

October  13,  Claudius  poisoned,  aged  64; 

[t  s  d  <yc]  and  his  only  son  killed  by 
§  Who  reigns  13  years,  7  m.  28  d.  [t  s  c 

!»] 

Paul  seized  at  Jerusalem,  [it  U~\ 
Boadicia  a  British  queen,  kills  70  [/]  or  80 
thousand  Romans  with  their  associates 

[d]  But  Paulinus  in  one  battle  slays  as 
many  Britons,  and  Boadicia  kills  her- 
self.     d  c] 

Persius  the  poet  dies,  aged  29.  [c] 

Nero  first   persecutes  the  Christians  at 

Rome,  [c  u] 
Seneca  and  Lucan  put  to  death  by  Nero. 

[tcp] 

In  May,  Gessius  Florus  begins  the  Jewish 
war.  [j  c  it] 

June  29,  Paul  beheaded,  and  Peter  cruci- 
fied at  Rome,  [p  u  11] 

In  March,  the  army  in  Spain  set  up  Galba, 
[t  cu] 

June  8,  Nero  kills  himself,  aged  31,  [t  rf] 

32.  1T  [s]  And 
Comes  to  Rome  and  reigns,  [tsdcu) 


*  Son  to  Agrippina  by  Germanicus,  the  son  of  Drusus,  younger  brother  of 
Tiberius,  s 

f  So  Tacitus  and  Suetonius  ;  though  Dio  ten  days  less. 

|  Younger  brother  to  Germanicus,  and  both  sons  of  Drusus  by  Antonia 
minor,  daughter  of  Mark  Antony  by  Octavia  sister  of  Augustus,  [s] 

§  Son  of  Domitius  by  Agrippina,  junior  daughter  of  Germanicus  by  Agrip- 
pina senior,  [s] 

U  And  thus  the  Julian}  Qctavian,  Claudian  and  Domitian  families  expire. 


48 


INTRODUCTION. 


No.      Y.  C. 


Emperor. 


69 


Otho 
Vitellius 

Vespasian 


70 


81 


S2 


94 


Titus 


Domitian 


January  3,  the  army  in  Gaul  set  up  Vi- 
telline ten 

January  15,  Galba  killed  at  Rome,  aged 
73.  t  s  d  u  by 

Who  reigns  there,  94  days,  t  c  u 

April  19,  Otho  kills  himself,  aged  37,  tdc 
38.  s  And 

Comes  to  Rome  and  reigns,  t  s  d  c  u 

July  1,  the  army  in  Egypt  proclaim  Ves- 
pasian, t  sc  u 

December  20,  t  m  Vitellius  killed  at  Rome, 
aged  55,  dbl.t  s* 

Reigns  (from  July  1,)  10  years,  wanting 
6 days,  sdc 

April  14,  the  Passover  begins,  and  Titus 
lays  siege  to  Jerusalem,  j  c  p  u 

July  17,  the  daily  Sacrifice  ceases,  j  cum 

August  10,  the  Temple  burnt,  and  the 
Roman  ensigns  set  on  the  eastern  gate. 
j  u  m 

September  8,  Titus  takes  and  destroys  the 

whole  city,  j  cum 
Judea  entirely  subdued,  laid  waste  and 

quieted,  j  cu 
Pliny  dedicates  his  Natural  History  to 

Titus,  c 

June  24,  Vespasian  dies,  aged  70.  s  d  c  p 

and  his  eldest  son 
Reigns  2 years,  2  m.  20  d.  s  dc  p. 
Agricola  goes  into  Britain,  and  conquers 

the  Isle  of  Man,  &c.  tc 
November  2,  Pliny  dies  by  the  eruption  of 

Vesuvius,  c  p 
September  13,  Titus  dies,  aged  41,  s  c  p 

and  his  younger  brother 
Reigns  15  years,  5  d.  s  d  e. 
Agricola  discovers  and  conquers  new  na- 
tions in  Britain,  t  c 
Juvenal  and  Martial  flourish,  c 
Agricola  first  discovers  Britain  to  be  an 

island,    and    conquers   the  Orcades 

t  c 

Having  conquered  Britain,  he  goes  into 
Ireland,  t  c 

Stratius  the  poet  flourishes,  c 

Agricola  returns  to  Rome,  c 

The  Apostle  John  banished  into  Patmos.  c 

Clemens  Romanus  writes  to  the  Corin- 
thians, c 

August  23.  Agricola  dies,  aged  56.  t  c 
Josephus  finishes  his  Antiquities,  aged  56. 
jc  t 


*  Galba,  Otho  and  Vitellius  were  of  several  families  ;  and  their  reigns  being 
short  and  interfering,  Ptolemy  omits  them,  and  sets  Vespasian  next  to  Nero, 
t  Between  Sept.  last  year,  and  March  this,  in  the  13th  year  of  Domitian.  j 


INTRODUCTION. 


49 


No.   Y.  C. 


Emperor. 


195 

96 


99 
100 


102 
107 
108 

115 
117 


119 

122 


123 
125 


127 
138 


142 
144 

147 
148 
150 
161 


162 
163 
164 

167 
169 


Nerva 


Trajan 


Adrian 


Antoninus 


Aurelius 


John  writes  the  Revelations  ;  and  Quintiiian  dies,  c 
Sept.  18th,  Domitian  killed,  aged  45,  sdep  *  And 
Chosen  by  the  Senate,  reigns  one  year,  four  months, 

nine  days,  d  c 
Apollonius  Tyaneus  dies,  aged  100.  d  ph  tl 
Tacitus  writes  of  the  German  manners,  c  January 

27th,  Neva  dies,  aged  66  dep  And 
A  Spaniard  h  d  reigns  nineteen  years,  six  months, 

fifteen  days,  d  c  p  t 
John  the  Apostle  dies,  at  Ephesus.  c 
Clemens  Romanus  dies,  p  and  the  Apostolic  age 

ends. 

II.  CENTURY. 
Pliny,  Jr.  goes  Proconsul  to  Bithynia.  c 
Ignatus  thrown  to  the  lions  at  Rome,  c  \ 
Trajan  subdues  Armenia,  and  extends  the  empire 

from  the  Euphrates  to  the  Tigris,  d  c 
He  takes  Arbela,  he.  and  subdues  Assyria,  d  c 
Aug.  *10th,  he  dies,  in  Cilicia,  aged  64.  c  p  And 
A  Spaniard  also,  reigns  twenty  years,  eleven  months. 

d  c 

Plutarch  flourishes,  c 

Adrian  goes  into  Britain,  c  and  builds  a  military 
wall  of  eighty  miles  in  length,  hr 

Appian,  the  historian,  flourishes,  h 

Ptolemy  begins  his  celestial  observations,  at  Alexan- 
dria, c 

Suetonius,  the  historian,  flourishes,  c  h 
July  10th,  Adrian  dies,  aged  63.  dep  And 
Pius  reigns  22  years,  7  months,  26  days  c  p 
He  makes  his  son-in-law,  Lucius  Verus,  his  col- 
league, dep 

Justin  Martyr,  a  philosopher,  becomes  a  Christian,  c 
Pausanias  writes  his  history,  c 

Justin,  the  historian,  h  Galen,  the   Physician,  and 

Aquila,  flourish,  c 
Arrian,  the  historian,  flourishes,  c 
Diogenes  Laertius,  flourishes,  h 
Justin  Martyr  writes  his  first  apology,  c  h 
March  6th,  Antoninus  dies,  aged  75,  c  and  his  son- 
in-law 

Reigns  nineteen  years,  eleven  days,  d  c 
Justin  Martyr  writes  his  second  apology,  c 
June  1st,  he  is  beheaded  at  Rome,  c 
Christianity   countenanced   by  royal  authority  in 
Britain,  c 

March  22d.  Polycarp  burnt  at  Smyrna,  c  p 
In  Dec.  Lucius  Verus,  emperor,  dies,  c 


*  The  last  of  the  twelve  Caesars,  (Julius  being  the  first)  described  by  Sueto» 
nius  ;  and  in  Domitian.    The  Vespasian  family  also  ends. 

ph  Philostratus.    //  Tillemont.    hd  Herodian.    hr  Hearn. 

t  Of  obscure  birth,  and  the  first  emperor  that  was  not  a  Roman  |  though  he 
carried  the  empire  to  the  greatest  extent,  from  the  Orcades  of  Scotland,  to 
the  bounds  of  India,  d  hd 

X  Petavius  says  in  the  year  after, 

7 


50 


INTRODUCTION. 


No    Y.  C.  I  Emperor. 


17-' 

lb 


181 
182 
185 
190 
192 
193 


194 


195 
198 


201 
202 
203 
208 
209 
211 


212 
217 


218 


220 
221 
222 


226 


228 


Commodus 


Pertinax 


Juli 


Severus 


Caracalla 

Macrinus 
Bassianus 

Alexander 


Epictetus,  the  philosopher,  flourishes,  c 
March  16th,  Aure^us  dies,  at  Vienna,  aged  59,  d  c  p 
and  his  son 

Reigns  twelve  years,  nine  months,  fourteen  days. 
d  c  p 

Lucius,  a  British  king,  promotes  Christianity.  € 
Theodotion  makes  his  Greek  version,  c 
Origen  born,  and  lives  69  years,  c  p 
The  Jewish  Misna  written,  c 

Dec.  31st.  Commodus  strangled,  aged  32,  d  cp  And 
Ian.  1st.  chosen  by  the  Senate,  reigns  eighty-seven 

days,  d  c  p 

March  28th,  aged  68,  he  is  killed  by  the  soldiers,  who 

sell  the  empire  to 
Who  reigns  sixty-six  days,  dcp 
Niger  set  up  by  the  army  in  Syria,  and  Albinus  in 

Britain,  fid  c 
June  1st.  Julian  aged  61,  d  is  killed  by 
An  African,  set  up  by  the  army  in  Illyricum,  reigns 

seventeen  years,  eight  months,  three  days,  dcp 
Clemens  Alexandrinus  flourishes,  c 
Severus  beats  Niger  at  Issus,  and  beheads  him  at 

Antioch.  hd  c 
Tertullian  begins  to  write,  c 

Severus  beats  Albinus  at  Lyons,  who  is  there  be- 
headed, hd  c 

III.  CENTURY. 
Symmachus  sets  out  his  Greek  version,  c 
Lucius,  Florus  and  Philostratus  flourish,  h 
Irensus,  bishop  of  Lyons,  put  to  death,  c 
Severus  goes  to  war  in  Britain,  c  p 
Minutius  Felix  flourishes,  c 

Feb.  4th,  Severus  dies  at  York,  aged  66,  dcp  and 
his  sons 

And  Geta,  reign,  d  hd  Caracalla  reigns  six  years,  two 
months,  two  days,  dcp 

F eb.  26th,  he  kills  his  brother  Geta,  aged  23.  d  c  p  and 

April  8th,  aged  30,  d  he  is  killed  in  Mesopotamia, 
by  the  intrigue  of 

\  Moor,  chosen  by  the  array*  Reigns  one  year, 
one  month,  twenty-eight  days,  d  c 

Tune  9th,  he  and  his  son  killed  dc  by 

\  Syrian  Priest,  set  up  by  the  soldiers.f  Reigns  three 
years,  nine  months,  four  days,  d  c 

fulius  Africanus,  the  historian,  flourishes,  c 

Tertullian  writes  Ad  Scapulam.  c 

Vlarch  10th,  Bassianus,  aged  19,  killed  by  the  sol- 
diers, d  c  and  his  cousin 

Vnother  Syrian  Priest,  reigns  thirteen  years,  nine 
days,  c  p 

Vrtaxerxes,  a  Persian,  rebels  against  the  Parthians. 

c  p 

Elian,  the  historian,  flourishes,  c 


*  The  army  first  chose  Audentius,  but  be  refused  the  empire,  hd 
t  A  counterfeit  son  of  Caracalla,  and  went  by  the  name  of  Autonine,  Avi- 
tus,  Heliogabalus,  &c.  d 


INTRODUCTION. 


5 1 


No.   Y.  C.  Emperor. 


229 


230 
231 
235 


236 
237 

238 
244 


248 
25U 


251 

253 


254 
258 
259 


260 
264 

266 


Maximine 

Maximus 
Gordian 

Philip 

Decius 

Gallus 

iEmilian 
Valerian 

Gallienus 


Artaxerxes  beats  and  kills  Artabanus,  king-  of  Par- 

thia,  and  takes  his  kingdom,  c 
Here  Dion  Cassius  ends  his  lioinan  history,  dc 
Longinus  writes,  c 

Origen  completes  his  Tripartite  Bible,  c 
March  18th,  Alexander  killed  in  Germany,  aged  28, 
hd  by 

Set  up  by  the  soldiers,  reigns  two  years,  six  months. 

cp* 

Gordian  the  father  and  son  set  up  in  Africa  ;  but  the 
son  being  overcome  and  killed,  the  father  hangs 
himself,  aged  80.  c  p 

In  October,  Maximine  and  his  son  killed  at  Aquilea. 
h d c  And 

Albinus,  chosen  by  the  Senate,  reign  together. 
hd  c  p 

In  March,  they  are  killed  by  the  soldiers,  hd  cp  who 
make 

Emperor,  aged  14.  hd  Who  reign*  six  years,  c  p  t 
Here  Herodian  ends  his  Roman  history,  hd  And 

Censorinus  writes,  c  p 
In  March,  Gordian  aged  20,  is  killed  in  Persia,  c  p 

by  Arabs, 

Set  up  by  the  soldiers,  reigns  six  years,  c  t 

Cyprian  made  bishop  of  Carthage,  p 

Philip  killed  in  battle  at  Verona,  c  by 

An  Hungarian,  set  up  by  the  soldiers.    Reigns  one 

year,  three  months,  c 
He  and  his  son  slain  in  battle  by  the  Goths,  c  p  and 
Chosen  by  the  soldiers,  reigns  two  years,  four  months. 

p  hr 

He  and  his  son  killed  in  battle  by  his  officer,  c  viz. 
Set  up  by  the  soldiers  in  Illyricum.||    But  in  the  third 

month  after  they  kill  him,  cp  for  fear  of 
Set  up  by  the  army  in  Germany,  reigns  near  seven 

years,  c 
Origen  dies,  aged  70.  c 
Cyprian,  with  his  Elders,  banished,  c 
Valerian  taken  and  killed  by  the  Persians  cp  And 

his  son 
Reigns  nine  years,  hr  § 
Sept.  14th  Cyprian  beheaded,  c 
Odenatus  of  Palmyra,  repels  the  Persians,  c 
He  conquers  the  eastern  part  of  the  empire,  and  is 

proclaimed  king,  c  p 
He  being  killed,  his  queen  Zenobia  maintains  the 

empire,  c 


*  He  had  been  a  Thracian  shepherd,  of  mean  birth,  and  preferred  only  for 
his  great  body  and  courage,  hd 

t  He  was  the  son  of  Gordian  the  Elder's  daughter,  hd 
X  His  father  had  been  captain  of  a  band  of  robbers,  c 

He  was  of  Moorish  extract  and  born  of  obscure  parents,  c 
In  his  reign,  about  thirty  officers  set  up  themselves  in  divers  parts  of  the 
empire,  but  are  at  length  destroyed,  c 


52 


INTRODUCTION. 


Y.  C.  Emperor 


March  21st.  Galljenus,  aged  50,  with  his  brother, 
killed  at  Milan,  cp  And 
Claudius  II.  A  Dalmatian,  reigns  one  year,  ten  months,  fifteen 
days,  hr 
Zenobia  seizes  upon  Egypt  c 

Claudius,  in  two  or  three  battles,  slays  above  three 

hundred  thousand  Scythians,  Goths,  &tc.  cp 
Feb.  5th,  Claudius  dies,  cp  and  his  brother 
Quintillus     Assumes  the  empire,  cp  But 

Feb.  22d.  the  soldiers  kill  him  at  Aquilea,  c  p  and 
choose 

Aurelian      A  Dacian,  of  obscure  birth,  reigns  near  five  years, 
c  p 

He  takes  Zenobia  and  Palmyra,  and  puts  Longinus 
to  death,  cp 

274  Constantine  the  Great  born,  p 

275  Jan.  29th.  Aurelian  is  killed  near  Byzantium,  cp 
And 

Tacitus        Sept.  25th.  chosen  by  the  Senate,  reigns  six  months, 
twenty  days,  c  p 

276  April  13th.  he  dies,  cp  and  his  brother 
Florian       Assumes  the  empire,  reigns  2  months,  20  days,  c 

July  3d.  he  is  killed  by  the  soldiers  in  Ciiicia,  cp 
And 

Probus        An  Hungarian,  chosen  by  the  Senate.    Reigns  six 
years,  four  months,  c p 
In  several  battles  he  slays  near  four  hundred  thousand 
Germans,  recovers  sixty  cities,  and  beats  them 
out  of  Gaul,  c 
Nov.  2d.  the  soldiers  kill  him  in  Hungary,  c  And 
Carus  An  Illyrican,  reigns  above  one  year,  cp 

He  dies  by  lightning  in  Persia,  c  p    And  his  sons 
Carinus       And  Numerianus,  succeed  him.  c  p 

284  April  21st.  Numerianus  killed  in  Asia,  c 
Sabinus  sets  up  in  Italy,  but  Carinus  overcomes  him 

at  Verona  c 

Dioclesian   An  Illyrican,  of  obscure  birth,  set  up  by  the  soldiers, 
reigns  twenty  years,  c 
Aug.  29th.  begins  the  Egyptian  era  of  Dioclesian,  or 

era  of  Martyrs,  cp* 
Dioclesian  beats  Carinus  in  two  battles,  c 

285  Carinus  killed  in  Ma^sia  by  one  of  his  officers,  cp 

286  April  1st.  Dioclesian  makes  Maximian  his  colleague, 
c  p 

Carausius  sets  up  in  Britain,  and   reigns  sevee 
years,  c 

288  Achilles  set  up  in  Egypt,  c 

291  Dioclesian  and  Maximian  make  Constantius  and  Ga- 

lerius,  Caesars  cp  t 
292 1  Carausius  killed  by  his  intimate  Alecto,  who  reigns 

in  Britain  three  years,  c 

*  Petavius,  from  the  Alexandrian  Chronicle,  tells  us,  that  on  Sept.  17th, 
this  year,  Dioclesian  was  proclaimed  emperor  at  Chalcedon. 

f  Constantius  was  the  son  of  Eutropius,  by  the  daughter  of  Crispus,  brother 
to  Claudius  II.  c 


INTRODUCTION. 


53 


No.  Y.  C.l  Emperor 


294 


295 
297 


303 
304 

306 


309 
311 
312 

313 

314 

315 

317 

320 

321 

322 
323 


Constantius 


Constantin 


Dioclesian  overcomes  and  kills  Achilles,  and  i educes 
Egypt,  c 

Alecto  is  overcome,  and  Britain  reduced,  c 
Arnobius  writes  and  flourishes  in  Africa,  p 

IV.  CENTURY. 
In  March,  the  emperors  put  out  a  most  severe  edict 

against  the  Christians,  c  p  * 
April  1st.  p  or  21st.  c  they  both  lay  down  their  em- 
pire. And 

Chlorus  reigns  in  the  west,  and  Galerius  in  the  east, 

cp  and  are  the  first  who  divide  the  empire,  e  v 
Constantius  resigns  Italy  and  Africa  to  Galerius.  c 
July  25th.  Constantius  dies  at  York,  c  p  and  his  son 
The  Great,  aged  33,  reigns  thirty  years,  nine  months, 

twenty-seven  days,  cp 
Sept.  25th,  the  soldiers  at  Rome  set  up  Maxentius.  cp 
Maximian,  rising  against  Constantin,  is  taken  and 

put  to  death,  cf 
Galerius  dies,  and  Licinius  reigns  in  the  east,  cp 
Constantin  declares  himself  a  Christian,  c 
Sept.  24th    he  overcomes  Maxentius  near  Rome ; 
who  flying,  is  drowned  in  the  Tiber,t  and  Constan- 
tin recovers  Italy,  c  p 
Constantin's  son  Constantin  born,  c 
Oct.  2d.  a  number  of  Bishops  meet  at  Rome,  and  first 

condemn  Donatus  and  his  followers,  cp 
Dec.  3d.  Dioclesian  dies,  in  retirement,  at  Salona.  c 
Oct.  8th.  Constantin  beats  Licinius  in  Hungary  ;  and 
again,  in  Thrace  :  and  they  agree  and  divide  the 
empire,  c  v 

Arius  put  out  of  the  Presbytery  at  Alexandria,  on 

the  account  of  his  heresies,  c 
Constantin's  son  Constantius  born,  c 
Licinius  persecutes  the  Christians,  forbidding  them 

to  meet  in  Synods,  &c.  e  c 
Constantin's  son  Constans  born,  c 
Lactantius  writes  his  divine  institutions,  c 
July  3d.  Constantin  beats  Licinius  near  Adriono- 

ple.  sg  c  || 


*  Whereby  their  meetings  are  dissolved,  their  Churches  pulled  down,  their 
Bibles  burnt,  &c.  In  Egypt  only,  which  is  but  one  province  of  the  empire, 
there  was  144,000  killed,  and  700,000  banished,  c 

t  So  Calvisius,  from  Zosimus,  but  Eusebius  says  he  hanged  himself,  and 
Petavius  sets  it  in  the  year  of  Christ  310. 

e  Eusebius.  v  Valesius. 

X  Here  Calvisius  says  the  Caesarian  Indiction  of  fifteen  years  begins,  ob- 
served by  the  Greeks  ;  but  the  Roman  on  Jan.  1st,  following,  observed  by 
the  Latins.  But  Petavius  and  Strauchius  thus  distinguish  ;  the  Caesarian  be- 
gins Sept.  24th  ;  the  Constantinopolitan  on  Sept.  1st ;  and  the  Pontifical,  or 
Roman,  on  Jan.  1st.  following. 

sg  Sigonius,  in  Valesius.  sc  Socrates  Scholasticus. 

||  Fetavius  and  Valesius,  from  Idatius,  place  this  victory  in  the  following 
year  with  the  other. 


54 


INTRODUCTION. 


No. 

Y.  C 

Emperor. 

324 
325 

326 
330 

336 
337 

Sept.  18th.  he  defeats  him  finally,  near  Chalcedony 
becomes  sole  emperor,  restores  the  Christian  liber- 
ties, cp  v  and  tttre  Eusebius  ends  his  history,  e 

Licinins,  conspiring-,  is  put  to  death,  c  p 

May  20th.  the  famous  first  General  Council,  meet  at 
.Nice,  f  condemns  Arius  and  his  opinions,  and  as- 
sert the  Deity  of  Christ,  sc  p 

Athanasius  made  Bishop  of  Alexandria,  cp 

May  11th.  Constantin  dedicates  Byzantium,  and 
makes  it  the  second  seat  of  the  empire,  c  p  $ 

Arius  dies  at  Constantinople,  c  p 

Constantin  falling  ill,  is  baptized  ;  and  May  22d. 
dies  at  Nicomedia,  aged  65.  sc  By  will  dividing 
the  empire  among  his  three  sons,  cp 

*  Of  Licinius's  army  of  one  hundred  and  thirty  thousand  in  this  battle, 
scarce  thirty  thousand  escaped,  c 

t  It  consisted  of  318  Bishops,  or  Pastors  of  Churches,  besides  Elders, 
Deacons,  he.  c  p  and  Valesius,  from  the  Alexandrian  Chronicle,  &.c.  places 
their  Convention  on  June  19th  this  year;  but  this  being  Saturday,  and  May 
20th,  being  Thursday,  I  rather  incline  to  sc  p. 

$  Calling  it  New  Rome ;  but  the  name  of  Constantinople  soon  prevailed, 
and  still  continues,  e  sc 


VI.  PERIOD 


The  Chronology  of  the  eastern  Emperors,  from  the  complete  division  of  the 
Empire  at  the  death  of  Constantin  the  Great,  to  the  revival  of  the  western 
Empire  by  Charles  the  Great  of  France,  and  the  beginning  of  the  reign 
of  Egbert,  the  first  king  of  England.  Containing  about  463  years,  seven 
months. 

We  are  now  arrived  at  the  fatal  partition  of  the  Roman 
empire.  For  though  Marc  Antony,  Octavius  and  Lepidus, 
and  some  time  after,  Sextus  Pompey  with  them,  assigned 
themselves  their  several  shares  thereof,  to  reduce  to  order, 
defend  and  govern,  yet,  as  Dio  observes,*  this  was  the  first 
for  five  years  only,  and  then  renewed  for  five  years  more, 
while  the  empire  remained  united  in  Rome  the  capital.  And 
thus  it  likewise  held  entire,  while  Dioclesian  and  Maximian, 
with  their  two  Caesars  under  them,  took  their  several  pro- 
vinces to  reduce  and  vindicate.  But  when  Constantius  and 
Galerius  received  the  empire,  they  parted  it  at  least  for  life, 
if  not  for  property  ;  and  Eusebius  tells  us,f  that  this  was  the 
first  division  of  the  empire.  It  was  a  thing,  says  he,  which 
never  fell  out  before.  However,  it  seemed  to  continue  in 
some  sort  entire,  while  Rome  remained  the  imperial  city, 
without  a  rival. 

But  when  Constantin  the  Great,  had  with  extraordinary 
magnificence  rebuilt  and  adorned  Byzantium,  and  in  the 
solemn  dedication  given  it  the  name  of  New  Rome  ;  he 
made  it  the  imperial  seat  of  the  eastern,  provinces  and  to 
have  no  subjection  to  the  other.  Here  he  therefore  fixed 
his  residence,  and  reigned  over  the  whole,  supreme,  with 
his  three  sons  under  him,  till  his  decease  in  the  year  of 
Christ  337  ;  when  the  empire  came  to  be  parted  in  the  most 
effectual  manner.  Constantin.  the  eldest,  had  Europe  on  this 
side  of  the  Alps  ;  Constantius  the  second,  had  Thrace,  Asia, 
and  Egypt  ;  being  nearly  the  same  with  the  now  Turkish 
empire  ;  and  Constans  the  youngest,  had  the  rest  of  Europe 
and  Africa. 


D.  Cassius  ;  Lib.  xlvi,  xlix. 


t  Eccl.  History,  Lib.  viii.  Cap.  13 


5b 


INTRODUCTION. 


The  part  which  fell  to  Constantin  was  indeed  in  the  third 
year  after,  united  to  the  dominion  of  Constans  ;  and  both 
together,  bearing  the  name  of  the,western  empire,  was  misera- 
bly harrassed  and  rent  to  pieces  by  the  Picts,  Scots,  and 
Saxons  in  Britain  ;  and  by  the  Goths,  Vandals,  Francs, 
Peruli,  and  other  barbarous  nations  in  the  continent  ;  till 
it  entirely  ended  with  Augustulus,  in  the  year  of  Christ 
47G  ;  though  in  a  measure  revived  at  the  end  of  the  present 
interval,  by  Charles  the  Great  of  France,  in  the  year  800. 
But  the  part  which  fell  to  Constantius  had  the  name  of  the 
eastern  empire,  and  endured  the  attacks  of  the  Persians, 
Saracens,  Turks,  and  others,  till  1453  ;  when  it  was  forced 
to  yield  to  the  Ottoman  arms. 

The  succession  of  these  eastern  emperors,  I  therefore 
choose  to  follow  through  the  present  period  ;  and  the  more 
for  this,  that  they  were  not  only  the  greatest  princes  that 
were  then  in  the  world,  but  the  affairs  of  learning  then  sub- 
sisted chiefly  in  their  dominions,  and  the  times  of  their  succes- 
sion are  more  exactly  stated  than  those  of  other  monarchs. 
For  though  the  polite  and  fine  way  of  writing  among  the 
Roman  and  Greek  historians  declined  greatly  in  the  latter 
part  of  the  foregoing  period,  and  expires  in  this,  yet  the 
notes  of  time  were  so  well  preserved,  that  disputes  among 
Chronologers  grow  less  and  less  considerable.  They  chief- 
ly, I  think,  refer  to  the  Roman  Pontiffs  in  the  western  em- 
pire ;  wherein  Onuphrius  and  Baronius  disagree,  which  seem 
indeed  to  be  very  uncertain  and  incapable  of  decision,  and 
with  which  we  are  little  concerned. 

Note.  In  the  present  Period,  where  no  historian  is  cited,  the  articles  are 
taken  from  Calvisius. 


INTRODUCTION. 


57 


No. 


Y.  C 


337 
340 

350 


352 
353 


354 
355 

359 
361 


362 
363 

364 


365 


Eastern 
Emperors. 


Constantius 


Julian 


Jovian 


Valentin  i  an 


Valens 


SECTION  I. 
To  the  destruction  of  the  Western  Empire,  in  476. 

May  22,  reigns  in  the  East,  twenty  four  years,  five 
months,  twelve  days,  cp 

In  March,  Constantin  invading  Constans,  is  slain  near 
Aquilea;  and  Constans  takes  his  part  of  the  em- 
pire, c  p 

Eusebius,  the  historian,  dies,  cp  and  Jerom  born.* 

January  15,  Magnentius  sets  up  in  Gaul  for  the  Wes- 
tern Empire,  and  at  the  Pyrenes  kills  Constans, 
aged  30.  sec  p 

June  3,  Nepotianus  sets  up  at  Rome,  sc  c  p  t 

July  1,  Magnentius 's  army  overcomes  and  slays  Ne- 
potianus, and  seizes  Italy  c  p  and  Africa,  sc 

Constantius  beats  Magnentius  near  Mursa,  in  Pan- 
nonia.  c  p 

He  beats  Magnentius  twice  in  Gaul. 

August  11,}:  Magnentius  kills  himself  in  Lyons;  and 
Constantius  becomes  sole  monarch  of  both  the 
empires,  cp  v 

Julian§  studies  at  Athens  with  Nazianzen  and  Basil. 

November  13,  Augustin,  called  Austin,  born,  c  or 
354  p 

Ammianus,  the  historian,  is  in  the  Persian  war. 
Julian  rebels  in  Gaul,  and  marches  to  Thrace. 
November  3,  Constantius  dies  in  Cilicia,  aged  46, 
sc  c  ||  and 

Reigns  one  year,  seven  months,  twentytwo  days,  sc  cp 

He  is  an  apostate  to  heathenism,  and  persecutes  the 
Christians,  prohibiting  their  schools,  Lc.  sc  c 

June  26,  he  is  slain  in  battle  with  the  Persians,  aged 
31.  sc  c  p  IT  and 

A  Pannonian,  p  June  27,  chosen  by  the  army,  reigns 
seven  months,  twentytwo  days,  c  p 

February  17,  c  or  19  p  Jovian  dies,  by  the  vapor  of 
charcoal  in  Galatia,  aged  34,  sc  c  and 

A  Pannonian,  p  February  25,  chosen  by  the  army, 
reigns  over  the  whole,  thirty  four  days,  and  then  in 
the  West  only,  eleven  years,  seven  months,  eigh- 
teen days  ;  he  making  his  brother 

April  1,  emperor  in  the  East,  reigns  fourteen  years, 
four  months,  nine  days.  ** 

Theon,  the  astronomer,  flourishes. 

Hilary,  bishop  of  Poitiers,  dies,  c  367  da 


c  Calvisius.        p  Petavius.        sc  Socrates  Seholasticus.        v  Valesius. 

*  So  Dupin,  though  Petavius  says  that  Prosper  sets  his  birth  in  330. 

t  He  was  son  to  Eutropia,  daughter  to  Constantius  Chlorus.  p  v 

t  So  Petavius  and  Valesius,  from  Idatius  ;  though  Socrates  says  Aug.  15.  sc 

§  He  was  son  to  Julius,  son  to  Constantius  Chlorus.  kr 

||  He  left  an  unborn  daughter ;  afterwards  married  to  the  emperor  Gratian, 
bir  left  no  issue. 

And  in  him  the  imperial  line  of  Constantin  the  Great,  and  of  Constantius 
Qnlorug,  ends. 

**  They  were  the  sons  of  one  Gratian.  a  roper  by  trade,  hr  du  Dupin. 

8 


INTRODUCTION. 


No. 


Eastern 
Y.  C.  Emperors. 


367 
369 

371 
373 

374 
375 


376 
378 


379 
381 
383 

387 


389 
392 


393 


Gratian 


Theodosius 


Theodosius,  the  Roman  general,  repels  the  Picts  and 

Scots,  who  had  invaded  Britain. 
Basil  made  bishop  of  Caesarea  in  Cappadocia.  c  du 

370  p 

The  Jerusalem  Talmud  finished  by  Johanan. 
Athanasius  dies,  cp 

Galsilas,  an  Arian  bishop,  translates  the  Bible  into 
Gothic. 

Ambrose,  a  civil  officer,  chosen  by  the  people,  bishop 
of  Milan,  and  baptised  eight  days  after,  c  375  p 

Epiphanius,  a  bishop  in  Cyprus,  writes  of  heresies. 

November  17,  Valentinian  dies,  with  a  sudden  fit  of 
anger,  aged  55,  and  his  sons,  Gratian  and  Valen- 
tinian II.  reign  in  the  West,  cp 

They  divide  the  Western  empire.* 

Tanuary  1,  Basil  dies,  c  379 p 

August  9,  p  or  10,  c  Valens  beat  by  the  Goths,  flying 
wounded  into  a  cottage  in  Thrace,  is  burnt  to 
death,  aged  50,  cp  and  his  nephew, 

Rules  the  Eastern  empire,  till  January  16,  following. 
Nazianzen  made  bishop  of  Constantinople,  c  or  in 

November,  379.  p 
January  16,  Gratian  makes  his  general 
Colleague  in  the  empire ;   reigns  in  the  East  16 

years,  2  days,  c  p  t 
In  May,  the  second  General  Council  meets  at  Con- 
stantinople,! when  Nazianzen  resigns  his  bishopric, 

and  retires  to  private  life,  c  p 
Austin,  aged  29,  teaches  rhetoric  at  Rome. 
Maximus,  the  Roman  general,  drives  the  Scots  out  of 

Britain  into  Scandia,  where  they  keep  27  years ; 

sets  up  for  emperor,  and  passes  into  Gaul. 
August  25,  he  kills  Gratian,  aged  25,  and  possesses 

Britain,  Gaul,  Spain  and  Africa,  for  five  years, 

two  days,  c  p 

Maximus  marches  to  Italy,  and  Valentinian  flies  by 
sea  to  Thessalonica. 

Austin,  aged  32,  becomes  a  Christian,  p 

July  28,  Theodosius  beats  Maximus  near  the  Alps,  p 
August  27,  Maximus  killed  at  Aquilea,  sc  c  and 
Theodosius  restores  the  Western  empire  to  Valen- 
tinian. 

May  9,  Nazianzen  dies,  cp 

May  15,  Valentinian,  aged  27,  strangled  at  Vienna, 
by  the  intrigue  of  Eugenius,  who  assumes  the 
Western  empire  sc  c  p  v  § 

This  was  the  last  Olympiad  observed  in  Greece. 


*  Gratian  taking  Britain,  Germany,  Gaul  and  Spain  ;  and  Valentinian  Italy, 
Illyricum,  Sicily  and  Africa,  c. 

t  He  was  called  Theodosius  the  Great,  and  was  son  to  Theodosius  the  Ro- 
man general,  in  Britain,  c 

%  It  consisted  of  but  one  hundred  and  fifty  bishops,  or  pastors  of  churches; 
condemns  Macedonius  and  his  opinions,  and  asserts  the  deity  of  the  Holy 
Ghost,  c  p 

§  He  was  of  obscure  birth,  and  from  a  Grammar  schoolmaster,  became  a 
scribe  and  treasurer  to  Valentinian.  c 


INTRODUCTION. 


59 


No. 


Y.  C 


394 


395 


397 
398 

400 


401 

402 
404 
405 

406 
407 


Eastern 
Emperors 


Arcadius 


408 


Theodosius 


Sulpitius  Severus  embraces  Christianity. 

September  6,  Theodosius  beats,  and  kills  Eugenius, 

near  Aquilea,  and  recovers  the  Western  empire,  cp 
January  17,  he  dies  at  Milan,  aged  61,  sc  cp  and  by 

will,  his  sons 

Aged  18,  p  reigns  in  the  East  13  years,  3  months, 
15  days,  and  Honorius,  aged  11  p  in  the  West  28 
years,  6  months,  c 

Austin  ordained  Bishop  of  Hippo,  in  Africa. 

Jerom  turns  the  Hebrew  Bible  into  Latin. 

April  4,  Ambrose  dies,  aged  64  cp 

January  26,  c  or  February  26  sc  p  Chrysostom  or- 
dained Bishop  of  Constantinople. 

The  Goths  under  Alaricus  break  into  Dalmatia  and 
Pannonia. 

Sulpitius  Severus  writes  his  History,  from  the  crea- 
tion to  this  year. 

V.  CENTURY. 
April  10,  Theodosius  II.  born  to  Arcadius  sc  c  p  and 

baptized  by  Chrysostom. 
\laricus  breaks  into  Noricuru  and  Italy. 
Stilicho*  beats  Alaricus  back  to  Illyricum. 
Epiphanius,  Bishop  in  Cyprus,  dies,  cv 
June  20  Chrysostom  banished  by  Arcadius  into  Cili- 

cia.  sc  cp 

Pelagius  grows  noted  for  his  errors. t 

Radagaisus  leads  two  hundred  thousand  Scythians 

and  other  barbarians  into  Italy  ;  but  Stilicho  slays 

one  hundred  thousand  with  Radagaisus,  and  the 

rest  surrender,  cp 
December  31,  Godigisilus  leads  the   Vandals  and 

other  barbarians  to  the  Rhine,  cp 
They  miserably  waste  the  bordering  countries. 
The  Roman  soldiers  in  Britain  mutiny,  and  choose  one 

Constantin  emperor,!  who  going  over  to  Gaul,  the 

soldiers  there  receive  him  also, 
September  14  v  or  November  14,  Chrysostom  aged 

53,  dies  in  exile,  near  the  Euxine  Sea.  seep 
May  1,  Arcadius,  aged  31,  dies  at  Constantinople, 

sc  c  p  and  his  son 
The  II.  reigns  42  years,  2  months,  28  days,  cp 
The  Vandals  march  into  the  West  and  South  parts 

of  Gaul,  and  waste  them. 
August  23,  Honorius  br heads  Stilicho  ;  and  October 

13,  the  Vandals  march  for  Spain,  and  seize  it. 
Alaricus  marches  into  Italy,  and  besieges  Rome. 
August  24,  by  stratagem  he  takes  the  city,  compels 

the  citizens  to  renounce  Honorius,  and  retires. 


*  He  was  a  Vandal  by  birth, p  but  chief  minister  of  State,  and  general  to 
Honorius.  c 

t  Petavius  says  he  was  a  Scotchman  ;  Hearn  says  a  Welshman. 
X  He  was  one  of  mean  degree,  and  chosen  emperor,  for  the  name  sake 
only,  cp 


GO 


INTRODUCTION. 


Y.  C. 


Eastern 
Emperors 


410 


41 


412 
415 

416 


417 
418 


419 

420 
423 


425 

427 

429 
430 

431 

435 

439 


Alaricus  returns  to^Rome,  and  besieges  it  again. 
April  1,  he  takes  the  city,  gives  it  three  days  to  the 

plunder  of  his  army  ;  and  then  lays  waste  the  rest 

of  Italy,  c  p 

Alaricus  dies  in  Italy,  and  the  Goths  choose  Athaul- 
phus  king. 

Constantin  overcome  and  taken  by  Constantius*  iu 
Gaul,  and  put  to  death  at  Ravenna,  c  p 

The  Scots,  under  Fergus,  return  from  Scandia  to 
Britain. 

Athaulphus  quits  Italy,  and  seizes  the  southern  part 
of  Gaul. 

October  18,  sc  c  Cyril  made  bishop  of  Alexandria,  c p 
Athaulphus  quitting  Gaul,  goes  into  Spain,  and  is 
killed,  cp 

Two  Councils  in  Africa  condemn  Pelagius.  cp 
Honorius  gives  Wallia  king  of  the  Goths  part  of 

Spain,  on  condition  of  warring  against  the  Vandals. 
Wallia  beats  them  in  many  battles,  and  Honorius 

gives  him  the  western  part  of  Gaul  also. 
April  24,  Pharamond  chose  duke  of  the  Franks  in 

Franconi.     And  July  23,  he   takes  the  title  of 

king.t 

July  2,  Valentinian  III.  born.  % 
Jerom  dies,  and  buried  at  Bethlehem,  cp 
Theodoret  chosen  bishop  of  Cyrus  in  Syria,  cp 
August  15,  Honorius  dies  at  Rome,  aged  39,  and  his 

secretary  John  assumes  his  empire,  sc  cp 
In  February,  John  seized  and  put  to  death  at  Raven- 
na, c  p 

October  15,  c  or  23  p  Theodosius  makes  Valentinian 
III  emperor  of  the  West,  who  reigns  29  years,  5 
months. 

In  May  the  Vandals  under  Gensericus  quitting  Spain, 
with  80,000  pass  to  Africa  and  seize  Mauritania. 

cp 

The  city  of  Venice  founded. 

August  28,  Austin  dies  at  Hippo,  besieged  by  the 
Vandals,  cp 

June  22,  the  third  General  Council  meets  at  Ephesus. 

seep.  § 

February  11,  Valentinian  by  treaty  yields  Numidia 

to  the  Vandals. 
February  25,  Theodosius   publishes  his  Code  of 

Laws  || 

Socrates  and  Sozomen  here  end  their  histories,  sc  c 
October  20,  c  or  29  p  Gensericus  takes  Carthage. 


*  An  Illyrican  by  birth,  and  general  to  Honorius.  cp 
\  He  is  the  first  of  the  Franks  who  wears  the  title  of  king,  c 
\  Son  to  Constantius,  the  Roman  general,  by  Placidia,  daughter  to  Theodo- 
sius the  Great,  seep 

§  It  had  above  200  bishops,  and  condemns  Nestorius.  cp 

||  It  contains  a  collection  of  all  the  useful  laws  from  Constantin  the  Great,  c 


INTRODUCTION. 


61 


No. 


Eastern 
Y.  C.  Emperors. 


10 


442 

443 
444 
445 


447 
448 

449 
450 
451 


Marcianus 


452 
453 


454 
455 


456 
457 


11 


Leo  I. 


\  1 1  a  I  i  a  king  of  the  Hunns  wasteth  Thrace,  Macedo- 
nia and  Greece. 

He  returns  to  Scythia  with  120,000  captives. 

April  9,  c  or  June  9,  p  Cyril  of  Alexandria  dies. 

Prosper  here  ends  his  Chronicle. 

Meroveus  begins  to  reign  over  the  Franks,  and  was 
their  first  king  who  subdued  part  of  Gaul. 

Theodosius  adds  to  his  Code  the  Novellas. 

The  Britons  harassed  by  the  Picts  and  Scots,  send  to 
the  Saxons  for  aid. 

Meroveus  seizes  the  northeastern  part  of  Gaul. 

Hengist  and  Horsa,  brothers,  transport  the  Saxons  in 
three  ships  to  Britain. 

August  1,  Theodosius,  thrown  from  his  horse  a  hunt- 
ing, dies,  c  p  and  August  25,  v 

A  Thracian  reigns  6  years,  6  months,  eg  c  pv* 

Attila  with  seven  hundred  thousand  men,  wasteth 
Germany  and  enters  Gaul,  c  But  September  27,  p 
the  Romans  and  Goths  under  iEtius  and  Theudoric 
beat  him  ;  when  Theudoric  with  one  hundred  and 
eighty  thousand  on  both  sides  were  slain  in  battle, 
and  ninety  thousand  die  of  their  wounds.f 

October  8,  the  fourth  General  Council  meets  at  Chal- 
cedon. c  p  % 

Hengist  makes  peace  with  the  Picts,  and  falls  on  the 
Britons. 

Attila  driven  by  Thorisrnund  king  of  the  Goths  into 
Scythia,  dies. 

Valentinian  kills  his  general  iEtius.  c  p 

March  17,  Maximus  kills  Valentinian,§  and  sets  up 
for  emperor  of  the  West,  cp 

Upon  which  Genseric  sails  from  Africa  ;  June  12, 
comes  to  Rome  and  kills  Maximus  ;  June  15,  enters 
the  city,  spoils  it  for  14  days,  and  returns,  cp 

July  10,  the  Roman  soldiers  in  Gaul  make  Avitus 
emperor  of  the  West,  cpv 

May  17,  he  is  forced  to  resign,  sgc 

Vortimer,  a  British  king,  kills  Horsa  and  forces  Hen- 
gist back  to  Saxony. 

January  26,  Marcianus  dies,  cpv  and 

A  Thracian  crowned  February  7,  v  reigns  17  years. 
egcp 

Majoranus  sent  by  Leo,  crowned  April  1,  at  Ravenna, 
reigns  4  years,  4  months,  cpv 


eg  Evagrius. 

*  Pulcheria,  sister  of  Theodosius  II.  a  virgin,  aged  52,  took  him  for  her 
husband,  and  advanced  him  to  the  empire,  though  a  man  of  low  descent. 

t  This  battle  was  fought  near  Chalons  in  Gaul :  and  Ferarius  makes  the  slain 
one  hundred  and  eighty  thousand ;  Petavius  says,  Jornandes  reckons  one 
hundred  and  seventy  thousand  ;  and  Idatius,  three  hundred  thousand. 

t  It  had  six  hundred  and  thirty  bishops  or  pastors,  and  condemns  Eutyehes 
and  his  errors,  eg  c  p 

§  And  in  him  the  Imperial  line  of  Theodosius  the  Great  ends. 


INTRODUCTION. 


No 


Eastern 
Y.  C.  Emperors 


14 


461 


465 

466 
467 

472 


473 
474 


475 


476 


Leo  H. 
Zeno 


Basiliscus 


477 


479 


(Zeno) 


Hengist  returns  to  Britain,  takes  the  kingdom  of 
Kent,  which  he  transmits  to  his  posterity. 

August  2,  Majoranus  deposed,  and  August  7,  killed 
by  his  general  Ricimer.  cp 

November  19,  Severus  declared  emperor  of  the  West; 
reigns  3  years,  9  months,  cp 

August  15,  Severus  dies  cp  by  poison,/)  and  the  Sen- 
ate send  to  Leo  for  another. 

Prosper  of  Acquitain  dies. 

Anthemius,  sent  by  Leo,  crowned  April  12,  reigns  5 

years,  3  months,  eg  cp 
Ricimer  rises  against  Anthemius  ;  July  11,  kills  him, 

and  sets  up  Olybrius,  who  reigns  3  months,  12 

days,  c  p  * 

August  18,  Ricimer,  and  October  23,  Olybrius  dies. 
c  p 

March  5,  Gylcerius  crowned  at  Ravenna,  reigns  1 
year,  3  months,  19  days,  c  p 

In  January,  p  Leo  dies,  eg  c  p  and 

infant  son  of  Zeno,  by  Ariadne,  daughter  to  Leo,  and 
Verina  eg  c  p  reigns  3  months. 

Leo  11.  dies,  aged  1  year,  6  months  ;  and  his  father 

An  Isaurian,  reigns  17  years,  3  months,  eg  c 

Nepos  sent  by  Leo  I.  deposes  Glycerius.  and  June 
24,  is  crowned  emperor  of  the  West,  c  p 

Childeric,  king  of  the  Franks,  begins  to  beat  the 
Romans  out  of  Gaul. 

Nepos  makes  Orestes,  a  Goth,  his  colleague  ;  August 
28,  he  deposes  Nepos  at  Ravenna;  October  31,  he 
makes  his  son  Momyllus  emperor  of  the  West,  c p  t 

Brother  to  Verina,  eg  drives  Zeno  into  Isauria  c  p  and 
reigns  1  year,  6  months,  c  2  years,  eg  $ 

Odoacer,  king  of  the  Heruli  comes  into  Italy,  and 
takes  Orestes  ;  August  23,  is  proclaimed  king  of 
Italy  ;  August  28,  kills  Orestes  ;  September  4,  ban- 
ishes Momyllus  ;  and  entering  Rome,  puts  an  end 
to  the  western  empire  in  800.  c  p 

SECTION  II. 
To  the  revival  of  the  Western  Empire. 

Childeric  wins  a  great  part  of  Gaul. 

More  Saxons  go  into  Britain  under  Ella 

Recovers  the  Eastern  Empire,  and  Basiliscus  starved 

to  death,  egcp 
The  Lombards,  so  called  for  their  long  beards,  c  p 

from  Scandia,  take  Pomerania,  and  keep  it  40 

years. 


*  Though  Calvisius  agree  both  in  the  beginning  and  end  of  the  reign  of  Oly- 
brius ;  yet  Calvisius  plainly  mistakes  in  making  his  reign  3  months,  23  days. 

f  For  his  low  stature,  he  is  called  Augustulus  c  and  Evagrius  calls  him  Ro- 
mulus, eg 

X  And  all  the  while,  Zeno  and  his  wife  Ariadne  live  only  on  roots,  herbs., 
and  water,  c  p 


INTRODUCTION. 


G3 


x\o.    Y.  C 


15 


16 


480 
481 
486 

490 
491 

492 
493 

494 

495 

500 

506 


507 


514 
518 


519 

526 


Eastern 

Emperors. 


Anastasius 


Justin 


May  9,  Nepos,  late  emperor,  killed  c  p  by  his  offi- 
cers. 

Vortigern,  a  British  king,  drove  into  a  tower  and 

burnt,  by  his  own  people.* 
Clovis,  king  of  the  Franks,  extends  his  kingdom  in 

Gaul,  c  p  and  puts  an  end  to  the  Roman  power 

there. 

Theodoric,  king  of  the  Goths  in  Moesia,t  marches 
to  Italy,  and  beats  Odoacer  in  three  battles. 

Zeno  dies,]:  and  his  wife  raises  and  marries 

A  Grecian  below  the  Senatorian  order :  April  9, 
crowned  ;  reigns  27  years,  3  months,  3  days,  eg  cp 

Ella  begins  the  South  Saxon  kingdom  in  Britain. 

Theodoric  kills  Odoacer,  and  seizes  the  kingdom  of 
Italy,  c  p 

Pope  Gelasius  calls  a  council  of  70  bishops  ;  in  which 
he  asserts  his  primacy  over  all  churches. 

Cerdic,  a  Saxon,  sails  to  Britain  with  5  ships,  and 
beats  the  Britons. 

Theodoric  enters  Rome  in  great  splendor. 

VI.  CENTURY. 
February  2,  Alaric,  king  of  the  Goths  in  Gaul,  and 
Spain,  c  p  publishes  his  abridgement  of  the  Theo- 
dosian  Code. 

The  Babylonian  Talmud,  collected  by  Rabbi  Afer. 
published. 

Clovis  beats  and  kills  Alaric,  and  takes  part  of  his 

kingdom,  c  p  § 
Cassiodorus  sole  Consul  of  Rome. 
Proclus,  the  Mathematician  flourishes. 
July  9,  c  Anastasius  dies,  aged  88,  p  and|| 
Set  up  by  the  Guards,  eg  c  reigns  9  years,  23  days.1T 
Arthur  begins  to  reign  in  Britain  24  years. 
Cerdic  begins  the  West  Saxon  kingdom. 
May  29,  a  great  earthquake  at  Antioch,  eg  c  p  t» 

wherein  three  hundred  thousand  perish,  v 
Theodoric  puts  Boethius  to  death,  and  dies,  c  p 
Priscian  flourishes  at  Constantinople. 
The  Lombards  seize  Pannonia,  c  p  and  stay  42 

years. 


*  Calvisius,  by  mistake,  calls  him  Vortimer. 

t  These  were  called,  Ostro-Goths,  or  Eastern  Goths  ;  those  in  Gaul  and 
Spain,  were  called  Visi-Goths,  or  Western  Goths,  c  p 

X  He  came  to  lite  in  the  tomb  ;  whence  his  dolorous  cries  were  heard  ;  but 
his  wife  forbidding  to  open  it,  he  dies  for  hunger,  having  gnawed  the  flesh  of 
his  arms  to  the  bone,  c 

§  Upon  Alaric's  death,  his  son  succeeds  to  the  kingdom  in  Spain  only,  and 
Theodoric  takes  the  south  eastern  part  of  Gaul,  c  p 

||  He  is  killed  by  lightning,  in  an  exceeding  strong  building,  contrived  by 
Proclus  to  secure  him  from  it.  c  p 

H  He  was  a  Thracian  of  the  meanest  birth,  being  in  his  youth  a  swineherd; 
c  and  could  not  write  his  name,  p 


64 


INTRODUCTION. 


Y.  C. 


Eastern 
Emperors. 


527 


529 
533 


534 


535 
536 


537 
538 
540 

541 
542 
547 


549 
550 


552 


Justinian 


Dyonisius  Exiguus,  begins  to  reckon  the  years  from 
the  birth  of  Chfist.* 

April  1,  Justin  makes  his  sister's  son,  Justinian,  col- 
league.- c  p 

August  1,  Justin  dies,  eg  c  p  aged  77,  p  and 

Aged  45,  p  reigns  38  years,  3  months,  12  days. 

The  Franks  subdue  Thuringia,  c  or  528.  p 

February  7,  Justinian  publishes  his  Code  of  laws. 

The  Franks  subdue  Burgundia.  i 

In  November,  Belisarius  beats  the  Vandals  in  Africa, 
and  takes  Carthage,  c  p 

In  November,  Justinian  publishes  his  Institutions,  and 
in  December,  his  Digesta.f 

Belisarius  finishing  the  war  in  Africa,  puts  an  end  to 
the  Vandal  kingdom,  and  carries  their  king  to  Con- 
stantinople, c  p 

Belisarius  reduces  Sicily,  c  p 

Evagrius  Scholasticus  born  in  Syria,  egv 

Belisarius  reduces  the  eastern  part  of  Italy  ;  and 
December  10,  enters  Rome,  c  p 

Vitiges  king  of  the  Goths  in  Italy,  quits  the  Gothic 
parts  of  Gaul  to  the  Franks  ;  hence  called  France. 

The  Goths  and  Burgundians  take  Milan,  and  kill 
three  hundred  thousand  people. t 

Belisarius  takes  Ravenna  with  Vitiges  ;  and  called  to 
repel  the  Persians,  carries  him  to  Constant inople. 
c  p 

The  last  election  of  Consuls  at  Rome. 
Belisarius  ravages  Assyria. 

So  great  a  plague  at  Constantinople,  that  ten  thou- 
sand die  in  one  day.§ 

January  17,  Totilas  king  of  the  Goths  in  Italy,  takes 
Rome  ;  but  Belisarius  returning,  enters  and  defends 
it,  and  beats  him  away. 

Ida,  the  Saxon,  begins  the  kingdom  of  Northumber- 
land. 

Belisarius  recalled  to  repel  the  Persians. 
Totilas  besieges  and  takes  Rome  again. 
The  Sclavi  under  Lechus,  seize  on  Poland  and  begin 

the  kingdom. 
July  9,  the  Armenians  begin  their  era.|| 


*  Dyonisius  was  a  Scythian  by  descent,  and  placed  the  birth  of  Christ  two 
or  three  or  four  years  too  late,  as  is  generally  now  agreed. 
i  Isaacson. 

+  The  Digesta  are  a  collection  ;  and  the  Institutions,  an  abridgement  of  the 
Roman  laws  which  had  been  made  for  1200  years  past  c 

{  By  the  wars  in  Italy,  the  fields  lay  untilled,  and  so  great  a  famine  follow- 
ed, that  in  Picenum  fif  ty  thousand  men  perished,  the  women  ate  their  children, 
two  women  killed  seventeen  men  and  ate  them,  c 

§  Evagrius  says,  this  plague  spread  over  the  world,  lasted  fifty-two  years, 
and  in  a  manner  destroyed  the  whole  earth,  eg 

||  Their  years  are  exactly  in  the  form  of  Nabonasser's.  which  they  observe 
to  this  day.  c 


INTRODUCTION. 


65 


Eastern 
Y.  C.  Emperors. 

553 


554 
556 


563 
565 


567 
563 

569 
570 
571 

578 


580 
582 


588 

590 

593 
595 

596 

597 

602 


Justin  II. 


fiberius 


Mauritius 


Phocas 


May  1,  the  filth  General  Council  meets  at  Constanti- 
nople * 

Narses  sent  to  Italy,  beats  Totilas,  wounds  him  to 
death,  and  by  the  end  of  July  recovers  Koine  and 
almost  all  Italy,  cp  t 
In  February,  Teias,  the  last  king  of  the  Goths  in  Ita- 
ly, is  overcome  and  slain. 
Narses  finishing  the  war  in  Italy ,  puts  an  end  to  the 

Gothic  kingdom  there. 
Belisarius  dies  in  honour. t 

November  13  c  or  14  p  Justinian  dies,  aged  84,  hr  and 

his  sister's  son 
Reigns  12  years,  10  months,  22  days, 
"ustin  sends  Longinus,  the  first  Exarch,  to  Ravenna. 
Alboin,  king  of  the  Lombards,  leaves  Pannonia,  and 

seizes  the  north  of  Italy,  cp 
September  3,  c  he  marches  into  the  western  part,  cp 
May  5,  Mahomet  born,  lives  63  years. 
Alboin  subduing  the  western  part  of  Italy,  is  pro- 
claimed king  of  Italy. 
September  26,  Justin  makes  Tiberius,  a  Thracian,  his 

colleague,  cpv 
October  5.  Justin  dies,  c  v  and 
Reigns  alone  3  years,  10  months,  9  days,  eg  c  p 
Gildas,  the  British  historian,  flourishes. 
August  13,  Tiberius  marries  his  daughter  to  Mauritius, 

a  Roman,  and  makes  him  colleague,  eg  c  p 
August  14,  Tiberius  dies,  c  p  and 
Reigns  20  years,  3  months,  9  days. 
An  earthquake  destroys  sixty  thousand  more  at  An- 
tioch. 

A  Council  in  France  declare  the  Lord's  day  to  begin 

at  evening. 
Evagrius  writes  his  history  this  year.§ 
John,  bishop  of  Constantinople,  assumes  the  title  of 

Universal  Bishop. 
Pope  Gregory  sends  Austin,  a  monk,  to  Britain,  to 

christianize  the  Saxons,  cp 
December  25,  he  and  his  companions  baptise  Edel- 
bert,  king  of  Kent,  and  ten  thousand  of  his  subjects. 

VII.  CENTURY. 
A  Centurion,  set  up  by  the  army,  November  23,  in- 
stalled at  Constantinople  :  November  27,  kills  Mau- 
ricius's  sons  before  his  eyes,  at  Chalcedon,  and 
then  cuts  off  his  head,  p 


*  It  had  above  150  bishops  ;  and  condemns  the  erroneous  writings  of  Theo- 
dorus,  Theodoret  and  Ibas.  egcp  v 

t  Narses  was  by  descent  a  Persian,  and  an  eunuch,  but  a  great  command- 
er, p 

X  The  story  of  his  blindness  and  begging,  is  a  fiction  of  the  papists,  to  re- 
proach him  for  the  power  he  exercised  over  their  Pontiffs,  c 

§  In  the  twelfth  year  of  Mauritius,  eg  which  is  between  August  14.  this  year, 
and  August  14,  next,  cpv 

9 


66 


INTRODUCTION. 


Y.  C 


Eastern 
Emperors. 


604 
606 


610 


611 
614 

615 

622 

628 
630 

631 

632 

634 
635 
636 
639 
641 


642 


645 
648 


653 
668 


670 


Heraclius 


Constantin 


Heracleon 


Constans 


Constantin 


May  26,  Austin,  fhe  monk,  dies  in  Britain,  c  sm 
February  6,  Boniface  III,  chosen  Pope,  calls  a  Council 
of  72  bishops,  who  decree,  that  not  the  Patriarch 
of  Constantinople,  but  the  Roman  Pontiff  shall  be 
styled  Universal  Bishop. 
The  Roman  governor  in  Africa  c  hr  in  July  c  sails  to 
Constantinople,  beats  and  takes  Phocas  :  October 
3  p  cuts  off  his  head,  and  reigns  30  years,  7  months; 
8  days. 

Constantin  born  to  Heraclius. 

Deus  Dedit  chosen  Pope,  c  who  first  forbids  parents 

to  answer  for  their  children  at  baptism,  c  hr 
The  Persians  take  Jerusalem,  and  kill  ninety  thousand 

people,  c  or  in  June,  614.  p 
July  15,  at  sunset,  Mahomet  flies  out  of  Mecca: 

whence  the  Arabian  Hegira,  or  era,  begins,  cp* 
The  Persians  restore  all  to  the  Grecians,  cp 
Clotair  king  of  Fiance  overcomes  the  Westphalians 

and  Frisians. 
June  17,  c  Mahomet  dies,  aged  63  c  p 
June  16,  the  Saracens  beat  and  slay  the  Persian 

king  Izdegird  :  whence  the  Persian  era  begins,  t 
August  23,  the  Saracens  take  Damascus. 
They  invade  Egypt. 
They  take  Jerusalem^  and  Antioch. 
They  take  Edessa  and  all  Mesopotamia. 
May  11,  Heraclius  dies  ;  and  his  son 
By  his  first  wife,  reigns  4  months,  c  p 
In  September,  his  mother  in  law  Martina  poisons  him. 

and  makes  her  son 
Emperor  :  who  reigns  6  months. 
The  Saracens  take  Csesarea,  in  Palestine. 
In  February,  the  Senate  depose  Heracleon,  cut  off 

his  nose  and  his  mother's  tongue,  c  p  and  set  up 
Constantin's  son  ;  who  reigns  27  years,  cp 
The  Sclavi,  under  Zechus,  seize  Bohemia. 
With  seventeen  hundred  sail,  the  Saracens  take  Cy- 
prus. 
They  take  Rhodes. 

This  summer  Constans  killed  in  a  bath  at  Syracuse  : 

cp  and  his  son 
Pogonatus,  reigns  17  years,  cp  , 
The  Saracens  take  eighty  thousand  captives  out  of 

Africa. 

Beda,  the  British  historian,  born. 


sm  Sammes  Britannia. 

*  July  15,  at  sunset,  is  the  beginning  of  Friday  July  16,  according  to  the 
oriental  reckoning  :  and  these  Arabian  years  are  lunar,  of  twelve  months  ; 
whereof  the  odd  have  30  days,  the  even  29 ;  354  in  all. 

\  The  years  are  of  the  same  sort  with  Nabonasser's  :  and  the  Persians  still 
make  it  the  head  of  their  civil  computations,  c 

t  Which  continues  in  their  hands  463  years,  to  the  year  of  Christ  1099, 
when  Godfrey  of  Bulloign  retakes  it.  c 


INTRODUCTION. 


67 


No.    Y.  C. 


Eastern 
Emperors. 


30 


31 


680 
685 
694 
697 

698 

703 
704 
711 


712 
713 


714 

715 
716 


718 

726 


727 

730 
731 


Justinian 
Leontius 


Absimarus 


Justinian 


Philippicus 


Artemius 


Theodosius 
Leo  III. 


November  7,  the  sixth  General  Council  opens  at  Con- 
stantinople, and  holds  to  September  following.  * 
In  September,  c  Constantin  dies,  c  p  and  his  son 
II,  aged  16,  reigns. 

Deposes  him,  cuts  off  his  nose,  sends  him  into  banish- 
ment, and  reigns  3  years. 

The  Saracens  drive  the  Romans  out  of  all  Africa  : 
upon  which  the  army  sets  up 

Who  sails  to  Constantinople,  takes  Leontius,  cuts  off 
his  nose,  shuts  him  up  in  a  monastery,  and  reigns 
7  years,  c  p 

Absimarus  wasteth  Syria,  and  kills  two  hundred  thou- 
sand Saracens. 

VIII.  CENTURY. 
II,  takes  Constantinople,  recovers  the  empire,  and 

hangs  Absimarus. 
Aripertus,  king  of  Lombardy,  gives  the  Cottian  Alps, 

which  is  the  first  province  given  to  the  Pope, 
n  May  the  Saracens  under  Taric  land  at  Gibraltar,! 

beat  Roderic's  army  in  two  battles. 
In  December,  the  army  on  the  Euxine  sea  set  up 
Who  sails  to  Constantinople,  kills  Justinian,  with  his 

son,  c  p  and  reigns  1  year,  6  months  :  and  thus  the 

imperial  line  of  Heraclius  ends. 
The  Saracens  take  several  cities  in  Spain. 
June  3,  an  officer  privily  digs  out  Philippicus's  eyes, 

c  p  and 
June  4,  begins  to  reign,  c  p 

September  10,  the  Saracens,  after  7  days  fight,  slay 
king  Roderic,  and  seize  his  kingdom. 

The  army,  in  Phenicia,  set  up  Theodosius,  a  collector 
of  taxes,  c  p  and  a  man  of  mean  extract,  hr  and  be- 
siege Constantinople  6  months. 

Takes  the  city,  with  Artemis,  shaves  and  sends  him 
into  a  monastery. 

An  Isauriau  captain,  c  of  obscure  birth,  p  set  up  by 
the  army  in  Armenia ;  March  25,  Theodosius  ab- 
dicates, and  with  his  son,  retires  into  a  monastery  ; 
and  Leo  reigns  25  years,  2  months,  24  days. 

In  December  Constantine  born  to  Leo. 

The  Saracens  breaking  into  France,  Charles  Martel 
beats,  and  in  one  battle  kills  three  hundred  and 
seventy  thousand,  c  or  three  hundred  and  seventy 
five  thousand,  p  \ 

Ina,  king  of  the  West  Saxons,  goes  to  Rome,  and 
makes  his  kingdom  tributary  to  the  Pope.  § 

January  7,  Leo  issues  out  an  edict  against  images,  p 

Beda,  aged  59,  finishes  his  history  of  the  English,  c  p 


*  It  has  150  bishops,  c  and  condemns  the  Monothelites.  c  p 

t  Which  is  a  corruption  of  Gebel  Taric,  that  is,  the  Mount  of  Taric.  c 

X  He  was  the  French  general,  the  bastard  son  of  Pepin. 

§  Every  house  was  to  pay  a  Roman  penny  (that  is  seven  pence  half-penny) 

year.  Thence  called  Peter  Pence,  c 


68 


INTRODUCTION. 


No. 

Y.  C. 

734 

741 

34 

35 

74:> 

743 

714 

750 

752 

754 

755 

759 

766 

767 

768 

771 

774 

775 

36 

780 

37 

787 

Eastern 

Emperors. 


Constantin 
Artavasdas 

Constat!  tin 


Leo  IV. 
Constantin 


Beda  dies  on  ascension  day.  May  6.  * 
June  18,  Leo  dies,  c  p  and  his  son 
Reigns  34  years,  2  months,  27  days,  c  p 
.June  27,  He  marches  against  the  Saracens  :  and 
Who  had  married  his  sister,  sets  up  at  Constanti- 
nople. 

Charles  the  Great  born  to  Pepin,  son  of  Charles 
Martel. 

In  September,  Constantin  besieges  Constantinople. 

.November  2,  takes  it,  and  puts  out  Artavasdas's  eyes. 

The  Hunns  seize  on  Transylvania. 

January  25,  Leo  born  to  Constantin.  c  p 

Pope   Zachary  deposes  Childeric  king  of  France, 

orders  him  into  a  monastery,  releases  Pepin  of  his 

oath,  and  assigns  him  the  kingdom,  c  p  f 
Aslulphus,  king  of  Lombardy,  takes   Ravenna,  and 

puts  an  end  to  the  Exarchate  in  Italy,  which  had 

lasted  182  years. 
February  10,  c  a  General  Council  meets  at  Constanti- 
nople, c  p  and  holds  to  August  8.  c  t 
Pepin   makes  Astulphus  yield  to  the  pope  all  the 

places  he  had  taken  from  the  Exarch. 
Proiola,  a  Gothic  king  in  Spain,  beats  the  Saracens, 

and  slays  fifty-two  thousand  in  one  battle 
Organs  first  brought  to  France  from  Constantinople. 
August  17,  Constantin  makes  an  edict  to  dissolve  the 

monasteries  in  Europe. 
Another,  for  dissolving  those  in  Asia. 
September  24,   Pepin  dies ;   and  his  son  Charles 

reigns,  c  p  § 
January  14,  p  Constantin  born  to  Leo.  c  p 
Charles  takes  Desiderius,  king  of  Lombardy,  puts  an 

end  to  the  kingdom,  adds  it  to  his  own,  and  carries 

the  king  to  France. 
He  subdues  Westphalia  and  Frisia. 
September  14,  Constantin  dies,  c  p  and  his  son 
Aged  26,  p  reigns  5  years,  6  days. 
Charles  subdues  the  Saxons  as  far  as  the  Elbe. 
September  6,  c  or  8  p  Leo  dies,  and  his  son 
With  his  widow  Irene,  reign  together  10  years,  1 

month. 
Charles  subdues  Bavaria. 

September  24,  a  General  Council  meets  at  Nice,  c  p 
and  continues  to  October  13.  p  \\ 


*  Petavius  says,  on  ascension  day  next  year,  May  6 ;  p  but  ascension  day 
next  year  being  May  26,  Calvisius  seems  to  be  right. 

t  Childeric  was  the  last  of  the  Merovean  line,  and  Pepin  was  his  chief  min- 
ister of  state  and  general,  c  p 

|  It  has  338  bishops,  condemns  images,  c  p  and  the  eastern  churches  call 
it  the  seventh  General  Council :  though  the  worshippers  of  images  will  not  al- 
low it.  c 

§  His  brother  Charleman  reigns  with  him  :  but  dies  in  771,  without  male 
heir,  and  leaves  the  whole  to  Charles,  surnamod  the  Great,  c  p 

||  It  has  350  bishops,  p  restores  the  worship  of  images,  c  p  though  not  with 
divine  honor,  c  and  the  papists  call  this  the  seventh  General  Council. 


INTRODUCTION. 


09 


Eastern 
Y.  C.  Emperors 


788 
790 

791 
792 

793 


800 


Irene 


The  Danes  first  come  to  the  south  of  Britain  in  three 

ships,  and  waste  the  sea-coasts. 
Charles  wasteth  the  sea-coasts  of  Spain,  and  drives 

the  Saracens  out  of  several  places. 
In  October,  Irene  deposed,  c  p 

Charles  beats  the  Hungarians  as  far  as  the  I  iver  Raah. 
In  August,  Constantin  puts  out  his  uncles  Nicephorus 

c  p  and  Christopher's  eyes,  c 
Syncellus  writes  his  chronology. 

Alphonsus,  a  Gothic  king  of  Spain,  rebels  against  the 
Saracens,  slays  seventy  thousand,  and  trees  himself. 

The  Danes  a  second  time  waste  the  south  of  Britain. 

A  great  Council  at  Francfort.  c  p  * 

Thudunus,  king  of  the  Hunns,  yields  himself  and  his 
to  Charles. 

August  19,  c  orders  her  son  Constantin's  eyes  to  be 
dug  out,  who  dies  a  few  days  after,  c  p  and 
then  killing  -Nicephorus  and  Christopher,  she  reigns 
alone,  t  / 

November  24,  Charles  enters  Rome  :  December  25, 
pope  Leo  crowns  him  emperor  of  the  west ;  cp  which 
the  people  approve  with  loud  acclamations. 

About  the  same  time  Egbert  begins  to  reign  over  the 
West  Saxons  ;  who  subdues  the  rest,  and  becomes 
the  first  monarch  of  England. 


*It  has  300  bishops,  besides  abbots,  &.c.  from  all  parts  of  Charles's  domin- 
ions, c  and  condemns  the  worship  of  images,  c  p 

t  They  were  her  husband's  brothers  :  and  thus  the  race  of  Leo  the  Isau- 
rian  ends. 


VII.  PERIOD 


The  Chronology  of  the  English  monarchs,  from  the  revival  of  the  Western 
Empire  by  Charles  the  Great,  of  France,  and  the  beginning  of  the  reign 
of  Egbert  First,  supreme  king  of  England,  in  the  year  of  Christ  800  ;  to  the 
death  of  Queen  Elizabeth,  and  beginning  of  the  reign  of  James,  the  first 
monarch  of  Great  Britain,  in  1603  ;  being  802  years,  three  months. 

Having  passed  through  the  most  busy  and  confused  period 
the  world  has  known,  we  are  now  arriving  at  a  more  settled 
state  of  things,  especially  in  the  west  of  Europe.  And  the 
end  of  the  year  of  Christ  800,  seems  to  be  one  of  the  most 
remarkable  points  of  time  in  history,  on  these  two  accounts  ; 
first,  the  revival  of  the  western  empire  in  Charles  the  Great 
of  France,  crowned  emperor  of  the  west  at  Rome,  on  Dec. 
25th,  this  year.  Second,  the  beginning  of  the  reign  of  Eg- 
bert the  Great,  as  Rapin  calls  him,  about  the  same  time 
ascending  the  throne  of  Wessex  ;*  who  in  the  course  of 
twenty-eight  years  conquers  the  five  other  Saxon  kingdoms 
in  the  south  part  of  Britain,  and  becomes  the  first  supreme 
king  of  England. 

The  eastern  empire  indeed  continues  652  years,  five 
months  longer  ;  but  as  this  is  dwindling  away  by  degrees, 
and  both  the  powers  and  transactions  in  the  west  of  Europe 
grow  more  considerable,  as  well  as  more  nearly  affect  us, 
and  the  successions  of  the  monarchs  both  of  the  French  and 
English  are  pretty  certainly  adjusted  ;  we  shall  therefore 
shift  the  scene  of  our  Chronology  from  the  eastern  to  the  fc 
western  parts  of  the  ancient  Roman  empire,  and  annex  it 
to  the  lines  of  the  kings  of  England.  And  inasmuch  as  our 
introduction  is  thus  drawn  out  to  an  unexpected  length,  and 
our  English  histories  are  in  the  hands  of  many,  I  shall, 
therefore,  spare  my  readers  here,  and  give  them  little  more 
than  as  accurate  a  list,  as  I  am  at  present  able  to  compose, 
of  our  own  monarchs. 

Wessex,  or  the  West  Saxon  kingdom,  then  contained  that  part  of  England, 
excepting  Kent  and  Cornwall,  which  lies  on  the  south  side  of  the  Thames ; 
the  kingdom  of  Sussex  having  been  subdued  and  incorporated  into  Wessex  by 
king  Ina,  in  the  year  of  Christ  722.  (Matthew  of  Westminster.) 


INTRODUCTION. 


71 


But  there  offers  a  material  difficulty  at  the  very  head  of 
the  present  period,  which  I  must  apply  myself  to  solve,  as  I 
have  met  with  none  that  have  attempted  it  before  me.  It 
concerns  the  beginning  of  the  reign  of  Egbert.  For,  first, 
some  place  it  in  the  year  of  Christ  800  ;  as  Ethelwerd, 
Malmsbury,  Huntingdon,  Hoveden  ;*  and  from  them  the 
following  moderns,  Polydore,  Virgil,  Pantaleon,  sir  H.  Savil,f 
Glover  and  Mills,  Mundy,  Speed,  Helvieus,  Isaacson,  Alsted, 
Boxhornius,  Fuller,  Milton,  Whitlock,  the  Indices  at  the  end 
of  Littleton  and  Cambridge  dictionaries,  Tallents,  Eachard, 
Rapin  ;  and  so  Baker,  Howell,  Pointer  and  Salmon  seem 
to  imply.  Second,  some,  in  1801  ;  as  Harrison,  and  Holin- 
shed,  Calvisius,  Perizonius,  Hubner  and  Anderson.  Third, 
others  in  802  ;  as  M.  of  Westminster,;];  Stow,  Howes,  Daniel 
and  Tyrel.  Hoveden  says,  some  begin  the  reign  of  Egbert 
in  802  5  and  Tyrrel  says  that  Asser,  S.  of  Durham,  and  the 
bishop  of  Litchfield,  are  of  the  same  opinion. 

To  clear  this  matter,  I  first  observe  that  Rapin  tells  us, 
4  When  Egbert  was  chosen  king  of  Wessex,  he  was  at  Rome 
with  Charles  the  Great,  who  was  soon  after  invested  with  the 
imperial  crown  ;  and  there  he  took  his  leave  of  that  great 
Prince,'  &ic.  Though  whence  Rapin  had  this  intelligence,  I 
should  be  glad  to  find.  Second,  Liecthenaw,  Cario,||  Cal- 
visius and  Ricciolius  inform  us,  that  Charles  the  Great,  tra- 
velling from  France,  entered  Rome  Nov.  24th,  800,  was 
crowned  emperor  there,  Dec.  25th,  and  Liecthenaw  and 
Calvisius  tell  us,  he  left  that  city  on  April  24th,  following. 

By  this  it  seems,  first,  that  Egbert  set  out  with  Charles 
from  France  some  time  in  October  or  November,  and  that 
Britric  king  of  Wessex  was  then  alive.  Second,  that  between 
Nov.  24th,  and  Dec.  25th,  Egbert  not  only  heard  at  Rome 
of  his  election,  but  also  set  out  thence  for  England.  Third, 
we  must  therefore  place  his  election  about  November ;  and 
the  beginning  of  his  actual  reign  about  the  same  time  with 
the  beginning  of  Charles's  empire.  Or,  however,  to  define 
this  period  more  precisely,  from  the  end  of  the  last  to  the 
end  of  this  ;  that  is,  from  the  imperial  coronation  of  Charles 
at  Rome,  to  the  death  of  queen  Elizabeth,  the  last  mere 

*  Hoveden  says,  Anno  Gratise  800,  vel  ut  quidam  velunt  802, 
t  In  his  Fasti  Regum  Angliae,  &£c. 

t  And  yet  M.  of  Westminster  sets  the  death  of  Egbert  in  837,  after  a  reign 
of  thirty-seven  years,  seven  months,  which  raises  the  beginning  to  800. 
H  In  his  Chronicon.  chiefly  made  by  Melancthon  and  Peucer. 


7.  J 


INTRODUCTION. 


monarch  of  England,  and  beginning  of  the  reign  of  James 
the  First,  of  Great  Britain,  is  .exactly  802  years,  three 
months.  , 

SECTION  I. 

TO  THE  DISCOVERY  OF  THE  NEW  WORLD  BY  COLUMBUS  IN 

1492. 

Having  compared  above  thirty  noted  lists  and  histories  of 
our  kings,  both  in  English  and  Latin,  I  found  so  many  incon- 
sistencies and  mistakes  among  them,  especially  in  the  years 
before  the  Norman  conquest,  that  I  was  forced  to  lay  by  all 
the  late  historians,  and  betake  myself  entirely  to  those  more 
ancient  and  original  authors  Ethelwerd,  Ingulphus,  Malmsbury, 
Huntingdon,  Hoveden,  M.  of  Westminster,  and  R.  of  Ches- 
ter, who  are  the  only  old  writers  on  that  former  part  of  the 
period  I  can  hear  of  in  this  country  ;  the  six  first  in  Latin, 
the  last  translated  out  of  that  language  into  English  by  Tre- 
visa  in  1357,  as  Trevisa  and  Caxton  tell  us.  And  as  I  have 
carefully  perused  them,  I  shall  draw  the  following  list  enlirely 
from  them  as  far  as  they  go  ;  excepting,  where  they  are 
wanting  in  the  preciser  notes  of  time.  I  shall  then  take  out 
of  Holinshed,  Stow,  Speed,  Tyrrel,  Eachard,  Rapin,  or  any 
other  wherever  I  find  them. 

N.  B. — Wherever  I  use  the  words  elect,  elected,  chose  or  chosen,  they  art 
so  expressed  in  the  original  authors  cited 


INTRODUCTION. 


73 


I.  THE  WEST  SAXON  LINE. 

*No.  1.  Y.  C.  800. — Egbert,  descended  from  Cerdie,  begins  to  reign  over 
Wessex.  e  m  hn  hv  Reigns  after  Charles's  coronation  thirty-seven  years,  one 
month,  ten  days.t 

Y.  C.  809. — He  reduces  Cornwall  and  adds  it  to  his  kingdom,  w 

Y.  C  814. — (That  is,  813,  14)  Jan.  28th,  Charles  the  Great  dies,  cp  aged 
71, p  and  his  son  Lewis  reigns,  c  p 

Y.  C.  824. — Egbert  subdues  the  kingdoms  of  Kent  and  Essex,  and  adds 
them  to  his  own,  e  mhnhv  and  the  kingdom  of  the  East  Angles  submits  to  his 
protection,  ehn  hv 

Y.  C.  827. — He  makes  the  kings  of  Mecia  and  Northumberland  his  vas- 
sals, e  hn  hv 

Y.  C.  828. — He  makes  the  kings  of  Wales  his  tributaries  e  hn  hv 

Y.  C.  837.— (That  is,  837,  8)  He  dies,  e  m  hn  hv  w  Feb.  4th.  sp  ec  In  the 

margin  of  Malmsbury,  we  therefore  read  838  m  and 

No.  2. — Ethelulph,  son  of  Egbert,  e  in  hn  hv  w  reigns  nineteen  years,  eleven 

months,  nine  days. 

Y.  C.  838. — The  Scots  extirpate  the  Pictish  nation,  pi  b  c 

Y.  C.  840. — June  20th,  Lewis  emperor  dies,  upon  which  his  three  sons 

divide  the  western  empire  :   Charles,  the  youngest,  taking  France  ;  Lewis, 

Germany  ;  and  Lotharius,  the  eldest,  Italy,  Burgundy  and  Lorrain,  with  the 

imperial  dignity,  cp 
Y.  C  849.— Alfred  born  to  Ethelulph.  hv  w 

Y.  C.  857. — (That  is,  857,  8.)  Ethelulph  dies,  emw  Jan.  13th,  ch  and 
No.  3. — Ethelbald,  first   surviving  son  of  Ethelulph,  e  w  ch  reigns  two 
years,  eleven  months,  seven  days,  after  the  death  of  his  father. % 
Y.  C.  861. — He  dies,  e  w  Dec.  20th,  sp  ec  and 

No.  4. — Ethelbert,  second  surviving  son  of  Ethelulph,  e  w  ch  reigns  five 
vears.  e  m  hn  hv 

Y.  C.  866.— He  dies,  e  hv  w  that  is,  at  the  end  of  866,  and 

No.  5. — Ethelred  I.  third  surviving  son  of  Ethelulph,  e  iv  ch  reigns  five 
years,  and  a  little  more,  hn 

Y.  C.  872. — He  dies,  e  i  in  hv  April  23d,  w  ch  so  that  the  reign  of  Ethelbert 
and  Ethelred  amount  exactly  to  ten  years,  four  months,  three  days,  and 

No.  6. — Alfred,  fourth  surviving  son  of  Ethelulph,  e  in  w  ch  reigns  twenty- 
nine  years,  six  months,  five  days,  though  his  elder  brother's  son  Ethelwald  was 
living  all  the  while,  m  w 

Y.  C.  901  —He  dies,  emhn  Oct.  26th,  e  or  rather  Wednesday,  Oct.  28th, 
hu  w  §  and 

No.  7- — Edward  I.  son  of  Alfred,  e  m  hn  hn  w  elected  king,  e  hv  w  reigns 
twenty -three  years,  mhnw  though  his  father's  elder  brother's  son  Ethelwald 
was  living,  and  claimed  the  crown,  m  iv 

Y.  C.  924. — He  dies,  m  w  and 

(Ethelward)  first  legitimate  son  of  Edward  begins  to  reign ;  but  dies  a  few 


*  No.  1.  Y.  C.  800—  That  is,  first  king  of  the  Saxon  line— and  year  of 
Christ  800. 

t  He  was  the  seventeenth  successive  king  of  Wessex,  though  not  in  a  direct 
descent,  and  with  a  queen  Dowager  made  queen  Regent,  he  was  the  eighteenth 
successive  monarch,  m  hnhvw 

e  Ethelwerd.  m  Malmsbury.  hn  Huntingdon.  hv  Hoveden.  w  M.  of 
Westminster,  c  Calvisius.  p  Petavius.  sp  Speed,  ec  Eachard.  pi  Pol\ do- 
lus Vergilius.    b  Buchanan,    ch  R.  of  Chester. 

t  More,  Helvicus,  and  Daniel,  strangely  omit  him. 

i  Ingulphus. 

§  Hoveden  says,  899,  Indiction  four ;  but  Indiction  four,  is  901.  And  West- 
minster says,  Wednesday  Oct.  28th,  900,  Indiction  five  ;  but  Wednesday  Oct. 
28th,  is  in  901,  Indiction  four. 

10 


INTRODUCTION. 


days  after  his  father,  m  and  is  by  this  means  left  out  of  the  catalogue  of 
kings.  And 

No.  8. — Athelstan,  base  born  son  of  Edward,  ffl  w  aged  30,  m  elected  king, 
?/i  hn  w  while  he  had  three  legitimate  brothers  living,  m  hv  w  Reigns  sixteen 
years,  m  ho  * 

Y.  C.  940.— He  dies,  m  hv  w  Oct.  27th.  hv  w  *  So  that  the  reign  of  Edward 
and  Athelstan  amount  exactly  to  thirty-nine  years,  and 

No.  9. — Edmund  I.  second  surviving  and  legitimate  son  of  Edward,  m  hv  w 
aged  18,  m  ho  reigns  five  years,  seven  monihs.  hv 

Y.  C.  943. — Edgar  bom  to  king  Edmund,  how 

Y.  C.  946. — King  Edmund  killed  in  a  Iray,  m  hv  w  Tuesday  May  26th 
e  i  m  hn  hv  w  And 

No.  10. — Edred,  third  surviving  and  legitimate  son  of  Edward,  m  hv  w 
reigns  nine  years,  six  months,  e  m  \ 

Y.  C.  955 — He  dies,  mhv  w  ^Nov.  23d,  e  without  issue,  ch  and 

No.  11. — Edwin,  first  son  of  Edmund,  m  hn  hv  w  ch  reigns  four  years, 
c  m  hn  w  or  rather  three  years,  nine  months,  hv 

Y.  C.  957. — He  is  renouuced  by  the  northern  half  of  the  kingdom,  which 
elects  Ins  younger  brother  Edgar  king,  ho  w  ch 

Y.  C.  959. — Edwin  dies,  m  ho  w  and 

No.  12. — Edgar,  second  son  of  Edmund,  m  hn  hv  w  ch  aged  16,  m  hv  ch 
elected  king  over  the  whole,  hv  w  reigns  near  sixteen  years,  m 

Y.  C.  975. — He  dies,  i  m  hv  w  Thursday  July  8th,  e  hv  aged  32.  i  hv  So 
that  the  reign  of  Edwin  and  Edgar  amount  exactly  to  nineteen  years,  seven 
months,  fifteen  days.    And  here  Etheiwerd  ends  his  history,  e  and 

No.  13. — Edward  II.  first  son  of  Edgar,  i  rn  w  after  a  great  strife  elected 
king,  hv  w  reigns  3  years,  8  months,  lu  days. 

Y,  C.  978. — (That  is,  978,  9)  He  is  killed  hv  why  his  stepmother,  m  hv  w 
March  18th,  tr  tn  Malmsbury  therefore  s.iys  979,  m  X  and 

No.  14. — Ethelred  II.  second  son  of  Edgar,  m  w  aged  11,  m  ch  reigns 
thirty-seven  years,  one  month,  five  days.§ 

Y.  C.  987. — The  nobles  of  France  reject  the  race  of  Charles  the  Great, 
and  choose  Hugh  Capet,  Earl  of  Paris,  king ;  from  whom  the  kings  of  France 
have  since  descended,  cp 

Y.  C.  1013. — Swane,  king  of  Denmark,  lands  in  Kent  hn  ho  w  in  3u]y,hv  w 
thence  sails  to  the  Humber,  and  conquers  all  the  north  and  west  of  England. 
m  hn  hv  w 

In  Aug.  m  w  Ethelred  quits  London,  flies  to  the  isle  of  Wight,  and  Swane 
is  universally  acknowledged  king  of  England,  m  hn  hv  w 

II.  THE  DANISH  LINE  BEGINS. 
No.  1. — Swane  in  August  conquers  England,  having  no  relation  to  the 
crown  by  blood. 

Y.  C*  1014.— (That  is,  1013,  14)  Beginning  of  Jan.  Ethelred  flies  from  the 

isle  of  Wight  to  Normandv.  m  hv  w 

Feb.  3d,  Swane  killed,  hv  w  ch  (That  is,  1013,  14).  And 

No.  2. — Canute,  son  of  Swane,  elected  king  by  the  Danes,  m  hn  hu  w  But 

the  English  send  for 


*  Hoveden  by  mistake  calls  this  Wednesday,  Oct.  27th,  Indiction  fourteen  ; 
when  Oct.  27th  this  year,  is  Tuesday,  and  Indiction  thirteen,  with  the  Latins ; 
though  fourteen  w  ith  the  Greeks. 

t  Huntingdon  says  Edmund  I.  and  Edred  were  sons  of  Athelstan.  hn 

tr  Tyrrel.  tn  Tindal  in  the  margin  of  Rapin.  r  Rapin. 

X  The  Monkish  writers  call  him  Edward  the  Martyr,  only  because  he  was 
a  friend  to  their  superstitions;  r  and  March  18th,  fiom  his  death,  is  called  St 
Edward's  day.  tn 

§  That  is,  accounting  to  the  day  of  his  death ;  but  to  the  conquest  of  Eng- 
land by  Swane,  no  more  than  thirty-four  years,  five  months. 


INTRODUCTION. 


75 


(Ethelred)*  who  in  Lent  returns  to  England,  hv  ch  drives  Canute  to  Den 
itnark,  and  resumes  the  crown,  mhnht  w. 

Y  C.  1015. —  I  ins  summer  m  Canute  returns  to  England,  lands  in  Kcnt; 
and  recovers  the  Southern  part  of  the  kingdom,  m  hn  hv  ic.\ 

Y.  C.  1016. — Monday,  April  23,  Ethelred  dies  at  London,  hvw  ch  }  and 

No.  16. — Edmund  II.  called  Ironside,  first  son  of  Ethelred,  elected,  i  hn  and 
proclaimed  king  by  the  citizens,  m  w  reigns  seven  months,  seven  days.  But  the 
rest  of  England  elect  Canute  their  king,  m  hv  10  ch. 

Oct.  18,  is  their  last  battle,  w  upon  which  they  agree  to  divide  the  kingdom  ; 
Edmund  taking  the  Southern  part  and  Canute  the  Northern,  mhvw. 

Nov.  30,  king  Edmund  killed,  m  hv  §  w  ch  and 

Canute  by  the  whole  kingdom  is  elected  king,  hv  while  three  sons  of  king 
Ethelred,  and  two  sons  of  king  Edmund  are  living  m  hv  w  reigns  eighteen 
years,  eleven  mouths,  thirteen  days,  after  Edmund. 

Y.  C.  1035. — Wednesday, 'November  12,  Canute  the  Great  dies,  hv  w  ||  and 
No.  3.  Harold  I  base  born  son  of  Canute,  w  after  a  great  strife,  ch  elected 
king,  i  m  hn  hv  w  ch.    Reigns  lour  years,  four  months,  five  days. 

Y.  C.  lt>40. — He  dies,  w  ch  in  April,  m  16  Kal.  Apr.  trM  i.  e.  March  17,  and 
No.  4. — Hardicanute,  a  younger  son  of  Canute,  m  hn  hv  w  ch  elected  king, 
hn  and  the  chief  men  ol  the  kingdom  send  for  him  beyond  sea,  hv  to  ch  while 
several  of  Ethelred's  offspring  are  living,  m  hv  w  Reigns  two  years,  two 
months,  twenty-two  days. 
Y.  C.  1042. — He  dies,  hv  ch  m  **  Tuesday,  June  8,  ch  ft  and 

III.  THE  S\XON,  OR  ENGLISH  LINE,  RETURNS. 
No.  1 — Edward  III.  the  third  son  of  Ethelred,  elected  king,  i  hn  while 
Edward,  son  of  his  elder  brother  king  Edmund,  is  living  ;  m  h  viv  reigns  twenty- 
three  years,  six  months,  twenty-seven  days,  hv  or  rather  twenty-eight  days. 
And  he  is  styled  by  the  Monkish  writers  the  confessor,  for  being  addicted  to 
their  superstitions. 

Y.  C.  1066. — King  Edward  dies,  i  hn  hv  w  Thursday  Jan.  5,  hn  hv  w  ch 
that  is  Jan.  5,  1065,  6,  and 

No.  2. — Harold  II.  a  son  of  Godwin,  Earl  of  Kent,  of  no  relation  to  the 
crown  by  blood,  elected  king,  reigns  nine  months,  nine  days,  hv  and  the 
lords  make  him  king,  ch  while  Edgar  Atheling  with  his  two  sisters,  children 
of  Edward,  son  of  king  Edmund  II.  are  living  in  England,  m  hn  hv  ch 

Sept.  28,  hi  William,  base-born  son  of  Robert  Duke  of  Normandy,  neither 
of  Saxon  nor  Danish  royal  blood,  lands  near  Hastings  in  Sussex  ;  where  he 
stays  fifteen  days  m  w  ch  Saturday  Oct.  14,  slays  king  Harold  there  in  battle, 
and  gains  the  crow  n,  hn  hv  w  ch  it  and 

*  They  send  for  and  promise  to  stand  by  him,  upon  condition  he  would 
rule  better,  m  hn  hv  w  ch 

t  Hoveden  seems  to  place  Canute's  return  between  Aug.  15  and  Sept.  8  hv. 

X  Malmsbury  by  mistake  says,  St.  Gregory's  for  St.  George's  day  :  and  so 
Holinshed  observes. 

§  Hoveden  mistakes  in  calling  this  the  15th  Indiction,  when  it  is  the  14th. 

||  He  was  king  of  England,  Denmark,  Norway,  im  hn  hv  w  and  part  of  Swe- 
den, i/71  and  a  little  before  he  died,  made  his  sons,  Swane  king  of  Norway,  and 
Hardicanute  king  of  Denmark,  hv  iv  ch. 

tr  II  Tyrel  from  the  Saxon  Annals. 

wi**  That  is,  Malmsbury  in  his  continuation  of  Bede. 

tt  Hoveden  by  mistake  says  6  Ides  July,  Tuesday;  whereas  6  Ides  July  this 
-  year  is  Saturday  :  he  should  therefore  have  said  6  Ides  June,  which  is  Tuesday 
June  S,  as  Chester  has  it. 
hi.  Holinshed. 

%\  Hoveden  says  right,  this  battle  was  on  Calixtus  day,  being  Saturday, 
which  is  October  14  :  but  wrong  in  calling  this  11  C&l.  Nov.  which  is  October 
22,  and  a  Lord's  Day. 


76 


INTRODUCTION. 


IV.    THE  NORMAN  LINE  BEGINS. 

No.  1. — William  I.  called  sometimes  the,  conqueror,  and  sometimes  the  bas- 
tard, reigns  twenty  years,  ten  months,  twenty-eight  days,  hv  w  or,  more 
exactly,  twenty-six  days.  • 

1067 — Edgar  Atheling  goes  into  Scotland,  marries  his  sister  Margaret  to 
Malcom  the  king,  hn  w  ch  from  whom  the  Scottish  kings  descend,  m  hn  bv  ch 

Y.  C.  1085. — Here  Ingulphus  ends  his  history,  i. 

Y.  C.  1087. — William  1.  dies,  m  hv  w  ch  Sept.  9,  hv  w  aged  59  m  ch,  *  and 

No.  2. — William  II.  called  Rufus,  second  surviving  son  of  William  I.  suc- 
ceeds, while  his  elder  brother  Robert  is  living,  m  hn  hv  w  ch  Reigns  twelve 
years,  ten  months,  twenty-three  days. 

Y.  C.  1100. — He  is  accidentally  slain  a  hunting,  m  hn  hv  w  ch  Thursday,, 
Aug.  2,  m  hn  hv  aged  forty-four,  ch  and 

No.  3. — Henry  I.  the  third  surviving  son  of  William  I.  elected  king,  while  his 
elder  brother  Robert  is  living,  m  hn  w  ch  aged  32.  m  w  ch. 

Nov.  11,  he  marries  Maud,  daughter  of  Malcom  king  of  the  Scots  by  Mar- 
garet abovesaid,  and  reigns  thirty-five  years,  four  months,  m. 

Y.  C.  1 135. — He  dies  m  hn  hv  w  Dec.  1,  m  hn  hv  t  and 

No.  4. — Stephen,  a  younger  son  of  Stephen,  Earl  of  Blois,  a  Norman,  mhn 
hv  by  Adela,  daughter  of  William  I.  m  hn  w  accepted  king,  m  hn  while  Maud 
daughter  of  Henry  I.  is  living,  m  hn  hv  w  ch  reigns  eighteen  years,  ten  months, 
twenty-four  days,  comprehending  his  nine  months  captivity. 

Y.  C.  1141. — Feb.  2,  (i.  e.  1140,  1  $)  king  Stephen  taken  in  battle  and  carried 

to 

Maud,  hn  hv  w  ch  who  is  hereupon  acknowledged  queen  by  the  whole  king- 
dom, excepting  Kent,  hn  hv  ch. 

Nov.  1,  king  Stephen  released,  mw  recovers  the  kingdom,  hn  hv  W  ch 
Y.  C.  1143. — Here  Malmsbury  ends  his  history  and  Novell*,  m 
Y.  C.  1154. — King  Stephen  dies  hnlinw  Oct.  25,  hn  w  and 
Here  Huntingdon  ends  his  history,  hn  §  and 

V.    THE  FRENCH  LINE,  OR  PLANTAGANETS  OF  THE  HOUSE  OF 
ANJOU,  BEGINS. 

No.  1. — Henry  II.  a  son  of  Geoffry  Plantaganet,  Earl  of  Anjou,  w  ch  by  queen 
Maud,  daughter  of  Henry  I.  m  hv  w  ch  aged  22,  hv  w  reigns  thirty-four  years, 
eight  months,  eleven  days.  || 

Y.  C.  1171. — Saturday,  Oct.  16,  hv  he  sails  from  Milford-Haven  for  Ireland, 
hv  w  ch  arrives  at  Cork  the  next  day  ;  upon  which  all  Ireland  receive  him  for 
their  Sovereign,  hv 

Y.  C.  1189. —  He  dies  hv  10  c/i  Thursday  July  6,  hvw  and 

No.  2. — Richard  I.  eldest  surviving  son  of  Henry  II.  hv  w  reigns  nine 
years,  nine  months. 

Y.  C.  1199. — He  dies  of  a  wound  received  at  a  siege  in  France,  hvwch  f 
Tuesday,  April  6,  hv  ch  and 


*  Malmsbury  and  R.  of  Chester  mistake  in  saying  he  died  in  the  twenty- 
second  year  of  his  reign. 

t  By  his  queen  he  leaves  only  one  child,  viz  Maud,  to  whose  succession  all 
the  chief  men  of  the  kingdom  sware.  m  hn  hv  w  ch.  But  hn  hv  w  mistake  in 
saying  he  reigned  but  thirty-five  years,  three  months. 

X  Malmsbury  by  mistake  says,  Lord's  Day,  Feb.  2.  1142  ;  for  Lord's  Day, 
Feb.  2,  is  1140,1. 

§  And  yet  M.  of  Westminster  says,  Huntingdon  ended  his  History  in  1135. 

||  He  is  the  first  king  of  England  since  Edward  the  Confessor,  that  hath  any 
Royal  Saxon  blood,  having  received  it  only  from  his  mother  ;  though  the  kings 
of  Scotland  are  of  prior  birth. 


INTRODUCTION. 


77 


No.  3. — John,  youngest  son  of  Henry  IT.  succeeds,  while  Arthur  son  of  his 
elder  brother  Geoffry  is  living,  hv  w  chf  Reigns  seventeen  years,  six  months, 
thirteen  days. 

Y.  C.  1202. — Here  Hoveden  ends  his  annals,  hv 

Y.  C.  1215. — June  15,  king  John  grants  the  first  Magna  Charta  of  England.  * 
Y.  C.  1216. — Oct.  19,  king  John  dies,  w /being  poisoned  by  a  Monk,  ch  f  and 
No.  4. — Henry  III.  eldest  son  to  king  John,  w  chf  aged  9,  ch  f  reigns  fifty- 
six  years,  twenty-seven  days. 

Y.  C.  1224. — (i.  e.  1224,5)  Feb.  10,  the  ninth  year  of  his  reign,  he  grants  the 
present  VLigna  Charta.  f 

Y.  C.  1272. — Nov.  16,  he  dies  w  ch /aged  sixty-five,  w  and 
No.  5. — Edward  I.  or  rather  IV.  eldest  son  of  Henry  III.  w  ch  f  reigns 
thirty-four  years,  seven  months,  twenty-one  days,  w 

Y  .  C.  1282. — Leolin,  Prince  of  Wales  rebelling,  is  killed  in  a  fight,  w  ch  f 
namely,  Dec.  3  / 

Y.  C.  1283. — David,  brother  to  Leolin,  taken,  w  chf  June  24,/  drawn  and 
hanged,  w  ch  f  about  October.  /  And  Wales  wholly  subdued  and  subjected 
to  the  English  government,  ic  ch  f 

Y.  C.  1305. — Plavio  of  Amalfi  near  Naples,  first  discovers  the  Polar  virtue 
of  the  loadstone,  and  applies  it  to  navigation,  st  , 

Y.  C.  1307. — Edward  I.  dies,  w  ch  f  Friday  July  7,  w  f  aged  68  years, 
twenty  days,  w 

Here  M  of  Westminster  ends  his  history.  And 

No.  6. — Edward  II.  surviving  son  to  Edward  I.  ch  f  aged  24,  w  f  reigns 
nineteen  years,  six  months,  eighteen  days. 

Y.  C.  1312. — November  13,  prince  Edward  born  to  king  Edward  II.  ch 
hi  st 

Y.  C.  1326.— (that  is  1326,  7.)  Tuesday,  January  13,  a  Parliament 
at  Westminster  agree  to  depose  him.  ch  f  hi 

January  25,  they  actually  renounce  him,  /  hi  st  and  raise  his  son 

No  7. — Edward  III.  aged  15,  to  the  throne,  ch  f  pi  reigns  50  years,  4 
months,  28  days,  hi 

September  21,  Edward  II.  dies  in  prison  ch  f  by  a  violent  death,  /  hi  st 
aged  43.  pi 

Y.  C.  1344. — Macham,  an  Englishman,  sailing  from  England  for  Spain, 
driven  out  of  his  course,  first  discovers  the  Isle  of  Madeira,  g 

Y.  C.  1357. — Here  Chester  ends  his  Chronicle,  ch  and  Caxton  carries  it  on 
to  1460.  cx 

Y.  C.  1376. — Lord's  Day,  June  8,  the  famous  Black  Prince,  eldest  son  to 
king  Edward  III.  dies,  /  hi  st  aged  46.pl  hi 

Thursday,  February  19,  1376,  7,  John  Wickliff,  the  first  English  Reformer, 
brought  before  the  bishops  in  Paul's  Church,  London,  st  and  silenced,  hi 

Y.  C.  1377.— June  22,  Edward  III.  dies,  f  aged  65,  pi  hi  st  and 

No.  8. — Richard  II.  son  of  the  Black  Prince,  aged  11,  /  pi  reigns  22 
years,  3  months,  8  days.  / 

Y.  C.  1380. — Guns  first  used  by  the  Venetians  ;  the  nature  of  the  powder 
being  before  accidentally  discovered  by  a  German  chemist,  pi  p  namely, 
Berthold  Schwartz,  a  monk,  c  a  \ 


f  An  old  manuscript  of  the  seventh  part  of  Fabian's  Chronicle. 
*  So  the  Latin  Charter,  in  Tyrrel. 

t  So  the  Latin  Charter  in  Coke's  Institutes  ;  in  some  things  differing  from 
the  other,  as  they  appear  compared  in  Tyrrel. 

st  Stow.  hi  Holinshed.  pi  Polydorus  Vergilius. 

g  Galvanus.       cx  Caxton.        p  Petavius.        c  Calvisius.        a  Alsted. 

%  Alsted  says,  Froissard  makes  mention  of  guns  in  1340  ;  and  that  in  1380, 
Schwartz  publishes  the  manner  of  using  them.  And  Calvisius  says,  Mariana 
describes  the  Moors  in  Spain,  as  using  guns  in  1342. 


7b 


INTRODUCTION. 


Y.  C   1382.— Wicklifl'  finishes  his  translation  of  the  Bihle  into  English,  fi 

Y.  C.  1384. — December  31,  John  Wicklifl',  parson  of  Lutterworth,  dies 
there,  st  ♦ 

Y.  C.  1395. — The  Spaniards  first  discover  and  settle  the  Canaries,  g 

Y.  C.  1399.  The  Parliament  depose  Richard  It  cx  f  hi  st  Tuesday,  Sep- 
tember 30,  f  Id  and  choose  for  king  cx  hi  st 

No.  9. — Henry  IV.  son  to  the  duke  of  Lancaster,  third  son  of  Edward  III. 
while  the  heirs  of  the  duke  of  Clarence,  the  second  son  are  living,  cx f  reigns 
13  rears,  5  months,  21  days,/  or  rather  20  days'  st 

Y.  C.  1400.— (i.  e.  1399,  400.)  hi  st  February  14,  st  Richard  IT.  killed  in 
prison,  cx  /  aged  33,  pi  March  12,  brought  dead,  to  London,  cx  f 

Y.  C,  1412.— (that  is  1412,13)  Henry  IV,  dies,  exf  March  20,/  hi  st  aged 
46,  pi  hi  st  and 

No.  10. — Henry  V.  aged  26,  gd  son  of  Henry  TV.  succeeds,  while  the  senior 
heirs  of  the  duke  of  Clarence  are  living  ;  cx  f  reigns  nine  years,  five  months, 
ten  davs,/ or  rather  eleven  days. 

Y.  C  1415 — The  coasts  of  Africa,  not  being  known  beyond  Cape  Non,  in  29 
degrees  north  latitude  ;  the  Portuguese  discover  Cape  Bajador  3  degrees 
farther,  g 

Y.  C.  1419. — June  11,  Henry  V.  marries  the  French  king's  daughter,  and  is 
made  regent  and  heir  of  that  kingdom,  cx  f* 

Y.  C.  1422. — In  August  Henry  V.  dies,  cx  August  31, / hi  st  aged  36,  cx  pi 
and 

No.  11. — Henry  VI.  only  son  of  Henry  V.  aged  eight  months,  twenty-three 
days,  succeeds,  cx /reigns  38  years,  6  months,  4  days.  / 

Y.  C.  1428. — Lawrence  Coster,  at  Haerlem  in  Holland,  begins  to  print,f 
from  letters  at  first  cut  on  wooden  tables,  then  in  lead,  and  then  in  tin.  hj 

Y.  C.  1431. — December  7,  Henry  VI.  crowned  king  of  France  in  Paris. 
cx  f  st 

Y.  C.  1440. — At  Christmas,  John  Faustus,  servant  to  Coster,  runs  away 
with  his  master's  printing-tools,  to  Mentz  ;  where  he  practices  the  art,  and 
claims  the  honor  of  its  invention,  hj 

Y.  C.  1441. — Gonsales  and  Tristan,  Portuguese,  discover  the  coasts  of 
Africa  as  far  as  Cape  Blanco,  g 

Y.  C.  1442. — Faustus  first  prints  a  book  at  Mentz,  hj  hr  with  Coster's 
types,  hj 

Y.  C.  1446 — John  Guttenberg  of  Strasburg  contrives  the  art  (i.  e.  the 
present  way)  of  Printing,  removes  to  Mentz,  and  here  completes  it.  cn 
Faustus  being  assistant  to  him.  a 

Denis  Fernandes  Esq.  of  Lisbon,  first  discovers  the  river.  Senega  a  mouth 
of  the  Niger,  and  the  famous  Cape  de  Verde  in  Africa,  g 

Y.  C.  1449. — The  Portuguese  first  possess  the  Azores,  g 

Y  C.  1450. — Faustus  first  prints  a  book  at  Mentz  with  copper  and  lead 
types,  ma  t 

Y.  C  1453. — May  29,  Tuesday,  the  Turkish  monarch  Mahomet  takes 
Constantinople  cp  and  puts  an  end  to  the  Greek  eastern  empire. 


*  Caxton  and  Fabian  say,  Trinity  Sunday,  in  the  seventh  year  of  Henry  V. 
which  is  June  11,  1419.  Holinshed  and  Stow  say,  the  day  after  Trinity  Sun- 
day, in  the  eighth  year  of  Henry  V.  which  is  June  3,  1420. 

f  From  the  inscription  I  saw  over  his  door  at  Haerlem. 

gd  Goodwin.       hj  Hadian  Junius  iu  Boxhornio.       jl  Fuller. 

hr  Bertias  in  Alsted.  cn  The  Continuator  of  Liecthenaw.  ma  Ma- 
riangelus  in  Boxhornio. 

%  Mariangelus  ascribes  the  invention  of  copper  and  lead  ty  pes  to  Faustus  ; 
the  Colonian  Annalist  ascribes  the  present  way  of  printing  (i.  e.  by  separate 
letters)  to  Guttenberg ;  and  they  both,  with  Cluverus  agree  on  the  first  print- 
ing of  a  book  therewith,  in  1450.    (See  Cluverus  and  Boxhornio.  J 


INTRODUCTION. 


79 


Y.  C.  1460.— (i.  e.  1460,  1,)  March  2,  si  the  lords  meet  and  depose  Henry 
VI.  and  elect 

No.  12.— Edward  IV.  eldest  son  to  Richard,  duke  of  York,  for  king,  cx  f 
hist  aged  18.  st 

March  4,  they  proclaim  him  king,  cxf  hi  st  reigns  22  years,  1  month,  5 
days,/  and 

Here  Caxton  ends  his  Chronicle,  cx 

Y.  C.  1462. — De  Noli,  a  Genoese  sails  from  Portugal,  and  first  discovers 

the  Cape  de  Verde  Islands,  g 

Y.  C.  1467. — October  28,  Erasmus  born  at  Rotterdam  in  Holland,  c 

Y.  C.  1470. — October  3,  st  Edward  IV.  flies  to  Flanders,  and  Saturday, 

October  1, 

(Henry  VI.)  delivered  out  of  the  tower,  and  admitted  king  again.  /  st 
November  26,*  a  Parliament  meets  at  Westminister,  and  king  Edward  pro- 
claimed usurper.  /  hi 
^  Y.  C   1471.— (i.  e.  1470,  1.)  March  14,  hi  Edward  IV.  lands  in  the  north  of 
England.  /  hi  st 

(Edward  IV.)  April  ll,f  comes  to  London,  takes  king  Henry  again,/  hi  st 
and  sends  him  to  the  tower,  st  where  he  is  killed,  the  night  after,  May  21,  st 
and  the  next  day  his  corpse  exposed  in  Paul's  Church,  London,  f  st  \ 

This  year,  Desaren  and  Descouar,  discover  Guinea  for  the  king  of  Portu- 
Sal-  g 

Y.  C  1472. — Seguira  discovers  Prince's  Island  near  the  Equinoctial,  and 
St.  Thomas's  Island  under  it,  with  the  western  coast  of  Ethiopia  as  far  as 
Cape  Catharine.    He  is  the  first  that  passes  the  line,  g 

Y.  C.  1483.— April  9,  Edward  IV.  dies,/  pi  hi  st  aged  42,  st  §  50,  pi  and  his 
eldest  son 

No.  13. — Edward  V.  aged  13,/  hi  st  bears  the  name  of  king,  2  months,  11 
days.  / 

Wednesday,  June  18,  some  of  the  chief  of  the  nobility  and  commons,  set  up 
for  king,  his  father's  youngest  brother  Richard  ;  who  takes  the  royal  style  and 
power  in  Westminster  Hall,  on  Thursday  June  19,/  hi  st  and  Friday  June 
20,  is  proclaimed  king,/  ||  by  the  name  of 

No.  14. — Richard  III.  and  reigns  2  years,  2  months,  1  day,  hi  st  or  rather 
2  days,  /  soon  after  which,  Edward  V.  with  his  only  brother  Richard  are 
killed  in  the  tower.  / pi  hist 

November  10,  Luther  born  at  Eysleben  in  Saxony,  si  c 

Y  C.  1484. — Diego  Caon,  knight,  sails  to  the  river  Congo,  and  discovers 
the  shores  of  Africa  to  the  Tropick  of  Capricorn,  g 

Y  C.  1485. — August  22,  king  Richard  slain  in  battle  by  Henry  Tudor, 
earl  of  Richmond;  who  thereupon  is  proclaimed  king  in  the  field  f  hi  st  H 
Reigns  23  years,  8  months,  st  And  here  the  manuscript  of  Fabian's  Chronicle 
ends. 


*  Polydore  also  says,  November  26  ;  but  wrongly  sets  it  in  1471. 

t  Fabian  says,  Sherethrusday,  which  is  Maundy  Thursday,  (Minshew)  and 
this  year,  April  11,  and  Polydore  says  Apiil  11,  but  wrongly  places 't  in  1472. 

|  Fabian  says  on  Ascension  Eve,  May,  22,  which  is  right ;  Holinshed 
also  says  Ascension  Eve,  but  his  margin  is  wrong,  in  calling  this  May  29,  and 
consequently  in  placing  the  death  of  king  Henry  on  May  23. 

Sir  T.  More,  in  Holinshed,  and  Stow,  says  aged  53;  but  Stow  corrects 
him,  and  says  it  should  be  42. 

||  Fabian  calls  Thursday,  June  20,  and  Friday  21,  and  Stow  in  the  margin, 
calls  Wednesday,  June  22,  and  Thursday  25  ;  whence  other  historians  follow 
their  mistakes  ;  when  Wednesday  this  year  is  June  18,  he. 

si  Sieidan.  c  Calvisius. 

IT  Polydore,  says  also,  August  22  :  but  wrongly  places  it  in  1486. 


80 


INTRODUCTION. 


VI.  THE  WELCH  LINE,  OR  LINE  OF  TUDORS. 

No.  1. — Henry  VII.  October  30,  crowned  at  Westminster  hi  5/ 
November  7,  a  Parliament  of  his  calling,  meets,  hi  st  Attaints  the  late  king 
Richard,  and  settles  the  crown  on  king  Henry  VIII.  and  his  heirs  hi* 

Y.  C.  1485.— (i.  e.  1485,  6.)  January  18,  he  marries  Elizabeth  the  eldest 
daughter  of  king  Edward  IV.  hist 

Y.  C.  1486. — August,  Bartholomew  Diaz,  sails  from  Portugal,  first  dis- 
covers the  famous  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  the  southernmost  point  of  Africa,  and 
returns  in  December  1487.  ps 

September  20,  gm  sp  Arthur,  eldest  son  to  king  Henry  born,  hi  st  \ 
Y.  C.  1487. — (i.  e.  1487,  8.)  January  l,Zuinglius  born  in  Switzerland.^ 
Y.  C.  1489. — November  29,  Margaret,  eldest  daughter  to  king  Henry, 
born,  sp 

Y.  C.  1491. — June  22,  Henrv,  second  son  to  king  Henry,  born,  afterwards 
king  Henry  VIII  hi  st 


*  His  only  relation  to  the  crown  is  by  his  mother,  grand-daughter  to  John 
Beaufort,  a  base-born  son  of  John  a  Gaunt. 

ps  Purchase.       gm  Glover  and  Milles.       sp  Speed.      fl  Fuller. 

t  In  one  place,  Holinshed  sets  his  birth  in  the  second  year  of  Henry  VII.  , 
in  another  place  he  sets  it  in  the  third  year,  which  seems  more  likely. 


SECTION  II. 

TO   THE   DISCOVERY   OF   NEW   ENGLAND,   AND   DEATH  OF 
QUEEN  ELIZABETH. 

The  united  continents  of  Asia,  Africa,  and  Europe,  have 
been  the  only  stage  of  history,  from  the  Creation  to  the  year 
of  Christ,  1492.  We  are  now  to  turn  our  eyes  to  the  west, 
and  see  a  New  World  appearing  in  the  Atlantic  ocean  to  the 
great  surprise  and  entertainment  of  the  other.  Christopher 
Columbus,  or  Colonus,  a  Genoese  is  the  first  discoverer. 
Being  a  skilful  geographer  and  navigator,  and  of  a  very 
curious  mind,  he  becomes  possessed  with  a  strong  persua- 
sion, that  in  order  to  balance  the  terraqueous  globe,  and  pro- 
portion the  seas  and  lands  to  each  other,  there  must  needs  be 
formed  a  mighty  continent  on  the  other  side;  which  boldness, 
art,  and  resolution  would  soon  discover.  He  first  proposes 
his  undertaking  to  the  Genoese,  and  then  to  John,  king  of 
Portugal  ;  but  being  denied,  he  applies  to  Ferdinand  and 
Isabella,  king  and  queen  of  Spain;  who,  after  five  years  urg- 
ing, are  at  last  prevailed  upon  to  furnish  him  with  three  ships 
and  ninety  men,*  for  this  great  enterprise  ;  which  through 
the  growing  opposition  of  his  fearful  mariners,  he  at  length 
accomplishes,  to  his  own  immortal  fame,  and  the  infinite  ad- 
vantage of  innumerable  others.  And  as  we  are  now  bound 
for  this  western  world,  I  shall  chiefly  fill  our  final  section  with 
the  principal  and  gradual  discoveries  and  plantations  there, 
till  we  first  discover  the  northeastern  part  we  now  call  New- 
England  ;  with  the  most  material  hints  of  the  rise  and  pro- 
gress of  that  reformed  religion,  which  at  length  produced  its 
present  settlement. 

N.  B.  We  still  begin  with  the  famous  Julian  year,  viz. 
with  January  I,  which  I  think  the  whole  Christian  world  ob- 
serves, except  the  south  part  of  Britain. 


Herera  savs  ninety  men  :  but  Galvanus  savs  one  hundred  and  twenty. 
*  J  L 


82 


INTRODUCTION. 


King  of  England,  Henry  VII.    King  of  Spain,  Ferdinand. 

Y.  C.  1492. — Friday,'  August  3,*  Columbus  sails  from  Palos  in  Spain  ;  calls 
at  the  Canaries  ;  g  h  Thursday,  September  6,  sails  thence  westward  ;  Septem- 
ber 14,  first  observes  the  variation  of  the  compass  ;  at  ten  in  the  evening,  between 
October  11  and  12,  he  descries  a  light  ;  at  two  next  morning,  Roderic  Triana 
first  discovers  land  ;  //  t  being  Guanahani,  g  h  one  of  the  islands  of  the  New 
World,  called  Lucayoes  :  h  where  Columbus  goes  ashore  and  calls  it  St  Sal- 
vador, g  h  being  about  25  deg.  north  latitude  ;  g  Saturday,  October  27,  dis- 
covers Cuba.  December  6,  arrives  at  Bohio,  which  he  calls  Hispaniola,  h 
where  he  builds  a  fort  and  leaves  38  men.  g  or  39.  h 

Y.  C.  1493 — Wednesday,  January  16,  he  sails  from  Hispaniola  ;  Saturday, 
February  IB,  arrives  at  St.  Mary's,  one  of  the  Azores;  Monday,  March  4,  at 
the  river  of  Lisbon  ;  and  Friday,  March  15,  at  Palos  // 

Bartholomew  Diaz  sails  from  Portugal,  first  passes  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope, 
and  sails  to  the  ancient  Ethiopia.  ]>r 

Wednesday,  September,  25, \  Columbus  sails  from  Cadiz  in  Spain.  Lord's 
Day,  November  3,  discovers  one  of  the  Caribbees,  which  he  calls  Dominica  ; 
next  day  sails  northward  to  another,  which  he  calls  Marigalante  ;  next  day  to 
another,  which  he  calls  Guadaloupe  ;  November  10,  discovers  another,  which 
be  calls  Montserrat  ;  then  another,  which  he  calls  Antigua,  h  and  fifty  more 
to  the  northwestward,  at  with  Boriquen,  now  called  Porto  Rico;  g  h  Friday, 
22,  arrives  at  Hispaniola.  h 

Y.  C.  1494. — Thursday,  April  24,  he  sails  for  Cuba;  April  29,  descries  it, 
sails  along  the  southern  shore,  and  spies  Jamaica  ;  Monday,  May  14,  ariives 
there  ;  returns  to  Cuba  and  Hispaniola.  h 

Y.  C.  1496. — March  10,  Columbus  sails  for  Spain:  and  June  11,  arrives  at 
Cadiz,  h 

This  spring,  John  Cabota,  a  Venetian,  sails  with  two  ships  from  England, 
steers  westward  ;  discovers  the  shore  of  the  New  World  in  45  deg.  north  lat- 
itude ;  sails  along  the  coast  northward,  to  60,  and  then  southward  to  38. 
Some  say  to  Cape  Florida,  in  25 ;  and  returns  to  England,  g  § 

Y.  C.  1497. — Thursday,  February  16,  Melancthon  born  at  Bretten,  in  the 
Palatinate,  c 

June  20,  Vasquez  Gama  sails  from  Lisbon  southward,  passes  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope,  first  sails  to  the  East  Indies  ;  and  returning  by  the  same  Cape, 
arrives  at  Lisbon  in  September  1499.  g 

Y.  C.  1498. — Wednesday,  May  30, ||  Columbus  sails  from  San  Lucar  in 
Spain  ;  July  31,  discovers  an  island,  A  which  he  calls  Trinidada,  g  h  in  9  de- 
grees north  latitude  ;  g  Wednesday,  August  1,  he  first  discovers  the  Continent, 
k  sails  along  the  main  coast  westward,  g  h  discovers  Margarita,  h  and  many 
other  islands,  g  h  for  two  hundred  leagues  to  Cape  Vela  ;  g  crosses  over  to 

*  Harris  and  the  Atlas  Geographus  mistake  in  saying  August  2. 
g  Galvanus.  h  Hercra. 

t  Galvanus  says,  they  discover  land  on  October  10,  and  perhaps  Herera 
might  mistake,  from  the  seamen's  method  ;  who  set  dow  n  at  noon  October  11, 
all  the  events  of  the  twenty-four  hours  preceding,  and  give  them  the  date  of 
October  11. 

pr  Perier.  at  Atlas  Geographus. 

X  Galvanus  mistakes  in  saying  October  25. 

§  Smith  says,  that  John  carries  his  son  Sebastian  w  ith  him,  who  afterwards 
proceeds  in  these  discoveries.  Whence  Stow,  Purchase,  Harris,  the  Atlas, 
and  others,  erroneously  ascribe  them  all  to  Sebastian  only.  Purchase  says, 
Sebastian  in  Ramusio,  places  his  first  voyage  in  1496;  though  the  map  under 
his  picture  in  the  privy  gallery,  with  Cambden,  in  1497  ;  and  so  Smith.  But 
Stow  in  1498  ;  unless  the  voyage  he  mentions  be  another. 

||  Galvanus  seems  to  mistake  in  placing  this  third  voyage  of  Columbus  in 
1497. 


INTRODUCTION. 


83 


[Iispaniola,  g  h  where,  being-  seized  and  sent  home  in  chains  by  a  new  Spanish 
governor,  lie  arrives  at  Cadiz,  November  25,  1500.  h 

Y.  C.  1499. — May  20,  Alonso  Ojeda,  sails  from  St.  M.iry's  in  Spain,  with 
John  Cosa  as  pilot,  and  Americus  Vespucius  a  Florentine,  as  merchant;  steers 
westward  ;  in  27  days  discovers  land  two  hundred  leagues  east  of  Trinidada, 
(about  5  degrees  north  latitude,)  sails  along  the  coast  westward  to  Cape  Veia; 
thence  arrives  at  Hispaniola  September  5  ;  thence  sails  to  Poi  to  Rico  ;  and 
thence  to  Spain,  h 

November  13,  g  Vincent  Tannez  Pinson  sails  from  Palos  in  Spain  for  the 
southern  part  of  the  New  World  ;  and  passes  the  equinoctial,  g  h 

Y.  C.  1500. — February  26,  h  he  discovers  Cape  Augustin,  g  It  in  8  degrees 
south  latitude  ;  g  thence  sailing  along  northwesterly,  discovers  the  river  Ama- 
zon, and  the  coast  and  rivers  of  Brazil  to  Trinidada  ;  g  h  thence  at  the  end 
of  September,  h  or  September  28,  g  arrives  in  Spain,  g  h 

Monday,  March  9,  h  Pedro  Alvarez  Cabral  sails  from  Lisbon,  for  the  East 
Indies  ;  gh  steers  so  far  westward,  as  on  April  24,  h  he  happens  to  descry 
Brazil,  and  enters  a  river  there  which  he  calls  Porto  Seguro,  g  h  in  17  degrees 
south  latitude  ;  whence  he  crosses  over  to  the  Cape  of  Good  Hops  and  pur- 
sues his  voyage  g 

Gaspar  Corterial,  by  license  of  the  king  of  Portugal,  sails  from  Tercera,  g 
discovers  the  northeastern  coast  of  the  New  World,  in  50  degrees  north  lati- 
tude, gh  from  him  called  Corterialis,  and  returns  home  to  Lisbon,  g 

Y.  C.  1501. — January  6,  Roderic  Bastidas  sails  from  Cadiz  to  Cape  Vela  ; 
discovers  one  h  or  two  hundred  leagues  g  westward,  all  along  the  coast  at  St. 
Martha,  Carthagena,  the  Gulf  of  Darien,  and  as  far  as  the  Port,  afterward 
called  Nombre  de  Dios  ,  then  sails  to  Hispaniola.  h  * 

Soon  after,  Alonso  Ojeda  sets  out  on  his  second  voyage,  and  Americus  Ves- 
pncius with  him  :  sail  to  the  same  place  after  Bastidas,  and  so  to  Hispaniola. 
h\ 

Lord's  Day,  November  14,  prince  Arthur  of  England,  aged  15  st  or  16,  til 
marries  at  London  to  Katharine,  aged  18,  daughter  to  Ferdinand  king  of  Spain. 
hist  One  great  occasion  of  the  reformation  in  England,  as  we  shall  see  here- 
after. 

Y.  C.  1502. — March  12,  gm  April,  beginning,  st  April  2,  sp  prince  Arthur 
dies,  hi  st 

May  9,  h  pr  Columbus  sails  from  Cadiz  to  Hispaniola  ;  thence  to  the  Conti- 
nent ;  discovers  the  Bay  of  Honduras ;  Lord's  Day,  August  14,  lands,  h 
Thence  sails  along  the  main  shore  easterly,  two  hundred  leagues,  g  to  Cape 
Gracias  a  Dios,  Veragua,  Porto  Bello  and  the  Gulf  of  Darien.  gh 

This  year,  Sebastian  Cabot  brings  to  king  Henry  VII.  three  men  taken  in 
the  Newfound  Islands,  st 

Y.  C.  1503. — January  6,  Columbus  enters  the  river  Tebra  in  Veragua  ; 
where  he  first  begins  a'settlement,  but  soon  breaks  up,  and  sails  to  Cuba,  Ja- 
maica, and  Hispaniola.  h 

August  8,  st  Margaret,  eldest  daughter  of  Henry  VII.  marries  at  Edinburgh, 
to  James  IV.  king  of  Scotland,  hi  st 

Y.  C.  1504. — September  12,  Columbus  sails  from  Hispaniola,  arrives  at 
San  Lucar,  and  going  to  Sevil,  finds  queen  Isabella  dead,  h  She  dies  ?^ovem- 
ber  26,  this  year,  c 

Y.  C.  1506.— May  20,  h  at  J  Columbus  dies  g  h  at  Validolid  in  Spain  ;  his 


*  Galvanus  places  Bastidas's  voyage  after  Ojeda's,  and  both  in  1502. 

t  Neither  Hackluyt,  Purchase,  Harris  nor  Perrier  mention  any  voy- 
ages of  Americus.  The  Atlas  Geographus  gives  us  two  from  Grynaeues  ; 
the  first  in  1497,  and  the  second  in  1500.  But  Herera  says,  they  were 
proved  to  be  mere  impositions  of  Americus,  and  he  only  went  twice  with 
Ojeda. 

%  Galvanus  says  in  May  1506  ;  and  Herera,  on  Ascension  day,  May  20,  this 
year ;  but  May  20,  this  year,  is  Ascension  Day  Eve. 


84 


INTRODUCTION. 


body  carried  over  and  buried  in  the  Cathedral  of  St.  Domingo  in  Hispaniola  : 
h  and  his  son  James  succeeds  as  heir,  g  l\pr 

King  Ferdinand  orders  two  bishops'  tor  Hispaniola,  and  establishes  the 
tythes  there  foi  the  support  of  the  clergy*  h 

Y.  C.  1507. — Americus  Vespucius  goes  from  Lisbon  to  Sevil,  and  king 
Ferdinand  appoints  him  to  draw  Sea  Charts,  with  the  title  of  chief  Pilot ; 
whence  the  New  World  afterward  unjustly  takes  the  name  of  America,  h 

Y.  C.  1508. — John  Diaz  Solis  and  Vincent  Tannez  Pinson,  sail  from  Sevil 
to  Cape  Augustin,  discover  the  coast  of  Brazil  southward,  h  to  35  degrees 
south  latitude,  where  they  find  the  great  river  Paranaguazu,  which  they  call 
Rio  de  (Plata,  or  River  of  Silver,  g  go  on  to  40  degrees  south  latitude,  and 
return  to  Spain,  h  * 

Y.  C  1509. — April  21,  pi  or  rather  22,  king  Henry  VII.  dies  ;  hi  st  sp  lived 
53  years,/)/  hi  and  his  only  surviving  son,  Henry  VIII.  aged  18,  pi  hi  st 
reigns  37  years,  9  months,  6  days. 

June  3,  hi  st  he  marries  his  brother  Arthur's  widow,  by  pope  Julius's  dis- 
pensation, pi  hi  st 

July  10,  Calvin  born  at  Noyon  in  France,  bz 

November  10,  Alonso  Ojeda  sails  from  Hispaniola,  and  James  IVicuessa 
follows  him,  to  settle  the  Continent ;  they  land  and  meet  at  Carthagena  ;  but 
are  beaten  off;  and  Ojeda  begins  a  settlement  at  St.  Sebastian,  on  the  east 
side  of  the  Gulf  of  Darien.  h  ISicuessa  begins  another  at  Nombre  de  Dios,  on 
the  west  side,  g  h  but  are  both  soon  broken  up  through  the  opposition  of  the 
natives,  h  t 

Y.  C.  1510. — John  de  Esquibel  sails  from  Hispaniola,  and  begins  a  settle- 
ment at  Jamaica,  h 

John  Ponce  begins  to  settle  Porto  Rico,  h  at 

Fernandez  de  Enciso  and  Basco  Nunnez,  begin  to  settle  St.  Mary's  at  Da- 
rien. h 

1511. — James  Velasquez  begins  to  settle  Cuba,  h 

Y.  C.  1512.— Thursday,  March  3,  (i.  e.  1512,  13.)  John  Ponce  sails  from 
Porto  Rico  northward ;  April  2,  discovers  the  Continent  in  30  degrees,  8 
minutes  north  latitude,  calls  it  Florida,  goes  ashore,  takes  possession  ;  sails 
along  the  coast  southerly ;  Lord's  Day,  May  8,  doubles  the  Cape  ;  thence 
sailing  southerly,  discovers  the  Bahamas,  and  returns  to  Porto  Rico,  h 

Y.  C.  1513. — Basco  h  or  Vasco  g  JNunnez,  hearing  a  rumor  of  the  South 
Sea,  September  1,  sets  out  from  Darien;  g  pr  September  25,  gh  from  the 
top  of  a  high  mountain  A  first  discovers  that  mighty  ocean;  gh  September 
29,  comes  to  it,  g  embarks  upon  it,  and  returns,  gh 

Y.  C.  1515. — Gaspar  Morales  marches  from  Darien  across  the  land  to  the 
South  Sea,  discovers  the  Pearl  Islands  in  the  bay  of  St.  Michael's,  in  5  degrees 
north  latitude,  g 

John  Arias  begins  to  people  Panama  on  the  South  Sea,  and  discovers  250 
leagues  on  the  coast  to  8  degrees,  30  minutes  north  latitude,  g 

Gonsales  Ferdinandus  Oviedus,  discovers  the  island  of  Bermudas,  ps 

The  Complutensian  Bible  published  c  at  Antwerp,  cr  which  proves  a  princi- 
pal instrument  of  the  reformation. 

Y.  C.  1516. — January  23,  Ferdinand,  king  of  Spain,  dies,  and  his  daugh- 
ter's son,  Charles  of  Austria  reigns,  c  h 

February  11,  st  or  18,  hi  king  Henry's  daughter  Mary  born 4 


*  Galvanus  sets  this  voyage  in  1512. 

bz  Beza  in  Vit  Calv.  at  \tlas  Geographus. 

t  Galvanus  places  these  attempts  under  1508  ;  and  it  is  likely  this  was  the 
year  when  they  set  sail  from  Spain  ;  and  so  Kerera  seems  to  make  it. 

ps  Purchase.       c  Calvisius.       cr  Crowaei  Elenchus.       si  Sleidan. 

X  Both  Sleidan  and  Helvicus  place  it  in  the  seventh  year  of  Henry  VIII. 
which  must  be  February  1515,16;  but  1518  in  the  margin  of  Helvicus  is 
wrongly  printed. 


INTRODUCTION! 


85 


Sir  Sebastian  Cabot  and  sir  Thomas  Pert  sail  from  England  to  the  New 
World,  and  coast  the  Continent  the  second  time  to  Brazil,  ps 

February  8,  h  Francis  Fernandes  Cordova  sails  from  Cuba,  and  discover? 
the  province  of  Yucatan,  g  h  in  20  degrees  north  latitude,  g  and  the  Bay  of 
Campeachy.  h 

THE  BEGINNING  OF  THE  REFORMATION. 

Y.  C.  1517. — October  31,  c  Luther,  an  Augustin  friar,  st  sets  up  ninety-five 
Theses  against  the  Pope's  Indigencies,  on  the  church  door  c  at  Wirtemberg 
in  Saxony,  5/  and  begins  the  reformation  in  Germany. 

Y.  C.  1518. — April  8,  h  John  de  Grisalva  sails  from  Cuba  to  Yucatan,  and 
discovers  the  southern  coast  of  the  Bay  of  Mexico,  g  h  with  the  head  of  the 
bay  to  St.  John  de  Ulua,  and  first  calls  the  country  New  Spain,  h 

Francis  Garay  sails  from  Jamaica  to  Cape  Florida,  in  25  degrees  north 
latitude,*  discovers  500  leagues  westward,  on  the  northern  coast  of  the  great 
Bay  of  Mexico  to  the  river  Panuco,  in  23  degrees  north  latitude,  g  at  the  bot- 
tom of  the  bay. 

Y.  C.  1519 — January  2,  Maximilian,  emperor  of  Germany  dies  ;  and  June 
28,  Charles,  king  of  Spain,  chosen  emperor,  st 

Beginning  of  this  year,  Zuinglius  comes  to  Zurich  ;  soon  preaches 
against  the  Pope's  indigencies,  and  begins  the  reformation  in  Switzerland,  st 

In  February,  g  Fernando  Cortes  sails  from  Cuba  to  Yucatan,  and  then  to 
St.  John  de  Uloa ;  whence  Francis  de  Martejo  and  Roderie  Alvarez  sail 
northward,  and  discover  the  coast  to  the  river  Punuco  ;  Friday,  April  22, 
Cortes  lands  and  begins  a  tow  n,  which  he  calls  Vera  Cruz  ;  h  at  the  end  of 
August,  sets  out  for  Mexico  ;  g  November  8,  enters  that  great  city,  then  con- 
taining sixty  thousand  houses,  h 

August  10,  Ferdinand  de  Magellanes,  g  k  a  Portuguese,  hps  sails  from  Sevil 
to  find  out  a  southwest  passage  to  the  East  Indies,  and  go  round  the  earth  ; 
gh  December  13,  descries  Brazil  and  enters  the  river  Janeiro,  in  23  degrees, 
45  minutes  south  latitude  ;  sails  along  the  coast  southward  ;  and  October  21, 
1520,  discovers  the  Cape  at  the  northern  entrance  of  the  famous  Straits  which 
bare  his  name  ;f  November  7,  enters  them ;  and  November  27,  opens  the 
great  southern  ocean,  h  which  he  calls  the  Pacific  ;  ps  sails  northwesterly  3000 
leagues;  March  31,  1521,  discovers  the  Philipine  Islands;  in  one  of  which, 
viz.  Zebu,  he  is  slain  in  a  fight  with  the  natives,  April  27.  Upon  which  his 
ship  sails  to  Borneo,  where  the  men  choose  John  Sebastian  del  Cano  their 
captain  ;  November  8,  he  arrives  at  the  Moluccas  ;  in  the  beginning  of  1522, 
sails  thence  to  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  ;  and  September  6,  arrives  at  San 
Lucar,  h  with  but  a  dozen  men  ;  ps  being  the  first  that  ever  encompassed 
the  earth,  g  h 

Y.  C.  1520. — December  20,  Luther  burns  the  Canon  Law-  publicly  at  Wir- 
temberg. si 

Y.  C.  1521. — The  Augustin  friars  at  Wirtemberg  leave  off  the  mass,  and 
are  the  first  who  do  so.  si 

Tuesday,  August  13,  Cortes  takes  the  city  of  Mexico,  and  puts  an  end  to 
that  great  Indian  empire,  h  Gage 

King  Henry  VIII.  writes  against  Luther,  st  for  which 

Y.  C  1521— (i.  e  1521,  2.)  February  2,  the  king  receives  a  Bull  from  the 
Pope  ;  wherein  he  and  his  successors  for  ever,  are  declared  defenders  of  the 
Christian  faith,  hi 

Y.  C.  1523. — January  29,  the  Senate  of  Zurich  reject  the  traditions  of 
men,  and  declare  the  Gospel  shall  be  taught  according  to  the  Old  and  New- 
Testament.  5/ 


*  Herera  says,  he  only  sends  James  de  Comargo. 

t  He  calls  this  Cape  the  Virgins,  because  discovered  on  St.  Ursula's  day,  h 
and  Moll  mistakes  in  calling  it  the  Virgin  Mary's. 


so 


INTRODUCTION. 


July  1,  John  and  Henry,  two  Augustine  Friars,  burned  at  Brussells  for 
professing  the  Holy  Scriptures  to  be  the  pnly  rule  of  faith,  k.c.  si 

[N.  B.  The  Reformation  coming  on',  and  crowding  us  with  more  import- 
ant matters,  I  shall  only  recite  the  voyages  to  the  northeastern  parts  of  the 
new  world.] 

Y.  C.  1524. — John  Verrazano,  a  Florentine,  sent  from  France  by  king 
Francis  I.  coasts  along  the  northeastern  part  of  the  new  world,  from  28  to 
50  deg.  north  lat.  ps  He  is  the  first  that  sails  from  France  thither. 

Y.  C.  1525. — Stephen  Gomez  sails  from  the  Groyn  to  Cuba  and  Florida, 
and  thence  northward  to  Cape  Razo  in  46  deg.  north  lat.  g  in  search  of  the 
northwest  passage  to  the  West  Indies,  and  returns  to  the  Groyn  in  ten  months. 
g  h  The  first  Spaniard  who'sails  on  these  coasts* 

April  13,  the  magistrates  of  Zurich  abolish  mass  and  all  the  Popish  cere- 
monies, in  their  dominions,  si 

Albert,  thirty-third  master  of  the  Teutonic  Order,  made  duke  of  Prussia, 
and  embraces  the  reformed  religion,  st 

By  king  Henry's  leave  and  the  Pope's  confirmation  hi  cardinal  Woolsey 
suppresses  forty  monasteries  in  England,  for  the  building  of  his  colleges  in 
Oxford  and  Ipswich,  st 

Y.  C.  1526. — About  August,  Patrick  Hamilton,  abbot  of  Feme,  in  Scot- 
land, returning  from  Germany,  where  he  had  been  a  scholar  to  Luther,  is 
burnt  for  the  reformed  religion  hi  at  St.  Andrews,  on  Feb.  28,  following.  Fox  \ 
He  is  the  first  martyr  for  it  in  Scotland. 

Y.  C.  1527. — March  18th,  Gustavus  Erickson,  king  of  Sweden,  calls  the 
States  together,  and  begins  the  reformation  there,  c 

Cardinal  Woolsey  infuses  scruples  into  king  Henry's  mind,  about  his  mar- 
riage with  his  brother's  widow,  hist 

Francis  Colb,  and  Berthold  Holler,  having  preached  the  gospel  at  Bern, 
Dec.  17,  the  city  appoints  a  public  assembly  and  disputation  there,  and  the 
Scriptures  to  be  the  only  rule,  and  to  have  the  sole  authority  in  all  the  de- 
bates, si 

Y.  C.  1528. — Jan.  7,  the  great  assembly  and  disputation  begins  at  Bern, 
and  holds  to  Jan.  26  ;  wherein  Zuinglius,  Oeclampadius,  Capito,  Bucer,  he. 
defend  the  reformed  religion  ;  and  thereupon  popery  is  abolished  in  Bern  and 
Constance,  and  in  their  dominions,  si 

In  March,  Pamfilo  de  Naruaez  sails  from  Cuba  with  400  men,  for  the  con- 
quest of  Florida.  April  12,  arrives  there  h  inarches  to  Apelachen,  thence  com- 
ing down  to  the  sea,  and  coasting  westward,  is  lost  with  many  more  in  a  storm 
about  the  middle  of  November,  which  defeats  the  enterprize.  ps  \ 

Y.  C.  1529. — Feb.  9,  piles  of  images  burnt  before  the  cathedral  at  Basil  J 
and  Feb.  12,  popery  abolished  there,  si 

Feb.  20,  mass  abolished  at  Strasburg.  si 

The  Diet  of  the  empire  at  Spire  making  a  decree  against  the  reformation. 
April  19,  the  elector  of  Saxony,  George,  marquis  of  Brandenburg,  Ernest  and 
Francis,  dukes  of  Lunenbugh,  the  Landgrave  of  Hesse,  and  count  of  Anhalt, 
publicly  read  their  protest  against  it,  several  cities  joining  with  them  ;  whence 
they  take  the  famous  name  of  Protestants,  si 

Oct.  19,  king  Henry  takes  the  great  seal  from  Cardinal  Woolsey. 

Nov.  3,  the  Parliament  of  England  meets,  hi  st  complains  of  the  clergy's 
non-residence,  pluralities,  and  exactions  on  the  people  ;  but  the  bishops  op- 
pose, and  hinder  many  of  the  regulations,  hi 


*  Herera  represents  this  voyage  as  beginning  northward  and  ending  at 
Florida,  and  so  to  Cuba,  &.C. 

t  Buchanan  therefore  places  this  in  1527. 

\  He  seems  to  be  lost  about  the  mouth  of  the  great  river  Mississippi,  (see 
Purchase.) 

||  Holinshed  mistakes  in  placing  this  on  Nov.  17. 


INTRODUCTION. 


S7 


Y.  C.  1530. — At  the  beginning  of  this  year,  hi  William  Tindal  publishes  his 
translation  of  the  New  Testament  in  English,  beyond  sea  ;  which  king  Henry 
prohibits,  and  orders  the  bishops  to  make  a  new  one.  hi  st 

June  20,  the  famous  Diet  of  the  empire  at  Ausburg  begins  ;  and  June  25, 
the  Protestant  confession  of  faith,  drawn  up  by  Melancthon,  since  called  the 
Ausburg  confession,  lead  in  the  Diet,  si 

Sept.  19,  king  Henry,  by  proclamation,  forbids  his  subjects  to  purchase 
any  thing  from  Rome,  hi  st 

Tuesday,  .Nov.  29.  Cardinal  Woolsey  dies  ;  and  the  clergy  of  England  being 
guilty  of  a  praemunire,  for  maintaining  the  Cat diuafs  legantine  power  ;  they 
in  convocation,  agree  to  pay  the  king  100,000  pounds  lor  pardon,  make  their 
submission  to  him,  and  own  him  supreme  head  of  the  Church  of  England,  hist 
which  they  never  confessed  before,  hi  And 

Here  Polydore  Vergil  ends  his  history,  pi 

Dec.  22,  diverse  Protestant  princes  and  deputies  of  cities  in  Germany,  meet 
at  Smalcald,  and  enter  into  a  league  defensive,  si 

Y.  C.  1531. — Aug.  19,  Thomas  Bilnev  burnt  at  Norwich,  hi  for  preaching 
the  reformed  religion.  Fox* 

Oct.  11,  Zuinghus  slain,  aged  44,  in  a  battle  between  the  Zurichers  and 
their  neighboring  enemies,  si  c 

Y.  C.  1532. — Jan.  15,  (Keeble)  the  Parliament  of  England  meet,  complain 
of  the  cruelties  of  the 'bishops,  and  enact,- they  shall  pay  no  more  money  to 
the  Pope,  hi  st  they  having  paid  the  last  forty-two  years  60  st  or  160,000 
pounds,  hi 

July,  king  Henry  suppresses  the  priory  of  Christ  church,  London,  st 

Aug  23,  William  Warham,  Archbishop  of  Canterbury,  dies,  and  Thomas 

Cranmer  succeeds,  st 

Sept*  Farel  and  Saunier,  from  preaching  in  Piedmont,  come  to  Geneva  and 

begin  to  preach  the  reformed  religion  in  private  houses.  Spoil 

Nov.  14,  king  Henrv  privately  marries  Ann  Bulleign,  hi  gin  but  Stow  savs, 

Jan.  25,  1532,  3.  st 

Nov.  Calvin  obliged  to  fly  from  Paris  to  Basil,  for  the  reformed  religion,  bz 
Y.  C.  1533. — Feb.  4,  A;  the  Pailiainent  of  England  meets  ;  enacts,  that  none 

shall  appeal  to  Rome,  that  Catherine  shall  be  no  more  called  queen,  but 

Princess  Dowager  of  prince  Arthur,  hi  st 

March  28,  liberty  of  private  opinion  ;  and  June  26,  liberty  of  private  wor- 
ship, allowed  at  Geneva,  sn 

Lord's  Day,  Sept.  7,  the  princess  Elizabeth  born  to  king  Henry,  hi  st 

Y.  C.  1534. — March  1,  Farel,  the  first  Protestant  who  preaches  publicly 

at  Geneva,  sn 

April,  James  Cartier  sails  from  St.  Malo's  in  France  :  in  May,  arrives  at 
Newfoundland,  ps  Falls  with  lat.  48  and  30,  discovers  the  great  bay  of  St. 
Lawrence  ;  sails  to  15  deg.  north,  in  hopes  to  pass  to  China,  but  is  disap- 
pointed and  returns,  g 

July  22,  John  Frith,  and  Andrew  Hewet  a  young  man,  burnt  in  Smithfield, 
London,  for  not  owning  the  bodily  presence  of  Christ  in  the  sacrament.  hi  st 

Aug.  15,  Ignatius  Loyola,  (born  in  Spain  in  1491)  now  with  nine  others  at 
Paris,  begins  the  society  of  Jesuits,  ri  d 

Nov.  3,  f  the  Parliament  of  England  meets,  enacts  the  king  s  supremacy, 
and  abolishes  the  Pope's  authority  through  the  realm,  hi  st 

iNov.  a  persecution  of  the  Protestants,  rages  in  France,  and  many  burnt,  st 

Y.  C.  1535 — James  Cartier  sails  again  from  France,  discovers  the  river 


JNT.  B.  There  were  many  others  burnt  for  the  same  religion,  in  other 
parts  of  the  kingdom,  both  before  and  after.  For  which  we  must  refer  to 
Fox's  Marlvrology. 

k  Keeble.       sn  Spon.        ri  Ricciolius.       d  Dupin. 
t  Keeble  says  Feb  3.  1534.  5. 


38 


INTRODUCTION. 


Canada,  sails  up  300  leagues  g  <o  the  great  and  swift  falls,  builds  a  fort,  ps 
calls  the  land  JNcw  France,  winters  there,,  and  the  next  year  goes  home,  g 
Aug.  27,  the  Roman  Catholic  religion-abolished  in  Geneva,  sn 
Oct.  hi  st  king  Henry  sends  Thomas  Oromwell,  st  Dr.  Lee,  and  others,  to 
visit  the  Priories,  Abbics  and  Nunneries  ;  who  set  all  at  liberty  under  twenty- 
four  years  of  age,  with  those  who  are  willing  to  go  out,  and  shut  up  the 
rot.  hi  st 

The  Senate  of  Ausburg  receives  the  reformation,  si 

Y.  C.  1536 — Feb.  4,  the  Parliament  of  England  meets  and  gives  the  king 
all  religious  houses  of  the  value  of  200  pounds  and  under,  with  all  their  lands 
and  goods.  ///  si  * 

May  1,  the  Parliament  of  Ireland  meets  at  Dublin,  and  pass  laws  for  the 
king  and  his  successors  to  be  supreme  head  of  the  Church  of  Ireland  ;  abol- 
ishing the  Pope's  authority,  suppressing  of  Abbies,  and  make  it  a  praemunire 
to  pursue  any  process  from  the  See  of  Rome,  hli  \ 

May  19,  queen  Ann  beheaded,  with  a  sword,  hi  st  and  the  next  day  st  king 
Henry  marries  Jane  Seymour,  hi  st 

June,  king  Henry  abrogates  a  number  of  holidays,  especially  in  harvest 
time,  hi 

July  10,  Cromwell  made  a  lord  ;  and  July  18,  made  knight  and  vicar 
general,  under  the  king,  over  the  spirituality  ;\  and  sets  diverse  times  as  hea4 
over  the  Bishops  in  convocation,  hi  st 

July  11,  c  or  rather  12  bx  Erasmus  dies  at  Basil. 

Aug.  1,  Calvin  publishes  his  Institutions  at  Basil, §  then  goes  to  Farel  and 
Viret,  at  Geneva,  and  carries  on  the  reformation  there,  bz 

Sept.  Cromwell  orders  the  parsons  and  curates,  to  teach  the  Lord's  Prayer, 
Ave,  Creed,  and  ten  Commandments,  in  English,  hi  st 

William  Tindal  burned  at  Villefort.  near  Brussels,  for  the  reformation,  hi  |j 

Y.  C.  1537. — Aug.  12,  Christian,  king  of  Denmark,  crowned,  calls  the 
States  together,  disposes  the  bishops,  and  reforms  the  kingdom,  c 

Oct.  12,  prince  Edward  born  to  king  Henry,  hi  st 

Y.  C.  1538. — Lord's  Day,  Feb.  24,  the  famous  Rood  or  image  of  Borley  m 
Kent,  made  with  diverse  wires  to  move  the  lips  and  eyes,  showed  at  Paul's  by 
the  preacher,  and  broken  to  pieces,  st 

May  23,  a  Rood  in  London,  with  his  tabernacle,  pulled  down  and  broken 
to  pieces,  st 

Diverse  abbies  suppressed  to  the  king's  use.  st 

Sept.  Cromwell  takes  away  all  the  noted  images,  to  which  pilgrimages  and 
offerings  had  been  made,  with  the  shrines  of  counterfeit  saints,  as  Thomas 
a  Becket,  &c.H  Suppresses  all  the  orders  of  friars  and  nuns,  with  their 
cloisters  and  houses,  hi  st  and  orders  all  the  bishops  and  curates  through  the 
realm,  to  see  that  in  every  church,  the  Bible  of  the  largest  volume  printed  in 
English,  be  so  placed  that  all  may  read  it.  st 

Nov.  John  Lambert,  burnt  in  Smithfield,  for  not  owning  the  bodily  presence 
of  Christ  in  the  sacrament,  hi  st 


*  N.  B. — The  number  of  houses,  are  376  :  value  of  their  lands  yearly, 
above  32,000  pounds ;  moveable  goods,  above  100,000 ;  persons  put  out  of 
them,  above  10,000.  hi  st 

hli  Holinshed's  history  of  Ireland, 
t  Holinshed  is  right,  in  placing  this  in  the  twenty-eighth  year  of  king 
Henry  ;  but  wrong  in  setting  1539  in  the  margin. 

|  That  is,  over  all  Ecclesiastical  and  religious  affairs  and  persons. 

bx  Boxhornius.       bz  Beza  in  Vit  Calv. 
§  So  the  date  of  the  dedication. 

||  Bale  and  Fox  call  him  the  Apostle  of  the  English,  si  Fox 
IT  Stow  says,  those  images  were  brought  up  from  diverse  parts  of  England 
and  Wales,  to  London,  and  burnt  at  Chelsea  ;  that  he  suppressed  the  abbey 
at  Canterbury,  with  Becket's  shrine,  and  commanded  his  bones  to  be  burnt,  st 


INTRODUCTION. 


89 


Y.  C.  1539. — April  28,  the  Parliament  of  England  meets,  hi  st  grants  al* 
religious  houses  to  the  king  for  ever,  si  and  enacts  the  six  articles,  which  sets 
up  an  Inquisition  in  the  kingdom,  and  brings  many  honest  people  to  death,  hi 

May  12,  h  or  18,  ps  Ferdinand  de  Soto,  with  900  men  besides  seamen,  sails 
from  Cuba,  to  conquer  Florida. 

May  30,  ps  or  31,  h  arrives  at  the  bay  of  Spiritu  Santo  :  travels  northwards 
450  leagues  from  the  sea  :  there  meets  w  ith  a  great  l  iver,  a  quarter  of  a  mile 
over,  and  nineteen  fathom  deep,  h  on  whose  bank  he  dies,  and  is  buried  in  it, 
May  21, 1542,  ps  aged  42  ;  h  upon  which  his  successor,  Alverado,  builds  seven 
brigantines  ;  h  ps  June  29.  1543,  embarks,  and  sails  dow  n  the  river,  in  seven- 
teen days,  400  leagues  ;*  and  in  two  days  more,  h  viz.  July  18,  goes  out  to  sea, 
ps  sails  westerly  along  the  coast,  h  ps  and  September  10,  arrives  at  Panuco.p.? 

Y.  C.  1540. — April  18,t  Parliament  of  England  meets,  dissolves  the  ordcr 
of  the  knights  of  Rhodes,  or  St.  John's,  in  England,  hi  st  and  Ireland,  si  and 
gives  their  houses  and  estate  to  the  king,  st 

July  19,  Cromwell  attainted  in  Parliament  for  heresy  and  treason,  w  ithout 
being  heard  ;  and  July  28,  beheaded,  hi  si 

July  30,  Robert  Barnes,  D.  D  Thomas  Garrard,  B.  D.  and  William  Jerom. 
B.  D.  burnt  at  Smithfield,  for  the  reformed  religion.  /;/  st 

September  27,  the  Pope  establishes  the  order  of  Jesuits,  p  d  and  May  14, 
1543,  makes  Ignatius  Loyola  their  general,  d 

Y.  C.  1541. — June  13,"  the  Parliament  of  Ireland  meets  at  Dublin;  enacts 
the  king  and  his  successors  to  be  entitled  kings  of  Ireland,  Mi  st  whereas  they 
had  been  only  called  lords  of  Ireland  before,  hli  I 

Y.  C.  1542. — January  23,  king  Henry  first  proclaimed  at  London  king  of 
Ireland,  hi 

February  15,  the  Parliament  of  Ireland  meets  at  Limerick,  and  makes  an 
act  for  the  suppression  of  Kihnainam  and  other  religious  houses,  hli 

The  French  king  sends  Francis  la  Roche,  lord  of  Robewell,  his  lieutenant, 
with  three  ships  and  two  hundred  men,  women  and  children,  to  Canada  :  where 
he  builds  a  fort,  winters  and  returns,  ps 

December  7,  Mary  born  to  king  James  V.  of  Scotland  :  December  14,  he 
dies,  aged  31,§  and  she  succeeds  :  but  the  earl  of  Arran  made  regent,  his  be 
who  professes  the  reformed  religion,  causes  friar  Guilliam  to  preach  against 
images  and  other  fruitless  ceremonies,  and  gives  liberty  for  the  bible  to  be 
had  in  English,  and  published  universally  tnrough  Scotland,  his 

Y.  C.  1544. — June,  the  Litany  set  forth  in  English,  and  ordered  to  be  read 
in  every  parish  church  in  England,  st 

Y.  C.  1545. — November  23,  hi  or  24,  st  the  parliament  of  England  meets, 
and  commits  to  the  king,  all  colleges,  chantries  and  hospitals,  to  order  as  he 
thinks  expedient,  hi  st 

December  13,  the  Council  of  Trent  begins,  c  ri  d 

Y.  C.  1546. — January  6,  the  elector  Palatine,  embraces  the  reformation  y 
and  January  10,  instead  of  mass,  has  divine  service  said  at  Heidelberg,  in  the 
vulgar  tongue,  si 

February  18,  Luther  dies  at  Eysteben,  aged  63.  si 

March  1,  (Fox)  George  Wisehart,  burnt  at  St.  Andrews,  in  Scotland,  for 


*  Here  they  guessed  the  river  to  be  fifteen  leagues  wide,  found  it  opening 
with  two  mouths  into  the  sea,  and  judged  it  800  leagues  to  the  head,  h  By 
which,  I  think,  it  is  plain,  this  is  the  great  Mississippi  river,  see  Joutal. 

f  Keeble  says,  the  Parliament  meets  April  12.  k 

\  Holinshed,  in  his  history  of  Ireland,  mistakes  in  placing  this  session  of 
Parliament  in  1542  ;  but  right  in  saying  the  33d  year  of  Henry  VIII. 

§  He  was  the  son  of  king  James  IV.  of  Scotland,  by  Margaret,  eldest  daugh- 
ter to  king  Henry  VII.  of  England  ;  and  hi  mistakes  in  saying  he  dies,  aged 
33  ;  and  yet  tells  us  he  was  born  April  11,  1512. 

his  Holinshed:s  history  of  Scotland,    be  Buchanan. 

12 


90 


INTRODUCTION. 


preaching  the  reformed  religion,  his  Fox  which  he  had  learnt  in  the  schools  ol 
Germany  his  * 

Y.  C.  1547. — January  28,  king  Henry  dies,  hi  si  aged  56,  and  his  only  son 
Edward  VI.  aged  10,  reigns  6  years,  5  umnths,  8  days,  hi 

February  1,  Sir  Edward  Seymour,  eail  of  Hartford,  chosen  hi  st  and  pro- 
claimed hi  lord  Protector;  and  February  17,  made  duke  of  Somerset,  hist 

March,  st  the  Protector  forbids  processions  ;  orders  the  gospel  and  epistle 
to  be  read  in  English,  st  and  sends  commissioners  through  the  realm,  to  remove 
images  out  of  churches,  and  with  them,  preachers  /;/ */  to  dissuade  the  people 
from  their  beads,  and  such  like  ceremonies. 

September,  the  king's  Council  causes  the  book  of  Homilies,  and  paraphrase 
of  Erasmus,  to  be  set  forth,  and  had  in  churches,  hi 

November  4,  the  parliament  of  England  meets  at  Westminster  ;  repeals 
the  statute  of  the  6  articles,  hi  st  enacts  the  sacrament  to  be  given  in  both 
kinds,  st  k  and  grants  the  king  all  chantries,  free  chapels,  and  brotherhoods,  hi  st 

November  16,  hi  or  17,  st  the  rood,  and  other  images,  pulled  down  in  Paul's, 
London  :  and  soon  after  in  all  other  churches  in  England,  hi  st 

November  end,  Peter  Martyr  a  Florentine,  who  had  tor  5  years,  with  great 
applause,  taught  at  Strasburg,  goes  into  England,  at  the  invitation  of  Cranmer, 
in  the  king's  name,  and  made  professor  of  divinity  in  Oxford,  si 

Y.  C.  1548. — March,  the  king  sends  forth  a  proclamation  tor  administering 
the  sacraments  in  both  kinds,  to  all  who  should  be  willing  from  Easter  forward  : 
whereupon  at  Easter,  begins  the  communion  and  confession  in  English,  st  \ 

November  4,  the  parliament  of  England  meets  :  wherein  the  mass  is  wholly 
abolished,  and  a  book  for  uniformity  of  divine  service  is  established,  hi  k 

Y.  C.  1549. — April  6,  a  proclamation  to  put  down  mass,  through  the 
realm,  st 

April  10,  the  cloister,  chapel,  and  channel  house,  at  Paul's,  London,  begin  te 
be  pulled  down,  st 

Y.  C.  1550. — June  11,  the  high  altar  in  Paul's  church,  London,  pulled 
down,  and  a  table  set  in  the  room  ;  and  soon  after,  the  like  in  all  the  churches 
in  London,  st 

Y.  C.  1551. — February  27,  Bucer  dies  at  Cambridge,  si 

September  1,  the  French  king's  embassador  enters  the  Council  of  Trent,  and 
delivers  a  protestation,  that  his  master  owns  them  not,  for  a  General  or  Public 
Council,  and  that  neither  he,  nor  his  people,  would  be  obliged  to  submit 
thereto,  si 

Y.  C.  1552. — January  22,  the  duke  of  Somerset  beheaded,  hist 
January  23,  the  parliament  of  England  meets  ;  wherein  the  book  of  Com- 
mon Prayer,  newly  corrected  and  amended,  is  established,  hi 

July  31,  the  famous  pacification  at  Passaw  concluded,  between  the  emperor, 
and  the  protestant  princes  of  Germany;  wherein  it  is  agreed,  that  none  shall 
be  molested  for  religion,  and  that  protestants  be  admitted  into  the  Imperial 
chamber,  si 

November  1,  the  new  service  book  begins  to  be  used  at  Paul's  and  through 
the  whole  city  of  London  ;  and  all  copes,  vestments,  hoods  and  crosses,  therein 
forbidden,  are  laid  aside,  as  by  act  of  Parliament  ordered.  After  which,  the 
upper  choir  of  Paul's  church  is  broken  down,  and  the  communion  table  set  in 
the  lower  choir,  st 

Y.  C.  1553. — April  and  May,  commissioners  sent  for  all  the  Parish  copes 
and  vestments,  gold  and  silver  candlesticks,  censers  &c.  in  all  the  churches 
through  the  kingdom,  st 


*  Buchanan,  turning  the  name  to  Greek,  calls  him  Sphocardius. 

$  Easter  this  year,  is  Lord's  Day,  April  1,  and  llolinshed  places  this  a  year 
before;  but  from  the  act  of  Parliament  in  November  last  Stow  seems  to  be 
right. 


INTRODUCTION. 


91 


July  6,  king  Edward  dies,  hi  st  aged  16  :  having  by  will  appointed  for  his 

successor, 

Jane  Grey,  grand-daughter  to  Mary,  youngest  daughter  of  Henry  VILA/  st 
who  on  July  9,  hi  or  10,  st  is  proclaimed  queen  at  London.    But  July  19, 

Mary  I.  eldest  daughter  of  Henry  VIII.  is  there  proclaimed  queen  ;  pre- 
vails ;  August  3,  enters  the  city ,  hi  st  and  reigns  5  years,  4  months,  1 1  days  hi* 

August  27,  the  Latin  service  begins  to  be  sung  at  Paul's,  st 

October  5,  the  Parliament  of  England  meets  at  Westminster,  which  enacts 
the  church  service  to  be  said  in  Latin  :  as  in  the  last  year  of  Henry  VIII.  st 

December  20,  the  church  service  begins  to  be  said  in  Latin  through  the  king- 
dom, according  to  the  act  of  Parliament,  st 

Y.  C.  1554. — February  12,  queen  Jane  beheaded  hist  within  the  tower,  hi 

July  20,  Philip,  son  to  the  emperor,  lands  at  Southampton  to  marry  the 
queen,  slhlsp  July  25,  he  marries  her  at  Winchester,  si  hi  st  the  emperor's 
embassador  presenting  him  a  resignation  of  the  kingdoms  of  Naples  and 
Jerusalem,  si  hi 

Wednesday,  November  21,  cardinal  Pool  from  Rome,  lands  at  Dover.  No- 
vember 28,  hi  comes  into  Parliament  and  exhorts  them  to  return  to  the  church, 
and  re-submit  to  the  Pope's  authority  ;  next  day,  the  whole  Parliament  draw 
up  a  supplication  to  the  king  and  queen,  to  intercede  with  the  Cardinal  to 
restore  them  to  the  bosom  of  the  church,  and  obedience  to  the  see  of  Rome  : 
next  day,  present  it,  hi  st  upon  which,  the  Parliament  being  on  their  knees,  hi 
he  by  a  power  from  the  Pope,  absolves  them;  and  they  all  go  to  chapel,  and 
sing  with  great  joy,  for  this  reconciliation.  Ill  st 

Y.  C.  1555 — February  4,  John  Rogers  burnt  in  Smithfield  ;  hi  st  February 
8,  Lawrence  Saunders,  at  Coventry  ;  February  9,  Bishop  Hooper,  at  Gloces- 
ter  ;  and  Dr.  Taylor,  at  Hadley  ;  (Fox)  and  July  1,  John  Bradford,  in  Smith- 
field,  hi  st  all  for  the  reformed  religion.  Fox  t 

September  25,  the  Diet  of  Ausburg  decree,  that  both  those  of  the  Angus- 
tin  Confession  and  the  Roman  Catholics,  shall  enjoy  their  religion  freely,  si 

October  16,  bishop  Ridley  and  bishop  Latimer,  burnt  at  Oxtord,  for  the 
reformation,  hi  st 

October  25,  the  emperor  resigns  the  kingdom  of  Spain,  to  his  son  Philip 
II.  c 

Cardinal  Pool  appoints  Dr.  Story  and  others,  to  visit  every  church  in  Lon- 
don and  Middlesex,  and  repair  the  rood  lofts  and  images,  st 

December  18,  John  Philpot,  burnt  in  Smithfield,  for  the  reformed  religion, 
(Fox)  aged  44.  hi 

Y.  C.  1556. — Saturday,  March  21,  Archbishop  Cranmer  burnt  at  Oxford, 
for  the  same,  hi  st  and  the  next  day,  cardinal  Pool  is  consecrated  Archbishop 
of  Canterbury,  st 

Charles,  marquis  of  Baden,  embraces  the  Augustin  Confession,  and  begins 
to  reform  his  churches.  5/ 

July  31,  Ignatius  Loyola,  founder  of  the  Jesuits,  dies  prid  at  Rome,  aged 
65 ;  having  spread  his  order  through  the  world,  and  set  up  100  colleges  in 
diverse  parts  of  Christendom  ri 

November  21,  John  Fecknam  installed  abbot  of  Westminster,  and  fourteen 
monks  receive  the  habits  with  him.  st 

December  3,  the  protestant  nobility  in  Scotland,  begin  to  sign  an  association 
to  promote  the  reformed  religion,  cl 

Y.  C.  1558. — February  24,  Charles  V.  resigns  the  emperial  dignity  :  ri 
March  18,  his  brother  Ferdinand  chosen  emperor  :  and  September  21,  Charles 
V.  dies,  c  ri 


*  That  is,  accounting  from  the  death  of  Edward  VI. 

t  Bishop  Hooper  and  Mr.  Rogers,  were  the  heads  of  the  nonconformists  in 
England,  st 

riRkcioIius.    d  Dupin     rl  Calderwood,  pt  Petrie. 


92 


INTRODUCTION. 


April,  he  20,  (Fox,)  Walter  Mille,  condemned  at  St.  Andrews,  in  Scotland,  for 
the  reformed  religion,  and  burnt,  he  Fox,  two  days  after,  aged  82  years,  pt  * 
April  24,  the  queen  of  Scots,  married,  in  Paris,  to  Francis,  the  Dauphin  of 

France,  his 

November  17,  queen  Mary,  of  England,  dies  in  the  morning,  aged  43  ;  Car- 
dinal Pool  in  the  evening,  hi  st    And  her  younger  sister, 

Queen  Elizabeth,  reigns  forty-four  years,  four  months,  seven  days. 

December  3,  sets  forth  a  Proclamation  in  London,  that  the  Gospels  and 
Epistles  for  the  day,  shall  begin  to  be  read  in  mass-time,  in  English,  in  the 
churches,  on  Lord's  Day,  January  1,  which  is  accordingly  observed  in  most 
parish  churches  in  the  city,  si  hi 

Y.  C.  1559. — January  25,  the  Parliament  of  England  meets,  restores  to  the 
crown  the  supreme  government  of  the  State  ecclesiastical,  and  orders  the 
book  of  Common  Prayer  to  be  used  hi  English,  and  as  in  the  time  of  king 
Edward  VI.  st  hi 

March  2,  a  Council  of  the  Prelates  and  Clergy  of  Scotland  meet  at  Edin- 
burgh ;  when  the  Temporality  demand  to  have  divine  service  in  the  Scottish 
tongue,  with  other  reformations  ;  which  the  bishops  refuse,  and  occasion  great 
troubles  in  the  kingdom,  hi 

May  2,  John  Knox,  arrives  at  Leith,  from  Geneva,  and  goes  to  a  convention 
of  Protestants  at  Perth  ;  el  May  10,  they  pull  down  the  images  and  altars 
there,  and  in  the  neighboring  places  ;  his  June  4,  earl  of  Argile  and  lord 
James  Stuart,  the  queen's  natural  brother,  do  the  like  at  St.  Andrews  ;  June 
26,  at  Sterling,  and  then  at  Edinburg,  pt  and  other  lords  at  Glasgow  ;  upon 
which  a  civil  war  arises,  and  queen  Elizabeth  helps  the  Protestants,  his 

Lord's  Day,  May  14,  divine  service  begins  in  English  in  the  churches  of 
England,  according  to  the  Common  Prayer  book  in  king  Edward's  time,  hi  st 

June  28,  the  Protestant  ministers  of  France  hold  their  first  Synod  at  St. 
German's,  bo  when  they  agree  on  their  confession  of  faith,  drawn  up  by  Cal- 
vin, q 

July  10,  Henry  II.  king  of  France  dies,  and  his  son  Francis  II.  who  had 
married  the  queen  of  Scots  succeeds,  hlsp 

In  July,  there  are  thirteen  or  fourteen  bishops,  with  many  other  clergy  de- 
prived in  England,  for  refusing  the  oath  to  the  queen's  supremacy,  hi  st\ 

Saturday,  August  12,  by  order  of  Dr.  Grindal,  newly  elected  bishop  of  Lon- 
don, the  high  altar  of  Paul's  Church,  with  the  rood  and  images  of  Mary  and 
John  taken  down,  hi  and  August  23,  24,  25,  roods  and  other  images  in  churches, 
with  copes,  vestments,  altar  cloths,  books,  rood  lofts,  fcc.  burnt  in  London. 
hi  st 

December  17,  Dr.  Parker  consecrated  Archbishop  of  Canterbury,  by  three 
deprived  bishops  ;  and  tiien  they  consecrate  the  rest,  st 
Y.  C.  1560. — April  19,  Melancthon  dies  e  at  Wirtemberg,  st  aged  64.  $ 
The  English  begin  the  trade  of  fishing  at  Newfoundland.^' 
July  7,  st  or  8  be  cl  peace  concluded  in  Scotland  ;  and  August  13,  a  Parlia- 
ment meets  at  Edinburg  :  August  17,  agrees  on  a  Protestant  Confession  of 
Faith  ;  cl  pt  and  August  24,  cl  make  two  acts  for  abolishing  the  Mass,  and  the 
Pope's  authority  in  the  kingdom,  cl  pt  § 


*  He  is  the  last  martyr  for  the  protestant  religion  in  Scotland,  Fox,  and  his 
death  the  death  of  Popery  there  ;  pt  for  upon  this  the  Protestants  through  the 
kingdom  unite  in  their  defence  against  their  enemies,  he  pt 

bo  Bohun's  continuation  of  Sleidan.  q  Quick's  Synodicon. 

t  Fuller  says,  there  was  but  one  of  all  the  bishops,  viz.  of  Landas,  who 
conformed  to  the  queen's  commands. 

\  Fuller  mistakes  in  saying  aged  63. 

j  King  James's  Patent  of  Newfoundland  in  Purchas. 

§  his  mistakes  in  first  placing  these  acts  in  the  Parliament  of  Dec.  15,  1567  ; 
when  they  were  only  renewed  and  further  ratified.    See  cl  and  pt 


INTRODUCTION. 


.  December  5,  Francis  II.  king  of  France  dies,  be  c  aged  17  ;  and  his  brolhei 
Charles  IX.  succeeds,  c  aged  10.  d 

December  20,  the  first  National  Assembly  of  the  Reformed  Church  of  Scot- 
land meets  at  Edinburg.  el  pt 

Y.  C.  1561  — January  17,  the  first  book  of  discipline  allowed  by  the  Council  ol 
Scotland,  pt  subscribed  by  a  great  part  of  the  nobility,  cl 

May  21,  the  Parliament  of  Scotland  meets,  and  makes  an  act  for  demolish- 
ing all  the  monastaries.  be 

August  20,  his  cl  or  24,  be  the  queen  of  Scots,  arrives  at  Leith,  from  France. 
his  cl  be 

Y.  C.  1562. — Jan.  17,  an  assembly  of  delegates  from  all  the  Parliaments  of 
France,  meet  at  St.  Germans  ;  wherein  is  passed  the  famous  edict,  allowing 
liberty  of  conscience  to  Protestants,  and  of  worship  without  the  cities,  and  of 
Synods  in  presence  of  a  magistrate,  bo 

Chatillon,  Admiral  of  France,  sends  John  Ribalt  to  Florida  :  arrives  at 
Cape  Francis,  in  30  deg.  north  lat  :  May  1,  enters  a  river,  which  he  therefore 
calls  the  river  May  ;  discovers  eight  others  ;  one  of  which  he  calls  Port  Royal, 
sails  up  the  same  many  leagues,  builds  a  fort,  calls  it  Charles,  and  leaves 
there  a  colony  ;  which  soon  mutinies,  kills  their  captain,  Albert,  for  his  severity, 
and  breaks  up.  ps 

There  are  this  year  accounted  2150  assemblies  of  Protestants  in  France,  bo 
Y.  C.  1563. — January  12,  the  convocations  of  the  English  clergy  meets: 
January  31,  they  finish  the  thirty-nine  articles.  At  the  lower  House,  forty-three 
present  are  for  throwing  out  the  ceremonies  ;  but  thirty-five  for  keeping  them  : 
however,  these,  with  tne  help  of  proxies,  carry  it  by  one  vote,  above  the 
others,  str 

The  bishops  now  beginning  to  urge  the  clergy  to  subscribe  to  the  liturgy, 
and  ceremonies,  as  well  as  the  articles,  Coverdale,  Fox,  Humfrey,  Sampson, 
VVhittingham,  and  others,  refuse  to  subscribe  ;  and  this  begins  the  era  of  non- 
comformity  in  England,  si  str  * 

December  4,  the  Council  of  Trent  dissolves,  c 

Y.  C.  1564. — Chatillon  sends  Rene  Laudonier  to  Florida  :  in  April  sets  sail 
with  three  ships  :  June  22,  arrives  ten  leagues  above  Cape  Francis,  and  then 
in  the  river  May  ;  builds  a  fort  thereon  ;  and  in  honour  of  his  king,  Charles 
IX.  calls  it  Carolina,  ps 

May  27,  Calvin  dies  at  Geneva,  aged  fifty-four  years,  ten  months,  seventeen 
days,  bz 

Y.  C.  1565. — July,  Henry  Stuart,  Lord  Darnly,  made  by  the  queen  of  Scots 
duke  of  Albany  :  his  July  29,  she  marries  him  ;  and  the  next  day,  they  are 
proclaimed  king  and  queen,  be  t 

August  end, Captain  Ribalt  arrives  from  France  at  Florida,  again,  with  seven 
sail  :  but  September  4,  Pedro  Melendes,  with  six  great  Spanish  ships,  comes 
into  the  river,  massacres  Ribalt  and  all  his  company,  possesses  the  country, 
builds  three  forts,  and  puts  1200  soldiers  in  them  :  Laudonier  escaping  to 
France,  ps 

Y.  C.  1566. — Captain  Savalet,  of  Gascony  in  France,  begins  to  fish  at  La- 
cady  ;  and  goes  every  year,  making  forty-two  voyages  to  1607.  ps 

June  19,  James  born  to  the  queen  of  Scotland,  be  his  st 

Y.  C.  1567. — February  10,  his  father  killed,  his  st  by  Earl  Bothwell ;.  whom 
the  queen  soon  after  marries,  be  his 


str.  Strype's  Annals. 

*  Coverdale  had  been  bishop  in  the  reign  of  Edward  VI.  and  helped  to 
consecrate  Archbishop  Parker  :  Fox  was  the  famous  Martyrologist  :  Dr. 
Humfrey  was  regius  Professor  of  Divinity,  and  President  of  Magdalen  Col 
lege,  Oxford  :  Dr.  Sampson  was  Dean  of  Christ's  Church,  Oxford  :  and  Mr 
Whittingham,  Dean  of  Durham. 

t  his  says,  she  proclaimed  him  king  on  Saturday,  July  28.  at  even  ;  and 
the  next  morning  marries  him  :  but  this  seems  unlikely. 


94 


INTRODUCTION. 


July  24,  the  queen  of  Scots  resigns  the  crown  to  her  son,  and  makes  the 
earl  of  Murray,  regent,  his  and  July  29,  her  said  son,  James  VI.  is  crowued. 
be  si  cl  *  .  ' 

Captain  Dominique  de  Gourges,  with  tfcree  ships,  sails  from  France  to  Flo- 
rida :  April  1568,  arrives  in  the  river  May,  slays  most  of  the  Spaniards,  takes 
their  lorts,  razes  them  :  and  in  June,  arrives  at  Rochelle.ps  And  thus  the 
French  attempts  on  Florida  end.  t 

Y.  C.  1568. — May  16,  st  or  17  cm  the  queen  of  Scots  comes  into  England  ; 
and  is  soon  secured,  st  cm 

Y.  C.  1570. — Cartwright,  Margarets  professor  of  Divinity,  at  Cambridge, 
begins  to  oppose  the  hierarchy,  and  is  deprived,  str  I 

Y.  C.  1571. — The  Parliament  of  England  begin  ;  and  make  an  act,  to 
deprive  all  clergymen  who  subscribe  not  to  the  thirty-nine  articles,  k  upon 
which  many  clergymen  are  deprived,  st  str 

Y.  C.  1562. — August  24,  and  few  days  after,  seventy  thousand  Protestants 
massacreed  in  Paris,  and  other  parts  of  France  c 

November  20,  n  the  first  Presbyterian  church  in  England  set  up  at  Wads- 
worth  near  London  ;  when  they  choose  eleven  elders,  st 

Y.  C.  1574. — May  30,  Charles  IX.  of  France,  dies  :  and  his  brother  Henry 
HI.  reigns,  st  p 

Y.  C.  1575. — May  17,  Archbishop  Parker  dies,  st  lit  and  Feb.  15,  Edmund 
Grindal  elected  archbishop  of  Canterbury .  st 

Y  C.  1576. — June  15,  Captain  Frobisher  sails  from  Blackwall,  st  June  18, 
from  Harwich,  c  m  to  find  a  northwest  passage  to  the  East  Indies  :  July  20, 
discovers  a  Cape  he  calls  queen  Elizabeth's  Poreland  ;  and  then  the  Straits 
which  bear  his  name  ;  st  August  9,  enters  a  bay  in  lat.  63,  c  m  sails  60  leagues, 
lands,  takes  a  savage,  st  But  the  ice  obliges  him  to  return  ;  and  arrives  in 
England,  September  24.  c  m  § 

Y.  C.  1577. — December  13,  Captain  Francis  Drake  sails  from  Plymouth 
round  the  world,  and  returns  to  Plymouth,  November  3,  1580.  st  cm  ps 

Y.  C.  1579. — January  23,  the  sev  en  Dutch  Provinces  unite  at  Utrecht,  tt 

Sir  Humphry  Gilbert  obtains  a  patent  of  queen  Elizabeth,  for  places  not 
possessed  by  any  christian  prince,  provided  he  takes  possession  within  six 
years,  liar 

Y.  C.  1581. — January  16,  the  Parliament  of  England  meet,  and  enact  a 
fine  of  20  pounds  a  month,  on  every  one  that  comes  not  to  Common  Prayer, 
k  and  in  July,  sundry  are  fined,  st 

Y.  C.  1582. — October  5,  the  new  style  begins,  which  calls  it  the  fifteenth. 

ri  sic 

Robert  Brown  publishes  a  book  upon  Reformation,  n  wherein  he  writes 
against  the  Common  Prayer,  si  and  condemns  the  Church  of  England,  as  no 
Church,  cm 

Y.  C.  1583. — June  4,  Elias  Thacker,  and  (June  6)  John  Coping  put  to 
deatli  at  Bury,  in  Suffolk,  for  spreading  Brown's  books  against  the  Common 
Prayer,  st 

June  11,  Sir  Humphrey  Gilbert,  sails  from  Plymouth,  for  Newfoundland  ; 
August  1,  arrives  at  the  bay  of  Conception  ;  August  3,  at  the  harbour  of  St. 


*  his  mistakes  in  placing  the  coronation  on  July  19. 

f  N.  B.  The  attempts  of  Soto  and  Naruaz  were  on  the  west  side  of  Cape 
Florida,  in  the  country  since  called  Mississippi  ;  but  the  French  attempts  on 
the  east  side,  in  the  country  since  called  Carolina. 

cm  Camden,    n  INeals  History  of  the  Puritans. 

^  The  hierarchy  is  the  lordly  government  of  the  church  by  archbishops, 
diosesan  bishops,  deans,  archdeacons, k.c. 

§  Stow  seems  to  mistake  in  placing  his  arrival  in  England  in  August. 
//.  Petit,    har.  Harris,    sic.  Strauchius. 


INTRODUCTION. 


95 


Johns  :*  August  5,  takes  possession  ;  August  20,  sails  for  the  southern  parts  ; 
August  29,  loses  a  ship  on  the  shoals  of  Sablon  ;  August  31,  turns  homeward  ; 
at  midnight  after  September  6,  he  sinks  in  a  great  storm  ;  and  September  22, 
the  other  ship  arrives  at  Falmouth,  liar 

July  6,  Archbishop  Grindal  dies  ;  and  September  23,  John  Whitgift  made 
Archbishop  of  Canterbury,  5/  who  zealously  presses  subscription  to  the 
Articles  and  Common  Prayer ;  which  occasions  incredible  distraction  in  the 
church,  cm 

Y.  C.  15S4. — March  25,  sir  Walter  Raleigh  obtains  a  patent  of  queen 
Elizabeth,  for  foreign  parts  not  possessed  by  any  christian  prince,  ps 

April  27,  he  sends  Philip  Amidas  and  Arthur  Barlow  in  two  barks,  ps  sfrom 
the  Thames  ;  July  2,  descry  the  coast  of  Florida  ;  sail  40  leagues  for  a 
harbour  ;  enter  one,  seven  leagues  west  of  Roanoak  :  s  July  13,  take  posses- 
sion for  queen  Elizabeth  ;  and  from  her  call  the  country  Virginia  ;  ps  j  July 
end,  they  come  to  Roanoak  ;  and  in  the  middle  of  September, arrive  in  England,  s 

Y.  C.  1585. — April  9,  sir  Walter  sends  sir  Richard  Greenvil/;**  from  Ply- 
mouth ;  June  20,  falls  in  with  Florida  ;  June  26,  anchors  at  Wococon,  ps  leaves 
the  first  colony  of  above  one  hundred  people  under  Mr.  Ralph  Lame,  at  Roa- 
noak :  ps  s  July  25,  sir  Richard  sails,  discovering  the  coast  northeastward,  to 
the  Chesepians,  ps  and  September  18,  arrives  at  Plymouth.-* 

Captain  John  Davis  sails  from  England,  to  find  a  northwest  passage  to  the 
East  Indies  ;  sails  up  66  deg.  north,  in  the  straits  that  bear  his  name  ;  the  next 
year  to  80  deg.  and  afterward  to  83  deg.  cm  { 

Y.  C.  1586. — January  1,  sir  Francis  Drake  arrives  at  Hispaniola,  ct  cm 
takes  St.  Domingo  ;  sails  to  the  continent  and  takes  Cartagena  ;  sails  to 
Florida  ;  ct  st  cm  May  29,  takes  St.  John's  Fort  at  St.  Augustine  ;  §  June  9, 
arrives  within  six  leagues  of  the  English  at  Roanoak  ;  and  June  18,  sails  with 
this  first  colony  for  England,  ct 

A  fortnight  after,  arrives  sir  Richard  Greenvil  ;  and  not  finding  the  first, 
leaves  there  a  second  colony  of  fifteen  men, ps  or  fifty*,  and  returns  to  England. 
ps  s 

Y.C.  1587. — Feb.  8,  the  queen  of  Scots  beheaded  in  England,  st  cm 

Sir  Walter  sends  another  company  to  Virginia  under  Mr.  John  White, 
governor,  with  a  charter  and  twelve  assistants  ;  July  22,  arrives  at  Hatarask, 
finds  the  second  colony  at  Roanoak  destroyed,  ps  and  lands  one  hundred  and 
fifteen  for  a  third  plantation.  5 

August  13,  Manteo,  the  first  savage  baptized  ;  August  18,  the  first  English 
child  born  of  Mrs.  Dare,  and  named  Virginia,  s  and  August  27,  the  governor 
sails  home  for  supplies.  ^5 

Y.  C.  1588. — July,  the  Spanish  armada  destroyed  in  the  channel  of  England. 
*/  cm 

Y.  C.  1589. — July  22,  king  Henry  III.  of  France,  stabbed,  c  by  a  jacobin 
friar,  d  dies  the  next  day,  c  and  Henry  IV.  succeeds,  c  p 


*  He  finds  here  twenty  Portuguese  and  Spanish  fishing  vessels,  and  sixteen 
of  other  nations,  har 
ps  Purchas.    *  Smith. 

t  This  country  is  since  called  North  Carolina  ;  and  the  land  northeast- 
ward succeeds  in  the  name  Virginia. 

$  These  Straits  running  up  near  due  north  and  so  near  the  Pole,  and  having 
different  coloured  people  on  the  several  sides,  seem  to  be  the  dividing  sea 
between  Greenland  and  \merica. 

ct  Cate's  account  of  this  voyage,  printed  in  1589. 

§  Both  cm  and  ps  mistake  St.  Anthony's  for  St.  John's;  and  also  in  saving, 
that  he  took  St.  Helena.    See  Cate's  account,  who  was  in  the  voyage. 


90 


INTRODUCTION. 


Y.  C.  1590. — March  20,  governor  White  sails  from  Plymouth  ;  s  August  15, 
arrives  at  Hatarask,  but  finding  not  a  maji  of  the  thhd  colony,  returns,  ps  s  * 

Y.  C  151)3. — April  6,  Henry  Barrow;  gent,  and  John  Greenwood,  clerk,  put 
to  death  at  Tyburn,  for  publishing  certam  books  hs  against  the  hierarchy,  n 

May  28,  n  Mr.  John  Penry  put  to  death  at  St.  Thomas  Watering's  hs  for  a 
manuscript  found  in  his  study  against  the  hierarchy  and  persecution,  n 

Y  C.  1598. — The  French  king  grants  the  marquis  de  la  Roche,  a  commis- 
sion to  conquer  Canada  and  other  countries  not  possessed  by  any  christian 
prince  ;  pr  and  in  April  gives  the  famous  edict  of  Nantz,  to  the  protestants.  q 

September  3,  Philip  II.  king  of  Spain  dies,  p  hs  aged  seventy  two,  hs  and 
his  son  Philip  III.  succeeds,  p  hs 

Y.  C.  1602. — March  26,  Captain  Bartholomew  Gosnold  sails  from  Falmouth, 
for  the  north  part  of  Virginia,  with  thirty-two  persons  ;  twelve  of  whom  are 
to  begin  a  plantation  ;  May  10,  discovers  land  in  43  deg.  ;  sails  along  the  shore 
to  May  15;  when  he  sees  a  head  land  in  42  deg.;  anchors,  and  catching  great  store 
of  cod  fish,  names  it  Cape  Cod,  and  goes  ashore  ;  May  sixteen,  sails  round  the 
Cape  ;  May  21,  discovers  an  Island  in  41  and  15  ;  May  22,  lands,  and  calls  it 
Martha's  Vineyard  ;  May  24,  comes  to  another  next  it,  which  he  names  Dover 
CHAT;  and  then  to  another,  w  hich  he  calls  Elizabeth  Island  ;  May  31,  lands  on 
the  Main,  and  returns  to  Elizabeth  Island  ;  June  1,  determines  on  a  settlement 
here,  and  begins  a  fort ;  June  13,  the  men  who  were  to  stay,  recant  and  resolve 
for  England  ;  June  17,  they  all  set  sail  ;  and  Friday,  July  23,  arrive  at 
Exmouth.  ps 

Y.  C.  1603. — March  24,  queen  Elizabeth  dies,  aged  70  ;  cm  hs  and 
James  VI.  of  Scotland,  proclaimed  king  of  England,  hs  and  begins  the 
British  Monarchy. 


*  Thus  the  third  colony  of  old  Virginia  is  broken  up  ;  and  though  sir 
Walter  sends  five  times  to  seek  them,  ps  yet  never  one  of  them  found  to  thi< 
day,  1622.  s 

hs  Howes.  pr  Perier 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


PART  I. 


From  the  beginning  of  the  British  monarchy,  in  the  accession  of  king 
James,  the  first  monarch  of  Great  Britain,  March  24,  1602 — 3,  to  the  begin- 
ning of  the  New  England  colonies,  in  the  settlement  of  the  first  at  Plymouth, 
December  31,  1620.  Being  a  brief  account  of  matters  relating  to  those  new 
discovered  countries,  while  settled  only  by  the  aboriginal  natives.  Reciting 
the  several  voyages  from  England  thither^  with  the  most  material  affairs, 
especially  of  Great  Britain,  that  led  the  way  to  their  settlement  by  English 
inhabitants. 


Having  passed  through  the  seven  great  periods  of  time, 
from  the  Creation  to  the  beginning  of  the  British  empire, 
with  the  discovery  of  that  Indian  shore  which  is  soon  to  be 
the  theatre  of  our  Chronology,  a  new  face  of  things  appears, 
both  to  the  western  parts  of  Europe,  and  the  eastern  of  Ame- 
rica. For  though  1 10  years  are  elapsed,  since  the  new  world 
became  known  to  the  old,  yet  neither  the  French,  Dutch, 
nor  English,  nor  any  but  Spaniards,  have  made  any  effectual 
settlement  in  these  new  found  regions.  And  as  the  gold  and 
silver  mines  had  drawn  the  Spaniards  to  the  southern  and 
western  quarters,  I  cannot  find,  at  this  point  of  time,  so  much 
as  one  European  family  in  all  the  vast  extent  of  coast  from 
Florida  to  Greenland. 

The  reason  of  which  I  take  to  be — that  the  next  year 
after  Columbus's  Discovery,  the  Pope  was  pleased  to  give 
the  Crown  of  Spain  the  sole  title  to  all  the  lands  lying  above 
one  hundred  leagues  west  from  the  meridian  of  the  Azores ; 
13 


98 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


the  Bull  was  signed  at  Rome,  May  4,  1493  ;*  and  such  was 
then  the  ignorance  that  reigned*  in  Europe,  as  scarce  any- 
thought  but  he  had  a  right  to*  give  them.  Within  thirty 
years,  indeed,  the  Reformation  coming  on,  began  to  open 
the  eyes  of  many  ;  yet  both  England,  Scotland,  Ireland, 
France,  and  the  Netherlands,  were  so  fully  engaged  for  near 
fourscore  years,  with  their  own  internal  broils  about  religion, 
as  well  as  mutual  wars  on  this  and  other  accounts,  that  they 
had  neither  power  nor  leisure  to  attend  to  foreign  settlements. 

But  in  1598,  France  was  quieted  with  the  edict  of  Nantz, 
in  April ;  and  by  a  peace  in  May,  with  Philip,  king  of  Spain 
and  Portugal.  Just  before  queen  Elizabeth  died,  the  dis- 
turbances in  Ireland  were  quelled  ;  and  she  expired  in  peace 
with  all  the  princes  and  states  in  Europe,  except  Philip  king 
of  Spain,  and  archduke  Albert  sovereign  of  the  Spanish 
Netherlands.  And  king  James,  as  king  of  Scotland,  being 
then  in  amity  with  all  the  world,  upon  his  accession  to  the 
English  throne,  the  two  British  crowns  became  united  in  him  ; 
and,  as  king  of  England,  he  soon  left  the  Dutch  to  defend 
themselves,  and  concluded  a  peace  with  king  Philip  and 
archduke  Albert.  So  that  all  the  western  powers  of  Europe 
were  in  tranquillity,  except  that  the  war  continued  between 
the  Dutch  on  one  side,  and  the  king  of  Spain  with  the  arch- 
duke on  the  other. 

The  French  and  English  being  thus  at  liberty,  began  to 
look  more  seriously  now  than  ever,  to  the  new  found  world. 
First  they  send  to  fish  and  trade,  and  then  to  settle  ;  the 
French  at  Canada  and  Acadia,  the  English  to  south  and 
north  Virginia,  Newfoundland,  and  Burmudas.  For  the 
English  at  this  time  extend  Virginia  from  Florida  to  the  Bay 
of  Fundy,  divide  it  into  south  and  north  ;  and  the  north  is 
that  we  are  now  to  attend  ;  though  it  seems  not  to  take  the 
name  of  New  England  till  1614. 

Many  attempts  are  made  to  settle  this  rough  and  northern 
country  ;  first  by  the  French,  who  would  fain  account  it  part 
of  Canada ;  and  then  by  the  English  ;  and  both  from  mere 
secular  views.  But  such  a  train  of  crosses  accompany  the 
designs  of  both  these  nations,  that  they  seem  to  give  it  over 
as  not  worth  the  planting  ;  till  a  pious  people  of  England,  not 
allowed  to  worship  their  Maker  according  to  his  institutions 

*  See  the  Bull  in  Purchas  and  Harris. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


99 


only,  without  the  mixture  of  human  ceremonies,  are  spirited 
to  attempt  the  settlement ;  that  here  they  might  enjoy  a  wor- 
ship purely  scriptural,  and  leave  the  same  to  their  posterity. 
And  they  succeeding,  open  the  way  for  the  following  colonies. 

In  this  first  part,  I  shall  therefore  recount,  as  well  the  most 
material  events  in  Great  Britain,  wherewith  they  were  chiefly 
affected  before  their  leaving  it,  as  the  several  voyages  and 
attempts  to  settle  these  long  neglected  shores,  till  their  arrival 
in  1620  ;  keeping  a  particular  eye  on  those  remarkable  steps 
of  Providence,  that  led  to  this  happy  enterprise ;  and  not 
omitting  the  primary  settlements  of  the  neighboring  countries. 

In  the  English  history,  besides  a  number  of  ancient  pam- 
phlets, printed  within  this  period,  and  which  I  found  in  an  old 
broken  up  library  in  England,  I  chiefly  follow  Howes*  and 
Fuller.  In  the  voyages  and  attempts  of  settlement,  I  chiefly 
make  use  of  Purchas,  Smith  and  Georges,  who  lived  in  the 
times  they  wrote  of;  and  the  two  last  personally  interested  in 
those  affairs.  Harris  omitting  many  valuable  accounts  of 
these  parts  of  the  world  preserved  in  Purchas  ;  and  Purchas 
being  more  of  an  original,  I  prefer  the  latter.  In  the  passages 
relating  to  the  Plymouth  planters,  I  chiefly  use  Governor 
Bradford's  manuscript  History  of  that  church  and  colony,  in 
folio  ;  who  was  with  them  from  their  beginning  to  the  end  of 
his  Narrative  ;  which  is  now  before  me,  and  was  never  pub- 
lished. And  in  reciting  from  them,  for  the  greater  satisfac- 
tion, I  keep  so  closely  to  the  words  of  my  Authors,  as  I  have 
in  the  last  great  Section  of  the  Introduction,  that  the  reader 
may  conceive  them  as  speaking  in  their  several  articles. 

As  for  the  rise  of  these  Plymouth  planters,  Governor 
Bradford  informs  us  in  the  following  terms.  '  That  several 
religious  people,  near  the  joining  borders  of  Notinghamshire, 
Lincolnshire  and  Yorkshire,  finding  their  pious  ministers 
urged  with  subscription, f  or  silenced,  and  the  people  greatly 
vexed  with  the  Commissary  courts,  Apparitors,  and  Purse- 
vants,  which  they  had  borne  sundry  years  with  much  patience, 
till  they  were  occasioned  by  the  continuance  and  increase  of 
these  troubles,  and  other  means,  to  see  further  into  these 

*  Howes's  Continuation  of  Stow  in  folio,  printed  in  1631,  and  his  Abridgment, 
in  octavo,  printed  in  1618  ;  wherein  are  several  remarkable  events  not  men- 
tioned in  the  folio. 

t  Subscription  to  the  books  of  Common  Travel-,  Ceremonies,  and  all  the 
Articles.  Fuller. 


100  NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


things  by  the  light  of  the  word  of  God  ;  how  that  not  only  the 
ceremonies  were  unlawful,  but, also  the  lordly  and  tyrannous 
power  of  the  prelates,  who  would,  contrary  to  the  freedom  of 
the  gospel,  load  the  consciences  of  men,  and  by  their  compul- 
sive power  make  a  profane  mixture  of  things  and  persons  in 
divine  worship ;  that  their  offices,  courts,  and  canons,  were 
unlawful ;  being  such  as  have  no  warrant  in  the  word  of  God, 
but  the  same  that  were  used  in  popery,  and  still  retained. 
Upon  which  this  people  shake  off  this  yoke  of  antichristian 
bondage  ;*  and,  as  the  Lord's  free  people,  join  themselves  by 
covenant  into  a  church  state,  to  walk  in  all  his  ways,  made 
known,  or  to  be  made  known  to  them,  according  to  leir 
best  endeavors,  whatever  it  cost  them.' 

Governor  Bradford's  History  takes  no  notice  of  the  year 
of  this  Federal  Incorporation,  but  Mr.  Secretary  Morton,  in 
his  memorial,  places  it  in  1602.  And  I  suppose  he  had  the 
account,  either  from  some  other  writings  of  Governor  Brad- 
ford, the  Journals  of  Governor  Winslow,  or  from  oral  confer- 
ence with  them,  or  other  of  the  first  planters  ;  with  some  of 
whom  he  was  contemporary,  and  from  whence,  he  tells  us,  he 
received  his  intelligence. 

And  these  are  the  christian  people  who  were  the  founders 
of  the  Plymouth  church  and  colony;  who  seem  to  be  some 
of  the  first  in  England,  that  were  brave  enough  to  improve 
the  liberty  wherewith  the  divine  Author  of  our  religion  has 
made  us  free,  and  observe  his  institutions  as  their  only  rule 
in  church  order,  discipline  and  worship  ;  for  which  they  dearly 
suffered,  and  left  their  native  country  ;  and  who  laid  the  first 
foundation  of  the  New  England  settlements.  But  we  shall 
hear  no  more  of  them  till  1606,  when,  under  all  their  suffer- 
ings, they  grow  into  two  congregations.  And  that  the  reader 
may  have  some  idea  of  the  Puritans,  so  often  mentioned  in 
the  histories  of  those  times,  and  from  whom  this  people  de- 
rive, I  shall  only  relate  the  definition  which  Dr.  Fulk,  a 
famous  church  of  England  writer,  has  given  us  of  them. 
They  are  called  Puritans,  says  he,  who  would  have  the 
church  thoroughly  reformed  ;  that  is,  purged  from  all  those 

*  They  are  Governor  Bradford's  words,  as  are  all  the  rest  in  this  citation  ; 
and  he  seems  to  call  this  antichristian  bondage ;  as  he  judged  the  inventions 
of  men,  in  worship  imposed  on  the  conscience,  to  be  a  bondage  brought  into 
the  church  by  the  Papal  policy  and  power,  against  the  superior  law  of  Christ, 
the  genius  of  his  plain  religion,  and  Christian  liberty. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


101 


inventions  which  have  been  brought  into  it  since  the  age  of 
the  apostles,  and  reduced  entirely  to  the  scripture  purity. 

But  I  begin  with  the  voyages  of  others.  And  though  the 
first  I  mention  seems  to  commence  a  few  days  before  Queen 
Elizabeth  died,  yet  the  reader  will  quickly  see  the  ship  leaves 
not  the  shore  of  Britain  till  above  a  fortnight  after. 

N.  B.  I  still  keep  to  the  Julian  year ;  and  where  foreign 
authors  use  the  new  style,  I  reduce  it  to  the  old. 

That  the  reader  may  more  distinctly  see  the  chronological 
articles  of  the  Plymouth  planters,  their  lines  begin  with 
commas. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY 


King  of  Great  Britain,  James  I. — King  of  France,  Henry  IV. — King  of  Spain; 

Philip  III. 

March  20,  1603.  The  Bristol  men,  by  leave  of  sir 
Walter  Raleigh,  send  captain  Martin  Pring,  with 
a  small  ship  of  fifty  tons,  thirty  men  and  boys,  and 
William  Brown  with  a  bark  of  twenty-six  tons, 
thirteen  men  and  a  boy  ;  who  then  sail  from  King 
Road,*  for  the  further  discovery  of  North  Virginia. 
April  10th,  they  sail  from  Milford  Haven.  In  June 
they  fall  in  with  the  main  coast  and  a  multitude  of 
islands  in  43  deg.  and  30  min.  north,  land  upon 
them,  coast  along  the  shore,  bear  into  Cape  Cod 
bay,  sail  round  the  Cape,  anchor  on  the  south  side 
in  41  deg.  and  25  min.  where  they  land  in  another 
bay  and  excellent  harbor,  make  a  barricado,  stay 
seven  weeks.  July  ends,  the  bark  goes  homeward 
laden  with  Sassafras,  and  arrives  safe.  August  8th 
or  9th,  the  ship  sets  sail,  and  arrives  at  King  Road 
again  October  2d.  {Pur.) 

March  31.  King  James  proclaimed  at  Edin- 
burgh, king  of  Scotland,  England,  France,  and 
Ireland.  (CaL) 


*  I  suppose  King  Road  is  near  Bristol  in  England. 
Cal  Calderwood. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


103 


1603.      King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Henry  IV. — Spain,  Philip  III 

April  3.  Lord's  day,  he  declares  in  the  great 
church  at  Edinburgh,  that  as  God  has  promoted 
him  to  a  greater'power,  he  must  endeavor  to  esta- 
blish religion  and  take  away  corruption  in  both 
the  countries  ;  and  that  he  had  so  settled  both  the 
church  and  kingdom  in  that  state  which  he  intend- 
ed  not  to  alter  any  ways.  (Cal.  and  Petrie) 

April  5.  King  James  sets  out  from  Edinburgh. 
{Cat  and  Howes)  Saturday  May  7th,  enters  Lon- 
don. {Speed  and  Howes)  In  his  way  to  London,* 
746  ministers  of  the  church  of  England,  out  of 
twenty-five  counties  of  the  forty  in  England  and 
the  twelve  in  Wales,  present  him  a  petition,  desir- 
ing reformation  of  certain  ceremonies  and  abuses 
of  the  church,!  called  the  millenary  petition.  [Ful- 
ler) 

May  10.  Bartholomew  Gilbert,  in  a  bark  of 
fifty  tons,  sails  from  Plymouth,  to  seek  for  the  third 
colony  left  in  South  Virginia.  June  16,  arrives  at 
St.  Lucia  ;  17,  at  Dominica  ;  19,  at  Mevis  ;  thence 
sails  for  South  Virginia.  But  Friday,  July  29, 
landing  near  Chesepioc  bay,  the  captain  and  four 
more  are  slain  by  the  Indians  ;  the  rest  set  sail 
and  arrive  at  RatclifF,  near  London  in  the  end  of 
September.  Pur 

June  4.  A  Grace  passes  in  the  University  of 
Cambridge,  that  whoever  shall  publicly  oppose 
either  in  word  or  writing,  or  any  other  way,  in  the 
said  university,  either  the  doctrine  or  discipline  of 
the  said  Church  of  England,  or  any  part  thereof, 

hs  Howes. 

*  Vice-Chancellor,  he.  of  Oxford,  in  their  answer,  printed  there  in  quarto, 
1603,  who  say,  the  petition  was  exhibited  in  April. 

t  Abridgment  of  the  book  which  the  ministers  of  Lincoln  Diocess  present- 
ed to  the  king  on  Dec.  1,  1604,  and  printed  in  quarto,  1605,  wherein  there 
is  a  list  of  the  number  of  the  said  petitioners  in  each  of  the  said  twenty -five 
counties  ;  namely,  thirty  in  London,  fifty-seven  in  Essex,  seventy -one  in 
Suffolk,  &.c. 


104 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOG1. 


1603.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Henry  IV.— Spain,  Philip  III. 

shall,  ipso  facto,  be  excluded  from  having  any 
degree,  and  be  deprived  of  every  one  they  have 
taken. 

June  1 — 8.  Arrive  ambassadors  from  Holland, 
France,  Spain,  Archduke  Albert,  &c.  (Hs.  and 
Baker.) 

July.  Sir  Walter  Raleigh,  and  others,  appre- 
hended and  committed  to  the  tower.  (Howes  and 
Baker.) 

July  25.  Monday,  king  James  with  his  queen, 
crowned  at  Westminster.  (Speed  and  Howes) 

Sept.  21.  Sir  Walter  Raleigh  and  others,  in- 
dicted of  high  treason.  (Hotces^) 

Nov.  10,  Thursday,  Sir  Walter  Raleigh,  and 
five  others,  removed  from  the  tower  towards  Win- 
chester. Nov.  12,*  committed  to  Winchester  cas- 
tle. (Howes)  Nov.  17,  arraigned  and  declared 
guilty,  (Speed  and  Howes)  and  Dec.  15,  returned 
to  the  tower  of  London.  ( Howes.) 

Dec.  22.  From  Dec.  23,  last  year,  to  this  day, 
died  of  the  plague  in  London,  30,578  ;  and  of  all 
diseases,  38,244  ;  (Howes  and  Bak.)  But  the 
year  following,  London  is  clear  of  the  infection, 
and  all  the  shires  in  England  grievously  visited. 
(Howes  ) 

Dec.  27.  The  famous  Mr.  Cartwright,  dies  in 
England,  at  the  age  of  60,  (Fid.)  and  Fuller  says, 
he  was  most  pious,  an  excellent  scholar,  pure  La- 
tinist,  accurate  Grecian,  exact  Hebrician. 

Jan.  14,  1604.  Saturday,  the  conference  in  the 
privy  chamber  at  Hampton  Court  begins,  between 
king  James  and  the  Bishops'  party  only  ;  wherein 
he  tells  them,  that  however  he  had  lived  among 
puritans,  yet  since  he  was  ten  years  old,  he  ever 

*  Sir  Richard  Baker  inaccurately  places  this  on  Nov.  4,  when  only  the  lord 
Grey  and  Cobham  were  removed. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


105 


1604.      King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Henry  IV.— Spain,  Philip  III. 

disliked  their  opinions  ;  and  as  Christ  said,  though 
he  lived  among  them,  he  was  not  of  them.  {Bar- 
low)* 

Jan.  16.  Monday,  the  second  conference  be- 
tween the  king,  and  both  the  Bishops'  and  Puritan 
parties  together  ;  wherein  the  agents  for  the  mil- 
lenary plaintiffs  are  Dr.  Reynolds,  Dr.  Sparkes,  Mr. 
Knowstubs  and  Mr.  Chaderton.  And  though  they 
are  willing  to  conform  and  subscribe  according  to 
law,t  the  king  declares,  I  will  have  one  doctrine, 
and  one  discipline,  one  religion  in  substance  and 
in  ceremony.  Tells  the  lords  and  bishops  again, 
he  had  lived  among  such  sort  of  men  as  the  puri- 
tans, ever  since  he  was  ten  years  old  ;  but  might 
say  of  himself  as  Christ,  Though  I  lived  among 
them,  I  was  never  of  them  ;  nor  did  any  thing 
make  me  more  to  detest  their  courses,  than  that 
they  disallowed  of  all  things  which  had  been  used 
in  Popery  ;t  swears  by  his  soul,  he  believed  Eccle- 
siasticus  was  a  bishop ;  says,  that  a  Scottish  pres- 
bytery as  well  agrees  with  monarchy,  as  God  and 
the  devil  ;  at  his  going  away,  says  to  some,  if  this 
be  all  they  have  to  say,  I  shall  make  them  conform, 
or  I  will  hurry  them  out  of  the  land,  or  do  worse  ; 
and  one  of  the  lords  said,  he  was  fully  persuaded 

bar  Dr.  Barlow,  Dean  of  Chester,  his  sum  of  the  Conference  printed  in 
quarto,  London,  1604. 

*  And  yet  he  had  twice  sworn  and  subscribed  their  confession  of  faith; 
namely,  in  1581  and  1590  ;  and  in  their  general  assembly  of  Aug.  1590, 
solemnly  praised  God  that  he  was  born  to  be  king  of  such  a  Church,  the 
purest  in  the  world,  and  that  the  service  of  the  Church  of  England  was  an 
ill  said  mass  in  English.  (Cal.  and  Petrie.) 

t  I  should  have  observed,  under  1570,  that  the  act  of  Parliament  required 
subscription  to  all  the  articles  of  religion,  which  only  concern  the  conf  ession 
of  the  true  Christian  faith,  and  the  doctrine  of  the  sacraments  (Keeble) 
aud  under  1583,  that  Archbishop  Whitgift  extending  subscription  to  all  the 
articles_without  exception,  occasioned  all  the  troubles  the  puritans  endured. 

X  By  this  it  appears,  he  mistook  or  misrepresented  the  puritans  ;  for  their 
main  dispute  was  only  against  human  inventions,  and  their  being  used  in 
Popery,  was  an  additional  reason  to  put  them  away. 

14 


106 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1604.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Henry  IV. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

his  majesty  spake  by  the  instinct  of  the  Spirit  of 
God.  (Barloic )  * 

Jan.  18.  Wednesday  the  third,  and  last  day's 
conference,  first  between  the  king  and  bishops' 
party  only  ;  wherein  the  king  defends  the  high 
commission,  with  subscription  to  all  the  articles 
and  Common  Prayer  book,  as  also  of  the  oath 
ex  officio ;  and  though  one  of  the  lords*  plead- 
ed, that  the  proceedings  of  the  high  commission 
courts  were  like  the  Spanish  inquisition,  wherein 
men  are  urged  to  subscribe  more  than  the  law  re- 
quired, and  that  by  the  oath  ex  officio,  they  were 
enforced  to  accuse  themselves,  that  they  were  ex- 
amined upon  twenty  or  twenty-four  articles  upon 
the  sudden,  without  deliberation,  and  for  the  most 
part  against  themselves  ;  yet  the  king  approves 
and  vindicates  them  all,  and  says,  if  any,  after 
things  are  well  ordered,  will  not  be  quiet  and  show 
his  obedience,  the  church  were  better  without  him, 
and  he  were  worthy  to  be  hanged  ;  the  lords  and 
the  rest  stood  amazed  at  his  majesty's  wise  dis- 
course ;  Archbishop  Whitgift  said,  undoubtedly 
his  majesty  spake  by  the  special  assistance  of 
God's  Spirit.  Dr.  Bancroft  bishop  of  London, 
upon  his  knee  protested,  his  heart  melted  with  joy, 
and  made  haste  to  acknowledge  to  Almighty  God 
the  singular  mercy  received  at  his  hands  in  giving 
such  a  king,  as  since  Christ  his  time,  the  like  he 
thought  hath  not  been  ;  whereto  the  lords  with  one 
voice  did  yield  a  very  affectionate  acclamation. 
Secondly,  then  Dr.  Reynolds  and  his  associates 
were  called  in,  and  though  they  entreated  that 
the  cross  in  baptism  and  surplice  might  not  be 
urged  upon  some  honest  godly  and  painful  minis- 


*  Most  of  the  lords  of  his  majesty's  Council  were  present  in  all  these  con- 
ferences. Bar 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


107 


1604.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I  — France,  Henry  IV. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

ters,  yet  his  majesty  willed  that  the  bishop  should 
set  a  time,  and  if  they  would  not  yield,  whatsoever 
they  were,  to  remove  them  ;  either  let  them  con- 
form, and  that  shortly,  or  they  shall  hear  of  it. 
(Bar)* 

Jan.  31.  King  James  issues  a  writ  for  a  convo- 
cation of  the  province  of  Canterbury  to  meet  be* 
fore  Archbishop  Whitgift  as  president  at  St.  Paul's 
London,  on  March  20.  (en) 

February  29.  Wednesday,  Archbishop  Whitgift 
dies,  aged  73,  (Hs.  hi)  and  Dr.  Barlow  says,  that 
not  many  days  before  he  was  stricken,  he  most 
earnestly  desired  that  he  might  not  live  to  see  the 
Parliament  which  is  to  meet  on  March  19. 

March  5.  King  James  issues  a  proclamation, 
that  the  same  religion  with  Common  Prayer,  and 
Episcopal  jurisdiction,  shall  fully  and  only  be  pub- 
licly exercised,  in  all  respects,  as  in  the  reign  of 
queen  Elizabeth,  without  hope  of  toleration  of  any 
other.  (Hs.)\ 

March  9.  The  Archbishop  being  dead,  king 
James  issues  a  second  writ,  for  the  convocation  to 
appear  before  Dr.  Bancroft,  bishop  of  London,  as 
president,  en 

March  19.  King  James's  first  Parliament  meets 
at  Westminster,  (Hs  and  Keeble)  when  he  declares 
the  Puritans  to  be  a  sect  unable  to  be  suffered  in 
any  well  governed  commonwealth  ;  acknowledges 
the  Roman  church  to  be  our  mother  church,  al- 
though defiled  with  some  infirmities  and  cor- 
ruptions ;  professes  he  would  be  content  to  meet 

*  I  recite  these  passages  to  show  the  king's  and  bishops'  disposition  towards 
the  puritans,  and  what  little  favor  these  could  now  expect  from  the  others. 
cn  Book  of  Canons,  printed  in  quarto,  London,  1616. 
hi  Hollandii  Herologia  Anglica. 

t  Both  Howes'  Abridgment,  and  sir  Richard  Baker,  wrongly  place  this 
in  the  following  year. 


108  NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 

f 

1604.      King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Henry  IV.— Spain,  Philip  III. 

her  in  the  midway ;  and  ]that  since  his  coming,  he 
has  been  so  far  from  increasing  the  burthens  of  the 
Papists  that  he  had,  as  much  as  either  time,  occa- 
sion or  law  could  permit,  lightened  them,  &c.  (if. 
James's  speech.) 

March  20.  Convocation  meets  at  St.  Paul's. 
London,  before  bishop  Bancroft  president,  cn 

April  12.  And  June  25,  king  James  issues  his 
letters  patent,  to  empower  the  Convocation  to  agree 
on  such  ecclesiastical  canons  as  they  should  think 
fit ;  they  accordingly  draw  up  a  book  of  141  ca- 
nons, and  desire  the  king's  assent  to  them,  which 
he  grants,  confirming  the  said  canons,  and  com- 
manding the  same  to  be  observed  both  in  the  pro- 
vince of  Canterbury  and  York,  cn 

July  6.  King  James  issues  a  proclamation  ; 
wherein  he  orders  the  Puritan  ministers  either  to 
conform,  bn  before  the  last  of  November,  cd  or  dis- 
pose of  themselves  and  families  some  other  way  ; 
as  being  men  unfit,  for  their  obstinacy  and  con- 
tempt, to  occupy  such  places,  bn 

August  18.  Articles  of  peace  and  commerce 
concluded  at  London  with  the  king  of  Spain  and 
archduke  Albert,  ar  August  19,  Lord's  Day,  king 
James  swares  to  the  said  articles  ;  and  afternoon 
the  peace  proclaimed.  Hs 

September  20.  Ostend  surrendered  by  the 
Putch  to  the  Spaniards ;  having  been  besieged 
from  June  25,  1601  ;  and  during  the  siege  there 
died  in  the  city  72,900  persons,  and  many  more  of 
the  Spanish  besiegers  without  it.  (Calvisius) 

October  24.  King  James  proclaimed  king  of 
Great  Britain.  Hs 

bn  Archbishop  Bancroft,  in  his  letter  to  the  bishops  of  his  province,  dated 
December  18,  1604. 

cd  A  tract  entitled  Certain  Demands,  he.  printed  in  quarto,  1605 
ar  Articles  of  Peace,  &.c.  printed  in  quarto,  London,  1605. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


109 


1605.      King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Henry  IV.— Spain,  Philip  III 

December  10.  Dr.  Bancroft  bishop  of  London, 
translated  to  the  archbishopric  of  Canterbury,  Hs 
who  drives  on  conformity  very  fiercely  through  all 
his  province.  (Fuller) 

December  18.  Archbishop  Bancroft  writes  a 
letter  to  the  bishops  of  his  province  ;  wherein  he 
calls  the  Puritan  ministers  disobedient,  obstinate 
&c. ;  requires  that  none  be  admitted  to  ecclesiasti- 
cal functions  without  subscription  to  the  Canons  ; 
and  to  deprive  those  who  are  in  the  church,  unless 
they  will  both  conform  and  also  subscribe  accord- 
ing to  the  Canons,  bn 

March  31,  1605.  Lord's  Day,  captain  George 
Weymouth,  with  twenty-nine  persons,  sails  from 
the  Downes,  (Purchas)  being  employed  by  the 
earl  of  Southampton,  and  lord  Arundel  of  Wardor, 
for  the  discovery  of  a  northwest  passage  to  the 
East  Indies.  But  falling  short  of  his  course, 
( F.  Gov)  Tuesday,  May  14,  descries  land  in  forty- 
one  degrees  and  thirty  minutes  north,  in  the  midst 
of  dangerous  rocks  and  shoals ;  upon  which  he 
puts  off  to  sea  ;  the  wind  blowing  hard  at  S.  S.  W. 
and  W.  S.  W.  many  days,  Friday,  May  17,  descries 
land  again ;  the  next  day,  finds  it  an  island,  an- 
chors on  the  north  side,  lands  and  calls  it  George's 
Island  ;  whence  he  sees  the  main  land  and  many 
other  islands.  Lord's  Day,  May  19,  weighs  and 
sails  to  another  island,  three  leagues  nearer  the 
main  ;  goes  into  an  excellent  harbor,  which  he  calls 
Pentecost  Harbor  ;  and  the  next  day  goes  ashore 
in  the  shallop.  Thursday,  May  30,  sails  in  a  shal- 
lop up  a  great  river,  and  the  next  day  returned.* 
Tuesday,  June  11,  goes  up  the  river  in  his  ship, 

F.  Gor.  Sir  Ferdinando  Gorges,  governor  of  the  island  and  fort  of  Ply- 
mouth in  England,  in  his  narration,  &c. 

*  This  seems  to  be  Sagadehock ;  and  sir  F.  Gorges  doubtless  mistakes  in 
calling  it  Pemaquid  river. 


110 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1805.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Henry  IV.— Spain,  Philip  HI. 

twenty-six  miles ;  says  if  is  half  a  mile  wide,  for 
forty  miles  into  the  country.  Thursday,  June  13, 
sails  in  his  shallop  or  pinnace,  twenty  miles  into  the 
western  branch  of  the  river,  and  sets  up  a  cross. 
Friday,  June  14,  the  ship  goes  down  the  river  ; 
upon  a  rock  in  the  midst  of  the  harbor,  he  finds  the 
latitude  forty-three  degrees,  twenty  minutes,  and 
the  variation  eleven  degrees,  fifteen  minutes,  west. 
Lord's  Day,  June  16,  sets  sail  ;  and  Thursday, 
July  18,  arrives  at  Dartmouth.  (Pur,)  * 

April  8.  Mr.  John  Stow,  being  eighty  years 
old,  a  laborious  writer  of  the  English  Annals,  for 
forty- seven  years,  is  buried,  and  Howes  continues 
them.  Hs 

July  2.  Tuesday,  the  General  Assembly  of  the 
Church  of  Scotland  meeting  at  Aberdeen,  the 
king's  commissioner  presents  them  a  letter  from 
the  lords  of  the  Council  requiring  them  to  dissolve, 
without  appointing  another  assembly ;  however, 
according  to  custom,  they  appoint  another  to  meet 
on  September  24,  and  then  dissolve  ;  for  which  the 
Council  sends  Mr.  John  Forbes  the  moderator,  and 
thirteen  other  ministers,  to  several  prisons.  Cal. 
and  Petrie. 

October  13.  Lord's  Day,  Beza  dies  at  Geneva, 
cc  ml  aged  eighty-six  years,  three  months,  and 
nineteen  days,  ml  t 

November  1.  The  names  being  taken  of  the 
Puritan  ministers  deprived,  under  admonition  and 
denied  admittance,  for  not  subscribing,  amount  to 
above  270  ;  and  yet  of  eight  bishoprics  no  account 

*  Sir  F.  Gorges,  says,  captain  Weymouth  brought  thence  five  natives  ;  and 
happening  to  put  into  Plymouth,  sir  Ferdinand,  then  governor  there,  received 
three  of  them,  viz.  Manida,  Shetwarroes  and  Tisquantum,  and  kept  them  full 
three  years. 

cc  Continuatio  Calvisii.  ml  Melch  Adamus. 

t  Petavius  mistakes  in  saving  October  25 ;  and  Alsted,  in  placing  his  death 
in  1600. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


Ill 


1606.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Henry  IV.— Spain,  Philip  III. 

is  given.*  Some  had  preached  in  the  church  ten, 
some  twenty,  some  thirty  years,  some  more  ;  and 
till  now,  in  some  churches,  the  ceremonies  had 
been  disused  for  ten  years,  in  others  twenty,  in 
others  thirty,  in  others  more,  cr 

November  5.  Tuesday,  at  three  this  morning, 
the  Gunpowder  Treason  plot  discovered  to  have 
been  executed  this  day  by  the  Papists,  by  blowing 
up  the  Parliament,  who  were  to  meet  this  day,  with 
thirty-six  barrels  of  gunpowder  laid  under  the 
house,  (ds  Speed  and  Howes,)  and  when  the  blast 
was  made,  it  was  to  be  charged  on  the  Puritans,  bh 

November  9.  Saturday,  king  James  comes  to 
Parliament,  and  makes  a  speech  ;  (Howes )  wherein 
he  cautions  them  against  judging  rashly  of  the  Ro- 
man Catholics  in  general ;  says  that  many  among 
them  may  remain  good  and  faithful  subjects ;  but 
detesting  and  thinking  the  cruelty  of  Puritans 
worthy  of  fire,  that  will  admit  no  salvation  to  any 
Papist,  kj 

January  10,  1606.  Though  it  was  commonly 
thought  the  deliverance  from  the  popish  powder 
plot,  would  have  moved  the  king  to  desist  from 
troubling  minsters  in  England  for  nonconform- 
ing to  the  ceremonies,  and  ministers  in  Scotland 
for  standing  to  their  confirmed  liberty ;  yet  this 
day,  by  the  king's  command,  the  moderator  and 
five  other  of  the  imprisoned  ministers  in  Scotland, 
are  arraigned  of  treason  at  Lithgow  for  declining 

*  Dr.  Dayton  says,  that  from  June  25,  1604,  to  November  5,  1605,  there 
were  400  ministers  ejected,  silenced  or  suspended  by  virtue  of  these  canons. 

cr  A  quarto  tract,  entitled  Certain  Reasons  why  the  Preachers  who  refuse 
to  subscribe,  should  not  be  removed  or  inhibited  to  preach.  Printed  in  those 
times. 

ch  Discourse  of  Treason,  quarto,  printed  by  the  king's  printer,  at  London. 
1605.    Calvisius  wrongly  places  the  Gunpowder  Treason  in  1606. 

bh  Benjamin  Hubbard's  Sermo  Secularis  printed  in  quarto,  at  London 
1648. 

kj  King  James's  speech  printed  in  quarto,  at  London,  1605. 


112 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1606.      King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Henry  IV.— Spain,  Philip  III 

the  jurisdiction  of  the  Council  in  ecclesiastical 
matters  ;  and  after  a  deaf  of  tampering,  flattering, 
threatening,  &c.  the  major  part  of  the  court  brings 
them  in  guilty  ;  upon  which  they  are  ordered  into 
closer  ward,  and  none  allowed  access  to  them  ; 
Cal.  pt  and  February  5,  a  proclamation  at  Edin- 
burgh, that  none  speak  against  the  proceedings  of 
of  the  king,  Council,  or  court,  in  trying  and  punish- 
ing them,  or  against  any  other  proceedings  of  the 
king,  Council,  or  state,  past,  present  or  to  come, 
upon  pain  of  death.  Cal. 

Sir  John  Popham,  lord  chief  justice  of  the  King's 
Bench,  prevails  on  many  lords  and  others,  to  peti- 
tion king  James  for  the  settling  two  plantations  on 
the  main  coasts  of  America ;  upon  which,  ( F. 
Gov.) 

April  10.  King  James,  by  patent  divides  Vir- 
ginia into  two  colonies ;  the  southern  called  the 
first  colony,  between  thirty-four  and  forty-one  de- 
grees north,  he  grants  to  the  London  Company ; 
the  northern  called  the  second  colony,  between 
thirty-eight  and  forty-five  degrees  north,  he  grants 
to  the  Plymouth  Company ;  forbidding  both  to 
plant  within  a  hundred  miles  of  each  other  ;  and 
giving  each  colony,  a  Council  of  thirteen,  to  rule, 
coin,  &c.  Pur. 

May  21.  King  James  writes  to  Mr.  James  and 
Andrew  Melvin  and  six  other  principal  Presbyte- 
rian ministers  in  Scotland,  to  come  to  him  before 
September  15,  to  treat  with  them  for  the  peace  of 
the  church  there  ;  this  being  the  pretence  ;  but  the 
event  proves  that  the  policy  is  to  detain  and  confine 
them,  that  by  their  absence,  Episcopacy  may  be 
advanced  in  Scotland.  Cal. 

July  b.  Parliament  of  Scotland  meets  at  Perth, 
which,  against  the  protestation  of  the  commissioners 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


113 


1606.      King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Henry  IV. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

of  the  presbyteries  through  the  kingdom,  restores 
the  state  of  bishops  to  their  ancient  dignities,  pre- 
rogatives, tythes,  rents,  thirds,  &c. ;  contrary  to 
the  constitution  and  doctrine  of  the  church  of 
Scotland,  preached  these  forty-six  years,  and  con- 
trary to  the  confession  of  faith  sworn  and  subscribed 
in  1581,  and  1590,  by  the  king  and  his  household, 
&c.  CaL 

July.  Sir  Edward  Coke  made  lord  chief  justice 
of  the  Common  Pleas  in  England.  Ha 

August  12.  Tuesday,  lord  chief  justice  Pop- 
ham,  sir  F.  Gorges,  and  some  others  of  the  Ply- 
mouth Company,  send  captain  Henry  Chailons, 
( Purchas )  a  brave  gentleman,  pc  from  Plymouth, 
in  a  ship  of  fifty-five  tons,  twenty-nine  English, 
with  Manniclo  and  Assecomoit,  two  of  the  five 
savages  brought  last  year  from  a  goodly  river  thrice 
discovered  by  him  in  North  Virginia,  in  forty-three 
degrees,  twenty  north  ;  to  make  a  further  discovery 
of  these  coasts,  and  if  occasion  offers,  to  leave  as 
many  men  as  he  could  spare,  in  the  country  ;  but 
sailing  to  Madeiras,  St.  Lucia,  Porto  Rico,  and 
thence  towards  North  Virginia,  on  November  10 
be  is  taken  ( Purchas )  by  the  Spanish  fleet  ( F. 
Gor)  of  eight  ships,  (Purchas )  coming  from  the 
Havana,  ( F.  Gor )  who  carry  him  into  Spain.  ( Pur. 
and  F.  Gor.) 

Shortly  after  captain  Challon's  departure  from 
Plymouth,  the  lord  chief  justice  sends  another 
ship  from  Bristol,  F.  Gor  under  Thomas  Hanam 
commander,  and  Martin  Prinn  master,  with  more 
supplies  to  second  captain  Chailons  ;  but  not 


pc  President  and  Council's  relation  of  the  discovery  and  plantation  of  PTew 
England,  printed  in  quarto,  London,  1622. 
15 


114 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1606.      Kiug  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Henry  IV. — Spain,  Philip  111. 

finding  captain  Challons  there,  they  return  to 
England.  ])c  * 

August,  e.  The  eight  Scotch  ministers  whom 
the  king  had  wrote  to,  being  arrived  at  London, 
are  there  detained,  without  any  reason  but  the 
king's  pleasure ;  and  September  30,  are  by  his 
majesty  obliged  to  hear  Dr.  King  preach  a  most 
virulent  invective  against  Presbyteries  ;  crying  to 
the  king,  down,  down  with  them.  ( Cah) 

October  b.  The  king  orders  the  six  condemned 
ministers  in  Scotland  to  be  banished  his  dominions 
all  their  days,  and  the  other  eight  imprisoned  there, 
to  be  confined  in  several  places  remote  from  their 
former  dwellings.  ( CaL) 

4  The  purely  reformed  church  in  the  north  of 
England,  by  reason  of  the  distance  of  their  habi- 
tations, are  obliged  to  assemble  in  two  several 
places,  and  become  two  distinct  churches.  In  one, 
besides  several  of  note,  is  Mr.  John  Smith,  a  man 
of  able  gifts  and  a  good  preacher,  who  is  chosen 
their  pastor  ;  but  these  afterwards  going  over  into 
the  low  countries,  and  falling  into  errors,  there,  for 
the  most  part, bury  themselves  and  their  names.  But 
in  the  other  church,  (the  subject  of  our  chronology) 
besides  several  worthy  men,  is  Mr.  Richard  Clifton, 
a  grave  and  reverend  preacher,  and  the  famous  Mr. 
John  Robinson,  who  is  afterwards  their  pastor  for 
many  years,  till  God  takes  him  away  by  death  ;  as 
also  Mr.  William  Brewster,  a  reverend  man,  who 
afterwards  is  chosen  Elder,  and  lives  with  them  till 
old  age.  (Brad) 

December  20,  Saturday.  The  London  Company 
send  forth  Capt.  Christopher  Newport,  with  a  ship  of 

*  Sir  F.  Gorges  says,  the  said  Prinn  makes  a  perfect  discovery  of  all  those 
rivers  and  harbors,  and  brings  the  most  exact  account  of  that  coast  that  ever 
came  to  my  hand  since,  gr 

Brad,  or  B.  Governor  Bradford's  History  in  manuscript. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


I  [5 


1607.      King-  of  G.  Britain,  James  [. — France,  Henry  IV. — Spain.  Philip  III. 

100  tons,  another  of  forty,  and  a  pinnace  of  twenty, 
for  South  Virginia ;  who  then  sail  from  London, 
but  first  to  the  West  India  Islands.  {Pur) 

March  3,  1607.  One  of  the  Scotch  ministers  at 
London,  allowed  to  return,  on  account  of  his  wife's 
dangerous  illness,  provided  he  would  neither  go  to 
Synods  nor  Presbyteries.  April  26,  Lord's  Day, 
the  king's  Council  send  M\  A.  Melvin  to  the  tower, 
where  they  keep  him  above  four  years,  for  writing 
a  Latin  epigram  upon  the  altar  in  the  king's  chapel ; 
and  May  6,  the  other  six  Scotch  ministers  at  Lon- 
don ordered  to  be  confined  in  several  places  in  the 
two  kingdoms,  for  no  other  pretence  than  that  they 
had  not  given  the  king  satisfaction  in  the  questions 
he  proposed  to  them  about  his  own  arbitrary  power 
in  church  matters.  (Cat) 

April  26.  Captain  Newport  descries  South 
Virginia,  enters  Chesapeake  Bay,  and  lands.  April 
29,  he  names  the  southern  point  Cape  Henry.  May 
13,  they  choose  Mr.  Edward  Wingfield  president  for 
one  year.  May  14,  land  all  their  men  and  begin  a 
colony,  at  a  place  they  call  Jamestown.  Monday, 
June  22,  captain  Newport  sails  for  England,  leav- 
ing the  president  with  one  hundred  and  four  per- 
sons. August  22,  dies  in  the  southern  colony,  cap- 
tain Bartholomew  Gosnold,  the  first  mover  of  this 
plantation,  and  one  of  the  Council.  September  11, 
president  Wingfield,  displaced  by  his  Council,  and 
John  RatclifF,  chosen  president.  ( Pur ) 

May  21.  Thursday,  Dr.  John  Reynolds,  king's 
professor  of  divinity  in  Oxford,  dies  there,  (111  Fid) 
aged  58.  He  had  been  Dean  of  Lincoln,  but 
exchanged  it  for  the  presidentship  of  C.  C.  College. 
Oxon  (Fid)  and  Fuller  says,  he  was  acquainted  with 
all  arts  and  sciences  ;  most  excellent  in  all  useful 
tongues  ;  had  read  over  all  writers,  profane,  eccle- 


116 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1607.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — Fiance,  Henry  IV. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

siastical,  and  divine  ;  councils,  fathers,  and  histories 
of  the  church.  His  memory  miraculous,  his  judgment 
mature  ;  his  piety  most  eminent ;  modest,  courteous, 
affable,  {Fid)  and  the  chief  of  the  Puritans  at  the 
Hampton  Court  conference.  {Bar) 

May  31.  The  Plymouth  adventurers,  send  forth 
captain  George  Popham,  as  president,  and  captain 
Rawley  Gilbert,  as  admiral,  Sin  with  two  ships,  two 
natives,  viz.  Sketwanoes  and  Dehamda,  Gor) 
and  100 'land men,  pc  who  then  set  sail  from  Ply- 
mouth, for  North  Virginia.  August  1 1 ,  they  fall  in 
with  Monahigan  :*  and  settle,  on  a  westerly  penin- 
sula, at  the  mouth  of  Sagadehock,  nine  or  ten 
leagues  to  the  southward,  Sm  [which,  I  suppose,  is 
since  called  Small  Point]  and  build  a  fortification, 
which  they  name  St.  George's  Fort. 

August  24.  Mr.  Thomas  Brightman,  rector  of 
Haunes,  in  Bedfordshire,  dies,  about  the  51st  year 
of  his  age  ;  [Fid]  and  Fuller  says,  he  wrote  a 
learned  comment  in  most  pure  Latin,  on  the  canti- 
cles and  revelations.  He  always  carried  a  Greek 
Testament  with  him,  read  it  out  every  fortnight. 
His  life  was  most  angelical,  a  great  opposer  of  the 
ceremonies  ;  his  daily  discourse  against  Episcopal 
government ;  and  was  never  known  to  be  moved 
with  anger.  [Fid] 

Thomas  Lad,  a  merchant  of  Yarmouth,  having 
been  long  imprisoned  by  the  high  commission, 
could  not  be  bailed  ;  because  having  formerly 
answered  on  oath  twice,  before  the  bishop's  chan- 
cellor of  Norwich,  to  certain  articles  about  a  con- 
venticle, he  refused  to  answer  on  a  new  oath, 
without  sight  of  his  former  answers  ;  and  Richard 


Sm  Captain  John  Smith. 

*  Sir  F.  Gorg  s  says  three  ships,  and  that  they  arrive  at  their  place  of  ren- 
dezvous on  August  8. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


117 


1608.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — Fiance,  Henry  IV. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

Mansel,  a  preacher,  being  charged  to  have  been 
partaker  in  a  petition  exhibited  to  the  House  ot' 
Commons,  and  refusing  the  oath  ex  officio,  to  answer 
to  certain  articles  propounded  to  him,  was  long 
imprisoned  by  the  commissioners  at  Lambeth,  and 
could  not  be  bailed.  Both  prisoners  are  now 
brought  to  the  bar,  upon  the  writ  of  Habeas  Cor- 
pus ;  where  Mr.  Nicholas  Fuller,  an  honest  man, 
and  an  eminent  lawyer,  pleaded,  that  they  ought 
to  be  discharged  ;  by  an  argument  to  prove  that  the 
Ecclesiastical  commissioners  have  no  legal  pow- 
er to  put  the  oath  ex  officio,  nor  imprison,  nor  fine 
any  of  his  majesty's  subjects.  For  which  Archbi- 
shop Bancroft  gets  this  learned  counsellor  into 
prison,  and  prosecutes  him  there  to  death.  [Fid]* 

'  This  fall,  Messrs.  Clifton  and  Robinson's  church 
in  the  north  of  England,  being  extremely  harassed, 
some  cast  into  prison,  some  beset  in  their  houses, 
some  forced  to  leave  their  farms  and  families,  they 
begin  to  fly  over  to  Holland,  with  their  reverend 
pastor,  Mr.  Clifton,  for  purity  of  worship  and  liberty 
of  conscience.  [Brad,  and  Ch.  Plym.  Rcc.~\ 

Near  winter,  captain  Newport  arrives  at  South 
Virginia,  with  fresh  supplies,  and  stays  fourteen 
weeks.  And  this  winter,  Jamestown  catching  fire, 
is  burnt,  but  soon  repaired.  [Pur'] 

Dec.  15.  The  two  English  ships  sail  from  Sa- 
gadehock,  [F  Gor]  with  all  their  company,  except 
forty-five  for  England.  [Sm]^ 

1608.  This  winter,  extreme  cold,  both  in  Europe 
and  North  America,  ( Pur.  and  F.  Gor.)  and  in 
the  midst  thereof,  pc  the  storehouse,  most  of  the 
provisions,  ( F.  Gor )  and  lodgings  at  Sagadehock 


*  Though  Dr.  Fuller  mentions  not  the  year  of  this  prosecution,  yet  by  the 
preface  to  the  Lawyer's  Argument,  printed  in  quarto,  this  year,  in  Holland, 
it  appears  he  was  now  in  prison. 


118 


NEW    ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1608.      King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — Fi  ance,  Henry  IV. — Spain,  Philip  111. 

are  burnt ;  which  exceedingly  distresses  the  peo- 
ple ;  and  this  winter,  pc  February  5,  pg  old  captain 
Popham,  their  president  dies,  in  this  north  planta- 
tion, the  only  one  of  the  company  that  dies  there  : 
and  captain  Rawley  Gilbert  succeeds  as  presi- 
dent, pc 

Upon  the  ship's  arrival  in  England  from  Sagade- 
hock,  lord  chief  justice  Popham,  orders  the  Coun- 
cil of  Plymouth  to  send  them  back  with  supplies. 
(F.  Gov) 

The  spring  approaching,  captain  Newport  sails 
from  South  Virginia  for  England  ;  and  captain 
Nelson  arrives  at  Jamestown.  These  two  ships 
bring  near  100  men,  and  120  persons.  (Pur) 

February  25.  Mr.  Murray,  minister  of  Leith,  in 
Scotland,  having  been  committed  to  the  castle  of 
Edinburgh,  for  opposing  the  rise  of  bishops,  is  this 
day  brought  before  the  king's  Council  there,  and 
dismissed :  for  which  the  king  sends  them  a  sharp 
rebuke,  and  a  warrant  to  the  captain  of  the  guard 
to  commit  him  again  :  so  without  any  new  cita- 
tion, not  convicted  of  any  offence,  upon  the  king's 
private  direction  only,  he  is  committed  to  the  cas- 
tle again,  and  there  detained  a  year :  and  then  the 
kin£  orders  the  Council  to  send  him  to  a  remote 
part  of  the  kingdom,  and  there  confine  and  forbid 
him  to  preach.  ( Col) 

4  This  spring,  more  of  Mr.  Robinson's  church, 
through  great  difficulties  from  their  pursuers,  get 
over  to  Holland  :  and  afterwards,  the  rest,  with 
Mr.  Robinson  and  Mr.  Brewster,  who  are  of  the 
last,  having  tarried  to  help  the  weakest  over  before 
them.  They  first  settle  at  Amsterdam,  and  stay 
there  a  year  :  where  Mr.  Smith  and  his  church 
had  gotten  before  them.  {Brad) 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


119 


1608.      King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Henry  IV. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

This  spring,  by  the  lord  chief  justice's  order, 
(F.  Gor)  two  ships  are  furnished  with  fresh  sup- 
plies for  North  Virginia,  Sm  and  as  they  are  waiting 
for  a  wind,  they  hear  of  his  death.*  However, 
they  sail,  and  arrive  at  Sagadehock,  (F.  Gor)  not 
long  after  the  death  of  President  Popham.  Sm 

Soon  after  these  ships  sailed  from  England,  sir 
John  Gilbert  dies,  and  leaves  his  younger  brother 
Rawley  t  Gilbert  his  heir  ;  (F.  Gor)  and  sir  Fran- 
cis Popham,  son  to  the  lord  chief  justice,  with 
some  of  the  adventurers,  send  a  new  supply  ;  pc 
and  this  ship  also  arrives  at  Sagadehock,  in  some 
small  time  after  the  other.  Sm  By  these  ships  the 
plantation  being  informed  first,  of  the  death  of 
lord  chief  justice  Popham,  and  then  of  sir  John 
Gilbert,  Sm  and  captain  Gilbert,  the  president, 
being  obliged  to  go  home,  and  take  care  of  the 
estate  his  brother  left  him,  the  whole  colony 
breaks  up,  and  returns  with  him  (F.  Gor)  this 
year  to  England  :  and  thus  this  plantation  begins 
and  ends  in  one  year  ;  Sm  brand  the  country  as 
over  cold,  and  not  habitable  by  our  nation  ;  and 
the  adventurers  give  over  their  design.  (F.  Gor) 

After  this,  sir  Francis  Popham  sends  captain 
Williams,  Sm  divers  times  to  this  coast,  for  trade 
and  fishing  only  ;  pc  and  sir  F.  Gorges  also  sends 
Vines,  with  a  ship  to  fish,  trade,  and  discover,  for 
some  years  together,  and  hires  men  to  stay  the 
winter,  wherein  the  plague  raged  among  the  In- 
dians. (.F.  Gor)  [Which  I  suppose  is  the  winter 
1616,  17.] 

But  upon  the  colonies  breaking  up,  the  French 
settle  themselves  within  our  limits,  pc 

July  25.    Tuesday,  a  General  Assembly  meets 

*  Sir  F.  Gorges  says,  the  lord  chief  justice's  death  suddenly  followed  tho 
death  of  the  president. 
+  Sir  F.  Gorges's  printer  mistakes  in  naming  him  Ralph  Gilbert. 


120 


NEW  ENGLAND 


CHRONOLOGY. 


1609.      King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— Franco,  Henry  IV.— Spain,  Philip  III. 

at  Linlithgow,  in  Scotlarid,  entreats  the  king,  as 
several  presbyteries  and  synods  had  before,  to  grant 
the  banished  and  confined  ministers  their  liberty ; 
but  it  could  not  be  obtained.  (Cat.) 

This  year  captain  John  Smith  sails  up  the  ri- 
vers, and  discovers  the  inland  parts  of  South  Vir- 
ginia. September  10,  he  receives  from  England 
letters  patent,  to  be  president :  and  now,  it  seems, 
that  captain  Newport  arrives,  with  seventy  persons 
more  ;  and  sailing  for  England,  leaves  two  hun- 
dred in  all  the  colony.  ( Pur.) 

1609.  '  Mr.  Robinson's  church  having  staid  at 
Amsterdam  about  a  year,  seeing  Mr.  Smith  and 
his  company  was  fallen  into  contention  with  the 
church  that  was  there  before  him,  and  that  the 
flames  thereof  were  like  to  break  out  in  that  an- 
cient church  itself,  (as  afterwards  lamentably  came 
to  pass,)  which  Mr.  Robinson  and  church  prudently 
foreseeing,  they  think  it  best  to  remove  in  time, 
before  they  were  any  way  engaged  with  the  same  : 
though  they  knew  it  would  be  very  much  to  the 
prejudice  of  their  outward  interest,  as  it  proved  to 
be  ;  yet  valuing  peace  and  spiritual  comfort  above 
other  riches,  they,  therefore,  with  Mr.  Robinson, 
remove  to  Leyden,  about  the  beginning  of  the 
twelve  years'  truce  between  the  Dutch  and  Span- 
iards, choose  Mr.  Brewster  assistant  to  him  in  the 
place  of  an  elder,  and  there  live  in  great  love  and 
harmony,  both  among  themselves,  and  their  neigh- 
bor citizens,  for  above  eleven  years,  till  they  re- 
move to  New  England.  ( Brad.)  *  But  the  Rev. 
Mr.  Clifton  stays  at  Amsterdam,  and  there  dies. 
Ch.  Plym.  Rcc. 

*  By  this  it  appears,  that  both  Baylie  and  Hornins  are  mistaken,  in  repre- 
senting that  Mr.  Smith  set  up  his  church  at  Leyden  ;  when  it  was  to  avoid 
him,  and  his  company,  that  Mr.  Robinson  and  his  church  removed  from  Am- 
sterdam to  Leyden.  And  by  several  passages  in  governor  Bradford's  manu- 
script  it  seems  as  if  they  began  to  remove  to  Leyden,  at  the  end  of  1608. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


121 


1609.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Henry  IV.— Spain,  Philip  III. 

April  9,  the  Dutch  agree  to  the  twelve  years' 
truce  with  the  king  of  Spain  and  the  archduke 
Albert.  ( Calrisius) 

May.  King  James  establishes  the  East  India 
Company  for  ever.  Hs 

The  Council  of  South  Virginia  having  moved  the 
king  to  call  in  their  commission,  and  received  a 
new  one,  they  make  sir  Thomas  West  lord  de  la 
war,  general  of  the  colony  ;  sir  Thomas  Gates  his 
lieutenant ;  sir  George  Somers,  admiral  ;  sir  Tho- 
mas Dale,  high  marshal ;  sir  Ferdinand  Wainman, 
general  of  the  horse  ;  and  captain  Newport,  vice- 
admiral.  (Sm  ) 

May  15.  Sir  Thomas  Gates  and  vice-admiral 
Newport  sail  with  seven  ships  from  Woolwich,  for 
South  Virginia.  May  20,  arrive  at  Plymouth, 
where  sir  George  Somers  joins  them  with  a  ketch 
and  a  pinnace.  Friday,  June  2,  they  all  sail,  with 
500  people,  (Pur)  men,  women  and  children,  (Hs) 
from  Plymouth,  and  June  8,  from  Falmouth.  (Pur) 

June.  Sir  John  Bourcher  brings  the  making  of 
alum  to  perfection  in  England.  (Hs) 

July  10.  Or  thereabouts,  captain  Samuel  Ar- 
gal  arrives  in  South  Virginia,  to  fish  for  sturgeon  ; 
(Pur)  who  now  first  discovers  the  direct  passage 
from  England  thither,  and  not  to  go  by  the  West 
Indies,  as  before.  (Hs) 

July  24.  Monday,  the  South  Virginia  fleet  cross- 
ing the  gulf  of  Bahamas,  a  most  vehement  storm 
separates  them.  July  28,  Friday,  sir  George  So- 
mers descries  Bermudas  ;  from  him  therefore  call- 
ed the  Somer  islands  ;  is  forced  to  run  the  ship 
ashore,  and  in  their  boats  all  get  safe  to  land ;  be- 
ing 150  men,  women  and  children  ;  and  there  they 
live  till  May  following  ;  sir  Thomas  Gates  and 
16 

i 


122 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1609.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Henry  IV.— Spain,  Philip  III. 

Vice-admiral  Newport  bein£  in  the  same  ship  with 
them.  (Pur)* 

Aug.  11.  Four  other  ships  of  the  fleet  arrive  at 
South  Virginia  ;  a  few  days  after,  two  more  ;  and 
after  this  the  pinnace.  And  captain  Smith,  the 
president,  being  exceedingly  burnt  with  powder, 
and  the  new  comers  setting  up  against  him,  Pur 
about  Sept.  29,  he  sails  for  England,  Sm  and 
they  choose  Mr.  Francis  West  president,  who  soon 
follows  him.  And  then  they  choose  Mr.  George 
Piercy,  president.  Pur 

This  summer,  Mr.  Henry  Hudson,  an  English- 
man, but  employed  by  the  Dutch,  searching  for 
a  northwest  passage  to  the  East  Indies,  sails  to 
Newfoundland,  and  all  along  the  coast,  to  Cape 
Cod  and  Virginia,  as  far  as  33  degrees,  Harris,  and 
now  1  suppose  it  is  that  he  discovers  Hudson's 
river. 

Oct.  9.  James  Arminius,  professor  of  divinity 
at  Leyden,  dies  pa  there,  aged  49,  cc  and  Conra- 
dus  Vorstius  called  to  supply  his  place,  pa 

Nov.  b.    At  the  king's  direction,  the  Council  of 
Scotland  confine  Mr.  Fairfull,  minister  of  Dumfer- 
ling,  during  the  king's  pleasure  ;  only  for  praying 
for  the  distressed  ministers,  both  within  and  with- 
out the  country.  Cat 

Mr.  Nicholas  Fuller,  who  was  cast  into  prison 
by  Archbishop  Bancroft  in  1607,  for  pleading  in 
defence  of  his  clients  against  the  power  of  the  Ec- 
clesiastical commissioners,  is  still  by  the  Archbi- 
shop kept  in  prison  ;  many  were  his  petitions  to 
the  king  for  enlargement,  but  the  Archbishop  pre- 
acquainted  the  king,  and  represented  to  him  that 

*  This  shipwreck  bringing  the  Bermudas  to  the  special  knowledge  and 
esteem  of  the  English,  proves  the  occasion  of  their  settling  and  possessing 
them. 

pa  Pref.  ad  Acta  synod  Dordiec.       cc  Continuatio  Calvisii. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


123 


1610.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  1. — France,  Henry  IV. — Spain,  Philip  111. 

this  lawyer  was  the  champion  of  the  nonconform- 
ists ;  so  that  he  lay  in  prison  till  he  died  this  year. 
Ful 

Dec.  21.  Mr.  William  Ames,  fellow  of  Christ's 
College  in  Cambridge,  preaches  in  St.  Mary's 
against  playing  cards  and  dice  ;  at  which  many  are 
so  offended,  that  to  avoid  expulsion,  he  goes  be- 
yond sea  ;  and  the  States  of  Friesland  not  long 
after  choose  him  professor  Ful  of  divinity  in  their 
university  of  Francker.  * 

Feb.  15,  1610.  The  king  erects  two  high  com- 
mission courts  in  Scotland,  under  the  Archbishops 
of  St.  Andrews  and  Glasgow,  and  over  their  se- 
veral provinces  ;  which  commission  puts  the  king 
in  possession  of  absolute  power  to  use  the  bodies 
and  goods  of  his  subjects  at  pleasure  without  form 
or  process  of  common  law  ;  and  now  the  Scots 
Bishops  are  become  patrons  of  benefices,  lords  of 
Parliament,  council,  exchequer,  session  high  com- 
mission, &e.  Col 

Feb.  28.  The  lord  Delaware  has  his  patent 
sealed  by  the  South  Virginia  Company,  to  be  lord 
governor  and  captain  general  of  all  the  ^colonies 
there,  during  his  life  ;  and  before  March  24  he  sails 
with  three  ships  and  150  men,  accompanied  with 
knights  and  gentlemen  of  quality  ;  captain  Argal 
conducting  him  thither.  Hs 

April  27.  King  James  grants  to  divers  persons 
a  patent  of  incorporation,  &c.  to  settle  a  colony  in 
Newfoundland.!  In  June,  they  send  Mr.  John 
Guy,  as  governor,  with  thirty-nine  persons,  who 

*  Dr.  Thomas  Fuller  places  this  about  1610,  11,  and  his  preaching  on  St. 
Thomas  s  day,  which  is  Dec.  21  ;  yet  by  publishing  his  puritanismus  Agli- 
canus  at  Francfort  in  1610,  I  choose  to  place  this  preaching  on  Dec,  21, 
1609,  rather  than  1610. 

t  Howes  sets  the  date  of  the  patent  on  May,  2,  this  year ;  but  I  adhere  to 
Purchas,  who  recites  the  patent. 


124 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1610.    King  of  G.  Britain.  James  I  — France,  Lewis  XIlL— Spain,  Philip  III 

arrives  there,  begins  the  colony  in  Conception  bay, 
and  there  winters.  Pur  * 

May  3.  Thursday,  the  French  queen  crowned  at 
Paris ;  Hs  and  p  the  next  day,  king  Henry  IV.  her 
lord  stabed  to  death,  Cal  and  p  by  a  popish  priest 
pn  in  his  coach  ;  and  his  son  Lewis  XIII,  reigns. 
Cat  But  the  queen  made  Regent  during  her  son's 
minority.  Pur  and  Hs 

May  10.  Sir  Thomas  Gates,  sir  George  Somers 
and  vice-admiral  Newport,  sail  from  Bermudas  in 
their  new  built  pinnaces  for  South  Virginia,  leaving 
two  men,  who  refused  to  come  aboard  them.  Mon- 
day May  21,  they  descry  South  Virginia,  sail  into 
Chesapeake  bay,  and  find  Mr.  George  Piercy  pre- 
sident. Wednesday,  May  23,  they  anchor  and  land 
at  Jamestown,  with  about  150  persons  ;  but  finding 
the  colony,  from  500,  when  capt.  Smith  went  away, 
reduced  to  sixty,  and  in  a  wretched  state,  they  all 
resolve  for  England  ;  and  on  June  7,  the  whole 
company  gets  aboard,  leaves  Jamestown  and  sails 
down  the  river.  [And  thus  the  first  colony  there 
breaks  up.]  But  the  next  day  the  lord  Delaware 
from  England  meets  them  ;  upon  which  they  re- 
turn and  land  at  the  town  again.  Pur 

June  10.  Lord's  Day,  the  lord  Delaware  ar- 
rives with  his  three  ships  and  150  men,  at  James- 
town, lands,  and  takes  upon  him  the  government. 
June  19,  sir  G.  Somers  and  captain  Argal  sail 
from  Jamestown  for  Bermudas  for  provisions.  Pur 

June.  Another  ship,  with  twenty  men  and  a 
year's  provisions,  sent  after  the  lord  Delaware  from 
England,  for  South  Virginia.  Hs 

July  15,  Sir  T.  Gates  sails  for  England;  and 
July  16,  sir  G.  Somers  and  captain  Argal.  meeting 
with  violent  storms  and  contrary  winds,  bear  away 


p  Petavius. 


pn  Pointer. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


125 


1610.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

for  Cape  Cod  ;  and  July  26,  for  Sagadehock  ;  the 
night  after,  being  very  foggy,  they  lose  sight  of 
each  other.  July  29,  captain  Argal  comes  to  a 
rocky  island,  in  43  deg.  and  40  north,  lands  upon 
it,  finds  great  store  of  seals,  and  calls  it  seal  rock. 
August  14,  shapes  his  course  for  Cape  Cod  ;  to 
the  back  side  of  which  he  comes  on  August  19,  in 
41  deg.  50  min.  finds  the  variation,  north  13  deg. 
west  ;*  the  next  day  sails  for  South  Virginia.  Au- 
gust 27,  anchors  in  nine  fathom,  in  a  very  .great 
bay,  the  southern  cape  of  which  is  in  38  and  20 
north. f  August  31,  arrives  at  Cape  Charles,  the 
north  cape  of  Chesapeake  bay.  Sir  G.  Somers 
also  sails,  first  to  Sagadehock,  then  to  Bermudas  ; 
where  he  dies,  and  his  pinnace  returns  to  England, 
leaving  three  men  behind  them.  Pur 

Oct.  21.  By  the  king's  commission,  the  Bi- 
shops of  London,  Ely,  Worcester  and  Rochester, 
consecrate  the  Scottish  Bishops  in  the  Bishop  of 
London's  chapel  ;  namely,  Mr.  John  Spotswood, 
Archbishop  of  Glasgow,  Mr.  Gawen  Hamilton,  Bi- 
shop of  Galloway,  and  Mr.  Andrew  Lamb,  Bishop 
of  Breechin.  Hs 

Nov.  2.    Richard  Bancroft,  archbishop  of  Can- 
terbury, dies.  Fid 

Dec.  31.    The  king,  by  proclamation,  dissolves 
his  first  Parliament.  Hs  and  Bah 

'  This  year,  comes  out,  a  justification  of  separa- 
tion from  the  Church  of  England,  by  John  Robin- 
son, pages  476,  in  quarto  ;  rb  and  about  this  time,  , 
and  the  following  years,  many  come  to  his  church 
at  Leyden,  from  divers  parts  of  England,  so  as  they 
grow  a  great  congregation.'  Brad    And  this  year, 


*  In  the  margin  of  Purchas,  it  is  north  15  deg.  west 

t  This  seems  to  be  the  bay  since  called  Delaware  Bay. 

rb  See  the  book  itself ;  which  is  doubtless  printed  at  Leyden 


126  NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


Kill.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  T. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

Dr.  Ames  publishes  his  Puritanismus  Anglicanus, 
in  Latin,  octavo,  at  Francfbrt,  in  Germany.  (Lib. 
ipse.) 

1611.  This  winter  four  of  the  English  die  at 
Newfoundland.  Pur 

March  15.  Or  thereabouts,  sir  Thomas  Dale, 
sails  for  South  Virginia,  with  three  ships,  300  peo- 
ple, twelve  kine,  twenty  goats,  and  all  things  need- 
ful for  the  colony.  Hs 

March.  After  eight  months  illness  there,  lord 
Delaware  sails  in  captain  Argal  for  England  ;  leav- 
ing upwards  of  200  men,  and  captain  George  Pier- 
cy  his  deputy  governor,  until  sir  Thomas  Dale  ar- 
rives ;  whose  power  is  also  to  end  upon  sir  T. 
Gates's  arrival.  Pur 

This  year  Mr.  Edward  Harlie  and  Nicholas  Hob- 
son  sail  to  North  Virginia,  Pur  and  of  this  voyage, 
I  suppose  it  is  that  captain  Smith  writes,  that  the 
earl  of  Southhampton  and  those  of  the  isle  of 
Wight,  employ  captain  Edward  Harlow  to  discover 
an  isle  supposed  about  Cape  Cod  ;  but  falling  in 
with  Monahigan,  they  detained  three  savages, 
namely,  Pechmo,  Monopet  and  Pekenimne  ;  but 
Pechmo  leaped  overboard  and  got  away.  Not  far 
from  thence,  they  had  three  men  sorely  wounded 
with  arrows  ;  and  anchoring  at  the  isle  of  Nohono, 
the  savages  in  their  canoes  assault  the  ship,  until 
the  English  guns  make  them  retire  ;  yet  here  they 
take  Sakaweston,  and  at  Capawe  they  take  Cone- 
conam  and  Epenow ;  but  at  Agawam,  the  natives 
use  them  more  kindly ;  and  so  with  five  savages 
they  return  to  England,  but  of  plantations,  there 
are  no  more  speeches.  Sm 

April  9.  Tuesday,  Dr.  George  Abbot,  bishop  of 
London,  transferred  to  the  archbishoprick  of  Can- 
terbury. Hs  and  Fuller  says,  he  was  not  much  be- 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


127 


1612.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  HI. 

loved  by  the  inferior  clergy,  as  being  over  austere 
and  rigid.  Ful 

May  10.  Sir  T.  Dale  arrives  at  South  Virginia, 
with  his  three  ships  and  300  people,  &c.  in  eight 
weeks'  passage.  Pur  Towards  the  end  of  May, 
sir  T.  Gates  sails  from  England  thither,  with  three 
ships  and  three  Carvells,  280  men,  twenty  women, 
200  kine,  as  many  swine,  &c.  Hs  and  Aug.  1,  or 
2,  arrives  there,  with  his  six  ships,  300  people,  &c. 
Pur 

[South  Virginia  being  thus  settled,  I  shall  leave 
their  history.] 

May  22.  King  James  begins  the  order  of  baro- 
nets ;  and  this  day  creates  eighteen.  Colman 

May  e.  Mr.  Stratoun,  minister  of  Forress,  in 
Scotland,  warded  in  the  castle  of  Innerness,  for 
preaching  against  the  state  of  bishops.  Cal 

Nov.  Vorstius  ordered  to  retire  from  Leyden,  to 
his  house  at  Tergou.  pa 

This  year,  the  new  version  of  the  Bible  into 
English,  finished  by  forty-seven  translators.  Ful 

1612.  The  curators  of  the  University  of  Leyden 
call  Simon  Episcopius  to  be  professor  of  Divinity 
there  against  the  mind  of  Polyander  the  other  pro- 
fessor, and  to  the  great  grief  of  the  churches,  pa 

March  3.  Bartholomew  Legate  condemned  to 
the  fire  by  the  bishops  in  the  consistory  of  Paul's 
London,  for  Arrianism.  March  11,  the  king  issues 
his  writ  to  burn  him,  Ful  and  Wednesday,  March 
18,  he  is  burnt  in  Smithfield,  Hs  and  Ful  in  a  vast 
conflux  of  spectators,  about  40  years  of  age.  Ful  * 

April  11.  Edward  Wightman,  having  been  con- 
victed by  the  bishop  of  Litchfield,  of  the  like  or 


*  Fuller  says,  that  Bishop  King  of  London  called  so  many  bishops,  divines 
and  lawyers,  to  his  trial,  that  the  consistory  seemed  not  so  much  a  large 
court,  as  a  little  convocation. 


128 


?sEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1612.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France.  Lewis  XIII  — Spain,  Philip  III. 

worse  heresies,  is  there  this  day  burnt.  Which 
executions  raising  the  compassions  of  the  people, 
the  king  chooses  that  heretics  should  waste  away 
their  lives  in  prison.  Ful 

The  Bermudas  islands  being  within  the  limits  of 
Virginia,  and  the  company  finding  land  enough  on 
the  main,  sell  these  islands  to  120  of  the  same 
company  ;  who  name  them  the  Somer  islands, 
obtain  a  charter,  and  so  hold  them  of  his  majesty, 
Hs  ;  and 

April  28.  They  send  the  first  colony  thither,  of 
sixty  persons,  under  Mr.  Richard  Moor  governor 
there  for  three  years,  pr  Hs  who  now  embark  in  a 
ship  at  London,  and  go  down  to  Gravesend.  May 
9,  sail  from  the  downs  ;  July  11,  descry  and  land 
at  Bermudas  ;  August  2,  subscribe  to  six  religious 
articles  of  government ;  and  this  year,  thirty  pas- 
sengers more  arrive  here.  Pur 

June  7.  Mr.  Guy  arrives  at  Newfoundland 
again  ;  and  this  summer  captain  Peter  Easton,  the 
famous  pirate,  comes  thither,  with  ten  good  ships, 
w  takes  100  men  out  of  the  fishing  vessels  in  Con- 
ception bay,  besides  what  he  takes  in  others,  mans 
six  ships,  Pur  and  sails  to  the  straits  ;  w*  and  this 
year  the  Newfoundland  colony  increases  to  sixty 
persons.  Pur 

Aug.  4.  Mr.  Hugh  Broughton  dies  at  Totnam, 
High  Cross,  aged  63.  I 

'  In  these  times  are  great  troubles  raised  by  the 
Arminians  in  Holland  ;  in  Leyden  especially,  there 
are  daily  and  hot  disputes  in  the  schools  about  the 
Arminian  doctrine  ;  the  two  divinity  professors 

w  Whitbourn,  in  his  discourse  of  Newfoundland,  printed  in  quarto,  Lon- 
don, 1622. 

*  Whitbourn,  by  mistake,  sets  this  in  1611,  and  it  seems  most  likely  that 
rhe  six  ships  are  part  of  the  ten,  and  that  he  came  but  with  four. 
/  Lightfoot  in  his  preface  to  Mr.  Broughton  s  works. 


1 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY.  129 
1613.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

being  divided  ;  Episcopius  teaching  for  them,  Po- 
lyander  against  them  ;  and  the  contention  grows  to 
that  pass,  that  few  of  the  disciples  of  the  one  will 
hear  the  other.  But  Mr.  Robinson,  though  he 
preaches  thrice  a  week,  and  wrote  sundry  books, 
besides  his  other  manifold  labors,  yet  goes  con- 
stantly to  hear  them  both  ;  whereby  he  is  grounded 
so  well  in  the  controversy,  sees  the  force  of  all 
their  arguments,  knows  the  shifts  of  the  Arminians, 
and  being  himself  otherwise  very  able,  none  is  fit- 
ter to  engage  them,  as  appears  by  sundry  disputes, 
so  that  he  begins  to  be  terrible  to  the  Arminian 
party.  Brad 

Oct.  16.  Parliament  of  Scotland  meets  ;  and 
still  enlarges  the  king's  and  bishops'  powers.  Cat 
The  same  day,  Frederick,  prince  Palatine  of  the 
Rhine,  arrives  at  Gravesend,  Hs  and  Bak  and 
Lord's  day,  18th,  at  Whitehall,  to  marry  the  prin- 
cess Elizabeth,  king  James's  only  daughter.  Hs 

Nov.  6.  Friday,  the  most  hopeful  Henry,  prince 
of  Wales,  dies  of  a  malignant  fever,  aged  eighteen 
years,  eight  months,  seventeen  days.  Hs.  Bak.  and 
Fuller  says,  he  was  never  known  to  have  uttered  a 
profane  oath.  Fid 

Feb.  14, 1613.  Lord's  day,  the  princess  Elizabeth 
married  to  the  prince  Palatine,  Hs.  Bak.  on  which 
day  are  tilting  and  other  royal  entertainments  of 
time  ;  Hs  at  night,  a  mask  of  lords  and  ladies. 
Saturday,  April  10,  the  prince  Palatine  and  lady, 
set  out  from  Whitehall  for  Heidelberg ;  Bak.  and 
Howes  says,  that  during  the  Palatine's  abode  in 
England,  he  behaved  himself  so  nobly,  that  he  won 
the  hearts  of  the  whole  nation.  Hs 

March  27.  Nicholas  Guy's  wife  delivered  of  a 
son  at  Newfoundland  ;  Pur  which  seems  to  be  the 
first  English  child  born  there. 

17 


130 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1613.      King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

June.  Arrives  from  England  at  Bermudas,  a 
vessel  with  sixty  passenger  :  sometime  after,  an- 
other with  forty ;  two  months  after,  a  third  with 
100  ;  two  days  after,  a  fourth  with  180  ;  and  four- 
teen days  after,  two  frigates  with  160.  Sm 

[Bermudas  being  thus  settled  I  shall  leave  their 
history.] 

The  government  of  S.  Virginia,  hearing  that  the 
French  had  settled  within  our  limits,  send  Capt. 
Argal  to  dislodge  them  ;  who  sails  to  Sagadehock, 
and  seizes  their  forts  at  Mount  Mansel,  St.  Croix 
and  Port  Royal ;  and  carries  their  ship  and  pinnace, 
ordnance,  cattle  and  provision  to  Jamestown.  Sm 
Pur* 

Oct.  25.  Monday,  lord  chief  justice  Cook  re- 
moved to  the  king's  bench,  and  made  lord  chief 
justice  of  England.  Hs 

This  year,  Mr.  R.  Bates,  a  reverend  preacher, 
dies  in  prison,  having  lain  in  the  Gate  House  about 
twenty  months,  only  for  opposing  the  prelacy  and 
ceremonies  used  in  the  church,  bh.  and  Mr.  Cotton 
says,  he  was  a  heavenly  saint,  suffered  for  the  same 
cause,  choaked  in  prison  ;  nor  could  be  released, 
though  Dr.  Hering  a  learned  and  beloved  physi- 
cian, earnestly  solicited  bishop  Neal  for  his  enlarge- 
ment, as  he  tendered  his  life  ;  but  the  physician's 
suit  was  repulsed  with  reproaches,  and  the  life  of 
his  patient  spilt  by  that  rigor,  cb 

'  And  about  this  year  it  seems,  that  Episcopius 
sets  forth  sundry  Arminian  Theses  at  Leyden, 
which  he  would  defend  in  public  against  all  oppo- 
sers.     Upon    which   Polyander   and    the  chief 

*  Though  neither  the  month,  nor  year  of  this  expedition  are  certified, 
either  by  Gorges,  Smith  or  Purchas,  yet  by  comparing  them  together,  it 
seems  to  be  this  year,  and  sometime  between  May  and  the  following  winter. 

cb  Cotton's  Bloodv  Tenet  washed. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


131 


1614.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  III 

preachers  of  the  city,  desire  Mr.  Robinson  to  dis- 
pute against  him.  But  being  a  stranger,  he  was 
loath  to  engage.  Yet  the  other  telling  him,  that 
such  was  the  ability  and  expertness  of  the  adver- 
sary, that  the  truth  is  in  danger  to  suffer,  if  he 
would  not  help  them,  are  so  importunate,  as  at 
length  he  yields  ;  and  when  the  day  comes,  he  so 
defends  the  truth  and  foils  the  opposer,  as  he  puts 
him  to  an  apparent  non  plus  in  this  great  and  pub- 
lic audience.  The  same  he  does  a  second  or  third 
time,  upon  the  like  occasions  ;  which  as  it  causes 
many  to  give  praise  to  God  that  the  truth  had  so 
famous  a  victory ;  so  it  procures  Mr.  Robinson 
much  respect  and  honor  from  those  learned  men 
and  others ;  and  it  is  said  by  some  of  no  mean 
note,  that  were  it  not  for  giving  offence  to  the  state 
of  England,  they  would  prefer  him  otherwise,  if 
he  pleased,  and  allow  his  people  some  public  fa- 
vor.' Brad 

Jan.  21,  1614.  Mr.  James  Melvin,  having  suffer- 
ed seven  years'  exile  at  the  king's  pleasure,  not  con- 
victed of  any  offence,  dies  at  Berwick,  the  place 
of  his  confinement.  He  was  one  of  the  wisest 
directors  of  ecclesiastical  affairs  the  church  of 
Scotland  had  in  his  time  ;  and  the  king  being  set 
upon  advancing  the  state  of  bishops,  called  him  to 
court,  and  never  suffered  him  to  return,  lest  he 
should  hinder  their  designs.  Cal 

March  3.  Capt.  John  Smith,  with  two  ships, 
and  forty-five  men  and  boys,  sail  from  the  Downs, 
for  N.  Virginia,  Pur  to  make  trial  of  a  mine  of 
gold  and  copper ;  and  if  these  fail,  then  to  fish  and 
trade  ;  carrying  Tantum  an  Indian  with  him.  Sm 
April  30,  arrives  at  the  isle  Monahigan,  Pur  in 
lat.  43,  30,  N.  Sm  where  he  is  to  stay  with  ten  men, 
to  keep  possession,  if  the  whaling  answers  expecta- 


132 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1614.      King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

tion;  but  being  disappointed  he  builds  seven  boats, 
in  which  thirty-seven  men  make  a  great  fishing 
voyage,  while  with  eight  men  in  a  small  boat  he 
ranges  the  coasts  and  trades  with  the  natives  Pur 
from  Penobscot  to  Sagadehock,  Acocisco,  Passa- 
taquack,  Tragabigzanda,  called  Cape  Ann  ;  the 
Massachusetts  Isles,  on  which  they  say  are  3000 
people,  fights  with  forty  or  fifty  of  them,  finds  two 
French  ships  Sm*  who  had  been  here  six  weeks 
Sm  and  made  a  great  voyage  by  trade.  Sm  Thence 
he* sails  to  Accomack,  where  he  also  fights  and 
kills  some  Indians  ;  thence  to  Cape  Cod,  where  he 
sets  Tantum  ashore.  On  the  main  against  Mona- 
higan,  finds  a  ship  of  sir  Francis  Popham's  which 
had  many  years  used  that  port  only.  Sm  1.  July 
18,  Capt.  Smith  sails  for  England  Pur  in  the  bark, 
and  leaves  the  ship  under  Thomas  Hunt  master,  to 
fit  for  Spain.  Sm  Aug.  5,  Capt.  Smith  puts  in  at 
Plymouth,  Sm  1  and  in  the  end  of  the  month,  ar- 
rives at  London,  Pur  draws  a  plat  of  the  country, 
and  first  calls  it  New  England.  Sm  After  Smith 
left  New  England,  Sm  Hunt  gets  twenty  Indians 
aboard  him  at  Patuxit,  M  one  of  whom  is  called 
Squanto  BM  or  Squantum  or  Tisquantum,  BMW 
and  seven  more  at  Nausit,  M  and  carries  them  to 
Malaga,  and  sells  them  Sm  for  slaves,  at  twenty 
pounds  per  man ;  M  which  raises  such  an  enmity 
in  the  savages  against  our  nation  as  makes  further 
attempts  of  commerce  with  them  very  dangerous. 
pc  B  M.  69 

[From  this  time  therefore,  we  shall  distinguish 

*  Smith's  first  account  of  New  England,  printed  in  4to.  London,  1616. 

M.  Relation  of  the  proceedings  of  the  English  plantation  at  Plymouth,  in 
New  England,  published  by  G  Mourt,  in  4to.  London,  1622. 

W  Winslow's  Good  News  from  New  England,  printed  in  4to.  London,  1624. 

69  F.  Gorges,  Esq.  his  America  painted  to  the  Life,  printed  in  4to.  London, 
1659. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


133 


1614.      King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. —  France,  Lewis  XIII. —  Spain,  Philip  III. 

N.  Virginia  by  the  name  of  New  England,  and 
confine  the  name  Virginia  to  the  southern  colony.] 

March  4.  A  Proclamation  at  Edinburgh,  com- 
manding ministers  and  people  to  celebrate  the 
Lord's  Supper  on  Easter  following,  namely,  April 
24,  the  pretence  being  for  trial  of  Popish  recu- 
sants ;  but  the  wiser  take  it  as  a  trial  how  the  peo- 
ple will  bear  innovations ;  there  being  acts  of  the 
general  assembly  in  force  against  them.  Cal 

April  5.  The  king's  second  parliament  of  England 
begins,  Ech  Sal  complains  of  his  admitting  papists 
into  his  council,  his  silencing  many  watchful  and 
diligent  ministers,  and  his  several  treaties  to  marry 
the  late  prince  Henry  and  present  prince  Charles, 
with  the  daughters  of  popish  princes ;  all  which 
disheartens  protestants  and  encourages  papists,  Ech 
and  the  House  of  Commons  beginning  to  ques- 
tion bishop  Harsente  and  bishop  Neal,  for  offensive 
speeches  ;  to  save  them  from  the  storm,  is  suppos- 
ed the  reason  of  the  king's  abrupt  dissolving  them 
Sal  on  June  7.  Upon  which  the  king  imprisons 
several  members,  without  bail  or  mainprise,  for  the 
freedom  they  had  taken  ;  and  raises  money  on  his 
subjects,  by  way  of  benevolence.  Ech  Sal 

June.  Some  of  the  Plymouth  Company,  pc  namely, 
sir  F.  Gorges  with  the  earl  of  Southampton,  com- 
mander of  the  Isle  of  Wight,  send  capt.  Henry  Har- 
ley  and  capt.  Hobson;*  commander  of  some  land 
soldiers,  in  a  ship  F.  Gor  from  Plymouth,  Pur  for  the 
Isle  of  Capawick,  F.  Gor  or  Capawack,  Sm  lying 
southward  of  Cape  Cod,  F.  Gor  Sm  carrying  two 

Ech.  Echard.    Sal.  Salmon. 
f  *  Whether  this  be  the  Edward  Harlie  and  Nicholas  Hobson  which  Purchas 
mentions  in  1611,  and  whether  sir  F.  Gorges  mistakes  Henry  for  Edward, 
seems  uncertain. 


134 


iNEYV   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1615.      King  of  G.  Britain,  James  [. — Fiance,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  111. 

Indians,  namely,  Epenow  and  Manawet  pc*  in 
search  of  a  gold  mine,  which  Epenow  told  them 
of,  with  a  design  only  to  get  home.  Sm  But  ar- 
riving at  the  harbor  where  Epenow  was  to  make 
good  his  undertaking,  a  little  after  Hunt  had  carri- 
ed the  Indians  away,  Manawet  dies,  pc  and  Epe- 
now jumps  overboard  and  gets  ashore,  while  the 
Indians  in  twenty  canoes  attack  them,  F.  Gov  and 
wound  the  master  of  the  ship  and  many  of  his 
company.  Sm  Upon  which  the  English  return  with- 
out doing  any  thing  further  ;  F.  Gov  and  at  this  the 
western  men  are  so  discouraged,  as  they  regard  not 
the  country  till  they  see  four  ships  sail  from  Lon- 
don, and  capt.  Smith  at  Plymouth  in  January  next. 
Sm. 

This  summer,  sir  Henry  Manwaring  is  at  New- 
foundland with  five  good  ships,  w  Pur. 

Jan.  1615.  The  Virginia  Company  at  London, 
send  four  ships  with  Michael  Cooper,  Pur  who  had 
been  master  of  the  bark  under  capt.  Smith  last 
year,  Sm  to  fish  on  the  coast  of  New  England  ; 
who  arriving  there  in  March,  and  making  their  voy- 
ages ;  one  sails  to  Spain,  one  to  Virginia  to  re- 
lieve that  colony,  and  two  return  to  England.  Pur 

Capt.  Smith  goes  from  London  to  Plymouth  ;  in 
March,  sails  in  a  ship  of  200  tons,  with  another  of 
fifty,  Pur.  furnished  by  sir  F.  Gorges  and  others, 
for  New  England  ;  being  to  leave  sixteen  men 
there  to  begin  a  settlement;  but  ere  he  sails  120 
leagues,  a  great  storm  parts  him  from  the  other 
ship,  breaks  all  his  masts,  and  forces  him  to  return 
to  Plymouth ;  where  leaving  his  ship,  he  gets  into 

*  Sir  F.  Gorges  says,  three  Indians,  namely,  Epenow,  Assacomet  and  Wa- 
nape  ;  but  seems  to. mistake  in  saying  that  Epenow  was  one  of  those  whom 
Hunt  had  carried  away,  whereas  Epenow  seems  to  have  been  carried  away 
by  capt.  Harlow  in  1611  ;  and  capt.  Dermer  in  Purchas  seems  to  mistake  in 
saying  that  Epenow  was  carried  home  in  1615. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY.  135 
1615.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

a  bark  of  sixty  tons  ;  and  June  24,  sails  again  with 
thirty  men,  sixteen  of  whom  are  to  begin  the  set- 
tlement. At  Fyal,  meets  with  two  French  pirates, 
one  of  200  tons,  the  other  of  thirty ;  engages,  and 
beats  them  off;  but  near  the  Isle  of  Flores,  four 
French  men  of  war  take  and  carry  him  to  France. 
Sm  The  other  ship  parted  from  him  in  the  storm, 
at  first,  proceeded,  arrived  at  New  England  in  May, 
made  her  voyage,  and  comes  home  in  August. 
Par 

March  25.  A  proclamation  at  Edinburgh,  to 
celebrate  the  Lord's  Supper  at  Easter,  in  all  times 
coming.  Cat 

April  23.  Lord's  Day,  George  Villars,  esquire, 
sworn  gentleman  of  the  king's  bed  chamber ;  the 
next  day  knighted,  Hs  and  becomes  the  king's  fa- 
vorite. Bak 

August  27,  1616,  made  a  lord  ;  January  5,  1616, 
7,  made  earl ;  January  1,  1617,  8,  marquis  ;  Hs  sg 
and  May  18,  1623,  duke  of  Buckingham,  sg 

This  year  captain  Richard  Whitbourn  goes  to 
Newfoundland,  with  a  commission  from  the  Admi- 
ralty to  empannel  juries  &c.  ;  w  Pur  and  this  year, 
at  Newfoundland,  are  many  thousands  of  English, 
French,  Portuguese  and  others  ;  the  French  and 
Biscayans  resorting  chiefly  to  the  north  and  west 
parts,  where  the  Indians  also  chiefly  keep.  Pur 

[Newfoundland  being  thus  settled,  I  shall  leave 
their  history.] 

July.  The  Londoners  send  two  more  ships  to 
fish  at  New  England  ;  but  going  by  the  West  In- 
dies, arrive  not  in  New  England  till  May  1616  : 
one  returning  two  months  after.  Pur 


sg  Segar's  Honores  Anglicani. 


136 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHROISOLOGV. 


1616.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  III, 

October.  Sir  Richard,  Hakins  sails  from  Eng- 
land, with  commission  from  the  Council  of  Ply- 
mouth, to  try  what  service  he  could  do  them  as 
president  for  this  year,  at  New  England  ;  but  ar- 
riving and  finding  the  war  at  the  height,  and  the 
principal  natives  almost  destroyed,  he  passes  along 
the  coast  to  Virginia,  stays  there  sometime,  and 
sails  for  Spain.  F.  Gov 

This  year,  the  archbishops,  bishops,  and  the  rest 
of  the  clergy  of  Ireland,  in  the  Convocation  holden 
at  Dublin,  agree  upon  104  articles  of  religion,  for 
avoiding  diversities  of  opinions  and  establishing 
consent,  touching  true  religion,  ar 

1616.  February  and  March,  sail  for  New  Eng- 
land, four  ships  from  Plymouth,  Pur  Sm  and  two 
more  from  London,  Pur*  but  only  for  voyages 
of  profit  Sm  by  fish  and  trade.  Pur  One  of  the 
Plymouth  ships  gets  in  one  month  to  New  Eng- 
land, and  thence  goes  to  Spain ;  the  other  three 
return  to  Plymouth  within  six  months,  Sm  one  of 
the  Londoners  get  in  six  weeks  to  New  England, 
and  within  six  months  returns  to  England  ;  the  other 
goes  to  the  Canaries ;  and  all  six  full  laden.  Pur 

June  20.  King  James  goes  into  the  Star  Cham- 
ber, and  makes  a  speech  to  the  judges  and  others 
there,  kj  Hs  wherein  he  says,  the  Star  Chamber 
Court  hath  been  shaken  of  late ;  and  the  last  year 
had  received  a  sore  blow,  if  it  had  not  been  assisted 
and  carried  by  a  few  voices ;  and  charges  the 
judges,  let  not  Papists  nor  Puritans  be  counte- 
nanced. In  another  place  he  says,  as  I  have  said 
in  Parliament  House,  I  can  love  the  person  of  a 

ar  Articles,  printed  in  4to,  London,  1629. 

*  Smith's  first  account  and  general  history  say  four  from  London  ;  but  it 
seems  thai  these  four  include  the  two  that  sailed  thence  in  July  last,  and  re- 
turn this  year  from  New  England. 

kj  King-  James's  Speech  itself,  printed  at  London,  in  4to. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


137 


1616.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  III 

Papist,  being  otherwise  a  good  man  and  honestly 
bred,  never  having  known  any  other  religion ; 
though  the  person  of  an  apostate  Papist  I  hate, 
&c.  kj 

June  18.  Comes  out  a  description  of  New 
England,  or  the  Observations  and  Discoveries  of 
captain  John  Smith,  (admiral  of  that  country)  in 
1614,  with  the  success  of  six  ships  that  went  the  next 
year  1615,  and  the  accidents  that  befel  him  among 
the  French  men  of  war;  with  the  proof  of  the 
present  benefit  this  country  affords  ;  whither,  this 
year,  1616,  eight  voluntary  ships  are  gone,  to  make 
fuitber  trial.    Printed  in  4to.  London,  1616. 

August  IS.  A  General  Assembly  meets  by  the 
king's  order  at  Aberdeen  in  Scotland ;  when  the 
archbishop  of  St.  Andrews  steps  into  the  modera- 
tor's place  without  election,  against  the  act  of  the 
church  yet  unrepealed,  and  a  number  of  lords  and 
others  set  without  lawful  commission ;  who  under 
the  king's  guard,  receive  a  new  confession  of 
faith,  order  the  communion  to  be  celebrated  every 
year  at  Easter ;  and  empower  committees  to  draw 
up  a  new  Catechism,  a  Common  Prayer  Book,  and 
a  Book  of  Canons,  for  the  king's  allowance.  Cal. 

September  29.  Lord's  Day,  Dr.  Andrews, 
bishop  of  Ely,  sworn  a  privy  counsellor.  Hs 

November  4.  King  James  crowns  his  son 
Charles  prince  of  Wales  ;  and  Lord's  Day,  No- 
vember 10,  in  honor  of  his  creation  twenty-five 
knights  of  the  Bath,  with  all  magnificence,  ride  to 
White-Hall,  and  are  there  knighted  by  his  majesty. 
Hs 

November  16.  Saturday,  sir  Edward  Cook,  lord 
chief  justice  of  the  King's  Bench  discharged  of 
his  office.  Hs 

18 


138 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1617.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  III. 

Sometime  this  fall  a  French  ship  cast  away  at 
the  northeast  part  of  Cape  Cod;  but  the  men 
getting  safe  ashore,  the  Indians  watch  and  dog 
them  till  they  kill  them  all  but  three  or  four,  which 
they  send  from  one  Sachim  to  another  to  make 
sport,  and  use  them  worse  than  slaves,  till  two  are 
redeemed  by  captain  Dermer  in  1619.  B  Pur. 

January  b.  1617.  King  James  notifies  the 
Council  of  Scotland  of  his  design  of  coming 
thither  ;  and  promises  that  what  he  does  there  shall 
be  with  the  applause  of  all ;  yet  in  repairing  his 
chapel  at  Halyrood  House,  a  place  is  prepared  for 
organs,  and  the  images  of  the  twelve  Apostles  and 
four  Evangelists,  wrought  in  wood  and  gilt,  are 
ordered  to  be  set  up ;  but  the  people  murmuring, 
the  Scots  bishops  dissuade  the  king  from  setting 
them  up ;  though  with  a  sharp  rebuke  and  check 
of  ignorance,  both  from  the  king  and  archbishop 
Abbot  ;  the  king  telling  the  Scots  bishops,  that 
his  English  doctors  would  instruct  them  in  these 
and  other  points.  Cat 

This  winter  and  the  spring  ensuing,  a  great 
plague  befals  the  natives  in  New  England  ;  which 
wasteth  them  exceedingly ;  and  so  many  thousands 
of  them  die,  that  the  living  are  not  able  to  bury 
them,  and  their  skulls  and  bones  remain  above 
ground  at  the  places  of  their  habitations  for  several 
years  after.  F.  Gov  B  M* 

March  7.  Sir  Francis  Bacon,  king's  attorney, 
made  lord  keeper ;  and  January  4,  following,  made 
lord  chancellor  Hs 

March  14.  Friday,  king  James  sets  out  from 
White-Hall  for  Scotland.  Hs  May  16,  enters  Edin- 

*  By  captain  Dermer's  letter  of  December  27,  1619,  in  Purchas,  and  of 
June  30,  1620,  in  governor  Bradford,  compared  with  governor  Bradford's  own 
account,  it  seems  that  the  Narragansets  in  the  west,  and  Penobscots  in  the 
east,  escaped  this  plague,  and  that  it  raged  only  in  the  countries  lying  between 
them,  anfl  prepared  the  way  for  another  people. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


139 


1617.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  III. 

burgh ;  and  next  day  has  the  English  service ; 
when  playing  on  organs,  choiristers  and  surplices 
are  first  heard  and  seen  in  the  king's  chapel.  Cat 

March  22.  Mr.  Thomas  Parker,  aged  22,  only 
son  to  the  famous  Mr  Robert  Parker,  made  master 
of  arts  at  Francker.* 

This  spring,  captain  Smith  is  provided  with 
three  good  ships  at  Plymouth,  and  fifteen  men  to 
stay  and  settle  in  New  England  ;  but  being  wind- 
bound  three  months,  the  voyage  is  frustrated ;  for 
which  and  his  other  losses  and  disappointments 
about  this  country,  the  commissioners  of  the  Ply- 
mouth Company  contract  with  him  to  be  admiral 
of  New  England  for  life.  Pur 

June  8.  Being  Whitsunday,  by  the  king's  com- 
mand the  Lord's  Supper  is  first  observed  after  the 
English  form,  with  kneeling  at  Halyrood  House, 
contrary  to  the  order  of  the  church  of  Scotland, 
and  several  lords  forbear  to  communicate.  Tues- 
day following,  the  king  commands  them  to  commu- 
nicate after  this  new  manner  the  next  Lord's  Day ; 
but  though  some  noblemen  and  bishops  commu- 
nicate kneeling,  yet  not  half  the  noblemen  re- 
quired. Cat 

June  17.  Tuesday,  the  Parliament  of  Scotland 
meets  ;  wherein  the  lords  pass  a  bill,  that  the  king 
with  the  Archbishops,  bishops,  and  such  ministers 
as  he  should  choose,  shall  have  in  all  times  coming, 
full  power  to  conclude  matters  decent  for  the  exter- 
nal policy  of  the  Kirk,  not  repugnant  to  the  word 
of  God,  and  such  conclusions  shall  have  the  power 
of  laws  ;  but  fifty-six  ministers  protest  against  it, 
and  the  bill  falls,  to  the  king's  great  displeasure. 
Cal 


*  He  afterwards  goes  to  New  England  and  becomes  a  minister  of  the  church 
at  Newbury  ;  and  though  his  diploma  is  dated  April  1,  I  conclude  it  means 
the  new  style,  which  is  Match  22,  in  ours. 


140 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1617.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IN 

July  1 1 .  The  king  goes  to  St.  Andrews,  to  set 
in  the  High  Commission  Court,  upon  the  Protest- 
ing ministers  ;  the  next  day  sets  therein  and  mftkes 
a  speech,  declaring,  '  We  took  this  order  with  the 
Puritans  in  England,  who  stood  out  as  long  as  they 
were  deprived  only  of  their  benefices,  preaching 
still,  and  living  on  the  benevolence  of  the  people 
that  affected  their  cause ;  but  when  we  deprived 
them  of  their  office,  many  yielded  to  us,  and  are 
now  become  the  best  men  we  have.  Let  us  take 
the  like  course  with  the  Puritans  here  ;'  so  they 
went  to  work  and  deprived  three  of  the  Protesting 
ministers.  Cat 

August.  King  James,  returning  from  Scotland, 
through  Lancashire,  says  he  rebuked  some  Puri- 
tans and  precise  people,  for  prohibiting  and  pun- 
ishing people  there  for  using  their  lawful  recrea- 
tions and  honest  exercises  (as  he  calls  them)  upon 
Sundays,  and  publishes  his  pleasure  under  his  own 
hand,  that  they  should  not  be  prevented  for  the 
future,  kj  and  September  15,  he  arrives  at  London. 
Hs  Bah 

*  This  year  Mr.  Robinson  and  his  church  begin 
to  think  of  a  remove  to  America,  for  several  weighty 
reasons;  as  (1)  the  difficulties  in  Holland  dis- 
couraged many  from  coming  to  them  out  of  Eng- 
land, and  obliged  many  to  return. *    (2)  By  reason 

kj  King  James's  Declaration,  (called  the  Book  of  Sports.)  Printed  in  4to. 
London, 1618 

*  Governor  Bradford  says  on  this  head,  that  1  many  who  came  to  them  and 
desired  to  be  with  them,  could  not  endure  the  great  labor  and  hard  fare,  with 
other  inconveniencies  which  they  endured  ;  but  though  they  loved  their  per- 
sons, approved  their  cause,  and  honored  their  suffering,  yet  they  left  them  as 
it  were  weeping,  as  Orpah  did  her  mother-in-law  Naomi ;  or  as  those  Romans 
did  Cato  in  Utica,  who  desired  to  be  excused  and  borne  with,  though  they 
could  not  all  be  Cato's.  For  many,  though  they  desired  to  enjoy  the  ordi- 
nances of  God  in  their  purity,  and  the  liberty  of  the  Gospel  with  them  ;  yet, 
alas,  they  admitted  of  bondage  with  danger  of  conscience,  rather  than  to  en- 
dure these  hardships  ;  yea,  some  preferred  the  prisons  in  England,  rather 
than  this  liberty  in  Holland  with  these  afflictions.  B 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


141 


1617.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

of  these  difficulties,  with  the  licentiousness  of  the 
youth  and  temptations  of  the  place,  many  of  their 
children  left  their  parents,  some  becoming  soldiers, 
others  taking  to  foreign  voyages,  and  some  to 
courses  tending  to  dissoluteness  and  the  danger  of 
their  souls  ;  to  the  great  grief  of  their  parents,  and 
fear  lest  their  posterity,  through  these  temptations 
and  examples  should  degenerate,  and  religion  die 
among  them.  (3)  From  an  inward  zeal  and  great 
hope  of  laying  some  foundation,  or  making  way  for 
propagating  the  kingdom  of  Christ  to  the  remote 
ends  of  the  earth ;  though  they  should  be  but  as 
stepping  stones  to  others,  &c*  Upon  their  talk  of 
removing,  sundry  of  note  among  the  Dutch  would 
have  them  go  under  them,  and  make  them  large 
offers ;  but  choosing  to  go  under  the  English  go- 
vernment, where  they  might  enjoy  their  religious 
privileges  without  molestation,  after  humble 
prayers  to  God  they  first  debate  whether  to  go  to 
Guiana  or  Virginia ;  and  though  some  and  none  of 
the  meanest  are  earnest  for  the  former,  they  at 
length  determine  for  the  latter ;  so  as  to  settle  in  a 
distinct  body,  but  under  the  general  government  of 
Virginia.  Upon  which  they  send  Mr.  Robert 
Cushman  and  Mr.  John  Carver  to  treat  with  the 
Virginia  Company,  and  see  if  the  king  would  give 
them  liberty  of  conscience  there.'  B 

November  4.  Commissioners  for  a  General 
Assembly  in  Scotland  having  been  chosen  in  pre- 
sence of  the  bishops  there,  and  those  nominated 

*"  Mr.  Morton  mentions  another  reason,  which  he  doubtless  had  from  the 
original  planters  ;  viz.  that  the  great  neglect  of  observing  the  Lord's  Day 
was  very  grievous  to  them.  Mor 

Mr.  Winslow  signifies  the  same  in  his  brief  narrative  of  the  grounds  of  the 
first  planting  of  New  England,  at  the  end  of  his  reply  to  Gorton,  printed  in 
quarto,  London,  1646. 

Mor  Morton's  New  England  Memorial, 


142 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1617.    King-  of  G.  Britain,  James  L — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

who  misliked  episcopal  government  being  not 
allowed  by  the  bishops*  a  general  assembly  is 
this  day  proclaimed  at  Edinburgh  to  meet  at  St. 
Andrews  on  the  twenty-fifth  current.  And  No- 
vember 25,  the  general  assembly  meeting  accord- 
ingly, the  commissioners  of  seven  diocies  are 
absent  for  want  of  time  ;  the  archbishop  of  St. 
Andrews  in  his  sermon  bitterly  inveighs  against 
many  worthy  men  of  the  ministry  deceased,  and 
said  some  of  them  deserved  to  be  hanged.  The 
king  in  his  letter  wills  the  assembly  to  conform  to 
his  desires,  or  otherwise  threatens  that  he  would 
use  his  own  authority  ;  and  to  gratify  him,  they 
agree,  1.  To  minister  the  communion  to  the  dan- 
gerously sick.  2.  That  the  ministers  shall  deal  the 
elements  to  every  one  with  their  own  hands  ;  but 
deferring  the  consideration  of  holy  days,  the  king 
is  highly  offended.  Cat 

Nov.  12.  '  Sir  Edwin  Sandys  writes  from  Lon- 
don to  Mr.  Robinson  and  Mr.  Brewster  ;  wherein 
he  says,  your  agents  have  carried  themselves  with 
that  discretion  as  is  both  to  their  own  credit  and 
theirs  from  whom  they  came  ;  and  the  seven  Arti- 
cles subscribed  with  your  names  have  given  the 
gentlemen  of  the  Council  for  Virginia  that  satisfac- 
tion which  has  carried  them  on  to  a  resolution  to 
forward  your  desire,  in  the  best  sort  that  may  be  for 
your  own  and  the  public  good,  &c.  B. 

Dec.  15.  i  I  suppose  old  style  ;  Mr.  Robinson  and 
Brewster  date  their  letter  of  thanks  from  Leyden  to 
sir  Edwin ;  wherein  they  write  : — we  have  set  down 
our  requests,  subscribed  with  the  hands  of  the 
greatest  part  of  our  congregation,  and  sent  them  to 
the  Council  by  our  agent,  John  Carver,  to  whom  we 
have  also  requested  a  gentleman  of  our  company 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


143 


1618.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  III 

to  adjoin  himself;  and  for  your  encouragement  we 
will  not  forbear  to  mention  these  inducements.  1. 
We  verily  believe  and  trust  the  Lord  is  with  us  ; 
to  whom  and  whose  service  we  have  given  ourselves 
in  many  trials,  and  that  he  will  graciously  prosper 
our  endeavours  according  to  the  simplicity  of  our 
hearts.  2.  We  are  well  weaned  from  the  delicate 
milk  of  our  mother-country,  and  inured  to  the  diffi- 
culties of  a  strange  land.  3.  The  people  are,  for 
the  body  of  them,  industrious  and  frugal,  we  think 
we  may  safely  say,  as  any  company  of  people  in  the 
world.  4.  We  are  knit  together  as  a  body,  in  a 
most  strict  and  sacred  bond  and  covenant  of  the 
Lord  ;  of  the  violation  whereof  we  make  great  con- 
science, and  by  virtue  whereof  we  hold  ourselves 
straitly  tied  to  all  care  of  each  others  good,  and  of 
the  whole.  5.  And  lastly,  it  is  not  with  us  as 
with  other  men,  whom  small  things  can  discourage, 
or  small  discontentments  cause  to  wish  ourselves 
at  home  again,  &c.'  B. 

This  year,  the  Rev.  Mr.  Paul  Baine  dies  ;  who 
had  succeeded  the  famous  Mr.  William  Perkins, 
as  lecturer  at  St.  Andrew's,  Cambridge  ;  but  after- 
wards was  silenced  by  archbishop  Bancroft's 
visitor  Mr.  Harsenet,  for  non-subscription  and  non- 
conformity. If 

From  1519,  to  this  year  1617,  have  been  entered 
in  the  register  books  of  Sevil,  1536  millions  of  gold 
brought  to  Spain  from  the  West-Indies.  Perier. 

1618.  January  8.  Sir  Robert  Nanton,  sworn 
the  king's  secretary.    Hs  11 

January  26.  Archbishop  Spotswood  calls  to- 
gether the  bishops  and  ministers  at  this  time  in 
Edinburgh,    and  reads  them  the  king's  letter  : 


//  Life,  before  his  valuable  Exposition  of  the  Ephesians. 
U  Lloyd's  State  Worthies. 


144 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1618.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  1IT, 

wherein  he  wills  them  to  approve  the  five  Articles 
under  their  hands,  or  the  bishops  to  suspend  them 
from  their  ministry  and  stipends.  The  five  articles 
are,  1.  For  kneeling  at  the  Lord  s  table.  2.  Giving 
the  communion  privately  to  the  cick.  3.  For  bap- 
tising in  private.  4.  For  confirmation  by  the  bish- 
ops. 5.  For  observing  the  holy  days  of  Christmas, 
Good  Friday,  Easter  Sunday,  Ascension  Day  and 
Whitsunday.  And  January  28,  a  proclamation  at 
Edinburgh  for  a  universal  cessation  on  these  holy 
days  ;  and  those  who  refuse  to  be  punished  with 
rigour,  as  disobedient  and  rebellious  persons,  and 
contemners  of  the  king's  authority  ;  though  the 
General  Assembly  had  not  consented,  and  Acts  of 
Parliament  against  them  are  yet  unrepealed.  Col 
January  27.  '  Mr.  Robinson  and  Brewster  write 
from  Leyden  to  sir  John  Worstenholme  ;  where- 
with they  send  an  account  of  their  principles,  to  be 
communicated  to  the  king's  privy  Council,  who 
had  received  some  ill  impressions  against  them,  viz. 
touching  the  Ecclesiastical  Ministry,  namely,  of 
pastors  for  teaching,  elders  for  ruling,  and  deacons 
for  distributing  the  church's  contributions,  as  also 
for  the  two  sacraments,  baptism,  and  the  Lord's 
Supper  ;  we  wholly  agree  with  the  French  reformed 
churches,  according  to  their  public  confession  of 
faith  ;  though  some  small  differences  are  to  be  found 
in  our  practice  in  some  accidental  circumstances, 
as  1 .  Their  ministers  pray  with  their  heads  cov- 
ered ;  ours  uncovered.  2.  We  choose  none  for 
governing  elders  but  such  as  are  able  to  teach  ; 
which  ability  they  do  not  require.  3.  Their  elders 
and  deacons  are  annual,  or  at  most  for  two  or  three 
years  ;  ours  perpetual.  4.  Our  elders  administer 
their  office  in  admonitions  and  excommunications, 
for  public  scandals,  publicly  before  the  congrega- 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


145 


1618.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  III 

tion  ;  theirs  more  privately  and  in  their  consistories, 
&c.  B 

February  14.  6  S.  B.  who  delivered  this  letter 
writes,  that  upon  sir  John's  reading  it,  1  asked  his 
worship  what  good  news  he  had  for  me  to  write 
to-morrow  ?  He  told  me,  very  good  news  ;  for  the 
king's  majesty  and  the  bishops  have  consented  ; 
but  for  your  letters,  he  would  not  show  them  at  any 
hand,  lest  he  should  spoil  all.  B 

March  30.  The  provost  and  bailiffs  of  Edin- 
burgh are  commanded  by  a  letter  from  the  king  to 
see  that  the  people  observe  Good  Friday.  April  1, 
the  charge  for  observing  the  holy  days  published 
again  at  Edinburgh  ;  and  April  5,  being  Easter 
Sunday,  the  bishops  in  Scotland  celebrate  the 
communion  kneeling.  Cat 

April  b.  Hs  Lord  Delaware  sails  in  a  ship  of  250 
tons,  with  200  people  for  Virginia ;  but  dies  at  sea  ;* 
the  ship  bearing  for  New-England,  there  meets 
with  a  small  Frenchman,  rich  in  beavers  and  other 
fur  ;  and  there  refreshing  with  fish,  fowl,  wood 
and  water,  after  sixteen  weeks  arrives  at  Virginia. 
Pur  Sm. 

This  spring  two  ships  sail  from  Plymouth,  to  fish 
at  New  England  ;  one  of  80  tons,  who  carries  her 
fish  to  Bilboa ;  the  other  of  200,  which  returns  laden 
with  fish  to  Plymouth  in  five  months.  Pur  Sm  But 
in  this  larger  ship  sir  F.  Gorges  t  sends  captain 
Edward  Rocroft,  alias  Stallings,t  with  a  company 
hired  on  purpose  ;  who  at  his  arrival  on  the  coast 

*  Sir  Richard  Baker  mistakes  in  representing  as  if  the  lord  Delaware  arrived, 
and  died  at  Virginia. 

t  The  President  and  Council  of  New-England  say,  We  send,  kc.  pc  By 
which  it  seems  as  if  sir  F.  Gorges  acted  in  behalf  of  some  at  least  of  the  Ply- 
mouth Company. 

t  So  Smith  and  Purchas  call  him. 

19 


146  NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 

1618.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  [Q. 

meets  with  a  small  French-barque,  of  Diep,  FGor 
in  a  creek,  a  fishing  and  trading,  and  takes  her  ;* 
sends  the  master  with  his  company  in  the  greatest 
ship  for  England  ;  and  with  this  barque  Rocroft 
and  his  company  intend  to  keep  the  coast  this  win- 
ter ;  but  some  of  his  men  conspiring  to  kill  him 
and  run  away  with  the  prize,  he  is  forced  to  put 
them  ashore  at  Sawguatock  ;  whence  they  soon  get 
to  the  Isle  of  Monahigan,  fifteeen  leagues  off,  and 
three  leagues  in  the  sea,  where  they  stay  the  win- 
ter, pc  But  in  December  Rocroft  with  ten  or 
twelve  men  Sm  sail  in  the  barque,  with  fish  to 
Virginia,  there  to  trade  and  stay  the  winter,  pc  Sm 

May  4.  The  king  commands  the  lords  of  the 
privy  council,  in  Scotland,  to  celebrate  the  commu- 
nion in  the  chapel,  on  Whitsunday,  May  24,  when 
the  ceremonies  are  observed,  before  the  general 
assembly  had  allowed  them.  Cal 

May  11,  cc  or  21  new  style,  a  the  popish  arch- 
bishop of  Prague  destroying  and  shutting  up  the 
churches  of  the  protestants,  in  Bohemia,  the  States 
of  the  kingdom  meet  this  day  at  Prague,  to  consult 
how  to  preserve  their  privileges,  cc 

May  13,  cc  or  23  new  style,  a  the  emperor 
Mathias's  three  officers  opposing  and  provoking 
them,  cc  the  States  throw  them  out  of  their  chamber 
window,  cc  a  though  they  escape  unhurt ;  a  and  the 
States  send  their  apology  to  the  emperor,  cc  a 
entreat  for  pardon,  cc  and  the  removal  of  evil 
counsellors  ;  but  in  vain,  r 

May  23,  cc  or  June  2,  new  style,  the  States 
publish  a  decree  that  all  the  Jesuits  shall  depart  the 
kingdom  in  eight  days,  and  never  return,  cc 


*  Sir  F.  Gorges  says,  that  in  such  cases,  he  had  liberty  granted  him  to  seize 
her  ;  and  Smith  says,  the  Frenchman  offered  some  affront. 
a.  Alsted.    cc.  Continuatio  Calvisii.   r  Rushworth. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY.  147 

1618.  King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

May  24.  Lord's  day,  king  James  issues  his 
declaration,  wherein  he  requires  the  bishop  of 
Lancashire,  to  present  all  the  Puritans  and  Preci- 
sians within  the  same  ;  either  constraining  them  to 
conform,  or  to  leave  the  country  ;  that  those  who 
attend  on  church  on  Sundays,  be  not  disturbed  or 
discouraged  from  dancing,  archery,  leaping,  vault- 
ing, having  May-games,  whitson-ales,  morrice 
dances,  setting  up  May-poles  and  other  sports  there- 
with used,  or  any  other  such  harmless  recreation, 
on  Sundays  after  divine  service  ;  that  this  declara- 
tion be  published  by  order  from  the  bishop  of  the 
diocess  through  all  the  parish  churches  ;  and  com- 
mands these  directions  given  last  year  in  Lancash- 
ire, with  a  few  words  added  most  applicable  to  these 
parts  of  our  realm,  to  be  published  to  all  our 
subjects,  kj  And  as  all  ministers  were  obliged  to 
read  it  in  their  churches,  those  who  refused 
were  summoned  into  the  high  commission  court, 
imprisoned  and  suspended.  Ech 

6  Though  the  agents  of  Mr.  Robinson's  people 
find  the  Virginia  Company  very  desirous  of  their 
going  to  their  West-India  territory,  and  willing  to 
grant  them  a  patent  with  as  ample  privileges  as  they 
could  grant  to  any,  and  some  of  the  chief  of  the 
company  doubted  not  to  obtain  their  suit  of  the 
king  for  liberty  in  religion,  and  to  have  it  under 
the  broad  seal,  as  was  desired  ;  yet  they  found  it  a 
harder  piece  of  work  than  they  expected.  For 
though  many  means  were  used,  and  diverse  of 
worth  with  sir  Robert  Nanton,  chief  secretary  of 
state,  labored  with  the  king  to  obtain  it,  and  others 
wrought  with  the  archbishop  to  give  way  thereto, 
yet  all  in  vain.    They  indeed  prevail  so  far,  as  that 

kj.  King  James's  Declaration,  called  the  Book  of  Sports,  printed  in  4to 
London,  1618. 


148 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1618.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  III 

the  king  would  connive  at  them  and  not  molest 
them,  provided  they  cany  peaceably  ;  but  to  tole- 
rate them  by  his  public  authority  under  his  seal, 
would  not  be  granted.  Upon  which  the  agents  re- 
turn to  Leyden,  to  the  great  discouragement  of  the 
people  who  sent  them.'  B 

July  10.  (or  20  N.  S.)  a  The  emperor  sends  an 
army  of  ten  thousand  men  towards  Bohemia,  which 
begins  the  famous  religious  war,  between  the  Pa- 
pists and  Protestants,  in  Bohemia  and  Germany, 
that  rages  thirty  years,  and  destroys  above  325,000 
people,  a 

August  b.  Sundry  pious  citizens  being  at  a  pri- 
vate meeting  in  London,  many  are  seized  and  com- 
mitted to  the  counter  prison  ;  but  Mr.  Staresmore 
and  some  others  escaping,  are  betrayed  by  one  of 
the  company,  for  which  the  archbishop  gives  the  be- 
trayer great  applause  and  his  solemn  blessing  in 
open  court.  And  Sept.  4,  Mr.  Staresmore  writes 
to  Mr.  Carver,  that  upon  representing  his  extraor- 
dinary piteous  case  to  lord  Cook  and  the  sheriffs, 
he  supposes  he  should  gain  his  liberty  if  they  were 
not  over-ruled  by  others  ;  but  he  could  get  no  an- 
swer till  the  lords  of  the  king's  Council  give  con- 
sent. B 

August  3.  A  proclamation  at  Edinburgh  for  a 
general  assembly  to  meet  at  Perth  the  25th  inst. 
where  they  meet  accordingly  ;  the  commissioners 
of  four  diocies  and  of  some  Presbyteries  absent  for 
want  of  time,  archbishop  Spotswood  assumes  the 
moderator's  chair  without  election,  allows  noble- 
men upon  the  king's  missives  only,  reads  the  king's 
letter  of  July  10,  who  says,  he  was  once  fully  re- 
solved never  to  call  any  more  assemblies,  because 
of  the  disgrace  offered  him  by  the  assembly  at  St. 
Andrews  in  neglecting  his  godly  desires  ;  that  he 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


149 


1618.     King-  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

would  not  have  them  think  the  five  articles  he  pro- 
poses might  not  without  their  consent  be  enjoined 
by  his  authority,  which  would  be  disclaiming  his 
innate  power  from  God,  to  dispose  of  things  exter- 
nal in  the  church  as  he  thinks  fit ;  and  that  he  will 
be  content  with  nothing  but  the  direct  acceptation 
of  the  articles  in  the  form  he  sends  them.  After 
which,  the  archbishop  said,  the  king  would  be 
more  glad  of  their  consent  to  the  five  articles  than 
of  all  the  gold  of  India  ;  but  in  case  of  their  refusal 
he  assures  them  that  the  whole  state  of  the  church 
would  be  overthrown,  some  ministers  would  be 
banished,  others  deprived  of  their  stipend  and 
office,  and  all  brought  under  the  wrath  of  authority  ; 
and  though  the  majority  of  the  commissioned  op- 
pose, yet  the  archbishop  neglecting  many  who 
could  get  no  vote,  and  admitting  others  who  had  no 
commission,  he  carries  it  for  the  five  articles.  And 
Oct.  26,  a  proclamation  by  the  king  at  Edinburgh, 
commanding  all  strictly  to  observe  them,  and  cer- 
tifying that  those  who  do  to  the  contrary,  shall  be 
holden  as  seditious,  factious,  disturbers  of  the 
peace  of  the  Kirk;  contemners  of  his  just  com- 
mand, and  shall  be  punished  in  their  goods  and 
persons  with  all  rigor  and  extremity  at  the  arbitre- 
ment  of  the  Privy  Council.  Cat 

Oct.  28.  Wednesday,  Hs  sir  Walter  Raleigh, 
by  Gondamore,  the  Spanish  embassador's  instiga- 
tion, Ech  is  this  day  brought  to  the  King's  Bench, 
and  ordered  to  suffer  death  to-morrow,  upon  his 
sentence  in  1603,  and  at  nine  next  morning  be- 
headed Hs  and  Bak  in  Parliament  yard,  Hs  aged 
66.  Ech  He  was,  next  to  Drake,  the  scourge  and 
hate  of  the  Spaniard ;  Baker  Ech  and  Lloyd 
says,  that  princes  had  interceded  for  him,  the 
whole  nation  pitied  him,  and  king  James  would 


150 


.NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1619.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  111. 

not  execute  him  without  an  apology.  LI  But  he 
fell  a  sacrifice  to  the  king's  earnestly  desired 
match  of  prince  Charles  with  the  popish  Infanta 
of  Spain.  Ho  Ech 

Nov.  3.  (or  13  N.  S.)  Tuesday,  ac  the  famous 
Synod  of  Dort  begins,  ac  fl  when  there  enter  and 
set  with  them,  Dr.  Carleton,  bishop  of  Landaff,  ac 
after  of  Chichester,^  Dr.  Hall,  dean  of  Worcester, 
ac  after  bishop  of  Exeter  and  Norwich,  fl  Dr.  Da- 
venant,  public  professor  of  divinity,*  and  master  of 
queen's  College,  Cambridge,  ac  after  bishop  of 
Salisbury,^  and  Dr.  Ward,  master  of  Sidney  Col- 
lege, Cambridge,  and  archdeacon  of  Taunton  ;  be- 
ing sent  by  king  James  in  behalf  of  the  church  of 
England,  ac  fl  and  the  States  allow  them  ten 
pounds  sterling  a  day.  fl 

Nov.  4.  (or  14  N.  S.)  Wednesday,  the  Synod 
choose  Mr.  John  Bogerman,  pastor  of  the  church 
of  Lewarden  in  Friesland,  their  president,  ac 

Nov.  18.  Wednesday,  a  great  comet  appears 
over  Europe  ;  first  in  the  morning,  then  in  the 
evening,  and  continues  visible  to  Wednesday,  De- 
cember 16.  Hs 

Dec.  10.  (or  20  N.  S.)  Walter  Balcanqual, 
B.  D.  and  Fellow  of  Pembrook  Hall  in  Cambridge, 
enters  the  Synod  of  Dort,  being  sent  by  king 
James,  on  behalf  of  the  church  of  Scotland,  ac  fl 

Feb.  1619.  '  King  James  publishes  his  meditation 
on  the  Lord's  Prayer  in  a  small  octavo  ;  at  the  be- 
ginning of  which,  he  spends  fifteen  pages  in  reflect- 
ing on  the  Puritans,  with  those  of  the  separation  ; 
and  proving  the  former  to  be  the  fathers  of  the 
latter,  kj 


LI  Lloyd's  State  worthies.  Ho  Howel's  Letters. 

ac  Acta  Synodi.  *  Margarets  professor.  fl  Fuller. 

kj  King-  James's  book  itself,  printed  in  London,  1619. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


151 


1619.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

6  Notwithstanding  the  great  discouragement  the 
English  at  Leyden  met  with  from  the  king  and 
bishops  refusing  to  allow  them  liberty  of  con- 
science in  America,  under  the  royal  seal,  yet  cast- 
ing themselves  on  the  care  of  Providence,  they 
resolve  to  venture,  and  send  two  other  agents,*  to 
agree  with  the  Virginia  Company.  But  the  said 
Virginia  Company  falling  into  great  disturbances 
and  factions,  these  affairs  are  long  delayed.'  B 

This  spring,  sir  F.  Gorges  t  sends  captain  Tho- 
mas Derver  F.  Got.  from  Plymouth  in  a  ship  of  two 
hundred  tons,  Sm  for  the  fishing  business  at  New 
England  ;  assigning  him  a  company  to  join  with 
Rocroft  and  his  people  ;  and  sending  with  him 
Squanto  or  Tasquantum,  one  of  the  natives  which 
Hunt  had  brought  away.  But  arriving,  and  not 
finding  Rocroft,  he  is  in  doubt  what  to  do  ;  yet 
hearing  by  the  people  at  Monahigan,  that  he  was 
gone  to  Virginia,  hopes  for  his  return,  till  he  hears 
of  his  disaster,  pc 

March  2.  Tuesday,  queen  Ann,  consort  to  king 
James,  dies  at  Hampton  Court,  Hs  and  Bah  aged 
45 years.  Ech% 

March.  10.  cc  (or  20  N.  S.)  p  ri  Mathias, 
emperor  of  Germany,  dies,  aged  62.  p  63.  cc  ri 

March  12.  The  high  commission  court  at  Edin- 
burgh, deprive  and  confine  Mr.  Richard  Dickson, 
for  giving  the  communion  to  the  people  sitting, 
and  not  with  his  own  hands.  And  about  this  time 
the  king  sends  a  command  to  the  officers  of  State 
at  Edinburgh,  lords  of  the  Privy  Council  and  ses- 

*  By  Mr.  Cushman's  letter  from  London,  of  May  8,  this  year,  they  seem  to 
be  Mr.  Cushman  himself  and  Mr.  Bradford. 

f  The  president  and  Council  of  New  England  say,  We  send,  &.c.  as  before, 
in  note  to  page  145.  And  Smith  says  there  goes  but  one  ship  to  New  England 
this  year  from  Plymouth. 

%  Rushworth  is  mistaken  in  placing  her  death  on  Nov.  17,  1618. 

p  Petavius.  ri  Ricciolius. 


152 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHK0N0L0G*. 


1619.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  111 

sions,  and  advocates  to  communicate  in  the  great 
Kirk  there  kneeling,  on  »Easter  Sunday  the  28th 
current,  on  pain  of  losing  their  offices ;  and  en- 
joins the  magistrates  of  Edinburgh  to  communicate 
kneeling.  Cal 

April  18.  Sir  George  Yardly  arriving  as  govern- 
or at  Virginia,  Sm  and  finding  Rocroft  ready  to  sail 
for  New  England,  commands  him  aboard  ;  who  tak- 
ing the  boat,  with  half  his  men  goes  aboard  the  gov- 
ernor's ship,  is  forced  to  stay  all  night ;  and  a  storm 
rising,  the  barque  for  want  of  hands  is  driven  ashore 
and  sunk  ;  however,  the  next  day  the  governor  and 
captain  labor  so,  that  at  length  they  free  her  ;  but 
while  Rocroft  is  fitting  for  New  England  again,  he 
happens  to  be  killed  in  a  quarrel  with  one  of  Vir- 
ginia, and  the  barque  is  a  second  time  sunk  and 
lost,  pc 

April  22.  The  high  commission  court  at  Edin- 
burgh suspend  Mr.  Hog  from  his  ministry,  and 
order  him  to  be  confined  during  the  king's  plea- 
sure, for  preaching  against  bishops  and  the  five  arti- 
cles, and  declining  their  judicatory,  and  afterwards 
deprive  him  of  the  ministry  ;  they  also  depose  and 
confine  the  Rev.  Mr.  Duncan  for  declining  their 
judicature.  Cal 

April  26.  (or  May  6,  N.  S.)  Monday,  the  Synod 
of  Dort  at  their  153d  session,  proceed  to  the  great 
church  of  that  city  and  publish  their  sentence  on 
the  five  points,  in  condemnation  of  the  Arminian 
doctrines.  And  April  29,  Thursday,  at  their  154th 
session,  they  break  up,  with  mutual  embraces  and 
tears,  ac 

May  6.  The  States  of  Hungary  meet  and  pro- 
scribe the  Jesuits,  cc  May  23,  (or  June  2,  N.  S.) 
The  states  of  Moravia  proscribe  the  Jesuits,  a 
June  14.  cc  (or  24,  N.  S.  a)  The  States  of  Silesia, 


i 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


153 


2619.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  III. 

agree  to  banish  the  Jesuits,  cc  a  And  July  13, 
the  States  of  Bohemia,  Moravia,  Silesia,  and  Lusa- 
tia,  confederate  together  for  their  preservation,  cc 

May  8.  6  Mr.  Cushman,  one  of  the  Leyden 
agents  at  London,  writes,  that  sir  T.  Smith  having 
desired  to  be  eased  of  his  office  of  treasurer  and 
governor  of  the  Virginia  company,  sir  Edwin  Sands 
was  chosen  ;*  but  sir  Thomas  repenting,  and  op- 
posing sir  Edwin,  great  disturbances  and  factions 
are  raised  in  said  company,  that  no  business  could 
well  go  forward.  B 

May  26.  Captain  Dermer  sails  from  Monahigan 
in  an  open  pinnace  of  five  tons,  along  the  coast  south 
westerly,  finds  some  ancient  plantations  not  long 
since  populous,  now  utterly  void  ;  in  other  places  a 
remnant,  but  not  free  of  sickness,  viz.  the  plague  ; 
perceiving  the  sores  of  some  that  had  escaped  ; 
arrives  at  his  savage's  native  country,  finds  all  dead, 
travels  a  day's  journey  west  to  Nummastaquit,  sends 
a  messenger  a  day's  journey  west  to  Bocanaokit. 
bordering  on  the  sea,  whence  two  kings  come  to 
see  him.  dp  At  Nummastaquit,  the  Indians  would 
have  killed  him,  had  not  Squanto  entreated  hard 
for  him  ;  db  and  here  he  redeems  a  Frenchman, 
and  afterwards  at  Mastachusit  another,  cast  awav 
at  the  northeast  of  Cape  Cod  three  years  before  ; 
returning,  arrives  at  Monahigan,  June  23,  where 
he  finds  the  ship  ready  to  depart,  dp  She  had  staid 
about  six  weeks,  and  being  laden  by  thirty-eight 
men  and  boys  with  fish  and  furs,  returns.  8m  By 
captain  Ward  from  Virginia  captain  Dermer  hears 
of  Rocroft's  death  ;  pc  8  m  dp  whereupon,  putting 
most  of  his  provisions  aboard  said  Ward,  ready 
bound  thither,  and  leaving  his  Indian  at  Sawahqua- 


*  Sir  Edwin  Sands  was  chosen  in  April.  Pur. 

20 


154 


:\E\v 


ENGLAND 


CHRONOLOGY. 


1619.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  III. 

took,  he  sails  in  his  pinnace  for  Virginia  dp  with  five 
or  six  men,  and  the  two  Frenchmen.  Sm*  Having 
passed  forty  leagues  along  the  coast,  he  is  cast 
ashore  in  a  broad  bay,  but  gets  off  again  ;  at  Ma- 
namock,  the  southern  part  of  Cape  Cod,  he  is  una- 
wares taken  prisoner,  but  gets  clear  ;  thence  sails 
to  Capaock  and  meets  with  Epenow  :  thence  steers 
along  the  coast  between  Long  Island  and  the  main  ; 
being  the  first  who  passes  through  and  finds  it  to  be 
an  island,  30  leagues  in  length,  before  accounted 
part  of  the  main  ;  thence  sails  along  the  coast, 
arrives  at  Cape  Charles,  Sept.  7  ;  and  next  day  at 
the  mouth  of  James  river,  dp 

June  15.  The  king  renews  the  high  commis- 
sion court  of  Scotland  in  more  ample  form ;  and  July 
2,  upon  the  king's  order,  the  archbishop  of  Glasgow, 
cites  before  the  high  commission  the  reverend  Mr. 
Blyth  and  Forrester,  to  depose  them  from  the 
ministry  and  confine  them,  for  giving  the  commu- 
nion without  kneeling.  Who  plead  the  acts  of 
parliament  for  the  manner  of  celebration,  and  the 
practice  of  the  church  this  threescore  years,  and 
no  act  of  parliament,  nor  general  assembly,  no  not 
of  Perth,  forbidding  the  former  practice  ;  yet  they 
are  suspended  during  the  king's  pleasure  and 
confined.  Cat 

August  18,  cc  cv  or  28  new  style,  a  ri  Ferdinand, 
king  of  Hungary  and  Bohemia,  elected  emperor  of 
Germany.  August  19,  the  States  of  Bohemia 
renounce  king  Ferdinand,  cc  cv  and  August  26, 
choose  Frederick,  elector  Palatine  their  king  ;  the 
legates  of  Moravia,  Silesia,  and  Lusatia,  being  pre- 

*  Sir  F.  Gorges  seem3  to  mistake  in  representing1  as  if  Dermer  heard  not  of 
Rocroft's  death,  till  he  arrived  in  Virginia.  Capt.  Smith  says,  he  goes  with  tive 
or  six  men  and  the  two  Frenchmen  :  but  neither  Dermer  nor  Gorges  have  any 
such  passages. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY.  155 
1620.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

sent  and  concurring  with  them,  cc  October  20,  or 
30,  new  style,  he  is  magnificently  received  at 
Prague.  October  25,  or  November  4,  new  style,  is 
there  crowned  king  of  Bohemia  ;  and  October  28, 
or  November  7,  new  style,  his  royal  consort  there 
crowned  queen,  a 

September  17.  The  king  by  letters  to  the  pro- 
vost, bailiffs,  and  Council  of  Edinburgh,  wills  them 
to  change  their  magistrates  the  twenty-ninth  cur- 
rent, and  allow  of  none  but  those  who  will  conform 
to  the  five  articles  ;  upon  which,  the  provost,  bai- 
liffs and  treasurer  are  changed.  November  23,  in 
a  convention  of  ministers  called  to  St.  Andrews  by 
the  archbishop,  he  communicates  to  them  a  letter 
from  the  king,  wherein  he  commands  the  bishops 
to  depose  all  that  refuse  to  conform,  without  respect 
of  persons,  and  no  ways  regarding  their  multitude  ; 
beginning  of  December  a  charge  proclaimed  at 
Edinburgh  for  the  observation  of  christmas.  Cat 

6  After  long  attendance,  the  Leyden  agents  obtain 
a  patent  granted  and  confirmed  under  the  Virginia 
Company's  seal ;  but  the  patent  being  taken  out  in 
the  name  of  Mr.  John  Wincob;  a  religious  gentle- 
man, (belonging  to  the  countess  of  Lincoln,)  who 
intended  to  go  with  them  ;  and  providence  so  order- 
ing that  he  never  went,  they  never  made  use  of  his 
patent,  which  cost  them  so  much  charge  and  labour. 
However,  the  patent  being  carried  by  one  of  their 
messengers  to  Leyden,  for  the  people  to  consider, 
with  several  proposals  for  their  transmigration,  made 
by  Mr.  Thomas  Weston,  of  London,  merchant,  and 
other  friends  and  merchants  as  should  either  go  or 
adventure  with  them,  they  are  requested  to  prepare 
with  speed  for  the  voyage. 

1620.  6  Upon  receiving  these,  they  first  keep  a 
day  of  solemn  prayer,  Mr.  Robinson  preaching 


156 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1620.    King:  of  G-  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  III 

a  very  suitable  sermon  from  1  Sam.  xxii.  3,  4. 
Strengthening  them  against* their  fears,  and  encour- 
aging them  in  their  resolutions  ;  and  then  conclude 
how  many  and  who  should  prepare  to  go  first ;  for 
all  that  were  willing  could  not  get  ready  quickly  ; 
the  greater  number  being  to  stay,  require  their  pas- 
tor to  tarry  with  them  ;  their  elder  Mr.  Brewster  to 
go  with  the  other  ;  those  who  go  first  to  be  an  abso- 
lute church  of  themselves,  as  well  as  those  that  stay; 
with  this  proviso,  that  as  any  go  over  or  return,  they 
shall  be  reputed  as  members,  without  further  dis- 
mission or  testimonial  ;  and  those  who  tarry,  to  fol- 
low the  rest  as  soon  as  they  can.  B 

'  Mr.  Weston  coming  to  Ley  den,  the  people  agree 
with  him  on  articles  both  for  shipping  and  money 
to  assist  in  their  transportation  ;  then  send  Mr. 
Carver  and  Cushman  to  England,  to  receive  the 
money  and  provide  for  the  voyage  ;  Mr.  Cushman 
at  London,  Mr.  Carver  at  Southampton  ;  those 
who  are  to  go  first,  prepare  with  speed,  sell  their 
estates,  put  their  money  into  the  common  stock,  to 
be  disposed  by  their  managers  for  making  general 
provisions.  There  was  also  one  Mr.  Martin  cho- 
sen in  England,  to  join  with  Mr.  Carver  and  Cush- 
man ;  he  came  from  Billerica  in  Essex  ;  from  which 
country  came  several  others,  as  also  from  London 
and  other  places,  to  go  with  them  ;  and  a  ship  of 
60,  Smith  and  Purchas  say  70  tons,  is  bought  and 
fitted  in  Holland,  both  to  help  transport  them  and 
to  stay  in  the  country.'  B 

March  1.  The  hio^h  commission  court  at  Edin- 
burgh  suspend  Mr.  Porteous  from  his  ministry  till 
the  next  assembly,  for  not  observing  holy  days,  and 
not  giving  the  communion  according  to  the  five 
articles  ;  and  for  the  same  reasons  deprive  Mr. 
Scrimger  from  the  ministry  and  confine  him.  March 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


157 


1620.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  t — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

28,  the  high  commission  at  Glasgow  depose  and 
confine  Mr.  Levingstone  and  Ferguson,  for  not 
observing  the  said  articles,  and  for  declining  the 
judicature  of  the  high  commission.  April  21,  the 
high  commission  at  St.  Andrews,  deprive  doctor 
Barclay  from  preaching,  and  confine  Mr.  Mernes  and 
Areskin,  for  not  regarding  the  articles.  April  25, 
five  citizens  of  Edinburgh  confined  by  the  king's 
order,  without  citation,  trial  or  conviction,  only  to 
satisfy  his  majesty  for  their  accompanying  the  min- 
isters before  the  high  commission,  and  assisting 
them  in  their  disobedience.  And  May  10,  Mr. 
Duncan  deprived  for  not  conforming  to  the  articles. 
Cat 

This  year  there  goes  six  or  seven  sail  from  the 
west  of  England  to  New-England,  to  fish  only.  Sm 
But  from  England  to  Virginia  eight  ships  with  a 
thousand  and  ninety-six  passengers  to  settle.  Pur 

This  spring  captain  Dermer  returns  to  New 
England.  Sm  In  his  way  he  meets  with  certain 
Hollanders,  who  had  a  trade  in  Hudson's  river 
some  years  ;  discovers  many  goodly  rivers  and 
exceeding  pleasant  coasts  and  islands,  for  eighty 
leagues  east  from  Hudson's  river  to  Cape  Cod  ;  but 
arriving  at  New  England  again,  pc  whence  he  writes 
a  letter  on  June  30,  B  1 .  he  comes  to  Nautican, 
then  to  Capawic  ;  where,  FGor  with  Squanto,  he 
goes  ashore,  B  and  is  suddenly  set  upon  pc  by  Epe- 
now  FGor  and  other  savages  ;  who  give  him  fourteen 
wounds  pc  F  Gor  and  slay  all  his  men  but  one.  that 
kept  the  boat  ;  with  whose  help  the  captain,  B 
being  a  brave,  stout  gentleman,  and  drawing  his 
sword,  F  Gor  by  his  valour  and  dexterity  pc  frees 
himself.    But  is  forced  to  return  to  Virginia  for 


158 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1620.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  III. 

cure  ;  where  he  falls  ill,  and  dies  of  the  sickness  of 
the  country,  pc  F  Gov*  • 

May  25.  (or  June  4,  N.  S.)t  '  Mr.  Robinson 
writes  to  Mr.  Carver,  and  complains  of  Mr.  Wes- 
ton's neglect  in  getting  shipping  in  England  ;  for 
want  of  which  they  are  in  a  piteous  case  at  Ley- 
den.  And  May  31,  (or  June  10,  N.  S.)  S.  F.,  E. 
W.,  W.  B.,  and  J.  A.,  write  from  Leyden  to  Mr. 
Carver  and  Cushman,  that  the  coming  of  Mr. 
Nash  and  their  pilot  is  a  great  encouragement  to 
them.  B 

June  10.  'Mr.  Cushman  in  a  letter  from  Lon- 
don, to  Mr.  Carver  at  Southampton,  says,  that 
Mr.  Crabe,  a  minister,  had  promised  to  go,  but  is 
much  opposed,  and  like  to  fail.  And  in  a  letter  to 
the  people  at  Leyden,  that  he  had  hired  another 
pilot,  one  Mr.  Clark,  who  went  last  year  to  Virgi- 
nia ;  that  he  is  getting  a  ship,  hopes  he  shall  make 
all  ready  at  London  in  fourteen  days  ;  and  would 
have  Mr.  Reynolds  tarry  in  Holland,  and  bring  the 
ship  there  to  Southampton.  Upon  this,  a  ship 
of  ninescore  tons  is  immediately  hired  at  London, 
and  the  ship  in  Holland  being  ready,  they  spend  a 
day  in  solemn  prayer  ;  Mr.  Robinson  preaching 
from  Ezra  viii.  21.'  B 

June  19.  A  proclamation  at  Edinburgh,  of  the 
king's  will  that  all  in  Scotland  observe  the  holy 
days,  with  kneeling  at  the  Lord's  table,  and  others 
of  the  five  articles  ;  that  the  ministers  who  do  not, 

*  Governor  Bradford  says,  the  captain  gets  aboard  very  sore  wounded,  and 
the  Indians  would  have  cut  off  his  head  upon  the  cuddy  of  his  boat,  had  not 
the  man  rescued  him  with  a  sword,  and  so  they  got  away,  and  made  shift  to 
get  into  Virginia,  where  he  died  ;  B  and  captain  Smith  writes  as  if  he  died  of 
his  wounds,  Sm  but  Gov.  Bradford  says,  whether  of  his  wounds  or  disease  of 
the  country,  or  both,  is  uncertain.  B 

t  The  date  in  the  manuscript  is  June  14,  new  style.  But  the  figure  1,  being 
somewhat  blured,  and  June  14,  new  style,  being  Lord's  day,  and  this  letter 
placed  before  the  following  of  June  10,  new  style,  I  conclude  it  should  be  June 
4,  new  style. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY.  159 


1620.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

be  punished  with  deprivation,  suspension  and  con- 
finement, at  the  discretion  of  the  high  commission  ; 
that  every  one  who  observes  not  the  holy  days  at 
church,  shall  for  every  omission,  pay  13s  Ad  ;  that 
those  who  do  not  communicate  kneeling,  shall  pay 
— an  earl  100/.,  a  lord  100  marks,  a  laird  50/., 
others  20/.  or  less,  at  the*  discretion  of  the  judges  ; 
and  whoever  impugnes  the  five  articles,  shall  be 
punished  at  the  discretion  of  the  Privy  Council. 
Cal 

[But  removing  to  North  America,  we  must  now 
leave  the  history  of  Scotland,  as  well  as  other  parts 
of  Europe,  and  only  hint  at  those  events  in  Eng- 
land which  more  immediately  affect  the  British 
-  Colonies.] 

THE    VOYAGE    OF   THE    ENGLISH    PEOPLE    AT    LEYDEN  FOR 

VIRGINIA. 

'  About  July  21,  (I  suppose  N.  S.)  Messrs. 
Brewster,  Carver,  Bradford  and  Winslow,  with  the 
other  English  voyagers  at  Leyden  leave  that  city, 
where  they  had  lived  near  twelve  years  ;  being 
accompanied  by  most  of  their  brethren  to  Delph 
Haven,  where  their  ship  lay  ready,  and  sundry  come 
from  Amsterdam,  to  see  them  shipped  and  take 
their  leave  ;  they  spend  that  night  in  friendly, 
entertaining  and  christian  converse.  And  July  22, 
(I  suppose  N.  S.)*  The  wind  being  fair,  they  go 
aboard,  their  friends  attending  them  ;  at  their  part- 
ing Mr.  Robinson  falling  down  on  his  knees  and 
they  all  with  him,  he  with  watery  cheeks  com- 
mends them  with  most  fervent  prayer  to  God  ;  and 
then  with  mutual  embraces  and  many  tears  they 
take  their  leave,  and  with  a  prosperous  gale  come 

*  Both  Mr.  Morton  and  Dr.  G.  Mather  seem  to  mistake  in  saying  July  & 


160 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


J620.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  HI. 

to  Southampton  ;  where  they  find  the  bigger  ship 
from  London,  Mr.  Jones  master,  with  the  rest  of 
the  company,  who  had  been  waiting  there  with 
Mr.  Cushman  seven  days  ;  700  pounds  sterling 
are  laid  out  at  Southampton,  and  they  carry  about 
1 700  pounds  venture  with  them  ;  and  Mr.  Weston 
comes  thither  from  London,  to  see  them  despatch- 
ed. B 

July  23.  King  James  gives  a  warrant  to  his 
solicitor,  sir  Thomas  Coventry,  to  prepare  a  new 
patent  for  the  incorporation  of  the  adventurers  to 
the  northern  colony  of  Virginia,  between  40  and  48 
deg.  north,  which  patent  the  king  signs  on  Nov.  S, 
styling  them  the  Council  for  the  affairs  of  New 
England  and  their  successors.  F.  Gov. 

July  27.  '  Mr.  Robinson  writes  to  Mr.  Carver 
and  people  letters,  which  they  receive  at  South- 
ampton. And  the  company  being  called  togeth- 
er, theirs  is  read  among  them,  to  the  acceptance 
of  all,  and  after  fruit  of  many.*  Then  they  dis- 
tribute their  company  into  the  ships,  and  with  the 
approbation  of  the  masters  choose  a  governor  and 
two  or  three  assistants  for  each,  to  order  the  peo- 
ple and  provisions.  B 

August  5.  1  They  sail  from  Southampton  ;  but 
reach  not  far  before  Mr.  Reynolds,  master  of  the 
lesser  ship,  complained  she  was  so  leaky  that  he 
dare  proceed  no  farther.  Upon  which  they  both 
put  into  Dartmouth,  about  August  13,  where  they 
search  and  mend  her  to  their  great  charge  and  loss 
of  time  and  a  fair  wind  ;  though  had  they  staid  at 
sea  but  three  or  four  hours  more,  she  had  sunk 
right  down.  About  August  21,  they  set  sail  again, 
Brad,  with  about  120  persons,  leave  the  coast  of 

*  This  letter  is  published  in  Monrt  s  Relation.  Morton's  Memorial,  and 

NeaPs  history  of  New  England. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


101 


1620.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  III. 

England,  August  22,  or  23  ;  Sin.  and  Pur.  but 
having  gone  about  a  hundred  leagues  beyond  the 
land's  end  of  England,  Brad,  the  next  day  Sin. 
and  Pur.  Mr.  Reynolds  complained  of  her  leaking 
again,  that  they  must  either  return  or  sink  ;  for 
they  could  scarce  free  her  by  pumping.  Upon 
which  they  both  put  back  to  Plymouth,  where 
finding  no  defect,  they  judged  her  leakiness  owing 
to  her  general  weakness.  They  therefore  agree 
to  dismiss  her,  and  those  who  are  willing,  to  return 
to  London,  though  this  was  very  grievous  and  dis- 
couraging ;  Mr.  Cushman  and  family  returning 
with  them  ;*  the  rest  taking  what  provision  they 
could  well  stow  in  the  larger  ship,  resolve  to  pro- 
ceed on  the  voyage  alone.  B 

Sept.  6.  6  They  make  another  sad  parting,  and 
the  greater  ship  sets  sail  again. f  But  about  half 
seas  over  meet  with  cross  winds  and  many  fierce 
storms,  which  often  force  them  to  hull  for  diverse 
days  together,  not  being  able  to  bear  a  knot  of 
sail  ;  make  her  upper  works  very  leaky,  and  bow 
and  wrack  a  main  beam  in  the  midship  ;  which 
puts  them  in  such  fear,  as  the  chief  of  the  company 
enters  into  a  serious  consultation  with  the  ship  offi- 
cers about  returning.  But  a  passenger  having 
brought  a  great  iron  screw  from  Holland,  they 
with  it  raise  the  beam  into  its  place  ;  and  then 
committing  themselves  to  the  Divine  will,  pro- 
ceed. B 

Nov.  6.  '  Dies  at  sea,  William  Button,  a  youth 
and  servant  to  Samuel  Fuller,  bp  being  the  only 
passenger  who  dies  on  the  voyage.  B 

*  Smith  and  Purehas  say  they  there  discharge  twenty  of  their  passengers, 
f  Smith  and  purehas  say  with  one  hundred  persons,  besides  sailors. 
bp  Governor  Bradford's  pocket-book,  which  contains  a  register  of  deaths, 
he.  from  Nov.  6,  1620,  to  the  end  of  iMarch  1621 . 

21 


162 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1620.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XI1L— Spain,  Philip  III. 

Nov.  9.  '  At  break  of  day,  M  after  long  beat- 
ing the  sea,  they  make  the  land  of  Cape  Cod. 
Whereupon  they  tack  and  stand  to  the  southward, 
the  wind  and  weather  being  fair,  to  find  some  place 
about  Hudson  river  for  settlement.  But  sailing 
this  course  about  half  the  day,  they  fall  among 
roaring  shoals  and  breakers,  and  are  so  entangled 
with  them  as  they  find  themselves  in  great  hazard,* 
and  the  wind  shrinking  upon  them  at  the  same 
time,  they  bear  up  for  the  Cape,  get  out  of  those 
dangers  before  night ;  and  the  next  day  into  the 
Cape  harbor,  where  they  ride  in  safety.  B 

Nov.  1 1.  Saturday,  being  thus  arrived,  they  first 
fall  on  their  knees  and  bless  the  God  of  Heaven, 
&c.  But  their  design  and  patent  being  for  Vir- 
ginia, and  not  New  England,  which  belongs  to 
another  jurisdiction,  wherewith  the  Virginia  Com- 
pany have  no  concern,  before  they  land,  they  this 
day  couibine  into  a  body  politic  by  a  solemn  con- 
tract, to  which  they  set  their  hands,  as  the  basis  of 
their  government  in  this  new  found  country  ;  choose 
Mr.  John  Carver,  a  pious  and  well  approved  gen- 
tleman, their  governor  for  the  first  year  ;  B  and 
then  set  ashore  fifteen  or  sixteen  men  well  armed 
to  fetch  wood  and  discover  the  land,  who  at  night 
return,  but  found  neither  house  nor  person.  M 

Nov.  13.  Monday,  the  people  go  ashore  to  re- 
fresh themselves,  and  every  day  the  whales  play 
round  about  them  and  the  greatest  store  of  fowls 
they  ever  saw.  But  the  earth  here  a  company  of 
sandhills  ;  and  the  water  so  shallow  near  the 
shore,  they  are  forced  to  wade  a  bowshot  or  two 

M  Relation  of  their  proceedings  published  by  Mourt. 

*  They  are  the  same  which  captain  Gosnold,  in  1602  called  Point  Care 
and  Tucker's  Terror  ;  but  the  French  and  Dutch  call  Malabar,  by  reason  of 
perilous  shoals  and  the  losses  there  sustained.  B 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


163 


1620.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  HI. 

to  get  to  land  ;  which  being  freezing  weather, 
affecteth  them  with  grievous  colds  and  coughs, 
which  after  proves  the  death  of  many,  and  renders 
the  place  unfit  for  settlement.  M 

Nov.  15.  While  the  shallop  is  fitting,  Capt.  Stan- 
dish,  with  sixteen  men  well  armed,  sets  out  on  the 
Cape,  to  search  for  a  convenient  place  to  settle.  B 
William  Bradford,  Stephen  Hopkins,  and  Edward 
Tilley  are  of  the  number,  adjoined  to  the  captain  for 
Council.  M  When  they  had  marched  a  mile  south- 
ward they  see  five  or  six  savages,  B  whom  they 
follow  ten  miles  M  till  night,  but  could  not  over- 
take them,  and  lodge  in  the  woods.  The  next  day 
they  head  a  great  creek,  B  and  travel  on  to  a  val- 
ley, wherein  is  a  fine,  clear  pond  of  fresh  water,  a 
musket  shot  wide,  and  two  long.  Then  they  come 
to  a  place  of  graves  ;  then  to  the  remainder  of  an 
old  fort  or  palisade,  which  they  conceive  had  been 
made  by  christians  ;  M  and  then  to  a  harbor  open- 
ing into  two  creeks  with  an  high  cliff  of  sand 
at  the  entrance,  B  the  western  creek  being  twice 
as  large  as  the  eastern.  M*  Near  which  they 
meet  with  heaps  of  sand,  dig  into  them,  find  several 
baskets  full  of  Indian  corn,  and  taking  some,  for 
which  they  purpose  to  give  the  natives  full  satis- 
faction, as  soon  as  they  could  meet  with  any  of 
them,  B  return  to  the  pond,  where  they  make  a 
barricado,  and  lodge  this  night,  being  very  rainy  ; 
and  the  next  day,  wading  in  some  places  up  to  the 
knees,  get  back  to  the  ship,  M  to  the  great  joy  of 
their  brethren.  B 

November  27.  The  shallop  being  fitted,  twen- 
ty-four of  their  men,  with  Mr.  Jones  and  nine  sai- 
lors, thirty-four  in  all,  set  forth  on  a  more  full 

*  This  seems  to  be  what  is  since  called  Barnstable  harbor. 


164 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1620.       King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  III. — Spain,  Philip  111 

discovery  of  the  aforesaid  harbor  ;  but  the  weather 
growing  rough  and  the  winds  cross,  they  are  soon 
obliged  to  row  for  the  nearest  shore,  and  then  wade 
above  their  knees  to  land.  It  blows,  snows  and 
freezes  all  this  day  and  night ;  and  here  some  re- 
ceive the  seeds  of  those  fatal  illnesses  that  quick- 
ly seized  them.  The  next  day  they  sail  to  their 
designed  port ;  but  find  it  unfit  for  shipping,  land 
between  the  two  creeks,  and  marching  four  or 
five  miles  by  the  greater,  are  tired  with  travelling 
up  and  down  the  steep  hills  and  vallies,  covered 
•  half  a  foot  with  snow,  and  lodge  under  pine  trees. 
The  next  morning  return  to  the  other  creek,  and 
thence  to  the  place  of  their  former  digging,  where 
they  dig  again,  though  the  ground  be  frozen  a  foot 
deep,  and  find  more  corn  and  beans,  make  up  their 
corn  to  ten  bushels  ;  which  they  send  with  Mr. 
Jones  and  fifteen  of  their  sick  and  weaker  people 
to  the  ship  ;  eighteen  staying  and  lodging  there  this 
night,  next  day  they  dig  in  several  such  like  places, 
but  find  no  more  corn  nor  any  thing  else  but  graves; 
discover  two  Indian  wigwams,  but  see  no  natives ; 
and  the  shallop  returning,  they  get  aboard  at  night, 
and  the  next  day,  December  1,  return  to  the  ship. 
7lf  The  corn  they  found  happily  serves  for  their 
planting  on  the  spring  ensuing,  or  they  would  have 
been  in  great  danger  of  perishing ;  B  M  for  which 
they  gave  the  owners  entire  content  about  six 
months  after.  B 

Before  the  end  of  November,  M  Susanna,  wife  of 
William  White,  B  bn  was  delivered  of  a  son,  who 
is  called  Peregrine,  M  being  the  first  born  since 
their  arrival,  bn  and  I  conclude  the  first  of  the  Eu- 
ropean extract  in  New  England.* 

bn  Boston  News  Letter. 

*  He  lives  to  July  22,  1704,  when  he  dies  at  Marshfield  bn 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


165 


1620.      King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  III. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

December  4.  Dies  Edward  Thomson,  servant 
of  Mr.  White,  bp  the  first  that  dies  since  their  ar- 
rival. December  6,  dies  Jasper,  a  boy  of  Mr. 
Carver's.  December  7,  Dorothy,  wife  to  Mr  Wil- 
liam Bradford.    December  8,  James  Chilton,  bp 

December  6.  They  again  send  out  their  shal- 
lop, with  ten  of  their  principal  men,  B  viz.  Mr. 
Carver,  Bradford,  Winslow,  captain  Standish,  &c. 
with  eight  or  ten  seamen,  M  to  circulate  the  bay 
and  find  a  better  place  ;  though  the  weather  is  very 
cold  and  the  spray  of  the  sea  freezes  on  them,  that 
their  clothes  look  as  if  they  were  glazed,  B  and 
feel  like  coats  of  iron.  M  This  night  they  get  to 
the  bottom  of  the  bay,  see  ten  or  twelve  Indians 
ashore,  B  busy  a  cutting  up  a  grampus.  M  By 
reason  of  the  flats  they  land  with  great  difficulty, 
make  a  barricado,  lodge  therein,  and  see  the  smoke 
of  the  Indiari  fires  that  night  B  about  four  or  five 
miles  from  them.  M 

December  7.  This  morning,  they  divide  their 
company,  some  travelling  on  shore,  B  eight  M 
others  coasting  in  the  shallop  by  great  flats  of  sand. 
B  About  ten  o'clock,  the  shore  people  find  a  great 
burying  place ;  part  thereof  encompassed  with  a 
large  palisade,  full  of  graves,  some  paled  about, 
others  having  small  poles  turned  and  twisted  over 
them;  without  the  palisade  were  graves  also,  but 
not  so  costly.  Then  they  come  to  four  or  five  de- 
serted wigwams,  but  see  no  people.  M  Towards 
night,  they  hasten  out  of  the  woods  to  meet  the 
shallop,  and  making  a  signal  for  her  to  bear  into  a 
creek,  she  comes  in  at  high  water  to  their  mutual 
joy,  having  not  seen  each  other  since  morning  ;  but 
found  no  people  nor  any  place  they  liked  ;  and  at 
night,  make  another  barricado,and  lodge  therein.  B 


166 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1620.      King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  III. 

December  8.  At  five  ,  this  morning  they  rise  ; 
and  after  prayer,  the  day  dawning,  and  the  tide 
high  enough  to  call  them  down  to  the  shallop,  they 
suddenly  hear  a  great  and  strange  cry,  one  of  their 
company  running  towards  them  calling  out  Indians  ! 
Indians  !  And  therewith  arrows  come  flying  about 
them.  B  Upon  discharging  their  pieces,  the  Indians 
soon  get  away,  the  English  following  a  quarter  of 
a  mile  shouting,  return  to  their  shallop,  B  having 
left  six  men  to  keep  her,  M  and  not  one  of  the 
company  wounded,  though  the  arrows  flew  close 
on  every  side.  Upon  which  they  give  God  solemn 
thanks  ;  then  sail  along  the  coast  B  about  fifteen 
leagues,  M  find  no  convenient  harbor,  and  hasten 
on  to  a  port,  which  Mr.  Coppin  their  pilot  assures 
them  is  a  good  one,  which  he  had  been  in,  and 
they  might  reach  before  night.  But  after  some 
hours  sailing  it  begins  to  snow  and  rain  ;  at  mid- 
afternoon  the  wind  rising,  the  sea  grows  very 
rough,  they  break  their  rudder,  it  is  as  much  as  two 
men  can  steer  her  with  a  couple  of  oars  ;  and  the 
storm  increasing,  the  night  approaching,  and  bear- 
ing what  sail  they  can  to  get  in,  they  break  their 
mast  in  three  pieces,  their  sail  falls  over  board  into 
a  very  grown  sea,  and  they  are  like  to  founder 
suddenly  ;  yet  by  the  mercy  of  heaven,  they  recover 
themselves,  and  the  flood  being  with  them  strike 
into  the  imagined  harbor ;  but  the  pilot  being  de- 
ceived cries  out,  Lord  be  merciful !  my  eyes  never 
saw  this  place  before  !  And  he  and  the  mate  would 
have  run  her  ashore  in  a  cove  full  of  breakers  before 
the  wind  ;*  but  a  steersman  calling  to  the  rowers, 
e  about  with  her,  or  we  are  cast  away,5  they  get  her 
about  immediately,  and  providence  showing  a  fair 


*  Mr.  Morton  says,  this  is  between  the  place  since  called  the  Gurnet's  Nose 
and  Sagaquab. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY.  1G7 


1620.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

sound  before  them,  though  it  be  very  dark  and 
rains  hard,  they  get  under  the  lee  of  a  small  rise  of 
land  ;  but  are  divided  about  going  ashore,  lest  they 
fall  into  the  midst  of  savages  ;  some  therefore  keep 
the  boat,  but  others  being  so  wet,  cold  and  feeble, 
cannot  bear  it,  but  venture  ashore,  and  with  great 
difficulty  kindle  a  fire  ;  and  after  midnight,  the  wind 
shifting  to  the  northwest,  and  freezing  hard,  the 
rest  are  glad  to  get  to  them,  and  here  stay  the 
night.  B 

December  9.  In  the  morning  they  find  the  place 
to  be  a  small  island,  secure  from  Indians.*  And 
this  being  the  last  day  of  the  week,  they  here  dry 
their  stuff,  fix  their  pieces,  rest  themselves,  return 
God  thanks  for  their  many  deliverances  ;  and  here 
the  next  day  keep  their  Christian  Sabbath.  B 

December  1 1.  Monday,  they  sound  the  harbor, 
find  it  fit  for  shipping,  march  into  the  land,  see  di- 
verse cornfields,  and  running  brooks,  with  a  place 
they  judge  fit  for  habitation,  and  return  to  the  ship 
with  the  discovery,  to  their  great  comfort.  B 

December  15.  The  ship  sails  for  this  new  found 
port,  comes  within  two  leagues  of  it,  when  a  north- 
west wind  springs  up  and  forces  her  back ;  but  the 
next  day  the  wind  comes  fair,  and  she  arrives 
in  the  desired  harbor,  B  quickly  after,  the  wind 
chops  about ;  so  that  had  they  been  hindered  but 
half  an  hour,  they  would  have  been  forced  back  to 
the  Cape  again.  M 

December  18.  Monday,  they  land  with  the 
master  of  the  ship  and  three  or  four  sailors  ;  march 
along  the  coast  seven  or  eight  miles,  but  see  nei- 
ther wigwam,  Indian,  nor  navigable  river,  but  only 
four  or  five  brooks  of  sweet  fresh  water  running 

*  Mr.  Morton  says,  this  is  since  called  Clark's  Island,  because  Mr.  Claifc 
the  mate  of  the  ship  first  stepped  ashore  thereon. 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY- 


1620.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  HI 

into  the  sea,  with  choice  ground  formerly  possessed 
and  planted,  and  at  nigmV return  to  the  ship  ;  next 
day  they  go  again  to  discover,  some  on  land,  others 
in  the  shallop,  find  a  creek  into  which  they  pass 
three  miles,  and  return.  M 

December  20.  This  morning,  after  calling  to 
heaven  for  guidance,  they  go  ashore  again,  to  pitch 
on  some  place  for  immediate  settlement.  After 
viewing  the  country  they  conclude  to  settle  on  the 
main,  on  a  high  ground,  facing  the  bay  where  corn 
had  been  planted  three  or  four  years  before  ;  a 
sweet  brook  running  under  the  hill  with  many  deli- 
cate springs.  On  a  great  hill  they  intend  to  fortify, 
which  will  command  all  around,  whence  they  may 
see  across  the  bay  to  the  Cape.  And  here  being 
in  number  twenty,  they  rendezvous  this  evening ; 
but  a  storm  rising,  it  blows  and  rains  hard  all  night, 
continues  so  tempestuous  for  two  days  that  they 
cannot  get  aboard,  and  have  nothing  to  shelter 
them.  M 

December  21.  Dies  Richard  Britterige,  bp  the 
first  who  dies  in  this  harbor. 

December  23.  Saturday,  as  many  as  can,  go 
ashore,  cut  and  carry  timber  for  a  common  build- 
ing. M 

December  24.  Lord's  Day,  our  people  ashore 
are  alarmed  with  the  cry  of  savages,  expect  an  as- 
sault, but  continue  quiet.  M-  And  this  day  dies 
Solomon  Martin,  bp  the  sixth  and  last  who  dies 
this  month. 

December  25.  Monday,  they  go  ashore  again, 
felling  timber,  sawing,  riving,  carrying.  M  Begin  to 
erect  the  first  house  B  about  twenty  foot  square, 
M  for  their  common  use,  to  receive  them  and  their 
goods  ;  B  and  leaving  twenty  to  keep  a  court  of 
guard,  the  rest  return  aboard  at  evening  ;  but  in  the 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1G9 


1620.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

night  and  next  day,  another  sore  storm  of  wind 
and  rain.  M 

Dec.  28.  Thursday.  They  go  to  work  on  the  hill, 
reduce  themselves  to  nineteen  families,  measure 
out  their  lots,  and  draw  for  them.  Many  grow  ill 
of  grievous  colds,  from  the  great  and  many  hard- 
ships they  had  endured.  December  29  and  30, 
very  cold  and  stormy  again ;  and  they  see  great 
smokes  of  fires  made  by  the  Indians  about  six  or 
seven  miles  off.  M 

December  31.  Lord's  Day  ;  though  the  gene- 
rality remain  aboard  the  ship  almost  a  mile  and  a 
half  off,  yet  this  seems  to  be  the  first  day  that  any 
keep  the  Sabbath  in  the  place  of  their  building  ;  at 
this  time  we  therefore  fix  the  era  of  their  settle- 
ment here  ;  to  which  they  give  the  name  of  Ply- 
mouth, the  first  English  town  in  all  this  country,  in 
a  grateful  memory  of  the  Christian  friends  they 
found  at  Plymouth  in  England,  as  of  the  last  town 
they  left  in  that  their  native  land.  Here  governor 
Bradford  ends  his  first  book,  containing  ten  chap- 
ters in  fifty-three  pages  folio  ;  and  here  we  end  the 
first  part  of  our  New  England  Chronology.  But 
by  this  we  see  sir  Richard  Baker  greatly  mistaken 
as  to  the  beginning  of  this  colony,  by  placing  it  in 
1624. 

22 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY 
part  ir. 


Bring  a  short  account  of  the  affairs  of  this  country,  as  settled  by  the  several 
colonies  of  the  English  nation  ;  from  their  beginning-,  in  the  settlement  of  the 
first  at  Plymouth,  by  the  name  of  Plymouth  Colony,  Dec.  31,  1620,  to  the 
settlement  of  the  seventh  and  last,  by  the  combination  of  forty-one  persons 
into  a  form  of  government  on  Piscataqua  river,  Oct.  22,  1640 ;  afterwards 
called  the  province  of  New  Hampshire. 


SECTION  T. 

From  the  beginning  of  the  settlement  of  the  first  or  Plymouth  Colony,  at 
Plymouth,  under  governor  Carver,  Dec.  31,  1620,  to  the  beginning  of  the 
settlement  of  the  Massachusetts,  or  second  Colony,  by  the  arrival  of  governor 
Winthrop  and  company  at  Salem,  June  12,  1630. 

Through  a  great  variety  of  obstacles  and  hardships,  this 
small  and  pious  people  are  at  length  arrived  and  seated  on 
this  strange  and  distant  shore  ;  but  yet  a  shore  they  are  by 
an  over-ruling  Providence  conducted  to,  beside  their  own 
design,  though  not  without  the  secret  plots  of  others ;  for  as 
some  unknown  country  further  southward,  about  Hudson 
river,  was  in  their  view  when  they  engaged  in  this  adventur- 
ous voyage.  Mr.  Morton,  who  published  his  memorial  in 
1670,  tells  us,  he  had  then  lately  sure  intelligence,  that  the 
Dutch  intending  to  settle  a  colony  there  of  their  own,  pri- 
vately hired  the  master  of  the  ship  to  contrive  delays  in  Eng- 
land, then  to  steer  them  to  these  northern  coasts,  and  there 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY.  171 


under  pleas  of  shoals  and  winter,  to  discourage  them  from 
venturing  farther.* 

However,  by  their  being  guided  hither,  they  then  unknow- 
ingly escaped  the  much  greater  danger  of  falling  among  the 
multitudes  of  savages  at  that  time  filling  the  countries  about 
Hudson  river,  and  are  landed  in  a  place  of  greater  safety  ; 
where  a  general  pestilence  had  two  or  three  years  before 
exceedingly  reduced  the  natives,  and  prepared  the  way  for 
this  feeble  company. 

Being  thus  beside  their  intention  brought  to  the  New  Eng- 
land coast,  where  their  patent  gave  them  no  right  or  power, 
they  were  in  a  sort  reduced  to  a  state  of  nature  ;  and  some 
of  the  strangers  received  at  London  dropping  some  mutinous 
speeches,  as  if  there  were  now  no  authority  over  them,  this 
people,  therefore,  before  they  landed,  wisely  formed  them- 
selves into  a  body  politic,  under  the  crown  of  England,  by 
the  solemn  contract  hinted  above,  and  which  governor  Brad- 
ford gives  us  the  following  terms. f 

'In  the  name  of  God  amen  ;  We,  whose  names  are  under- 
written, the  loyal  subjects  of  our  dread  sovereign  lord  king 
James,  by  the  grace  of  God,  of  Great  Britain,  France  and 
Ireland,  king,  defender  of  the  faith,  &ic. 

'  Having  undertaken  for  the  glory  of  God,  and  advance- 
ment of  the  Christian  faith,  and  honor  of  our  king  and  coun- 
try, a  voyage  to  plant  the  first  colony  in  the  northern  parts 
of  Virginia,  do  by  these  presents,  solemnly  and  mutually 
in  the  presence  of  God,  and  one  of  another,  covenant  and 
combine  ourselves  together,  into  a  civil  body  politic,  for  our 
better  ordering  and  preservation,  and  furtherance  of  the  ends 
aforesaid  ;  and  by  virtue  hereof,  to  enact,  constitute,  and 
frame  such  just  and  equal  laws,  ordinances,  acts,  constitu- 
tions, and  offices,{  ^rom  l'me  t0  t'meJ  as  shall  be  thought 
most  meet  and  convenient  for  the  general  good  of  the  colony. 
Unto  which  we  promise  all  due  submission  and  obedience. 
In  witness  whereof,  we  have  hereunder  subscribed  our  names 
at  Cape  Cod,  the  11th  of  November,  in  the  year  of  the  reign 

*  Agreeable  to  this,  we  observed  in  the  month  of  June,  this  year,  while  the 
English  Leydeners  were  preparing  for  their  voyage,  that  as  captain  Dernier 
returned  from  Virginia  to  New  England,  he  met  certain  Hollanders  sailing 
for  Hudson  river,  where  they  had  had  a  trade  for  several  years. 

t  The  same  is  printed  in  Mourt's  Relation,  Purchas,  Morton,  and  Neal ; 
though  the  two  latter  with  some  small  variation  from  the  other  three. 

X  So  Bradford,  Mourt,  and  Purchas,  but  Morton  says  officers. 


172  NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


of  our  sovereign  lord,  king  James,  of  England,  France,  and 
Ireland,  the  eighteenth,  and  of  Scotland  the  fifty-fourth,  Anno 
Domini,  1620.'  B  \ 

To  this  instrument,  Mr.  Morton  sets  the  subscribers  in  the 
following  order  :  but  their  names  corrected,  with  their  titles 
and  families,  I  take  from  the  list  at  the  end  of  governor  Brad- 
ford's folio  manuscript.  Only  this  I  observe,  that  out  of 
modesty  he  omits  the  title  of  Mr.  to  his  own  name,  which 
he  ascribes  to  several  others. 

N.  B.  1.  Those  with  this  mark  (*)  brought  their  wives 
with  them  ;  those  with  this  (f )  for  the  present,  left  them 
either  in  Holland  or  England. 

2.  Some  left  behind  them  part,  and  others  all  their  chil- 
dren, who  afterwards  came  over. 

3.  Those  with  this  mark  (§)  deceased  before  the  end  of 
March. 


Names.  No.  in  family. 


1  Mr.  John  Carver,*  8 

2  William  Bradford,*  2 

3  Mr.  Edward  Winslow,*  5 

4  Mr.  William  Brewster,*  6 

5  Mr.  Isaac  Allerton,*  6 

6  Capt.  Miles  Standish,*  2 

7  John  Alden,  1 

8  Mr.  Samuel  Fuller,!  2a 

9  Mr.  Christopher  Martin,*§  4 

10  Mr.  William  Mullins,*§  5 

11  Mr.  William  White,*§  5b 

12  Mr.  Richard  Warren,!  1 

13  John  Howland,  c 

14  Mr.  Stephen  Hopkins,*  8d 

15  Edward  Tilly,*§  4 

16  John  Tilly,*§  3 

17  Francis  Cook,!  2 

18  Thomas  Rogers,^  2 

19  Thomas  Tjnker,*§  3 

20  John  Ridgdale,*§  2 

21  Edward  Fuller,*§  3 


Names.  No.  in  family. 


22  John  Turner,^  3 

23  Francis  Eaton,*  3 

24  James  Chilton,*§  3 

25  John  Crackston,§  e  2 

26  John  Billington,*  4 


27  Moses  Fletcher,§  f  \ 

28  John  Goodman,§  l 

29  Degory  Priest,§  g  1 

30  Thomas  Williams,§  1 

31  Gilbert  Winslow,  1 

32  Edmund  Margeson,§  1 

33  Peter  Brown,  1 

34  Richard  Britterige,§A  1 

35  George  Soule,j 

36  Richard  Clarke,§  1 

37  Richard  Gardiner,  1 

38  John  Allerton, §  1 

39  Thomas  English, §  1 

40  Edward  DoREY,y?» 

41  Edward  Leister.  J   

101 


a  One  of  these  was  the  servant  who  died  before  their  arrival.  B 
b  Besides  the  son  born  in  Cape  Cod  harbor,  named  Peregrine.  B 
c  He  was  of  governor  Carver's  family.  B 

d  One  of  these  was  a  son  born  at  sea,  and  therefore  named  Oceanus.  B 

e  Mr.  Morton  calls  him  Craxton. 

f  Mr.  Morton  seems  to  mistake  in  calling  him  Jose. 

g  Mr.  Morton  calls  him  Digery. 

h  Mr.  Morton  calls  him  Bitteridge. 

i  He  was  of  governor  Winslow's  family.  B 

j  Mr.  Morton  seems  to  mistake  in  calling  him  Doten. 

k  They  were  of  Mr.  Hopkins's  family.  B 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


173 


So  there  were  just  101  who  sailed  from  Plymouth  in  Eng- 
land, and  just  as  many  arrived  in  Cape  Cod  harbor.  And 
this  is  the  solitary  number  who  for  an  undefiled  conscience, 
and  the  love  of  pure  Christianity,  first  left  their  native  and 
pleasant  land,  and  encountered  all  the  toils  and  hazards  of 
the  tumultuous  ocean,  in  search  of  some  uncultivated  region 
in  North  Virginia  ;  where  they  might  quietly  enjoy  their  re- 
ligious liberties,  and  transmit  them  to  posterity,  in  hopes  that 
none  would  follow  to  disturb  or  vex  them. 

Some  noted  writers,  not  with  a  sufficient  accuracy,  studied 
in  the  religious  history  of  those  times,  have  through  great 
mistake  represented  as  if  this  people  were  a  congregation  of 
Brownists.  But  even  Baylie  himself,  b  that  bitter  inveigher 
both  against  the  Brownists  and  Independents,  owns,  1  That 
Mr.  Robinson  their  pastor  was  a  man  of  excellent  parts,  and 
the  most  learned,  polished  and  modest  spirit,  as  ever  separ- 
ated from  the  Church  of  England  ;  that  the  apologies  he 
wrote  were  very  handsome  ;  that  by  Dr.  Ames  and  Mr. 
Parker,  he  was  brought  to  a  greater  moderation  than  he  at 
first  expressed  ;  that  he  ruined  the  rigid  separation,  allowing 
the  lawfulness  of  communicating  with  the  Church  of  England 
in  the  word  and  prayer,*  though  not  in  the  sacraments  and 
discipline  ;  that  he  was  a  principal  overthrower  of  the  Brown- 
ists, and  became  the  author  of  Independency.'  The  like 
account  of  Mr.  Robinson,  Honius  also  gives  us.  h  And  how 
inconsistent  is  it  then  to  call  him  or  his  people  Brownists, 
when  he  was  known  to  be  a  principal  overthrower  of  them. 

Agreeably,  Hornius,  from  my  lord  Brook,  seems  to  express 
himself  in  this  more  accurately  than  other  writers,  by  divid- 
ing those  who  separated  from  the  Church  of  England  into 
two  sorts,  namely,  first,  The  rigid  Separatists,  or  Brownists. 
Second,  the  semi  Separatists  or  Robinsonians  ;  who  after  a 
while  were  called  Independents,  and  still  retain  the  name. 
And  so  distant  were  the  former  in  their  principles  and  temper 
from  the  latter,  that  as  the  chief  seat  of  the  Brownists  was 

b  Baylie's  Dissuasive  from  the  errors  of  the  times,  printed  in  4to.  London, 
1645. 

*  But  Mr.  Cotton,  who  was  well  acquainted  with  Elder  Brewster,  and  the 
first  members  of  the  church  at  Plymouth,  tells  us,  1  That  by  prayer  must  not 
be  understood  the  Common  Prayer  book,  but  of  the  prayers  conceived  by  the 
preacher,  before  and  after  sermon.  (Way  of  Congregational  Churches  clear- 
ed, in  answer  to  Baylie,  Sic.  printed  in  4to,  London,  1648.) 

h  Hornii  Historia  Ecclesiastica  and  Politica. 


174  NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


then  at  Amsterdam,  governor  Winslow,  a  principal  mem- 
ber of  Mr.  Robinson's  churqh,  acquaints  us,  4  That  the 
Brownists  there  would  hardly  l^old  communion  with  the  peo- 
ple at  Leyden.'  w 

The  same  gentleman  also  tells  us,  '  That  Mr.  Robinson 
was  always  against  separation  from  any  of  the  Churches  of 
Christ,  holding  communion  with  the  reformed  churches,  both 
in  Scotland,  France  and  the  Netherlands  ;  that  his  study  was 
foi  peace  and  union,  so  far  as  might  agree  with  faith  and  a 
good  conscience.  But  for  the  government  of  the  Church  of 
England,  as  in  the  Episcopal  way,  the  liturgy  and  stinted 
prayers,  yea  the  constitution  of  the  church  as  national,  and 
so  the  corrupt  communion  of  the  unworthy  with  the  worthy 
receivers  of  the  Lord's  Supper,  these  things  were  never  ap- 
proved of  him,  but  witnessed  against  to  his  death,  and  by  the 
church  under  him  ;  that  the  church  of  Leyden  made  no 
schism  or  separation  from  the  reformed  churches,  but  as 
occasion  offered  held  communion  with  them.  For  we,  says 
governor  Winslow,  ever  placed  a  large  difference  between 
those  who  ground  their  practice  on  the  word  of  God,  though 
differing  from  us  in  the  exposition  or  understanding  of  it,  and 
those  who  hated  such  reformers  and  reformation,  and  went 
on  in  antirhiistian  opposition  to  it  and  persecution  of  it,  as 
the  late  lord  Bishops  did.  Nevertheless,  Mr.  Robinson 
allowed  hearing  the  godly  ministers  of  the  Church  of  England 
preach  and  pray  in  the  public  assemblies  ;  yea,  allowed  pri- 
vate communion*  with  them,  and  with  all  the  faithful  in  the 
kingdom,  and  elsewhere  upon  all  occasions.'  None  of  which 
would  the  Brownists  ever  allow. 

1  It  is  true,'  says  governor  Winslow,  1  we  profess  and  desire 
to  practise  a  separation  from  the  world  and  the  works  of  the 
world,  which  are  the  works  of  the  flesh,  such  as  the  Apostle 
speaks  of,  Eph.  v.  19,  21  ;  1  Cor.  vi.  9,  11  ;  and  Eph.  ii. 
11,  12.  And  as  the  Churches  of  Christ  are  all  saints  by 
calling,  so  we  desire  to  see  the  grace  of  God  shining  forth, 
at  least  seemingly,  (leaving  secret  things  to  God)  in  all  we 

w  Governor  Winslow's  ground  for  planting  New  England  ;  at  the  end  of 
his  answer  to  Gorton,  printed  in  4to,  London,  1646. 

*  By  private  communion,  I  suppose  he  means  in  opposition  to  the  mixed 
communion  in  the  public  churches  ;  that  is,  he  allowed  all  of  the  Church  of 
England  who  were  known  to  be  pious  to  have  communion  in  his  private 
church.  For,  as  Mr.  Cotton,  writing  of  Mr.  Robinson,  says,  '  He  separated 
not  from  any  church,  but  from  the  world.' 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


175 


admit  into  church  fellowship,  and  to  keep  off  such  as  openly 
wallow  in  the  mire  of  their  sins  ;  that  neither  the  holy  things 
of  God,  nor  the  communion  of  the  saints  may  be  thereby 
leavened  or  polluted.  And  if  any  joining  to  us  when  we 
lived  at  Leyden,  or  since  we  came  to  New  England,  have 
with  the  manifestation  of  their  faith  and  profession  of  holi- 
ness, held  forth  there  with  separation  from  the  Church  of 
England,  I  have  diverse  times  in  the  one  place  heard  Mr. 
Robinson  our  pastor,  and  in  the  other  Mr.  Brewster  our 
elder,  stop  them  forthwith,  shewing  them  that  we  required 
no  such  thing  at  their  hands,  but  only  to  hold  forth  faith  in 
Jesus  Christ,  holiness  in  the  fear  of  Cod,  and  submission  to 
every  divine  appointment  ;.  leaving  the  Church  of  England 
to  themselves  and  to  the  Lord,  to  whom  we  ought  to  pray  to 
reform  what  was  amiss  among  them.' 

Perhaps  Hornius  was  the  only  person  who  gave  this  peo- 
ple the  title  of  Robinsonians.  But  had  he  been  duly  ac- 
quainted with  the  generous  principles  both  of  the  people  and 
their  famous  pastor,  he  would  have  known  that  nothing 
was  more  disagreeable  to  them  than  to  be  called  by  the 
name  of  any  mere  man  whatever ;  since  they  renounced  all 
attachment  to  any  mere  human  systems  or  expositions  of  the 
Scripture,  and  reserved  an  entire  and  perpetual  liberty  of 
searching  the  inspired  records,  and  of  forming  both  their 
principles  and  practice  from  those  discoveries  they  should 
make  therein,  without  imposing  them  on  others.  This  ap- 
pears in  their  original  covenant  in  1602,  as  we  observed 
before.  And  agreeable  to  this,  governor  Winslow  tells  us, 
that  when  the  Plymouth  people  parted  from  their  renowned 
pastor,  with  whom  they  had  always  lived  in  the  most  entire 
affection  i  he  charged  us  before  God  and  his  blessed  an- 
gels to  follow  him  no  further  than  he  followed  Christ ;  and 
if  God  should  reveal  any  thing  to  us  by  any  other  instrument 
of  his,  to  be  as  ready  to  receive  it  as  ever  we  were  to  receive 
any  truth  by  his  ministry  ;  for  he  was  very  confident  the 
Lord  had  more  truth  and  light  yet  to  break  forth  out  of  his 
Holy  Word.  He  took  occasion  also  miserably  to  bewail  the 
state  of  the  reformed  churches,  who  were  come  to  a  period 
in  religion,  and  would  go  no  further  than  the  instruments  of 
their  reformation.  As  for  example,  the  Lutherans  could  not 
be  drawn  to  go  beyond  what  Luther  saw  ;  for  whatever  part 
of  God's  word  he  had  further  revealed  to  Calvin  they  had 


176 


rNjbvv 


CHRONOLOGY. 


rather  die  than  embrace  it ;  and  so  said  he,  you  see  the  Cal- 
vinists,  they  stick  where  he  left  them.  A  misery  much  to 
be  lamented.  For  though  they  were  precious  shining  lights 
in  their  times,  yet  God  had  not  revealed  his  whole  will  to 
them.  And  were  they  now  alive,  said  he,  they  would  be  as 
ready  to  embrace  further  light  as  that  they  had  received. 
Here  also  he  put  us  in  mind  of  our  Church  Covenant,  where- 
by we  engaged  with  God  and  one  another,  to  receive  what- 
ever light  or  truth  should  be  made  known  to  us  from  his 
written  word.  But  withal  exhorted  us  to  take  heed  what 
we  receive  for  truth  ;  and  well  to  examine,  compare,  and 
weigh  it  with  other  Scriptures  before  we  receive  it.  For, 
said  he,  it  is  not  possible  the  Christian  world  should  come  so 
lately  out  of  such  antichristian  darkness,  and  that  full  perfec- 
tion of  knowledge  should  break  forth  at  once,'  he. 

Words  almost  astonishing  in  that  age  of  low  and  universal 
bigotry  which  then  prevailed  in  the  English  nation  ;  wherein 
this  truly  great  and  learned  man  seems  to  be  almost  the  only 
divine  who  was  capable  of  rising  into  a  noble  freedom  of 
thinking  and  practising  in  religious  matters,  and  even  of 
urging  such  an  equal  liberty  on  his  own  people.  He  labors 
to  take  them  off  from  their  attachment  to  him,  that  they 
might  be  more  entirely  free  to  search  and  follow  the  Scrip- 
tures. 

As  for  Mr.  Robinson's  being  the  author  of  Independency, 
Mr.  Cotton  replies,  '  That  the  New  Testament  was  the 
author  of  it,  and  it  was  received  in  the  times  of  purest, 
primitive  antiquity,  many  hundreds  of  years  before  Mr.  Ro- 
binson was  born  ;  and  governor  Winslow  —  that  the  prim- 
itive churches  in  the  Apostolic  age  are  the  only  pattern 
which  the  churches  of  Christ  in  New  England  have  in  their 
eye  ;  not  following  Luther,  Calvin,  Knox,  Ainsworth,  Robin- 
son, Ames,  or  any  other,  further  than  they  followed  Christ 
and  his  Apostles.' 

But  as  Mr.  Robinson  and  his  Church  were  of  the  same 
mind,  and  always  lived  in  great  harmony  and  unity,  I  shall 
here  give  a  summary  of  their  main  principles  from  their  pub- 
lished writings. 

I.  They  were  in  the  sentiments  which  since  the  famous 
Mr.  Chiilingworth  tells  us  that  after  long  study  he  also  came 
into  ;  viz.  that  the  inspired  Scriptures  only  contain  the  true 
religion  ;  and  especially  nothing  is  to  be  accounted  the  Pro- 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


177 


lestant  religion,  respecting  either  faith  or  worship,  but  what  is 
taught  in  them  ;  as  also  in  the  same  sentiments  which  the 
present  celebrated  bishop  Hoadly,  and  many  other  great  men, 
have  so  nobly  defended,  as  the  right  of  human  nature,  as  the 
very  basis  of  the  reformation,  and  indeed  of  all  sincere  reli- 
gion ;  viz.  that  every  man  has  a  right  of  judging  for  himself, 
of  trying  doctrines  by  them,  and  of  worshipping  according  to 
his  apprehension  of  the  meaning  of  them. 

II.  As  to  faith  and  the  holy  sacraments — they  believed 
the  doctrinal  articles  of  the  church  of  England,  as  also  of 
the  reformed  churches  of  Scotland,  Ireland,  France,  the 
Palatinate,  Geneva,  Switzerland,  and  the  united  Provinces, 
to  be  agreeable  to  the  holy  oracles  ;  allowing  all  the  pious 
members  of  these  churches  communion  with  them  ;  and 
differing  from  them  only  in  matters  purely  ecclesiastical. 

III.  As  to  ecclesiastical  matters — they  held  the  following 
articles  to  be  agreeable  to  scripture  and  reason. 

1.  That  no  particular  church  ought  to  consist  of  more 
members  than  can  conveniently  watch  over  one  another,  and 
usually  meet  and  worship  in  one  congregation. 

2.  That  every  particular  church  of  Christ  is  only  to 
consist  of  such  as  appear  to  believe  in  and  obey  him. 

3.  That  any  competent  number  of  such,  when  their 
consciences  oblige  them,  have  a  right  to  embody  into  a 
church  for  their  mutual  edification. 

4.  That  this  embodying  is  by  some  certain  contract  or 
covenant  either  expressed  or  implied  ;  though  it  ought  to  be 
by  the  former. 

5.  That  being  embodied,  they  have  a  right  of  choosing 
all  their  officers. 

6.  That  the  officers  appointed  by  Christ  for  this  embo- 
died church  are  in  some  respects  of  three  sorts,  in  others  but 
two,  viz. 

First.  Pastors  or  teaching  elders — who  have  the  power 
of  overseeing,  teaching,  administering  the  sacraments  and 
ruling  too  ;  and  being  chiefly  to  give  themselves  to  studying, 
teaching,  and  the  spiritual  care  of  the  flock,  are  therefore  to 
be  maintained. 

Second.  Mere  ruling  elders — who  are  to  help  the  pastors  in 
overseeing  and  ruling  ;  that  their  offices  be  not  temporary,  as 
among  the  Dutch  and  French  churches,  but  continual  ;  and 

23 


178 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


being  also  qualified  in  some  degree  to  teach,  they  are  to  teach 
only  occasionally,  through  necessity,  or  in  their  pastors  ab- 
sence or  illness  ;  but  being  npt  to  give  themselves  to  study 
or  teaching,  they  have  no  need  of  maintenance. 

That  the  elders  of  both  sorts  form  the  Presbytery  of  over- 
seers and  rulers,  which  should  be  in  every  particular  church; 
and  are  in  scripture  called  sometimes  presbyters  or  elders, 
sometimes  bishops  or  overseers,  sometimes  guides,  and  some- 
times rulers. 

Third.  Deacons — who  are  to  take  care  of  the  poor  and  of 
the  churches'  treasure  ;  to  distribute  for  the  support  of  the 
pastor,  the  supply  of  the  needy,  the  propagation  of  religion, 
and  to  minister  at  the  Lord's  table,  &lc 

7.  That  these  officers  being  chosen  and  ordained,  have 
no  lordly,  arbitrary  or  imposing  power  ;  but  can  only  rule 
and  minister  with  the  consent  of  the  brethren  ;  who  ought 
not  in  contempt  to  be  called  the  laity,  but  to  be  treated  as 
men  and  brethren  in  Christ,  not  as  slaves  or  minors. 

8.  That  no  churches  or  church  officers  whatever  have 
any  power  over  any  other  church  or  officers,  to  control  or 
impose  upon  them  ;  but  are  all  equal  in  their  rights  and 
privileges,  and  ought  to  be  independent  in  the  exercise  and 
enjoyment  of  them. 

9.  As  to  church  administrations — they  held  that  Baptism 
is  a  seal  of  the  covenant  of  grace,  and  should  be  dispensed 
only  to  visible  believers,  with  their  unadult  children  ;  and 
this  in  primitive  purity,  as  in  the  times  of  Christ  and  his  Apos- 
tles, without  the  sign  of  the  cross  or  any  other  invented 
ceremony  ;  that  the  Lord's  Supper  should  be  received  as  it 
was  at  first  even  in  Christ's  immediate  presence,  in  the  table 
posture  ;  that  the  elders  should  not  be  restrained  from  pray- 
ing in  public  as  well  as  private,  according  to  the  various 
occasions  continually  offering  from  the  word  of  Providence, 
and  no  set  form  should  be  imposed  on  any  ;  that  excommu- 
nication should  be  wholly  spiritual,  a  mere  rejecting  the  scan- 
dalous from  the  communion  of  the  church  in  the  holy 
sacraments,  and  those  other  spiritual  privileges  which  are 
peculiar  to  the  faithful  ;  and  that  the  church  or  its  officers 
have  no  authority  to  inflict  any  penalties  of  a  temporal  nature. 

10.  And  lastly,  as  for  holy  days — they  were  very  strict 
for  the  observation  of  the  Lord's  day,  in  a  pious  memorial  of 
the  incarnation,  birth,  death,  resurrection,  ascension  and 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


179 


benefits  of  Christ  ;  as  also  solemn  fastings  and  thanks- 
givings, as  the  state  of  Providence  requires  ;  but  all  other 
times  not  prescribed  in  scripture  they  utterly  relinquished  ; 
and  as  in  general  they  could  not  conceive  any  thing  a  part 
of  Christ's  religion  which  he  has  not  required,  they  there- 
fore renounced  all  human  right  of  inventing,  and  much  less 
of  imposing  it  on  others. 

These  were  the  main  principles  of  that  scriptural  and  reli- 
gious liberty  for  which  this  people  suffered  in  England,  fled 
to  Holland,  traversed  the  ocean,  and  sought  a  dangerous 
retreat  in  these  remote  and  savage  deserts  of  North  America  ; 
that  here  they  might  fully  enjoy  them,  and  leave  them  to 
their  last  posterity. 

But  removing  the  stage  of  our  chronology  to  the  western 
side  of  the  atlantic,  we  may  take  a  brief  survey  both  of  the 
state  of  Great  Britain  and  the  neighboring  countries  they 
left  behind  them,  and  for  which  they  were  chiefly  concerned, 
as  well  as  the  stale  of  northeast  America  at  the  time  of 
their  arrival. 

In  France  and  Navarre  the  king  begins  to  persecute  the 
Protestants  and  turn  them  out  of  their  churches.  In  Lusa- 
tia,  Bohemia,  and  Germany,  the  Imperial  and  Spanish  forces 
are  prevailing  and  ruining  the  reformed  interest  ;  even  the 
protestant  elector  of  Saxony  joining  with  them.  And  the  king 
of  England  extremely  fond  of  matching  his  only  son  prince 
Charles  to  the  Popish  Infanta,  refuses  to  support  and  even 
allow  of  a  public  fast  for  his  own  daughter,  the  excellent 
queen  of  Bohemia,  the  darling  of  the  British  Puritans  ;  indul- 
ges the  Papists  throughout  his  kingdoms,  and  at  the  same  time 
allows  no  rest  for  any  of  the  reformed  in  them  who  mislike 
the  ceremonies  or  diocesan  episcopacy.  In  Scotland  the 
Presbyterian  church  is  wholly  overthrown,  her  ministers 
deprived,  confined,  banished  ;  and  in  England  4  most  of  the 
affairs  in  Church  and  State,  as  Eachard  tells  us,  are  transact- 
ed by  the  Countess  of  Buckingham,  whom  he  calls  a  fiery 
Romanist.' 

In  so  dark  a  season  on  the  European  shore,  are  this  people 
brought  to  North  America,  where  the  prospect  also  looks 
almost  as  dismal  and  discouraging. 

For  besides  the  natives,  the  nearest  plantation  to  them  h 


180 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


a  French  one  at  Port  Royal*  who  have  another  at  Canada. 
And  the  only  English  ones  are  at  Virginia,  Bermudas  and 
Newfoundland  ;  the  nearest  of , these  about  500  miles  off,  and 
every  one  incapable  of  helping  them  ;  wherever  they  turn 
their  eyes,  nothing  but  distress  surrounds  them  ;  harassed 
for  their  scripture  worship  in  their  native  land,  grieved  for  the 
profanation  of  the  holy  Sabbath  and  other  licentiousness  in 
Holland,  fatigued  with  their  boisterous  voyage,  disappointed 
of  their  expected  country,  forced  on  this  northern  shore  both 
utterly  unknown  and  in  the  advance  of  winter  ;  none  but 
prejudiced  barbarians  round  about  them,  and  without  any 
prospect  of  human  succour  ;  without  the  help  or  favor  of  the 
Court  of  England,  without  a  patent,  without  a  public  promise 
of  their  religious  liberties,  worn  out  with  toil  and  sufferings, 
without  convenient  shelter  from  the  rigorous  weather  ;  and 
their  hardships  bringing  a  general  sickness  on  them,  which 
reduces  them  to  great  extremities,  bereaves  them  of  their 
dearest  friends,  and  leaves  many  of  the  children  orphans. 
Within  five  months  time  above  half  their  company  are  carried 
off ;  whom  they  account  as  dying  in  this  noble  cause,  whose 
memories  they  consecrate  to  the  dear  esteem  of  their  suc- 
cessors, and  bear  all  with  a  christian  fortitude  and  patience 
as  extraordinary  as  their  trials. 

I  have  only  now  to  remind  the  reader,  that  utterly 
unsought,  and  then  unknown  to  them,  on  November  3,  about 
a  week  before  their  arriving  at  Cape  Cod,  king  James  signs 
a  patent  for  the  incorporation  of  the  adventurers  to  the  northern 
colony  of  Virginia,  between  40  and  48  degrees  north  ;  being 
the  duke  of  Lenox,  the  Marquesses  of  Buckingham  and 
Hamilton,  the  earls  of  Arundel  and  Warwick,  sir  F.  Gorges, 
with  thirty-four  others,  and  their  successors  styling  them  the 
Council  established  at  Plymouth,  in  the  county  of  Devon,  for 
the  planting,  ruling,  ordering  and  governing  of  New  England 
in  America  ;f  which  is  the  great  and  civil  basis  of  all  the 
future  patents  and  plantations  that  divide  this  country. 

*  Governor  Bradford,  in  a  manuscript  note  in  the  margin  of  sir  William 
Alexander's  description  of  New-England,  &c.  printed  in  4to  London,  1630, 
says,  that  '  Bienoourt  lived  at  Port  Royal  when  we  came  into  the  country  in 
1620.'  By  which  it  seems  as  if  by  connivance  of  the  Court  of  England,  a 
small  plantation  of  the  French  were  suffered  to  continue  at  Port  Royal,  after 
the  reduction  by  captain  Argal  in  1613. 

t  From  a  manuscript  copy  of  the  charter  itself  in  the  hands  of  the  honorable 
Elisha  Cooke,  Esq. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY.  181 


NOTES  FOR  SECTION  I. 

6,  Beginning;,  m,  middle,  e,  end.  Printed  Tracts — 
M,  Mourt's  Relation.  W,  Winslow's  Relation.  Pwr,  Pur- 
chas's  Pilgrims.  Sm,  Smith's  History.  J,  Johnson's  History. 
F  Gor,  Sir  F.  Gorges.  Mor,  Morton's  Memorial.  Manu- 
scripts.— B,  Gov.  Bradford's  History.  Br.  his  Register. 
Mcr.  Massach.  Col.  Records.  Gr,  Gookin  of  the  Indians. 
H,  Hubbard's  History.  5c,  Book  of  Charters,  msl,  Manu- 
script Letters.    [Additions  of  my  own.] 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 

SECTION  I. 

To  the  settlement  of  the  Massachusetts  Colony,  by  the  arrival  of  Governor 
Winthrop  and  Deputy  Governor  Dudley,  with  the  Charter  and  assistants,  at 
Salem,  June  12,  1630. 

1621.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

January  1.  Monday,  the  people  at  Plymouth  go 
betimes  to  work,  M  and  the  year  begins  with  the 
death  of  Degory  Priest.  Br 

January  3.  Some  abroad  see  great  fires  of  Indians 
and  go  to  their  cornfields,  but  discover  none  of  the 
savages,  nor  have  seen  any  since  we  came  to  this 
harbour.  N 

January  4.  Captain  Stand ish,  with  four  or  five 
more,  go  to  look  for  the  natives  where  their  fires 
were  made,  find  some  of  their  houses,  though  not 
lately  inhabited,  but  none  of  the  natives.  M 

January  8.  Francis  Billington  having  the  week 
before  from  the  top  of  a  tree  on  a  high  hill  discov- 
ered a  great  sea,  as  he  thought,  goes  this  day  with 
one  of  the  master's  mates  to  view  it  ;  travel  three 
miles  to  a  large  water  divided  into  two  lakes  ;  the 
bigger  five  or  six  miles  in  compass  with  an  islet  in 
it  of  a  cable's  length  square.  The  other  three  miles 
in  compass,  and  a  brook  issuing  from  it,  find 
seven  or  eight  houses,  though  not  lately  inhabited  ; 
M  and  this  day  dies  Mr.  Christopher  Martin.  Br 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


183 


1621.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  III. 

January  9.  We  labor  in  building  our  town  in 
two  rows  of  houses  for  greater  safety  ;  divide  by 
lot  the  ground  we  build  on  :  agree  that  every  man 
shall  build  his  own  house,  that  they  may  make 
more  haste  than  when  they  work  in  common.  M 

January  12.  At  noon,  John  Goodman  and  Peter 
Brown  gathering  thatch  abroad,  and  not  coming 
home  after  their  two  companions,  put  us  in  great 
sorrow;  master  Leaver  with  three  or  four  more  go  to 
seek  them,  but  can  hear  nothing  of  them  ;  next  day, 
thinking  the  Indians  had  surprised  them,  we  arm 
out  ten  or  twelve  men  after  them,  who  go  searching 
seven  or  eight  miles,  but  return  without  discovery, 
to  our  great  discomfort.  M 

January  13.  Having  the  major  part  of  our  peo- 
ple ashore,  we  purpose  there  to  keep  the  public 
worship  tomorrow.  M 

January  14.  Lord's  Day  morning  at  six  o'clock, 
the  wind,  being  very  high,  we  on  ship-board  see 
our  rendezvous  in  flames  ;  and  because  of  the  loss 
of  the  two  men,  fear  the  savages  had  fired  it,  nor 
can  we  come  to  help  them  for  want  of  the  tide  till 
seven  o'clock  ;  at  landing,  hear  good  news  of  the 
return  of  our  two  men,  and  that  the  house  was 
fired  by  a  spark  flying  into  the  thatch,  which  in- 
stantly burnt  it  up ;  the  greatest  sufferers  are  go- 
vernor Carver  and  Mr.  Bradford.  The  two  men 
were  lost  in  the  woods  on  Friday  noon  ;  ranged  all 
the  afternoon  in  the  wet  and  cold  ;  at  night  it  snow- 
ing, freezing,  and  being  bitter  weather,  they  walked 
under  a  tree  till  morning,  then  travelled  by  many 
lakes  and  brooks  ;  in  the  afternoon,  from  a  high  hill 
they  discover  the  two  isles  in  our  harbor,  and  at 
night  get  home  faint  with  travel  and  want  of  food 
and  sleep,  and  almost  famished  with  cold.  M 

January  21.  We  keep  our  public  worship 
ashore.  M 


184 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1621.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

January  29.  Dies  Rose,  the  wife  of  captain 
Standish.  Br  • 

January  31.  This  morning  the  people  aboard 
the  ship  see  two  savages,  (the  first  that  we  see  at 
this  harbor,)  but  cannot  speak  with  them.  JSI 

N.  B.    This  month  eight  of  our  number  die.  Br 

February  9.  This  afternoon,  our  house  for  our 
sick  people  is  set  a  fire  by  a  spark  lighting  on  the 
roof.  M 

February  16.  One  of  our  people  a  fowling  by 
a  creek  about  a  mile  and  half  off,  twelve  Indians 
march  by  him  towards  the  town  ;  in  the  woods  he 
hears  the  noise  of  many  more,  lies  close  till  they 
are  passed  by,  then  hastens  home  and  gives  the 
alarm  ;  so  the  people  abroad  return,  but  see  none  ; 
only  captain  Standish  and  Francis  Cook,  leaving 
their  tools  in  the  woods,  and  going  for  them,  find 
the  savages  had  took  them  away ;  and  towards 
night  a  great  fire  about  the  place  where  the  man 
saw  them.  M 

February  17.  This  morning  we  first  meet  for 
appointing  military  orders,  choose  Miles  Standish  for 
our  captain,  give  him  power  accordingly  ;  and  while 
we  are  consulting,  two  savages  present  themselves 
on  the  top  of  the  hill  over  against  us  about  a  quar- 
ter of  a  mile  off,  making  signs  for  us  to  come  to 
them,  we  send  captain  Standish  and  Mr.  Hopkins 
over  the  brook  towards  them,  one  only  with  a  mus- 
ket, which  he  lays  down  in  sign  of  peace  and  par- 
ley, but  the  Indians  would  not  stay  their  coming ; 
a  noise  of  a  great  many  more  is  heard  behind  the 
hill,  but  no  more  come  in  sight.  M 

February  21.  Die  Mr.  William  White,  Mr. 
William  Mullins,  with  two  more.  And  the  25th 
dies  Mary,  the  wife  of  Mr.  Isaac  Allerton.  Br 

N.  B.  This  month,  seventeen  of  our  number 
die.  Br 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


185 


1.621.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XII I. — Spain,  Philip  III. 

This  spring  there  go  ten  or  twelve  ships  from 
the  west  of  England  to  fish  on  the  northeastern 
coasts  of  New  England  ;  who  get  well  freighted 
with  fish  and  fur.  Sm  Pur 

About  this  time  the  Indians  get  all  the  Pawaws 
of  the  country,  for  three  days  together,  in  a  horrid 
and  devilish  manner  to  curse  and  execrate  us  with 
their  conjurations  ;  which  assembly  they  hold  in  a 
dark  and  dismal  swamp,  as  we  are  afterwards  in- 
formed. B 

March  7.  The  governor  with  five  more  go  to 
the  Great  Ponds  ;  and  we  begin  to  sow  our  garden 
seeds.  M 

March  16.  This  morning,  a  savage  boldly  comes 
alone  along  the  houses  straight  to  the  rendezvous, 
surprises  us  with  calling  out,  welcome  Englishmen! 
welcome  Englishmen  !  having  learned  some  bro- 
ken English  among  the  fishermen  at  Monhiggon  ; 
the  first  Indian  we  met  with,  his  name  Samoset, 
says  he  is  a  Sagamore  or  lord  of  Moratiggon,  lying 
hence  a  day's  sail  with  a  great  wind,  and  five  days 
by  land,  and  has  been  in  these  parts  eight  months ; 
we  entertain  him,  and  he  informs  us  of  the  country  ; 
that  the  place  we  are  in  is  called  Patuxet,  that 
about  four  years  ago  all  the  inhabitants  died  of  an 
extraordinary  plague,  and  there  is  neither  man, 
woman  nor  child  remaining ;  as  indeed  we  find 
none  to  hinder  our  possession,  or  lay  claim  to  it. 
At  night  we  lodge  and  watch  him.  M 

March  17.  This  morning  we  send  Samoset  to 
the  Masassoits,  our  next  neighbors,  whence  he 
came.  The  Nausites  near  southeast  of  us  being 
those  by  whom  we  were  first  encountered  as  before 
related,  are  much  incensed  against  the  English  ; 
about  eight  months  ago  slew  three  Englishmen, 
and  two  more  hardly  escaped  to  Monhiggon  ;  they 
24 


186 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1621.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

were  sir  F.  Gorges'  men,, as  our  savage  tells  us.* 
He  also  tells  us  of  the  fight  we  had  with  the  Nau- 
sites,  and  of  our  tools  lately  taken  away,  which  we 
required  him  to  bring.  This  people  are  ill  affected 
to  us  because  of  Hunt,  who  carried  away  twenty 
from  this  place  we  now  inhabit,  and  seven  from  the 
Nausites  as  before  observed.  He  promises  within 
a  night  or  two  to  bring  some  of  the  Masassoits, 
with  beaver  skins  to  trade.  M 

March  18.  Samoset  returns  with  five  other  men, 
who  bring  our  tools  with  some  skins  and  make 
shew  of  friendship  ;  but  being  the  Lord's  Day,  we 
would  not  trade,  but  entertaining  them,  bid  them 
come  again  and  bring  more,  which  they  promise 
within  a  night  or  two  ;  but  Samoset  tarries  with 
us.  M 

March  21.  This  morning,  the  Indians  not 
coming,  we  send  Samoset  to  inquire  the  rea- 
son. In  his  absence,  two  or  three  savages  present 
themselves  on  the  top  of  the  hill  against  us,  with  a 
shew  of  daring  us ;  but  captain  Standish  and 
another  with  their  muskets  going  over,  the  Indians 
whet  their  arrows  and  make  shew  of  defiance  ;  but 
as  our  men  advance  they  run  away.  M 

This  day  Philip  III.  king  of  Spain  dies,  aged 
forty-three,  p  ri  and  his  son  Philip  IV.  succeeds, 
aged  sixteen,  ri 

March  22.  About  noon,  Samoset  returns  with 
Squanto,  the  only  native  of  this  place,  one  of  the 
twenty  Hunt  had  carried  to  Spain,  but  got  into 
England,  lived  in  Cornhill,  London,  with  Mr.  John 
Slanie,  merchant,  and  can  speak  a  little  English, 

*  Whether  these  were  not  captain  Dermer's  company  mentioned  after  June 
30,  last  year. 

p  Petavius.  ri  Riciolius ;  who  say  IVlarch  31.  But  I  conclude  they 
mean  new  style. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


187 


1621.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

with  three  others  ;  bring  a  few  skins  and  signify 
that  their  great  Sagamore  Masassoit,*  the  greatest 
king  of  the  Indians  bordering  on  us,  is  hard  by, 
with  his  brother  Quadequina  and  their  company. 
After  an  hour,  the  king  comes  to  the  top  of  an  hill 
over  against  us,  with  a  train  of  sixty  men.  We 
send  Squanto  to  him,  who  brings  word  that  we 
should  send  one  to  parley  with  him.  We  send 
Mr.  Edward  Winslovv  to  know  his  mind,  and  sig- 
nify that  our  governor  desires  to  see  him  and  truck 
and  confirm  a  peace.  Upon  this  the  king  leaves 
Mr.  Winslow  in  the  custody  of  Quadequina  and 
comes  over  the  brook  with  a  train  of  twenty  men, 
leaving  their  bows  and  arrows  behind  them.  Cap- 
tain Standish  and  master  Williamson  with  six 
musketeers  meet  him  at  the  brook,  where  they 
salute  each  other,  conduct  him  to  a  house  wherein 
they  place  a  green  rug  and  three  or  four  cushions  ; 
then  instantly  comes  our  governor,  with  drum, 
trumpet,  and  musketeers ;  after  salutations,  the 
governor  kissing  his  hand,  and  the  king  kissing 
him,  they  set  down,  the  governor  entertains  him 
with  some  refreshments,  and  then  they  agree  on  a 
league  of  friendship,  as  follows.  M 

1.  That  neither  he  nor  his  should  injure  any  of 
ours. 

2.  That  if  they  did,  he  should  send  the  offender, 
that  we  might  punish  him. 

3.  That  if  our  tools  were  taken  away,  he  should 
restore  them  ;  and  if  ours  did  any  harm  to  any  of 
his,  we  would  do  the  like  to  them. 

4.  If  any  unjustly  warred  against  him,  we  would 
aid  him  ;  and  if  any  warred  against  us,  he  should 
aid  us. 

*  The  printed  accounts  generally  spell  him  Massasoit,  governor  Bradford 
writes  him  Massasoyt  and  Massasoyet  ;  but  I  find  the  ancient  people  from 
their  fathers  in  Plymouth  Colony  pronounce  his  name  Ma-sas-so-it. 


188 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1621.      King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XI1J. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

5.  He  should  certify  his  neighbor  confederates 
of  this,  that  they  might  not  wrong  us,  but  be  corn- 
prised  in  the  conditions  of  peace. 

6.  That  when  their  men  come  to  us,  they  should 
leave  their  bows  and  arrows  behind  thein,  as  we 
should  leave  our  pieces  when  we  come  to  them. 

7.  That  doing  thus,  king  James  would  esteem 
him  as  his  friend  and  ally.* 

After  this,  the  governor  conducts  him  to  the 
brook,  where  they  embrace  and  part ;  we  keeping 
six  or  seven  hostages  for  our  messenger.  But 
Q,uadequina  coming  with  his  troop,  we  entertain 
and  convey  him  back,  receive  our  messenger,  and 
return  the  hostages.  M 

March  23.  This  morning,  diverse  Indians  com- 
ing over  tell  us,  the  king  would  have  some  of  us 
come  and  see  him ;  captain  Standish  and  Mr.  Isaac 
Allerton  go  venturously  to  them,  whom  they  wel- 
come after  their  manner  ;  and  about  noon,  M  they 
return  to  their  place  called  Sowams,f  about  forty 
miles  off  B  to  the  westward.  The  king  is  a  portly 
man,  in  his  best  years,  grave  of  countenance,  spare 
of  speech.  And  we  cannot  but  judge  he  is  willing 
to  be  at  peace  with  us,  especially  because  he  has  a 
potent  adversary  the  Narragansetts,  who  are  at  war 
with  him,  against  whom  he  thinks  we  may  be  some 
strength,  our  pieces  being  terrible  to  them.  But 
Samoset  and  Squanto  tarry.  M 

This  day  we  meet  on  common  business,  con- 
clude our  military  orders,  with  some  laws  conven- 
ient for  our  present  state,  and  choose  M  or  rather 
confirm  B  Mr.  Carver  our  governor  for  the  follow- 
ing year.  M  B 

*  Governor  Bradford  in  1645,  observes,  this  league  hath  lasted  this  twenty- 
four  years.    To  which  I  may  add,  yea  thirty  years  longer,  viz.  to  1675. 

t  Sometimes  called  Sowams,  and  sometimes  Pacanokik,  which  I  suppose  is 
afterwards  called  Mount  Hope,  and  since  named  Bristol. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


189 


1621.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

March  24.  Dies  Elizabeth,  the  wife  of  Mr. 
Edward  Winslow.  Br 

The  first  offence  since  our  arrival  is  of  John 
Billington  Br  who  came  on  board  at  London,  B 
and  is  this  month  convented  before  the  whole 
company  for  his  contempt  of  the  captain's  lawful 
command  with  opprobrious  speeches,  for  which  he 
is  adjudged  to  have  his  neck  and  heels  tied  to- 
gether ;  but  upon  humbling  himself  and  craving 
pardon,  and  it  being  the  first  offence^  he  is  for- 
given. Br 

N.  B.  This  month  thirteen  of  our  number  die. 
Br  And  in  three  months  past,  dies  half  our  com- 
pany; the  greatest  part  in  the  depth  of  winter, 
wanting  houses  and  other  comforts,  being  infected 
with  the  scurvy  and  other  diseases,  which  their  long 
voyage  and  unaccommodate  condition  brought  upon 
them  ;  so  as  there  die  sometimes  two  or  three  a 
day,  of  100  persons  scarce  fifty  remain  ;  the  living 
scarce  able  to  bury  the  dead,  the  well  not  sufficient 
to  tend  the  sick ;  there  being  in  their  time  of 
greatest  distress  but  six  or  seven,  who  spare  no 
pains  to  help  them  ;  two  of  the  seven  were  Mr. 
Brewster  their  reverend  elder,  and  Mr.  Standish 
their  captain. 

The  like  disease  fell  also  among  the  sailors,  so 
as  almost  half  of  their  company  also  die  before 
they  sail.  B 

But  the  spring  advancing  it  pleases  God  the 
mortality  begins  to  cease,  and  the  sick  and  lame 
recover,  which  puts  new  life  into  the  people,  though 
they  had  borne  their  sad  affliction  with  as  much 
patience  as  any  could  do.  B 

April  5.  We  despatch  the  ship  with  captain 
Jones,  who  this  day  sails  from  New  Plymouth,  and 
May  6  arrives  in  England.  Sm  Pur 


190 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1621.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — Fiance,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV 

After  this  we  plant  twenty  acres  of  Indian  corn, 
M  wherein  Squanto  is  a*  great  help,  showing  us 
how  to  set,  fish,  dress  and  tend  it,  B  of  which  we 
have  a  good  increase  ;  we  likewise  sow  six  acres 
of  barley*  and  peas  ;  our  barley  indifferent  good, 
but  our  peas  parched  up  with  the  sun.  M 

While  we  are  busy  about  our  seed,  our  governor 
Mr.  Carver  comes  out  of  the  field  very  sick,  com- 
plains greatly  of  his  head,  within  a  few  hours  his 
senses  fail,  so  as  he  speaks  no  more,  and  in  a  few 
days  after  dies,  to  our  great  lamentation  and  heavi- 
ness. His  care  and  pains  were  so  great  for  the 
common  good,  as  therewith  it  is  thought  he  op- 
pressed himself  and  shortened  his  days  ;  of  wThose 
loss  we  cannot  sufficiently  complain  ;  and  his  wife 
deceases  about  five  or  six  weeks  after.  B 

Soon  after,  we  choose  Mr.  William  Bradford  our 
governor,  and  Mr.  Isaac  Allerton  his  assistant,  who 
are  by  renewed  elections  continued  together  sun- 
dry years.  B 

May  12.  The  first  marriage  in  this  place,  B  is 
of  Mr.  Edward  Winslow  to  Mrs.  Susanna  White, 
widow  of  Mr.  William  White.  Br 

June  18.  The  second  offence  is  the  first  duel 
fought  in  New  England,  upon  a  challenge  of  single 
combat  with  sword  and  dagger  between  Edward 
Doty  and  Edward  Leister,  servants  of  Mr.  Hop- 
kins ;  both  being  wounded,  the  one  in  the  hand, 
the  other  in  the  thigh,  they  are  adjudged  by  the 
whole  company  to  have  their  head  and  feet  tied 
together,  and  so  to  lie  for  twrenty-four  hours,  with- 
out meat  or  drink,  which  is  begun  to  be  inflicted, 
but  within  an  hour,  because  of  their  great  pains, 


*  Governor  Bradford  calls  them  wheat  and  peas  ;  and  says  they  came  to 
no  good. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY.  191 


1621.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

at  their  own  and  their  master's  humble  request, 
upon  promise  of  better  carriage,  they  are  released 
by  the  governor.  Br 

July  2.  We  agree  to  send*  Mr.  Edward  Wins- 
low  and  Mr.  Steven  Hopkins  with  Squanto  to  see 
our  new  friend  Masassoit  B  at  Pakanokit,  M  to 
bestow  some  gratuities  on  him,  bind  him  faster  to 
us,  view  the  country,  see  how  and  where  he  lives, 
his  strength,  &c.  B  M 

Tuesday.  At  nine  this  morning,  we  set  out, 
travel  fifteen  miles  westward  to  Namasket  by  three 
in  the  afternoon.  The  people  entertain  us  with 
joy,  give  us  bread  they  call  Maizum,  and  the  spawn 
of  shads,  which  they  now  have  in  great  plenty,  and 
we  eat  with  spoons.  By  sunset  we  get  eight  miles 
further  to  a  Ware,  where  we  find  many  of  the  Na- 
mascheuks,  i.  e.  Namasket  men,  a  fishing,  having 
caught  abundance  of  bass  ;  who  welcome  us  also, 
and  there  we  lodge.  The  head  of  this  river  is  said 
to  be  not  far  from  the  place  of  our  abode,  upon  it 
are  and  have  been  many  towns  ;  the  ground  very 
good  on  both  sides,  for  the  most  part  cleared  ; 
thousands  of  men  have  lived  here,  who  died  of  the 
great  plague  M  which  befel  these  parts  about  three 
years  before  our  arrival  ;  the  living  not  being  able 
to  bury  them,  and  their  skulls  and  bones  appear  in 
many  places  where  their  dwellings  had  been.  B 
Upon  this  river  Masassoit  lives ;  it  goes  into  the 
sea  at  Narragansett  Bay,  where  the  Frenchmen  use 
so  much.  Next  morning  we  travel  six  miles  by 
the  river  to  a  known  shoal  place,  and  it  being  low 
water,  put  off  our  clothes  and  wade  over  ;  thus  far 

*  Mourt's  Relation  says  they  set  out  June  10,  but  this  being  Lord's  Day,  is 
very  unlikely,  and  is  also  inconsistent  with  the  rest  of  the  journal :  whereas  July 
2  is  Monday,  when  governor  Bradford  says  we  sent  he.  ;  though  to  comport 
with  the  rest  of  the  journal,  I  conclude  that  on  Monday  July  2,  they  agreed 
to  send,  but  set  not  out  till  the  next  morning. 


192 


sLH    ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1621.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  L — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV 

the  tide  flows.  We  observe  few  places  on  the 
river  but  what  had  been  inhabited,  M  though  now 
greatly  wasted  by  the  plague  aforesaid.  B  And  so 
we  travel  to  Pacanokik,  where  Masassoit  kindly 
welcomes  us  M  and  gratefuliy  receives  our  pre- 
sents, B  assures  us  he  will  gladly  continue  the 
peace  and  friendship,  M  tells  us  the  Narragansetts 
live  on  the  other  side  of  that  great  bay,  are  a  strong 
people,  and  many  in  number,  live  compactly,  and 
were  not  touched  with  that  wasting  sickness ;  B 
desires  us  not  to  let  the  French  trade  with  them  ; 
and  there  we  lodge.  Next  day,  being  Thursday, 
many  of  their  Sachems  or  petty  governors  come 
to  visit  us ;  we  see  their  games  for  skins  and 
knives,  and  there  lodge  again,  Friday  morning, 
before  sunrise,  we  take  our  leave,  Masassoit  retain- 
ing Squanto  to  procure  truck  for  us,  appoints  Tocka- 
mahamon  in  his  place,  whom  we  had  found  faithful 
before  and  after  upon  all  occasions.  That  night 
we  reach  to  the  Ware,  and  the  next  night  home.  M 

July  e.  John  Billington  B  a  boy,  M being  lost  in 
the  woods,  the  governor  causes  him  to  be  inquired 
for  among  the  natives  ;  at  length  Masassoit  sends 
word  he  is  at  Nauset.  He  had  wandered  five  days, 
lived  on  berries,  then  light  of  an  Indian  plantation, 
twenty  miles  south  of  us  called  Manomet,  and  they 
conveyed  him  to  the  people  who  first  assaulted  us, 
B  but  the  governor  sends  ten  men  M  in  a  shallop 
B  M  with  Squanto,  and  Tockamahamon,  M  to 
fetch  him.  B  M 

The  first  day*  the  shallop  sails  for  the  harbor  at 
Curnmaquid,  but  night  coming  on,  we  anchor  in 

*  Mourt's  Relation,  and  Purchas  from  it,  places  this  on  June  11.  But  this 
date  being'  inconsistent  with  several  hints  in  the  foregoing  and  following  sto- 
ries, I  keep  to  governor  Bradford's  original  manuscript,  and  place  it  between 
the  end  of  July  and  the  thirteenth  of  August. 


NEW  ENGLANb  CHRONOLOGY. 


193 


1521.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XII i. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

the  midst  of  the  bay,  where  we  are  dry  at  low  wa- 
ter. Next  morning  the  Indians  on  the  other  side 
of  the  channel  invite  us  to  come  and  eat  with  them; 
as  soon  as  our  boat  floats,  six  of  us  go  ashore, 
leaving  four  of  them  pledges  in  the  boat,  the  rest 
bring  us  to  their  Sachem,  whom  they  call  Iya- 
nough,* a  man  not  above  twenty-six  years  of  age, 
but  personable  and  courteous,  wTho  gives  us  plenti- 
ful and  various  cheer.  After  dinner  we  take  boat 
for  Nauset,  Iyanough  and  two  of  his  men  with  us. 
But  the  day  and  tide  failing,  we  cannot  get  in  with 
our  shallop.  Iyanough  with  his  men  go  ashore,  and 
we  send  Squanto  to  tell  Aspinet,  the  Sachem  of  Nau- 
set, our  errand.  After  sunset,  Aspinet  comes  with 
a  great  train  of  a  hundred  with  him  bringing  the  boy, 
one  bearing  him  through  the  water,  delivers  him  to 
us.  The  Sachem  makes  his  peace  with  us.  We 
give  him  a  knife,  and  another  to  him  who  first 
entertained  the  boy.  At  this  place  we  hear  the 
Narragansetts  had  spoiled  some  of  Masassoit's  men 
and  taken  him,  which  strikes  us  with  some  fear;  and 
setting  sail,  carry  Iyanough  to  Cummaquid,  and  get 
home  the  next  day  night.  M  Those  people  also 
come  and  make  their  peace,  and  we  give  them  full 
satisfaction  for  the  corn  we  had  formerly  found  in 
their  country.  B 

Hobamack  B  a  Pinese  or  chief  captain  of  Ma- 
sassoit,  W  also  comes  to  dwell  among  us,  and 
continues  faithful  as  long  as  he  lives.  B 

At  our  return  from  Nauset,  we  find  it  true  that 
Masassoit  is  put  from  his  country  by  the  Narragan- 
setts,! and  word  is  brought  us  that  Coubatant  M 

*  Sometimes  called  Iyanough  of  Cummaquid,  and  sometimes  Tyanough  of 
Matakiest ;  which  seems  to  be  the  country  between  Barnstable  and  Yarmouth 
harbors 

t  Governor  Bradford  says  nothing  of  this,  nor  of  Masassoit's  being  either 
seized  or  invaded  by  the  Narragansetts. 

25 


194 


NEW    ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1621.      King  of  G.Britain,  James  1. — France,  Lewis  XIII. —  Spain,  Philip  IV 

or  Corbitant,  B*  a  petty  Sachem  under  Masassoit, 
ever  feared  to  be  too  conversant  with  the  Narra- 
gansetts,  M  and  no  friend  to  the  English,  B  is  at 
Namasket,  seeking  to  draw  the  hearts  of  Masassoit's 
subjects  from  him,  speaks  disdainfully  of  us,  storms 
at  the  peace  between  Nauset,  Cummaquid  and  us, 
and  at  Squanto  the  worker  of  it,  as  also  at  Toka- 
mahamon  and  Hobbamak.  However,  Squanto  and 
Hobbamak  go  privately  to  see  what  is  become  of 
their  king,  and  lodge  at  Namasket,  but  are  dis- 
covered to  Corbitant,  who  besets  the  house,  M 
threatens  to  kill  Squanto  and  Hobbamak  for  being 
friends  to  us,  B  seizes  Squanto  and  holds  a  knife 
at  his  breast,  M  offers  to  stab  Hobamak,  but  being 
a  stout  man,  clears  himself,  B  concludes  Squanto 
killed,  M  and  flies  to  our  governor  with  the  infor- 
mation. B 

August  13.  At  this  the  governor  assembles  our 
company,  B  M  and  taking  council,  it  is  conceived 
not  fit  to  be  borne  ;  for  if  we  should  suffer  our 
friends  and  messengers  thus  to  be  wronged,  we 
shall  have  none  to  cleave  to  us,  or  give  us  intelli- 
gence, or  do  us  any  service,  but  would  next  fall 
upon  us,  &c.  B  We  therefore  resolve  to  send  ten 
men  tomorrow  with  Hobamak,  M  to  seize  our  foes 
in  the  night ;  if  Squanto  be  killed,  to  cut  off  Corbi- 
tant's  head ;  but  hurt  only  those  who  had  a  hand 
in  the  murder,  B  and  retain  Nepeof  another  Sachem 
in  the  confederacy,  till  we  hear  of  Masassoit.  M 

August  14.  Captain  Standish  with  fourteen 
men  and  Hobamak  set  out  B  in  a  rainy  day,  lose 
their  way  in  the  night,  wet,  weary  and  much  dis- 
couraged.   But  finding  it  again,  beset  Corbitant's 


*  The  relation  published  by  Mourt,  with  Smith  and  Purchas  from  it,  call 
him  Coubatant,  but  governor  Bradford  plainly  writes  him  Corbitant;  and 
Morton  follows  him. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


195 


1621.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

house  at  midnight,  M  where  three  Indians  are 
sorely  wounded  in  trying  to  break  away,  but  find 
him  gone,  B  and  Tokamahamon  and  Squanto  safe. 
M  Corbitant  having  only  threatened  Squanto's 
life  and  made  an  offer  to  stab  him.  B 

Next  morning  we  march  into  the  midst  of  the 
town,  M  Hobamak  telling  the  Indians  what  we 
only  intended,  they  bring  the  best  food  they  have, 
B  and  we  breakfast  at  Squanto's  house  ;  whither 
all  whose  hearts  are  upright  to  us  come  ;  but  Cor- 
bitant's  faction  fled  away.  We  declare  that  if 
Masassoit  does  not  return  in  safety  from  Narragan- 
seU,  or  if  Corbitant  should  make  any  insurrection 
against  him,  or  offer  violence  to  Squanto,  Hoba- 
mak, or  any  of  Masassoit's  subjects,  we  would 
revenge  it  to  the  utter  overthrow  of  him  and  his. 
With  many  friends  attending  us,  we  get  home  at 
night,  M  bring  with  us  the  three  wounded  savages, 
whom  we  cure  and  send  home.  B 

After  this  we  have  many  gratulations  from  di- 
verse Sachems,  and  much  firmer  peace.  Yea  those 
of  the  Isle  of  Capawak  send  to  secure  our  friend- 
ship, and  Corbitant  himself  uses  the  mediation  of 
Masassoit  to  be  reconciled.  B  Yea  Canonicus, 
chief  Sachem  of  the  Narragansetts,  sends  a  mes- 
senger to  treat  of  peace.  M 

September  b.  Sir  William  Alexander  F.  Gov 
of  Scotland,  Pur  afterwards  earl  of  Sterling,  hav- 
ing prevailed  on  king  James  to  send  to  sir  F.  Gor- 
ges to  assign  him  part  of  the  New  England  terri- 
tory, F  Gor  sir  F.  Gorges  being  intrusted  with 
the  affairs  of  this  country,  advising  with  some  of 
the  company,  yields  that  sir  William  should  have  a 
patent  of  the  northeastern  part  of  New  England, 
to  be  held  of  the  crown  of  Scotland  and  called 
New  Scotland.  Pur  Whereupon  presently,  F. 
Gor  viz. 


19G 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1G21     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  L — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

September  10.  King  James  gives  sir  William 
Alexander  a  patent  for  Nov»a  Scotia  ;  bounding  the 
same  from  Cape  Sables  to  the  Bay  of  St.  Mary, 
thence  north  to  the  river  St.  Croix,  thence  north  to 
Canada  river,  so  down  the  river  to  Gachepe,  thence 
southeast  to  Cape  Briton  islands,  and  Cape  Briton, 
thence  round  to  Cape  Sables  again,  with  all  seas 
and  islands  within  six  leagues  of  the  western, 
northern  and  eastern  parts,  and  within  forty  leagues 
to  the  southward  of  Cape  Briton,  and  Cape  Sa- 
bles ;  to  be  called  Nova  Scotia,  &c.  Pur* 

September  13.  Nine  Sachems  subscribe  an  in- 
strument of  submission  to  king  James,  viz.  Ohqua- 
mehud,  Cawnacome,  Obbatinnua,  Nattawahunt, 
Caunbatant,fChikkatabak,  Quadaquina,  Huttamoi- 
den,  and  Apannow.  Mem  Yea  Masassoit  in  writ- 
ing under  his  hand  to  captain  Standish  has  owned 
the  king  of  England  to  be  his  master ;  both  he 
and  many  other  kings  under  him,  as  of  Pamet, 
Nawset,  Cummaquid,  Namasket,  with  divers  others 
who  dwell  about  the  bays  of  Patuxet  and  Massa- 
chusetts ;  and  all  this  by  friendly  usage,  love  and 
peace,  just  and  honest  carriage,  good  counsel,  &c. 
M 

Though  we  are  told  the  Massachusetts  often 
threaten  us,  yet  the  company  think  good  to  send 
among  them,  M  to  discover  the  bay,  B  see  the 
country,  make  peace,  M  and  trade  with  the  natives. 
B  The  governor  chooses  ten  men  with  Squanto 
and  two  other  savages  to  go  in  the  shallop.  M 

September  18.  [Being  Tuesday]  at  midnight, 
the  tide  serving,  we  set  sail.  Next  day  get  into 
the  bottom  of  Massachusetts  Bay,  about  twenty 
leagues  north  from  Plymouth,  and  anchor.  Next 

Taken  from  the  Latin  Patent  in  Purchas. 
t  I  suppose  the  same  with  Corbitant. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


197 


1621.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  L — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

morning,  we  land  under  a  cliff*.    The  Sachem  of 
this  place  is  Obbatinewat,*  and  though  he  lives  in 
the  bottom  of  this  bay,  yet  is  subject  to  Masassoit ; 
uses  us  kindly,  and  tells  us  he  dare  not  now  remain 
in  any  settled  place  for  fear  of  the  Tarratines,  M 
who  live  to  the  eastward,  are  wont  to  come,  at  har- 
vest and  take  away  their  corn,  and  many  times  kill 
them  ;  B  and  that  the  Squaw  Sachem  or  Massa- 
chusetts queen,  is  an  enemy  to  him.    He  submits 
to  the  king  of  England,  upon  our  promising  to  be 
his  safeguard  against  his  enemies.    We  cross  the 
bay,  which  is  very  large,  and  seems  to  have  fifty 
islands.     Next  morning,  all  but  two  go  ashore, 
march  three  miles  into  the  country,  where  corn  had 
been  newly  gathered.    A  mile  hence  their  late 
king  Nanepashemet  had  lived  ;  his  house  was  built 
on  a  large  scaffold,  six  foot  high,  and  on  the  top  of 
a  hill.    Not  far  hence  in  a  bottom  we  come  to  a 
fort  he  had  built  ;   the  palisades  thirty  or  forty 
foot  high  ;  a  trench  about  it  breast  high  ;  but  one 
way  in,  over  a  bridge.    In  the  midst  of  the  pali- 
sade stands  the  frame  of  a  house,  where  he  lies 
buried.    A  mile  hence  we  come  to  such  another, 
but  on  the  top  of  a  hill,  where  he  was  killed.  The 
natives  at  first  fly  from  us,  but  are  at  length  indu- 
ced to  meet  us  here,  and  entertain  us  in  the  best 
manner  they  can.    Having  traded  with  us,  and  the 
day  near  spent,  we  return  to  the  shallop.  Within 
this  bay  the  savages  say  are  two  rivers,  one  of 
which  we  saw,  having  a  fair  entrance  ;  better  har- 
bour for  shipping  cannot  be  than  here  ;  most  of  the 
islands  have  been  inhabited,  being  cleared  from 
end  to  end  ;  but  their  inhabitants  all  dead  or  remo- 
ved.   Having  a  light  moon,  we  set  sail  at  evening, 

*  I  suppose  the  same  as  Obhatir.ua,  who  subscribed  his  submission  to  king 
James  on  September  13,  last. 


198 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1621.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

and  before  next  day  noon  get  home  M  with  a 
considerable  quantity  of  beaver,  and  a  good  report 
of  the  place,  wishing  we  had  been  seated  there.  B 

All  the  summer  no  want,  while  some  were  trad- 
ing, others  were  fishing  cod,  bass,  &c.  We  now 
gather  in  our  harvest ;  and  as  cold  weather  advan- 
ces, come  in  store  of  water  fowl  wherewith  this 
place  abounds,  though  afterwards  they  by  degrees 
decrease  ;  as  also  abundance  of  wild  turkies  with 
venison,  &c.  Fit  our  houses  against  winter,  are 
in  health  and  have  all  things  in  plenty.  B 

November  9.  Arrives  a  ship  at  Cape  Cod,  B  M 
and  the  tenth  B  the  Indians  bring  us  word  of  her 
being  near,  but  think  her  a  Frenchman,  upon  her 
making  for  our  bay,  the  governor  orders  a  piece  to 
be  fired,  to  call  home  such  as  are  abroad  at  work,* 
and  we  get  ready  for  defence,  but  unexpectedly 
find  her  a  friend,  M  of  fifty  five  ton,  Sm  Pur  called 
the  Fortune,  in  which  comes  Mr.  Cushman  B  with 
thirty  five  persons,  B  W  to  live  in  the  plantation, 
which  not  a  little  rejoices  us.  But  both  ship  and 
passengers  poorly  furnished  with  provisions  ;  so 
that  we  are  forced  to  spare  her  some  to  carry  her 
home,  which  threatens  a  famine  among  us,  unless 
we  have  a  timely  supply.  She  sailed  from  London 
the  beginning  of  July,  B  could  not  clear  the  chan- 
nel until  the  end  of  August,  Sm  Pur  and  brings  a 
letter  for  Mr.  Carver  from  Mr.  Weston,  dated 
London,  July  6,  wherein  he  writes,  we,  ( that  is, 
the  adventurers)  have  procured  you  a  Charter,  the 
best  we  could,  better  than  your  former,  and  with 
less  limitation.  B  She  finds  all  our  people  she  left 
in  April,  in  health,  except  six  who  died,  and  stays 
a  month  ere  she  sails  for  England.    Sm  Pur 

*  Smith  places  this  on  November  11,  but  November  11  being  Lord's  day. 
we  discover  his  mistake. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


199 


1622.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

December  11.  We  have  built  seven  dwelling 
houses  ;  four  for  the  use  of  the  plantation,  and 
have  made  provision  for  divers  others.  Both  Ma- 
sassoit,  the  greatest  king  of  the  natives  and  all  the 
princes  and  people  round  us  have  made  peace  with 
us,  seven  of  them  at  once  sent  their  messengers  for 
this  end.  And  as  we  cannot  but  account  it  an  ex- 
traordinary blessing  of  God  in  directing  our  course 
for  these  parts,  we  obtained  the  honor  to  receive 
allowance  of  our  possessing  and  enjoying  thereof 
under  the  authority  of  the  President  and  Council 
for  the  affairs  of  New  England.  M 

December  13.  The  ship  sails,  Sm  Pur  namely, 
the  Fortune,  i?  *  laden  with  two  hogsheads  of  beaver 
and  other  skins,  and  good  clapboards  as  full  as  she 
can  hold  ;  the  freight  estimated  near  five  hundred 
pounds  ;  Mr.  Cushman  returning  in  her,  as  the 
adventurers  had  appointed  for  their  better  informa- 
tion. But  in  her  voyage  B  as  she  draws  near  the 
English  coast,  is  seized  by  the  French,  carried  to 
France,  B  into  the  Isle  Deu,  Sm  Pur  kept  there 
B  fourteen  Sm  Pur  or  fifteen  days,  robbed  of  all  she 
had  worth  taking;  then  the  people  and  ship  released, 
get  to  London,  B  February  14,  Sm  Pur  or  17.  B 

Upon  her  departure,  the  governor  and  his  assis- 
tant dispose  the  late  comers  into  several  families, 
find  their  provisions  will  now  scarce  hold  out  six 
months  at  half  allowance,  and  therefore  put  them 
to  it,  which  they  bear  patiently.  B 

1622.  Soon  after  the  ship's  departure,  that 
great  people  of  the  Narragansetts,  B  W  said  to  be 

*  Governor  Bradford  says,  we  despatched  her  in  fourteen  days,  but  Smith 
and  Purchas  say  she  staid  a  month,  and  Mr.  E.  W.  dating  his  letter  by  this 
ship  on  December  11,  we  may  suppose  Governor  Bradford  meant  fourteen 
days  from  her  being  unladen.  Smith  and  Purchas  says  she  was  laden  with 
three  hogsheads  of  beaver  skins,  wainscot,  walnut ;  and  Purchas  says,  some 
sassafras. 


200 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1(522.    King  of  G.  Britain,  .Tamos  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

many  thousands  strong,  ,  W  can  raise  above  five 
thousand  fighting  men,  G  notwithstanding  they 
desired  and  obtained  peace  with  us  in  the  forego- 
ing summer,  begin  to  breathe  forth  many  threats 
against  us  ;  so  that  it  is  the  common  talk  of  all  the 
Indians  round  us,  of  their  preparations  to  come 
against  us.  At  length  Canonicus  their  chief  Sach- 
em W  in  a  braving  manner  sends  us  a  bundle  of 
arrows  tied  with  a  snakeskin,  which  Squanto  tells 
us  is  a  challenge  and  threatening.  Whereupon 
our  governor  with  advice  of  others,  sends  them  an 
answer,  that  if  they  had  rather  war  than  peace,  they 
might  begin  when  they  would  ;  we  had  done  them 
no  wrong,  nor  do  we  fear  them,  nor  should  they 
find  us  unprovided.  By  another  messenger  we 
send  back  the  snakeskin  charged  with  powder  and 
bullets  ;  but  they  refuse  to  receive  it,  and  return  it 
to  us.  B  W  Since  the  death  of  so  many  Indians 
they  thought  to  lord  it  over  the  rest,  conceive  we 
are  a  bar  in  their  way,  and  see  Masassoit  already 
take  shelter  under  our  wings.  B 

This  makes  us  more  carefully  to  look  to  our- 
selves, and  agree  to  enclose  our  dwellings  with 
strong  pales,  flankers,  gates,  &c.    B  W 

February.  We  impale  our  town,  taking  in  the 
top  of  the  hill  under  which  our  town  is  seated  ; 
make  four  bulwarks  or  jetties,  whence  we  can 
defend  the  whole  town,  in  three  whereof  are  gates, 
W  which  are  locked  every  night ;  a  watch  and 
ward  kept  in  the  day.  B  The  governor  and  cap- 
tain divide  the  company  into  four  squadrons  B  W 
with  commanders,  W  every  one  its  quarter  as- 
signed, to  repair  to  in  any  alarm.  And  if  there  be 
a  cry  of  fire,  a  company  is  appointed  for  a  guard 
with  muskets,  while  others  quench  it,  to  prevent 
treachery.    B  W 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


201 


1622.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XM  —  Spain,  Philip  IV. 

This  spring  there  go  from  the  west  of  England 
to  the  northeastern  coasts  of  New  England  thirty- 
five  ships  to  fish.    S  M  Pur 

March  b.  By  this  time  our  town  is  impaled, 
enclosing  a  garden  for  every  family.  B 

March  e.  B  We  prepare  for  a  second  voyage 
to  the  Massachusetts  ;  but  Hobamak  tells  us  that 
from  some  rumors  he  fears  they  are  joined  with 
the  Narragansetts,  and  may  betray  us  if  we  are  not 
careful,  and  has  also  a  jealousy  of  Squanto  from 
some  private  whisperings  between  him  and  other 
Indians  ;  however  we  resolve  to  proceed.  B  W 
And 

April  b.  We  send  our  shallop  B  W  with  cap- 
tain Standish  W  and  ten  of  our  chief  men,  with 
Hobamak  and  Squanto.  B  But  they  had  no  sooner 
turned  the  Gurnet,  or  point  of  the  harbour,  W  than 
a  native  of  Squanto's  family  comes  running  with  his 
face  wounded  and  the  blood  fresh  upon  it,  calling 
to  the  people  abroad  to  make  haste  home  ;  declar- 
ing that  the  Narragansetts,  with  Corbitant,  and  he 
thought  Masassoit,  were  coming  B  to  assault  us  in 
the  captain's  absence  ;  that  he  had  received  the 
wound  in  his  face  for  speaking  for  us,  and  that  he 
had  escaped  by  flight,  W  looking  frequently  back 
as  if  they  were  just  behind  him.  Upon  this  the 
governor  orders  all  to  arms,  and  a  warning  piece  or 
two  to  be  fired  to  call  back  the  shallop.  At  which 
she  returns,  and  we  watch  all  night,  but  nothing  is 
seen.  Hobamak  is  confident  for  his  master,  and 
thinks  all  is  false.  Yet  the  governor  causes  him 
to  send  his  wife  privately  B  to  Pacanokik  W  to  see 
how  things  are,  pretending  other  occasions,  who 
finds  all  in  quiet.  B  Upon  this  we  discover  it  to  be 
Squanto's  policy  to  set  us  against  Masassoit,  that 
26 


202 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1622.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

he  being  removed  out  of  the  way,  Squanto  might 
succeed  as  principal  king  of  all  these  parts  of  the 
country.  W  After  which  the  shallop  proceeds  to 
the  Massachusetts,  has  good  trade  and  return  in 
safety.  H 

May.  Our  provision  being  spent,  B  a  famine 
begins  to  pinch  us,  and  we  look  hard  for  supply, 
but  none  arrives.  B 

May  e.  We  spy  a  boat  at  sea,  which  we  take 
to  be  a  Frenchman,  but  proves  a  shallop  from  a 
ship  B  TV  called  the  Sparrow,  W  which  Mr.  Wes- 
ton B  W  and  Beachamp  B  set  out  a  fishing  at  Da- 
marin's  Cove,  40  leagues  to  the  eastward,  B  W 
where  this  year  are  thirty  sail  of  ships  a  fishing.  W 
She  brings  a  letter  to  Mr.  Carver  from  Mr.  Weston, 
of  January  17,  B  with  seven  passengers  on  his 
account  ;  but  no  victuals,  B  W  nor  hope  of  any  ; 
nor  have  we  ever  any  afterwards  ;  and  by  his  letter 
find  he  has  quite  deserted  us,  and  is  going  to  settle 
a  plantation  of  his  own.  B 

The  boat  brings  us  a  kind  letter  from  Mr.  John 
Huddleston,  B  or  Hudston,  Mem.  a  captain  of  a 
ship,  fishing  at  the  eastward,  whose  name  we  never 
heard  before,  to  inform  us  of  a  massacre  of  400 
English  by  the  Indians  in  Virginia,  whence  he 
came.*  By  this  boat,  the  governor  returns  a  grate- 
ful answer  ;  and  with  them  sends  Mr.  Winslow  in 
a  boat  of  ours  to  get  provisions  of  the  fishing 
ships  ;  whom  captain  Huddleston  receives  kindly, 
and  not  only  spares  what  he  can,  but  writes  to 
others  to  do  the  like.  By  which  means  he  gets  as 
much  bread  as  amounts  to  a  quarter  of  a  pound 
a  person  per  day,  till  harvest,  and  returns  in  safety. 
The  governor  causing  their  portion  to  be  daily 


"  This  massacre  was  on  March  22d  last,  Sm  Pur  being  Friday  ;  Pur  and 
Smith  and  Purchas  reckon  up  347  English  people  slain. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY.  203 


1622.    King-  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

given  them,  or  some  had  starved.  And  by  this 
voyage  we  not  only  got  a  present  supply,  but 
also  learn  the  way  to  those  parts  for  our  future 
benefit.  B 

At  Mr.  Winslow's  return,  he  finds  the  colony 
much  weaker  than  he  left  it.  The  want  of  bread 
had  abated  the  strength  and  flesh  of  some,  had 
swelled  others  ;  and  had  they  not  been  where  are 
diverse  sorts  of  shell  fish,  they  must  have  perished. 
These  extremities  befel  us  in  May  and  June  ;  and 
in  the  time  of  these  straits,  and  indeed  before  Mr. 
Winslow  went  to  Monhiggon,  the  Indians  began 
to  cast  forth  many  insulting  speeches,  glorying  in 
our  weakness,  and  giving  out  how  easy  it  would 
be  ere  long  to  cut  us  off;  which  occasions  us  to 
erect  a  fort  on  the  hill  above  us.  TV 

June  e,  or  July  b.  Come  into  our  harbor  two 
ships  of  Mr.  Weston's,  the  Charity  TV  of  one  hun- 
dred tons,  Sm  Pur  and  Swan  TV  of  thirty,  Sm 
Pur  with  his  letter  of  April  10,  B  and  fifty  or 
sixty  men,  sent  at  his  own  charge,  TV  to  settle  a 
plantation  for  him  in  the  Massachusetts  Bay,  for 
which  he  had  procured  a  patent,*  they  sailed  from 
London  about  the  last  of  April,  Sm  Pur  the  Cha- 
rity, the  bigger  ship,  leaves  them,  having  many 
passengers  to  carry  to  Virginia.  W  We  allow  this 
people  housing,  and  many  being  sick,  they  have 
the  best  means  our  place  affords.  B\ 

*  Smith  and  Purchas  say  there  were  sixty  passengers  ;  governor  Bradford 
says  about  sixty  stout  men.  But  Morton  .mistakes  in  calling  the  Swan  the 
Sparrow  ;  Smith  and  Purchas  mistake  in  saying  they  come  to  supply  the 
plantation  ;  whereas  they  come  from  Mr.  Weston  to  begin  another.  And  as 
the  manuscript  letter  tells  us,  They  came  upon  no  religious  design,  as  did  the 
planters  of  Plymouth,  msl  so  they  were  far  from  being  puritans. 

t  Mr.  Weston  in  a  letter  owns,  that  many  of  them  are  rude  and  profane 
fellows  ;  Mr.  Cushman  in  another,  writes,  They  are  no  men  for  us,  and  I  fear 
they  will  hardly  deal  so  well  with  the  savages  as  they  should ;  I  pray  you, 
therefore,  signify  to  Squanto,  that  they  are  a  distinct  body  from  us,  and  we 
have  nothing  to  do  with  them,  nor  must  be  blamed  for  their  faults,  much  less 


204 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1622.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

By  Mr.  Weston's  ship  comes  a  letter  from  Mr. 
John  Pierce,  in  whose  name  the  Plymouth  patent 
is  taken  ;  signifying  that  whom  the  governor  ad- 
mits into  the  association  he  will  approve.  B 

July  16.  Our  number  is  about  one  hundred 
persons,  all  in  health,  Pur  [that  is,  free  from  sick- 
ness, though  not  from  weakness,]  near  sixty  acres 
of  ground  well  planted  with  corn,  besides  gardens 
replenished  with  useful  fruits.  Sm  Pur 

This  summer  we  build  a  timber  fort,  both  strong 
and  comely,  with  flat  roof  and  battlements  ;  on 
which  ordnance  are  mounted,  a  watch  kept,  and  it 
also  serves  as  a  place  of  public  worship.  B 

Mr.  Weston's  people  stay  here  the  most  part  of 
the  summer,  B  while  some  seek  out  a  place  for 
them.  They  exceedingly  waste  and  steal  our 
corn,  and  yet  secretly  revile  us.  At  length  their 
coasters  return,  having  found  in  the  Massachusetts 
Bay  a  place  they  judged  fit  for  settlement,  named 
Wichaguscusset,  W  or  Wesagusquasset,  Mem.  or 
Wessagusset,  ?nsl  since  called  Weymouth  ;  whi- 
ther upon  their  ship  (that  is,  the  Charity,)  return- 
ing from  Virginia,  B  the  body  of  them  go,  leaving 
their  sick  and  lame  with  us  W  till  they  had  built 
some  housing,  B  whom  our  surgeon  by  God's  help, 
recovers  gratis,  and  they  afterwards  fetch  home, 
W  nor  have  we  any  recompense  for  this  courtesy, 
nor  desire  it.  They  prove  an  unruly  company, 
have  no  good  government  over  them  ;  by  disorder 
will  soon  fall  to  want  if  Mr.  Weston  come  not 
quickly  among  them.  B  Nor  had  they  been  long 
from  us  ere  the  Indians  fill  our  ears  with  clamors 

can  warrant  their  fidelity.  And  Mr.  John  Pierce  in  another  writes,  As  for 
Mr.  Weston's  company,  they  are  so  base  in  condition  for  the  most  part,  as 
in  all  appearance  not  fit  for  an  honest  man's  company ;  I  wish  they  prove 
otherwise.  B 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


205 


1622.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

against  them,  for  stealing  their  corn,  and  other 
abuses.  W 

Our  crop  proving  scanty,  partly  through  weak- 
ness for  want  of  food,  to  tend  it,  partly  through 
other  business,  and  partly  by  much  being  stolen, 
a  famine  must  ensue  next  year,  unless  prevented. 
B  But 

Aug.  e.  W  By  an  unexpected  Providence,  B 
come  into  our  harbor  two  ships  ;  namely,  the  Spar- 
row, Mr.  Weston's,  who  having  made  her  voyage 
of  fish,  W  goes  to  Virginia,  W  B  where  both  she 
and  her  fish  are  sold.  B  The  other  called  the 
Discovery,  W  captain  Jones,  commander,  B  W  on 
her  way  from  Virginia,  homeward,  being  sent  out 
by  some  merchants  to  discover  the  shoals  about 
Cape  Cod,  and  harbors  between  this  and  Virginia. 
Of  her  we  buy  knives  and  beads,  wrhich  are  now 
good  trade,  though  at  cent  per  cent  or  more,  and 
yet  pay  away  coat  beaver  at  3s.  a  pound  (which  a 
few  years  after  yields  20s.)  By  which  means  we 
are  fitted  to  trade,  both  for  corn  and  beaver.  B 

In  this  ship  comes  Mr.  John  Porey,  who  had 
been  secretary  in  Virginia,  and  is  going  home  in 
her  ;  who  after  his  departure  sends  the  governor  a 
letter  of  thanks,  dated  August  28  ;  wherein  he 
highly  commends  Mr.  Ainsworth's  and  Robinson's 
works.  And  after  his  return  to  England,  does  this 
poor  plantation  much  credit  among  those  of  no 
mean  rank.  B  * 

*  Mr.  Winslow  and  Mr.  Hubbard  seem  to  mistake  in  thinking  captain 
Jones  was  now  bound  for  Virginia ;  and  Mr.  Morton,  in  thinking  Mr.  Porey 
was  going  home  in  Mr.  Weston's  ship,  wherein  his  men  came  ;  [namely,  the 
Charity,  which  Mr.  Winslow  says  sailed  for  England  at  the  end  of  September, 
or  beginning  of  October,]  unless  Mr.  Porey  went  in  the  Charity  from  Plym- 
outh to  VVessagusset,  and  there  wrote  his  letter  of  August  28  ;  and  then  both 
Mr  Winslow  and  Mr.  Morton  may  be  right,  but  governor  Bradford  is  mis- 
taken in  thinking  he  was  going  home  in  Jones. 


206 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1622.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

Sept.  e.  or  Oct.  b.  Mr.  Weston's  largest  ship, 
the  Charity,  returns  to  England,  leaving  his  people 
sufficiently  victualed.  The  lesser,  namely,  the 
Swan,  remains  with  his  plantation  for  their  further 
help.  W 

Shortly  after  harvest,  Mr.  Weston's  people  at 
the  Massachusetts,  having  by  disorder  much  wast- 
ed their  provisions,  begin  to  nerceive  a  want  ap- 
proaching ;  and  hearing  we  haa  bought  commodi- 
ties and  designed  to  trade  for  corn,  they  write  to 
the  governor  to  join  with  us,  offer 'their  small  ship 
for  the  service,  and  pray  to  let  them  have  some  of 
our  commodities  ;  which  the  governor  condescends 
to  ;  designing  to  go  round  Cape  Cod  to  the  south- 
ward, where  store  of  corn  may  be  obtained.  B 
But  are  often  crossed  in  our  purposes.  As  first, 
Mr.  Richard  Green,  brother-in-law  to  Mr.  Weston, 
who  from  him  had  the  charge  of  his  colony,  dies 
suddenly  at  Plymouth.  W  Then  captain  Standish 
B  W  with  Squanto  for  guide,  B  twice  sets  forth 
with  them,  but  is  driven  back  by  violent  winds. * 
The  second  time  the  captain  falling  ill  of  a 
fever.  W 

Nov.  The  governor  goes  with  them,  but  seeing 
no  passage  through  the  shoals  of  Cape  Cod,  puts 
into  a  harbor  at  Manamoyk.  That  evening  the 
governor,  with  Squanto  and  others,  go  ashore  to 
the  Indian  houses,  stay  all  night,  trade  with  the 
natives,  get  eight  hogsheads  of  corn  and  beans.  W 
Here  Squanto  falls  sick  of  a  fever,  bleeding  much 
at  the  nose,  which  the  Indians  reckon  a  fatal  symp- 
ton,  and  here  in  a  few  days  dies  ;  desiring  the  go- 

*  This  seems  to  be  about  the  latter  end  of  October  ;  for  which  governor 
Bradford  seems  to  mistake  in  writing  the  latter  end  of  September ;  when  he 
says,  it  was  after  harvest,  [that  is,  Indian  harvest]  that  Mr.  Weston's  people 
began  to  perceive  a  want  approaching;,  and  w  rote  to  the  governor  of  Plym- 
outh, to  join  in  trading  for  corn,  fcfc. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


207 


1623.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV 

vernor  to  pray  that  he  might  go  to-  the  English- 
man's God  in  heaven,  bequeathing  his  things  to 
sundry  of  his  English  friends,  as  remembrances  of 
his  love  ;  of  whom  we  have  a  great  loss.  B  Thence 
sail  to  the  Massachusetts,  find  a  great  sickness 
among  the  natives,  not  unlike  the  plague,  if  not 
the  same  ;  must  give  as  much  for  a  quart  of  corn 
as  we  used  for  a  beaver  skin.  The  savages  renew 
their  complaints  to  our  governor  against  those 
English.  Thence  sail  to  Nauset,  buy  eight  or  ten 
hogsheads  of  corn  ,  and  beans,  as  also  at  Matta- 
chiest  ;*  but  our  shallop  being  cast  away,  we  can- 
not get  our  corn  aboard  ;  our  governor  causes  it  to 
be  stacked  and  covered  ;  and  charging  the  Indians 
with  it,  he  procures  a  guide,  sets  out  on  foot,  being 
fifty  miles,  receiving  all  respect  from  the  natives 
by  the  way,  weary  and  with  galled  feet  comes 
home  ;  three  days  after,  the  ship  comes  also  ;  and 
the  corn  being  divided,  Mr.  Weston's  people  return 
to  their  plantation.  W 

Jan.  1623.  Captain  Standish  being  recovered, 
takes  another  shallop,  sails  to  Nauset,  finds  the 
corn  left  there  in  safety,  mends  the  other  shallop, 
gets  the  corn  aboard  the  ship  ;  but  it  being  very 
cold  and  stormy,  is  obliged  to  cut  the  shallops  from 
the  stern  of  the  ship,  and  loose  them  ;  but  the 
storm  being  over,  finds  them.  While  we  lodge 
ashore,  an  Indian  steals  some  trifles  out  of  the 
shallop  as  she  lay  in  a  creek  ;  which  when  the 
captain  missed,  he  takes  some  of  his  company, 
goes  to  the  Sachem,  requires  the  goods,  or  would 
revenge  it  on  them  before  he  left  them.  On  the 
morrow,  the  Sachem  comes  to  our  rendezvous  with 
many  men,  salutes  the  captain,  licking  his  hand 

*  Governor  Bradford  says,  they  got  twenty-six  or  twenty-eight  hogsheads 
of  com  and  beans  in  all,  for  both  plantations. 


^08 


new  England  chronology. 


1623.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

and  bowing  down,  delivers  the  goods,  says  he  had 
beaten  the  stealer,  was  very  sorry  for  the  fact,  or- 
ders the  women  to  make  and  bring  us  bread,  and 
is  glad  to  be  reconciled  ;  so  we  come  home  and 
divide  the  corn  as  before.  W 

After  this  the  governor  with  another  company 
goes  to  Namasket,  buys  corn  there  ;  where  a  great 
sickness  rising  among  the  natives,  our  people  fetch 
it  home.  W 

The  governor  also,  with  Hobamak  and  others, 
go  to  Manomet,  a  town  near  twenty  miles  south  of 
Plymouth,  stands  on  a  fresh  river  running  into  a 
bay*  towards  the  Narragansett,  which  cannot  be 
less  than  sixty  miles  from  thence.  It  will  bear  a 
boat  of  eight  or  ten  tons  to  this  place  ;  hither  the 
Dutch  or  French  or  both  used  to  come.  It  is  from 
hence  to  the  bay  of  Cape  Cod  about  eight  miles, 
out  of  which  bay  the  sea  flows  into  a  creek  about 
six  miles,  almost  directly  towards  the  town.  The 
heads  of  this  creek  and  river  are  not  far  distant.f 
The  Sachem  of  this  place  is  Caunacum,  who  W 
September  13,  last  Mem.  with  many  others  owned 
themselves  subjects  of  king  James,  and  now  uses 
the  governor  very  kindly  ;  the  governor  lodging 
here  in  a  very  bitter  night,  buys  corn,  but  leaves  it 
in  the  Sachem's  custody.  W 

Feb.  Having  not  much  corn  left,  captain  Stan- 
dish  goes  again  with  six  men  in  the  shallop  to  Mat- 
tachiest,  meeting  with  the  like  extreme  weather, 

*  This  is  called  Manomet  Bay,  though  these  new  comers  seem  to  mistake 
it  for  Narragansett  Bay,  which  is  near  twenty  leagues  to  the  westward. 

t  This  creek  runs  out  easterly  into  Cape  Cod  Bay,  at  Scusset  harbor; 
and  this  river  runs  out  westerly  into  Monomet  Bay  ;  the  distance  over  land 
from  bay  to  bay  is  but  six  miles  ;  the  creek  and  river  nearly  meet  in  a  low 
ground  ;  and  this  is  the  place  through  which  there  has  been  a  talk  of  making 
a  canal,  this  forty  years ;  which  would  be  a  vast  advantage  to  all  these  coun- 
tries, by  saving  the  long  and  dangerous  navigation  round  the  Cape,  and 
through  the  shoals  adjoining. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


209 


1623.   King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I  — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV- 

being  froze  in  the  harbor  the  first  night,  gets  a 
good  quantity  of  corn  of  the  natives ;  through  ex- 
tremity is  forced  to  lodge  in  their  houses,  which 
they  much  press,  with  a  design  to  kill  him,  as  after 
appeared.  For  now  begins  a  conspiracy  among 
the  Indians  to  destroy  the  English,  though  to  us 
unknown  ;  but  the  captain  ordering  his  men  to 
keep  awake  by  turns,  is  saved.  Here  also  an  In- 
dian steals  some  trifles,  which  the  captain  no  soon- 
er perceived,  but  though  he  had  no  more  than 
six  men  writh  him,  yet  draws  them  from  the 
boat,  besets  the  Sachem's  house,  where  most  of 
the  people  were,  and  threatens  to  fall  upon  them 
without  delay,  if  they  would  not  forthwith  restore 
them  ;  signifying  that  as  he  would  not  offer  the 
least  injury,  so  he  would  not  receive  any,  without 
due  satisfaction.  Hereupon  the  Sachem  finds  out 
the  party,  makes  him  return  the  goods  ;  and  this 
act  so  daunts  their  courage,  that  they  dare  not 
attempt  any  thing  against  the  captain  ;  but  to  ap- 
pease his  anger,  bring  corn  afresh  to  trade  ; 
so  as  he  lades  his  shallop  and  comes  home  in 
safety.  W 

Feb.  e.  An  Indian  comes  from  John  Sanders, 
the  overseer  of  Mr.  Weston's  men  at  the  Massa- 
chusetts, W  with  a  letter,  shewing  the  great  wants 
they  were  fallen  into,  B  that  having  spent  all  their 
bread  and  corn,  W  would  have  borrowed  a  hogs- 
head of  the  natives,  but  they  would  lend  him  none. 
He  desired  advice  whether  he  might  take  it  by 
force,  to  support  his  men  till  he  returns  B  from 
Monhiggon  ;  where  is  a  plantation  of  sir  F.  Gor- 
ges, and  whither  he  is  going  to  buy  bread  of  the 
ships  that  come  there  a  fishing.  W  But  the  gov- 
ernor with  others  despatched  the  messenger  with 
letters  to  dissuade  him  by  all  means  from  such  a 
27 


210 


NEW 


ENGLAND 


CHRONOLOGY. 


1623.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XI1J. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

violence  ;  B  W  exhorting  them  to  make  a  shift  as 
we,  who  have  so  little  corn  left,  that  we  are  forced 
to  live  on  ground-nuts,  clams,  muscles,  &c.  Upon 
receiving  our  letters,  Mr.  Sanders  alters  his  pur- 
pose, comes  first  to  Plymouth  ;  where  notwith- 
standing our  necessities,  we  spare  him  some  corn 
to  carry  him  to  Monhiggon.  W  And 

Feb.  e.  He  goes  thither  with  a  shallop,  without 
knowing  any  thing  of  the  Indian  conspiracy  before 
he  sails.  W 

This  spring  go  from  England  to  the  [northeast- 
ern] coasts  of  New  England  about  forty  ships  to 
fish  ;  who  make  a  far  better  voyage  than  ever.  #m 

March  b.  The  captain  having  refreshed  him- 
self, takes  a  shallop  and  goes  to  Manomet  for  the 
corn  the  governor  had  bought.*  Being  with  two 
of  his  men  far  from  the  boat  at  Caunacum's  house, 
two  natives  come  in  from  the  Massachusetts,  the 
chief  of  whom  is  Wituwamet,  a  notable,  insulting 
Indian  ;  who  had  formerly  imbrued  his  hands  in 
the  blood  both  of  French  and  English,  derides  our 
weakness  and  boasts  his  valor.  He  came,  as  ap- 
pears afterwards,  to  engage  Caunacum  in  the  con- 
spiracy ;  the  weather  being  cold,  they  would  per- 
suade the  captain  to  send  to  the  boat  for  the  rest 
of  his  company  ;  but  he  refusing,  they  help  carry 
the  corn.  Theref  a  lusty  savage  of  Paomet,  had 
undertaken  to  kill  him  in  the  rendezvous  before 
they  part ;  upon  which  they  intend  to  fall  on  the 
other.  But  the  night  being  exceeding  cold,  the 
captain  could  not  rest  without  turning  his  sides  to 
the  fire  continually  ;  whereby  the  Indian  missed 

*  It  seems  as  if  the  captain  went  into  Scussit  harbor,  which  goes  up  west- 
ward towards  Manomet. 

t  Smith  says,  Scar  a  lusty  savage,  &c.  But  Smith  taking  his  History 
from  this  of  VVinslow's,  I  suspect  the  printer  mistook  Scar  for  There,  in 
Smith's  written  Abridgment. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


211 


1623.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV 

his  opportunity.  The  next  clay  would  fain  per- 
suade the  captain  to  go  to  Paomet,  where  he  had 
much  corn,  and  the  captain  put  forth  with  him; 
but  the  wind  forcing  them  back,  they  come  to 
Plymouth.  W 

March.  While  the  captain  was  at  Manomet, 
news  comes  to  Plymouth  that  Masassoit  is  like  to 
die,  and  that  a  Dutch  ship  is  driven  ashore  before 
his  house  so  high  that  she  could  not  be  got  off  till 
the  tides  increase.  Upon  which  the  governor 
sends  Mr.  Edward  Winslow  and  Mr.  John  Hamb- 
den,  a  gentleman  of  London,  with  Hobamak  to 
visit  and  help  him,  and  speak  with  the  Dutch. 
The  first  night  we  lodge  at  Namasket.  Next  day, 
at  one,  come  to  a  ferry  in  Corbitant's  country,  and 
three  miles  further  to  Mattapuyst  his  dwelling  place, 
though  he  be  no  friend  to  us,  but  find  him  gone  to 
Pakanokik,  about  five  or  six  miles  off.  Late  with- 
in night  we  get  thither,  whence  the  Dutch  had  de- 
parted about  two  in  the  afternoon,  find  Masassoit 
extremely  low,  his  sight  gone,  his  teeth  fixed,  having 
swallowed  nothing  for  two  days,  but  using  means, 
he  surprisingly  revives  ;  we  stay  and  help  him  two 
nights  and  two  days  ;  at  the  end  of  the  latter,  tak- 
ing our  leave  he  expresses  his  great  thankfulness ; 
we  come  and  lodge  with  Corbitant,  at  Mattapuyst, 
who  wonders  that  we  being  but  two  should  be  so 
venturous.  Next  day,  on  our  journey,  Hobamak 
tells  us,  that  at  his  coming  away,  Masassoit  private- 
ly charged  him  to  tell  Mr.  Winslow,  there  was  a 
plot  of  the  Massachusuks  against  Weston's  people, 
and  lest  we  should  revenge  it,  against  us  also  ; 
that  the  Indians  of  Paomet,  Nauset,  Mattachiest, 
Succonet,*  the  isle  of  Capawak,  Manomet  and 


*  Whether  this  was  Succonest,  since  named  Falmouth  ;  or  Secouet,.  since 
named  Little  Compton,  seems  uncertain. 


212  NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1623.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  Xlil.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

Agawaywom  are  joined  with  them  ;  and  advises 
us  by  all  means,  as  we  value  our  lives  and  the  lives 
of  our  countrymen,  to  kill  the  conspirators  at  Mas- 
sachusetts and  the  plot  would  cease  ;  and  without 
delay,  or  it  would  be  too  late.  That  night  we 
lodge  at  Namasket,  the  next  day  get  home  ;  where 
we  find  captain  Stand ish  had  sailed  this  day  for 
the  Massachusetts,  but  contrary  winds  had  driven 
him  back,  and  the  Paomet  Indian  still  soliciting 
the  captain  to  go  with  him.  At  the  same  time,  Wis- 
sapinewat,  another  Sachem,  brother  to  Obtakiest, 
Sachem  of  the  Massachusetts,  reveals  the  same 
thing.  W 

March  23.  Being  a  yearly  court  day,  the  govern- 
or communicate  s  his  intelligence  to  the  whole 
company,  and  asks  their  advice  ;  who  leave  it  to  the 
governor,  with  his  assistant  and  the  captain  to  do 
as  they  think  most  meet.  Upon  this,  they  order 
the  captain  to  take  as  many  men  as  he  thinks  suffi- 
cient, to  go  forthwith  and  fall  on  the  conspirators, 
but  forbear  till  he  makes  sure  of  Wituwamet,  the 
bloody  savage,  before  spoken  of.  The  captain 
takes  but  eight  lest  he  should  raise  a  jealousy.  W 

The  next  day  comes  one  of  Weston's  men,  W 
through  the  woods  to  Plymouth,  though  he  knew 
not  a  step  of  the  way,  but  indeed  had  lost  the  path, 
which  wras  a  happy  mistake  ;  for  being  pursued,  B 
the  Indian  W  thereby  missed  him  B  but  by  little, 
and  went  to  Manomet ;  W  the  man  makes  a  pitiful 
narration  of  their  weak  and  dangerous  state,  with 
the  insults  of  the  Indians  over  them,  and  that  to 
give  the  savages  content,  since  Sanders  went  to 
Monhiggon,  they  had  hanged  one  who  had  stole 
their  corn,  W  though  he  was  bed  rid,  (Hudibrass) 
and  yet  they  were  not  satisfied.  Some  died  with 
cold  and  hunger  ;  one  in  gathering  shell-fish,  was 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


213 


1623.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII —Spain,  Philip  IV. 

so  weak  that  he  stuck  in  the  mud  and  was  found 
dead  in  the  place  ;  the  rest  were  ready  to  starve, 
and  he  dare  stay  no  longer.  W* 

The  next  day  the  captain  sails  and  arrives 
there,  is  suspected,  insulted  and  threatened  by  the 
savages.  But  at  length  watching  an  opportunity, 
having  Wituwamet  and  Peksuot,  a  notable  Pinese, 
that  is  counsellor  and  warrior,  with  another  man, 
and  a  brother  of  Wituwamet,  with  as  many  of  his 
own  men  together,  he  falls  upon  and  after  a  violent 
struggle  slays  the  three  former  with  their  own 
knives,  orders  the  last  to  be  hanged,  goes  to  ano- 
ther place,  kills  another,  fights  and  makes  the  rest 
to  fly,  and  Mr.  Weston's  men  kill  two  more.  But 
the  captain  releases  the  Tndian  women,  would  not 
take  their  beaver  coats,  nor  suffer  the  least  discour- 
tesy to  be  offered  them.  W 

Upon  this  Mr.  Weston's  people  resolve  to  leave 
their  plantation.  The  captain  tells  them  for  his 
own  part  he  dare  live  here  with  fewer  men  than 
they  ;  yet  since  they  were  otherwise  minded,  ac- 
cording to  his  orders,  W  offers  to  bring  them  to 
Plymouth,  where  they  should  fare  as  well  as  we, 
till  Mr.  Weston  or  some  supply  conies  to  them  ;  or 
if  they  better  liked  any  other  course,  he  would 
help  them  as  well  as  he  could.  Upon  this,  they 
desire  him  to  let  them  have  corn,  and  they  would 
go  with  their  small  ship  B  to  Monhiggon,  W 
where  they  may  hear  from  Mr.  Weston,  or  have 
some  supply  from  him,  seeing  the  time  of  year  is 
come  for  the  fishing  ships  to  be  there  ;  or  otherwise 
would  work  with  the  fishermen  for  their  living,  and 
get  their  passage  to  England.  So  they  ship  what 
they  have,  B  he  lets  them  have  all  the  corn  he 


*  His  name  was  Phineas  Prat,  Man  and  is  living  in  1677.  H 


214 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1623.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — Fiance,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

can  spare,  scarce  keeping  enough  to  last  him 
home,  sees  them  under  sail  well  out  of  the  Massa- 
chusetts Bay,  B  W  not  taking  of  them  the  worth 
of  a  penny ;  B  with  some  few  of  their  company 
who  desire  it,  he  returns  to  Plymouth,  bringing 
the  head  of  Wituwamet,  which  he  sets  up  on  the 
fort.  W 

Thus  this  plantation  is  broken  up  in  a  year  ;  and 
this  is  the  end  of  those  who  being  all  able  men, 
had  boasted  of  their  strength  and  what  they  would 
bring  to  pass,  in  comparison  of  the  people  at  Plym- 
outh, who  had  many  women,  children,  and  weak 
ones  with  them.  B 

While  captain  Stand ish  was  gone,  the  savage 
who  went  to  Manomet,  returning  through  our  town 
was  secured  till  the  captain  came  back  ;  then  con- 
fessed the  plot,  and  says  that  Obtakiest  was  drawn 
to  it  by  the  importunity  of  his  people  ;  is  now  sent 
to  inform  him  of  the  grounds  of  our  proceeding, 
and  require  him  to  send  us  the  three  Englishmen 
among  them.  After  some  time,  Obtakiest  per- 
suades an  Indian  woman  to  come  and  tell  the  go- 
vernor, he  was  sorry  they  were  killed  before  he 
heard  from  us,  or  he  would  have  sent  them,  and 
desires  peace.  W 

But  this  action  so  amazes  the  natives,  that  they 
forsake  their  houses,  run  to  and  fro,  live  in  swamps, 
&c. ;  which  brings  on  them  sundry  diseases,  where- 
of many  die  ;  as  Caunacum,  Sachem  of  Manomet ; 
Aspines,  Sachem  of  Nauset ;  lyanough,  Sachem  of 
Matachiest ;  and  many  others  are  still  daily  dying 
among  them.  From  one  of  those  places  a  boat  is 
sent  to  the  governor  with  presents  to  work  their 
peace  ;  but  not  far  from  Plymouth  is  cast  away, 
when  three  are  drowned,  and  one  escaping,  dare 
not  CGme  to  us.  W 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


215 


1623.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Thilip  IV. 

April  b.  No  supply  being  heard  of  nor  knowing 
when  to  expect  any,  we  consider  how  to  raise  a 
better  crop,  and  not  languish  still  in  misery.  We 
range  all  the  youth  under  some  family,  agree  that 
every  family  plant  for  their  own  particular,  and  trust 
to  themselves  for  food,  B  but  at  harvest  bring  in 
a  competent  portion  for  the  maintenance  of  public 
officers,  fishermen,  &c.  W  and  in  all  other  things 
go  on  in  the  general  way  as  before  ;  for  this  end 
assign  every  family  a  parcel  of  land  in  proportion 
to  their  number,  though  make  no  division  for  inher- 
itance ;  which  has  very  good  success,  makes  all 
industrious,  gives  content  ;  even  the  women  and 
children  now  go  into  the  field  to  work,  and  much 
more  corn  is  planted  than  ever.  B 

Captain  John  Mason,  H  who  had  been  governor 
of  Newfoundland,  F  Gov  sir  F.  Gorges,  and  seve- 
ral other  gentlemen  of  Shrewsbury,  Bristol,  Dor- 
chester, Plymouth,  Exeter  and  other  places  in  the 
west  of  England,  having  obtained  patents  of  the 
New  England  Council  for  several  parts  of  this 
country,  H  they,  this  spring,  W  send  over  Mr. 
David  Thompson  H  or  Tompson  a  Scotchman, 
with  Mr.  Edward  Hilton  and  his  brother  William 
Hilton,  with  others,  to  begin  a  settlement  ;  if  and 
Mr.  Thompson  now  begins  one,  twenty-five  leagues 
northeast  from  Plymouth,  near  Smith's  isles,  at  a 
place  called  Pascatoquak,  J^the  place  first  seized 
is  called  the  Little  Harbour,  on  the  west  side  of 
Pascataqua  river  and  near  the  mouth,  where  the 
first  house  is  built,  called  Mason  Hall.  But  the 
Hiltons  set  up  their  stages  higher  up  the  river  at 
Cochecho,  since  named  Dover.  H 

This  year,  and  I  conclude  this  spring,  there  are 
also  some  scattering  beginnings  made  at  Monhig- 
gon,  and  some  other  places  by  sundry  others.  B 


216 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1623.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV  . 

15 Lit  about  Pascataqua  river  there  seem  not  many 
other  buildings  erected  till  after  1631.  H 

Shortly  after  Mr.  Weston's  people  went  to  the 
eastward,  he  comes  there  himself  with  some  of  the 
fishermen,  under  another  name  and  disguise  of  a 
blacksmith  ;  where  he  hears  the  ruin  of  his  planta- 
tion ;  and  getting  a  shallop  with  a  man  or  two 
comes  on  to  see  how  things  are  ;  but  in  a  storm  is 
cast  away  in  the  bottom  of  the  bay  between  Pascat- 
aquak  and  Merrimak  river,*  and  hardly  escapes 
with  his  life,  afterwards  he  falls  into  the  hands  of 
the  Indians,  who  pillage  him  of  all  he  saved  from 
the  sea,  and  strip  him  of  all  his  clothes  to  his  shirt. 
At  length  he  gets  to  Pascataquak,  borrows  a  suit 
of  clothes,  finds  means  to  come  to  Plymouth,  and 
desires  to  borrow  some  beaver  of  us.  Notwith- 
standing our  straits,  yet  in  consideration  of  his 
necessity,  we  let  him  have  one  hundred  and  sev- 
enty odd  pounds  of  beaver,  with  which  he  goes  to 
the  eastward,  stays  his  small  ship  and  some  of  his 
men,  buys  provision  and  fits  himself,  which  is  the 
foundation  of  his  future  courses  ;  and  yet  never 
repaid  us  any  thing  save  reproaches,  and  becomes 
our  enemy  on  all  occasions.  B 

April  in.  We  begin  to  set  our  corn,  the  setting 
season  being  good  till  the  latter  end  of  May.  W 
But  by  the  time  our  corn  is  planted,  our  victuals 
are  spent  ;  not  knowing  at  night  where  to  have  a 
bit  in  the  morning,  and  have  neither  bread  nor  corn 
for  three  or  four  months  together,  yet  bear  our 
wants  with  cheerfulness  and  rest  on  providence.  B 

Having  but  one  boat  left,  we  divide  the  men  into 
several  companies,  six  or  seven  in  each  ;  who  take 
their  turns  to  go  out  with  a  net  and  fish,  and  return 


*  And  so  says  Mr.  Morton  ;  Mr.  Hubbard  therefore  seems  to  mistake  in  wri- 
ting Ipswich  Bay. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


217 


1(523.     King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

not  till  they  get  some,  though  they  be  five  or  six 
days  out  ;  knowing  there  is  nothing  at  home,  and 
to  return  empty  would  be  a  great  discouragement. 
When  they  stay  long  or  get  but  little,  the  rest  go 
a  digging  shell  fish  ;  and  thus  we  live  the  summer  ; 
only  sending  one  or  two  to  range  the  woods  for 
deer,  they  now  and  then  get  one,  which  we  divide 
among  the  company  ;  and  in  the  winter  are  helped 
with  fowl  and  ground-nuts.  B 

At  length  we  receive  letters  from  the  adventur- 
ers in  England  of  Dec.  22  and  April  9  last,  wherein 
they  say,  It  rejoiceth  us  much  to  hear  those  good 
reports  that  divers  have  brought  home  of  you  ;  and 
give  an  account,  that  last  fall,  B  Oct.  16,  Pur  a 
ship,  the  Paragon,  sailed  from  London  with  pas- 
sengers, B  thirty-seven,  Sm  or  rather  sixty-seven, 
Pur  for  New  Plymouth  ;  being  fitted  out  by  Mr. 
John  Pierce,  in  whose  name  our  first  patent  was 
taken,  his  name  being  only  used  in  trust  ;  but 
when  he  saw  we  were  here  hopefully  seated,  and 
by  the  success  God  gave  us,  had  obtained  favor 
with  the  Council  for  New  England,  he  gets  another 
patent  of  a  larger  extent,  meaning  to  keep  it  to 
himself,  allow  us  only  what  he  pleased,  hold  us  as 
his  tenants  and  sue  to  his  courts  as  chief  lord.  But 
meeting  with  tempestuous  storms,  B  in  the  Downs, 
Mem.  the  ship  is  so  bruised  and  leaky  that  in  four- 
teen days  she  returned  B  to  London,  Mem.  was 
forced  to  be  put  into  the  dock,  one  hundred  pounds 
laid  out  to  mend  her,  and  lay  six  or  seven  weeks 
to  Dec.  22,  before  she  sailed  a  second  time  ;  but 
being  half  way  over,  met  with  extreme  tempestu- 
ous weather  about  the  middle  of  February  which 
held  fourteen  days,  beat  off  the  round  house  witli 
all  her  upper  works,  obliged  them  to  cut  her  masts 
and  return  to  Portsmouth  ;  having  one  hundred 
23 


218 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1623.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

;md  nine  souls  aboard,  with  Mr.  Pierce  himself. 
Upon  which  great  and  repeated  loss  and  disap- 
pointment, he  is  prevailed  upon  for  500  pounds  to 
resign  his  patent  to  the  company,*  which  cost  him 
but  fifty  pounds  ;  and  the  goods  with  charge  of 
passengers  in  this  ship  cost  the  company  640/. 
for  which  they  were  forced  to  hire  another  ship, 
namely,  the  Ann  of  140  tons,  to  transport  them, 
namely,  sixty  passengers  with  sixty  tons  of  goods, 
hoping  to  sail  by  the  end  of  April.  B 

June  e.  Arrives  a  ship  with  captain  Francis 
West,  who  has  a  commission  to  be  admiral  of  New 
England,  to  restrain  such  ships  as  come  to  fish  and 
trade  without  licence  from  the  New  England  Coun- 
cil, for  which  they  should  pay  a  round  sum  of 
money  ;  tell  us  they  spoke  with  a  ship  at  sea  and 
were  aboard  her,  having  sundry  passengers,  bound 
for  this  plantation,  but  lost  her  mast  in  a  storm 
which  quickly  followed  ;  wonder  she  is  not  arrived, 
and  fear  some  miscarriage,  which  fills  us  with  trou- 
ble. But  Mr.  West  finding  the  fishermen  stub- 
born fellows,  and  too  strong  for  him,  sails  for  Vir- 
ginia ;  and  their  owners  complaining  to  the  Par- 
liament, procure  an  order  that  fishing  should  be 
free.  B 

July  m.  Notwithstanding  our  great  pains  and 
hopes  of  a  large  crop,  God  seems  to  blast  them 
and  threaten  sorer  famine  by  a  great  drought  and 
heat  from  the  third  week  in  May  to  the  middle  of 
this  month,t  so  as  the  corn  withers  B  both  in  the 
blade  and  stalk,  as  if  it  were  utterly  dead.  Now 
are  our  hopes  overthrown  and  we  discouraged,  our 
joy  being  turned  into  mourning  ;  and  to  add  to 

*  By  this  Company  seems  to  be  meant  the  adventurers  to  Plymouth  col- 
ony. 

t  Mr.  Morton  mistaking  governor  Bradford,  wrongly  placed  this  drought 
in  the  preceding  year ;  and  Mr.  Hubbard  follows  Mr.  Morton's  mistake. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


219 


1623.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  L — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

our  sorrowful  state,  our  hearing  the  supply  sent  us 
in  company  with  another  ship  300  leagues  at  sea, 
and  now  in  three  months  see  nothing  of  her,  only 
signs  of  a  wreck  on  the  coast,  which  we  can  judge 
no  other  than  she.  The  most  courageous  are  now 
discouraged.  Upon  this,  the  public  authority  W 
sets  apart  a  solemn  day  of  humiliation  and  prayer 
to  seek  the  Lord  in  this  distress  ;  who  was  pleased 
to  give  speedy  answer,  to  our  own,  and  the  Indians' 
admiration.  For  though  in  the  former  part  of  the 
day  it  was  very  clear  and  hot,  without  a  cloud  or 
sign  of  rain,  yet  towards  evening,  B  W  before 
the  exercise  is  over,  the  clouds  gather  and  next 
morning  distil  such  soft  W  and  gentle  B  showers 
B  W  as  give  cause  for  joy  and  praise  to  God  ; 
they  come  without  any  thunder,  wind,  or  violence, 
and  by  degrees  ;  and  that  abundance  B  continuing 
fourteen  days  with  seasonable  weather,  W  as  the 
earth  is  thoroughly  soaked,  and  the  decayed  corn 
and  other  fruits  so  revived,  as  is  wonderful  to  see  ; 
the  Indians  are  astonished  to  behold,  and  gives  a 
joyful  prospect  of  a  fruitful  harvest.  B  At  the 
same  time,  captain  Standish,  who  had  been  sent 
by  the  governor  to  buy  provisions,  returns  with 
some,  accompanied  with  Mr.  David  Tomson  above- 
said.  W 

Now  also  we  hear  of  the  third  repulse*  our  sup- 
ply had,  of  their  safe  though  dangerous  return  to 
England,  and  of  their  preparing  to  come  to  us. 
Upon  all  which,  another  day  is  set  apart  for  solemn 
and  public  thanksgiving.  W 

July  e.    W  August,  B  comes  in  the  expected 


*  Neither  governor  Bradford  nor  Mr.  Morton  give  any  hint  of  this  third 
repulse. 


220 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1623.      King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I —France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

ship  the  Ann,  Mr.  William  Pierce  master;*  and 
about  a  week  or  ten  days  after,  B  August  b.  W  ar- 
rives the  pinnace  B  named  the  James,  Mr.  Bridges 
master,  Mem  which  they  had  left  in  foul  weather,  a 
fine  new  vessel  of  forty-four  tons,  which  the  Com- 
pany had  built  to  stay  in  the  country ;  they  bring 
about  sixty  persons  for  the  general,  B  being  all  in 
health  but  one,  who  soon  recovers  ;  some  being- 
very  useful  and  become  good  members  of  the  body  ; 
B  of  whom  the  principal  are  Mr.  Timothy  Hatherly 
and  Mr.  George  Morton,  who  came  in  the  Ann, 
and  Mr.  John  Jenny,  who  came  in  the  James.  Mem 
Some  were  the  wives  and  children  of  such  who 
came  before  ;  and  some  others  are  so  bad  we  are 
forced  to  be  at  the  charge  to  send  them  home  next 
year.  B 

By  this  ship  R.  C.  [i.  e.  doubtless  Mr.  Cushnian 
their  agent]  writes,  Some  few  of  your  old  friends 
are  come,  they  come  dropping  to  you,  and  by  de- 
grees I  hope  ere  long  you  shall  enjoy  them  all,  &c. 
B 

From  the  general,  subscribed  by  thirteen,  we 
have  also  a  letter  wherein  they  say,  Let  it  not  be 
grievous  to  you,  that  you  have  been  instruments  to 
break  the  ice  for  others  who  come  after  with  less 
difficulty ;  the  honor  shall  be  yours  to  the  world's 
end  ;  we  bear  you  always  in  our  breasts,  and  our 
hearty  affection  is  towards  you  all,  as  are  the  hearts 
of  hundreds  more  which  never  saw  your  faces,  who 
doubtless  pray  your  safety  as  their  own.  B 

When  these  passengers  see  our  poor  and  low 
condition  ashore,  they  are  much  dismayed  and  full 

*  Governor  Bradford,  and  from  him  Mr.  Morton,  mentioning  captain  West's 
sailing  for  Virginia,  say  the  Ann  came  in  about  fourteen  days  after;  and 
Smith  tells  us  the  two  ships  came  in  either  the  next  morning  or  not  long  after 
the  thanksgiving. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


221 


1623.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

of  sadness  ;  only  our  old  friends  rejoice  to  see  us, 
and  that  it  is  no  worse,  and  now  hope  we  shall  en- 
joy better  days  together.  The  best  dish  we  could 
present  them  with,  is  a  lobster,  or  piece  of  fish, 
without  bread,  or  any  thing  else  but  a  cup  of  fair 
spring  water  ;  and  the  long  continuance  of  this 
diet  with  our  labours  abroad  has  somewhat  abated 
the  freshness  of  our  complexion  ;  but  God  gives  us 
health,  &c.  B 

August  14.  The  fourth  marriage  is  of  governor 
Bradford  to  Mrs.  Alice  South  worth,  widow.  Br 

September  10.  W  The  pinnace  B  being  fitted 
for  trade  and  discovery  to  the  southward  of  Cape 
Cod,  is  now  ready  to  sail  ;*  and  this  day  the  Ann, 
having  been  hired  by  the  Company,  sails  for  Lon- 
don, W  being  laden  with  clapboards,  and  all  the 
beaver  and  other  furs  we  have  ;  with  whom  we 
send  Mr.  Winslow,  to  inform  how  things  are  and 
procure  what  we  want.  B 

[Here  ends  Mr.  Winslow's  narrative  ;  and  there- 
with also  Purchas's  account  of  New  England.  And 
from  this  time  forward  I  shall  chiefly  confine  my- 
self to  the  manuscripts.] 

Now  our  harvest  comes,  instead  of  famine  we 
have  plenty,  and  the  face  of  things  is  changed  to 
the  joy  of  our  hearts  ;  nor  has  there  been  any  gene- 
ral want  of  food  among  us  since  to  this  day.  B\ 

September  in.  Captain  Robert  Gorges,  son  of 
sir  Ferdinand,  with  Mr.  Morell,  B  an  episcopal 
minister,  msl  and  sundry  passengers  and  families 
arrive  in  the  Massachusetts  bay,  to  begin  a  planta- 
tion there  ;t  pitches  on  the  same  place  Mr.  Wes- 

*  Smith  says,  under  captain  Altom ;  but  either  Smith  or  the  printer  per- 
haps mistook  the  name  for  Alden. 

t  Governor  Bradford's  history  reaches  to  the  end  of  1646. 

t  Sir  F.  Gorges  says,  his  son  arrived  at  the  Massachusetts  Bay  about  the 
beginning  of  August,  and  Mr.  Hubbard  says  in  the  end  of  August.    But  these 


NEW  ENGLAND 


CHRONOLOGY. 


1623.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

ton's  people  had  forsaken  ;  lias  a  commission  from 
the  Council  for  New  England  B  to  be  their  lieuten- 
ant-general F.  Gov  or  general  governor  of  the  coun- 
try;  and  they  appoint  for  his  council  and  assistance, 
captain  West  the  aforesaid  admiral,  Christopher 
Levit,  esquire,  and  the  governor  of  Plymouth  for 
the  time  being,  giving  him  authority  to  choose  others 
as  he  should  find  fit  ;  with  full  power  to  him  and 
his  assistants,  or  any  three  of  them,  whereof  him- 
self to  be  one,  to  do  what  they  should  think  good 
in  all  cases,  capital,  criminal,  civil,  (fee.  He  gave 
us  notice  of  his  arrival  by  letter,  and  before  we 
could  visit  him  sails  for  the  eastward  with  the  ship 
he  came  in  ;  but  a  storm  rising  they  bear  into  our 
harbor,  are  kindly  entertained  and  stay  fourteen 
days.  Meanwhile  Mr.  Weston  having  recovered 
his  ship,  and  coining  in  here,  captain  Gorges  calls 
him  to  account  for  some  abuses  laid  to  his  charge  ; 
with  great  difficulty  governor  Bradford  makes 
peace  between  them.  Shortly  after,  governor 
Gorges  goes  to  the  Massachusetts  by  land,  being 
thankful  for  his  kind  entertainment.  His  ship 
staying  here,  fits  for  Virginia,  having  some  passen- 
gers to  deliver  there.  B 

The  pinnace  being  sent  about  the  Cape  to  trade 
with  the  Narragansetts,  gets  some  corn  and  beaver, 
yet  makes  but  a  poor  voyage  ;  the  Dutch  having 
used  to  furnish  them  with  cloth  and  better  commo- 
dities, whereas  she  had  only  beads  and  knives, 
which  are  not  there  much  esteemed.  B 

November  5.  Mem  Some  of  the  seamen  rois- 
tering in  a  house,  and  making  a  great  fire  in  very 
cold  weather,  it  breaks  out  of  the  chimney  into  the 


seem  unlikely,  inasmuch  as  Mr.  Window  sailing-  from  Plymouth  on  Septem- 
ber 10,  for  London,  anil  there  printing  an  account  of*  the  northeast  to  the  very 
day  of  his  sailing-,  lias  not  the  least  hint  of  captain  Gorges'  arrival. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1623.      King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV  . 

thatch,  consumes  the  house  with  three  or  four  more, 
and  all  the  goods  and  provisions  in  them,  B  *  to 
the  value  of  500/.  Sm  the  dwelling  where  it  begun 
being  right  against  the  house  which  contained  our 
common  store  and  provision,  was  like  to  be  con- 
sumed, which  would  have  overthrown  our  planta- 
tion ;  but  through  God's  mercy,  by  the  great  care 
and  diligence  of  the  governor  and  others  about 
him,  is  saved.  Some  would  have  had  the  goods 
thrown  out ;  which  if  they  had,  much  would  have 
been  stolen  by  the  rude  people  of  the  two  ships, 
who  were  almost  all  ashore.  But  a  tru&ty  compa- 
ny was  placed  within,  as  well  as  others  who  with 
wet  clothes  and  other  means  kept  off  the  fire  with- 
out, for  we  suspected  malicious  dealing  if  not  plain 
treachery  ;  for  when  the  tumult  was  greatest,  was 
heard  a  voice,  though  from  whom  unknown,  look 
well  about  you,  for  all  are  not  friends  that  are  near 
you.  And  when  the  vehemence  of  the  fire  was 
over,  smoke  was  seen  to  rise  within  a  shed  adjoin- 
ing to  the  store  house,  which  was  wattled  up  with 
boughs,  in  the  withered  leaves  whereof  a  fire  was 
kindled  ;  which  some  running  to  quench,  found  a 
fire  brand  of  an  ell  long,  lying  under  the  wall  on 
the  inside,  which  must  be  laid  there  by  some  hand, 
in  the  judgment  of  all  who  saw  it.  But  God  kept 
us  in  the  danger,  whatever  was  intended  B 

Captain  Gorges'  ship  sailing  for  Virginia,  sundry 
of  those  whom  the  Company  had  sent  over  returned 
in  her  ;  some  because  of  the  fire,  which  had  burnt 
both  their  houses  and  provisions,  B  one  of  whom 
was  Mr.  Hatherly,  Mem  and  others  out  of  discon- 
tent and  dislike  of  the  country.  B 

*  Smith  says  there  were  seven  houses  burnt ;  but  perhaps  by  mistake  he 
may  account  therewith  the  two  burnt  in  1621  ;  and  Mr.  Hubbard  seems  to 
mistake  in  writing  as  if  the  Common  House  were  burnt,  whereas  the  fire  was 
only  right  over  against  it,  and  greatly  endangered  it. 


224 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1624.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XHI. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

1624.  Towards  the  spring,  after  captain  Gor- 
ges and  Mr.  Weston  had  been  to  the  eastward, 
Mr.  Weston  comes  again  to  Plymouth,  then  sails 
for  Virginia.*  And  captain  Gorges  not  finding  the 
state  of  things  to  answer  his  quality,  with  some 
who  depended  on  him,  returns  to  England  ;  some 
of  his  people  go  to  Virginia,  and  some  few  remain, 
who  are  helped  with  supplies  from  hence.  But 
Mr.  Morrell  stays  about  a  year  after  the  governor, 
and  then  takes  shipping  here  and  returns.  At  his 
going  away,  told  some  of  our  people,  he  had  a 
power  of  superintendency  over  the  churches  here, 
but  never  showed  it.  And  thus  the  second  plan- 
tation at  the  Massachusetts  ended.  B 

This  spring  there  go  about  fifty  English  ships, 
to  fish  on  the  coasts  of  New  England.  Sm 

This  spring,  within  a  year  after  Mr.  David 
Thompson  had  begun  a  plantation  at  Pascataqua, 
he  removes  to  the  Massachusetts  Bay  and  possesses 
a  fruitful  island  and  very  desirable  neck  of  land, 
which  is  after  confirmed  to  him  by  the  General 
Court  of  the  Massachusetts  Colony.  H 

About  this-  year  [and  I  conclude  this  spring]  the 
fame  of  the  plantation  at  New  Plymouth  being 
spread  in  all  the  western  parts  of  England,  the 
reverend  Mr.  White,  H  a  famous  Puritan  minister 
ec  of  Dorchester,  excites  several  gentlemen  there 
to  make  way  for  another  settlement  in  New  Eng- 
land ;  who  now  on  a  common  stock,  send  over 
sundry  persons  to  begin  a  plantation  at  Cape  Ann, 
employ  Mr.  John  Tilly  their  overseer  of  planting, 
and  Mr.  Thomas  Gardener  of  the  fishery  for  the 
present  year.  // 

*  He  afterwards  dies  of  the  sickness  at  Bristol  in  England,  in  the  time  of 
the  civil  war.  B 
ec  Echard's  History  of  England, 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


225 


1G24.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

This  year  [and  I  suppose  this  spring]  Mr.  Henry 
Jacob  who  had  set  up  an  independent  church  in 
England  in  1616,  with  the  consent  of  his  church 
goes  to  Virginia,  where  soon  after  he  dies  ;  but 
upon  his  departure  his  congregation  choose  Mr. 
Lathrop  their  pastor.  Np  [I  conclude  he  is  the 
same  Mr.  John  Lathrop  who  about  ten  years  after 
comes  to  Scituate  in  Plymouth  Colony.] 

The  time  of  our  electing  officers  for  this  year 
arriving,  the  governor  desires  the  people,  both  to 
change  the  persons  and  add  more  assistants  to  the 
governor  for  council  and  help  ;  showing  the  neces- 
sity of  it,  that  if  it  were  a  benefit  or  honor  it  is  fit 
others  should  be  partakers,  or  if  a  burthen,  it  is  but 
equal  others  should  help  to  bear  it,  and  that  this  is 
the  end  of  yearly  elections.  B  Mem  Yet  they 
choose  the  same  governor,  viz.  Mr.  Bradford  ;  H 
but  whereas  there  was  but  one  assistant,  they  now 
choose  five,  and  give  the  governor  a  double  voice. 
B  Mem 

March  b.  We  send  our  pinnace  to  the  eastward 
a  fishing,  but  arriving  safe  in  a  harbor  near  Dama- 
rin's  Cove  where  ships  used  to  ride,  some  ships 
being  there  already  arrived  from  England,  soon 
after,  an  extraordinary  storm  drove  her  against  the 
rocks,  broke  and  sunk  her  there,  the  master  and  one 
man  drowned,  the  others  saved,  but  all  their  provi- 
sions, salt  and  lading  lost.    Shortly  after,  B  viz.  in 

March.  Mem  Mr.  Winslow  B  our  agent,  Mem 
comes  over  in  the  ship  Charity,  and  brings  a  pretty 
good  supply  of  clothing,  &c.  the  ship  comes  a 
fishing,  a  thing  fatal  to  this  plantation.  He  also 
brings  a  bull  and  three  heifers,  the  first  cattle  of 
this  kind  in  the  land  ;  but  therewith  a  sad  account 


Np  Neat's  History  of  the  Puritans, 
29 


226 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1624.     King  of  G.  Britain,  Jam  eg  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

of  a  strong  faction  among  the  adventurers  against 
us,  and  especially  against  the  coming  of  Mr.  Rob- 
inson  and  the  rest  from  Ley  den.  B 

By  Mr.  Winslow  we  have  several  letters ;  (1)  from 
Mr.  Robinson  to  the  governor,  dated  Leyden,  De- 
cember 19,  [I  suppose  new  style,  but  in  ours 
December  9,]  1623,  wherein  he  writes  with  great 
concern  and  tenderness  about  our  killing  the  savage 
conspirators  at  the  Massachusetts ;  says,  O  how 
happy  a  thing  had  it  been  that  you  had  converted 
some  before  you  killed  any !  &c*  (2)  From  the 
same  to  Mr.  Brewster,  dated  Leyden,  December 
20,  [I  suppose  new  style,  but  in  ours  December  10,] 
1623,  wherein  he  writes  of  the  deferring  of  their 
desired  transportation  through  the  opposition  of 
some  of  the  adventurers  ;  five  or  six  being  abso- 
lutely bent  for  them  above  all  others,  five  or  six  are 
their  professed  adversaries,  the  rest  more  indiffer- 
ent, yet  influenced  by  the  latter,  who  above  all 
others  are  unwilling  that  he  should  be  transported, 
&,c.  (3)  From  R.  C.  [I  conclude  Mr.  Cushman  at 
London,]  dated  January  24,  1623,  4,  wherein  he 
writes,  they  send  a  carpenter  to  build  two  ketches, 
a  lighter  and  six  or  seven  shallops,  a  salt  man  to 
make  salt,  and  a  preacher,  though  not  the  most 
eminent,  for  whose  going  (says  he)  Mr.  Winslow 
and  I  gave  wTay  to  give  content  to  some  at  London ; 
the  ship  to  be  laden  as  soon  as  you  can,  and  sent 
to  Bilboa,  to  send  Mr.  Winslow  again  ;  we  have 
taken  a  patent  for  Cape  Ann,  &c.  B 

This  spring  the  people  requesting  the  governor 
to  have  some  land  for  continuance,  and  not  by  year- 
ly lot  as  before,  he  gives  every  person  an  acre  to 
them  and  theirs,  as  near  the  town  as  can  be,  and 
no  more  till  the  seven  years  expire,  that  we  may 

*  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  Squanto  was  converted. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


227 


1624.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

keep  close  together  for  greater  defence  and  safety. 
B 

The  ship  is  soon  discharged  and  sent  to  Cape 
Ann  a  fishing,  and  some  of  our  planters  to  help 
build  her  stages  to  their  own  hindrance  ;  but 
through  the  drunkenness  of  the  master  which  the 
adventurers  sent,  made  a  poor  voyage,  and  would 
have  been  worse,  had  we  not  kept  one  a  trading 
there  who  got  some  skins  for  the  company.  B 

The  fishing  masters  sending  us  word,  that  if  we 
would  be  at  the  cost,  they  would  help  to  weigh 
our  pinnace  near  Damarin's  Cove,  and  their  car- 
penter should  mend  her ;  we  therefore  sent,  and 
with  several  ton  of  cask  fastened  to  her  at  low 
water,  they  buoy  her  up,  and  hale  her  ashore,  mend 
her,  and  our  people  bring  her  to  us  again.  B 

June  17.  Born  at  Plymouth  to  governor  Brad- 
ford, his  son  William,  who  afterwards  becomes 
deputy  governor  of  the  colony,  db 

This  month  dies  Mr.  George  Morton,  a  gracious 
servant  of  God,  an  unfeigned  lover  and  promoter 
of  the  common  good  and  growth  of  this  plantation, 
and  faithful  in  whatever  public  employment  he  was 
intrusted  with.  Mem. 

The  ship  carpenter  sent  us  is  an  honest  and  very 
industrious  man,  quickly  builds  us  two  very  good 
and  strong  shallops,  with  a  great  and  strong  light- 
er, and  had  hewn  timber  for  two  ketches  ;  but  this 
is  spoilt  ;  for  in  the  hot  season  of  the  year  he  falls 
into  a  fever  and  dies,  to  our  great  loss  and  sorrow. 
B. 

But  the  salt  man  is  an  ignorant,  foolish  and  self- 
willed  man  ;  who  chooses  a  spot  for  his  salt  works, 
will  have  eight  or  ten  men  to  help  him,  is  confident 

db  From  the  said  deputy  governor's  original  Table  Book,  written  with  a 
black  lead  pencil. 


223 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1624.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

the  ground  is  good,  makes  a  carpenter  rear  a  great 
frame  of  a  house  for  the  salt  and  other  like  uses  ; 
but  finds  himself  deceived  in  the  bottom  ;  will  then 
have  a  lighter  to  carry  clay,  &c.  yet  all  in  vain  ; 
he  could  do  nothing  but  boil  salt  in  pans.  The 
next  year  is  sent  to  Cape  Ann,  and  there  the  pans 
are  set  up  by  the  fishery  ;  but  before  the  summer 
is  out,  he  burns  the  house  and  spoils  the  pans,  and 
there  is  an  end  of  this  chargeable  business.  B 

The  minister  is  Mr.  John  Lyford,  whom  a  faction 
of  the  adventurers  send,  to  hinder  Mr.  Robinson. 
At  his  arrival  appears  exceeding  complaisant  and 
humble,  sheds  many  tears,  blesses  God  that  had 
brought  him  to  see  our  faces,  &c.  ;  we  give  him 
the  best  entertainment  we  can ;  at  his  desire  re- 
ceive him  into  our  church,  when  he  blesses  God  for 
this  opportunity  and  freedom  to  enjoy  his  ordinan- 
ces in  purity  among  his  people,  &c. ;  we  make 
him  larger  allowance  than  any  other,  and  as  the 
governor  used  in  weighty  matters  to  consult  with 
elder  Brewster  with  the  assistants,  so  now  he  calls 
Mr.  Lyford  to  council  also.  .But  Mr.  Lyford  soon 
joins  with  Mr.  John  Oldham  a  private  instrument 
of  the  factious  part  of  the  adventurers  in  England, 
whom  Ave  had  also  called  to  council  in  our  chief 
affairs  without  distrust,  yet  they  fall  a  plotting  both 
against  our  church  and  government,  and  endeavor 
to  overthrow  them.  B 

July.*  At  length  the  ship  B  wherein  Lyford 
came  Mem  setting  sail  towards  evening,  the  go- 
vernor takes  a  shallop,  goes  out  with  her  a  league 
or  two  to  sea,  calls  for  Lyford's  and  Oldham's  let- 
ters, opens  them,  and  finds  their  treachery ;  Mr. 
William  Pierce  now  master  of  the  ship,  who  was 


*  This  date  I  compute  from  the  article  of  August  22,  following. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


229 


1624.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

aware  of  their  actions,  readily  helping.  The 
governor  returns  in  the  night,  brings  some  of  their 
letters  back,  but  keeps  them  private,  till  Lyford 
and  his  few  accomplices  which  the  factious  part  of 
the  adventurers  sent,  judging  their  party  strong 
enough,  rise  up,  oppose  the  government  and  church, 
draw  a  company  apart,  set  up  for  themselves,  and 
he  would  minister  the  sacrament  to  them  by  his 
Episcopal  calling,  &c.  B 

Upon  this  the  governor  calls  a  court,  summons 
the  whole  Company  to  appear,  charges  Lyford  and 
Oldham  with  plotting  and  writing  against  us,  which 
they  deny.  The  governor  then  produces  their  own 
letters,  they  are  confounded  and  convicted  ;  Old- 
ham being  outrageous  would  have  raised  a  mutiny, 
but  his  party  leaves  him,  and  the  Court  expels  them 
the  colony  ;  Oldham  presently,  though  his  wife  and 
family  have  leave  to  stay  the  winter,  or  till  he  can 
make  provision  to  remove  them  comfortably.  He 
goes  and  settles  at  Natasco,  B  i.  e.  Nantasket, 
Mem  H  [at  the  entrance  of  the  Massachusetts  Bay] 
where  the  Plymouth  people  had  before  set  up  a 
building  to  accommodate  their  trade  with  the  Mas- 
sachusetts ;  and  there  Mr.  Roger  Conant  and  some 
others  with  their  families  retire  and  stay  a  year 
and  some  few  months.  H  Lyford  has  leave  to  stay 
six  months,  owns  his  fault  before  the  court,  that  all 
he  had  written  is  false,  and  the  sentence  far  less 
than  he  deserves ;  afterwards  confesses  the  same 
to  the  church  with  many  tears,  begs  forgiveness, 
and  is  restored  to  his  teaching.  B 

August  5.  The  ninth  marriage  at  New  Ply- 
mouth is  of  Mr.  Thomas  Prince  with  Mrs.  Patience 
Brewster,  bg  [he  is  afterwards  governor ;  and  by 
this  only  hint  I  find  he  was  now  in  the  country.] 


230 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1024.    King  of  G.  Britain,  James  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV 

Aug.  22.  Notwithstanding  Lyford's  protesta- 
tions and  the  kindness  shown  him,  he  in  a  month 
or  two  relapses  ;  and  this  day,  writes  by  the  pin- 
nace another  letter  to  the  adventurers  against  us  ; 
but  the  party  intrusted  gives  it  to  the  governor.  B 
[This  pinnace  seems  to  sail  for  London  and  Mr. 
Winslow  in  her.] 

This  year  comes  some  addition  to  the  few  inhabi- 
tants of  Wessagusset,  from  Weymouth  in  England ; 
w  ho  are  another  sort  of  people  than  the  former  msl 
[and  on  whose  account  I  conclude  the  town  is  since 
called  Weymouth.]* 

At  New  Plymouth,  there  are  now  about  180  per- 
sons ;  some  cattle  and  goats,  but  many  swine  and 
poultry  ;  thirty-two  dwelling  houses  ;  the  town  is 
impaled  about  half  a  mile  in  compass  :  on  a  high 
mount  in  the  town,  they  have  a  fort  well  built  with 
wood,  lime  and  stone,  and  a  fair  watchtower. 
The  place  it  seems  is  healthful  ;  for  in  the  three 
last  years,  notwithstanding  their  great  want  of 
most  necessaries,  there  hath  not  one  died  of  the 
first  planters.  And  this  year  they  have  freighted 
a  ship  of  180  tons,  &c.  Sm 

The  general  stock  already  employed  by  the  ad- 
venturers to  Plymouth,  is  about  seven  thousand 
pounds.  Sm 

At  Cape  Ann  there  is  a  plantation  beginning  by 
the  Dorchester  men,  which  they  hold  of  those  of 
New  Plymouth  ;  who  also  by  them  have  set  up  a 
fishing  work.  Sm 

[And  here  Smith  ends  his  account  of  New  Eng- 
land.] 

*  They  have  the  Reverend  Mr.  Barnard  their  first  nonconformist  minister, 
who  dies  among  them.  But  whether  he  comes  before  or  after  1630,  or  when 
he  dies  is  yet  unknown  ;  msl  nor  do  I  any  where  find  the  least  hint  of 
him,  but  in  the  manuscript  letter,  taken  from  some  of  the  oldest  people  at 
Weymouth. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


231 


1625.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  [.—France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

1625.  This  winter  Mr.  White  with  the  Dor- 
chester adventurers,  hearing  of  some  religious  per- 
sons lately  removed  from  New  Plymouth  to  Nan- 
tasket  from  dislike  of  their  rigid  principles,  among 
whom  was  Mr.  Roger  Conant,  a  pious,  sober  and 
prudent  gentleman,  they  choose  Mr.  Conant  to 
manage  their  affairs  at  Cape  Ann,  both  of  planting 
and  fishing  ;  and  Mr.  White  engages  Mr.  Hum- 
ph  y  their  treasurer,  to  signify  to  him  the  same  by 
writing.  They  also  invite  Mr.  Lyford  to  be  minis- 
ter to  the  plantation,  and  Mr.  Oldham  to  manage 
their  trade  with  the  natives.  H 

March  27.  Lord's  Day,  king  James  I.  of  Great 
Britain,  dies  ;  Hs  [aged  59,]  having  reigned  over 
England  twenty-two  years,  and  over  Scotland 
above  fifty-seven  ;  and  his  only  son  Charles  I. 
aged  25,  succeeds  ;  Hs  in  whose  reign  the  reform- 
ation degenerates,  and  the  Prelates  load  us  with 
more  popish  innovations,  and  bind  the  burthens 
more  straitly  on  us.  Bh 

This  year,  Mem.  comes  over  captain  Wollaston, 
with  three  or  four  more  of  some  eminence,*  and  a 
great  many  servants,  provisions,  &c.  to  begin  a 
plantation.  They  pitch  on  a  place  in  the  Massa- 
chusetts Bay,  B  since  named  Braintree,  Mem.  on 
the  northerly  mountainous  part  thereof,  msl  which 
they  call  Mount  Wollaston  ;  among  whom  is  one 
B  Thomas  Mem.  Morton  ;  who  had  been  a  kind 
of  pettifogger  at  Furnival's  Inn.  B 

This  spring,  at  our  Election  Court,  Oldham, 
though  forbid  to  return  without  leave,  yet  openly 
comes,  and  in  so  furious  a  manner  reviles  us,  that 

hs  Howes'  Continuation  of  Stow's  Annals. 
Bh  Mr.  Benjamin  Hubbard's  Sermo  Secularis. 

*  Deputy  governor  Dudley  says  there  came  thirty  with  captain  Wollaston  ; 
in  his  letter  to  the  Countess  of  Lincoln,  of  March  28,  1631,  printed  in  octavo', 
at  Boston,  1696. 


232 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1625.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

even  his  company  are  ashamed  of  his  outrage. 
Upon  which  we  appoint  him  to  pass  through  a 
guard  of  soldiers  and  every  one  with  a  musket  to 
give  him  a  blow  on  his  hinder  part,  is  then  convey- 
ed to  the  water  side,  where  a  boat  is  ready  to  carry 
him  away.  B 

While  this  was  doing,  Mr.  Winslow  and  Mr. 
William  Pierce  land  from  England,  and  bid  them 
spare  neither  him  nor  Lyford  ;  for  they  had  played 
the  villains  with  us  ;  and  their  friends  in  England 
had  the  like  bickerings  with  ours.  There  about 
Lyford's  calumnious  letters,  &c.  after  many  meet- 
ings and  much  clamor  against  our  agents  for  accus- 
ing him,  the  controversy  was  referred  to  a  further 
meeting  of  most  of  the  adventurers  to  hear  and  de- 
cide the  matter.  Mr.  Lyford's  party  chose  Mr. 
White  a  counsellor  at  law  ;  the  other  chose  the 
Reverend  Mr.  Hooker,  moderator  ;  and  many 
friends  on  both  sides  coming  in,  there  was  a  great 
assembly.  In  which  Mr.  Winslow  made  so  sur- 
prising a  discovery  of  Lyford's  carriage  when  min- 
ister in  Ireland,  for  which  he  had  been  forced  to 
leave  that  kingdom,  and  coming  to  England  was 
unhappily  lit  on  and  sent  to  New  Plymouth  ;  as 
struck  all  his  friends  mute,  made  them  ashamed  to 
defend  him  ;  and  the  moderators  declared,  that  as 
his  carriage  with  us  gave  us  cause  enough  to  do  as 
we  did,  so  this  new  discovery  renders  him  unmeet 
to  bear  the  ministry  more.  B* 

Hence,  therefore,  Lyford,  with  some  of  his 
friends,  go  after  Oldham  to  Natasco,  B  where 

*  By  this  it  seems  as  if  the  Reverend  Mr.  White  and  the  Dorchester  gen- 
tlemen had  been  imposed  upon  with  respect  to  Lyford  and  Oldham,  and  had 
sent  invitations  to  them  before  this  discovery.  And  as  by  many  passages  in 
Mr.  Hubbard  it  appears  he  had  never  seen  governor  Bradford's  history,  for 
want  thereof  he  is  sometimes  in  the  dark  about  the  affairs  of  Plymouth,  and 
especially  those  which  relate  to  Lyford  and  Oldham,  as  also  to  Mr.  Robinson 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


233 


1625.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

receiving  the  invitation  of  the  Dorchester  gentle- 
men, Mr.  Lyford  removes  with  Mr.  Conant  to  Cape 
Ann  ;  but  Mr.  Oldham  chooses  to  stay  at  Nantasket 
and  trade  for  himself.  H 

But  upon  this  decision  the  company  of  adventu- 
rers to  Plymouth  break  in  pieces  ;  two  thirds  of 
them  deserting  us  ;  yea  some  of  Lyford's  and  Old- 
ham's friends  set  out  a  ship  a  fishing,  B  under  one 
Mr.  Hewes,  H  and  getting  the  start  of  ours  they 
take  our  stage  and  other  provisions  made  for  fish- 
ing at  Cape  Ann  the  year  before,  to  our  great 
charge,  and  refuse  to  restore  it  without  fighting  ; 
upon  which  we  let  them  keep  it,  and  our  governor 
sends  some  planters  to  help  the  fishermen  build 
another.*  B 

Yet  some  of  the  adventurers  still  cleaving  to  us, 
they  by  Mr.  Winslow  write  on  December  18,  1624, 
as  follows  :  We  cannot  forget  you,  nor  our  friend- 
ship and  fellowship  we  have  had  some  years,  our 
hearty  affections  towards  you  (unknown  by  face) 
have  been  no  less  than  to  our  nearest  friends,  yea 
to  our  ownselves.  As  there  has  been  a  faction 
among  us  [at  London,]  more  than  two  years,  so 
now  there  is  an  utter  breach  and  sequestration. 
The  Company's  debts  are  not  less  than  1400/.  and 
we  hope  you  will  do  your  best  to  free  them. 
We  are  still  persuaded  you  are  the  people  that 
must  make  a  plantation  in  those  remote  places 
when  all  others  fail.  We  have  sent  some  cattle, 
clothes,  hoes,  shoes,  leather,  &c.  but  in  another 

*  Mr.  Hubbard  tells  us,  that  captain  Standlsh,  who  had  been  bred  a  soldier 
in  the  Netherlands,  arriving  at  Cape  Ann,  demands  the  stage  in  a  peremptory 
manner  ;  and  the  others  refusing,  the  dispute  grows  hot,  the  captain  seems 
resolved  to  attack  them  and  recover  his  right  by  force  of  arms  ;  but  the  pru- 
dence of  Mr.  Conant  and  the  interposition  of  Mr.  William  Pierce  who  lay  just 
by  prevents  it  ;  the  ship's  crew  promising  to  help  build  another  eods  the 
controversy. 

30 


234  NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


l<5:2r>.  King  of  G.  Britain,Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

nature  than  formerly,  having  committed  them  to  the 
charge  of  Mr.  Allerton  and  Window  to  sell,  as  our 
factors,  &c.  The  goods  are  ordered  to  be  sold  at 
seventy  per  cent  advance,  a  thing  thought  unrea- 
sonable and  a  great  oppression.  The  cattle  are 
the  best  commodity.  B 

They  send  also  two  ships  a  fishing  upon  their 
own  account  ;  the  one  is  the  pinnace  which  had 
been  sunk  and  weighed  as  before  ;  the  other  a  large 
ship,  which  makes  a  great  voyage  of  good  dry  fish, 
that  would  fetch  1800/.  at  Bilboa  or  St.  Sebastians, 
whither  her  owners  had  ordered  her  ;  but  there 
being  a  rumour  of  a  war  with  France,  the  master, 
timorous,  sails  to  Plymouth  and  Portsmouth, 
whereby  he  loses  the  opportunity,  to  their  great 
detriment.  The  lesser  ship  is  filled  with  goodly 
codfish  taken  on  the  bank,  with  eight  hundred 
weight  of  beaver,  besides  other  fur  from  our  plan- 
tation. They  go  joyfully  together  homeward, 
the  bigger  ship  towing  the  lesser  all  the  way  till 
they  are  shot  deep  into  the  English  channel, 
almost  within  sight  of  Plymouth  ;  when  a  Turkish 
man  of  war  takes  the  lesser  and  carries  her  off  to 
Sally,  where  the  master  and  men  are  made  slaves, 
and  many  of  the  beaver  skins  sold  for  four  pence  a 
piece.  B 

In  the  bigger  ship  captain  Standish  goes  out 
agent,*  both  to  the  remaining  adventurers  for  more 
goods,  and  to  the  New  England  Council  to  oblige 
the  others  to  come  to  a  composition  ;  but  arrived 
there  in  a  bad  time,  the  State  being  full  of  trouble, 
and  the  plague  very  hot  in  London  ;  there  die  such 
multitudes  weekly  that  trade  is  dead,  little  money 

*  It  seems  most  likely  that  Captain  Standish  first  went  in  the  smaller  ship 
with  the  fur,  which  at  first  was  the  only  ship  bound  for  England,  but  after 
the  master  of  the  greater  ship  determined  for  England  too  that  the  captain 
got  into  her,  and  so  escaped  the  slavery. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


235 


1625.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

stirring,  and  no  business  can  be  done.  However, 
he  engages  several  of  the  Council  to  promise  their 
helpfulness  to  our  plantation  ;  but  our  remaining 
adventurers  are  so  much  weakened  by  their  loss  of 
the  fish,  and  of  the  ship  the  Turks  had  taken,  they 
can  do  but  little.  B 

Meanwhile,  God  gives  us  peace  and  health  with 
contented  minds  ;  and  so  succeeds  our  labors  that 
we  have  corn  sufficient  and  some  to  spare,  with 
other  provisions  ;  nor  had  we  ever  any  supply  [from 
England]  but  what  we  first  brought  with  us.  After 
harvest  we  send  a  boatload  of  corn  forty  or  fifty 
leagues  to  the  eastward  up  Kennebeck  river  ;  it 
being  one  of  those  two  shallops  our  carpenter  built 
the  year  before,  for  we  have  no  larger  vessel. 
We  had  laid  a  deck  over  her  midship  to  keep  the 
corn  dry,  but  the  men  were  forced  to  stand  in  all 
weathers  without  any  shelter,  and  the  time  of  year 
begins  to  grow  tempestuous,  but  God  preserves 
and  prospers  them,  for  they  bring  home  seven  hun- 
dred weight  of  beaver  besides  other  fur,  having 
little  or  nothing  but  our  corn  to  purchase  them. 
This  voyage  was  made  by  Mr.  Winslow  and  some 
old  standards,  for  seamen  we  have  none.  B 

Some  time  this  fall*  Mr.  Lyford's  people  at  Nan- 
tasket  remove  to  Cape  Ann,  a  place  more  conve- 
nient for  the  fishery,  and  there  stay  about  a  year. 
But  Mr.  Conant  finding  a  more  commodious  place 
for  plantation  a  little  to  westward,  on  the  other 
side  of  a  creek  called  Naumkeak,  secretly  con- 
ceives in  his  mind  that  in  after  times,  as  is  since 
fallen  out,  it  may  prove  a  receptacle  for  such  in 

*  I  gather  this  from  Mr.  Hubbard,  who  says  that  Mr.  Conant  and  Lyford 
with  their  families  and  those  few  who  followed  them,  tarried  at  Nantasket 
a  year  and  some  few  months,  till  the  door  was  opened  for  their  remove  to 
Cape  Ann. 


236 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1626.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

England  as  on  the  account  of  religion  would  be 
willing  to  settle  in  these  parts  of  the  world  ;  and 
gives  an  intimation  of  it  to  his  friends  in  England. 
H 

December  23.  From  December  22,  1624,  to  this 
day,  there  die  of  the  plague  in  London  and  West- 
minster, 41,313.  Howes 

1626.  Upon  a  year's  experience,  the  Dorches- 
ter adventurers  being  disappointed  of  their  expec- 
tations throw  up  their  business.  But  the  rever- 
end Mr.  White,  a  chief  founder  under  God  of  the 
Massachusetts  colony,  being  grieved  so  good  a 
work  should  fall  to  the  ground,  writes  to  Mr.  Co- 
nant  not  to  desert  the  business,  and  promises  that 
if  Mr.  Conant  with  three  others  whom  he  knew  to 
be  honest  and  prudent  men,  namely,  John  Wood- 
berry,  John  Balch,  and  Peter  Palfreys,  would  stay 
at  Naumkeak,  he  would  procure  them  a  patent,  and 
send  them  men,  provisions,  and  whatever  they 
write  for  to  trade  with  the  natives.  H 

This  spriug  a  French  ship  is  cast  away  at  Saga- 
dehock  ;  wherein  are  many  Biscay  rugs  and  other 
commodities,  which  fall  into  the  hands  of  the  peo- 
ple at  Monhiggon  and  other  fishermen  at  Dama- 
rin's  cove.  B 

About  a  year  after  we  had  sent  Oldham  away, 
as  he  is  sailing  for  Virginia,  being  in  extreme  dan- 
ger, he  makes  a  free  and  large  confession  of  the 
wrongs  he  had  done  the  church  and  people  at  Ply- 
mouth ;  and  as  he  had  sought  their  ruin  the  Lord 
might  now  destroy  him  ;  beseeching  God  to  for- 
give him,  making  vows  if  he  be  spared  to  carry 
otherwise  ;  and  being  spared  he  after  carries  fairly 
to  us,  owns  the  hand  of  God  to  be  with  us,  seems 
to  have  an  honorable  respect  for  us,  and  we  give 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


237 


1626.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII — Spain,  Philip  IV 

him  liberty  to  come  and  converse  with  us  when  he 
pleases.  B 

April  b.  We  hear  of  captain  Standish  arriving 
in  a  fishing  ship,  send  a  boat  to  fetch  him,  and 
welcome  he  is  ;  had  taken  up  for  us  150/.  though 
at  50  per  cent  ;  which,  his  expense  deducted,  he 
laid  out  in  suitable  goods,  and  has  prepared  the 
way  for  our  composition  with  the  Company.  But 
the  news  he  brings  is  sad  in  many  regards  ;  not 
only  of  the  losses  mentioned,  whereby  some  of  our 
friends  are  disabled  to  help  us,  and  others  dead  of 
the  plague  ;  but  also  that  our  dear  pastor  Mr.  Ro- 
binson is  dead,  B  about  the  fiftieth  year  of  his  age, 
H  which  strikes  us  with  great  sorrow.  His  and 
our  enemies  had  been  continually  plotting  how 
they  might  hinder  his  coming  hither ;  but  the  Lord 
has  appointed  him  a  better  place.  B. 

Mr.  Roger  White  in  a  letter  from  Leyden  of 
April  28,  [i.  e.  April  18,  our  style]  1625,  to  the 
governor  and  Mr.  Brewster,  has  the  following 
words.  It  has  pleased  the  Lord  to  take  out  of  this 
vale  of  tears  your  and  our  loving  and  faithful  pas- 
tor, Mr.  Robinson.  He  fell  sick  Saturday  morning, 
February  22.  [i.  e.  February  12,  our  style,  1624,  5] 
Next  day  taught  us  twice,  on  the  week  grew  weaker 
every  day,  feeling  little  or  no  pain,  sensible  to  the 
last,  departed  this  life  the  first  of  March,  [i.  e. 
Saturday,  February  19,  our  style,  1624,  5.]  Had 
a  continual  inward  ague,  all  his  friends  came  free- 
ly to  him,  and  if  prayers,  tears,  or  means  would 
have  saved  his  life,  he  had  not  gone  hence  ;  we 
still  hold  close  together  in  peace,  wishing  that  you 
and  we  were  again  together,  &c.  B 

Our  other  friends  at  Leyden  also  write  us  many 
letters  full  of  lamentations  for  their  heavy  loss  ;  and 


238 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY* 


1626.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

though  their  wills  are  good  to  come,  yet  see  not 
how.  B* 

Our  captain  also  brings  us  notice  of  the  death 
of  our  ancient  friend  Mr.  Cushman,  who  was  our 
right  hand  with  the  adventurers,  and  for  divers 
years  has  managed  all  our  business  with  them  to 
our  great  advantage.  He  had  wrote  to  the  governor 
a  few  months  before  of  the  sore  sickness  of  Mr.  James 
Sherley,  who  was  a  chief  friend  of  the  plantation, 
and  lay  at  the  point  of  death,  declaring  his  love 
and  helpfulness  in  all  things,  and  bemoaning  our 
loss  if  God  should  take  him  away,  as  being  the 
stay  and  life  of  the  business ;  as  also  of  his  own 
purpose  to  come  this  year  and  spend  the  rest  of 
his  days  with  us.  B 

These  things  could  not  but  cast  us  into  great 
perplexity  ;  yet  being  stript  of  all  human  help  and 
hopes,  when  we  are  now  at  the  lowest,  the  Lo>d 
so  helps  us,  as  we  are  not  only  upheld,  but  begin 
to  rise,  and  our  proceedings  both  honored  and  imi- 
tated by  others.  B 

Having  now  no  business  but  trading  and  plant- 
ing, we  set  ourselves  to  follow  them.  The  people 
finding  corn  a  commodity,  having  sold  it  at  six 
shillings  a  bushel,  they  use  great  diligence  in 
planting;  and  the  trade  being  retained  for  the 

*  Contrary  to  Mr.  Baylie's  suggestion,  governor  Bradford  and  governor 
Winslow  tell  us  that  Mr.  Robinson  and  his  people  always  lived  in  great  love 
and  harmony  among  themselves,  as  also  with  the  Dutch  with  whom  they  so- 
journed. And  when  I  was  at  Leyden  in  1714,  the  most  ancient  people  from 
their  parents  told  me,  that  the  city  had  such  a  value  for  them,  as  to  let  them 
have  one  of  their  churches,  in  the  Chancel  whereof  he  lies  buried,  which  the 
English  still  enjoy  ;  and  that  as  he  was  had  in  high  esteem  both  by  the  city  and 
university  for  his  learning,  piety,  moderation  and  excellent  accomplishments, 
the  magistrates,  ministers,  scholars,  and  most  of  the  genfry  mourned  his 
death  as  a  public  loss,  and  followed  him  to  the  grave.  His  son  Isaac  came 
over  to  Plymouth  Colony,  lived  to  above  ninety  years  of  age,  a  venerable 
man,  whom  I  have  often  seen,  and  has  left  male  posterity  in  the  county  of 
Barnstable. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


239 


1626.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

general  good,  the  governor  and  other  managers 
apply  it  to  the  best  advantage.  For  wanting 
proper  goods,  and  understanding  the  plantation  at 
Monhiggon,  belonging  to  some  merchants  of  Ply- 
mouth [in  England]  is  to  break  up,  and  divers 
goods  to  be  sold,  the  governor  with  Mr.  Winslow 
take  a  boat  and  with  some  hands  go  thither.  Mr. 
David  Thompson,  who  lives  at  Piscataway,  going 
with  us  on  the  same  design,  we  agree  to  buy  all 
their  goods  and  divide  them  equally.  Our  moiety 
comes  to  400/.  we  also  buy  a  parcel  of  goats  which 
we  distribute  to  our  people  for  corn  to  their  great 
content.  We  likewise  buy  the  French  goods 
aforesaid,  which  makes  our  part  arise  to  above 
500/.  and  which  we  mostly  pay  with  the  beaver 
and  commodities  we  got  last  winter,  and  what  we 
had  gathered  this  summer.  B 

After  harvest,  with  our  goods  and  corn,  we  get 
such  store  of  trade,  as  to  discharge  some  other 
engagements,  viz.  the  money  took  up  by  captain 
Standish,  with  the  remains  of  former  debts,  to  get 
some  clothing  for  the  people,  and  have  some  com- 
modities beforehand.  B 

This  year  [and  I  suppose  in  the  fall]  we  send 
Mr.  Allerton  to  England,  to  finish  with  the  adven- 
turers, take  up  more  money,  and  buy  us  goods.  B 

Sometime  this  fall  Mr.  Conant  with  the  people 
who  came  to  Cape  Ann,  remove  a  third  time,  viz. 
to  Naumkeak  aforesaid,  on  a  pleasant  and  fruitful 
neck  of  land,  embraced  on  each  side  with  an  arm 
of  the  sea,  since  named  Salem  ;  answer  Mr.  White 
that  they  will  stay  on  his  terms,  H  and  Mr.  Lyford 
removes  with  them.  B  * 


*  Mr.  Conant  lives  about  Salem  to  1680,  when  he  deceases.  H 


240 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1626  King  of  G.  Britain,'Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

Captain  Wallaston  having  continued  at  Mount 
Wallaston  some  time,  and  finding  things  not  an- 
swer his  expectation,  he  carries  a  great  part  of  the 
servants  to  Virginia,  writes  back  to  Mr.  Rasdall 
one  of  his  chief  partners  to  carry  another  part,  and 
appoints  Mr.  Fitcher  his  lieutenant  till  he  or  Ras- 
dail  returns.  But  Rasdall  being  gone,  Morton  ex- 
cites the  rest  to  turn  away  Fitcher  and  set  up  for 
themselves ;  forcing  Fitcher  to  seek  his  bread 
among  his  neighbors,  till  he  can  get  a  pass  to  Eng- 
land. After  this  they  fall  to  great  licentiousness 
and  profaneness.  2?* 

Finding  we  run  great  hazards  in  going  such  long 
voyages  in  a  little  open  boat,  especially  in  the  win- 
ter season,  we  consider  how  to  get  a  small  pinnace. 
And  having  no  ship  builder,  but  an  ingenious 
housewright,  who  wrought  with  our  ship  carpenter, 
deceased,  at  our  request  he  tries  his  skill,  saws 
our  bigger  shallop  across  the  middle,  lengthens 
her  five  or  six  foot,  strengthens  her  with  timbers, 
builds  her  up  decks,  and  makes  her  a  convenient 
vessel.  The  next  year  we  fit  her  with  sails  and 
anchors,  and  she  does  us  service  seven  years.  B 

In  the  beginning  of  winter,  a  ship  with  many 
passengers  bound  to  Virginia,  the  master  sick, 
lose  themselves  at  sea,  have  neither  beer,  wood, 
nor  water  left ;  in  fear  of  starving  steer  towards 
the  coast  to  find  some  land,  run  over  the  danger- 
ous shoals  of  Cape  Cod  in  the  night,  they  know 
not  how,  come  right  before  a  small  obscure  harbor 
about  the  middle  of  Monamoyack  Bay  ;  at  high 
water,  touch  the  bar,  towards  night  beat  over  it 

*  It  is  by  guess  I  here  insert  this  article,  because  Mr.  Hubbard  says,  the 
captain  spent  much  labor,  cost  and  time  in  planting  at  Mount  Wallaston.  H 
It  seems  most  likely  that  he  tried  the  crop  of  this  summer ;  and  the  autumn 
is  the  usual  time  for  the  New  England  fishing  ships  to  go  to  Virginia. 


NKW   ENGLAND   CIj  RONOLOG  V. 


241 


1627.    King-  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  f. — Franco,  Louis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

into  the  harbor,  and  run  on  a  flat  within  close  to  the 
beach,  where  they  save  their  lives  and  goods.  Not 
knowing  were  they  are,  as  the  savages  come  to- 
wards them  in  canoes  they  stand  on  their  guard  ; 
but  some  of  the  Indians  asking  if  they  arc  the 
governor  of  Plymouth's  men,  and  offering  to  bring 
them  or  their  letters,  they  are  greatly  revived ; 
send  a  letter  with  two  men  to  the  governor,  en- 
treating him  to  send  them  pitch,  oakum,  spikes, 
&c.  to  mend  their  ship,  with  corn  to  help  them  to 
Virginia.  Those  being  abroad  a  trading  who  were 
fit  to  send,  the  governor  goes  himself  in  a  boat 
with  the  materials  wrote  for,  and  commodities 
proper  to  buy  corn  of  the  natives.  And  it  being 
no  season  of  the  year  to  go  without  the  Cape,  he 
sails  to  the  bottom  of  the  bay  within,  into  a  creek 
called  Naumskaket,  whence  it  is  not  much  above 
two  miles  across  to  the  bay  where  they  are ;  has 
Indians  to  carry  the  things,  is  received  with  joy  ; 
buys  of  the  natives  as  much  corn  as  they  want, 
leaves  them  thankful ;  returns  to  the  boat,  goes  into 
other  adjacent  harbors,  buys  and  loads  with  corn 
and  comes  home.  B  * 

1627.  Not  many  days  after  the  governor  came 
home,  the  people  at  Monamoyack  send  him  word 
that  their  ship  being  mended,  a  great  storm  drove 
her  ashore  and  so  shattered  her  as  to  make  her 
wholly  unfit  for  sea  ;  beg  leave  and  means  to  trans- 
port themselves  and  goods  to  us,  and  be  with  us  till 
they  find  passage  to  Virginia.  We  readily  help  to 
transport  and  shelter  them  and  their  goods  in  our 
houses.  The  chief  among  them  are  Mr.  Fells  and 
Silsby,  who  have   many  servants.     Upon  their 

Though  governor  Bradford,  and  from  him  Mr.  Mbrtdn',' pl'aie  the  whole 
story  under  1627,  yet  governor  Bradford  says  this  part  of  it  happened  in  tiie 
beginning  of  winter  1626. 

31 


242 


JNEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1627.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I  — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

coming  to  Plymouth  and  being  somewhat  settled, 
seeing  the  winter  before  them,  and  like  to  be  the 
latter  end  of  the  year  before  they  can  get  to  Vir- 
ginia, the  masters  desire  some  ground  to  employ 
their  servants,  clear,  plant,  and  help  bear  their 
charge,  which  being  granted,  they  raise  a  great 
deal  of  corn.  B 

[About  the  middle  of  March]  we  receive  mes- 
sengers from  the  governor  of  the  Dutch  plantation, 
with  letters  written  in  Dutch  and  French,  dated 
from  the  Manhatas,  in  the  Fort  Amsterdam,  March 
9,  1627,  [i.  e.  new  style,  which  is  February  27, 
1626,  7,]  signed  Isaac  de  Rasier,  secretary.*  They 
had  traded  in  those  southern  parts  divers  years 
before  we  came,  but  began  no  plantation  there  till 
four  or  five  years  after  our  coming.  In  their  letter 
they  congratulate  us  and  our  prosperous  and  praise- 
worthy undertakings  and  government  of  our  colony, 
with  the  presentation  of  their  good  will  and  ser- 
vice to  us,  in  all  friendly  kindness  and  good  neigh- 
borhood ;  offer  us  any  of  their  goods  that  may  be 
serviceable  to  us,  declare  they  shall  take  them- 
selves bound  to  accommodate  and  help  us  with 
them,  for  any  wares  we  are  pleased  to  deal  for.  B 

March  19.  We  send  the  Dutch  our  obliging 
answer,  express  our  thankful  sense  of  the  kind- 
nesses we  received  in  their  native  country,  and  our 
grateful  acceptance  of  their  offered  friendship.  B 

This  spring,  at  the  usual  season  of  the  ships' 
coming,  Mr.  Allerton  returns,  having  taken  up  for 
us  200/  at  thirty  per  cent,  laid  them  out  in  suitable 
goods  and  brings  them  to  the  great  content  of  the 

*  Mr.  Morton  saying  that  de  Rasier  not  long  after  comes  to  Plymouth; 
thence  Mr.  Hubbard  mistakes  in  thinking  he  comes  this  >ear  ;  whereas  it  is 
plain  from  governor  Bradford  that  he  comes  not  hither  till  the  year  succeed- 
ing. 


NEW  EjNGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


243 


1627.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

plantation.  With  no  small  trouble  and  the  help  of 
sundry  faithful  friends  who  took  much  pains,  he 
made  a  composition  with  the  adventurers  on  Octo- 
ber 26  last,  which  they  signed  November  15 ;  a 
draught  of  which  he  brings  for  our  acceptance  ; 
wherein  we  allow  them  1800/.  paying  200  at  the 
Royal  Exchange  every  Michaelmas,  the  first  pay- 
ment to  be  in  1628  ;  in  consideration  of  which  the 
Company  sell  us  all  their  shares,  stocks,  merchan- 
dises, lands  and  chattels,  which  is  well  approved  and 
agreed  to  by  the  whole  plantation  ;  though  they 
scarce  know  how  to  raise  the  payment,  discharge 
their  other  engagements,  and  supply  their  yearly 
wants  ;  seeing  they  are  forced  to  take  up  monies 
or  goods  at  such  high  interests ;  yet  they  under- 
take it,  and  seven  or  eight  of  the  chief  become 
jointly  bound  in  behalf  of  the  rest  to  make  said 
payments  ;  wherein  we  run  a  great  venture,  as  our 
condition  is,  having  many  other  heavy  burdens 
upon  us,  and  all  things  in  an  uncertain  state  among 
us.  B 

Upon  this,  to  make  all  easy,  wTe  take  every  head 
of  a  family,  with  every  young  man  of  age  and  pru- 
dence, both  of  the  first  comers  and  those  who  have 
since  arrived  into  partnership  with  us  ;  agree  the 
trade  shall  be  managed  as  before,  to  pay  the  debts, 
that  every  single  freeman  shall  have  a  single  share, 
and  every  father  of  a  family  also  leave  to  purchase 
a  share  for  himself,  one  for  his  wife,  one  for  every 
child  living  with  him  ;  and  every  one  shall  pay  his 
part  toward  the  debts  according  to  the  shares  he 
holds  ;  which  gives  content  to  all.  We  accordingly 
divide  one  cow  and  two  goats  by  lot  to  every  six 
shares ;  and  swine,  though  more  in  number,  in  the 
same  proportion  ;  to  every  share  twenty  acres  of 
tillable  land  by  lot,  besides  the  single  acres  B  with 


2\  | 


JS£W   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1627.   King  of  G.  Britain.  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

the  gardens  and  homesteds  Mem  they  had  before  ; 
the  most  abutting  on  the  water  side,  rive  in  breadth 
and  four  in  depth  ;  but  no  meadows  laid  out  till 
many  years  after,  because  being  strait  of  meadow 
it  might  hinder  additions  to  us  ;  though  at  every 
season  all  are  ordered  where  to  mow,  in  propor- 
tion to  their  number  of  cattle.  B 

Morton  and  company  at  Mount  Wollaston,  hav- 
ing got  some  goods  and  acquired  much  by  trading 
with  the  natives,  they  spend  the  same  in  rioting 
and  drunkenness;  drinking  ten  pound  worth  of  wine 
and  spirits  in  the  morning  ;  set  up  a  May-pole,  get 
the  Indian  women  to  drink  and  dance  about  it, 
with  worser  practices  ;  as  in  the  feasts  of  Flora, 
or  like  the  mad  Bachanalians  ;  and  change  the 
name  to  Merry  Mount,  as  if  this  jollity  were  to  last 
forever.  B* 

[May  and  June.]t  For  greater  convenience  of 
trade,  to  discharge  our  engagements,  and  maintain 
ourselves,  we  build  a  small  pinnace  at  Monamet,  a 
place  on  the  sea,  twenty  miles  to  the  south  ;  to 
which  by  another  creek  on  this  side  we  transport 
our  goods  by  water  within  four  or  five  miles,  and 
then  carry  them  over  land  to  the  vessel ;  thereby 
avoid  our  compassing  Cape  Cod  with  those  dan- 
gerous shoals,  and  make  our  voyage  to  the  south- 
ward with  far  less  time  and  hazard.  For  the 
safety  of  our  vessel  and  goods  we  there  also  build 
a  house,  and  keep  some  servants  ;  who  plant  corn, 
rear  swine,  and  are  always  ready  to  go  out  with 
the  bark  ;  which  takes  good  effect,  and  turns  to 
advantage.  B 

*  By  guess  I  also  place  this  here  ;  because  of  the  goods  they  had  gotten  of 
the  European  ships,  and  the  May-pole  now  erected  ;  which  I  suppose  is  the 
only  one  ever  set  up  in  New  England. 

t  I  place  this  in  May  and  June,  because  in  the  article  of  July  following  this 
pinnarc  is  said  to  be  lately  built  at  Monamet. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


245 


1627.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

June  27.  Hs  cb  rs  Wednesday  Hs  the  duke  of 
Buckingham  Hs  cb  rs  with  one  hundred  ships  Hs  rs 
sails  from  Portsmouth  [in  England]  for  the  Isle  of 
Rhee  on  the  coast  of  France,  and  begins,  the  war 
with  that  kingdom,  cb  rs 

July.  But  besides  the  discharge  of  our  heavy 
engagements,  our  great  concern  is  to  help  over  our 
friends  at  Leyden  ;  who  as  much  desire  to  come 
to  us  as  we  desire  their  company.  The  governor 
therefore,  with  Mr.  Edward  Winslow,  Thomas 
Prince,  Miles  Standish,  William  Brewster,  John 
Alden,  John  Rowland,  and  Isaac  Allerton,  now 
run  a  great  venture  ;  and  hire  the  trade  of  the 
colony  for  six  years,  to  begin  the  last  of  next  Sep- 
tember ;  and  for  this  with  the  shallop  called  the 
Bass  Boat,  and  pinnace  lately  built  at  Monamet, 
with  the  stock  in  the  store  house,  we  this  month 
undertake  to  pay  the  1800  pounds  with  all  other 
debts  of  the  plantation  amounting  to  600  more  ; 
bring  over  for  them  fifty  pounds  a  year  in  hoes  and 
shoes,  sell  them  for  corn  at  6s.  a  bushel ;  and  at 
the  end  of  the  term  return  the  trade  to  the  colo- 
ny. B 

The  latter  end  of  the  summer  the  Virginia  peo- 
ple at  Plymouth  sell  us  their  corn,  go  thither  in  a 
couple  of  barks  ;  and  afterwards  several  of  them 
express  their  thankfulness  to  us.  B  And  [now  it 
seems]  Mr.  Lyford  sails  with  some  of  his  people 
also  to  Virginia,  H  and  there  shortly  dies.  B 

With  the  return  of  the  ships  we  send  Mr.  Aller- 
ton again  to  England.  1st.  To  conclude  our  bar- 
gain with  the  Company  and  deliver  our  nine  bonds 
for  the  paying  the  200  pounds  at  every  Michael- 
mas for  nine  years.  2d.  To  carry  our  beaver 
and  pay  some  of  our  late  engagements  ;  for  our 


lis  Howes.      cb  Continuation  of  Baker's  Chronicle.      rs  Rush  worth. 


246 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1628.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV 

excessive  interest  still  keeps  us  low.  3d.  To  get  a 
patent  for  a  fit  trading  place  on  Kennebeck  river  ; 
especially  since  the  planters  at  Pascatoway  and 
other  places  eastward  of  them,  as  also  the  fishing 
ships  envy  our  trading  there,  and  threaten  to  get  a 
patent  to  exclude  us  ;  though  we  first  discovered 
and  began  the  same,  and  brought  it  to  so  good  an 
issue.  4th.  To  deal  with  some  of  our  special 
friends  in  London  to  join  with  the  said  eight  under- 
takers, both  for  the  discharge  of  the  colony's  debts, 
and  the  helping  our  friends  from  Leyden.  B 

Nov.  6.  Mr.  Allerton  concludes  our  bargain 
with  the  Company  at  London,  delivers  our  bonds 
and  receives  their  deed.  B 

Dec.  27.  Mr.  Sherley  from  London  writes  to 
the  Plymouth  people  as  follows.  The  sole  cause 
why  the  greater  part  of  the  adventurers  malign  me 
was,  that  I  would  not  side  with  them  against  you 
and  the  coming  over  of  the  Leyden  people  ;  and 
assuredly  unless  the  Lord  be  merciful  to  us  and 
the  whole  land  in  general,  our  condition  is  far 
worse  than  yours  ;  wherefore  if  the  Lord  should 
send  persecution  here,  which  is  much  to  be  feared, 
and  should  put  into  our  minds  to  fly  for  refuge,  I 
know  no  place  safer  than  to  come  to  you,  &c.  B 

6  About  this  year,  some  friends  being  together 
in  Lincolnshire,  fall  into  discourse  about  New  Eng- 
land and  the  planting  of  the  gospel  there  ;  and 
after  some  deliberation,  we  [says  deputy  governor 
Dudley]  impart  our  reasons  by  letters  and  mes- 
sages to  some  in  London  and  the  west  country ; 
where  it  is  at  length  so  ripened  as  to  procure  a 
patent  [for  the  Massachusetts  Colony.']  dd. 

1628.  Mr.  Allerton  having  settled  all  things  in  a 
hopeful  way,  returns  in  the  first  of  the  spring  with 

dd  Deputy  governor  Dudley's  aforesaid  letter  to  the  Countess  of  Lincoln. 


NEW  ENGLAND   CHRONOLOGY.  247 
1628.  King-  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  [. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

our  supply  for  trade.  The  fishermen  with  whom 
he  comes  used  to  set  forth  in  winter,  and  be  here 
betimes.  He  has  paid  the  first  200  pounds  of  our 
1800  to  the  adventurers  ;  as  also  all  our  debts  to 
others,  except  Mr.  Sherley,  Beachamp,  and  An- 
drews, to  whom  we  now  owe  but  400  and  odd 
pounds  ;  informs  that  our  said  three  friends  and 
some  others  will  join  us  in  our  six  years'  bargain, 
and  will  send  to  Leyden  for  a  number  to  come  next 
year  ;  brings  a  competent  supply  of  goods,  with 
a  patent  for  Kennebeck,  but  so  strait  and  ill 
bounded  as  we  are  forced  to  get  renewed  and 
enlarged  the  next  year,  as  also  that  we  have  at 
home,  to  our  great  charge.  He  likewise  brings  us 
one  Mr.  Rogers,  a  young  man,  for  minister.  B 

March  19.  The  Council  for  New*  England  sell 
to  sir  Henry  Roswell,  sir  John  Young,  knights, 
Thomas  Southcoat,  John  Humphry,  John  Endicot, 
and  Simon  Whetcomb,  gentlemen,  Be  about  Dor- 
chester in  England,  H  their  heirs  and  associates, 
that  part  of  New  England  between  Merrimack 
river  and  Charles  river,  in  the  bottom  of  the  Mas- 
sachusetts Bay ;  and  three  miles  to  the  south  of 
every  part  of  Charles  river  and  of  the  southernmost 
part  of  said  bay  ;  and  three  miles  to  the  north  of 
every  part  of  said  Merrimack  river  ;  and  in  length 
within  the  breadth  aforesaid  from  the  Atlantic 
ocean  to  the  South  Sea,  &c.  Be 

After  some  time  Mr.  White  brings  the  Dorches- 
ter grantees  into  acquaintance  with  several  other 
religious  persons  in  and  about  London,  who  are 
first  associated  to  them,  then  buy  their  right  in  the 
patent,*  and  consult  about  settling  some  plantation 

Be  iManuscript  book  of  Charters  in  the  hands  of  the  Honorable  Thomas 
Hutchinson,  Esq. 

*  By  the  Massachusetts  Colony  Charter  and  Records,  it  seems  the  three 
former  wholly  sold  their  rights  ;  the  three  latter  retaining  theirs  in  equal 
partnership  with  the  said  associates. 


248 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1628.   King  of  Gfc  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV 

in  the  Massachusetts  Bay  on  the  account  of  reli- 
gion ;  where  nonconformists  may  transport  them- 
selves and  enjoy  the  liberty  of  their  own  persuasion 
in  matters  of  worship  and  church  discipline.  Soon 
after  the  Company  choose  Mr.  H  Matthew  Mcr 
Cradock,  governor,  Mr.  //  Thomas  Mcr  Goff,  dep- 
uty governor,  with  other  assistants.  H 

The  New  Plymouth  people  having  obtained  their 
patent  for  Kennebeck,  now  erect  a  house  up  the 
river,  in  a  convenient  place  for  trade  ;  and  furnish 
it  both  winter  and  summer  with  corn  and  other 
commodities,  such  as  the  fishermen  had  traded 
with ;  as  coats,  shirts,  rugs,  blankets,  biscuit,  peas, 
prunes,  &c. ;  what  we  could  not  get  from  England 
we  buy  of  the  fishing  ships,  and  so  carry  on  the 
business  as  well  as  we  can.  B 

This  year  [and  I  conclude  this  spring]  the  Dutch 
send  to  us  again  from  their  plantation  both  kind 
letters  and  diverse  commodities  ;  as  sugar,  linen, 
stuffs,  &c;  come  with  their  bark  to  our  house  at 
Monamet ;  their  secretary  Rasier  comes  with  trum- 
peters, &c. ;  but  not  being  able  to  travel  to  us  by 
land  desires  us  to  send  a  boat  within  side  [the 
Cape]  to  fetch  him  ;  so  we  send  a  boat  to  Manon- 
scusset,  and  bring  him  with  the  chief  of  his  com- 
pany to  Plymouth.  After  a  few  days'  entertain- 
ment he  returns  to  his  bark  ;  some  of  us  go  with 
him,  and  buy  sundry  goods.  After  which  begin- 
ning they  often  send  to  the  same  place,  and  w7e 
trade  together  divers  years,  sell  much  tobacco  for 
linens,  stuffs,  &c.  which  proves  a  great  benefit  to 
us,  till  the  Virginians  find  out  their  colony.  B 

But  that  which  in  time  turns  most  to  our  advan- 
tage is,  their  now  acquainting  and  entering  us  in 
the  trade  of  wampam  ;  telling  us  how  vendible  it 
is  at  their  fort  Orania,  and  persuading  we  shall 


NEW  ENGLAND   CHRONOLOGY.  249 


1628.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

find  it  so  at  Kennebeck.  Upon  this,  we  buy  about 
fifty  pounds  worth.  At  first  it  sticks,  and  it  is  two 
years  before  we  can  put  it  off ;  till  the  inland  In- 
dians come  to  know  it,  and  then  we  can  scarce 
procure  enough  for  many  years  together.  By 
which  and  other  provisions,  we  quite  cut  off  the 
trade  both  from  the  fishermen  and  straggling  plan- 
ters. And  strange  it  is  to  see  the  great  alteration 
it  in  a  few  years  makes  among  the  savages.  For 
the  Massachusetts  and  others  in  these  parts  had 
scarce  any  ;  it  being  only  made  and  kept  among 
the  Pequots  and  Narragansetts,  who  grew  rich  and 
potent  by  it ;  whereas  the  rest  who  use  it  not,  are 
poor  and  beggarly.  B 

Hitherto  the  natives  of  these  parts  have  no  other 
arms  but  bows  and  arrows,  nor  many  years  after. 
But  the  Indians  in  the  eastern  parts,  having  com- 
merce with  the  French,  first  have  guns  of  them, 
and  at  length  they  make  it  a  common  trade.  In 
time,  our  English  fishermen  follow  their  example  ; 
but  upon  complaint  against  them,  the  king  by  a 
strict  proclamation  forbid  the  same,  and  command- 
ed that  no  sort  of  arms  or  munition  be  traded  with 
them.  B* 

June  20.  Captain  John  Endicot,  with  his  wife 
and  company,  this  day  sails  in  the  ship  Abigail, 
Henry  Gauden,  master,  from  Weymouth  in  Eng- 
land, for  Naumkeak  in  New  England,  Mcr\  be- 

*  By  King,  seems  to  be  meant  king  James  ;  and  the  Massachusetts  Colony 
Records  of  July  28,  1629,  as  also  Mr.  Hubbard  say,  this  proclamation  was 
issued  in  1622. 

t  The  bills  of  lading  being  signed  on  June  20,  Mcr  I  place  their  sailing  here. 
But  from  the  odd  way  of  reckoning,  the  4th  of  March  next  to  be  in  1628, 
deputy  governor  Dudley,  Mr.  Hubbard  and  others,  wrongly  place  Mr  Endi- 
cot's  voyage  after  the  grant  of  the  royal  charter,  whereas  he  came  above 
eight  months  before.  And  deputy  governor  Dudley  says,  We  sent  him  and 
some  svith  him,  to  begin  a  plantation  ;  and  to  strengthen  such  as  he  should 
find  there,  which  we  send  thither  from  Dorchester  and  some  places  adjoin- 
ing, 

32 


250 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1628.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

ing  sent  by  the  Massachusetts  patentees  at  Lon- 
don, to  carry  on  the  plantation  there,  make  way 
for  the  settling  a  colony,  and  be  their  agent  to 
order  all  affairs,  till  the  patentees  themselves  come 
over.  H 

Sept.  13.  Mr.  Endicot  writes  of  his  safe  arrival 
at  Naumkeak,  to  Mr.  Matthew  Cradock  one  of  the 
Massachusetts  Company  in  London,  which  Mr. 
Cradock  receives  on  February  13  following.  CI 
With  Mr.  Endicot  comes  Messrs.  Gott,  Bracken- 
bury,  Davenport,  captain  Trask  and  others  ;  who 
go  on  comfortably  in  preparing  for  the  new  colo- 
ny. H 

Among  those  who  arrive  at  Naumkeak,  are 
Ralph  Sprague,  with  his  brethren  Richard  and 
William,  who  with  three  or  four  more,  by  governor 
Endicot's  consent,  undertake  a  journey,  and  travel 
the  woods  above  twelve  miles  westward,  light  on  a 
neck  of  land  called  Mishawum,  between  Mistick 
and  Charles  rivers,  full  of  Indians,  named  Abergin- 
ians.  Their  old  Sachem  being  dead,  his  eldest 
son  called  by  the  English  John  Sagamore,  is  chief, 
a  man  of  a  gentle  and  good  disposition  ;  by  whose 
free  consent  they  settle  here,  where  they  find  but 
one  English  house,  thatched  and  palisaded,  pos- 
sessed by  Thomas  Walford,  a  smith,  tcr 

That  worthy  gentleman  Mr.  Endicot  coming 
over  for  the  government  of  the  Massachusetts*  visits 
the  people  at  Merry  Mount,  causes  the  May-pole  to 
be  cut  down,  rebukes  them  for  their  profaneness, 

CI  Mr.  Cradock's  original  letter  among  the  Massachusetts  Colony  Records, 
compared  with  the  copies  of  letters  in  the  first  book  of  Records  of  the  County 
of  Suffolk. 

icr  Town  of  Charlestown  Records,  wrote  by  Mr.  Increase  Nowell,  after- 
wards town  clerk  of  Charlestown  and  secretary  of  the  Massachu  setts  Colony. 

*  Governor  Bradford  and  Mr.  Morton  seem  to  mistake  in  saying,  he 
came  with  a  patent  under  the  broad  seal  for  the  government  of  the  Massa- 
chusetts. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


251 


1628.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

admonishes  them  to  look  there  be  better  walking, 
and  the  name  is  changed  to  Mount  Dagon.  B 

But  Morton  and  company  to  maintain  their  riot, 
hearing  what  gain  the  French  and  fishermen  made 
by  selling  guns,  with  powder  and  shot  to  the  na- 
tives, he  begins  the  same  trade  in  these  parts, 
teaches  how  to  use  them,  employs  the  Indians  in 
hunting  and  fowling  for  him  ;  wherein  they  become 
more  active  than  any  English,  by  their  swiftness  of 
foot,  nimbleness  of  body,  quicksightedness,  con- 
tinual exercise,  and  knowing  the  haunts  of  all  sorts 
of  game  ;  and  finding  the  execution  guns  will  do 
and  the  benefit  thereby,  become  mad  after  them, 
and  give  any  price  for  them.  Morton  sells  them 
all  he  can  spare,  and  sends  to  England  for  many 
more.  The  neighbouring  English  who  live  scat- 
tered in  divers  places  and  have  no  strength  in  any, 
meeting  the  Indians  in  the  woods  thus  armed,  are 
in  great  terror  ;  and  those  in  remoter  places  see 
the  mischief  will  quickly  spread  if  not  forthwith 
prevented.  Besides,  they  see  they  should  not  keep 
their  servants  ;  for  Morton  receives  any,  how  vile 
soever,  and  they  with  the  discontented  will  flock 
to  him,  if  this  nest  continues  ;  and  the  other  Eng- 
lish will  be  in  more  fear  of  this  debauched  and 
wicked  crew  than  of  the  savages  themselves.  The 
chief  of  the  struggling  plantations  therefore,  from 
Pascatoway,  Naumkeak,  Winisimet,  Wesaguscus- 
set,  Natasco  and  other  places,  meet,  and  agree  to 
solicit  those  of  Plymouth,  who  are  of  greater 
strength  than  all,  to  join  and  stop  this  growing 
mischief,  by  suppressing  Morton  and  company  be- 
fore they  grow  to  a  further  head.  Those  of  Ply- 
mouth receiving  their  messengers  and  letters,  are 
willing  to  afford  our  help  ;  however,  first  send  a 
messenger  with  letters  to  advise  him  in  a  friendly 


252 


>LW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1628.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

way  to  forbear  those  courses.  But  he  scorns  their 
advice,  asks  who  has  to  do  with  him  ;  declares  he 
will  trade  pieces  with  the  Indians  in  despite  of 
all,  &c.  We  send  a  second  time,  to  be  better  ad- 
vised ;  for  the  country  cannot  bear  the  injury,  it  is 
against  their  common  safety,  and  the  king's  procla- 
mation. He  says,  the  king's  proclamation  is  no 
law,  has  no  penalty  but  his  displeasure,  that  the 
king  is  dead  and  his  displeasure  with  him  ;  and 
threatens,  if  any  come  to  molest  him,  let  them  look 
to  themselves,  he  will  prepare  for  them.  Upon  this 
they  see  no  way  but  force  ;  and  therefore  obtain  of 
the  Plymouth  governor  to  send  captain  Standish 
with  some  aid  to  take  him.  The  captain  coming, 
Morton  arms  his  consorts,  heats  them  with  liquor, 
bars  his  doors,  sets  his  powder  and  bullets  on  the 
table  ready.  The  captain  summons  him  to  yield, 
but  has  only  scoffs,  &c.  At  length  Morton  fearing 
we  should  do  some  violence  to  the  house,  he  and 
some  of  his  crew  come  out  to  shoot  the  captain  ; 
at  which  the  captain  steps  up  to  him,  puts  by  his 
piece,  takes  him,  enters  the  house,  disperses  the 
worst  of  the  company,  leaves  the  more  modest 
there,  brings  Morton  to  Plymouth  ;  where  he  is 
kept,  till  a  ship  going  from  the  Isle  of  Shoals  to 
England,  he  is  sent  in  her  to  the  New  England 
Council,  with  a  messenger  and  letters  to  inform 
against  him,  &c.  yet  they  do  nothing  to  him,  not 
so  much  as  rebuke  him,  and  he  returns  next  year. 
B 

This  year  [and  I  suppose  this  fall]  we  send  Mr. 
Allerton  our  agent  again  to  London,  to  get  our 
Kennebeck  patent  enlarged  and  rectified,  as  also 
this  at  home  enlarged,  and  help  our  friends  from 
Leyden.  B 

This  year,  dies  Mr.  Richard  Warren,  a  useful 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


253 


1629   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

instrument,  and  bear  a  deep  share  in  the  difficulties 
attending  the  first  settlement  of  New  Plymouth. 
Mem 

This  year  the  Massachusetts  patentees  at  Lon- 
don send  several  servants  to  Naumkeak  ;  but  for 
want  of  wholesome  diet  and  convenient  lodgings, 
many  die  of  the  scurvy  and  other  distempers.  H 
Upon  which  Mr.  Endicot  hearing  we  at  Plymouth 
have  a  very  skilful  doctor,  namely,  Mr.  Fuller,  B 
deacon  of  Mr.  Robinson's  church,  skilled  in  the 
diseases  of  the  country  which  the  people  at  Naum- 
keak are  filled  with,  H  sends  to  our  governor  for 
him,  who  forthwith  sends  him  to  their  assistance.  B* 

1629,  February  16.  Mr.  Cradock,  at  London, 
in  his  letter  to  captain  Endicot  at  Naumkeak,  says, 
'  we  are  thoroughly  informed  of  the  safe  arrival  of 
yourself,  your  wife  and  the  rest  of  your  good  com- 
pany in  our  plantation,  by  your  letters  of  Septem- 
ber 13,  which  came  to  hand  the  13th  instant  :  our 
company  are  much  enlarged  since  your  departure, 
there  is  one  ship  bought  for  the  Company,  of  one 
hundred  tons,  and  two  more  hired  of  two  hundred, 
one  of  nineteen,  the  other  of  twenty  ordnance ;  in 
which  ships  are  like  to  be  sent  between  two  and  three 
hundred  persons  to  reside  there,  and  about  one 
hundred  head  of  cattle.  I  wrote  you  by  Mr.  Aller- 
ton  of  New  Plymouth,  in  November  ;  it  is  resolved 
to  send  two  ministers  at  least  with  the  ships  now 
to  be  sent  ;  those  we  send  shall  be  by  approbation 
of  Mr.  White,  of  Dorchester,  and  Mr.  Davenport. 
I  account  our  ships  will  be  ready  to  sail  hence  by 
the  twentieth  of  next  month.  Cl. 

*  Governor  Bradford,  and  Mr.  Morton  from  him,  seem  to  mistake  in  blend 
ing  the  several  sicknesses  at  Naumkeak,  of  1628  and  29  together  ;  and  writ- 
ing as  if  Dr.  Fuller  went  first  thither  to  help  in  the  sickness  introduced  by 
the  ships  in  29;  whereas  by  governor  Endicot  s  letter  of  May  11,  1629,  it 
appears  that  Dr.  Fuller  had  been  then  to  help  them,  which  was  above  a 
month  before  the  ships'  arrival  there  in  1629. 


254 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1629.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV 

The  Massachusetts  Company,  for  promoting 
their  great  design,  first  consider  where  to  find  two 
or  three  able  ministers  to  send  ;  not  doubting  but 
if  they  meet  with  such  they  shall  have  a  considera- 
ble number  of  religious  people  to  go  with  them; 
especially  if  there  be  grounded  hopes  of  an  orderly 
government,  to  protect  the  people  and  promote  the 
cause  of  religion  among  them,  as  well  as  their  civil 
rights  and  liberties.  For  which  they  with  one 
consent  agree  to  petition  the  king  to  confirm  their 
aforesaid  grant  to  themselves  and  associates  by  a 
royal  Charter.  H  Mr.  White,  an  honest  counsellor 
at  law,  and  Mr.  Richard  Bellingham  furthering  the 
same. 

March  2.  Monday,  at  a  meeting  of  the  Massa- 
chusetts Company  in  London,  present  the  gover- 
nor, deputy,  Mr.  Wright,  Vassal,  Harwood,  Coulson, 
Adams,  Nowell,  Whetcomb,  Perry  and  Huson,* 
when  Mr.  Coney  propounding  in  behalf  of  the 
Boston  men  that  ten  of  them  may  subscribe  ten 
pounds  a  man  in  the  joint  stock,  and  with  their 
ships  to  adventure  250/.  more  on  their  own  account, 
and  providable  men  to  send  for  managing  the  busi-  ( 
ness,  it  is  condescended  to.  Mcr 

March  4.  At  the  petition  of  the  Massachusetts 
Company,  king  Charles  by  charter  confirms  their 
patent  of  the  Massachusetts  colony  to  them,  that  is, 
to  the  aforesaid  sir  Henry  Rosewell,  sir  John  Young, 
Thomas  Southcot,  John  Humfrey ,  John  Endicot, 
Simon  Whetcomb,  and  their  associates,  namely, 
sir  Richard  Saltonstal,  knight,  Isaac  Johnson, 
Samuel  Aldersey,  John  Ven,  Matthew  Cradock, 
George  Harwood,  Increase  Nowell,  Richard  Perry, 
Richard  Bellingham,  Nathaniel  Wright,  Samuel 

*  This  is  the  first  account  of  names  set  down  at  their  meeting,  in  the  Mar- 
By  Governor  is  doubtless  meant  Mr.  Cradock;  and  by  deputy  governor,  Mr. 
Goff :  who  seem  to  be  chose  to  those  offices  by  virtue  of  their  patent  ironi  the 
New  England  Council. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


255 


1629.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

Vassal,  Theophilus  Eaton,  Thomas  Goff,  Thomas 
Adams,  John  Brown,  Samuel  Brown,  Thomas 
Hutchings,  William  Vassal,  William  Pynchon  and 
George  Foxer  oft,  their  heirs  and  assigns  forever;  that 
they  and  all  who  shall  be  made  free  of  their  compa- 
ny, be  forever  a  body  corporate  and  politic  by  the 
name  of  the  Governor  and  Company  of  the  Massa- 
chusetts Bay  in  New  England,  and  have  perpetual 
succession  ;  that  there  shall  be  for  ever  a  governor, 
deputy  governor,  and  eighteen  assistants  chosen 
out  of  the  freemen  of  said  Company  ;  that  Matthew 
Cradock  be  the  first  and  present  governor  ;  Tho- 
mas Goff  first  deputy  governor  ;  and  the  eighteen 
printed  in  italics,  be  the  first  assistants  ;  that  on 
the  last  Wednesday  in  Easter  term  yearly,  the  gov- 
ernor, deputy  governor,  and  all  other  officers,  shall 
be  in  the  general  court  held  that  day,  newly  chosen 
by  the  greater  part  of  the  company  ;  that  they  may 
have  four  general  courts  a  year,  namely,  the  last 
Wednesday  in  Hillary,  Easter,  Trinity  and  Michael- 
mas terms  forever  ;  which  may  admit  freemen, 
remove  and  choose  officers,  order  lands,  and  make 
laws  not  repugnant  to  the  laws  of  England  ;  that 
the  governor  and  company  and  their  successors  and 
assigns  may  carry  people  who  are  willing  out  of 
any  of  the  king's  dominions  thither,  transport  goods, 
have  all  the  privileges  of  natural  subjects  in  all  the 
king's  dominions  ;  that  their  chief  commanders, 
governors,  other  officers,  and  others  under  them, 
may  by  force  of  arms  encounter  all  who  shall 
attempt  any  detriment  or  annoyance  to  them,  and 
take  their  persons,  ships,  armour,  goods,  &c.  but 
that  fishing  shall  be  free,  &c.  be* 

*  The  Chronologies  at  the  end  of  Mr.  Danforth's  Almanack  printed  at  Cam- 
bridge, New  England,  1649  ;  of  Mr.  Jessey's  at  London,  1651  ;  and  of  Mr, 
Foster's  at  Boston,  New  England,  1676,  all  greatly  mistaken,  in  represent- 
ing this  Charter  to  be  granted  by  Parliament. 


256 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1629.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

March  9.  At  a  meeting  of  the  Massachusetts 
Company  in  London,  John  Washborn  entertained 
Secretary  for  one  whole  year ;  and  directed  to  call 
on  all  such  as  have  charge  of  provision  for  the  ships 
now  bound  to  New  England,  that  they  may  be  de- 
spatched by  the  twenty-fifth  of  this  month  at  fur- 
thurest.  Mcr 

March  10.  At  a  meeting  of  the  Massachusetts 
Company  in  London,  Mr.  Thomas  Graves,  of 
Gravesend,  gentleman,  agrees  to  go  to  New  Eng- 
land, and  serve  the  Company  as  a  person  skilful  in 
mines  of  iron,  lead,  copper,  mineral  salt  and  alum, 
fortification  of  all  sorts,  surveying,  Slc.  Mcr 

March  16.   Estimate  of  charges  for  one  hundred 


passengers,  and  their  provisions, 

At  £15  a  man,     -  -       -  £1500 

Freight  of  the  ship  Talbot  five  months, 

at  £80  per  month,        -       -       -  400 
Her  victuals  and  wages  for  thirty-two 

men,  at  £70        -       -       -  350 

Lion's  Whelp  set  to  sea,         -       -  500 

Twenty  cows  and  bulls  at  £4  -       -  80 

Ten  mares  and  horses  at  £6    -       -  60 

Charges  of  them     -  470 

Mcr  £"3360 


March  23.  Governor  Cradock  sworn  in  Chan- 
cery, H  deputy  governor  Goff,  and  eleven  assist- 
ants sworn,  as  also  Mr.  George  Harwood  sworn 
treasurer.*  At  a  meeting  of  the  Massachusetts 
Company  this  day  at  London,  Mr.  Noweli  giving 
intimation,  by  letters  from  Mr.  Johnson,  that  Mr. 
Higginson,  of  Leicester,  an  able  Mcr  and  eminunt 


*  Mr.  Hubbard  mistakes,  first,  in  thinking  Mr.  Cradock  now  chosen  govern- 
or ;  second,  in  omitting  Mr.  Noweli  among  the  eleven  assistants  sworn;  and, 
third,  in  writing  that  Mr.  Harwood  is  sworn  treasurer  on  April  6. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


257 


1629.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  L — France,  Lewis  Xlll. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

H  minister,  Mcr  silenced  for  nonconformity,  would 
be  likely  H  to  go  to  our  plantation,  who  being  ap- 
proved for  a  reverend  grave  minister,  fit  for  our 
occasion,  it  is  agreed  to  entreat  Mr.  Humfrey  to 
ride  presently  to  Leicester  ;  and  if  Mr.  Higginson 
can  conveniently  go  this  present  voyage  to  deal 
with  him,  first  if  his  remove  may  be  without  scan- 
dal to  that  people,  and  approved  by  some  of  the 
best  affected  among  them,  with  the  approbation  of 
[the  reverend  and  famous]  Mr.  Hildersham,  of 
Ashley,  de  la  Zouch.  Mcr* 

Mr.  Higginson,  being  addressed  both  by  Mr. 
Humfrey  and  White,  he  looks  upon  it  as  a  call 
from  God  ;  and  in  a  few  weeks  is,  with  his  family, 
ready  to  take  his  flight  into  this  savage  desert.  H 

April  8.  At  another  meeting  of  the  Massachu- 
setts Company  in  London,  Mr.  Francisf  Higgin- 
son, Mr.  Samuel  Skelton,  Mcr  another  nonconfor- 
mist minister  of  Lincolnshire,  H  and  Mr.  Francis 
Bright,  entertained  by  said  Company  as  ministers 
for  the  plantation,  to  labor  both  among  the  English 
and  Indians.  Mr.  Higginson,  having  eight  children, 
is  to  have  ten  pounds  a  year  more  than  the  others. 
Mr.  Ralph  Smith,  a  minister,  is  also  to  be  accom- 
modated in  his  passage  thither.  Mcr 

April  16.  Sixty  women  and  maids,  twenty-six 
children,  and  three  hundred  men,  with  victuals, 
arms,  apparel,  tools,  and  one  hundred  and  forty 
head  of  cattle,  &c.  in  the  lord-treasurer's  warrant, 
[to  go  to  New  England.]  Mcr\ 

*  Mr.  John  Davenport  first  time  mentioned  as  present  at  this  meeting ;  he 
is  also  at  the  meetings  of  March  30,  April  8,  August  28  and  29,  October  15, 
19,  and  20,  November  25,  and  December  15,  following.  In  that  of  October 
20  he  is  styled  clerk,  and  of  December  15  minister.  Mcr  By  which  I  conclude 
he  is  the  same  who  afterwards  comes  over  and  becomes  the  famous  minister 
both  of  New  Haven  and  of  Boston  in  New  England. 

fMr.  Hubbard  happens  by  mistake  to  call  him  John. 

X  Deputy  governor  Dudley  therefore  seems  too  short  in  saying  about  three 
hundred  people,  with  some  cows,  goats,  and  horses,  dd 

33 


258 


.NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1629.  King  of  G.  Britain,Charlcs  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

April  17.  The  said  Company's  committee  date 
their  letter  at  Gravesend  to  Mr.  Endicot ;  wherein 
they  say,  '  For  that  the  propagating  of  the  gospel 
is  the  thing  we  profess  above  all,  in  settling  this 
plantation,  we  have  been  careful  to  make  plentiful 
provision  of  godly  ministers,  viz.  Mr.  Skelton,  in 
the  George  Bonaventure,  Mr.  Higginson,  in  the 
Talbot;  and  in  the  Lion's  Whelp,  Mr.  Bright, 
trained  up  under  Mr.  Davenport.  And  as  the  mi- 
nisters have  declared  themselves  to  us  to  be  of  one 
judgment,  and  to  be  fully  agreed  in  the  manner 
how  to  exercise  their  ministry,  we  have  good  hopes 
of  their  love  and  unanimous  agreement,  &c.  scr* 

April  21.  The  George  now  rides  at  the  Hope, 
the  Talbot  and  Lion's  Whelp  at  Black  wall,  scr 

April  30. t  At  a  General  Court  of  the  Massa- 
chusetts Company  in  London,  there  are  three  ships 
now  to  go  to  New  England  ;  and  the  Company 
order  that  thirteen  in  their  plantation  shall  have 
the  sole  ordering  of  the  affairs  and  government 
there,  by  the  name  of  the  Governor  and  Council  of 
London's  Plantation  in  the  Massachusetts  Bay  in 
New  England.  Elect  Mr.  Endicot  governor,  and 
Mr.  Higginson,  Skelton,  Bright,  John  and  Samuel 
Brown,  Thomas  Graves,  and  Samuel  Sharp,  to  be 
of  the  Council ;  the  said  Governor  and  Council 
may  choose  three  others ;  the  planters  choose  two 
more  ;  of  which  twelve  counsellors  the  governor 
and  major  part  may  choose  a  deputy  governor  and 
secretary ;  that  they  all  continue  a  year,  or  till  this 

scr  Suffolk  County  Records. 

*  By  this  it  appears  Mr.  Bright  was  a  Puritan ;  and  Mr.  Hubbard  seems 
mistaken  in  supposing  him  a  Conformist,  unless  he  means  in  the  same  sense 
as  were  many  Puritans  in  those  days,  who  by  particular  favor  omitted  the 
more  offensive  ceremonies  and  parts  in  the  Common  Prayer  ;  while  for  the 
unity  and  peace  of  the  church,  and  in  hopes  cf  a  farther  reformation  they 
used  the  other. 

t  Mr.  Hubbard  mistakes  April  10  for  April  30. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


259 


1629.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

Court  appoint  others.  That  the  governor,  or  in 
his  absence,  the  deputy  may  call  Courts  at  discre- 
tion ;  and  therein  the  greater  number,  whereof  the 
governor  or  deputy  to  be  always  one,  have  power 
to  make  laws,  not  repugnant  to  the  laws  of  Eng- 
land. Order  copies  of  this  Act  be  sent  by  the  first 
conveyance,  Mcr  and  a  commission  is  accordingly 
sent  to  Mr.  Endicot,  &c.  H 

May  4.  The  George  Bonaventure  sails  from  the 
Isle  of  Whight.  May  11,  sail  from  thence  the 
Lion's  Whelp  and  Talbot ;  scr  being  all  three  full 
of  godly  passengers  ;  cm  with  the  four  ministers, 
for  the  Massachusetts.  Mcr  H  The  planters  in 
the  Lion's  Whelp  go  from  Somerset  and  Dorset ; 
csr  and  within  a  month  cm  are  three  more  ships  to 
follow.  Mcr 

May  10.  Lord's  Day,  peace  between  Great 
Britain  and  France  proclaimed  at  London.  Hs* 

Dr.  Fuller,  of  Plymouth,  being  well  versed  in 
the  discipline  of  Mr.  Robinson's  church,  and  ac- 
quainting Mr.  Endicot  therewith,  on 

May  11.  Governor  Endicot  writes  a  most  grate- 
ful and  christian  letter  to  Governor  Bradford, 
wherein  he  says,  I  acknowledge  myself  much  bound 
to  you  for  your  kind  love  and  care  in  sending  Mr. 
Fuller  among  us,  and  rejoice  much  that  I  am  by 
him  satisfied  touching  your  judgments  of  the  out- 
ward form  of  God's  worship.  It  is  as  far  as  I  can  yet 
gather  no  other  than  is  warranted  by  the  evidence 
of  truth  ;  and  the  same  which  I  have  professed  and 
maintained  ever  since  the  Lord  in  mercy  revealed 
himself  unto  me  ;  being  far  from  the  common  re- 
port that  hath  been  spread  of  you  touching  that 
particular ;  but  God's  children  must  not  look  for 


cm  Dr.  Cotton  Mather's  Life  of  Mr.  Higginson. 

*  Pointer  mistakes  in  saying  March  20 ;  and  Salmon  in  saying  May  20 


260 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1629.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

less  here  below,  &c.  B*  And  as  this  is  the  begin- 
ning of  their  acquaintance  and  closing  in  the  truth 
and  ways  of  God,  B  it  is  the  foundation  of  the  fu- 
ture christian  love  and  correspondence  which  are 
ever  after  maintained  between  the  two  governors 
and  their  respective  colonies.  H 

May  13.  At  a  General  Court  of  the  Massa- 
chusetts Company  in  London,  Mr.  Cradock,  Mar 
a  prudent  and  wealthy  citizen,  H chosen  governor, 
Mr.  Goff  deputy,  Mr.  Harwook  treasurer,  Mr.  Wil- 
liam Burgess  secretary,  for  the  year  ensuing  ;  and 
the  same  assistants ;  only  Mr.  Endicot  and  Mr. 
John  Brown  being  out  of  the  land,  Mr.  John  Po- 
cock  and  Mr.  Charles  Coulson  are  chosen  in  their 
room.  Mcrf 

May  21.  At  a  court  of  assistants  of  the  Massa- 
chusetts Company  in  London,  for  the  present 
accommodation  of  the  people  lately  gone  to  the 
London  plantation  in  New  England,  ordered  that 
the  governor,  deputy,  and  Council  there,  allot  half 
an  acre  within  the  plat  of  the  town,  and  200  acres 
more  to  every  fifty  pounds  adventurer  in  the  com- 
mon stock,  and  so  in  proportion  ;  that  for  every 
servant  or  others  they  carry,  the  master  shall  have 
fifty  acres  more  to  himself ;  and  those  who  are  not 
adventurers  in  the  common  stock,  shall  have  fifty 
acres  for  themselves  or  more,  as  the  governor  and 
council  there  think  necessary.  Mcr  X 

May  25.  Mr.  Sherley  writes  from  London  to 
governor  Bradford — '  Here  are  now  many  of  your 
and  our  friends  from  Leyden  coming  over  ;  a  good 

*  Mr.  Hubbard  mistakes  in  thinking  this  letter  wrote  to  obtain  the  Doctor's 
help  ;  when  it  plainly  appears  a  letter  of  thanks  for  his  help  received. 

t  Mr.  Hubbard  styles  this  the  second  court  of  election  ;  when  by  the  royal 
charter,  it  is  the  first;  though  by  virtue  of  the  former  patent  from  the  New 
England  Council  it  seems  the  Company  had  chosen  a  governor,  &.c.  the  year 
befoi-e. 

X  Mr.  Hubbard  mistakes  in  placing  this  on  May  13. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY.  261 

1629.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

part  of  that  end  obtained  which  was  aimed  at  (by 
us)  and  has  been  so  strongly  opposed  by  some  of 
our  former  adventurers.  With  them  we  have  also 
sent  some  servants  in  the  Talbot  that  went  hence 
lately,  but  these  come  in  the  May  Flower.  B 

June  3.  The  committee  of  the  Massachusetts 
Company  at  London,  write  from  Gravesend  to 
governor  Endicot  and  say — 6  We  now  send  three 
ships  ;  the  May  Flower,  Four  Sisters,  and  Pilgrim. 
The  charge  of  their  freight,  men  and  victuals  stand 
us  in  2400  pounds,  &c.  scr  And  they  sail  from 
England  before  Mr.  Allerton  can  get  ready  to  come 
away.  B 

June  24.  Mr.  Higginson,  cm  and  [either  the 
same  day,  or]  some  time  this  month  Mem  the  other 
ministers,  with  the  people  in  the  three  first  ships, 
arrive  at  Naumkeak,  which  they  now  name  Salem, 
from  that  in  Psal.  lxxvi.  2.  H 

Mr.  Graves,  with  some  of  the  Company's  ser- 
vants under  his  care,  and  some  others,  remove  to 
Mishawum  ;  to  which  with  governor  Endicot's  con- 
sent, they  give  the  name  of  Charlestown.  Mr. 
Graves  lays  out  the  town  in  two  acre-lots  to  each 
inhabitant  ;  and  [after]  builds  the  great  house 
for  such  of  the  company  as  are  shortly  to  come 
over  ;  which  becomes  the  house  of  public  wor- 
ship, tcr* 

Of  the  four  ministers,  Salem  needing  but  two,iJ 
Mr.  Smith  goes  with  his  family  to  some  straggling 
people  at  Natasco  ;  ti  but  Mr.  Bright  disagree- 
ing in  judgment  with  the  other  two,  removes  to 
Charlestown,  where  he  stays  above  a  year.  H 

*  The  Charlestown  Records  here  mistake  in  placing  this  in  1628  ;  for  Mr. 
Graves  comes  not  over  till  June  1629.  Mcr  And  as  by  deputy  governor  Dud- 
ley's letters  there  was  a  great  mortality  among  the  English  at  the  Massachu- 
setts Colony  in  the  winter  1629,  30,  so  Sy  captain  Clap's  account  there  was 
but  one  house  and  some  few  English  at  Charlestown  in  June  succeeding. 


262 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1629.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— -France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

Some  Plymouth  people  putting  in  with  a  boat 
at  Natasco,  find  Mr.  Smith  in  a  poor  house  that 
would  not  keep  him  dry.  He  desires  them  to  car- 
ry him  to  Plymouth  ;  and  seeing  him  to  be  a  grave 
man,  and  understanding  he  had  been  a  minister, 
they  bring  him  hither  ;  where  we  kindly  entertain 
him,  send  for  his  goods  and  servants,  desire  him  to 
exercise  his  gifts  among  us  ;  afterwards  choose 
him  into  the  ministry ;  wherein  he  remains  for  sun- 
dry years.  B 

July  20.  Governor  Endicot  at  Salem  sets  apart 
this  day  for  solemn  prayer  with  fasting,  and  the 
trial  and  choice  of  a  pastor  and  teacher  ;  the  fore- 
noon they  spend  in  prayer  and  teaching  ;  the  after- 
noon, about  their  trial  and  election  ;  choosing  Mr. 
Skelton  pastor,  Mr.  Higginson  teacher  ;  and  they 
accepting,  Mr.  Higginson,  with  three  or  four  more 
of  the  gravest  members  of  the  church  lay  their 
hands  on  Mr.  Skelton  with  solemn  prayer  ;  then 
Mr.  Skelton,  &c.  the  like  upon  Mr.  Higginson  ; 
and  Thursday,  August  6,  is  appointed  another  day 
of  prayer  and  fasting,  for  the  choice  of  elders  and 
deacons,  and  ordaining  them.  B* 

July  28.  Tuesday,  at  a  General  Court  of  the 
Massachusetts  Company  at  London,  governor 
Cradock  reads  certain  proposals  conceived  by 
himself;  namely,  that  for  the  advancement  of  the 
plantation,  the  inducing  persons  of  worth  and  qual- 
ity to  transplant  themselves  and  families  thither, 
and  other  weighty  reasons  mentioned,  to  transfer 
the  government  to  those  who  shall  inhabit  there, 
and  not  continue  the  same  subordinate  to  the  Com- 
pany here.    This  occasions  some  debate,  but  they 

*  This  article  is  nowhere  found  but  in  a  letter  from  Mr.  Charles  Gott  dated 
Salem,  July  .30,  1629,  and  preserved  \fi  governor  Bradford  ;  and  it  being  wrote 
between  July  20  and  August  6,  must  be  an  undoubted  record  of  past  matter 
of  fact  on  July  20. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


263 


1629.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Thilip  IV. 

defer  the  consideration  and  conclusion  to  the  next 
general  meeting,  and  agree  to  carry  the  matter 
secret,  that  it  be  not  divulged.  Mcr 

The  religious  people  at  Salem,  designing  to 
settle  in  a  church  state,  as  near  as  they  can  to  the 
rules  of  the  gospel,  apprehend  it  needful  for  the 
thirty  who  begin  the  church  to  enter  solemnly  into 
covenant  one  with  another  in  the  presence  of  God, 
to  walk  together  before  him  according  to  his  holy 
word,  and  then  ordain  their  ministers  to  the  several 
offices  to  which  they  had  been  chosen.  Mr.  Hig- 
ginson  being  desired,  draws  up  a  confession  of 
faith  and  church  covenant  according  to  Scripture  ; 
thirty  copies  are  written,  one  delivered  to  every 
member ;  and  the  church  at  Plymouth  invited  to 
the  solemnity,  Mem  H  that  the  church  at  Salem 
may  have  the  approbation  and  concurrence  if  not 
direction  and  assistance  of  the  other.  H 

August  6.  B  Mem*  Being  Thursday,  B  the  ap- 
pointed day  being  come,  after  the  prayers  and  ser- 
mons of  the  two  ministers,  in  the  end  of  the  day, 
Mem  the  said  confession  and  covenant  being  read 
in  the  public  assembly,  are  solemnly  consented  to  : 
and  they  immediately  proceed  to  ordain  their  min- 
isters ;  Mem  H  as  also  Mr.  Houghton  a  ruling 
elder  ;  being  separated  to  their  several  offices  by 
the  imposition  of  the  hands  of  some  of  the  brethren 
appointed  by  the  church  thereto  ;f  msl  governor 
Bradford  and  others,  as  messengers  from  the 
church  of  Plymouth,  being  by  cross  winds  hindered 
from  being  present  in  the  former  part  of  the  ser- 

*  Mr.  Hubbard  mistakes  the  9th  for  the  6th  of  August. 

t  As  Mr.  Skelton  and  Higginson  had  been  ministers  ordained  by  Bishop? 
in  the  Church  of  England,  this  ordination  was  only  to  the  care  of  this  par- 
ticular flock,  founded  on  their  free  election.  But  as  there  seems  to  be  a 
repeated  imposition  of  hands,  the  former  on  July  20  may  only  signify  their 
previous  separation  for  their  solemn  charge  ;  and  this  latter,  of  August  6 
their  actual  investiture  therein. 


264 


NEW    ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1629.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Vhilip  IV. 

vice,  come  time  enough  to  give  them  the  right 
hand  of  fellowship,  wishing  all  prosperity  to  these 
hopeful  beginnings.  Mem  H 

But  two  of  the  passengers  observing  the  minis- 
ters used  not  the  Common  Prayer  nor  ceremonies, 
but  professed  to  exercise  discipline  upon  scan- 
dalous persons,  and  that  some  scandalous  ones 
were  denied  admission  into  the  church,  begin  to 
raise  some  trouble,  to  gather  a  separate  company 
and  read  Common  Prayer.  Upon  which  the  go- 
vernor convents  the  two  ringleaders  before  him  ; 
and  rinding  their  speeches  and  practices  tend  to 
mutiny  and  faction,  send  those  two  back  to  Eng- 
land at  the  return  of  the  ships  the  same  year,  and 
the  disturbance  ceases.  Mem 

August  28.  At  a  General  Court  of  the  Massa- 
chusetts Company  at  London,  ordered  that  Mr. 
Wright,  Eaton,  Adams,  Spurstow,  with  others 
they  think  fit,  consider  arguments  against  remov- 
ing the  chief  government  of  the  Company  to  New 
England  ;  and  that  sir  R.  Saltonstall,  Mr.  Johnson, 
captain  Ven,  with  others  they  think  fit,  prepare 
arguments  for  the  removal ;  that  both  sides  meet 
tomorrow  morning  at  7,  confer  and  weigh  their 
arguments,  and  at  9,  make  report  to  the  whole 
Company.  Mcr 

August  29.  The  said  committees  meeting  and 
making  report,  the  generality  of  the  Company 
vote,  that  the  patent  and  government  of  the  plan- 
tation be  transferred  to  New  England.  Mcr 

August  —  Thirty-five  of  our  friends  with  their 
families  from  Leyden  arrive  at  New  Plymouth. 
They  were  shipped  at  London  in  May  with  the 
ships  that  came  to  Salem  ;  which  bring  over  many 
pious  people  to  begin  the  churches  there  and  in  the 
Massachusetts  Bay.   So  their  being  thus  long  kept 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


265 


1629.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

back  is  now  recompensed  by  Heaven  with  a  double 
blessing ;  in  that  we  not  only  enjoy  them  beyond 
our  late  expectation,  when  all  hope  seemed  to  be 
cut  off ;  but  with  them  many  more  godly  friends 
and  christian  brethren,  as  the  beginning  of  a  larger 
harvest  to  Christ,  in  the  increase  of  his  people  and 
churches  in  these  parts  of  the  earth,  to  the  admira- 
tion of  many  and  almost  wonder  of  the  world.  B 

The  charge  of  our  Leyden  friends  is  reckoned 
on  the  several  families  ;  some  fifty  pounds,  some 
forty,  some  thirty,  as  their  number  and  expenses 
were  ;  which  our  undertakers  pay  for  gratis  ;  be- 
sides giving  them  houses,  preparing  them  grounds 
to  plant  on,  and  maintain  them  with  corn,  &c. 
above  thirteen  or  fourteen  months  before  they  have 
a  harvest  of  their  own  production.  B 

An  infectious  sickness  grew  at  sea  among  the 
Salem  passengers,  which  spread  among  those 
ashore,  whereof  many  died  ;  some  of  the  scurvy, 
others  of  an  infectious  fever,  which  continued  some 
time  among  them  ;  while  the  Leyden  people 
through  the  goodness  of  God  escaped  it.  B 

Mr.  Allerton  returns  without  accomplishing  the 
enlargement  and  confirmation  of  our  Plymouth 
patent.  But  gives  great  and  just  offence  this  year, 
in  bringing  over  Morton,  using  him  as  his  scribe, 
till  caused  to  pack  him  away  ;  upon  which  he  goes 
to  his  old  nest  at  Merry  Mount.  B 

This  year  [and  I  suppose  this  fall]  we  send  Mr. 
Allerton  again  for  England,  to  conclude  our  patent, 
&c.  and  Mr.  Rodgers,  the  minister  which  Mr.  Al- 
lerton brought  over  last  year,  proving  crazy  in  his 
brain,  we  are  forced  to  be  at  further  charge  to  send 
him  back  this  year,  and  lose  all  the  cost  expend- 
ed in  bringing  him  over,  which  was  not  small,  in 
provision,  apparel,  bedding,  &e.  B 
34 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1020.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV  . 

September  19.  At  a  General  Court  of  the  Massa- 
chusetts Company  at  London,  letters  read  from  cap- 
lain  Endicot  and  others,  by  the  Lion's  Whelp  and 
Talbot,  now  come  laden  from  New  England.  Mcr 

September  29.  Tuesday,  at  a  General  Court  of 
the  Massachusetts  Company  in  London,  desire  the 
governor  to  buy  the  ship  Eagle  of  400  tons,  for 
the  safety,  honor,  and  benefit  of  the  plantation. 
Mcr 

October  15.  Thursday,  at  a  General  Court  of  the 
Massachusetts  Company  in  London,  agree  that 
the  charge  of  ministers  and  building  convenient 
churches*  be  borne,  half  by  the  joint  stock  for 
seven  years,  and  half  by  the  planters.  Mcr\ 

October.  19.  Monday,  at  a  meeting  at  the  dep- 
uty-governor's house,  agree  that  at  the  General 
Court  tomorrow  the  governor  and  assistants  be 
chosen  for  the  government  [of  the  Massachusetts 
Colony]  in  New  England.  Mcr\ 

October  20.  Tuesday,  at  a  General  Court  of 
the  Massachusetts  Company  at  London,  choose  a 
committee  for  the  planters,  another  for  the  adven- 
turers, to  drawT  up  articles  between  them  ;  and  Mr. 
White  of  Dorchester,  with  Mr.  Davenport  to  be 
umpires  between  them.||  And  the  governor  repre- 
senting the  special  occasion  of  summoning  this 
court  was  for  the  election  of  a  new  governor,  dep- 
uty, and  assistants  ;  the  government  being  to  be 
transferred  to  New  England  ;  the  court  having 

*  Thus  houses  of  public  worship  are  always  called  churches  in  the  Re- 
cord of  February  10  succeeding;.  Mcr 

t  Mr.  Dudley  and  Winthrop  the  first  time  mentioned  at  this  meeting  ;  Mcr 
and  Mr.  Dudley  says  that  Mr.  Winthrop  of  Suffolk,  well  known  for  his  piety, 
liberality,  wisdom,  and  gravity,  coming  in  to  us,  we  come  to  such  resolution 
as  to  sail  from  England  in  April,  1(530.  dd 

X  Mr.  Davenport,  Mr.  White  the  preacher,  Mr.  White  the  counsellor,  Mr. 
Winthrop,  Dudley,  &cc.  present  at  this  meeting.  Mcr 

||  Messrs.  White  and  Davenport  arc  present,  and  entitled  clerks  in  the  list 
of  members.  Mcr  n 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1629.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV 

received  extraordinary  great  commendation  of  Mr. 
John  Winthrop,  both  for  his  integrity  and  sufficien- 
cy, as  being  one  very  well  fitted  for  the  place, 
with  a  full  consent  choose  him  governor  for  the 
ensuing  year,  to  begin  this  day  ;  who  is  pleased  to 
accept  thereof ;  with  the  like  full  consent  choose 
Mr.  Humphrey  deputy  governor,  and  for  assistants 
sir  R.  Saltonstali,  Mr.  Johnson,  Dudley,  Endicot, 
Nowel,  W.  Vassal,  Pinchon,  Samuel  Sharp,  Ed- 
ward Rossiter,  Thomas  Sharp,  John  Revell,  Cra- 
dock,  Goff,  Aldersey,  Venn,  Wright,  Eaton,  Adams. 
Mr.  Harward  still  treasurer,  Mcr  [and  by  the  same 
kind  of  writing  I  suppose  Mr.  Burgess  secretary.] 

November  20.  Friday,  at  a  Court  of  Assistants 
of  the  Massachusetts  Company  in  London,  Mr. 
Cradock  informing  of  1200/.  still  owing  for  mari- 
ners' wages  and  freight  on  the  ships  Talbot,  May- 
flower, and  Four  Sisters,  order  it  to  be  paid  before 
other  debts.  Mcr  [By  which  it  seems  that  all 
those  ships  are  now  returned  to  England.] 

November  25.  Wednesday,  at  a  General  Court 
of  the  Massachusetts  Company  at  London,  read  a 
letter  of  September  5,  from  governor  Endicot  and 
others  in  New  England.  Mr.  White  moving  that 
the  business  may  be  proceeded  in  with  the  first  in- 
tention, which  was  chiefly  the  glory  of  God ;  and 
to  this  purpose  that  their  meeting  may  be  sanctified 
by  the  prayers  of  some  faithful  ministers  resident 
in  London,  whose  advice  would  be  likewise  requi- 
site on  many  occasions ;  the  court  admits  into  the 
freedom  of  this  Company,  Mr.  John  Archer  and 
Mr.  Philip  Nye,  ministers  in  London,  who  being 
present,  kindly  accept  thereof.  Mr.  White  also 
recommends  to  them  Mr.  Nathaniel  Ward  of  Stan- 
don.  Mcr, 


268 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1630.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

December  1.  The  General  Court  of  the  Mas- 
sachusetts Company  in  London,  choose  ten  under- 
takers ;  who  with  much  entreaty  accept  the  charge 
of  the  sole  management  of  the  joint  stock  for  seven 
years;  Mr.  Aldersey  to  be  their  treasurer,  and 
order  them  to  provide  a  sufficient  number  of  ships 
of  good  force  for  transporting  passengers,  at  5/.  a 
person,  and  goods  at  4Z.  a  ton,  to  be  ready  to  sail 
from  London  by  the  first  of  March  ;  that  sucking 
children  shall  not  be  reckoned,  those  under  four 
years  old  three  for  one  person  ;  under  eight,  two 
for  one  ;  under  twelve,  three  for  two  ;  that  a  ship  of 
200  tons  shall  not  carry  above  120  passengers  com- 
plete, and  others  in  like  proportion  ;  that  for  goods 
homeward  the  freight  shall  be  for  fur  3/.  a  ton, 
for  other  commodities,  40s.  a  ton,  for  assurance,  5Z. 
per  cent ;  that  the  undertakers  furnish  the  planta- 
tion with  all  commodities  they  send  for,  at  twenty- 
five  per  cent  above  all  charges  ;  but  the  planters 
are  free  to  dispose  their  half  part  of  the  fur,  and 
to  fetch  or  send  for  any  commodities  as  they 
please,  so  as  they  trade  not  with  interlopers.  Mcr 

This  year  the  inhabitants  on  Piscataqua  river 
enter  into  a  combination  for  the  erecting  a  govern- 
ment among  themselves.  Msl  * 

January  13,  1630.  The  Council  for  New  Eng- 
land, in  consideration  that  William  Bradford  and 
his  associates  have  for  these  nine  years  lived  in 
New  England,  and  have  there  planted  a  town 
called  New  Plymouth  at  their  own  charges,  and 
now  seeing  by  the  special  providence  of  God  and 
their  extraordinary  care  and  industry  they  have 
increased  their  plantations  to  near  300  people,  and 
are  on  all  occasions  able  to  relieve  any  new  plan- 

*  So  says  the  Msl,  but  being-  uncertain  from  what  authority,  I  therefore 
rather  adhere  to  their  combination  in  1640, 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


269 


1630.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

ters  or  others  of  his  majesty's  subjects  who  may 
fall  on  that  coast,  therefore  seal  a  patent  to  the 
said  William  Bradford,  his  heirs,  associates  and 
assigns  of  all  that  part  of  New  England  between 
Cohasset  rivulet  towards  the  north,  and  Narragan- 
sett  river  towards  the  south,  the  western  ocean 
towards  the  east,  and  between  a  straight  line  di- 
rectly extending  up  into  the  main  land  towards  the 
west  from  the  mouth  of  Narragansett  river  to 
the  utmost  bounds  of  a  country  in  New  England 
called  Pacanokit  alias  Sawamset  westward,  and 
another  like  straight  line  extending  directly  from 
the  mouth  of  Cohasset  river  towards  the  west,  so 
far  into  the  main  land  westward  as  the  utmost 
limits  of  the  said  Pacanokit  or  Sawamset  extend, 
as  also  all  that  part  of  New  England  between  the 
utmost  limits  of  Capersecont  or  Comascecont  which 
adjoineth  to  the  river  Kennebeck,  and  the  Falls  of 
Negumke,  with  the  said  river  itself  and  the  space 
of  fifteen  miles  on  each  side  between  the  bounds 
abovesaid,  with  all  prerogatives,  rights,  royalties, 
jurisdictions,  privileges,  franchises,  liberties  and 
immunities,  and  also  marine  liberties,  with  the  es- 
cheats and  casualties  thereof,  (the  admiralty  juris- 
diction excepted)  with  all  the  interest,  right,  &c. 
which  the  said  Council  have  or  ought  to  have 
thereto,  with  liberty  to  trade  with  the  natives  and 
fish  on  the  seas  adjoining ;  and  it  shall  be  lawful 
for  them  to  incorporate  themselves,  or  the  people 
there  inhabiting,  by  some  fit  name  or  title,  with 
liberty  to  them  and  their  successors  to  make  orders, 
ordinances  and  constitutions,  not  contrary  to  the 
laws  of  England  for  their  better  government,  and 
put  the  same  in  execution  by  such  officers  as  he 
and  they  shall  authorise  and  depute  ;  and  for  their 
safety  and  defence,  to  encounter  by  force  of  arms 


270  NEW    ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 

IWIO.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

by  all  means  by  land  and  sea,  seize  and  make 
prize  of  all  who  attempt  to  inhabit  or  trade  with 
the  savages  within  the  limits  of  their  plantations,  or 
attempt  invasion,  detriment  or  annoyance  to  their 
said  plantations,  &c:.  be  * 

February  10.  Wednesday,  at  a  General  Court 
of  the  Massachusetts  Company  at  London,  foras- 
much as  the  furtherance  of  the  plantation  will  re- 
quire a  great  and  continual  charge  that  cannot  be 
defrayed  out  of  the  joint  stock,  which  is  ordered 
for  the  maintenance  of  trade,  it  is  propounded 
that  another  common  stock  be  raised  from  such  as 
bear  good  affection  to  the  Colony  and  the  propaga- 
tion thereof,  to  be  employed  in  defrayment  of  public 
charges,  as  maintaining  ministers,  transporting  poor 
families,  building  churches  and  fortifications,  and 
all  other  public  and  necessary  occasions  of  the 
Colony;  ordered  that  200  acres  of  land  be  allotted 
for  every  fifty  pounds,  and  so  proportionably  for 
what  sums  shall  come  in  for  this  purpose;  and  Mr. 
Harwood  chosen  treasurer  for  this  account.  Mr. 
Roger  Ludlow  now  also  chosen  and  sw7orn  assist- 
ant in  the  room  of  Mr.  S.  Sharp,  who  by  reason 
of  absence  had  not  taken  the  oath.  Mcr  f 

February  e.  Here  is  [i.  e.  in  England]  a  fleet 
of  fourteen  sail  furnished  with  men,  women,  chil- 
dren, all  necessaries,  men  of  handicrafts,  and 
others  of  good  condition,  wealth  and  quality,  to 
make  a  firm  plantation  in  New  England,  between 
forty-tw^o  and  forty-eight  north  latitude  ;  but  stay 

*  Mr.  Hubbard  says  that  in  1629,  [i.  e.  according  to  the  odd  account,  but 
in  the  Julian  year,  1630,]  the  Plymouth  people  obtain  another  patent  by  the 
earl  of  Warwick  and  sir  F.  Gorges'  act,  and  a  grant  from  the  king  for  the  con- 
firmation thereof,  to  make  them  a  corporation  in  as  ample  manner  as  the  Mas- 
sachusetts. H  Now  this  is  the  patent,  but  the  king's  giant  miscarries. 
Deputy  governor  Dudley  also  mistakes  in  thinking  the  Plymouth  people  had 
obtained  successive  patents  from  king  James  and  Charles,  their  patents  being 
only  from  the  Council  for  New  England  as  before. 

t  This  is  their  last  General  Court  in  England.  Mar 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


27 1 


1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— Fi  ance,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

at  Southampton  and  thereabouts  till  May,  to  take 
260  kine,  with  other  live  cattle,  &c.  Hs  * 

The  latter  end  of  1629,t  a  congregational  church 
Msl  is  by  a  pious  people  crc  gathered  Msl  in  the 
new  hospital  at  Plymouth  in  England,  when  they 
keep  a  day  of  solemn  prayer  and  fasting  ;  that 
worthy  man  of  God,  the  reverend  Mr.  White  of 
Dorchester  being  present  preaches  in  the  fore  part 
of  the  day,  and  in  the  after  part  the  people  solemn- 
ly choose  and  call  those  godly  ministers  the  rever- 
end Mr.  John  Warham,  a  famous  preacher  at 
Exeter,  and  the  reverend  Mr.  John  Maverick,  a 
minister  who  lived  forty  miles  from  Exeter,  to  be 
their  officers,  who  expressing  their  acceptance,  crc 
are  at  the  same  time  ordained  their  ministers. 
Msl  % 

This  winter  die  in  the  Massachusetts  Colony 
above  eighty  English;  dd  and  among  the  rest,  Mr. 
Houghton  a  ruling  elder  of  the  church  of  Salem ; 
but  Mr.  Samuel  Sharp  chosen  ruling  elder  there, 
serves  in  the  office  till  about  1657,  8.  Msl  ^ 

March  8.  Mr.  Sherley  at  London,  writes  to 
governor  Bradford,  &c.  6  Those  who  came  in 
May,  and  these  now  sent,  must  some  while  be 

*  Deputy-governor  Dudley  says,  that  one  ship  sailed  in  Febiuary,  [which  I 
suppose  is  Mr.  William  Pierce  from  Bristol]  that  another  sailed  in  March, 
[which  I  conclude  is  captain  Squeb  from  Plymouth,]  that  four  sailed  in  April, 
eight  in  May,  one  in  June,  and  one  in  August,  besides  another  set  out  by  a 
private  merchant ;  seventeen  in  all.  dd  The  fourteen  former  seem  to  be 
meant  by  Howes. 

t  The  latter  end  of  1629,  according  to  the  odd  way  of  reckoning,  is  the  be- 
ginning of  1630  in  the  Julian  year  ;  and  by  captain  Clap's  account,  this  trans- 
action seems  but  just  befoie  their  New  England  voyage,  and  preparatory 
to  it. 

crc.  Captain  Roger  Clap's  memoirs  in  manuscript. 

i  These  had  also  been  ordained  ministers  by  bishops  in  the  church  of  Eng- 
land, and  they  are  now  only  separated  to  the  special  care  of  this  people. 

§  He  was  a  person  of  note  in  the  first  settlement,  Msl  and  I  conclude  is  the 
same  who  was  chosen  assistant,  April  30,  and  October  20,  1629.  But  whe- 
ther chosen  ruling  elder  at  the  same  time  with  Mr.  Houghton,  or  after  his 
decease,  seems  uncertain. 


272 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

chargeable  both  to  you  and  us.'  This  is  another 
company  of  our  Leyden  friends,  who  are  shipped 
in  the  beginning  of  March,  and  arrive  [in  New 
England]  the  latter  end  of  May  ;  and  the  charge 
of  this  last  company  comes  to  above  550/. ;  i.  e.  of 
transporting  them  from  Holland  to  England,  their 
lying  there,  with  clothing  and  passage  hither,  be- 
sides the  fetching  them  from  Salem  and  the  Bay, 
where  they  and  their  goods  are  landed,  all  which 
the  New  Plymouth  undertakers  pay  gratis,  besides 
the  providing  them  housing,  preparing  them  ground, 
and  maintaining  them  with  food  for  sixteen  or 
eighteen  months,  before  they  have  a  harvest  of  their 
own,  which  comes  to  near  as  much  more  ;  a  rare 
example  of  brotherly  love  and  christian  care  in 
performing  their  promises  to  their  brethren,  even 
beyond  their  power.  B 

March  18.  At  a  meeting  of  the  Massachusetts 
Assistants  at  Southampton,  present  the  governor, 
sir  R.  Saltonstall,  Mr.  Johnson,  Dudley,  Humfrey, 
Nowell,  Pinchon,  Goff,  they  choose  sir  Brian  Jan- 
son,  William  Coddington  and  Simon  Bradstreet, 
gentlemen,  to  be  assistants  in  the  room  of  Mr.  Ea- 
ton and  Goff  of  London,  and  Mr.  Wright,  all 
merchants,  and  sir  Brian  is  accordingly  sworn  this 
day.  Mcr  * 

March  19.  Mr.  Sherley  [at  Bristol]  writes  to 
governor  Bradford,  &c.  '  That  Mr.  Allerton  got 
granted  from  the  earl  of  Warwick  and  sir  F.  Gor- 
ges, all  that  Mr.  Winslow  desired  in  his  letters,  and 
more  ;  then  sued  to  the  king  to  confirm  their  grant 
and  make  you  a  corporation,  and  so  enable  you  to 
make  and  execute  laws  in  such  ample  manner  as 
the  Massachusetts ;  which  the  king  granted,  refer- 


Mr.  Hubbard  is  mistaken  in  supposing  these  not  chosen  till  March  23. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


273 


1630.   King-  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

ring  the  lord  keeper  to  order  the  solicitor  to  draw 
it  up,  the  lord  keeper  furthered  it  all  he  could  and 
so  the  solicitor ;  but  as  Festus  said  to  Paul,  with 
no  small  sum  I  obtained  this  freedom,  many  riddles 
must  be  resolved,  and  many  locks  must  be  opened 
with  the  silver,  nay  the  golden  key ;  for  when  it 
came  to  the  lord  treasurer  for  his  warrant  to  free 
the  custom  for  seven  years  inward  and  twenty-one 
outward,  he  refused,  but  referred  it  to  the  council 
table  ;  and  there  Mr.  Allerton  attended  day  by  day 
when  they  sat,  but  could  not  get  his  petition  read ; 
and  because  of  Mr.  Pierce's  staying  at  Bristol  with 
all  the  passengers,  he  was  forced  to  leave  the  pro- 
secution of  it  to  a  solicitor  ;  but  it  will  be  needful 
he  should  return  by  the  first  ship  from  New  Eng- 
land.' N.  B.  The  clause  about  the  customs  was 
not  thought  of  by  the  colony,  nor  much  regarded, 
but  unhappily  put  in  by  Mr.  Allerton  and  Sherley's 
device,*  or  the  charter  without  all  question  had 
been  then  finished,  having  passed  the  king's  hand, 
but  by  that  moans  this  opportunity  being  lost,  it  was 
never  accomplished,  but  above  500/.  vainly  and 
lavishly  cast  away  about  it.  B 

March  19.  Mr.  Sherley  and  Hatherly  at  Bris- 
tol, write  to  the  Plymouth  undertakers  :  '  That 
they  too  with  Mr.  Andrews  and  Beachamp  of 
London,  have  taken  a  patent  for  Penobscot,  to 
carry  on  a  trade  with  the  natives  there  ;  that  they 
employed  Mr.  Edward  Ashley  a  young  man  to 
manage  it,  and  furnished  him  with  large  provisions  : 
that  Mr.  William  Pierce  is  joined  with  them,  be- 
cause of  landing  Ashley  and  his  goods  there,  and 
will  bend  his  course  accordingly,  with  four  or 

*  I  suppose  they  took  the  hint  from  the  like  advantage  given  in  the  Massa- 
chusetts Colony  Charter. 

35 


274 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOG\. 


1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV  . 

five  stout  fellows,  one  of  them  a  carpenter,  with  a 
new  boat  and  boards  to  make  another ;  and  moving 
us  to  join  them.  B 

Mr.  Allerton  accordingly  returns  (this  spring) 
to  New  England  and  as  soon  as  Ashley  lands  at 
Penobscot,  about  eighty  leagues  (northeast)  of 
Plymouth,  Ashley  writes,  and  after  comes  to  be 
supplied  with  wampampeag  and  corn  against  win- 
ter ;  so  with  much  regret  we  join  and  give  them 
"supplies  to  our  great  prejudice  ;  but  with  Ashley  we 
consort  Thomas  Willet,  a  discreet,  honest  young 
man,  come  from  Leyden,  in  whom  we  can  confide. 
B* 

March  20.  The  reverend  Mr.  Warham  and 
Maverick  with  many  godly  families  and  people 
under  their  care  crc  from  Devonshire,  Dorsetshire 
and  Somersetshire,  msl  with  Mr.  Rossiter  and  Lud- 
low, two  assistants  of  the  Massachusetts  Company 
crc  H  and  Mr.  Roger  Clap,  aged  twenty-one, 
[afterwards  captain  of  the  castle  in  Boston  Har- 
bour] this  day  sail  from  Plymouth  in  England  crc 
in  the  Mary  and  John,  H  a  ship  of  four  hundred 
tons,  one  Squeb  master,  for  the  Massachusetts,  crc 

March  23.  Mr.  Coddington  Bradstreet  and  T. 
Sharp,  formerly  chosen  assistants  of  the  Massachu- 
setts Colony,  now  take  their  oath  [at  Southampton.] 
And  this  day  at  a  court  of  assistants  on  board  the 
Arbella,  present,  governor  Winthrop,  sir  R.  Sal- 
tonstall,  Mr.  Johnson,  Dudley,  Coddington,  T. 
Sharp,  VV.  Vassall,  and  Bradstreet  ;  Mr.  Hum- 
frey  being  to  stay  behind,  is  discharged  of  his  depu- 

*  Deputy-governor  Dudley  telling  of  a  ship  that  sailed  from  England 
for  New  England  in  February  1629,  '30  ;  it  seems  to  be  this  captain  William 
Pierce  with  Mr.  Allerton,  Ashley,  he.  But  governor  Bradford  beginning  1630 
on  the  twenty-fifth  of  March,  draws  all  this  account  of  the  charter,  Allerton, 
Ashley,  kc.  into  1629. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


275 


1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  [.—France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

tyship,  and  in  his  place  Mr.  Dudley  chosen  deputy 
governor.  Mcr* 

March  29.  Monday,  the  four  principal  ships, 
namely,  the  Arbella,  of  three  hundred  and  fifty 
tons,  twenty-eight  guns,  fifty-two  seamen,t  the 
Talbot,  the  Ambrose,  and  the  Jewel  now  riding  at 
Cowes,  and  ready  to  sail  ;  Mr.  Cradock  this  morn- 
ing being  aboard  the  Arbella,  advises  them  to  sail ; 
the  rest,  namely,  the  May  Flower,  the  Whale,  the 
William  and  Francis,  the  Tryal,  the  Charles,  the 
Success  and  the  Hopewell,  being  at  Hampton  not 
yet  ready,  and  takes  leave  of  his  friends  ;  at  ten 
they  weigh  H  [and  get  to  Yarmouth  in  the  isle  of 
Wight.] 

April  7.  Governor  Winthrop,  deputy  governor 
Dudley,  sir  R.  Saltonstall,  J.  Johnson,  W.  Cod- 
dington,  Charles  Fines,  esquires,  with  the  reverend 
Mr.  George  Phillips,  on  board  the  Arbella  at 
Yarmouth,  sign  an  humble  request  of  his  majesty's 
loyal  subjects  the  Governor  and  Company  late  gone 
for  New  England,  to  the  rest  of  their  brethren  in 
and  of  the  Church  of  England,  for  the  obtaining  of 
their  prayer,  and  the  removal  of  suspicions  and 
misconstructions  of  their  intentions.  Printed  in 
4to  London,  1630. 

This  is  commonly  said  to  be  drawn  up  by  that 
learned,  holy,  reverend  and  famous  Mr.  White  of 
Dorchester,  H  [and  having  signed  this  they  set  sail 
again  ;]  but  having  been  told  at  the  isle  of  Wight, 
that  ten  ships  at  Dunkirk  [which  then  belonged  to 
Spain]  with  brass  guns,  the  least  of  which  had 
thirty,  were  waiting  for  us,  we  on 

*  This  is  the  last  record  of  the  Massachusetts  Company  in  England. 

t  Johnson  says  this  was  the  Eagle,  now  named  Arbella  in  honor  of  the 
lady  Arbella,  wife  to  that  pious  gentleman  Isaac  Johnson,  esquire,  and  the 
Massachusetts  Colony  records  say  she  was  of  four  hundred  tons. 


276 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1600.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

April  10,  discover  several  sail  of  ships  bearing 
towards  us,  and  provide  to  fight  them,*  but  draw- 
ing nearer,  find  them  to  be  the  rest  of  our  fleet, 
with  whom  we  clear  the  channel  on  the  twelfth  of 
April  ;f  and  the  Arbella  being  admiral,  steer  our 
course  for  the  Massachusetts,  H  but  make  a  very 
troublesome  and  costly  voyage  ;  for  as  they  had 
been  wind  bound  long  in  England,  so  after  they 
had  set  sail,  are  hindered  with  cross  winds,  and  so 
scattered  with  mists  and  tempests  that  few  of  them 
arrive  together,  dd 

About  April  and  May  is  a  great  conspiracy  of 
the  Indians  in  all  parts  from  the  Narragansetts 
round  about  to  the  eastward,  to  cut  off  the  English, 
which  John  Sagamore  who  always  loved  us  revealed 
to  the  inhabitants  of  Charlestown  ;  their  design 
was  chiefly  laid  against  Plymouth,  not  regarding 
our  paucity  at  the  Massachusetts  ;  to  be  effected 
under  colour  of  having  some  sport  at  Plymouth, 
which  the  governor  refusing  them,  they  told  him,  if 
they  might  not  come  with  leave,  they  would  with- 
out ;  upon  this  he  sends  their  flat  bottomed  boat, 
which  is  all  they  have,  to  Salem,  for  shot  and  pow- 
der. At  this  time  the  people  of  Charlestown  agree 
to  make  a  small  fort  with  palisades  and  flankers 
on  the  top  of  the  town  hill,  which  is  performed  at 
the  direction  of  Mr.  Graves,  by  all  hands,  namely 
of  men,  women  and  children  who  labour  in  dig- 
ging and  building  till  the  work  is  done.  But  the 
people  at  Salem  shooting  off  their  great  guns  to 

*  Johnson  writes  but  of  four  men  of  war  of  Dunkirk  who  were  said  to  lie  in 
wait  for  their  sailing,  and  but  of  four  ships  that  now  appeared  to  pursue  them. 
But  as  Hubbatd  writes  of  ten  ships  at  Dunkirk,  so  by  his  account  there  seem 
to  be  seven  now  bearing  towards  them. 

t  It  seems  strange  that  deputy-goveruor  Dudley  should  not  only  be  wholly 
silent  in  this  article,  but  also  write  of  no  more  than  four  ships  sailing  in  April, 
and  of  the  next  eight  in  May,  but  in  Mr.  Johnson  and  Hubbard  we  have  tw© 
witnesses. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


277 


1630.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

clear  them,  the  report  so  terrifies  the  Indians  that 
they  disperse  and  run  away,  their  design  breaks 
up,  and  though  they  come  flattering  afterwards 
and  call  themselves  our  good  friends,  yet  this  plot 
obliges  us  to  be  in  continual  arms,  ctr* 

[May,  latter  end,]  the  Lion,  William  Pierce 
master,  arrives  in  Salem  harbour,  though  none  of 
the  fleet  expected.  Hf 

May  29,  Saturday,  prince  Charles  born  Hs  [after- 
wards king  Charles  II.] 

May  30.  [Lord's  day]  Mr.  Warham,  Maverick, 
Rossiter  and  Ludlow,  arrive  at  Nantasket,  captain 
Squeb  [I  suppose  on  Monday,  &c]  puts  them  and 
their  goods  on  shore  at  Nantasket  Point,  and  leaves 
them  to  shift  for  themselves.  But  getting  a  boat 
of  some  old  planters,  they  lade  her  with  goods,  and 
some  able  men  well  armed  go  up  to  Charlestown  ; 
where  we  find  some  wigwams,  some  few  English, 
and  one  house,  with  an  old  planter  who  can  speak 
Indian.  We  go  up  Charles  river  until  it  grows 
narrow  and  shallow,  there  with  much  labour  land 
our  goods,  the  bank  being  steep.  At  night  we  are 
told  of  three  hundred  Indians  hard  by,  but  our 
planter  going  and  desiring  them  not  to  come  near 
us,  they  comply.  Our  captain  is  Mr.  Southcot  a 
brave,  low  country  soldier,  but  we  not  above  ten  in 
number.  In  the  morning,  some  of  the  natives 
stand  at  a  distance  looking  at  us,  but  come  not 
near  until  they  had  been  a  while  in  view,  and  then 

*  This  account  is  nowhere  found  but  in  Charlestown  records  ;  and  though 
they  place  this  history  in  April  and  May  1629,  yet  inasmuch  as  Mr.  Graves 
comes  not  thither  till  July  1629,  I  therefore  place  it  in  the  April  and  May 
succeeding.  ^ 

1 1  place  his  arrival  at  this  time(l)  because  Mr.  Hubbard  says  he  arrived  in 
Salem  harbour  some  days  before  June  12.  (2)  Because  this  seems  to  be  the 
same  ship  mentioned  under  March  8  last,  which  governor  Bradford  says 
arrives  the  latter  end  of  May,  and  I  suppose  lie  had  now  landed  Ashley  at 
Penobscot. 


278 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1630.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IT 

one  of  them  holding  out  a  bass  towards  us,  we 
send  a  man  with  a  biscuit  and  change  them.  After 
which  they  supply  us  with  bass,  giving  a  bass  for  a 
biscuit,  and  are  very  friendly.  And  by  our  dili- 
gence we  get  up  a  shelter  to  save  our  goods.  But 
are  not  there  many  days  before  we  have  orders  to 
come  away  from  this  place,  which  is  after  called 
Watertown,  to  Matapan,  because  there  is  a  neck  fit 
to  keep  our  cattle  on  ;  so  we  remove  to  Matapan 
crc  begin  the  town,  name  it  Dorchester,  msl  and 
here  the  natives  are  also  kind  to  us.  crc* 

June  12.f  Saturday,  at  two  in  the  morning,  the 
Arbella,  admiral  of  the  New  England  fleet,  finding 
her  port  near,  shoots  off  two  pieces  of  ordnance ; 
and  descrying  the  Lion,  William  Pierce  master, 
.  who  had  arrived  there  some  days  before,  sends  the 
skiff  aboard,  stands  in  towards  the  harbor,  and 
some  shallops  coming,  by  their  help  she  passes 
through  the  narrow  strait  between  Baker's  Island 
and  another  little  island,  and  comes  to  an  anchor 
a  little  way  within  said  island.  Mr.  Pierce  comes 
presently  to  us,  but  returns  to  fetch  Mr.  Endicot, 
who  with  Mr.  Skelton  and  captain  Levit,  come 
aboard  us  about  two  o'clock.  And  with  them,  this 
afternoon,  the  governor  with  those  assistants  on 
board  the  Admiral,  and  some  other  gentlemen  and 
gentlewomen,  go  ashore  to  their  friends  at  Salem  ; 
many  of  the  other  people  also  landing  on  the  east- 
ern side   of  the  harbor,  regale  themselves  with 

*  By  this  means  Dorchester  becomes  the  first  settled  church  and  town  in  the 
county  of  Suffolk,  and  in  all  military  musters  or  civil  assemblies  where  dignity 
is  regarded,  used  to  have  the  precedency,  msl  and  by  this  it  appears  that  John- 
son and  others  are  mistaken,  who  place  the  beginning  of  Dorchester 
church  and  town  in  1631.  But  the  manuscript  letter  is  mistaken  in  suppos- 
ing that  this  people  removed  to  Matapan  in  the  beginning  of  June. 

t  Johnson  mistakes  in  saying  July  12,  instead  of  June  12,  and  several  manu- 
script letters  mistake  July  for  June. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


279 


1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

strawberries,  wherewith  the  woods  are  everywhere 
in  these  times  replenished.  H 

Next  morning,  Masconomo,  the  sagamore  or  lord 
proprietor  of  that  side  of  the  country  towards  Cape 
Ann,  with  one  of  his  men,  comes  on  board  the  ad- 
miral to  bid  him  welcome,  stays  all  day,  and  in  the 
afternoon  arrives  the  Jewel.  H 

June  14.  [Monday]  morning,  the  Admiral 
weighs,  is  warped  into  the  inner  harbor,  and  this 
afternoon  most  of  the  passengers  go  ashore.  H 
But  find  the  colony  in  an  unexpected  and  sad  con- 
dition ;  above  eighty  of  them  being  dead  the  win- 
ter before ;  many  of  those  alive  weak  and  sick,  all 
the  corn  among  them  hardly  sufficient  to  feed  them 
a  fortnight ;  so  that  the  remains  of  180  servants 
we  had  sent  over  the  two  years  before,  coming  to 
us  for  victuals,  we  find  ourselves  unable  to  feed 
them,  by  reason  that  those  we  trusted  to  ship  their 
provisions  sailed  and  left  them  behind  ;  whereupon 
necessity  forced  us  to  give  them  all  liberty  to  our 
extreme  loss,  who  had  cost  us  sixteen  or  twenty 
pounds  a  person,  furnishing  and  sending  over,  del 

June  17.  Thursday,  the  governor  with  the  chief 
of  the  gentlemen  travel  to  the  Massachusetts,  to 
find  out  a  place  for  settlement,  but  return  on  Satur- 
day, taking  Nantasket  in  their  way,  where  they  met 
the  Mary  and  John,  the  ship  that  sailed  from  the 
west  country,  and  brought  Mr.  Rossiter  and  Lud- 
lowT  with  other  passengers ;  who  missing  Salem, 
needed  the  help  of  the  governor  and  other  assist- 
ants, to  make  up  the  difference  between  the  master 
and  other  gentlemen,  which  was  composed  on  this 
occasion.  H 

The  Ambrose  arrives  at  Salem  before  the  go- 
vernor and  company  returned  from  the  Massachu- 
setts. H 


280 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.—F ranee,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

July  1.  Arrive  the  May  Flower  and  Whale  in 
the  harbor  of  Charlestown,  the  passengers  all  in 
health,  but  most  of  their  cattle  dead.  July  2, 
comes  in  the  Talbot,  which  had  been  sore  visited 
with  the  smallpox,  whereof  fourteen  died  at  sea. 
In  one  of  these  ships  came  Mr.  Henry  Winthrop, 
the  governor's  second  son,  a  sprightly  and  hopeful 
young  gentleman,  who  was  unhappily  drowned  in 
a  small  creek  on  July  2,  the  very  next  day  after  his 
landing,  to  the  no  small  grief  of  his  friends  and  the 
rest  of  the  company.  H 

July  3.  Arrive  the  William  and  Francis  ;  July 
5,  the  Tryal  and  the  Charles,  and  July  6,  the  Suc- 
cess. So  as  now  the  whole  fleet  being  safely  come 
to  port,  they  on 

July  8.  [Thursday]  keep  a  public  day  of 
Thanksgiving  through  all  their  plantations,  to 
praise  almighty  God  for  all  his  goodness  and  won- 
derful works  towards  them.  H 

[By  this  it  seems  as  if  the  Hopewell  also  were 
now  arrived  though  not  mentioned,  or  at  least  that 
she  arrived  before  July  11,  by  the  following  pas- 
sage in  Mr.  Hubbard.]  *  There  were  no  less  than 
ten  or  eleven  ships  employed  to  transport  the  go- 
vernor and  company  with  other  planters  at  this  time 
to  New  England  ;  some  of  them  ships  of  good 
burden,  that  carried  over  about  200  passengers  a 
piece  ;  who  all  by  the  good  providence  of  God 
arrive  at  their  desired  port  before  the  11th  of  July, 
1630.  H 

[By  the  ten  or  eleven  ships  Mr.  Hubbard  must 
mean  only  those  which  came  from  Southampton 
and  that  arrived  at  the  Massachusetts  before  July 
11,  and  if  the  Hopewell  was  not  then  arrived,  there 
were  ten,  but  if  she  was,  there  were  eleven.] 

These  ships  are  filled  with  passengers  of  all 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY.  281 


1630.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

occupations,  skilled  in  all  kinds  of  faculties  need- 
ful for  planting  a  new  colony.  Some  set  forth 
from  the  west  of  England,  but  the  greatest  num- 
ber came  from  about  London,  though  Southampton 
was  the  place  of  rendezvous  where  they  took  ship. 
The  three  largest  brought  over  the  patentees 
and  persons  of  greatest  quality,  with  governor 
Winthrop,  that  famous  pattern  of  piety,  wisdom, 
justice  and  liberality  ;  which  advanced  him  so  of- 
ten to  the  place  of  government  by  the  annual 
choice  of  the  people  ;  and  deputy-governor  Dud- 
ley, a  gentleman  who  by  reason  of  his  experience 
and  travels  abroad,  as  his  other  natural  and  ac- 
« quired  abilities,  qualified  him  next  above  others  for 
the  chief  place  of  government.  H 

With  these  in  the  same  fleet  there  came  several 
other  gentlemen  of  note  and  quality  ;  II  as  sir  R. 
Saltonstall,  Mr.  Ludlow,  Rossiter,  Nowel,  T. 
Sharp,  Pynchon,  S.  Bradstreet,  [whom  I  find  at 
the  first  court  in  Charlestown,  August  23,]  as  also 
Mr.  Johnson  and  Coddington  [whom  with  Mr.  En- 
dicot  I  find  at  the  second  court  there.  September 
7,]  Mcr  *  with  other  gentlemen  of  the  civil  order. 
As  also  some  eminent  and  noted  ministers,  as  Mr. 
[John]  Wilson,  who  had  formerly  been  a  minister 
of  one  of  the  parish  churches  in  Sudbury  in  the 
county  of  Suffolk  ;  Mr.  George  Phillips,  who  had 
been  minister  of  Bocksted  in  Essex  ;  with  [the 
aforesaid]  Mr.  John  Maverick  and  Mr.  [John]  War- 
ham,  who  had  been  ministers  in  the  west  country. 
H  These  were  they  who  first  came  to  set  up  Chris- 
tian churches  in  this  heathen  wilderness,  and  to 
lay  the  foundation  of  this  renowned  colony. 

*  Mr.  Hubbard  also  mentions  Mr.  W.  Vassal ;  but  though  one  of  the  pa- 
tentees and  assistants  this  year,  yet  neither  in  all  the  lists  of  the  courts  nor 
any  where  else  in  the  Massachusetts  Colony  Records,  can  I  find  his  name 
mentioned  after  their  departure  from  England. 

36 


SECTION  II 


Froni  the  beginning  of  the  settlement  of  the  Massachusetts  or  second  Colo- 
ny, to  the  settlement  of  the  seventh  and  last,  by  the  combination  of  forty-one 
persons  into  a  form  of  government,  on  Piscataqua  river,  October  22,  1640, 
afterwards  called  the  province  of  JNevv  Hampshire. 

Being  now  arrived  from  England  with  another  colony  of 
pious  people,  and  on  the  known  account  of  religion  only,  for 
the  information  of  the  present  age  as  well  as  posterity,  we 
must  here  observe,  they  were  of  a  denomination  somewhat 
different  in  those  early  times  from  them  of  Plymouth  ;  those 
of  Plymouth  being  then  called  Separatists ;  these  of  the 
Massachusetts,  with  the  following  colonies  issuing  from  them, 
Puritans.  The  former  having  about  twenty-eight  years  be- 
fore separated  from  the  Church  of  England  ;  as  what,  on  the 
account  of  the  impure  mixture  of  unscriptural  inventions  in 
religious  worship,  as  well  as  the  admission  of  the  scandalous 
to  the  sacraments  of  Baptism  and  the  Lord's  Supper,  with 
the  almost  entire  refusal  of  discipline,  they  could  not  there- 
fore in  conscience  join  with,  but  the  latter  were  till  now  pro- 
fessed members  of  the  Church  of  England. 

But  that  the  reader  may  more  clearly  see  the  difference 
then  between  them,  with  the  occasional  causes  of  their  trans- 
migrations, we  must  retrace  them  to  their  origin  in  England, 
and  take  a  summary  view  of  their  gradual  progress  to  this 
memorable  period.  And  though  I  might  spare  much  labor 
by  citing  only  out  of  Dr.  E.  Calamy,  Mr.  Pierce,  Bennet, 
Neal,  Sic. ;  yet  to  avoid  exception,  1  rather  chiefly  use  those 
noted  Church  of  England  writers,  Fox,  Cambden,  Fuller. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


283 


Burnet,  Strype  and  Eachard,  which  I  have  taken  no  small 
pains  in  searching  and  comparing. 

'On  June  9,  J 536,*  as  Fuller  says,  begins  the  first  Re- 
formed Convocation  of  the  clergy  in  England  ;  in  which  the 
lord  Cromwell  prime  secretary  sets  in  state  above  all  the 
bishops,  as  the  king's  vicar,  or  vicegerent-general  in  all 
spiritual  matters ;  and  bishop  Burnet  tells  us,  that  by  king 
Henry's  order  he  declares  it  was  the  king's  pleasure  that  the 
rites  and  ceremonies  of  the  church  should  be  reformed  by 
the  rules  of  Scripture,  and  that  nothing  was  to  be  maintained 
which  did  not  rest  upon  that  authority. 

Now  this  is  the  grand  principle  of  Puritanism  ;  upon  this, 
as  the  Scriptures  were  more  searched  and  known,  the  refor- 
mation gradually  went  on  to  the  death  of  king  Edward  VI. 
and  had  the  governors  of  the  church  adhered  strictly  to  this 
one  principle,  kept  close  to  the  Scriptures,  and  reformed  the 
worship  as  well  as  the  doctrine  by  them,  i.  e.  purged  out  of 
the  church  whatever  they  themselves  acknowledge  is  not 
prescribed  in  Scripture,  the  whole  church  had  then  been 
Puritan,  and  had  never  driven  such  multitudes  from  her  com- 
munion. 

Fuller  also  tells  us,  that  1  Mr.  John  Rogers  and  Mr.  John 
Hooper  were  the  heads  of  those  reformers  called-  Puritans.' 
Mr.  Eachard,  that  highflying  writer,  calls  Mr.  Rogers  1  a 
learned  man  and  prebendary  of  St.  Paul's  London.'  Bishop 
Burnet  calls  Mr.  Hooper  '  a  pious,  zealous  and  learned  man, 
first  bishop  of  Gloster,  and  then  of  Worcester.'  Fuller  says, 
'he  was  bred  at  Oxford,  well  skilled  in  Latin,  Greek  and 
Hebrew.'  And  king  Edward  in  his  letter  to  Cranmer  of 
August  5,  1550,  writes,  We  by  the  advice  of  our  council 
have  chosen  our  right  well  beloved  and  well  worthy  Mr.  John 
Hooper,  professor  of  divinity,  to  be  our  bishop  of  Glocester ; 
as  well  for  his  great  knowledge,  deep  judgment  and  long 
study,  both  in  the  Scriptures  and  profane  learning,  as  also  for 
his  good  discretion,  ready  utterance  and  honest  life  for  that 
kind  of  vocation. f  These  two  led  the  van  of  the  martyrs 
under  queen  Mary  I. ;  Mr.  Rogers  being  the  first  who  died  at 
the  stake,  and  Mr.  Hooper  the  first  bishop  burnt  in  her  reign, 
if  not  the  first  bishop  that  was  ever  burnt  in  the  world.  And 

*  Fuller's  printer  wrongly  places  this  indeed  under  1535,  but  Keeble  and 
Burnet  assure  us  it  was  in  1536. 

+  The  letter  is  entire  in  Fox  and  Fuller. 


284  NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


from  Fuller  and  Burnet  we  learn  that  in  1550,  under  the 
reign  of  Edward  VI.  we  must  begin  the  era  of  the  English 
Puritans,  and  not  in  1554,  among  the  exiles  at  Francfort  ; 
and  much  less  lower  down  in  queen  Elizabeth's  reign,  as 
Eachard  and  others  place  it,  who  seem  to  write  as  if  they  had 
not  a  very  exact  acquaintance  with  the  religious  history  of 
England. 

For  bishop  Burnet  tells  us, c  that  on  April  1,  1550,  Ridley 
was  made  bishop  of  London,  orders  altars  to  be  pulled  down 
and  turned  to  communion  tables ;  and  that  this  change  was 
universally  made  in  England  this  year ;  that  on  July  3  ensu- 
ing, king  Edward  appointed  Hooper  to  be  bishop  of  Gloces- 
ter,  who  refuses  on  these  two  accounts.  1.  The  last  six 
words  in  the  oath  of  supremacy,  so  help  me  God,  all  saints 
and  the  holy  Evangels ;  which  all  the  bishops  had  sworn  by 
before.  2.  The  popish  habits,  [such  as  Rochet,  Chimere, 
Square  Cap,  &c.  (Fox  and  Fuller,]  still  required  by  law. 
Upon  this  Hooper  is  cited  before  the  king  in  council,  who 
sees  so  much  of  the  reasonableness  of  his  objections,  that  (1) 
he  strikes  those  six  words  out  of  the  oath  with  his  own  hand. 
(2)  The  law  threatening  a  praemunire,  he  writes  a  warrant  to 
archbishop  Cranmer  to  consecrate  him  without  the  habits, 
that  Cranmer  was  willing  to  yield  ;  that  Cox  the  king's  pre- 
ceptor, writes  to  Bullinger,  4 1  think  all  things  in  the  church 
ought  to  be  pure  and  simple,  removed  at  the  greatest  distance 
from  the  pomps  and  elements  of  this  world  ;  but  in  this  our 
church  what  can  I  do  in  so  low  a  station  ?  That  the  famous 
professors  of  divinity,  Bucer  in  Cambridge,  and  Martyr  in 
Oxford  being  consulted,  express  their  dislike  of  the  habits, 
and  wish  them  removed  by  law,  though  till  then  advise  to  use 
them  ;  that  Ridley  was  very  earnest  Hooper  should  be  made 
a  bishop,  and  that  both  Ridley  and  Goodrick,  bishop  of  Ely 
wish  the  habits  abolished  ;  but  think  the  breaking  through  the 
law,  so  bad  a  precedent  and  may  have  such  ill  consequences, 
they  cannot  consent ;  that  Hooper  declaring  himself  for 
another  way  of  ordination  is  committed  to  the  Fleet  [prison,] 
January  27,  but  is  at  length  prevailed  upon  and  consecrated 
in  March  ensuing ;  upon  allowance  of  liberty  to  lay  by  the 
habits  on  common  occasions,  though  to  wear  them  when  he 
preached  in  public'  And  the  treatise  of  the  troubles  at 
Francfort,  printed  in  1575,  says,  this  was  to  the  common 
grief  of  all  godly  minds. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


285 


Burnet  also  says,  that  'In  1551  the  Common  Prayer  book 
was  a  second  time  revised  and  corrected  ;  and  in  1552,  au- 
thorised by  Parliament :  but  Pointer  and  Eachard,  that 
therein  was  neither  confession  nor  absolution  :  Dr.  Layton, 
that  it  thus  expressly  spake  concerning  the  ceremonies  ;  as 
for  kneeling,  the  sign  of  the  Cross,  the  lifting  up  of  the  hand, 
smiting  of  the  breast,  and  gestures  of  the  like  nature,  it  shall 
be  left  free  for  every  one  to  do  as  he  likes  :  and  Dr.  E. 
Calamy,  that  in  the  days  of  king  Edward  VI.  the  liturgy  was 
for  the  most  part  used,  and  what  was  matter  of  scruple  omit- 
ted, without  molestation  ;  nor  could  he  find  any  subscription 
required  to  the  book  of  Common  Prayer,  the  articles  to  reli- 
gion, or  any  thing  else. 

Thus  the  puritans  continued,  and  both  they  and  the  refor- 
mation grew  in  the  church  till  the  decease  of  king  Edward 
VI.  on  June  6,  1553  ;  by  which  time  archbishop  Cranmer, 
bishop  Ridley,  bishop  Latimer,  Dr.  Taylor,  Mr.  Philpot, 
Bradford,  and  other  glorious  martyrs,  as  Mr.  Neal  from  Fox 
and  Heylin  observes,  came  into  the  same  sentiments  with 
Hooper  about  the  popish  habits  ;  and  the  four  first  treated 
them  with  great  contempt  at  their  degradations.  Nor  were 
they  puritan  only  in  respect  to  the  popish  habits,  but  also  in 
removing  crosses,  copes,  and  altars,  as  well  as  images  and 
pictures  out  of  churches,  and  setting  communion  tables  in 
convenient  places.* 

But  queen  Mary  I.  succeeding  soon  reduced  the  church  to 
popery,  and  burnt  to  death  those  most  eminent  and  zealous 
reformers.  Then  Fox  and  Burnet  tell  us,  Ridley  in  prison 
wrote  to  Hooper,  '  That  he  was  entirely  knit  to  him,  though 
in  some  circumstances  of  religion,  they  had  formerly  jarred 
a  little.  It  was  Hooper's  wisdom  and  his  own  simplicity  that 
had  made  the  difference. '  And  Fox  informs  us,  4  that  when 
they  came  to  be  degraded,  they  were  forced  to  be  clothed 
with  the  popish  habits  in  order  to  be  stript,  as  a  token  of  their 
being  deprived  of  their  offices  ;  that  then  Ridley  did  vehe- 
mently inveigh  against  all  that  foolish  apparel,  calling  the 
apparel  foolish  and  abominable,  yea  too  fond  for  a  vice  in  a 
play  ;  that  when  they  were  put  on  Taylor,  he  walked  up 
and  down  and  said  to  Bonner,  "How  say  you  my  lord,  am 
not  I  a  goodly  fool  ? — If  I  were  in  Cheap  [Side]  should  I 


See  Stow  and  Burnet. 


286 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


not  have  boys  enough  to  laugh  at  these  apish  toys  and  toying 
trumpery  ?"  That  Cranmer  said,  at  his  clothing  and  strip- 
ping, "  All  this  needed  not ;  I  had  myself  done  with  this  gear 
long  ago."  '  And  Neal,  from  Fox  in  Latin,  which  I  have  not 
seen,  says,  1  That  Latimer  at  his  degradation  also  derided 
the  garments,  for  when  they  pulled  off  his  surplice,  "  Now," 
says  he,  "  I  can  make  no  more  holy  water."  ' 

And  then  the  Treatise  of  the  Troubles  at  Francfort  tells 
us,  '  That  Mr.  William  Whittingham  and  other  [famous  puri- 
tans] with  their  company  flying  the  kingdom,  they  on  June 
27,  1554,  enter  Francfort  in  Germany,  being  the  first  Eug- 
lishmen  that  there  arrived  to  remain.  July  8,  they  applied 
to  the  magistrates  for  a  church  wherein  they  might  have 
God's  word  truly  preached  and  the  sacraments  sincerely, 
(that  is,  purely,)  ministered  in  their  natural  tongue.  July 
14,  they  obtained  their  request,  and  then  (forming  themselves 
into  an  Independent  Church)  consult  what  order  of  service 
to  use  ;  and  the  English  order  being  perused,  they  by  gene- 
ral consent  conclude,  that  the  answering  aloud  after  the  min- 
ister should  not  be  used,  that  the  litany,  surplice,  and  many 
other  things  be  omitted,  that  in  the  sacraments  also,  sundry 
things  be  omitted,  as  superstitious  and  superfluous.  And 
having  chosen  their  ministers  and  deacons,  they  enter  their 
church  on  (Lord's  Day)  July  29  ;  and  thus  continue,  till 
(Wednesday)  March  13  following,  when  Dr.  Cox  and  others 
with  him  come  to  Francfort  out  of  England,  and  begin  to 
break  their  order.  On  the  Lord's  Day  following,  one  of  his 
company  without  the  consent  and  knowledge  of  the  congre- 
gation, getting  up  suddenly  into  the  pulpit  reads  the  litany, 
and  Dr.  Cox  with  his  company  answer  aloud  after  the  min- 
ister, contrary  to  the  church's  determination  ;  and  being 
admonished  by  the  seniors  of  the  congregation,  he  with  the 
rest  who  came  with  him  answer,  they  would  do  as  they  had 
done  in  England,  he.  tf 

Upon  this,  there  rises  a  grievous  controversy  about  the 
ceremonies,  which  broke  the  church  to  pieces,  and  drove 
many  of  the  puritans,  namely,  Fox  (the  Martyrologist)  with 
some  to  Basil,  and  Knox  (the  famous  Scotch  reformer)  with 
Mr.  Christopher  Goodman,  Whittingham,  and  others  to  Ge- 
neva ;  where  they  form  two  other  churches.    In  the  mean- 


tf  Treatise  of  the  Troubles  at  Francfort. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY.  287 


while,  Cox  with  those  who  are  for  the  Common  Prayer  and 
ceremonies,  staying  at  Francfort,  form  a  second  (Independ- 
ent) church,  and  choose  Mr.  David  Whithead,  bishop  or 
superintendent;  to  whom  at  length  they  agree  to  give  the 
title  of  pastor,  with  two  ministers,  four  seniors  or  elders  and 
two  deacons  ;  the  pastor  to  preside  in  preaching,  ministering 
the  sacraments,  example  of  good  life,  in  exhorting,  admonish- 
ing, rebuking,  and  as  the  chief  mouth  of  the  church  to  declare 
all  orders  taken  by  him  and  the  elders  ;  the  two  ministers  to 
assist  the  pastor  in  preaching  and  administering  the  sacra- 
ments ;  the  elders  to  assist  the  pastor  in  oversight  and  disci- 
pline ;  and  the  deacons  to  care  for  the  poor,  visit  the  sick, 
and  if  required  to  assist  in  catechising,  tf 

Other  exiles  out  of  England,  set  up  another  (Independent) 
Church  at  Embden  in  East  Friesland,  whereof  bishop  Scory 
was  the  superintendent.  Ful  Oihers  form  another  (Inde- 
pendent) Church  at  Wesel  in  Westphalia,  to  which  bishop 
Coverdale  preaches.  But  he  being  called  away,  they  re- 
move to  Arrow  in  Switzerland,  under  the  conduct  of  Mr. 
Thomas  Leaver.*  Others  settle  at  Zurich,  Strasburgh, 
Worms,  Manheim,  and  Doesburgh.  tf  But  whether  at  all 
these  places  in  a  church  state  seems  uncertain. 

But  I  must  now  surprise  the  reader  with  some  observa- 
tion of  matter  of  fact  which  have  been  overlooked  by  our 
historians  both  conformists  and  nonconformists ;  and  which 
have  opened  clearly  to  me  upon  my  nicely  examining  the 
aforesaid  authors  and  comparing  them  together. 

For  in  the  Francfort  tract  1  find,  1  That  on  further  con- 
sultation, even  the  second  church  there,  under  the  conduct 
of  Mr.  Whithead,  A.  Novvel,  and  others,  in  a  little  while  be- 
came also  puritan,  agreed  on  a  pure  scheme  of  discipline  ; 
and  though  they  kept  the  form  and  order  of  ministration  of 
the  sacraments  and  Common  Prayer  as  set  forth  in  king 
Edward's  last  book,  yet  they  left  out  certain  rites  and  cere- 
monies in  it.  That  towards  the  end  of  queen  Mary's  reign, 
the  grudge  between  these  and  those  of  the  first  church  who 
removed  to  Geneva,  seemed  to  be  almost  quite  forgotten. 
That  both  before  and  after  queen  Elizabeth's  accession, 
mutual  letters  of  Christian  love  passed  between  them.  That 
in  one  before,  those  of  the  said  second  church  promised  to 

*  I  call  them  all  Independent  Churches  ;  for  though  their  historians  give 
them  not  this  title,  yet  they  were  plainly  such  in  reality. 


288 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


forget  all  displeasures  before  conceived  ;  and  in  another,  of 
January  3,  1558,  9,  six  weeks  after  her  accession,  they  pro- 
ceed to  say,  We  trust  that  true  religion  shall  be  restored, 
and  that  we  shall  not  be  burthened  with  unprofitable  ceremo- 
nies. And  if  any  shall  be  obtruded  that  shall  be  offensive, 
at  our  meeting  with  you,  (that  is,  you  of  Geneva)  in  England, 
which  we  trust  will  be  shortly,  we  will  brotherly  join  with 
you  to  be  suitors  for  the  reformation  and  abolishing  of  the 
same.'  tf  And  by  comparing  this  Tract  with  Strype,  I  find 
that  soon  returning  to  England,  they  were  as  good  as  their 
word. 

For  Strype  informs  us,  that  queen  Elizabetl  ascending 
the  throne  on  November  17,  1558,  her  first  Parliament  meets 
on  January  23,  1  558,  9,  her  first  convocation  of  the  clergy 
on  the  next  day,  and  they  both  hold  to  May  following  ;  that 
the  convocation  being  entirely  papists,  vote  for  transubstan- 
tiation,  the  sacrifice  of  the  mass,  with  the  pope's  supremacy  ; 
and  yet  the  Parliament  passed  the  acts  of  the  queen's  supre- 
macy and  of  uniformity,  which  last  restored  king  Edward's 
liturgy  with  some  alterations,  before  one  protestant  was  made 
a  bishop,  and  while  all  the  bishops  in  Parliament  were  Ro- 
man Catholics.    That  in  May  1559,  all  the  bishops  except 
Kitchin  of  LandafF,  refusing  the  oath  of  supremacy,  are  in 
a  short  time  after  expelled  their  bishoprics.    And  that  the 
act  of  uniformity  taking  place  on  June  24,  the  queen's  com- 
missioners soon  after  visited  the  kingdom  to  administer  the 
oath  and  see  the  order  for  uniformity  observed  ;  when  seve- 
ral of  the  popish  clergy  refusing,  were  deprived,  and  so 
made  way  for  protestants  to  take  their  places.    Then,  Neal 
informs  us,  that  those  famous  puritans,  Mr.  Whithead  was 
offered  the  archbishopric  of  Canterbury  ;  bishop  Coverdale 
to  be  restored,  and  Mr.  Knox,  Sampson,  and  others  were 
offered  bishoprics ;  but  refused  on  the  account  of  the  popish 
habits  and  ceremonies.    And  Strype, — that  on  December 
17,  was  Matthew  Parker,  queen  Elizabeth's  first  protestant 
bishop,  consecrated  ;  and  that  by  April  19,  1562,  were  con- 
secrated twenty-two  bishops  more  ;  of  which  says  Neal,  that 
Grindal,  Parkhurst,  Sandys,  Pilkington,  and  others,  accepted 
their  bishoprics  with  trembling,  in  hopes  to  obtain  an  amend- 
ment in  the  constitution  ;  and  from  Burnet,  Pierce,  and 
Strype,*  that  both  archbishop  Parker,  with  the  bishops, 

*  See  Burnet,  Vol.  Ill,  and  Strype,  Vol.  I,  under  1559  and  1560. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


289 


Horn,  Jewel,  Grindal,  Pilkington,  Guest,  and  Sandys,  were 
at  first  against  the  habits,  and  cites  their  writings.  And 
Strype  expressly  says,  *  The  first  bishops  made  by  queen 
Elizabeth,  as  Cox,  Grindal,  Horn,  Sandys,  Jewel,  Parkhurst, 
Bentham,  upon  their  return  labored  all  they  could  against 
receiving  into  the  church  the  papistical  habits,  and  that  all 
the  ceremonies  should  be  clean  laid  aside,  but  they  could  not 
obtain  it  from  the  queen  and  Parliament.' 

Strype  also  says,  that  on  January  12,  15G2,  3,  queen 
Elizabeth's  first  protectant  convocation  met,*  which  agreed 
on  the  thirty-nine  articles  ;  but  the  beginning  of  the  twen- 
tieth article  being  this,  that 4  the  church  hath  power  to  decree 
rites  and  ceremonies,  and  authority  in  controversies  of  faith,' 
Fuller  tells  us  that  both  the  English  and  Latin  articles  set 
forth  in  1571,  when  they  were  first  ratified  by  act  of  Parlia- 
ment, in  archbishop  Parker's  time,  are  without  this  passage  ; 
and  this  published  book  being  just  before  the  act  confirming 
it,  must  be  the  book  confirmed,  and  not  the  private  manu- 
script attested  only  by  a  public  notary. f  He  also  says  this 
passage  appears  in  the  editions  of  1593  in  Whitgiffs  time,  of 
1605,  in  Bancroft's  time,  and  of  1612  in  the  beginning  of 
Abbot's  time  ;  though  Dr.  Mocket,  chaplain  to  archbishop 
Abbot,  left  it  out  of  his  Latin  translation  of  1617.  And 
Fuller  leaves  the  matter  undecided.  Yet  Strype  says,  the 
clause  appears  in  two  copies  printed  in  1563  ;  but  these 
were  in  Latin,  and  there  is  nothing  of  it  in  the  original  manu- 
script itself  subscribed  by  the  convocation,  and  now  in  Ben- 
net  College  library  ;  by  which  he  seems  to  decide  the  matter 
and  make  it  a  forgery. 

Having  finished  the  articles  of  faith,  Strype  says  the  con- 
vocation proceeded  to  the  reformation  of  ceremonies  in  the 
public  liturgy.  That  bishop  Sandys  advised,  1  That  private 
baptism  may  be  taken  out  of  the  Common  Prayer,  which  has 
respect  to  women,  who  by  the  word  of  God  cannot  be  minis- 
ters of  the  sacraments.  2  That  the  collect  for  crossing  the 
infant  at  baptism  may  be  blotted  out,  as  needless  and  very 

*  In  Burnet  and  Strype  we  find  that  Mr.  Alexander  Nowell,  that  famous 
puritan,  and  dean  of  St.  Paul's,  London,  was  chosen  and  approved  prolocutor 
of  the  Lower  House.    But  Burnet  mistakes  January  13,  for  January  12. 

t  And  yet  the  act  of  Parliament  confirms  not  all  the  articles,  but  those 
which  only  concern  the  confession  of  the  true  Christian  faith  and  the  doctrine 
of  the  sacraments,  the  very  words  of  the  act  in  Keeble. 


37 


290 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


superstitious.  And  that  thirty-three*  of  the  Lower  House 
signed  a  request,  1  That  playing  with  organs  may  be  remov- 
ed. 2  That  none  but  ministers  may  be  allowed  to  baptise, 
and  may  leave  off  the  sign  of  the  cross  in  baptism.  3  That 
kneeling  at  the  communion  may  be  left  indifferent  to  the 
discretion  of  the  ordinary.  4  That  the  use  of  copes  and 
surplices  may  be  taken  away,  and  that  ministers  use  a  come- 
ly side  garment,  as  they  commonly  do  in  preaching.  5  That 
ministers  be  not  compelled  to  wear  such  gowns  and  caps  as 
the  enemies  of  Christ's  gospel  have  chosen  to  be  the  special 
array  of  their  priesthood.  6  That  in  the  thirty-third  article, f 
the  clause  about  traditions  and  ceremonies  may  be  left  out ; 
and  7  That  all  saints'  holy  days,  as  tending  to  superstition, 
be  clearly  abrogated.    And  to  these  subscribed 

Deans. 

1  Dodds,  Gregory,  dean  of  Exeter. 

2  Ellis  or  Ellys,  John,  dean  of  Hereford. 

f    3  Nowel,  Alexander,  dean  of  Si.  Paul's  London,  pro- 
locutor. 

f     4  Nowel,  Lawrence,  dean  of  Litchfield. 

5  Sampson,  Thomas,  dean  of  Christ's  church,  Oxford. 
1  Dey,  or  Day,  William,  provost  of  Eton  College. 

Archdeacons. 
z     1  Bemont,  Robert,  archdeacon  of  Huntingdon, 
f    2  Croley,  Robert,  archdeacon  of  Hereford, 
s    3  Heton  or  Eaton,  Guido,  archdeacon  of  Glocester. 

4  Kemp,  David,  archdeacon  of  St.  Albans, 
z    5  Lever,  Thomas,  archdeacon  of  Coventry. 

6  Longland,  John,  archdeacon  of  Bucks, 
f    7  Mullins,  John,  archdeacon  of  London. 

8  Prat,  John,  archdeacon  of  St.  David's, 
g    9  Pullan,  John,  archdeacon  of  Colchester, 
f  10  Rogers,  Richard,  archdeacon  of  St.  Asaph, 
z  1 1  Spencer,  Thomas,  archdeacon  of  Chichester, 
-f  12  Watts,  Thomas,  archdeacon  of  Middlesex. 

Proctors  ( or  Representatives.) 

1  Avis,  Robert,  proctor  of  the  church  of  Worcester. 

2  Bonner,  W.,  proctor  of  the  clergy  of  Somerset. 

3  Calf  hill,  James,  proctor  of  the  church  of  Oxford. 

*  Though  Strype  says  thirty-three  he  gives  the  names  of  but  thirty-two 
+  That  is,  king  Edward's  thirty-third,  but  queen  Elizabeth's  thirty-fourth. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


291 


4  Hill  or  Hills,  John,  proctor  of  the  clergy  of  Oxford. 

5  Nevynson,  Steven,  proctor  of  the  clergy  of  Canter- 

bury. 

6  Reeve,  Richard,  proctor  of  the  dean  and  chapter  of 

Westminster. 

s    7  Renyger,  Michael,  proctor  of  the  dean  and  chapter 
of  Winchester. 

8  Roberts,  Thomas,  proctor  of  the  clergy  of  Norwich. 

9  Savage,  George,  proctor  of  the  clergy  of  Glocester. 

f  10  Saul,  Arthur,  proctor  of  the  dean  and  chapter  of 
Glocester. 

11  Tremayn,  Richard,  proctor  of  the  clergy  of  Exeter. 

12  Walker,  John,  proctor  of  the  clergy  of  Suffolk. 

13  Wiburn,  Percival,  proctor  of  the  church  of  Rochester, 
f  14  Wilson,  or  Wylson,  Thomas,  proctor  of  the  church  of 

Worcester. 

Strype  and  Burnet  also  tell  us,  *  That  on  February  13, 
the  six  following  articles  were  brought  into  the  Lower  House, 
the  determination  whereof  depended  on  a  narrow  scrutiny. 
1  That  all  Sundays  and  principal  feasts  of  Christ  be  kept 
holy  days,  and  all  other  holy  days  abrogated.  2  That  the 
minister  in  Common  Prayer  turn  his  face  to  the  people  and 
distinctly  read  the  service.  3  That  in  baptism,  the  cere- 
mony of  making  the  cross  on  the  child's  forehead  may  be 
omitted,  as  tending  to  superstition.  4  That  at  the  commun- 
ion, kneeling  may  be  left  to  the  discretion  of  the  ordinary. 
5  That  it  be  sufficient  in  time  of  saying  divine  service  and 
ministering  the  sacraments  to  use  a  surplice,  and  none  to  say 
divine  service,  or  minister  the  sacraments,  but  in  a  comely 
garment.    6  That  the  use  of  organs  be  removed. 

'  That  upon  this  arose  a  great  contest  ;  and  when  they 
came,  to  vote,  those  who  were  against  the  articles  carried  it, 
though  with  great  difficulty  ;  there  being  forty-three  for  them 
and  thirty-five  against  them  ;  yet  the  forty-three  producing 
but  thirteen  proxies,  and  the  thirty-five  producing  twenty- 
four  proxies,  the  latter  carried  it  but  by  a  single  proxy,'  (of 
a  person  absent,  who  had  no  opportunity  of  being  enlightened 
by  the  consultation.)*  The  four  in  the  list  above  in  italic 
happening  then  to  be  absent,  the  forty-three  approvers  were 
the  twenty-eight  there  printed  in  roman,  with  these  fifteen 
below. 

*  A  proxy  is  a  power  of  voting  for  an  absent  person. 


292 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


f  1  Pedder,  John,  dean  of  Worcester. 

1  Bradbridge,  William,  chancellor  of  Chichester. 
1  Lancaster,  Thomas,  treasurer  of  Sarum. 

1  Tod,  William,  archdeacon  of  Bedford. 

2  Weston,  Edward,  archdeacon  of  Lewis, 
f  3  Wisdom,  Robert,  archdeacon  of  Eli. 

f  1  Besely,  Richard,  proctor  of  the  clergy  of  Cant. 

2  Bowre,  Gualter,  proctor  of  the  clergy  of  Somerset. 

3  Coccrel,  Ra.  proctor  of  Surey. 

4  Ebden,  John,  proctor  of  Winchester. 

5  Goodwin,  Thomas,  proctor  of  the  clergy  of  Lincoln. 

6  Proctor,  James,  (proctor)  of  the  clergy  of  Sussex. 

f  7  Soreby,  Thomas,  proctor  of  the  clergy  of  Chichester. 

1  Becon,  Thomas,  (I  suppose  of  Canterbury.) 

2  Burton,  (uncertain.) 

These  were  some  of  the  principal  fathers  of  the  English 
Low  Church  and  Puritans  ;  and  in  this  company  I  observe, 
first,  there  were  six  deans,  one  provost,  one  chancellor,  one 
treasurer,  fifteen  archdeacons,  twenty-one  proctors,  and  two 
uncertain.  Second,  I  find  but  one  of  the  English  church  of 
Geneva,  marked  g.  Third,  there  were  twelve  of  the  second 
church  at  Francfort,  marked  f  ;  three  of  Zurich,  marked  z  ; 
and  two  of  Strasburgh,  marked  s  ;  which  seventeen  were  all  for 
king  Edward's  book  in  Germany,  tf  but  yet  for  removing  the 
ceremonies  and  promoting  a  further  reformation.  Hence, 
see  how  much  those  writers  are  mistaken,  who  pouring  out 
their  spleen  against  Geneva,  thought  they  were  only  or  chiefly 
the  exiles  returning  thence,  who  were  for  a  further  reforma- 
tion than  queen  Elizabeth's  first  Parliament,  began  while 
there  was  not  one  protestant  bishop  in  it.  Fourth,  of  many 
of  those  in  the  lists  above,  who  were  for  removing  the  cere- 
monies, Strype  gives  great  characters  for  learning,  piety,  and 
usefulness. 

Of  the  thirty-five  opposers,  I  observe,  1  There  were  but 
four  deans,  fourteen  archdeacons,  ten  proctors,  and  seven 
uncertain.  2  I  find  not  one  of  the  church  of  Geneva,  nor 
of  the  first  or  second  church  of  Francfort,  nor  of  Strasburgh, 
nor  Zurich.  3  Of  the  most  of  the  opposers,  Strype  gives 
indifferent  or  no  characters.  4  He  informs  us,  *  That  two 
of  the  deans,  namely,  Pern  and  Turnbull,  and  two  archdea- 
cons, namely,  White  and  Cotterel  had  complied  with  the 
popish  religion,  were  in  place  and  dignity  under  queen  Mary, 


NEW  ENGLAND   CHRONOLOGY.  293 


and  even  adhered  to  popery  till  June  24,  1559,  when  they 
were  obliged  to  leave  it  or  lose  their  places.  That  another, 
that  is  Bridgewater,  afterwards  went  over  sea,  carried  several 
young  men  with  him,  and  turned  papist  ;  that  Pern  was 
queen  Mary's  chaplain,  and  had  been  named  by  her  to  the 
Pope,  to  be  bishop  of  Sarum  a  little  before  her  death  ;  that 
White  is  mentioned  in  a  letter  of  bishop  Grindal's,  wrote  to 
the  secretary  soon  after  the  Synod,  as  a  great  papist ;  but 
yet  in  the  convocation,  and  was  afterwards  reproved  by  a 
popish  writer  as  dissembling  in  religion  against  his  con- 
science ;  that  Bridgevvater  produced  one  proxy  and  Cotterel 
three.'  (And  these  were  they  who  helped  to  stop  the  refor- 
mation and  retain  the  popish  ceremonies  as  a  perpetual 
fountain  of  offence,  contention,  and  division  to  this  very  day.) 
Yea,  Sampson,  Humfrey  and  Burnet,  write,  that  many  things 
were  agreed  to  in  this  convocation  that  would  have  tended 
to  the  great  good  of  the  church,  but  were  suppressed,  &c. 

Srrype  also  tells  us,  1  That  besides  these  conforming  Pa- 
pists, there  were  divers  others  in  convocation  of  the  same 
character  ;'  [which  he  seems  to  have  known  and  yet  con- 
cealed. However  by  comparing  Cambden,  Burnet,  Strype 
and  Eachard,  I  think  1  have  found  them.] 

For  from  the  rise  of  the  English  reformation,  there  ap- 
peared two  sorts  of  people  who  divided  the  church  through 
the  successive  changes  in  the  reigns  of  Henry  VIII.  Edward 
VI.  queen  Mary  I.  and  queen  Elizabeth.  (1)  Those  both 
Protestants  and  Papists,  who  were  so  conscientious  in  their 
several  religions,  as  both  to  quit  their  places,  and  either  fly 
or  surfer,  when  the  public  alteration  turned  against  them.  (2) 
Both  Protestants  and  Papists  in  disguise,  who  rather  than 
surfer  or  lose  their  places  openly  submitted  to  the  public 
changes,  while  they  inwardly  retained  their  former  principles. 

Of  the  former  sort,  the  more  conscientious  Papists  refus- 
ing the  oath  of  supremacy,  lost  their  preferments  though  not 
many  ;  and  some  of  them  in  Henry  VIII's  time  there  lives, 
though  none  at  the  stake.  Of  the  more  conscientious  Pro- 
testants, many  were  burnt  in  the  reigns  both  of  Henry  VIII. 
and  Mary  I.  ;  many  concealed  themselves  in  the  kingdom, 
and  others  fled  as  we  observed  before  ;  but  returning  at  queen 
Elizabeth's  accession,  were  advanced  in  the  Church  ;  by  dis- 
puting, preaching,  good  life  and  writing,  greatly  helped  her 


294  NEW   ENGLAND   CHRONOLOGY: . 

reformation,  and  would  have  thoroughly  reformed  her,  but 
were  for  ever  hindered  by  the  queen  and  others. 

As  to  the  latter  sort,  Eachard  says,  upon  Henry  VIIFs  be- 
ginning the  reformation  '  all  the  bishops,  abbots  and  priors 
in  England,  except  Fisher,  bishop  of  Rochester,  were  so  far 
satisfied  or  so  unwilling  to  leave  their  preferments  that  they 
resolved  to  comply  with  the  changes  the  king  was  resolved  to 
make  ;  and  that  the  convocation,  the  universities  and  the  in- 
ferior clergy,  renounced  the  pope's  and  owned  the  king's 
supremacy.  Burnet  tells  us,  that  in  the  farther  reformation 
of  Edward  VI.  '  He  could  not  find  one  head  of  a  College  in 
either  University  turned  out ;  for  though  they  generally  loved 
the  old  superstition,  yet  they  loved  their  places  much  better  : 
and  indeed  the  whole  clergy  did  so  readily  conform  to  every 
change,  that  it  was  not  easy  to  find  colours  for  turning  out 
Bonner  and  Gardiner.'  Upon  queen  Mary's  accession,  Bur- 
net says,  'All  who  adhered  to  the  reformation  were  sure  to  be 
excluded  all  favour  ;  and  that  the  reformed  bishops  of  St. 
Davids,  Exeter,  and  Glocester,  [who  were  Farrar,  Cover- 
dale  and  Hooper,]  with  Taylor,  Philpot,  Bradford,  Crome, 
Sanders,  Rogers  and  Lawrence,  in  their  paper  of  May  1554, 
declare,  that  the  Universities  were  their  open  enemies  and 
condemned  their  cause,  contrary  to  the  word  of  God  and  the 
determinations  they  had  made  in  king  Edward's  time.'  Fuller 
says,  that 'on  October  18,  the  convocation  meeting,  there 
were  found  but  six  therein  who  opposed  the  reduction  of 
popery  :  and  that  all  the  bishops  but  thirteen  returned  to  it.' 
Archbishop  Parker,  in  Burnet  and  Eachard.  says,  '  That  of 
the  16000  clergy tnen  then  in  the  nation,  about  12000  were 
turned  out  for  being  married.'  By  doctor  Tanner's  account 
in  Burnet, '  There  were  not  above  3000  for  that  cause  ejected.' 
[4000  then,  or  more  of  king  Edward's  clergy  seem  to  keep 
their  places  in  queen  Mary's  reign,  and  the  vacancies  of 
others  must  needs  be  filled  with  the  most  zealous  papists.] 

Upon  queen  Elizabeth's  being  proclaimed  in  London,  Each- 
ard says,  '  The  joy  of  the  city  was  such  as  gave  the  melan- 
cholly  priests  just  cause  to  fear  a  new  revolution  in  religious 
affairs.  That  the  priests  were  forced  to  vent  their  griefs  in 
private  corners,  and  the  queen  had  reason  to  expect  the 
clergy  and  those  employed  in  the  late  reign  would  oppose 
the  change.'  From  Strype,  we  learn  that  her  first  convoca- 
tion meeting  January  24,  1558,  9,  both  vote  for  Popery  and 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


295 


beseech  her  not  to  change  it.  May  20,  1559,  Cox  in  Bur- 
net writes,  1  That  the  clergy  stand  as  stiff  as  a  rock,  and  not 
one  of  them  is  yet  come  over,'  [that  is,  from  Popery  to  the 
reformed  religion.]  May  22,  Jewel  in  Burnet  writes,  be- 
sides those  who  had  been  always  our  enemies,  the  deserters 
who  left  us  in  the  former  reign  are  now  our  most  bitter  ene- 
mies, and  the  universities  are  universally  corrupted.  June 
24,  queen  Elizabeth's  act  of  uniformity  takes  place  ;  when 
the  English  Common  Prayer  Book  is  to  be  used  through  the 
kingdom,  upon  pain  of  loss  of  benefices  and  promotions,  the 
like  loss  are  they  also  subject  to  who  refuse  the  oath  of  the 
queen's  supremacy.* 

And  now  !  the  sudden  change  !  For  Strype  informs  us,  that 
soon  after  this,  the  queen's  commissioners  go  through  the 
kingdom  to  administer  the  oath  and  see  the  act  of  uniformity 
observed  ;  and  then  Eachard,  from  Cainbden  and  Burnet, 
tells  us,  'The  oath  of  supremacy  was  offered  to  the  Popish 
bishops  and  all  other  ecclesiastical  persons,  that  as  many  as 
refused  the  oath,  were  turned  out  of  all  their  preferments  ; 
and  that  of  the  9400  benefices  then  named  in  England,  four- 
teen bishops, f  six  abbots,  twelve  deans,  twelve  archdeacons, 
fifteen  heads  of  colleges,  fifty  prebendaries,  and  eighty  rec- 
tors of  parishes  [but  one  hundred  eighty-nine  in  all]  was  the 
whole  number  that  were  deprived,'  or  as  bishop  Burnet  ex- 
presses it,  left  their  benefices  on  the  account  of  religion. 
Strype  says,  that  D'Ews'  journal  reckons  but  one  hundred 
and  seventy-seven,  who  left  their  livings  ;  but  that  a  volume 
in  the  Cotton  library  reckons  thirteen  deans  and  fourteen  arch- 
deacons, and  so  one  hundred  and  ninety-two  in  all  ;  and  that 
a  book  supposed  to  be  Cardinal  Allen's,  reckons  twelve 
deans,  fourteen  archdeacons,  above  sixty  canons,  above  one 
hundred  priests,  and  twenty  doctors. 

Now  there  being  about  fourteen  Roman  Catholic  arch- 
deacons deprived  in  1559,  and  fifteen  Protestant  archdea- 
cons about  three  years  after  in  the  list  above,  of  those  who 
were  for  removing  the  ceremonies  and  carrying  the  reforma- 
tion further  :  of  whom  ten  at  least  had  been  famous  exiles  ; 
it  seems  that  most  of  the  other  archdeacons  in  the  convoca- 
tion with  others  among  the  Proctors  in  proportion,  who  stifly 
adhered  to  the  ceremonies,  were  of  the  Popish  clergy  Cox 

*  Keeble. 

tCambden  numbers  but  fourteen  bishops,  and  yet  gives  the  names  of  fifteen, 


296 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


had  written  of,  who  stood  like  rocks  till  June  24  or  May  20, 
1559,  and  then  came  over  to  save  their  places. 

To  this  account  Mr.  Cambden  adds  :  '  Most  of  the  Po- 
pish priests  thought  it  more  behooveful  for  themselves  and 
their  religion  to  swear  obedience  to  their  prince,  renouncing 
the  pope's  authority,  were  it  for  nothing  else  but  that  they 
might  shut  the  Protestants  out  of  their  churches,  and  withal 
be  able  to  relieve  the  wants  of  those  of  their  own  side  who 
were  thrust  out,  and  this  they  thought  to  be  pious  wisdom 
and  in  a  manner  meritorious.'  Burnet  adds,  'The  popish 
clergy,  when  they  saw  no  appearance  of  any  new  change, 
did  generally  comply  with  the  laws  then  made,  but  in  so  un- 
toward a  manner  that  they  made  it  very  visible  that  what  they 
did  was  against  their  heart  and  conscience  :  f  So  compliant 
were  the  Papists  generally,  and  indeed  the  bishops  after  this 
time  had  the  same  apprehension  of  the  danger  into  which 
religion  was  brought  by  the  jugglings  of  the  greatest  part  of  the 
clergy,  who  retained  their  affections  to  the  old  superstition 
which  those  in  king  Edward's  time  had.'  And  Ea chard 
adds,  'It  was  strongly  believed  that  the  greatest  part  complied 
against  their  consciences,  and  would  have  been  ready  lor 
another  turn  if  the  queen  had  died  while  that  race  of  incum- 
bents lived,  and  the  next  successor  had  been  of  another 
religion. 

But  every  knowing  reader  may  likewise  add,  that  as  this  is 
indeed  agreeable  to  the  common  practice  of  mankind  in  pub- 
lic changes  of  religion,  as  well  as  the  known  characters  of 
that  race  of  ministers  who  kept  their  places  in  those  religious 
revolutions,  so  if  preferments  kept  the  lovers  of  the  popish 
superstition  in  the  church,  for  the  same  reason  these  prefer- 
ments would  successively  draw  in  their  relatives,  friends  and 
others  of  the  same  principles  and  spirit,  who  would  be  as 
averse  as  they  to  any  further  reformation.  And  if  we  allow 
but  8000  clergymen  in  England,  which  is  but  half  archbishop 
Parker's  number,  then  thirty-nine  to  one  of  those  stiff  Ro- 
man Catholics,  at  that  time  conformed  to  keep  their  places, 
and  these,  with  their  successors,  were  the  high  flying  party 
in  the  church  of  England,  stiff  adherents  to  the  old  popish 
ceremonies,  opposers  of  a  thorough  reformation,  and  haters 
of  those  who  laboured  for  it.  It  is  therefore  rather  a  wonder 
that  so  many  reformers  got  into  the  Convocation  of  1562,  3, 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


^97 


and  that  so  many  joined  with  them  in  the  purity  of  doctrine, 
as  expressed  in  the  original  of  the  thirty-nine  articles. 

But,  as  Fuller  tells  us,  though  none  of  these  articles  were 
ratified  by  Parliament  till  nine  years  after,  yet  the  bishops 
conceiving  themselves  empowered  by  their  canons,  begin  to 
show  their  authority  in  urging  the  clergy  to  subscribe  to  the 
liturgy,  ceremonies  and  discipline  ;  and  such  as  refuse  are 
branded  with  the  name  of  puritans.  And  from  this  time  for- 
ward, the  church  divided  into  these  two  parties.  I  The  con- 
formitans,  who  were  for  retaining  the  unscriptural  ceremonies. 
2  The  puritans,  who  were  for  rejecting  them  and  carrying 
the  reformation  to  perfection,  conforming  her  entirely  to 
Scripture  rule,  and  reducing  her  to  the  apostolical  purity  in 
discipline  and  worship,  as  well  as  doctrine.  Of  the  confor- 
mitans,  there  were  these  two  subdivisions.  1  The  High- 
flyers were  for  retaining  them  as  tilings  they  thought  venera- 
ble for  antiquity,  though  not  brought  into  the  church  in  the 
Apostles' times,  but  after  she  declined  from  her  primitive  sim- 
plicity ;  as  also  on  the  account  of  their  imagined  decency, 
they  judged  them  expedient  to  be  added  to  the  Christian 
institution.  2  Others  were  more  low  and  moderate,  as  being 
of  the  same  opinion  and  desire  with  the  puritans  ;  but  were 
for  retaining  them  at  present  for  prudential  reasons  only  ; 
partly  to  gain  the  papists,  of  whom  there  were  then  great 
numbers  in  the  kingdom,  and  partly  in  submission  to  the 
queen,  who  appeared  fond  and  zealous  for  pomp  and  cere- 
mony in  religious  matters,  but  were  in  hopes  of  removing 
them  afterwards  ;  as  appears  from  bishop  Jewel,  bishop 
Horn,  and  bishop  Grindal's  Latin  letters  in  Strype  and  Bur- 
net. The  puritans,  therefore,  found  themselves  embarrassed 
not  only  with  the  High  flying  party  in  that  and  the  following 
reigns,  but  even  the  queen  herself  and  her  successors  James 
I.  and  Charles  I.  were  their  continual  prosecutors. 

As  to  queen  Elizabeth,  Cambden  tells  us,  'That  to  seven 
protestants  she  chose  thirteen  others  into  her  Privy  Council, 
who  were  of  queen  Mary's  Council  before,  and  of  the  same 
religion  with  her.  That  she  had  no  contemptuous  (that  is, 
she  had  a  high)  opinion  of  the  Cross,  of  the  Virgin  Mary 
and  the  saints  ;  (that  is,  the  saints  canonised  by  popes  and 
worshipped  by  papists)  and  would  not  suffer  others  to  speak 
unreverently  of  them.'  Jewel  in  Burnet  on  April  10,  1559, 
laments  '  The  want  of  zeal  in  promoting  the  reformation  ;  that 
38 


298 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


the  queen  had  softened  the  mass  much,  but  there  were  many 
things  amiss  left  in  it ;  and  that  she  could  not  be  prevailed 
upon  to  put  the  Crucifix  out  of  her  chapel.'  And  Eachard 
says,  '  She  loved  magnificence  in  religion,  which  made  her 
inclinable  to  some  former  ornaments,*  and  even  images  in 
churches.'  Yea,  she  grew  so  superstitious,  that  when  ^e 
was  above  sixty  years  old  and  her  decaying  nature  required, 
yet  she  would  not  eat  a  bit  of  flesh  for  the  forty  days  of  lent, 
as  being  against  the  canons,  without  a  solemn  licence  from 
her  own  archbishop  Whitgift,  (who  depended  wholly  on  her 
for  ihe  power  to  grant  it,)  nor  would  she  be  easy  with  one 
general  licence,  but  must  have  it  renewed  every  year  for 
several  years  before  she  died  ;  as  we  learn  from  Fuller.  At 
first  indeed  she  indulged  the  puritans  who  were  known  to  be 
her  steady  friends.  But  on  January  25,  1564,  5,  she  began 
to  grow  severe  upon  them,  and  archbishop  Parker,  with  some 
other  bishops  followed  her  directions  ;  yea,  when  she  and 
her  Council  flagged,  the  archbishop  stirred  them  up  to  give 
him  further  power  to  vex  them. 

The  puritans  seemed  at  first  for  retaining  episcopacy  in 
the  diocesan  form  in  general.  For  they  accepted  of  pre- 
bendships,  archdeaconries,  deaneries,  bishoprics,  and  Grindal 
of  archbishoprics  ;  though  they  knew  these  were  not  of 
divine  appointment,  yet  they  seemed  to  judge  them  as  pru- 
dential methods  for  preserving  order  ;  and  so  interwoven  with 
the  national  constitution,  they  could  not  well  be  sundered. 
But  they  insisted  the  hierarchy  ought  to  be  reformed  ;  that 
the  spiritual  courts,  the  commissary  courts,  the  courts  of 
faculties,  he.  invented  in  the  times  of  popery,  and  managed 
according  to  the  canon  laws,  which  are  the  decrees  of  popes, 
almost  infinite  in  number,  all  with  their  processes  in  Latin, 
and  exceeding  intricate;  who  for  money  give  out  licences 
and  dispensations  even  from  the  said  laws  themselves,  and 
change  the  penances  of  crimes  for  money,  &lc.  that  these 
offences  to  pious  people  be  removed.  That  nonresinence  of 
ministers  in  their  parishes,  with  their  pluralities  of  benefices, 
be  disallowed  ;  and  that  the  godly  discipline  in  the  primitive 
church  so  often  wished  for  in  the  Common  Prayer,  might  be 
revived,  and  exercised  not  according  to  the  pope's  decrees, 

*  Burnet  had  called  them  some  old  rites  her  father  had  retained.  (Which 
were  crucifixes,  lights,  &c.)  But  Eachard  gives  them  the  finer  name  of 
ornaments. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


299 


but  according  to  the  Scriptures  only.  That  ecclesiastical 
censures  be  merely  spiritual,  and  for  none  but  crimes  con- 
demned in  Scripture.  That  the  power  of  choosing  parish 
ministers  before  they  be  presented  by  the  patrons  to  the 
bishops  for  ordination,  be  restored  to  the  parochial  churches ; 
and  that  their  ministers  and  church  wardens  be  allowed  to 
admo'iish  and  suspend  immoral  members  from  their  com- 
munion. 

If  now  the  unscriptural  parts  of  the  Common  Prayer  had 
been  removed,  or  the  ceremonies  left  indifferent,  the  popish 
habits  changed  for  more  comely  garments,  the  pope's  decrees 
with  the  inquisition  oath,  called  ex  officio,  abolished,*  and  the 
hierarchy  thus  reformed,  the  general  frame  of  diocesan 
episcopacy  had  no  doubt  remained  untouched,  and  almost 
all  the  people  of  England  had  continued  in  it  without  uneasi- 
ness. But  the  queen  with  some  of  the  superior  clergy 
opposing  such  a  reformation,  they  employ  their  power  to 
crush  the  puritans  ;  by  requiring  their  ministers'  subscription 
to  the  habits,  the  ceremonies  in  the  Common  Prayer,  all  the 
thirty-nine  articles  and  the  queen's  injunctions  ;  though  the 
Parliament  had  yet  appointed  no  subscription. 

Upon  this,  as  Strype  relates,  those  two  eminent  men  of 
Oxford,  and  heads  of  the  chief  colleges,  Dr.  Sampson,  dean 
of  Christ's  church,  with  Dr.  Humfrey,  president  of  Magda- 
len college,  and  regius  professor  of  divinity,  appear  at  the 
head  of  the  puritans.  In  March,  1564,  5,  Dr.  Sampson  is 
deprived  ;  and  about  thirty  (Neal  from  Strype's  life  of  Par- 
ker, says  thirty-seven,)  ministers  in  London  alone,  are  sus- 
pended, and  some  of  them  deprived.  And  thus  the  severi- 
ties on  the  puritans  begin  ;  wherein  some  of  the  ministers 
were  suspended  ;  some  deprived  ;  some  are  fined  ;  some 
imprisoned  ;  yea,  in  1566,  Sampson  and  Humfrey  in  Burnet 
write,  that  '  Many  of  the  people  are  put  in  prison,  because 
they  would  not  provide  godfathers  and  godmothers  for  bap- 
tising their  children.'  But  while  the  puritan  ministers  are 
deprived,  the  papists  comply  and  triumph  ;  and  an  author, 
who  Strype  supposes  was  sir  T.  Smith,  or  secretary  Cecil, 
says,  that,  1  In  1569,  and  before,  papists  were  frequent  in 
church,  in  court,  in  place ;  that  popish  priests  still  enjoy  the 

*  By  the  oath  ex  officio,  the  swearers  were  obliged  on  oath  before  the  Eccle- 
siastical Courts,  to  answer  every  question  proposed,  both  against  themselves 
and  others,  or  go  to  prison. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


great  ecclesiastical  livings,  without  recantation  or  penance  ; 
yea,  in  simoniacal  heaps,  cathedral  churches  are  stuffed  with 
them  ;  the  very  spies  and  promoters  of  queen  Mary's  time 
are  cherished,  &c.'  Yea,  Strype  informs  us,  that  notwith- 
standing the  repeated  risings  of  the  papists  against  the  queen 
in  1569  and  1570,  defacing  and  tearing  Bibles,  &c.  ;  she  on 
June  15,  1570,  'declared  in  the  Star-chamber,  that  she 
would  not  have  any  of  their  consciences  unnecessarily  sifted, 
to  know  what  affection  they  had  to  the  old  religion.' 

However,  the  more  the  puritans  suffer,  the  more  the  peo- 
ple search  the  Scripture,  to  which  appeals  are  made  in  these 
religious  matters;  and  the  more  they  grow  acquainted  with 
this  inspired  rule  of  worship,  the  more  they  discover  of  the 
popish  superstitions,  the  more  abhor  them,  the  more  prefer 
the  divine  institutions,  the  more  pure  they  desire  the  worship 
of  the  church  to  be.  And  Strype  informs  us,  '  That  the 
puritans  grew  both  in  city  and  country,  and  not  only  among 
the  lower  sort,  but  also  in  the  universities  ;  that  in  Decem- 
ber 1565,  the  fellows  and  scholars  in  St.  John's  college  in 
Cambridge,  with  the  allowance  of  Dr.  Longvvorth  the  master, 
to  the  number  of  near  three  hundred,  threw  off  the  surplice 
with  one  consent  ;  that  in  Trinity  college,  all  but  three,  by 
Mr.  Cartwright's  (influence)  and  many  in  other  colleges  were 
ready  to  follow  their  example.'  And  from  Fuller  and  Strype 
we  learn,  that  the  House  of  Commons  in  the  Parliaments  of 
1566,  1571,  1572,  1575,  1580,  1585,  and  1587  labored 
earnestly  for  a  further  reformation  ;  but  the  queen  would 
never  allow  it. 

The  only  act  that  established  the  articles  in  that  and  the 
two  following  reigns  was  made  in  1571  ;  and  yet  this  act 
takes  so  much  care  of  the  puritans,  as  to  require  no  more  of 
ministers,  than  to  declare  their  assent  before  the  bishop  of 
the  diocess  to  all  the  articles  of  religion  which  only  concern 
the  confession  of  the  true  Christian  faith,  and  the  doctrine  of 
the  sacraments  comprised  in  the  book  imprinted  entitled 
articles,  &ic.  and  to  subscribe  the  same.  Yet  now,  Fuller 
says,  the  bishops  urge  subscription  to  the  thirty-nine  articles 
more  severely  than  before.  And  Strype,  that  by  force  of 
this  act  many  ministers  were  deprived  in  this  and  the  follow- 
ing years.  The  Puritan  ministers  were  indeed  as  ready  as  any 
to  subscribe  according  to  the  said  act,  that  is  to  all  the  articles 
of  religion  which  only  concern  the  confession  of  the  true 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


301 


Christian  faith  and  the  doctrine  of  the  sacraments,  which  are 
commonly  called  the  doctrinal  articles  ;  yet  under  colour  of 
this  act,  the  bishops  deprive  them  for  not  subscribing  to  all 
the  others  without  exception. 

But  the  queen  and  bishops  growing  more  severe  on  the 
Puritans,  it  only  alienates  them  more  from  the  hierarchy,  as 
well  as  the  ceremonies,  and  turns  their  minds  to  the  Presby- 
terian discipline.  And  though  many  of  their  clergy  were  de- 
prived and  silenced,  yet  many  others,  by  the  favor  of  several 
great  men  in  court  and  council,*  stay  in  their  places  upon 
using  the  less  offensive  parts  of  the  liturgy,  without  subscrip- 
tion. And  now  Bancroft  and  Cowell  tell  us  f  that  'on  No- 
vember 20,  1572,  this  Puritan  part  of  the  clergy  began  to 
1  erect  a  presbytery  at  Wandsworth  in  Surry  ;'  which  Fuller 
says,  6  Was  the  first  born  of  all  presbyteries  in  England,  and 
names  sixteen  of  the  clergy  belonging  to  it ;  that  May  8,  1582, 
there  was  a  Svnod  of  threescore  ministers  (that  is,  church 
ministers)  of  Cambridgeshire,  Suffolk,  and  Norfolk,  at  Cook- 
field  in  Suffolk  ;  and  the  summer  following  another  in  Cam- 
bridge at  the  commencement  ;  that  April  10,  1588,  was 
another  of  the  Warwickshire  classes  at  Coventry  ;  that  by 
September  1,  1590,  the  presbyterian  discipline  so  grew  in 
the  church,  that  their  classes  spread  into  divers  other  parts 
of  the  kingdom,  and  had  their  assemblies  at  London,  Cam- 
bridge, Oxford,  Northampton,  Kittery,  Warwick,  Rutland, 
Leicester,  Norfolk,  Suffolk,  Essex,  and  other  places  ;  but  in 
1591  the  high  commission  and  Star-chamber  courts  dissolv- 
ed them  ;  that  in  the  spring  of  1603,  there  were  seven  hun- 
dred and  fifty  ministers  (that  is,  church  ministers)  iji  twenty- 
five  of  the  forty  counties  of  England,  and  twelve  of  Wales, 
who  petitioned  king  James  I.  to  remove  the  ceremonies,  the 
public  reading  the  books  of  apocrypha,  nonresidence,  plu- 
ralities, and  the  popish  canons.'  And  Rushworth  tells  us  that 
4  in  1626,  the  country  was  so  overspread  with  puritans,  that 
Williams,  bishop  of  Lincoln,  would  not  meddle  against  them, 
and  said,  he  was  sure  they  would  carry  all  at  last.' 

*  Such  as  the  earl  of  Leicester,  sir  Francis  Knollis,  secretary  Walsingham, 
and  others.    (See  Strype  and  Fuller.) 

f  Archbishop  Bancroft,  in  his  Dangerous  Positions  ;  and  William  Cowell, 
D.  D.  a  writer  against  the  puritans,  in  his  Examination,  kc.  printed  4to.  Lon- 
don, in  1604. 


jNEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


Yet  all  this  while,  there  were  but  few  separations  from  the 
church  established.  Nor  would  the  law  allow  them  in  Eng- 
land till  kins;  William's  time.  Upon  the  first  depriving;  the 
London  ministers  in  the  spring  of  1566,  Neal  and  the  regis- 
ter say,  '  their  churches  were  shut  up  and  their  people  scat- 
tered.' Bishop  Grindal  on  August  27,  1566,  writes,  'that 
many  of  the  more  learned  ministers  seemed  to  be  about 
leaving  their  ministry  ;  and  many  of  the  people  consulted  of 
making  a  secession  from  us  and  of  gathering  in  private  as- 
semblies;  but  the  greater  part  is  come  to  a  better  mind.'* 
Yet  as  the  Register  tells  us,  'in  the  spring  of  1567,  an  hun- 
dred of  them  absenting  from  the  parish  churches,  gathered 
together  many  times  and  made  assemblies,  using  prayers, 
preaching,  and  ministering  sacraments  after  the  Geneva  man- 
ner ;  but  on  June  20,  many  are  seized  and  put  in  prison, 
next  day  brought  before  the  bishop  of  London  and  other  of 
the  queen's  commissioners  ;'  and  Neal  from  Strype's  Life  of 
Grindal,  says  that  '  Bolton  with  twenty-three  other  men  and 
seven  women,  were  for  this  sent  to  Bridewell  and  kept  there 
a  year,'  which  seems  to  break  up  their  assembly  ;  and  this  I 
suppose  was  the  same  separate  church  Mr.  Ainsworth  men- 
tions, whereof  Mr.  Fits  was  pastor,  and  Bolton  one  of  the 
elders,  in  the  beginning  of  queen  Elizabeth's  reign. f  Yet 
Fuller  observes,  'though  the  queen  proceeded  severely 
against  them,  their  party  daily  increased.' 

The  next  separation  made  was  by  Robert  Brown,  who  as 
Fuller  says,  '  was  bred  at  Corpus  Christi  College  in  Cam- 
bridge, began  to  preach  at  Norwich  in  the  beginning  of  1581, 
against  bishops,  and  ordination  of  ministers  as  well  as  ecclesias- 
tical courts  and  ceremonies ;  and  Neal,  that  sometime  after, 
he  denied  the  established  church  to  be  a  true  church  and  her 
ministers  true  ministers,  renounced  communion  with  her  not 
only  in  ceremonies  and  sacraments,  but  even  in  hearing  the 
word  and  public  prayer  ;  and  gathered  a  separate  church  of 
his  own  principles,  but  were 'quickly  forced  to  fly  and  settle 
at  Middleburgh  in  Zealand,  and  from  him  the  Separatists 
were  at  first  called  Brownists,  till  Mr.  Robinson  reduced  them 
to  milder  principles  and  tempers.' 

*  I  rather  more  precisely  follow  Grindal's  Latin,  than  Burnet's  more  loos*2 
translation. 

t  In  his  Counterpoison,  or  reply  to  Sprint,  Barnard  and  Crawslmw. 
Printed  quarto,  1608. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


303 


'  But  the  bishops'  violent  measures,  [as  Neal  observes]  in- 
stead of  reconciling  the  Puritans  to  the  established  church, 
drove  them  further  off,  and  carried  many  into  a  total  separation 
from  her.  For  in  1592,  a  company  set  up  another  church 
at  London,  choosing  Mr.  Francis  Johnson  pastor,  and  Mr. 
Greenwood  teacher ;  who  with  fifty-four  of  their  church 
were  soon  seized  by  the  bishops'  officers  and  sent  to  several 
gaols,  where  some  were  loaded  with  irons,  some  shut  up  in 
dungeons,  some  beat  with  cudgels,  some  both  men  and  wo- 
men perished,  Mr.  Greenwood  and  Barrow  executed,  others 
kept  in  close  prison  for  four  or  five  years ;  and  then  being 
banished,  [as  we  learn  from  Bailey,]  Mr.  Johnson  with  some 
of  his  people  set  up  their  church  at  Amsterdam,  where  he 
was  succeeded  by  the  learned  Ainsworth,  and  he  by  Mr. 
Cann,'  the  author  of  a  valuable  margin  to  our  English  Bible. 
In  1596,  they  publish  their  confession  of  faith,  with  the 
grounds  of  their  separation  ;  reprinted  with  their  apology  in 
4to.  1604. 

But  their  sufferings  and  writings  soon  increased  their  num- 
bers ;  and  more  of  the  warmer  Puritans  embraced  their 
doctrines,  left  the  public  churches,  and  met  in  private  houses 
for  a  purer  worship.  But  then  they  lost  the  name  of  Puri- 
tans, and  received  that  of  the  Separatists;  the  far  greater 
part  of  the  Puritans  remaining  still  in  the  church,  writing  with 
zeal  against  the  separation  ;  and  as  Sprint,  on  their  behalf  in 
1608,  expresses  it,  '  A  separation  we  deny  not  from  the 
corruptions  of  the  church  wherein  we  live  ;  in  judgment, 
profession,  practice,  for  which  so  many  of  both  parts  [or  par- 
ties i.e.  of  Puritans  and  Separatists]  have  suffered  and  do  suffer 
so  many  things ;  but  the  difference  is,  we  [i.  e.  the  Puritans] 
suffer  for  separating  in  the  church  ;  you  [i.  e.  the  Separatists] 
out  of  the  church,  &c.' 

By  comparing  their  ancient  writings,  I  find  the  Separatists 
and  Puritans  agreed  in  these  two  particulars.  1.  In  their  be- 
lief of  the  same  doctrinal  articles  of  the  Church  of  England. 
2.  In  their  offence  with  her  unscriptural  parts  of  worship, 
unscriptural  canons  and  courts  of  discipline,  and  unscriptural 
power  of  bishops.    But  in  this  they  chiefly  differed, 

That  whereas  the  people  in  every  parochial  congregation 
through  the  kingdom,  containing  all  sorts  of  persons  both 
religious  and  profane,  make  up  a  parochial  church  under  one 
presbyter ;  and  great  numbers  of  these  parochial  churches 


304 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


make  up  a  diocesan  church  under  one  diocesan  bishop;  and 
several  of  these  diocesan  churches  make  up  a  provincial 
church  under  one  archbishop;  and  the  two  provincial  churches 
in  the  kingdom,  viz.  of  York  and  Canterbury  make  up  a  na- 
tional church  under  one  primate,  viz.  the  archbishop  of  the 
latter,  in  which  national  church  there  were  about  forty  differ- 
ent sorts  of  officers,  as  among  the  Papists.  The  Separatists 
held  that  neither  of  these  churches  were  such  sort  of  churches, 
nor  their  officers  such  sort  of  officers,  as  Christ  has  instituted, 
neither  for  matter,  form  nor  power ;  the  matter  of  right, 
christian  churches  being  only  visible  saints  separate  from  the 
rest  of  the  world,  or  as  the  19th  article  of  the  church  of 
England  has  it,  a  congregation  of  faithful  men,  or  faithful 
christians  ;  the  form  being  a  voluntary  consociation  of  such 
faithful  christians,  not  forced  by  human  sanctions,  and  their 
powers  being  confined  to  the  mere  laws  of  Christ,  both  in 
worship,  government,  and  discipline.  From  such  unscriptu- 
ral  churches,  they  therefore  judged  themselves  obliged  to 
separate,  and  set  up  such  sort  of  churches  and  church  officers, 
discipline,  and  worship  only  as  they  found  in  the  Apostles' 
days.  And  then  the  Church  of  England  order,  discipline, 
and  worship  being  not  according  to  Christ's  pure  appoint- 
ment, but  polluted  with  human  mixtures  which  she  refused  to 
leave,  the  Separatists  at  first  went  further,  and  rigidly  re- 
nounced communion  both  with  her  and  her  officers,  as  popish 
and  antichristian,  and  ever  even  with  those  who  held  com- 
munion with  her.  But  as  for  their  censoriousness,  I  cannot 
find  but  the  Church  of  England  writers  against  them  were  as 
censorious  and  rigid  in  those  times  as  theirs. 

But  the  Puritans  allowed  the  faithful  christians  of  the 
several  parishes  to  be  true  christian  churches,  and  their  quali- 
fied ministers  to  be  true  christian  ministers  ;  that  neither  their 
being  restrained  by  human  laws  in  the  exercise  of  the  powers 
and  privileges  Christ  had  given  them,  nor  their  having  by 
such  laws,  both  corrupt  members,  canons  and  ways  of  wor- 
ship imposed  upon  them,  neither  destroyed  their  rights  nor 
christian  character  ;  and  that  since  a  separation  was  not  al- 
lowed by  the  then  reigning  powers,  and  their  setting  up  purer 
churches  within  the  kingdom  was  not  practicable;  they 
therefore  judged  they  ought  to  remain  in  the  church  esta- 
blished, groaning  under  their  burdens,  and  laboring  for  her 
reformation. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


305 


Mr.  Robinson  at  first  indeed  went  off  among  the  more  rigid 
Separatists  in  1602,  but  as  Baily  informs  us,  by  conversing 
in  Holland  with  Dr.  Ames  and  Mr.  Parker,  he  grew  more 
moderate,  as  we  observed  before  ;  yet  insisting  that  the  un- 
scriptural  ceremonies,  canons,  and  mixt  communion  in  the 
Church  of  England,  were  sufficient  grounds  of  separating 
from  her,  and  of  erecting  churches  on  the  Scripture  bottom, 
without  denying  communion  to  her  pious  members  when  they 
desired  it  of  him. 

But  how  strenuously  soever  the  Puritans  opposed  the 
separation,  yet  he  was  so  well  acquainted  with  them,  that  in 
his  answer  to  Mr.  Barnard  in  1610,  he  says,  '  I  doubt  not 
but  Mr.  Barnard  and  a  thousand  more  ministers  in  the  land, 
were  they  secure  of  the  magistrates'  sword,  and  might  they 
go  on  with  his  good  license,  would  wholly  shake  off  their 
canonical  obedience  to  their  ordinaries,  neglect  their  citations 
and  censures,  and  refuse  to  sue  in  their  courts  ;  could  they 
but  obtain  license  from  the  magistrate  to  use  the  liberty  they 
are  persuaded  Christ  has  given  them,  they  would  soon  shake 
off  the  prelates'  yoke,  and  draw  no  longer  under  the  same  in 
spiritual  communion  with  all  the  profane  in  the  land,  but 
would  break  those  bonds  of  iniquity,  &c.'  Governor  Brad- 
ford also  treating  of  the  afflictions  of  Mr.  Robinson's  people 
in  Holland  and  of  the  grounds  of  their  removing  to  America, 
says  '  it  was  thought  that  if  a  better  and  easier  place  of  living 
could  be  had,  it  would  draw  many  and  take  away  those  dis- 
couragements ;  yea  their  pastor  would  often  say,  that  many 
of  those  who  both  wrote  and  preached  now  against  them,  if 
they  were  in  a  place  where  they  might  have  liberty,  and  live 
comfortably,  would  do  as  they  did. 

But  a  farther  account  of  the  rise,  sufferings,  principles  and 
progress,  both  of  the  Puritans  and  Separatists,  I  must  refer 
to  the  authors  before  mentioned  ;  especially  Mr.  Neal's  elabo- 
rate and  valuable  history  of  the  Puritans  in  two  octavos, 
which  was  a  branch  of  English  history  the  nation  wanted, 
and  which  ought  to  be  read  by  every  lover  of  religious  liberty. 

I  shall  only  observe,  that  archbishop  Parker  dying  in  May 
1575,  Grindal  succeeded  him,  who  grew  more  moderate, 
and  the  church  enjoyed  some  quiet ;  for  which  Sacheveral 
calls  him  that  false  son  of  the  church  and  perfidious  prelate. 
But  he  deceasing  in  July,  1583,  Whitgift  is  made  archbishop 
of  Canterbury ;  who,  as  we  learn  from  Fuller,  Strype,  and 
39 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY* 


the  Register,  persecutes  the  Puritans  and  Separatists  with 
unrelenting  rigor  to  his  death  in  February  1603,4;  as  does 
also  his  successor  Bancroft  to  his,  in  November  1610.  And 
then  Abbot  being  set  in  his  place,  though  he  shows  no  mercy 
to  those  of  the  separation,  yet  seeing  the  Puritans  more 
strictly  adhere  to  the  doctrinal  articles  than  the  rest  of  the 
church,  grows  more  indulgent  to  them  till  October  1627  ; 
when  king  Charles  I.  sequesters  him  from  his  jurisdiction 
and  transfers  it  to  bishop  Laud  and  others,  as  we  read  in 
Eachard  ;  who  says,  Laud  was  an  aspiring  and  fiery  man, 
a  lover  of  pomp  and  ceremony,  an  active  opposer  of  antiar- 
minianism,  a  mortal  opposer  of  Puritans  ;  that  his  heart  was 
entirely  set  upon  the  advancement  and  grandeur  of  the 
church  [i.  e.  not  the  laical  but  clerical  part  ;  or  as  Eachard 
in  another  place  more  clearly  calls  it  the  advancement  of  the 
clergy's  grandeur]  which  the  archbishop  brought  to  that 
height,  as  it  shewed  rather  a  rivalship  than  resemblance  of 
the  Church  of  Rome,  in  which  he  had  the  hearty  concur- 
rence of  the  king,  and  grew  in  such  favor  with  him,  as  to  be 
made  bishop  of  London  in  1628,  archbishop  of  Canterbury 
in  1633,  and  to  govern  without  a  rival  in  church  and  state. 
Fuller  says,  he  was  over  severe  in  his  censures ;  in  the  Star 
Chamber  was  always  observed  to  concur  with  the  severer  side, 
and  that  it  was  most  apparent  he  endeavored  a  reconciliation 
between  Rome  and  England.  And  the  continuation  of  Ba- 
ker's Chronicle,*  that  he  was  a  busy  man,  over  violent  in  his 
proceedings,  and  never  ceased  to  persecute  the  Puritans. 

Of  these  English  Puritans  were  the  greater  part  of  the 
settlers  of  the  Massachusetts  Colony.  They  had  been  chiefly 
born  and  brought  up  in  the  national  church,  and  had  hitherto 
lived  in  communion  with  her.  As  their  ministers  had  been 
orda;ned  by  her  bishops,  they  had  officiated  in  her  parochial 
churches,  and  till  now  had  made  no  secession  from  them  ; 
though  with  multitudes  of  others,  laboring  under  grievous 
impositions,  conflicting  with  many  difficulties,  and  looking 
earnestly  for  better  times,  till  the  highflying  bishops  both  in- 
creased the  ceremonies,  and  grew  so  rigorous  in  imposing 
them,  as  to  allow  no  worship  in  the  church  without  them  ; 
yea  so  severely  prosecute  those  who  could  not  in  conscience 
use  them,  as  to  let  them  live  no  longer  in  their  native  land  in 


*  Viz.  that  edition  of  Baker's  Chronicle,  printed  in  1660 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


307 


quiet.  Finding  therefore  the  impositions  growing,  losing  all 
further  hopes  of  reformation  and  indulgence  there,  and  New 
England  opening  her  arms  to  embrace  them,  they  judged 
they  now  ought  to  improve  the  offer,  and  rather  choose  a 
hideous  wilderness  three  thousand  miles  across  the  ocean ; 
that  here  being  free  from  all  restraint,  they  might  set  up 
churches  in  their  worship,  matter,  form  and  discipline,  entire- 
ly after  the  New  Testament  model ;  enjoy  these  great  and 
christian  liberties  without  disturbance,  and  transmit  them  as 
what  they  accounted  the  dearest  legacy  to  their  perpetual 
successors. 


SECTION  II. 


1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

The  situation  of  Salem  pleasing  us  not  [for  the 
capital  town,]  we  consult  about  some  other ;  to 
this  purpose  some  are  sent  to  the  Bay  to  search  up 
the  rivers  for  a  convenient  place  ;  who  returning, 
report  they  have  found  a  good  one  upon  Mistick 
river ;  but  others  seconding  these,  find  another 
we  like  better,  three  leagues  up  Charles  river,* 
whereupon  we  unship  our  goods  into  other  vessels, 
and  in 

July  with  much  cost  and  labor,  bring  them  to 
Charlestown,  on  the  north  side  the  mouth  of 
Charles  river,  dd 

July.  Arrive  at  Charlestown,  governor  Win- 
throp,  deputy-governor  Dudley,  sir  Richard  Salton- 
stall,  Mr.  Johnson,  Ludlow,  Nowell,  Pynchon,  and 
Bradstreet,  with  the  Massachusetts  Colony  Char- 
ter, as  also  Mr.  Wilson  and  Phillips  ministers,  with 
about  fifteen  hundred  people,!  brought  over  in 

*  I  suppose  this  was  at  the  place  whence  the  Dorchester  people  were  ordered 
to  remove. 

t  By  Mr.  Wilson's  yearly  allowance  out  of  the  public  treasury  beginning 
on  July  10,  Mcr  it  seems  as  if  on  that  day  the  fleet  arrived  at  Charlestown ; 
and  Johnson  saying  that  'July  12,  or  thereabouts,  [this  people]  first  set 
foot  on  this  western  end  of  the  world  ;  where  arriving  in  safety,  men,  women 
and  children,  on  the  north  side  of  Charles  river  they  landed  near  Noddel's 
island.'  By  this  western  end  of  the  world,  he  may  mean  at  Charlestown,  but 
\f  he  meant  at  Salem,  he  should  have  said  June  12. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY.  309 

1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

twelve  ships  from  England,  tcr*  But  many  of  our 
people  being  sick  of  fevers  and  the  scurvy,  we  are 
thereby  unable  to  carry  up  our  ordnance  and  bag- 
gage so  far,  dd  the  governor  and  several  patentees 
dwell  in  the  great  house  last  year  built  by  Mr. 
Graves,  and  the  rest  of  their  servants  ;  the  multi- 
tude set  up  cottages,  booths  and  tents  about  the 
town-hill  tcr  and  their  meeting  place  is  abroad 
under  a  tree,  where  Mr.  Wilson  and  Phillips 
preach,  &c.  crc 

[The  state  of  the  neighboring  places  on  the  Massachusetts  Bay  at  then- 
arrival.] 

On  Noddel's  island  lives  Mr.  Samuel  Maverick, 
a  man  of  very  loving  and  courteous  behavior,  very 
ready  to  entertain  strangers  ;  on  this  island,  with 
the  help  of  Mr.  David  Thompson,  he  had  built  a 
small  fort  with  four  great  guns  to  protect  him  from 
the  Indians.  About  a  mile  distant  upon  the 
river  runs  a  small  creek  which  take  its  name 
from  Mr.  Edward  Gibbons,  who  dwelt  there  for 
some  years  after,  and  became  major-general  ;  on 
the  south  side  of  Charles  river  mouth,  on  a  point 
of  land  called  Blaxton's  point  lives  Mr.  Blaxton,  j 
where  he  only  has  a  cottage  ;  tcr  the  neck  of  land 
from  which  the  point  runs  being  in  Indian  named 
Shawmut,  afterwards  Boston,  tcr  To  the  south- 
east thereof  near  Thompson's  Island,  live  some 
few  planters  more.f  These  were  the  first  planters 
of  those  parts,  having  some  small  trade  with  the 
natives  for  beaver  skins,  which  moved  them  to 
make  their  abode  in  those  places,  and  are  found  of 
some  help  to  the  new  colony,  j 

*  By  these  twelve  ships  seem  to  be  meant,  1  The  Mary  and  John.  2 
Arbella.  3  Jewel.  4  Ambrose.  5  Mayflower.  6  Whale.  7  Talbot.  8 
William  and  Francis  9  Tryal.  10  Charles.  11  Success.  12  Hope- 
well. For  the  Lion  brought  other  people  for  Plymouth,  or  came  on  the  Pe- 
nobscot business.  But  the  Charlestown  records  unaccountably  mistake  in 
placing  all  this  history  in  1629 

t  Whether  he  means  the  few  people  at  Mount  Wollaston,  Weymouth  and 
Nantasket,  seems  uncertain. 


mo 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1630.  King-  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

But  having  had  a  long  passage,  some  of  the 
ships  seventeen,  some  eighteen  weeks  a  coming, 
many  people  arrive  sick  of  the  scurvy,  which  in- 
creases for  want  of  houses,  and  by  reason  of  wet 
lodging  in  their  cottages  tcr  having  no  fresh  food 
to  cherish  them,  j  And  though  the  people  are 
very  pitiful  and  loving,  yet  the  sickness  with  other 
distempers  so  prevails,  that  the  well  are  not  able  to 
tend  them.  Upon  which  many  die,  and  are  buried 
about  the  Hill ;  tcr  yet  it  was  admirable  to  see  with 
what  christian  courage  many  carry  it  amidst  these 
calamities,  j 

July  25.  Lord's  Day,  after  the  evening  exercise, 
Mr.  Johnson  at  Salem  receives  a  letter  from  go- 
vernor Winthrop  at  Charlestown,  representing  the 
hand  of  God  upon  them  in  the  prevailing  sickness, 
whereby  divers  are  taken  away  ;  signifying  they 
had  concluded  He  is  to  be  sought  in  righteousness  ; 
to  this  end  the  next  Friday  is  set  apart  to  humble 
themselves  before  Him  and  seek  Him  in  his  ordi- 
nances ;  that  then  such  godly  persons  among  them 
as  know  each  other  may  publicly  at  the  end  of 
their  exercise  make  known  their  desire,  and  prac- 
tise the  same  by  solemnly  entering  into  covenant 
with  Him  to  walk  in  His  ways :  that  since  they 
live  in  three  distinct  places,  each  having  men  of 
ability  with  them,  there  to  observe  the  days,  and 
become  three  distinct  bodies  ;*  not  then  intending 
rashly  to  proceed  to  the  choice  of  officers,  or  ad- 
mitting others  to  their  society,  but  a  few  well  known ; 
promising  after  to  receive  in  such  by  confession  of 
faith,  as  shall  appear  to  be  fitly  qualified.  They 
earnestly  entreat  the  church  of  Plymouth  to  set 
apart  the  same  day  for  the  same  ends  ;  beseeching 
the  Lord  as  to  withdraw  his  hand  of  correction,  so 
to  direct  and  establish  them  in  his  ways.  B 

*I  suppose  these  three  places  are  Charlestown,  Dorchester  and  Salem 


NEW   ENGLAND    CHKONOLOGY  . 


311 


1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

July  30.  Friday,  the  day  of  solemn  prayer  and 
fasting  kept  at  Charlestown ;  when  governor  Win- 
throp,  deputy-governor  Dudley,  Mr.  Johnson  and 
the  reverend  Mr.  Wilson,  first  enter  into  church 
covenant,  and  lay  the  foundation  of  the  churches 
both  of  Charlestown  B  [and  afterwards  of  Boston.] 

August  1.  Lord's  Day,  five  more  join  to  the 
church  at  Charlestown  ;  B  which,  by  the  order  in 
Boston  Church  Records,  are  Mr.  Nowell,  T.  Sharp, 
Bradstreet,  [assistants]  Mr.  William  Gager  [sur- 
geon] and  Mr.  William  Colborn,  [afterwards  a 
ruling  Elder]  cbr  who,  with  others  quickly  added, 
choose  Mr.  Wilson  for  their  pastor ;  the  greater 
number  at  this  time  intending  no  other  than  to 
settle  here  ;  where  the  governor  orders  his  house 
to  be  cut  and  framed.  But  the  weather  being  hot, 
many  sick,  and  others  faint  upon  their  long  voyage, 
people  grow  uneasy  for  want  of  water  ;  for  though 
this  Neck  abounds  with  good  water,  yet  they  only 
found  a  brackish  spring  by  the  water  side  in  the 
sand  on  the  west  side  of  the  northwest  field,  tcr 
which  was  not  to  be  come  at  but  when  the  tide  was 
down,  j  and  could  not  supply  half  the  necessities  of 
that  multitude  ;  at  which  time  the  death  of  so 
many  was  thought  to  be  owing  to  the  want  of 
good  water,  tcr 

This  made  several  go  abroad  upon  discovery. 
tcr  Some  go  over  to  Shawmut  on  the  south  side 
of  the  river,  j  Some  go  without  Charlestown  neck 
and  travel  up  into  the  main  till  they  came  to  a 
place  well  watered,  whither  sir  R.  Saltonstall  with 
Mr.  Phillips  and  several  others  went  and  settled 
a  plantation,  and  called  it  Watertown.  In  the 
meantime,  Mr.  Blackstonof  Shawmut  coming  over, 
informs  the  governor  of  an  excellent  spring  there, 
withal  inviting  and  soliciting  him  thither,  tcr  [Up: 


312 


NEW   ENGLAJND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV 

on  which  it  seems  that  Mr.  Johnson  with  several 
others  soon  remove,  and  begin  to  settle  on  that  side 
of  the  river.] 

August  2.  One  of  Plymouth  writes  from  Charles- 
town  to  his  friend  at  Plymouth  :  \  The  sad  news 
here  is,  that  many  are  sick  and  many  are  dead,  the 
Lord  in  mercy  look  upon  them  ;  some  are  entered 
into  Church  Covenant,  and  others  it  is  like  will  add 
themselves  to  them  daily,  the  Lord  increase  them 
both  in  number  and  holiness.  Here  is  a  gentleman, 
one  Mr.  Cottington  a  Boston  man,  who  told  me 
that  Mr.  Cotton's  charge  at  Hampton  was ;  "  That 
they  should  take  advice  of  them  at  Plymouth,  and 
should  do  nothing  to  offend  them."*  Here  are  di- 
vers honest  christians  desirous  to  see  us,  some  out 
of  love  they  bear  us,  and  the  good  persuasion  they 
have  of  us,  others  to  see  whether  we  be  so  ill  as 
they  have  heard.  We  have  a  name  of  holiness  and 
love  to  God  and  his  saints,  the  Lord  make  us  more 
and  more  answerable,  that  it  may  be  more  than  a 
name.'  &c.  B 

August  20.  Arrives  in  Charlestown  harbour 
another  ship  called  the  Gift,  who  though  twelve 
weeks  at  sea,  yet  lost  but  one  passenger  ;  H  and 
deputy-governor  Dudley  says,  that  all  the  seven- 
teen ships  mentioned  in  the  note  to  page  271, 
arrived  safe  in  New  England,  for  the  increase  of 
the  plantation  here,  this  year,  1630. 

*  I  suppose  this  should  be  Coddington,  and  by  Boston  I  conclude  he  meant 
Boston  in  England,  for  Boston  in  New-England  seems  not  yet  to  be  named 
And  as  by  this  only  passage  of*  a  letter  in  governor  Bradford's  Mss  History, 
we  find  that  the  reverend  and  famous  Mr.  Cotton  went  from  Boston  in  Lin- 
colnshire to  take  his  leave  of  his  departing  friends  at  Southampton,  so  by  this 
we  find  he  had  better  ideas  of  the  Plymouth  people  than  had  been  represented 
by  their  enemies,  and  perhaps  the  letters  from  Mr.  Endicot  and  others  of 
Salem,  might  have  given  that  great  and  learned  man,  with  others  in  England,  a 
different  and  more  agreeable  apprehension  of  them 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


313 


1630.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

It  having  been  reported  in  England  that  there 
were  now  provisions  enough  here,  divers  ships  came 
not  so  well  supplied  as  otherwise  they  would,  and 
there  being  miserable  damage  of  our  provisions  at 
sea,  and  yet  some  imprudently  selling  much  of  the 
remainder  to  the  Indians  for  beaver, we  fall  into  great 
and  threatening  straits  for  want  of  food.  Upon 
which  the  governor  and  other  gentlemen  hire  and 
despatch  away  Mr.  William  Pierce  with  his  ship 
tcr  the  Lion  of  Bristol,  dd  of  about  two  hundred 
tons,  for  Ireland,  to  buy  more,  tcr  and  come  back 
with  all  speed  ;  with  whom  goes  Mr.  Revil,  one  of 
the  five  undertakers  here,  Mr.  Vassal,  one  of  the 
assistants,  with  his  family,  and  Mr.  Bright  the 
minister  sent  hither  the  year  before,  dd 

The  mortality  increasing  many  died  weekly,  yea 
almost  daily,  among  whom  were  Mrs.  Pynchon, 
Mrs.  Coddington,  Mrs.  Phillips  and  Mrs.  Alcock,  a 
sister  of  Mr.  Hooker's  ;  so  that  the  ships  being  now 
on  their  return,  some  for  England,  some  for  Ire- 
land, there  was  not  much  less  than  an  hundred, 
some  think  many  more,  partly  out  of  dislike  of 
our  government,  which  restrained  and  punished 
their  excesses,  and  partly  through  fear  of  famine, 
not  seeing  other  means  than  by  their  labour  to  feed 
themselves,  returned  back,  and  glad  were  we  so  to 
be  rid  of  them.  Others  also  afterwards  hearing  of 
men  of  their  own  disposition  at  Pascataway,  went 
from  us  to  them,  whereby  though  our  numbers  were 
lessened,  yet  we  accounted  ourselves  nothing  weak- 
ened by  their  removal,  dd 

August  23.  The  first  court  of  assistants  held  at 
Charlestown,  Mcr  on  board  the  Arbella;  j  present 
governor  Winthrop,  deputy-governor  Dudley,  sir 
R.  Saltonstall,  Mr.  Ludlow,  Rossiter,  Nowell,  T. 
Sharp,  Pynchon,  and  Bradstreet ;  wherein  the  first 
40 


314 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1630.  King:  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV 

thing  propounded  is,  how  the  ministers  shall  be 
maintained  ;  Mr.  Wilson  and  Phillips  only  propos- 
ed, and  ordered  that  houses  be  built  for  them  with 
convenient  speed  at  the  public  charge.  Sir  R. 
Saltonstall  undertook  to  see  it  done  at  his  planta- 
tion for  Mr.  Phillips  ;  and  the  governor  at  the  other 
plantation  for  Mr.  Wilson  ;  Mr.  Phillips  to  have 
thirty  pounds  a  year,  beginning  at  the  first  of  Sep- 
tember next ;  Mr.  Wilson  to  have  twenty  pounds  a 
year  till  his  wife  come  .over,  beginning  at  July  10 
last,  all  this  at  the  common  charge,  those  of  Matta- 
pan  and  Salem  excepted.  Ordered  that  Morton 
of  Mount  Wollaston  be  sent  for  presently  ;  and 
that  carpenters,  joiners,  bricklayers,  sawyers,  and 
thatch ers,  take  no  more  than  two  shillings  a  day, 
under  pain  of  ten  shillings  to  giver  and  taker.  Mcr 
And  Mr.  Bradstreet  chosen  secretary,    j  * 

August  27,  Friday,  the  first  ordination  of  an 
elder  in  the  Massachusetts  Bay,  namely,  Mr.  Wil- 
son, sd  who  is  [now]  made  pastor  [or  teaching 
elder]  of  the  church  at  Charlestown,  tcr  and  whose 
extent  now  reaches  on  both  sides  the  river,  j 

August  e.  About  this  time  del  dies  at  Salem, 
and  is  soon  after  interred  there,  the  lady  Arbella, 
wife  of  Mr.  Johnson,  who  came  from  a  paradise  of 
delight  and  plenty,  she  enjoyed  in  the  family  of  a 
noble  earldom,  into  this  wilderness  of  straits  ;  and 
now  left  her  worthy  consort  overwhelmed  in  grief 
and  tears.  H 

September  b.  Dies  of  a  fever  Mr.  Gager,  a 
skilful  surgeon,  a  right  godly  man,  and  one  of  the 
deacons  of  our  congregation  ;  as  also  the  rever- 
end Mr.  Higginson  of  a  consumption,  dd  the  first 


*  Johnson  says,  Mr.  Winthrop  was  then  chosen  governor,  and  Mr.  Dudley 
deputy-governor  for  the  remainder  of  the  year  [which  seems  unlikely,  having 
been  chosen  before  in  England.] 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY.  315 
1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

teacher  of  the  church  at  Salem,  H  a  zealous  and 
profitable  preacher,  dd  aged  43.  cm* 

September  7.  The  second  court  of  assistants 
held  at  Charlestown  ;  present  governor  Winthrop, 
deputy-governor  Dudley,  sir  R.  Saltonstall,  Mr. 
Johnson,  Endicot,  Sharp,  Nowell,  Coddington, 
Ludlow,  Rossiter,  Pynchon,  Bradstreet ;  ordered 
that  Thomas  Morton  of  Mount  Wollaston  shall 
presently  be  set  in  the  bilbows,  and  after  sent  pris- 
oner to  England  by  the  ship  called  the  Gift,  now 
returning  thither  ;  that  all  his  goods  shall  be  seized 
to  defray  the  charge  of  his  transportation,  payment 
of  his  debts,  and  to  give  satisfaction  to  the  Indians 
for  a  canoe  he  took  unjustly  from  them  ;  and  that 
his  house  be  burnt  down  to  the  ground  in  sight  of 
the  Indians,  for  their  satisfaction  for  many  wrongs 
he  has  done  theme  Ordered  that  no  person  shall 
plant  in  any  place  within  the  limits  of  this  patent 
without  leave  from  the  governor  and  assistants  or 
major  part  of  them  ;  that  a  warrant  shall  presently 
be  sent  to  Agawam  to  command  those  who  are 
planted  there  forthwith  to  come  away,  and  that 
Trimountain  be  called  Boston  ;  Mattapan,  Dor- 
chester ;  and  the  town  upon  Charles  river,  Water- 
town.  Mcr 

Thus  this  remarkable  Peninsula,  about  two  miles 
in  length  and  one  in  breadth,  in  those  times  ap- 
pearing at  high  water  in  the  form  of  two  islands, 
whose  Indian  name  was  Shawmut,  but  I  suppose 
on  the  account  of  three  contiguous  hills  appearing 
in  a  range  to  those  at  Charlestown,  by  the  English 
called  at  first  Trimountain,  and  now  receives  the 

*  Mr.  Morton  says  he  died  about  the  same  time  of  the  year  after  his  ordina- 
tion, in  August  5  doctor  C.  Mather  says,  in  August,  and  Mr.  Hubbard  on 
August  6,  but  deputy-governor  Dudley  writing  about  the  same  time,  I  choose 
to  mention  it  in  the  same  manner. 


316 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY 


1630.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

name  of  Boston.  Which  deputy-governor  Dudley 
says,  they  had  before  intended  to  call  the  place 
they  first  resolved  on,  and  Mr.  Hubbard,  that  they 
gave  this  name  on  the  account  of  Mr.  Cotton,  [the 
then  famous  Puritan  minister  of  Boston  in  England  ; 
for  whom  they  had  the  highest  reverence,  and  of 
whose  coming  over  they  were  doubtless  in  some 
hopeful  prospect.]  And  from  the  late  Judge  Sew- 
all  in  comparison  with  the  Charlestown  records,  I 
learn,  that  this  town  was  settled  under  the  conduct 
of  Mr.  Johnson  ;  whom  Mr.  Hubbard  calls  a  wor- 
thy gentleman  of  note  for  piety  and  wisdom,  and 
the  reverend  Mr.  Danforth  of  Roxbury,  styles  him 
a  right  Nathaniel,  eminent  for  piety  and  virtue,  and 
in  another  place  a  gentleman  of  singular  piety  and 
sincerity.* 

To  this  town  the  major  part  of  the  Church  in  a 
little  time  removes  from  Charlestown,  and  so  much 
increases,  as  that  one  hundred  and  fifty-one  are 
admitted  by  October  14,  1632,  when  they  peacea- 
bly divide  into  two  churches,  tcr  c  br 

i  Thus  out  of  small  beginnings  great  things  have 
been  produced  by  His  hand  that  made  all  things, 
and  gives  being  to  all  things  that  are  ;  and  as  one 
small  candle  may  light  a  thousand,  so  the  light 
heref  kindled  hath  shone  to  many,  yea  in  some 
sort  to  our  whole  nation,  let  the  glorious  name  of 
Jehovah  have  all  the  praise.'  B% 

*  In  his  Chronological  articles  at  the  end  of  his  Almanacs,  printed  in  1647 
and  1649. 

t  Governor  Bradford  adding  this  immediately  after  the  article  of  August  2, 
it  seems  unceitain  whether  by  here  he  meant  the  Plymouth  or  Boston  Church, 
though  I  am  apt  to  think  the  latter. 

X  [Here  ends  the  first  volume  of  the  New  England  Chronology,  published  in 
1736.  With  the  next  paragraph  begins  the  first  number  of  the  continuation, 
under  the  title  of  Annals  of  New  England,  published  by  the  learned  author, 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


317 


1680.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  iV. 

September  28,  1630.  The  third  court  of  assist- 
ants at  Charlestown.  Present,  the  governor,  dep- 
uty-governor, captain  Endicot,  Messrs.  Ludlow,  No- 
welJ,  Coddington,  Bradstreet,  Rossiter,  Pynchon. 
Ordered,  1st.  that  no  person  permit  any  Indian 
to  use  any  piece  (or  gun)  on  any  occasion  ;  under 
ten  pounds  for  the  first  offence  ;  for  the  second,  to 
be  fined  and  imprisoned  at  the  discretion  of  the 
court  ;  2d.  that  no  person  give,  sell,  truck,  or  send 
any  Indian  corn  to  any  English  out  of  this  jurisdic- 
tion, nor  to  any  Indian,  without  licence  from  the 

after  an  interval  of  near  twenty  years,  namely,  in  1755.  On  the  cover  of 
this  number  was  printed  the  following 

<  ADVERTISEMENT. 

{  Having-  brought  our  Annals  of  New  England  down  to  the  settlement  of  the 
Massachusetts  Colony,  in  the  first  volume,  and  having  lately  received  a  most 
authentic  and  Valuable  journal  of  events  relating  to  said  Colony,  from  the 
time  when  their  first  governor  Winthrop,  deputy-governor  Dudley,  eleven 
assistants  with  their  charter,  four  ministers  and  about  1500  people  were  wait- 
ing at  the  Isle  of  Wight  and  other  places  in  the  south  and  west  of  England, 
to  sail  for  this  desired  land  ;  namely,  from  Monday,  March  29,  1630,  to  Jan- 
uary 11,  1648,  49;  wherein  are  many  remarkables  not  to  be  found  any- 
where else  ;  and  whereby  alone  we  are  enabled  to  correct  many  mistakes, 
and  ascertain  the  dates  of  many  articles  in  others  ;  all  wrote  with  the  said 
governor  Winthrop's  own  hand,  who  deceased  in  the  very  house  I  dwell  in, 
the  26th  of  March  after  ;  I  may  now  proceed  with  a  further  enlargement  of 
intelligence,  and  with  a  greater  certainty  and  exactness. 

'  And  for  my  readers'  greater  satisfaction  I  shall  also  go  on,  as  I  did  before, 
to  give  them,  not  my  own  expressions,  but  those  of  the  authors  who  lived  in 
the  times  they  wrote  of ;  excepting  now  and  then  a  word  or  note  of  mine  for 
explanation  sake,  distinguished  from  theirs  by  being  enclosed  in  such  marks 
as  (these).  So  that  we  may,  as  it  were,  hear  those  eminent  persons,  governor 
Bradford,  governor  Winslow,  governor  Winthrop,  Mr.  secretary  Morton  of 
Plymouth,  governor  Bradstreet,  Mr.  secretary  Nowell,  &.c.  in  the  Massachu- 
setts Colony  Records,  the  Reverend  Mr.  Hubbard,  and  others,  telling  us  the 
remarkable  events  of  the  times  they  lived  in. 

'  But  as  I  was  unhappily  obliged  to  close  the  former  volume  abruptly  in 
September  1630,  about  two  months  after  our  entering  the  second  section  of 
the  second  part,  I  must  refer  to  that,  and  begin  the  second  volume  with 
September  28,  in  continuation  of  the  second  section.' 

On  the  covers  of  the  three  numbers  of  the  second  volume  were  also  several 
other  notes,  principally  explanatory  of  the  references,  which  in  this  edition 
will  be  found  in  their  appropriate  places,  in  the  margin. 

Editor  of  the  present  Edition.] 


318 


*EW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1630.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

governor  and  assistants.*  3d.  that  fifty  pounds  be 
levied  out  of  the  several  plantations  for  Mr.  Patrick 
and  Mr.  Underhill ;  (I  suppose  for  some  military 
purpose,)  namely, 


1  Charlestown  to  pay  71. 

2  Boston  lit 

3  Dorchester  7 

4  Roxbury  5 

5  Watertown  11 


6  Medford,  to  pay  3/. 

7  Salem  3 

8  Wessaguscus  (after 
called  Weymouth)  2 

9  Nantasket  1 


Mcr  50 

September  30.  Thursday,  about  two  in  the 
morning,  Mr.  Isaac  Johnson  dies.  He  was  a  holy 
man  and  wise,  and  died  in  sweet  peace  ;  leaving 
part  of  his  substance  to  the  colony,  id  This  gen- 
tleman was  a  prime  man  among  us,  having  the 
best  estate  of  any  ;  zealous  for  religion,  one  of  the 
five  undertakers,!  and  the  greatest  furtherer  of  this 
plantation.  He  made  a  most  godly  end;  dying 
willingly  ;  professing  his  life  better  spent  in  pro- 
moting this  plantation,  than  it  could  have  been  any 
other  way.  He  left  to  us  a  great  loss,  dd  The 
first  magistrate  that  died  in  the  Massachusetts,  sd 
(And  captain  Johnson  says)  The  beginning  of  this 
work  seemed  very  dolorous  ;  first  for  the  death  of 
that  worthy  personage,  Isaac  Johnson,  Esq.  whom 
the  Lord  had  endued  with  many  precious  gifts  ; 

*  English  and  Indian  corn  being  ten  shillings  a  strike,  and  beaver  at  six 
shillings  a  pound,  we  made  laws  to  restrain  selling  corn  to  the  Indians  ;  and 
to  leave  the  price  of  beaver  at  liberty,  which  was  presently  sold  for  ten  shil- 
lings and  twenty  shillings  a  pound,  dd  The  sums  of  money  named  in  this 
section  are  in  sterling. 

t  (By  this  it  seems  as  if  the  much  greater  part  of  the  people  nt  Charles- 
town  were  now  removed  to  Boston,  and  the  reverend  Mr.  Wilson  with 
them.) 

w  Governor  Winthrop's  journal  in  manuscript. 

$  The  five  undertakers  were  governor  Winthrop,  deputy-governor  Dudley, 
sir  Richard  Saltonstall,  Isaac  Johnson,  Esq.  and  Mr.  Revil.  dd 
dd  Deputy-governor  Dudley's  letter  to  the  countess  of  Lincoln. 
sd  Reverend  Samuel  Danforth. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


319 


1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

insomuch  as  he  was  held  in  high  esteem  among  all 
the  people  of  God,  and  as  a  chief  pillar  to  support 
this  new  erected  building.  He  very  much  rejoiced 
at  his  death,  that  the  Lord  had  been  pleased  to 
keep  his  eyes  open  so  long,  as  to  see  one  church 
of  Christ  gathered  before  his  death.  At  whose 
departure  there  were  not  only  many  weeping  eyes, 
but  some  fainting  hearts,  fearing  the  fall  of  the 
present  work,  j  (And  the  late  chief  justice  Sam- 
uel Sewall,  Esq.  informed  me,  that  this  Mr.  John- 
son was  the  principal  cause  of  settling  the  town  of 
Boston,  and  so  of  its  becoming  the  metropolis,  and 
had  removed  hither  ;  had  chosen  for  his  lot  the 
great  square  lying  between  Cornhill  on  the  south- 
east, Tremont-street  on  the  northwest,  Queen- 
street  on  the  northeast,  and  School-street  on  the 
southwest ;  and  on  his  death  bed  desiring  to  be 
buried  at  the  upper  end  of  his  lot,  in  faith  of  his 
rising  in  it.  He  was  accordingly  buried  there  ; 
which  gave  occasion  for  the  first  burying  place  of 
this  town  to  be  laid  out  round  about  his  grave.) 

(October).  6  The  first  execution  in  Plymouth 
Colony,  which  is  a  matter  of  great  sadness  to  us, 
is  of  one  John  Billington  ;  for  waylaying  and  shoot- 
ing John  Newcomen,  a  young  man,  B  in  the 
shoulder,  H  whereof  he  died.  The  said  Billing- 
ton was  one  of  the  profanest  among  us.  He  came 
from  London,  and  I  know  not  by  what  friends 
shuffled  into  our  company.  We  used  all  due 
means  about  his  trial ;  he  was  found  guilty  both  by 
grand  and  petty  jury  ;  and  we  took  the  advice  of 
Mr.  Winthrop,  and  others,  the  ablest  gentlemen  in 
the  Massachusetts  Bay,  who  all  concurred  with  us. 


j  Captain  Johnson's  history  of  New  England. 

H  Reverend  Mr.  William  Hubbard's  History  of  New  England 


320  NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

that  be  ought  to  die,  and  the  land  be  purged  from 
blood.  B* 

Mr.  Phillips  the  minister  of  Watertown,  and 
others,  have  their  houses  burnt,  w 

October  19.  The  first  General  Court  of  the 
Massachusetts  Colony — and  this  at  Boston  ;  pre- 
sent, the  governor,  deputy-governor,  sir  Richard 
Saltonstall,  Mr.  Ludlow,  captain  Endicot,  Mr.  No- 
well,  Pynchon,  Bradstreet.  Mcr  (N.  B.  For  the 
form  of  government  in  the  Massachusetts  under 
deputy-governor  Endicot,  subordinate  to  the  go- 
vernor and  company  in  England  before  they  arrived 
with  the  charter,  see  April  20,  1628,  and  April 
30,  1629.  But  since  their  arrival  here,  the  [first] 
form  of  their  government  was  that  of  governor, 
deputy-governor,  and  assistants  ;  the  patentees  with 
their  heirs,  assigns,  and  associates  being  freemen, 
&c.  But  now  in  this  General  Court,  they  agree 
on  a  [second]  form  as  follows).  Proposed  as  the 
best  course — For  the  freemen  to  have  the  power  of 
choosing  assistants,  when  they  are  to  be  chosen  ; 
and  the  assistants,  from  among  themselves  to 
choose  the  governor,  and  deputy-governor,  who 
with  the  assistants  to  have  the  power  of  making 
laws,  and  choosing  officers  to  execute  the  same. 
This  was  fully  assented  to  by  the  general  vote  of 
the  people.  Mcr 

And  now  the  Mcr  gives  the  first  list  of  persons 
desiring  to  be  made  freemen,  to  the  number  of  108 
as  follows. 

*  (N.  B.  This  is  the  order  wherein  governor  Winthrop  sets  this  article, 
who  was  consulted  about  it ;  though  Mr.  Hubbard  says,  about  September ; 
and  governor  Bradford — in  the  latter  part  of  the  year.) 

Mcr  Massachusetts  Colony  Records  in  manuscript. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


321 


1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — 1 

Mr.  Samuel  Maverick, 
"  Edward  Johnson, 
"  Edward  Gibbins  (or 
Gibbons,  after,  ma- 
jor-general,) 
"  William  Jeffries, 
u  Samuel  Sharp, 
u  Thomas  Graves, 
(after,a  rear-admiral 
in  England,) 
"  Roger  Conant, 
"  Nathaniel  Turner, 
"  Samuel  Freeman, 
"  William  Clerke, 
"  Abraham  Palmer, 
u  William  Pelham, 
w  Wm.  Blackstone, 
(formerly  a  minis- 
ter ;  after,  went  to 
Providence,) 
"  Richard  Brown, 
"  George  Ludlow, 
James  Penn,  (after,  rul- 
ing elder  of  the  first 
church  in  Boston,) 
Henry  Woolcot, 
Thomas  Stoughton, 
Roger  Williams,  (a  min- 
ister, who  goes  first  to 
Salem,  second  to  Ply- 
mouth, third  to  Salem 
again,  fourth  to  Pro- 
vidence,) 
Capt.  Walter  Norton, 


France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV, 

James  Pemberton, 
Mr.  John  Dillingham, 
John  Johnson, 
George  Alcock, 
Thomas  Lamb, 
Mr.  Charles  Gott, 
"  George  Phillips, 
(minister  of  Water- 
town,) 
"  John  Wilson,  (min- 
ister of  Boston,) 
"  John  Maverick 
and 

"  John  Wareham, 
ministers    of  Dor- 
chester, 
"  Samuel  Skelton, 

(minister  of  Salem,) 
"  William  Colborn, 
(after,  ruling  elder 
of  the  first  church 
in  Boston,) 
"  William  Aspinwall, 
(after,  Secretary  of 
Rhode  Island  Co- 
lony,) 
Edward  Converse, 
Richard  Church, 
Richard  Silvester, 
William  Balstone, 
John  Phillips, 
Nathaniel  Bowman, 
Daniel  Abbot, 
Mr.  Samuel  Pool,  &c. 

Mcr 


41 


'522 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1630  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

(But  many  of  them  seem  not  to  be  made  free- 
men till  May  18,  1631  ;  which  see.  But  captain 
Johnson  says,  that)  at  the  Court  in  October  many 
of  the  first  planters  came  and  were  made  free  ;  yet 
afterward  none  were  admitted  to  this  fellowship 
but  such  as  were  at  first  joined  in  fellowship  with 
one  of  the  churches  of  Christ ;  their  chiefest  aim 
being  bent  to  promote  this  work  altogether  ;  (and 
that)  the  number  of  freemen  this  year  was  about 
11 0.j  (But  he  mistakes  in  calling  this  their  second 
Court  on  the  south  side  of  the  river.) 

October  23,  Mr.  Rossiter,  one  of  the  assistants 
dies  ;  to  a  godly  man,  and  of  a  good  estate,  which 
still  weakens  us  ;  so  that  now  there  are  left,  of  (he 
five  undertakers,  but  three,  namely,  governor  Win- 
throp,  deputy-governor  Dudley,  and  sir  R.  Salton- 
stall  ;  and  seven  other  assistants,  dd  (namely,  cap- 
tain Endicot,  Messrs.  Ludlow,  Nowell,  Pynchon, 
Coddington,  Bradstreet,  and  T,  Sharp.  See  Octo- 
ber 20,  1629,  March  23,  August  23,  and  September 
7,  1630.) 

October  25.  Mr.  Colborn,  who  was  chosen  dea- 
con by  the  congregation  a  week  before,  (is  now) 
invested  by  imposition  of  hands  of  the  minister, 
(that  is,  Mr.  Wilson)  and  elder,  (that  is,  Mr.  No- 
well.)  w 

The  governor,  in  consideration  of  the  inconve- 
niences which  had  grown  in  England,  by  drinking 
one  to  another,  restrained  it  at  his  own  table,  and 
wished  others  to  do  the  like  ;  so  as  it  grows  by 
little  and  little  to  (be)  disused,  w 

October  29.  '  The  Handmaid  arrives  at  Plym- 
outh ;  having  been  twelve  weeks  at  sea,  and  spent 
all  her  masts.  Of  twenty-eight  cows,  lost  ten  ;  has 
about  sixty  passengers,  who  come  all  well.'  w 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


328 


1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV 

The  first  recorded  as  baptised  in  Boston 
church,  are  said  to  be  baptised  in  said  church  in 
this  month,  and  are  only  three,  namely,  Joy  and 
Recompence,  daughters  of  brother  John  Miles; 
and  Pity,  daughter  of  our  brother  William  Bal- 
stone.  bcr 

October  e.  The  governor,  deputy-governor,  and 
Mr.  (Samuel)  Maverick  join  in  sending  out  our 
pinnace  to  the  Narragansetts,  to  trade  for  corn  to 
supply  our  wants.  After  doubling  Cape  Cod,  she 
put  into  the  next  harbor  she  found  ;  and  there 
meeting  with  Indians  who  showing  their  willing- 
ness to  truck,  she  made  her  voyage  there,  and 
brought  us  an  hundred  bushels  of  corn,  which  help- 
ed us  something.  From  the  coast  where  they 
traded,  they  saw  a  very  large  island  four  leagues 
to  the  east,  which  the  Indians  commended  as  a 
fruitful  place,  full  of  good  vines,  and  free  from 
sharp  frosts  ;  having  one  only  entrance  into  it  by 
a  navigable  river  ;  inhabited  by  a  few  Indians* 
which  for  a  trifle  would  leave  the  island,  if  the 
English  would  set  them  upon  the  main,  dd  (This 
is,  no  doubt,  the  island  of  Aquethneck,  after  called 
Rhode  Island.) 

About  November,  the  governor  and  deputy-go^ 
vernor,  with  most  of  the  assistants,  remove  their 
families  to  Boston.  H 

November  9.  The  fourth  Court  of  assistants? 
but  the  first  at  Boston.  Present,  governor^  dep- 
uty-governor, Mr.  Ludlow,  captain  Endicot,  Mr* 
Coddington,  Pynchon,  Bradstreet,  Ordered,  first, 
that  every  Englishman  who  kills  a  wolf  within  this 
patent,  shall  have  one  penny  for  every  beast  and 
horse,  and  one  farthing  for  every  weaned  swine 


her  Boston  Church  Records,  Id  manuscript. 


324 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

and  goat,  in  every  plantation,  to  be  levied  by  the 
constables  of  said  plantations.  And,  second,  who- 
ever will  first  give  in  his  name  to  the  governor,  that 
he  will  undertake  to  set  up  a  ferry  between  Boston 
and  Charlestown,  and  begin  the  same  at  such  time 
as  the  governor  shall  appoint,  shall  have  one  pen- 
ny for  every  person,  and  one  penny  for  every  hun- 
dred pound  weight  of  goods  he  shall  so  transport. 
Mcr 

November  10.  Firmin,  of  Watertown,  has  his 
wigwam  burnt,  to  Divers  have  their  hay-stacks 
burnt,  by  burning  the  grass,  w 

November  1 1 .  The  master  (of  the  Handmaid) 
comes  to  Boston,  with  captain  Standish,  and  two 
gentlemen  passengers  who  come  to  plant  here  ; 
but  having  no  testimonials,  we  would  not  receive 
them,  id 

November  30.  The  fifth  and  last  Court  of  as- 
sistants this  year,  but  the  second  at  Boston.  Pre- 
sent, governor,  deputy-governor,  sir  R.  Saltonstall, 
Messrs.  Ludlow,  Nowell,  Pynchon,  Coddington, 
Bradstreet :  first,  one  of  the  assistants  fined  5/.  for 
whipping  two  persons  without  the  presence  of 
another  assistant,  contrary  to  an  act  of  Court  for- 
merly made  :  second,  ordered  that  a  man  be  whipt 
for  snooting  at  fowl  on  the  Sabbath  day  :  and  third, 
that  60/.  be  collected  for  the  maintenance  of  Mr. 
Wilson  and  Mr.  Phillips,  namely,  out  of 


Boston  201 
Watertown20 


Charlestown  10/.  I  Medford  3/. 
Roxbury       6    |  Winnesemet  1 


Mcr 

Of  the  people  who  came  over  with  us,  from  the 
time  of  their  setting  sail  from  England  in  April 
( this  year )  to  December,  there  died  by  estimation 
200  at  the  least ;  so  low  hath  the  Lord  brought  us. 
Yet  they  who  survived  were  not  discouraged,  but 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


325 


1630.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

bearing  God's  corrections  with  humility,  and  trust- 
ing in  his  mercies,  and  considering  how  after  a 
lower  ebb  he  had  raised  up  our  neighbours  at 
Plymouth,  we  began  again,  in  December,  to  con- 
sult about  a  fit  place  to  build  a  town  upon,  dd 

December  6.  The  governor  and  most  of  the 
assistants  and  others  meet  at  Roxbury,  and  agree 
to  build  a  town  fortified  upon  the  neck  between 
that  and  Boston  ;  and  a  committee  is  appointed  to 
consider  of  all  things  requisite,  &c.  iv 

December  16.  The  committee  meet  at  Roxbury, 
and  upon  further  consideration  for  ( three )  reasons  it 
is  concluded  we  should  not  have  a  town  in  the 
place  aforesaid  ;  first,  because  men  would  be  forced 
to  keep  two  families  ;  second,  there  is  no  run- 
ning water,  and  if  there  are  any  springs,  they  will 
not  suffice  the  town  ;  third,  the  most  of  the  people 
have  built  already,  and  would  not  be  able  to  build 
again  ;  so  we  agree  to  meet  at  Watertown,  this 
day  se'nnight,  and  in  the  meantime  other  places 
should  be  viewed,  to 

Captain  Neale  and  other  gentlemen  come  to  us 
(at  Boston)  ;  he  came  in  the  barque  Warwick  this 
summer  to  Pascatoway,  sent  as  governor  there  for 
sir  Ferdinand  Gorges  and  others,  w 

December  21.  We  meet  again  at  Watertown, 
and  here,  upon  view  of  a  place  a  mile  beneath  the 
town,  all  agree  it  a  fit  place  for  a  fortified  town, 
and  we  take  time  to  consider  farther  about  it. 

December  24.  Till  this  time  there  was  [for  the 
most  part]  fair  open  weather,  with  gentle  frosts  in 
the  night,  but  this  day  the  wind  comes  N.  W.  very 
sharp  and  some  snow,  but  so  cold  that  some  have 
their  fingers  froze  and  in  danger  to  be  lost,  w 

December  26.  (Lord's  day)  the  rivers  are  froze 
up,  and  they  of  Charlestown  could  not  come  to  the 


326 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1630.    King-  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV 

sermon  at  Boston  until  the  afternoon  at  high  wa- 
ter, to 

Many  of  the  cows  and  goats  are  forced  to  be 
still  abroad  for  want  of  houses,  iv 

December  28.  After  many  consultations  at  Bos- 
ton, Roxbury  and  Watertown,  by  governor  Win- 
throp  (deputy-governor  Dudley)  and  assistants, 
about  a  fit  place  to  build  a  town  for  the  seat  of 
government,  they  this  day  agree  on  a  place  on  the 
west  ( rather  northwest  side  of  Charles  river,  about 
three  miles  west  from  Charlestown  :  and  all  except 
Mr.  Endicot  and  (T.)  Sharp,*  oblige  themselves  to 
build  houses  there  the  following  spring,  and  remove 
their  ordnance  and  munition  thither  ;  and  first  call 
the  place  Newton,  but  after  ( namely,  in  1638) 
Cambridge,    dd  msl 

December  22.  Richard  Garret  of  Boston,  with 
one  of  his  daughters  a  young  maid,  and  four  others, 
against  the  advice  of  their  friends,  went  towards 
Plymouth  in  a  shallop,  and  about  the  Gurnet's  Nose, 
the  wind  blew  so  much  at  northwest,  as  they  were 
put  to  sea,  and  the  boat  took  in  much  water,  which 
froze  so  hard  as  they  could  not  free  her,  so  that 
they  gave  themselves  for  lost,  and  committing  them- 
selves to  God,  disposed  themselves  to  die.  But 
one  of  their  company  espying  land  near  Cape  Cod, 
they  made  a  shift  to  hoist  up  part  of  their  sail,  and 
by  God's  special  providence  were  carried  through 
the  rocks  to  the  shore,  where  some  got  on  land, 
but  some  had  their  legs  frozen  in  the  ice,  so  as 
they  were  forced  to  be  cut  out.  Being  now  on 
shore  they  kindle  a  fire,  but  having  no  hatchet,  they 
can  get  but  little  wood,  and  are  forced  to  lie  in  the 
open  air  all  night,  being  extremely  cold.    In  the 

(*  The  former  living-  at'  Salem  and)  the  latter  purposing  to  return  by  the 
next  ship  to  England.  4& 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY.  327 
1630.   King'of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

morning  two  of  their  company  go  towards  Ply- 
mouth. [Supposing  it  within  seven  or  eight  miles, 
whereas  it  is  near  fifty  from  them]  ( and  not  an 
English  house  nearer.^  By  the  way  they  meet  two 
Indian  squaws,  who  telling  their  husbands  they 
had  met  two  Englishmen  that  had  been  ship- 
wrecked, make  after  them  and  bring  them  back  to 
their  wigwam,  and  entertain  them  kindly,  and  one 
of  them  ( namely  of  the  Indians )  next  day  goes  with 
them  to  Plymouth  ;  and  the  other  (Indian)  goes  to 
find  out  their  boat  and  the  rest  of  their  company 
which  are  seven  miles  off,  and  having  found  them 
helps  them  what  he  can,  returns  to  his  wigwam, 
fetches  a  hatchet,  builds  them  a  wigwam,  covers  it, 
gets  them  wood  :  (for  they  were  so  weak  and  fro- 
zen, as  they  could  not  stir)  and  Garret  dies  about 
two  days  after  his  landing  ;  and  the  ground  so  fro- 
zen as  they  could  not  dig  his  grave,  the  Indian, 
with  his  hatchet,  hews  a  hole  about  half  a  yard 
deep,  (puts  the)  corpse  in  it,  and  lays  over  it  a  great 
heap  of  wood  to  keep  it  from  the  wolves.  By  this 
time  the  governor  of  Plymouth  sends  three  men  to 
them  with  provisions,  who  launched  their  boat 
( which  the  wind  had  driven  up  to  high  water  mark J 
and  with  a  fair  wind  get  to  Plymouth,  where  another 
of  their  company  dies,  his  flesh  being  mortified 
with  the  frost,  and  the  two  who  went  towards  Ply- 
mouth died  also,  one  of  them  being  not  able  to  get 
thither,  and  the  other  had  his  foot  so  frozen  as  he 
died  of  it  after.  The  girl  escaped  best,  and  one 
Harwood,  a  godly  man  of  the  congregation  of 
Boston,  lies  long  under  the  surgeon's  hand,  w 


328  NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 

1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

APPENDIX  TO  1630. 

1.    Articles  of  uncertain  dates. 

Half  our  cows  and  almost  all  our  mares  and 
goats  sent  us  out  of  England  died  at  sea,  and  those 
intended  to  be  sent  us  out  of  Ireland  were  not  sent 
at  all  :  all  which,  together  with  the  loss  of  our  six 
months'  building,  occasioned  by  our  intended  remo- 
val to  a  town  to  be  fortified,  weaken  our  estates, 
especially  the  estates  of  the  undertakers,  who  were 
three  or  four  thousand  pounds  (sterling)  engaged 
in  the  joint  stock,  which  is  now  not  above  so  many 
hundreds,  yet  many  of  us  labor  to  bear  it  as  com- 
fortably as  we  could,  remembering  the  end  of  our 
coming  hither,  and  knowing  the  power  of  God, 
who  can  support  and  raise  us  again,  and  useth  to 
bring  his  servants  low  that  the  meek  may  be  made 
glorious  by  deliverance,  dd 

It  goes  harder  with  this  poor  people  in  their  be- 
ginnings, because  of  the  scarcity  of  all  sorts  of 
grain  this  year  in  England  ;  every  bushel  of  wheat 
meal  standing  them  in  fourteen  shillings  (sterling) 
and  every  bushel  of  peas  ten  shillings,  and  not  easy 
to  be  procured  neither.  H  (And)  coming  into  this 
country,  we  found  some  English  at  Salem,  and 
some  few  at  Charlestown,  who  were  very  destitute  ; 
and  planting  time  being  past,  shortly  after,  provi- 
sion was  not  to  be  had  for  money.  And  the  un- 
subdued wilderness  yielding  little  food,  many  were 
in  great  straits  for  want  of  provision  for  themselves 
and  their  little  ones.  We  quickly  built  boats,  and 
some  went  a  fishing.  Bread  was  with  many  a  very 
scarce  thing,  and  flesh  of  all  kinds  as  scarce  :  and 
oh  the  hunger  that  many  suffered,  and  saw  no  hope 
in  an  eye  of  reason  to  be  supplied,  but  with  fish, 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


329 


1630.  King-  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

clams  and  muscles.  But  God  caused  liis  people  to 
be  contented  with  mean  tilings,  and  to  trust  in 
him.  c 

II.    A  list  of  Ships  which  arrived  in  New-England  this  year. 


No 


Names 


whence 

when 

set  sail 

set  sail 

England 

1630 

Bristol 

Feb.  dd 

Plymouth 

March  20 

^  Yarmouth 

April  8 

/  at  the 

ditto 

(  Isle  of 

ditto 

)  Wight 

ditto 

S.  Hampton 

May 

ditto 

ditto 

ditto 

ditto 

ditto 

ditto 

ditto 

ditto 

ditto 

ditto 

ditto 

ditto 

May  e 

June  dd 

August  6 

when 
arrived 


where 
arrived 


3 
4 
5 
<> 
7 
8 
9 
L0 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 


Lion 

Mary -John 

Arbella 

Jewel 

Ambrose 

Talbot 

May-Flower 

Whale 

Hopewell 

Wm.&Fian. 

Tryal 

Charles 

Success 

Gift 

Another  dd 
Handmaid 
Another  set  out 


1630 
May  e. 
May  30 
June  12 
June  13 
June  18 
July  2 

I  July  1 


Atw- England 

Salein 

Nantasket 


Salei 


Charlestown 


S  July  3 

|  July  5 

July  6 
August  20 

October  29  Plymouth 


(Salem) 

?  Charlestown 
J  Salem 
(Salem) 
Charlestown 


by  a  private  merchant,  dd 

These  seventeen  ships  arrived  all  safe  in  New- 
England,  for  the  increase  of  the  population  here, 
this  year,  1630.  dd 

III.    Accounts  of  the  thirteen  Magistrates  who  came  this  year 
with  the  Charter,  as  far  as  1  have  met  with. 

1.  John  Winthrop,  esquire,  governor.  His  an- 
cestor was  Adam  Winthrop,  a  worthy  gentleman 
(in  England  J  who  had  a  son  of  the  same  name,  a 
discreet,  learned  gentleman,  eminent  for  skill  in 
the  law,  not  without  remark  for  his  love  to  the 
Gospel  under  the  reign  of  king  Henry  VIII.  ;  and 
( another  son )  a  memorable  favorer  of  the  reformed 
religion  in  the  days  of  queen  Mary,  into  whose 
hands  the  famous  martyr  Philpot  committed  his 
papers,  which  afterwards  made  no  inconsiderable 
part  of  our  martyr  books.  This  Mr.  Adam  Win- 
throp had  a  son  of  the  same  name,  endowments 

c  Captain  Clapp's  memoirs. 

42 


330  NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 

1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV  . 

and  employments,  with  his  father.  And  this  third 
Mr.  Adam  Winthrop  was  father  to  this  renowned 
John  Winthrop,  who  is  the  founder  of  a  colony, 
which  on  many  accounts  like  him  that  founded  it, 
may  challenge  the  first  place  among  the  glories  of 
America.  Born  at  the  mansion  house  of  his  an- 
cestors, at  Groton,  in  Suffolk,  on  July  12,  1587; 
(had)  an  agreeable  education,  but  the  accomplish- 
ments of  a  lawyer  were  those  wherewith  heaven 
made  his  chief  opportunities  to  be  serviceable. 
Being  at  the  age  of  eighteen  made  a  Justice  of  the 
Peace,  his  virtues  began  to  fall  under  a  more  gene- 
ral observation,  (was)  not  only  exemplary  for  his 
conformity  to  the  laws  of  Christianity  in  his  conver- 
sation, but  also  discovered  a  more  than  ordinary 
measure  of  those  qualities  which  adorn  an  officer 
of  human  society.  His  justice  was  impartial,  his 
wisdom  excellently  tempered  things  according  to 
the  art  of  governing,  his  courage  made  him  dare  to 
do  right,  all  which  virtues  he  rendered  the  more 
illustrious  by  emblazoning  them  with  the  constant 
liberality  and  hospitality  of  a  gentleman.  This 
made  him  the  terror  of  the  wicked,  the  delight  of 
the  sober,  and  the  hope  of  those  who  had  any 
hopeful  design  in  hand  for  the  good  of  the  nation 
and  the  interest  of  religion.  Accordingly  when 
the  noble  design  of  carrying  a  colony  of  chosen 
people  into  an  American  wilderness,  was  by  some 
eminent  persons  undertaken,  this  eminent  person 
was,  by  the  consent  of  all,  chosen  for  the  Moses 
who  must  be  the  leader  of  so  great  an  undertak- 
ing ;  wherefore  having  sold  a  fair  estate  of  six  or 
seven  hundred  (sterling)  a  year,  he  (now)  trans- 
mitted himself  with  the  effects  of  it  into  New-Eng- 
land ;  cm  (in  the  forty-third  year  of  his  age,  is  the 

cm  Doctor  Cotton  Mather. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


331 


1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

first  governor  of  the  Massachusetts  Colony,  one  of 
the  five  undertakers,  the  first  member  who  joined 
in  forming  the  Congregational  Church  of  Charles- 
town  and  Boston,  and  the  principal  cause  of  fixing 
on  Boston  for  the  metropolis.) 

2.  Thomas  Dudley  esquire,  deputy-governor. 
Born  at  Northampton  in  1574,  (rather  1576)  the 
only  son  of  captain  Roger  Dudley  ;  who  being 
slain  in  the  wars  left  this  our  Thomas,  who  in  the 
family  of  the  east  of  Northampton  (learned)  the 
points  of  good  behaviour,  and  fitted  himself  to  do 
many  benefits  to  the  world  ;  next  became  a  clerk 
to  Judge  Nichols,  [who  being  his  kinsman  by  the 
mother,  took  the  more  special  notice  of  him,]  (im- 
proved) the  advantage  to  attain  such  skill  in  the 
law,  as  was  of  great  advantage  in  the  future  changes 
of  his  life  ;  and  the  Judge  would  have  preferred 
him  to  higher  employments,  whereto  his  prompt 
wit  not  a  little  recommended  him,  if  he  had  not  been 
by  death  prevented.  But  before  he  could  do  much 
at  the  pen  for  which  he  was  very  well  accomplished, 
he  was  called  to  the  sword  ;  for  being  a  young  gen- 
tleman well  known  for  ingenuity,  courage  and  con- 
duct, when  soldiers  were  to  be  raised  by  order  of 
queen  Elizabeth  for  the  service  of  king  Henry  IV. 
(of  France  against  the  Spaniards  on  the  borders  of 
the  Netherlands  in  1597,)  none  of  the  (youths) 
about  Northampton  were  willing  to  enter  the  ser- 
vice till  a  commission  was  given  to  young  Dudley 
to  be  their  captain,  and  then  presently  fourscore 
listed  under  him.  At  the  head  of  these  he  went 
over,  was  at  the  siege  of  Amiens;  and  thus  came 
to  be  furnished  for  the  field  as  well  as  the  bench ; 
but  (the  French  and  Spaniards  making  peace  in 
June  1,  1598,)  he  returned  to  England,  settled 
(near)  ^Northampton,   married    a  gentlewoman, 


332 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1630.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewia  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

whose  extract  and  estate  were  considerable,  and 
the  situation  of  his  (dwelling)  helped  him  to  enjoy 
the  ministry  of  Mr.  Dod,  Cleaver,  Winston,  and 
Hildersham,  excellent  and  renowned  men  ;  which 
Puritan  ministry  so  seasoned  his  heart  with  religion 
that  he  was  a  devout  christian,  and  a  follower  of 
the  ministers  that  most  effectually  preached  real 
Christianity  all  his  days.  The  spirit  of  real  Chris- 
tianity in  him  now  also  disposed  him  to  sober 
nonconformity,  and  from  this  time,  [though  none 
more  hated  the  fanaticisms  and  enthusiasms  of 
wild  opinionists,]  he  became  a  judicious  dissen- 
ter from  the  unscriptural  ceremonies  retained  in 
the  church  of  England.  Not  long  after  this,  the 
lords  Say  and  Compton,  and  other  persons  of 
quality,  made  such  observations  on  him  as  to  com- 
mend him  to  the  service  of  the  earl  of  Lincoln, 
then  a  young  man  and  newly  come  to  the  posses- 
sion of  his  earldom  ;  (whose)  grandfather  had  left 
his  affairs  under  vast  entanglements,  out  of  which 
his  father  was  never  able  to  extricate  himself,  which 
caused  (the  young  earl)  to  apply  to  Mr.  Dudley  for 
assistance,  who  proved  so  able,  careful  and  faithful 
a  steward,  that  in  a  little  while  the  debts  of  near 
twenty  thousand  pounds  were  happily  (discharged.) 
By  this  means  also  a  match  was  procured  between 
the  young  earl  and  the  lord  Say's  daughter,  who 
proved  a  most  virtuous  lady  and  a  great  blessing  to 
the  whole  family.  In  this  (business)  Mr.  Dudley 
continued  about  nine  or  ten  years  ;  but  then  growing 
desirous  of  a  more  private  life,  retired  to  Boston, 
(in  England)  where  the  ministry  and  acquaintance 
of  Mr.  Cotton  (were)  no  little  satisfaction  to  him. 
But  the  earl  could  no  more  be  without  Mr.  Dudley, 
than  Pharaoh  without  his  Joseph,  and  prevailed 
with  him  to  resume  his  former  employment ;  till  the 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


333 


1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

storm  of  persecution  on  the  nonconformists  caused 
many  men  of  great  worth  to  transport  themselves 
to  New  England.  Mr.  Dudley  was  not  the  least 
of  the  worthy  men  (who)  bore  a  part  in  this  trans- 
portation, in  hopes  that  in  an  American  wilderness 
they  might  peaceably  enjoy  the  pure  worship  of 
Christ.  And  when  the  undertakers  for  (this)  plan- 
tation came  to  know  him,  they  soon  saw  that  in 
him  that  caused  them  to  choose  him  their  deputy- 
governor  ;  in  which  capacity  he  (now)  arrived  cm 
(here,  in  the  fifty-fourth  year  of  his  age  ;  was  one 
of  the  five  undertakers,  the  second  member  in  form- 
ing the  congregational  church  of  Charlestown  and 
Boston,  and  a  principal  founder  of  the  town  of 
Newtown,  after  called  Cambridge  ;  being  zealous 
to  have  it  made  the  metropolis,  and  is  one  of  the 
first  who  builds  and  settles  there  in  the  spring  en- 
suing.) 

3.  Sir  Richard  Saltonstall,  (was  the  son  or 
grandson  to  sir  Richard  Saltonstall,  who  as  Mun- 
dy  in  his  Chronicle  records,  was  lord  mayor  of  Lon- 
don in  1597,  who  was  son  to  Gilbert  Saltonstall  of 
Halifax  in  Yorkshire.  He  was  the  first  associate 
to  the  six  original  patentees  mentioned  in  king 
Charles  T.  his  charter  of  the  Massachusetts,  of 
March  4,  1628,  9,  and  the  fourth  assistant  made 
therein  ;  now  comes  over  their  first  assistant,  a 
worthy  Puritan,  one  of  the  five  undertakers,  the 
first  founder  of  the  town,  and  first  member  of  the 
congregational  church  of  Watertown.) 

4.  Isaac  Johnson,  esquire.  (He  had  married 
the  lady  Arbella,  of  the  house  of  the  earls  of  Lin- 
coln ;  was  the  second  associate  to  the  six  original 
patentees  mentioned  in  said  charter,  and  the  fifth 
assistant  made  therein  ;  who  now  comes  over  their 
second  assistant  and  one  of  the  five  undertakers, 


334 


JNEYV  EiNGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1630.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV". 

was  the  third  member  who  joined  in  forming  the 
Congregational  Church  of  Charlestown  and  Boston, 
and  the  principal  founder  of  the  town  of  Boston. 
And  for  the  rest,  see  July  25,  August  e.  September 
7,  and  September  30,  1630. 

5.  Increase  Nowell,  Esq.  (His  father  or  grand- 
father was  brother  to  the  famous  Alexander  Nowell, 
dean  of  St.  Paul's  in  the  reign  of  queen  Elizabeth, 
and  prolocutor  of  her  first  Convocation  ;  he  was  the 
seventh  associate  mentioned  in  said  charter,  and 
the  eight  assistant  made  therein  ;  and  captain  En- 
dicot  being  the  third  assistant,  Mr.  Nowell,  as  their 
fourth,  now  comes  over,  one  of  the  owners  of  the 
Jewel,  a  zealous  Puritan  ;  the  fifth  who  joins  in 
forming  the  Congregational  Church  of  Charles- 
town  and  Boston,  and  the  principal  person  who 
continues  at  Charlestown.) 

6.  William  Vassal,  esquire,  (the  eighteenth  as- 
sociate mentioned  in  said  charter,  and  the  seven- 
teenth assistant  made  therein,  comes  over  as  their 
fifth  assistant,  but  this  last  summer  returned.) 

7.  William  Pynchon  esquire,  (a  gentleman  of 
learning  and  religion,  the  nineteenth  associate 
mentioned  in  said  charter,  and  the  thirteenth  as- 
sistant made  therein,  as  their  ixth  assistant  now 
comes  over  ;  is  the  principal  ounder  of  the  town 
of  Roxbury,  and  the  first  member  who  joins  in 

*    forming  the  Congregational  Church  theye.) 

8.  Edward  Rossiter  esquire,  (comes  over  as 
their  seventh  assistant,  first  chosen  October  20, 
1629;  and 

10.  Roger  Ludlow  esquire,  as  the  ninth  assist- 
ant, first  chosen  February  10,  1629,  30  ;  both  pious 
gentlemen  of  good  families  in  the  west  of  Eng- 
land, who  are  the  principal  founders  of  the  town  of 
Dorchester,  and  the  first  who  joined  in  forming  the 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


335 


1630.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

Congregational  Church,  even  at  Plymouth  in  Eng- 
land, a  little  before  they  came  away,  and  brought 
their  pastor,  teacher  and  whole  church  with  them. 
See  at  the  beginning  of  this  year. 

9.  Thomas  Sharp  esquire,  (comes  over  as  the 
eighth  assistant,  first  chosen  October  20,  1629  ; 
and  is  the  sixth  member  who  joins  in  forming  the 
Congregational  Church  of  Charlestown  and  Bos- 
ton.) 

11.  John  Revell  esquire,  (comes  over  as  the 
tenth  assistant,  first  chosen  October  20,  1629,  30, 
and  was  one  of  the  five  undertakers  ;  but  returned 
this  last  summer  with  Mr.  William  Vassal.) 

12.  William  Coddington  esquire,  (was  on  March 
18,  1629,  30,  chosen  at  Southampton  the  eleventh 
assistant,  in  this  capacity  now  comes  over  ;  and  is 
one  who  joins  to  the  Congregational  Church  of 
Charlestown  and  Boston.) 

13.  Simon  Bradstreet  esquire,  son  of  a  minister 
in  Lincolnshire,  and  born  at  Horbling,  March,  1603. 
His  father  [son  of  a  Suffolk  gentleman  of  a  fine 
estate]  was  one  of  the  first  Fellows  in  Emanuel 
College,  under  Dr.  Charderton  ;  after  highly  es- 
teemed by  Mr.  Cotton  and  Dr.  Preston,  and  was 
always  a  Nonconformist  at  home,  as  well  as  when 
a  preacher  at  Middleborough  (in  Zealand.)  Our 
Bradstreet  was  brought  up  at  the  Grammar  School 
till  he  was  about  fourteen  years  of  age,  (when)  the 
death  of  his  father  put  a  stop  for  the  present  to  the 
designs  of  his  further  education.  But  two  or  three 
years  after,  was  taken  into  the  religious  family  of 
the  earl  of  Lincoln,  [the  best  family  of  any  noble- 
man then  in  England]  where  he  spent  about  eight 
years  under  the  direction  of  Mr.  Dudley,  sustaining 
successively  divers  offices.  Dr.  Preston  who  had 
been  my  lord's  tutor,  then  moved  my  lord  that  Mr. 


336 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1630.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

Bradstreet  might  have  their  permission  to  come  to 
Emanuel  College  in  the  capacity  of  governor  to 
the  lord  Rich,  son  of  the  earl  of  Warwick,  which 
they  granting,  he  went  with  the  doctor,  who  pro- 
vided a  chamber  for  him,  with  advice  that  he  should 
apply  to  study  till  my  lord's  arrival.  But  my  lord 
Rich  not  coming,  Mr.  Bradstreet  after  a  year  re- 
turned to  the  earl  of  Lincoln's,  and  Mr.  Dudley 
then  removing  to  Boston,  his  place  of  steward  was 
conferred  on  Mr.  Bradstreet.  Afterwards  he  with 
much  ado  obtained  the  earl's  leave  to  answer  the 
desires  of  the  aged  and  pious  countess  of  Warwick, 
that  he  would  accept  the  stewardship  of  her  noble 
family ;  which,  as  the  former,  he  discharged  with 
an  exemplary  discretion  and  fidelity.  (And)  here 
he  married  (Mrs.  Ann)  the  daughter  of  Mr.  Dud- 
ley, cm  (by  wThich  means  he  became  one  of  the 
Massachusetts  Company,  and  on  March  18,  1629, 
30,  chosen  at  Southampton  their  twelfth  assistant ; 
in  this  capacity  comes  over,  about  the  27th  year  of 
his  age,  and  is  the  seventh  member  who  joins  in 
forming  the  said  Congregational  Church  of  Charles- 
town  and  Boston.) 

(For  John  Endicot  esquire,  assistant,  being  here 
before,  of  the  eighteen  assistants  there  were  twelve 
this  last  summer  here  together,  besides  the  go- 
vernor and  deputy-governor.) 

An  account  of  the  ministers  now  come  over,  I 
refer  to  the  Appendix  of  the  year  ensuing,  when 
we  shall  have  more  to  join  them,  and  conclude  this 
year  with, 

IV.    The  most  material  events  in  England  and  other  places 
which  concerned  this  people, 

April  11.  Sixteen  popish  priests  are  released 
out  of  the  Clink  (prison  in  Southwark)  by  one 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


337 


i630.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  [.—France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

warrant  under  the  king's  own  sign  manual,  at  1  the 
instance  of  our  dearest  consort  the  queen,'  as  the 
king  in  his  warrant  writes  ;  and  July  26,  by  the  like 
warrant  and  instance  six  priests  and  Jesuits  more 
released  out  of  the  same  prison,  but  no  instance 
known  of  his  releasing  one  Puritan  out  of  prison 
all  his  reign.  [Frynn] 

April  12.  Dr.  Laud,  bishop  of  London,  made 
chancellor  of  Oxford,  s 

May  29.  Saturday,  born  at  St.  James's  to  king 
Charles  I.  (by  his  queen,  a  Papist)  a  second  son, 
(the  first  being  dead.)  Lord's  Day,  June  27,  chris- 
tened by  the  name  of  Charles,  (by  bishop  Laud,) 
his  godfathers  being  the  French  king  Lewis  (a 
Papist)  the  prince  Palatine  (a  Protestant)  and  god- 
mother, the  queen  mother  of  France,  Hs  (a  Papist.* 
He  is  afterwards  king  Charles  II.) 

The  pope  having  made  anti-bishops  over  all  the 
seas  in  Ireland,  makes  Richard  Smith  [titulary 
bishop  of  Chalcedon]  bishop  over  all  the  Romish 
Catholics  in  England,  who  is  now  very  busy  in  his 
employment  ;  and  the  insolency  of  the  regulars 
daily  increases  in  England.  Ful 

Dr.  Leighton  a  Scotchman,  for  publishing  a 
book,  entitled  an  Appeal  to  Parliament,  or  a  Plea 
against  Prelacy,  sentenced  s  in  the  Star  Chamber 
to  be  whipt,  have  his  forehead  branded,  his  nose 
slit,  and  his  ears  cut  off ;  Ful  which  is  soon  after 
inflicted,  pn 

October  3,  old  style,  (13  N.  S.)  born  (at  the 
Hague)  to  Frederick  the  (Protestant)  elector  Pa- 
latine, by  his  lady  Elizabeth  (only)  daughter  to  king 

s  Salmon's  Chronological  Historian.  pn  Pointer's  Chronological  Histo- 
torian.       Ful  Fuller's  Church  History  of  Britain. 

*  (Papists  joined  with  Protestants,  two  Papists  to  one  Protestant ;  and  why 
not  one  of  the  Protestant  kings  and  queens  of  Sweden  or  Denmark  ?) 

43 


333 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV 

James  I.  the  princess  Sophia ;  (in  the  time  of  their 
banishment  from  the  Palatinate  by  the  popish  em- 
peror) afterwards  married,  viz.  in  1658,  to  Ernest 
Augustus  (the  Protestant)  duke  of  Hanover,  by 
whom  in  1660,  she  becomes  the  mother  of -king 
George  I.  Anderson 

December  3.  James  Nowell  writes  from  Lon- 
don, '  sir  Thomas  Wentworth  was  made  viscount, 
with  a  great  deal  of  high  ceremony,  on  a  Sunday 
at  White  Hall.'  (So  little  regard  had  king  Charles 
for  the  Lord's  Day.) 

December  5,  old  style,  being  the  Lord's  Day, 
peace  between  England  and  Spain  proclaimed  at 
London,  and  at  Madrid  December  15  ;  Hs  (I  sup- 
pose new  style,  the  same  day  with  the  other.  And 
Pointer  and  Salmon  no  doubt  mistake  in  writing 
November  21.) 

(This  year  Dr.  I.  Mather  tells  us)  bishop  Laud 
persecutes  Mr.  (Thomas)  Shepard  (in  England)  for 
preaching  a  lecture,  notwithstanding  he  is  now  a 
Conformist,  not  having  searched  into  the  principles 
of  the  Nonconformists  till  after  this ;  I  have  by  me 
a  manuscript  of  Mr.  Shepard's,  written  with  his 
own  hand,  in  which  are  these  words. 

December  16,  1630.  I  was  inhibited  from 
preaching  in  the  diocess  of  London  by  Dr.  Laud, 
bishop  of  that  diocess.  As  soon  as  I  came  in  the 
morning,  about  eight  of  the  clock,  falling  into  a 
fit  of  rage,  he  asked  me,  what  degree  I  had  taken 
in  the  University  ?  I  answered  him,  I  was  a  mas- 
ter of  arts.  He  asked,  of  what  college  ?  I  an- 
swered, of  Emanuel.  He  asked  how  long  I  had 
lived  in  his  diocess  ?  I  answered  three  years  and 
upwards.  He  asked,  who  maintained  me  all  this 
while  ?  charging  me  to  deal  plainly  with  him,  add- 
ing withal,  that  he  had  been  more  cheated  and 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


339 


1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

equivocated  with  by  some  of  my  malignant  faction 
than  ever  was  man  by  Jesuit.  At  the  speaking  of 
which  words  he  looked  as  though  blood  would 
have  gushed  out  of  his  face,  and  did  shake  as  if  he 
had  been  haunted  with  an  ague  fit,  to  my  appre- 
hension, by  reason  of  his  extreme  malice  and  secret 
venom.  I  desired  him  to  excuse  me,  he  fell  then 
to  threaten  me,  and  withal  to  bitter  railing,  calling 
me  all  to  naught,  saying,  you  prating  coxcomb  ! 
do  you  think  all  the  learning  is  in  your  brain  ?  He 
pronounced  his  sentence  thus  ;  I  charge  you  that 
you  neither  preach,  read,  marry,  bury,  or  exercise 
any  ministerial  function  in  any  part  of  my  .diocess, 
for  if  you  do,  and  I  hear  of  it,  I  will  be  upon  your 
back  and  follow  you  wherever  you  go,  in  any  part 
of  the  kingdom,  and  so  everlastingly  disenable  you. 
I  besought  him  not  to  deal  so,  in  regard  of  a  poor 
town  ;  and  here  he  stopt  me  in  what  I  was  going  on 
to  say.  A  poor  town  !  you  have  made  a  company  of 
seditious,  factious  bedlams,  and  what  do  you  prate 
to  me  of  a  poor  town  ?  I  prayed  him  to  suffer  me 
to  catechise  in  the  Sabbath  days  in  the  afternoon ; 
he  replied,  spare  your  breath,  I  will  have  no  such 
fellows  prate  in  my  diocess  ;  get  you  gone,  and 
now  make  your  complaints  to  whom  you  will  ?  So 
away  I  went,  and  blessed  be  God  that  I  may  go  to 
him.  (Thus  did  this  bishop,  a  professed  disciple 
of  the  meek  and  lowly  Jesus,  treat  one  of  the  most 
pious,  humble,  diligent  and  faithful  young  ministers 
in  the  Church  of  England  in  this  day.) 

The  war  which  was  renewed  between  the  Dutch 
and  Spaniards  in  1622,  yet  continues. 

The  war  having  raged  in  Germany  between  the 
emperor  Ferdinand  the  II.  a  papist,  and  the  pro- 
testant  princes,  ever  since  1618;  wherein  the 
Emperor  had  reduced  Bohemia,  Moravia  and  Si- 


340 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1631.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV 

lesia,  conquered  the  palatinate,  banished  the  pro- 
testant  elector  from  his  dominions,  and  overrun 
the  Lower  Saxony  ;  beat  the  king  of  Denmark,  and 
forced  him  to  a  disadvantageous  peace,  grievously 
oppressed  the  protest  ants,  and  in  the  fairest  way 
to  subdue  them  entirely  ;  and  the  protestant  princes 
having  no  hope  from  England  and  implored  the 
help  of  the  pious  and  heroic  Gustavus  king  of 
Sweden,  he  this  year  on  June  24,  N.  S.  in  the  thirty- 
sixth  year  of  his  age,  with  an  army  of  about 
12,000  foot  and  3000  horse,  some  say  but  11,000 
in  all,  lands  in  Pomerania,  bends  down  his 
knees  on  the  shore,  offers  thanks  to  the  Most  High 
for  his  prosperous  beginning  of  his  expedition,  im- 
plores him  to  succeed  his  future  undertakings  for 
the  help  of  his  people  ;  and  then  rising  up,  he  quick 
like  lightning  carries  all  before  him,  and  begins 
their  deliverance. 

N.  B.  See  the  most  accurate  and  concise  account 
of  this  German  war  in  Alsted ;  who  thus  begins  this 
glorious  enterprise.  June  24,  '  rex  sueciae  in- 
structus  numerosis  copiis  appellit  in  Pomerania, 
nominis  sui  fama  non  mediocrem  timorem  hostibus 
injicit ;  inde  fulgure  violentior  omnia  celerrime  per- 
vadit which  I  have  partly  construed  in  the  words 
above.  In  twelve  days  reduces  the  isles  of  Rugen, 
Usedam,  and  Wallin  ;  in  eight  days  more  takes 
many  cities,  defeats  many  enemies  ;  and  in  eight 
months  takes  eight  castles,  small  ports,  towns  and 
cities,  reduces  the  provinces  of  Newmarch  and 
Pomerania.  (See  Alsted,  and  Calvisius,  and  S. 
Clark.) 

(N.  B.  The  principal  stage  of  our  annals  is 
from  this  time  forward  at  Boston.) 

January,  1631.  A  house  at  Dorchester  burnt 
down,  io 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


341 


1631.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

January  3.  Dies  (at  Boston)  the  daughter  of 
Mr.  Sharp  (I  suppose  Thomas  Sharp  Esq ;  one  of 
the  assistants)  a  godly  virgin,  making  a  comfortable 
end  after  a  long  sickness.  The  plantation  here 
(that  is  I  suppose  at  Boston)  received  not  the  like 
loss  of  any  woman  since  we  came  hither ;  and 
therefore  she  well  deserves  to  be  remembered  in 
this  place.  And  among  those  who  died  at  ("Boston ) 
about  the  end  of  January,  was  the  daughter  of  John 
Ruggles,  a  girl  of  eleven  years  old  ;  who  in  the 
time  of  her  sickness,  expressed  to  the  minister  and 
those  about  her  so  much  faith  and  assurance  of 
salvation,  as  is  rarely  found  in  any  of  that  age  ; 
which  I  thought  not  unworthy  here  to  commit  to 
memory  ;  and  if  any  tax  me  with  wasting  paper 
with  recording  these  small  matters,  such  may  con- 
sider, that  small  things  in  the  beginning  of  po- 
litic bodies,  are  as  remarkable  as  greater  in 
bodies  full  grown,  dd 

As  the  winter  came  on,  provisions  are  very 
scarce  (in  the  Massachusetts  Bay )  and  people 
necessitated  to  feed  on  clams  and  muscles,  and 
groundnuts  and  acorns  ;  and  those  got  with  much 
difficulty  in  the  winter  season.  Upon  which  peo- 
ple grow  much  tired  and  discouraged  ;  especially 
when  they  hear  that  the  governor  himself  has  his 
last  batch  of  bread  in  the  oven.  And  many  are 
the  fears  of  the  people  that  Mr.  Pierce,  who  was 
sent  to  Ireland  for  provisions,  is  either  cast  away 
or  taken  by  the  pirates.  Upon  this  a  day  of  fasting 
and  prayer  to  God  for  relief  is  appointed  ( to  be  on 
the  sixth  of  February.^  But  God,  who  delights  to 
appear  in  the  greatest  straits,  works  marvellously  at 
this  time  ;  ctr  for  on 

February  5,  w  the  very  day  before  the  appointed 
fast,  in  comes  ctr  the  ship  Lion,  Mr.  William 

ctr  Charlestown  records  in  manuscript. 


342 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1631.    King-  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

Pierce  master,  now  arriving  at  Nantasket,  w  laden 
with  provisions.  Upon  which  joyful  occasion  the 
day  is  changed,  and  ordered  to  be  kept  f  on  the 
22d )  as  a  day  of  thanksgiving,  ctr 

February  8.  The  governor  goes  aboard  the  Lion 
riding  at  Long  Island ;  ( next  day )  the  ship  comes 
to  an  anchor  before  Boston,  ( to  the  great  joy  of  the 
people)  where  she  rides  very  well,  notwithstanding 
the  great  drifts  of  ice.  id  And  the  provisions  are 
by  the  governor  distributed  to  the  people  propor- 
tionable to  their  necessities,  ctr 

The  Lion  (had)  set  sail  from  Bristol  December 
first,  brought  about  twenty  passengers,  and  had  a 
very  stormy  passage  ;  yet  through  God's  mercy  all 
the  people  come  safe  ;  except  one  w  of  the  sailors, 
who  not  far  from  our  shore,  in  a  tempest  having 
helped  to  take  in  the  sprit-sail,  as  he  was  coming 
down  fell  into  the  sea,  where  after  long  swimming 
was  drowned,  to  the  great  dolour  of  those  in  the 
ship,  who  beheld  so  lamentable  a  spectacle,  without 
being  able  to  help  him  ;  the  sea  was  so  high,  and 
the  ship  drove  so  fast  before  the  wind,  though  her 
sails  were  taken  down,  dd 

By  this  ship  dd  ( we  hear  that )  the  Ambrose 
(having  been)  masted  at  Charlestown,  ( returning  to 
England )  spent  all  her  masts  near  Newfoundland, 
and  had  perished  if  Mr.  Pierce  in  the  Lion,  her 
consort,  had  not  towed  her  home  to  Bristol.  Of 
the  other  ships  which  returned  iv  last  summer,  dd 
three,  namely,  the  Charles,  the  Success  and  the 
Whale  were  w  with  two  English  men  of  war  dd  set 
upon  w  by  fourteen  Dunkirks,  dd  near  Plymouth  in 
England  :  and  after  a  long  fight,  having  lost  w 
thirteen  or  fourteen  men  out  of  our  three  ships,  dd 
and  being  much  torn,  especially  the  Charles,  w  a 

ctr  Charlestown  records  in  manuscript. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


343 


1631.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

stout  ship  of  three  hundred  tons,  so  torn  that  she 
had  not  much  of  her  left  whole  above  water,  dd 
they  got  into  Plymouth.  Of  those  who  went  back 
in  the  ships  flastj  summer  for  fear  of  death  or 
famine,  many  died  by  the  way,  and  after  they  were 
landed,  and  others  fell  very  sick  and  languish- 
ing. W 

February  10.  The  frost  breaks  up  in  f  Boston 
harbour  : )  and  it  has  been  observed  ever  since  this 
bay  was  planted  by  the  English,  namely,  seven 
years,  that  the  frost  hath  broke  up  every  year  at 
this  day.  w 

The  poorer  sort  of  people,  who  by  long  lying  in 
tents  w  and  small  huts,  j  are  much  afflicted  with  the 
scurvy,  and  many  die,  especially  at  Boston  and 
Charlestown.  And  it  has  been  always  observed 
here,  that  such  as  fell  into  discontent,  and  lingered 
after  their  former  conditions  in  England,  fell  into 
the  scurvy  and  died.  Of  the  old  planters  and  such 
as  came  the  year  before,  there  were  but  two  which 
have  the  scurvy  in  all  the  country.  At  Plymouth 
not  any  have  it,  no  not  of  those  who  came  this 
(last J  year,  whereof  there  were  above  60,  whereas 
at  their  first  planting  there,  near  half  their  people 
died  of  it.  to  Of  which  mortality,  it  may  be  said  of 
us  almost  as  of  the  Egyptians,  there  is  not  an 
house  wherein  there  was  not  one  dead,  and  in  some 
houses  many.  The  natural  causes  seem  to  be  the 
want  of  warm  lodging  and  good  diet,  to  which 
English  ( people )  are  habituated  at  home,  and  the 
sudden  increase  of  heat  they  endured  who  landed 
here  in  the  summer  ;  the  salt  meats  at  sea  having 
prepared  their  bodies  thereto  :  for  those  only  these 
two  last  years  died  of  fevers,  who  landed  in  June 
and  July ;  as  those  of  Plymouth  who  ( formerly ) 
landed  in  winter,  died  of  the  scurvy,  as  did  our 


344 


NEW  ENGLAND 


CHRONOLOGY 


1631.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

poorer  sort,  whose  houseing  and  bedding  kept  them 
not  sufficiently  warm,  nor  their  diet  sufficiently  in 
heart,  dd  But  when  this  ship  came,  which  brought 
store  of  juice  of  lemons,  many  recover  speedily,  w 
February  18.*  w  Among  others  who  died  about 
this  time,  was  Mr.  Robert  Welden  dd  a  hope- 
ful young  gentleman,  and  an  experienced  sol- 
dier, w  whom  in  the  time  of  his  sickness  we  had 
chosen  to  be  captain  of  one  hundred  foot  :  but 
before  he  (could)  take  his  place,  he  dies,  dd  at 
Charlestown  of  a  consumption,  and  is  buried  at 
Boston  with  a  military  funeral,  w  three  vollies, 
&c.  dd 

A  shallop  of  Mr.  Glover's  cast  away  on  the  rocks 
about  Nahant,  but  the  men  are  saved,  w 

The  provisions  came  this  ( last)  year  at  excessive 
rates,  in  regard  of  the  dearness  of  corn  in  Eng- 
land ;  so  as  every  bushel  of  wheat  meal  stands  us 
in  14s.  sterling,  peas  lis.  &c.  w  besides  the  ad- 
venture, dd  tonnage,  61.  lis.  tv  which  is  3  or  As.  a 
strike  :  an  higher  price  than  I  ever  tasted  bread 
before,  dd 

February  22.  We  hold  a  day  of  thanksgiving 
for  this  ship's  arrival,  by  order  from  the  governor 
and  council,  directed  to  all  the  plantations  w 
throughout  the  (^Massachusetts )  Colony,  dd 

March  4.  First  court  of  assistants  this  year  at 
Boston  :  present,  governor,  deputy-governor,  sir  R. 
Saltonstall,  Mr.  Ludlow,  captain  Endicot,  Mr. 
Pynchon,  Nowell,  (T.)  Sharp,  Coddington,  Brad- 
street  ;  first,  ordered  that  six  persons  be  sent  to 
England  in  the  ship  Lion,  now  returning  thither,  as 
persons  unmeet  to  inhabit  here  ;  also  that  sir  Chris- 


*  Deputy -governor  Dudley's  printed  letter  says  February  16,  but  I 
choose  to  keep  to  governor  Winthrop's  Mss  Journal. 


NEW  ENGLAND   CHRONO LOG V. 


345 


]f>31.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

topher  Gardiner*  and  another  be  sent  as  prisoners 
in  her  ;  second,  a  man  fined  5/.  for  taking  upon 
him  to  cure  the  scurvy,  by  a  water  of  no  value, 
which  he  sold  at  a  very  dear  rate  ;  to  be  imprisoned 
till  he  pay  his  fine,  or  give  security  for  it,  or  else 
be  whipt  ;  and  shall  be  liable  to  any  man's  action 
of  whom  he  has  received  money  for  the  said 
water.  Mcr 

March  8.  From  fair  daylight  till  8  A.  M.  fly 
over  all  the  towns  in  our  plantations,  so  many  flocks 
of  doves,  each  flock  containing  many  thousands, 
and  some  so  many  that  they  obscure  the  light, 
that  it  passeth  credit,  if  but  the  truth  should  be 
written,  they  are  all  turtles  ;  somewhat  bigger  than 
those  of  Europe,  and  fly  from  northeast  to  south- 
west, dd 

March  8.  At  a  court,  at  Watertown  :  present, 
governor,  deputy-governor,  sir  R.  Saltonstall,  Mr. 
Ludlow,  Nowell,  Pynchon,  Coddington,  Brad- 
street  ;  first,  Sagamore  John  and  (his  subject)  Pe- 
ter, complaining  of  two  wigwams  burnt,  occa- 
sioned by  a  servant  of  sir  R.  Saltonstall.  Ordered 
that  sir  Richard  satisfy  the  Indians  ;  which  he  did 
by  seven  yards  of  cloth,  and  that  his  servant  pay 
him  for  it  at  the  end  of  his  time  50s  (sterling!  ;) 

*  Sir  Christopher  Gardiner,  (who  it  seems  came  over  the  last  year)  a  great 
traveller,  received  his  first  honour  of  knighthood  at  Jerusalem,  being  made 
knight  of  the  sepulchre  there,  (who)  came  into  these  parts  under  pretence  of 
forsaking  the  world  and  to  live  a  private  life  in  a  godly  course  ;  not  unwil- 
ling to  put  himself  on  any  mean  employments  and  take  any  pains  for  his 
living,  and  offers  himself  to  join  to  the  churches  in  sundry  places  ;  (had) 
bi ought  over  with  him  a  servant  or  two  arid  a  comely  young  woman,  whom 
he  called  his  cousin,  but  (is)  suspected  to  be  his  concubine  ;  (first  sojourned) 
in  the  Massachusetts.  B 

t  (Said)  wigwams  were  not  inhabited,  but  stood  in  a  place  convenient  for 
their  shelter  when  they  should  travel  that  way  By  examination  we  found 
that  some  English  fowlers  having  retired  into  that  which  belonged  to  the 
subject  (of  the  Sagamore)  and  leaving  a  fire  therein  carelessly,  which  they 

44 


346 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1631.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

second,  in  regard  that  the  number  of  assistants  is 
but  few,  and  some  of  them  are  going  for  England, 
ordered,  that  when  the  number  of  assistants  resi- 
dent within  this  jurisdiction  shall  be  fewer  than 
nine,  it  shall  be  lawful  for  the  major  part  of  them 
to  keep  a  court  ;  and  whatever  orders  or  acts  they 
make,  shall  be  as  legal  and  authentical,  as  if  there 
were  the  full  number  of  seven  or  more.  Mcr 

March  15.  Dies  at  Salem,  Mrs.  Skelton,the  wife 
of  the  minister  there  ;  a  godly,  helpful  woman, 
lived  desired,  dies  lamented,  and  well  deserves 
to  be  honorably  remembered,  dd 

The  ship  Lion  now  waits  but  for  wind,  which 
when  it  blows  (fair)  they  are  ready  to  go  aboard 
for  England,  sir  R.  Saltonstall,  Mr.  (T.)  Sharp, 
Mr.  Coddington,  and  many  others  :  the  most  of 
which  purpose,  if  God  will,  to  return  to  us  again. 
In  the  meantime  we  are  left  a  people,  poor  and 
contemptible  ;  yet  such  as  trust  in  God,  and  are 
contented  with  our  condition  ;  being  well  assured, 
that  he  will  not  fail  us  nor  forsake  us.  dd 

March  16.*  About  noon,  the  chimney  of  Mr. 
(T.)  Sharp's  house  in  Boston  takes  fire  ;  and 
taking  the  thatch,  burns  it  down  :  and  the  wind 
being  northwest,  drives  the  fire  to  Mr.  Colborn's 
house,  (some)  rods  off,  burns  that  down  also,  to 
Which  houses,  as  good  and  as  well  furnished  as 
the  most  in  the  plantation,  are  in  two  hours  burned 
to  the  ground,  with  much  of  their  household  stuff, 
apparel,  and  other  things,  as  also  some  goods  of 

had  kindled  to  warm  them,  were  the  cause  of  burning  thereof.  For  that 
which  was  the  Sagamore's  (own,)  we  could  find  no  certain  proof  how  it  was 
fired  ;  yet  lest  he  should  think  us  not  sedulous  enough  to  find  it  out,  and  so 
should  depart  discontentedly  from  us,  we  gave  both  him  and  his  subject 
satisfaction  for  th^m  both,  dd 

*  In  deputy-governor  Dudley's  printed  letter  it  is  March  17,  but  I  keep  to 
governor  Winthrop's  Mss. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY.  347 


1631.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

others  who  sojourned  with  them  :  God  so  pleasing 
to  exercise  us  with  this  kind  of  correction  ; 
prevention  whereof,  in  our  new  town  intended  to 
be  built  this  summer,  we  have  ordered  that  no 
man  there  shall  build  his  chimney  with  wood,  nor 
cover  his  house  with  thatch  ;  which  was  readily 
assented  to  ;  for  that  divers  other  houses  have 
been  burned  since  our  arrival,  dd 

March  22.  Court  of  assistants  at  Boston.  Pre- 
sent, governor,  deputy-governor,  Mr.  Ludlow,  Cod- 
dington,  Nowel,  sir  R.  Saltonstall,  Mr.  Pynchon, 
(T.)  Sharp,  Bradstreet.  Ordered,  first,  that  arti- 
ficers be  left  at  liberty  to  agree  for  wages.  (See 
August  23,  1630)  Second,  that  every  town  within 
this  patent,  before  April  5,  take  care  that  every 
person  in  them,  [excepting  magistrates  and  minis- 
ters] as  well  servants  as  others  be  furnished  with 
sufficient  arms,  allowable  by  the  captains  or  other 
officers  ;  those  who  are  able,  to  buy  them  ;  the 
town  to  provide  for  those  who  are  unable,  and  to 
receive  satisfaction  from  them  when  they  are  able. 
Third,  that  all  who  have  cards,  dice,  or  tables  in 
their  houses,  shall  make  away  with  them  before 
the  next  court.  Mcr 

March  23.  Chickatabot  (the  chief  Sachem  of 
the  Massachusetts)  comes  with  his  sannups  and 
squaws  (that  is,  married  men  and  their  wives)  to 
Boston,  presents  the  governor  with  a  hogshead  of 
Indian  corn.  After  they  had  all  dined,  had  each 
a  cup  of  sack  and  beer,  and  his  men  tobacco,  he 
sent  away  all  his  men  and  women  ;  [though  the 
governor  would  have  stayed  them  in  regard  of  the 
rain  and  thunder]  himself  and  one  squaw  and  one 
sannup  stay  all  night ;  and  (he)  being  in  English 
clothes,  the  governor  sets  him  at  his  table  ;  where 
he  behaves  himself  as  soberly,  Sfc.  as  an  English- 


348 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1031.  King  of  G.  Britain,Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII—  Spain,  Philip  IV. 

Irian.  Next  day,  after  dinner,  they  return  home  ; 
the  governor  giving  him  cheese  and  peas,  a  mug, 
and  some  other  things,  to 

March  25.  One  of  Watertown  having  lost  a 
calf,  about  ten  at  night,  hearing  the  howlino-  of 
wolves,  raises  his  neighbors  out  of  their  beds,  that 
by  discharging  their  muskets,  they  might  put  the 
wolves  to  flight  and  save  his  calf ;  the  wind  serv- 
ing to  carry  the  report  of  the  muskets  to  Roxbury, 
the  inhabitants  there  take  an  alarm,  beat  up  their 
drum,  arm  themselves,  and  send  in  post  to  us  to 
Boston  ;  (but)  in  the  morning,  the  calf  is  found 
safe,  our  danger  past,  &c.  dd 

March  28.  Deputy-governor  Dudley  seals  his 
letter  at  Boston  in  the  Massachusetts  Bay  to  the 
countess  of  Lincoln  ;  wherein  he  writes  as  fol- 
lows. 

Having  some  leisure  to  discourse  of  the  motives 
for  other  mens'  coming  to  this  place,  or  their  ab- 
staining from  it,  after  my  brief  manner,  I  say  this  ; 
that  if  any  come  hither  to  plant  for  worldly  ends 
that  can  live  well  at  home,  he  commits  an  error  of 
which  he  will  soon  repent  him.  But  if  for  spirit- 
ual, he  may  find  here  what  may  well  content  him  ; 
namely,  materials  to  build,  fuel  to  burn,  ground 
to  plant,  seas  and  rivers  to  fish  in,  a  pure  air  to 
breath  in,  good  water  to  drink  till  wine  or  beer 
can  be  made  ;  which,  with  the  cows,  hogs,  and 
goats,  brought  hither  already,  may  suffice  for  food. 
For  clothes  and  bedding,  they  must  bring  them 
with  them,  till  time  and  industry  produce  them 
here.  In  a  word,  we  yet  enjoy  little  to  be  envied, 
but  endure  much  to  be  pitied,  in  the  sickness 
and  mortality  of  our  people.  If  any  godly  men 
out  of  religious  ends  will  come  over  to  help  us  in 
the  good  work  we  are  about,  I  think  they  cannot 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


349 


1631.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XII  I. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

dispose  of  themselves,  nor  their  estates  more  to 
God's  glory,  and  the  furtherance  of  their#own  reck- 
oning. But  they  must  not  be  of  the  poorer  sort 
yet  for  divers  years.  And  for  profane  and  de- 
bauched persons,  their  oversight  in  coming  hither 
is  wondered  at,  where  they  shall  find  nothing  to 
content  them.  If  there  be  any  endued  with  grace, 
and  furnished  with  means  to  feed  themselves  and 
theirs  for  eighteen  months,  and  to  build  and  plant, 
let  them  come  into  our  Macedonia  and  help  us  ; 
and  not  spend  themselves  and  their  estates  in  a 
less  profitable  employment.  For  others,  I  con- 
ceive, they  are  not  yet  fitted  for  this  business,  dd 

March  29.  Sir  Richard  Sultonstall,  and  his  two 
daughters,  and  one  of  his  younger  sons,  [his  two 
elder  still  remaining  in  the  country]  come  down 
to  Boston,  stay  this  night  with  the  governor,  w 
And 

March  30.  This  morning,  at  7,  they,  with  Mr. 
Pierce  and  others  in  two  shallops,  depart  (for)  the 
ship  at  Salem.  Mr.  (T.)  Sharp  goes  away  at  the 
same  time  in  another  shallop.  At  10,  Mr.  Cod- 
dington,  Mr.  Wilson,  and  divers  of  the  cong-rega- 
tion  meet  at  the  governor's,  and  there  Mr.  Wilson 
praying  and  exhorting  the  congregation  to  love, 
recommends  to  them  (in  their  necessity)  the  exer- 
cise of  prophesy  (that  is,  exhorting  to  christian 
duties)  in  his  absence,  and  designed  those  whom 
he  thought  most  fit  for  it,  namely,  the  governor, 
Mr.  Dudley,  and  Mr.  Nowell,  the  elder  ;  (who 
were  men  of  eminent  piety  and  learning.)  Then 
he  desires  the  governor  to  commend  himself  and 
the  rest  to  God  in  prayer  ;  which  being  done,  they 
accompany  him  to  the  boat ;  and  so  they  go  over 
to  Charlestown,  to  go  by  land  to  the  ship,  which 


350 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1631.    King-  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV 

sets  sail  from  Salem  April  1,*  and  arrives  at  Lon 
don  [all  safe]  April  29.  iv 

April  4.  Wahgumacut,  a  Sagamore  up  the  river 
Conaatacut,  which  lies  west  of  Narraganset,  comes 
to  the  governor  at  Boston,  with  John  Sagamore, 
and  Jack  Straw  an  Indian  who  lived  in  England 
(with)  sir  Walter  Raleigh,  and  divers  of  their  san- 
nups,  and  brings  a  letter  to  the  governor  from  Mr. 
Endicot,  to  this  effect ;  that  the  said  Wahgumacut 
is  very  desirous  to  have  some  English  to  plant  in  his 
country j  and  offers  to  find  them  corn,  and  give 
them  yearly  eighty  skins  of  beaver  ;  (says)  the 
country  is  very  fruitful,  and  wishes  there  may  be 
two  men  sent  with  him  to  see  the  country.  The 
governor  entertains  them  at  dinner  ;  but  would 
send  none  with  him  ;  discovers  after,  that  the  said 
Sagamore  is  a  very  treacherous  man,  and  at  war 
with  the  Pekash  (or  Pequots,  under)  a  far  greater 
Sagamore.  His  country  is  not  above  five  days' 
journey  from  us  by  land,  to 

April  12.  Court  of  assistants  at  Boston.  Pre- 
sent, the  governor,  deputy-governor,  Messrs.  Lud- 
low, Nowell,  Pynchon,  Bradstreet.  Ordered,  first, 
that  a  watch  of  four  be  kept  every  night  at  Dor- 
chester, and  another  of  four  at  Watertown,  to  be- 
gin at  sunset.  Second,  that  whoever  shoots  off 
any  piece  after  the  watch  is  set,  shall  forfeit  forty 
shillings  ;  or  if  the  Court  judge  him  unable,  then 
to  be  whipt.  Third,  that  every  man  who  finds  a 
musket,  shall  before  the  18th  of  this  month,  and 
so  always  after,  have  ready  one  pound  of  powder, 
twenty  bullets,  and  two  fathom  of  match,  under 
penalty  of  ten  shillings  for  every  fault.  Fourth, 

*  Mr.  Hubbard  therefore  mistakes  in  placing  their  going  from  Boston  on 
April  1  ;  as  also  in  placing  after  this  the  account  of  captain  Pierce's  carrying 
the  Ambrose  into  Bristol,  and  the  fight  at  sea,  mentioned  under  February  5th 
last. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


351 


1631.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

that  every  captain  shall  train  his  company  every 
Saturday.  Fifth,  that  none  shall  travel  single  be- 
tween their  plantations  and  Plymouth,  nor  without 
some  arms,  though  two  or  three  together.  Mcr 
Sixth,  upon  information  that  they  of  Salem  had 
called  Mr.  (Roger)  Williams  to  the  office  of  a 
teacher,  a  letter  is  written  from  the  Court  to  Mr. 
Endicot  to  this  effect ;  that  whereas  Mr.  Williams 
had  refused  to  join  with  the  congregation  at  Bos- 
ton, because  they  would  not  make  a  public  decla- 
ration of  their  repentance  for  having  communion 
with  the  churches  of  England  while  they  lived 
there,  and  besides  had  declared  his  opinion  that 
the  magistrate  might  not  punish  the  breach  of  the 
Sabbath,  nor  any  other  offence  as  it  was  a  breach 
of  the  first  table  ;  therefore,  they  (that  is,  the 
Court)  marvelled  they  would  choose  him  without 
advising  with  the  Council  ;  and  withal,  advising 
him  that  they  would  forbear  to  proceed  till  they 
had  conferred  about  it.  w 

April  13.  Chickatabot  comes  to  the  governor, 
and  desires  to  buy  some  English  clothes  for  him- 
self ;  the  governor  tells  him  that  English  Saga- 
mores did  not  use  to  truck  ;  but  calls  his  tailor 
and  gives  him  order  to  make  him  a  suit  of  clothes  : 
whereupon  he  gives  the  governor  two  large  skins 
of  coat  beaver,  and  after  he  and  his  men  had  dined, 
they  depart,  and  said  they  would  come  for  his  suit 
three  days  after,  w 

April  15.  Chickatabot  comes  to  the  governor 
again  ;  (who)  puts  him  into  a  good  new  suit  from 
head  to  foot,  and  after  sets  meat  before  him  ;  but 
he  would  not  eat  till  the  governor  had  given  thanks, 
and  after  meat  desired  him  to  do  the  like,  and  so 
departed,  w 


352 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1631.   King  ofG.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV  . 

April  21.  The  house  of  John  Page  of  Water- 
town  burnt ;  by  carrying  a  few  coals  from  one  fyouse 
to  another,  a  coal  fell  by  the  way  and  kindled  the 
leaves,  to 

May  3.  Court  of  assistants  at  Boston  ;  present, 
governor,  deputy-governor,  Mr.  Ludlow,  captain 
Endicot,  Mr.  Nowell,  Pynchon,  Bradstreet.  (A 
man)  fined  ten  pounds,  and  he  and  his  wife,  en- 
joined to  depart  this  patent  before  October  20, 
under  pain  of  confiscation  of  goods,  for  contempt 
of  authority  and  confronting  officers.  Mcr 

'  Sir  Christopher  (Gardiner  having  been)  accus- 
ed to  have  two  wives  in  England,  was  sent  for; 
but  had  intelligence  and  escaped,  and  travelled  up 
and  down  among  the  Indians,  to  especially  in  Ply- 
mouth Colony,  B  about  a  month.  But  by  means 
of  the  governor  of  Plymouth,  is  taken  by  the  In- 
dians about  Namasket,  and  brought  to  Plymouth. 
to  (When)  the  Indians  came  to  governor  (Brad- 
ford) and  told  where  he  was,  and  asked  if  they 
might  kill  him  ;  he  told  them  no,  by  no  means,  but 
watch  their  opportunity  and  take  him.  And  so 
(after  a  vigorous  fray)  they  did,  and  brought  him 
to  governor  Bradford.  In  his  lodging  those  who 
made  his  bed,  found  a  little  note- book  which  by 
accident  had  slipt  out  of  his  pocket,  or  some  pri- 
vate place  ;  in  which  was  a  memorial  what  day  he 
was  reconciled  to  the  Pope  and  Church  of  Rome, 
and  in  what  university  he  took  his  Scapula,  and 
such  and  such  degrees.  It  being  brought  to  go- 
vernor (Bradford  ;)  he  keeps  it,  and  sends  him  and 
the  notes  to  governor  (Winthrop.)  B  (Being) 
brought  by  captain  Underbill,  and  his  lieutenant, 
on  May  4,  to  Boston,  to  Governor  Winthrop  takes 
it  very  thankfully,  B  and  May  5,  1631,  writes  to 
governor  (Bradford)  the  following  letter.  B 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


353 


1631.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV, 

'  Sir,  it  hath  pleased  God  to  bring  sir  Christopher 
Gardiner  safe  to  us,  with  those  that  came  with 
him.  And  howsoever  I  never  intended  any  hard 
measure  to  him,  but  to  respect  and  use  him  accord- 
ing to  his  quality,  yet  I  let  him  know  your  care  of 
him,  and  that  he  shall  speed  the  better  for  your 
mediation.  It  was  a  special  Providence  of  God  to 
bring  those  notes  of  his  to  our  hands.  I  desire 
you  will  please  to  speak  to  all  who  are  privy  to 
them,  not  to  discover  them  to  any  one  ;  for  that 
may  frustrate  any  further  use  to  be  made  of  them. 
The  good  Lord  our  God,  who  hath  always  ordered 
things  for  the  good  of  his  poor  churches  here,  direct 
us  in  this  aright,  and  dispose  it  to  a  good  issue.  I 
am  sorry  we  put  you  to  so  much  trouble  about  this 
gentleman  ;  especially  at  this  time  of  great  employ- 
ment :  but  I  knew  not  how  to  avoid  it.  I  must 
again  entreat  you  to  let  me  know  what  charge  and 
trouble  any  of  your  people  have  been  at  about  him  ; 
that  it  may  be  recompensed.  So  with  the  true 
affection  of  a  friend,  desiring  all  happiness  to 
yourself  and  yours,  and  to  all  my  worthy  friends 
with  you,  whom  I  love  in  the  Lord,  I  confmend 
you  to  his  grace  and  good  providence,  and  rest 
Your  most  assured  friend, 

John  Winthrop.  B 

But  after  sir  Christopher  gets  to  England,  he 
shows  his  malice,  but  God  prevents  him.  B  (See 
next  year.) 

May  16.  An  alarm  to  all  our  towns  in  the  night, 
by  a  piece  shot  off ;  [but  where,  could  not  be 
known]  and  the  Indians  having  sent  us  word  the 
day  before  that  the  Mohawks  are  coming  down 
against  them  and  us. 

May  18.  Wednesday,  (and  not  17,  as  by  mis- 
45 


354 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1631.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — Fiance,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV 

take  in  governor  Winthrop)  General  Court  at  Bos- 
ton. Present,  Mr.  Winthrop,  governor,  Mr.  Dud- 
ley, deputy-governor,  Mr.  Ludlow,  captain  Endicot, 
Mr.  Nowell,  Pynchon,  Bradstreet,  assistants.  John 
Winthrop,  Esq.  chosen  governor  for  this  year  by  the 
general  consent  of  the  court ;  and  Thomas  Dudley, 
Esq.  deputy-governor.*  First,  for  explanation  of 
an  order  of  last  General  Court  of  October  19,  now 
ordered  with  full  consent  of  all  the  company  pre- 
sent, that  once  every  year  at  least,  a  General 
Court  be  holden,  at  which  it  shall  be  lawful  for 
the  commons  to  propound  any  person  or  persons 
whom  they  shall  desire  to  be  chosen  assistants. 
Second,  the  like  course  to  be  held  when  the  said 
commons  shall  see  cause  for  any  defect  or  misbe- 
havior to  remove  any  one  or  more  of  the  assistants. 
And,  third,  to  the  end  the  body  of  the  commons 
may  be  preserved  of  honest  and  good  men,  order- 
ed and  agreed  that  for  the  time  to  come,  no  man 
shall  be  admitted  to  the  freedom  of  this  body 
politic,  but  such  as  are  members  of  some  of  the 
churches  within  the  limits  of  the  same.  Fourth, 
ThonHis  Williams  having  undertaken  to  set  up  a 
ferry  between  Winnesemet  and  Charlestown,  he 
is  to  have  three  pence  a  person,  and  from  Winne- 
semet to  Boston  four  pence.  Fifth,  Chickatabot 
and  Sagamore  John  promise  the  Court  to  make 
satisfaction  for  whatever  wrong  any  of  their  men 
shall  do  to  any  of  the  English,  to  their  cattle  or 
any  otherwise.  Sixth,  one  hundred  and  sixteen 
take  the  oath  of  freemen,  of  whom  are 

*  In  the  like  manner  did  the  choice  proceed  among  the  assistants.  H  (And 
that  which  makes  me  think  Mr.  Bradstreet  was  again  chosen  secretary,  is, 
that  in  the  Massachusetts  Colony  Records,  the  title  of  Captain  is  always  put 
before  Endicot,  and  of  Mr.  prefixed  to  every  other  assistant,  but  before  his 
own  name  he  in  excess  of  modesty  only  puts  the  letter  S.) 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


355 


1631.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII—  Spain,  Philip  IV 


1  Mr.  John  Maverick, 

2  Mr.  John  Warham, 

3  Mr.  Wm,  Blackstone, 

4  Mr.  George  Philips, 
Mr.  Richard  Brown, 
Capt.  Daniel  Patrick, 
Capt.  John  Underhill, 

5  Mr.  Thomas  Graves, 

6  Capt.  Walter  Norton, 

7  Mr.  William  Colborn, 

8  Mr.  Roger  Conant, 

9  Thomas  Stoughton, 
Robert  Seely, 
William  Agar, 

Mr.  William  Clarke, 


William  Noddle* 

10  William  Balstone, 

11  Mr.  George  Alcock, 

12  Robert  Moulton, 
Mr.  Edward  Belcher, 

13  Roger  Williams, 
Mr.  Richard  Salton- 

stall, 

14  Edward  Gibbons, 

15  Mr.  William  Jeffry, 

16  Edward  Converse, 

17  Mr  John  Dillingham, 

18  Thomas  Lamb, 

19  Mr.  Edward  Johnson, 
&c.  Mcr 


(N.  B.  Those  numbered  are  mentioned  as 
desiring  freedom  on  October  19,  1630,  and  now 
as  taking  their  oaths  to  the  government.) 

At  noon  a  house  burnt  down,  all  the  people 
being  present,  w 

May  27.  There  comes  from  Virginia  into  Salem 
a  pinnace  of  eighteen  tons,  laden  with  corn  and 
tobacco  ;  was  bound  to  the  north  ;  and  (happily) 
put  in  here  by  foul  weather  ;  she  sells  her  corn  at 
10s.  (sterling)  the  bushel,  tc 

June  14.  Court  at  Boston ;  present  governor, 
deputy-governor,  Mr.  Ludlow,  Captain  Endicot, 
Mr.  Nowell,  Mr.  Pynchon,  S.  Bradstreet.  Ordered, 
first,  that  none  shall  travel  out  of  this  patent  by 
sea  or  land  without  leave  from  the  governor,  deputy- 
governor  or  some  assistant,  under  such  penalty  as 
the  Court  shall  think  meet  to  inflict;  second,  Mr. 
John  Maisters  having  undertaken  to  make  a  pas- 
sage from  Charles  river  to  the  new  town,  twelve 

*  Perhaps  Noddle's  Island  might  derive  its  name  from  him. 


356 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1631.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

feet  broad  and  seven  deep,  the  Court  promises  him 
satisfaction  ;  third,  ordered,  that  none  buy  corn 
or  other  provision,  or  any  merchantable  commo- 
dity of  any  ship  or  bark  that  comes  into  this  bay, 
without  leave  from  the  governor  or  some  assistant ; 
fourth,  Edward  Converse  having  undertaken  to 
set  up  a  ferry  between  Charlestown  and  Boston, 
he  is  to  have  2d.  for  a  single  person,  and  \d.  a 
(person,)  if  there  be  two  or  more.  Mcr 

June  25.  '  (Not  fourteen,  as  by  mistake  in  Mr. 
Hubbard)  comes  (to  Boston)  a  shallop  from  Pis- 
catoway,  which  brings  news  of  a  small  English 
ship  come  thither  with  provisions,  and  some 
Frenchmen  to  make  salt.  By  this  boat  captain 
Neal  governor  of  Piscatoway  sends  a  packet  of  let- 
ters to  governor  (Winthrop)  directed  to  sir  Christo- 
pher Gardiner  ;  which  are  opened  because  directed 
to  one  who  is  our  prisoner,  and  had  declared  him- 
self an  ill  wilier  to  our  government ;  which  when  the 
governor  opened,  he  finds  it  came  from  sir  Ferdi- 
nando  Gorges  ;  in  the  packet  is  (another)  letter  to 
Thomas  Morton  [sent  prisoner  before  to  England] 
by  both  which  letters  it  appears,  he  (that  is  sir  Fer- 
dinand) had  some  design  to  recover  his  pretended 
right  to  part  of  the  Massachusetts  Bay,  and  reposed 
much  trust  in  sir  Christopher,  w 

June  27.  Come  to  governor  (Winthrop)  letters 
out  of  the  White  Angel,  lately  arrived  at  Saco ; 
f  which  J  brought  cows,  goats,  hogs,  and  many 
provisions  both  for  the  bay  and  Plymouth  ;  Mr. 
Allerton  returns  ( hither )  in  this  ship  ;  and  by  him 
we  hear  that  the  Friendship,  which  put  out  from 
Barstable  fsomej  weeks  before  the  Angel,  was 
forced  home  again  by  a  tempest,  w 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


357 


£0 

15,9 

6  Boston  £5 

2 

7  Dorchester  4 

10 

1 

10 

8  Roxbury  3 

9  Salem  3 

5 

10  Charlestown  4 

10 

1631.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

July  4.  The  bark  which  governor  (Winthrop) 
built  at  Mistick,  launched,  and  called  the  Blessing 
of  the  Bay.  w 

July  5.  Court  of  Assistants  at  Boston  ;  present, 
governor,  deputy-governor,  Mr.  Ludlow,  Mr.  Now- 
ell,  Mr.  Pynchon,  S.  Bradstreet.  1.  Ordered,  there 
be  levied  out  of  the  several  plantations,  £30  for 
making  the  creek  from  Charles  river  to  Newton, 
namely. 

1  Winesemet 

2  Wesaguscus 

3  Saugus 

4  Nantasket 

5  Water  town 

(Medford  omitted.) 

£30  0 

2.  That  every  assistant  have  power  to  grant 
warrants,  summons  and  attachments.  3.  The  Sa- 
gamore of  Agawam  (after,  called  Ipswich)  is  ba- 
nished from  coming  into  any  Englishman's  house 
for  a  year,  under  penalty  of  ten  beaver  skins.  Mcr 

July  6.  A  small  ship  of  sixty  tons  arrives  at 
Nantasket,  (T.)  Graves  master,  brings  ten  passen- 
gers from  London  ;  they  came  with  a  patent  for 
Sagadehock,  w  but  not  liking  the  place,  they  come 
hither  ;  their  ship  draws  ten  foot,  goes  up  to  Water- 
town,  but  runs  aground  twice  by  the  way,  w  and 
lays  her  bones  there.  H  These  were  the  company 
called  the  husbandmen,  and  their  ship  called  the 
Plough,  w  their  patent  called  the  Plough  Patent ;  H 
the  most  of  them  prove  Familists,  and  w  soon  after 
H  vanish  away,  w 

6  (About  this  time,  as  I  judge  from  governor 
Bradford's  history,  the  Plymouth  undertakers  send 
Mr.  Edward  Winslow  to  England,  to  discharge 


358 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1631.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

Mr.  Allerton  from  being  their  agent,  for  acting  con- 
trary to  their  instructions.') 

July  14.  The  ship  Friendship  of  Barstable 
arrives  at  Boston,  had  been  at  sea  eleven  weeks, 
and  beaten  back  again  by  foul  weather  ;  set  sail 
from  Barstable  again,  about  the  middle  of  May, 
(and)  lands  here  eight  heifers,  one  calf  and  five 
sheep,  w  Mr.  Timothv  Hatherly  first  comes  in 
her.  B 

July  21.  The  governor,  deputy-governor,  and 
Mr.  Nowell,  the  elder  of  the  congregation  at  Bos- 
ton, go  to  Watertown,  to  confer  with  Mr.  Phillips 
the  pastor  and  Mr.  Brown  the  elder  of  the  congre- 
gation there,  about  an  opinion  they  had  published 
that  the  churches  of  Rome  were  true  churches  ;  the 
matter  is  debated  before  many  of  both  congrega- 
tions, and  by  the  approbation  of  all  the  assembly, 
except  three,  is  concluded  an  error,  w 

July  22.  The  White  Angel  comes  into  the 
bay,  (and)  lands  there  twenty-one  heifers,  w 

July  26.  Court  at  Boston;  present,  governor, 
deputy-governor,  Mr.  Ludlow,  captain  Endicot,  Mr. 
Nowell,  Mr.  Pynchon,  S.  Bradstreet.  Ordered, 

1.  That  there  be  a  watch  of  six,  and  an  officer 
kept  every  night  at  Boston  ;  two  whereof  to  be  of 
Boston,  two  of  Charlestown,  and  two  of  Roxbury. 

2.  That  every  first  Thursday  in  every  month  there 
be  a  general  training  of  captain  UnderhilPs  com- 
pany at  Boston  and  Roxbury  ;  and  every  first  Fri- 
day in  every  month,  there  be  a  general  training  of 
the  remainder  of  them  (who)  inhabit  at  Charles- 
town,  Mistick  and  the  new  town,  at  a  convenient 
place  about  the  Indian  wigwams ;  the  trainings  to 
begin  at  one  P.  M.  3.  Mr.  Francis  Aleworth 
chosen  lieutenant  to  captain  Southcot,  and  captain 
Southcot  hath  liberty  to  go  for  England,  promising 
to  return  with  all  convenient  speed.  Mcr 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


359 


1631.   King-  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

July  26.  A  small  bark  of  Salem  of  about  twelve 
tons,  coming  towards  the  bay,  three  -of  Mr.  Cra- 
dock's  fishermen  being  in  her,  two  tons  of  stores 
and  three  hogsheads  of  train  oil,  is  overset  in  a 
gust,  and  being  buoyed  up  by  the  oil,  floats  up  and 
down  forty-eight  hours,  and  the  men  sitting  on 
her,  till  a  boat  coming  by,  espies  and  saves  them,  to 

July  29.  The  Friendship  sets  sail  for  Christo- 
pher Island,  w 

<  July  30.  The  White  Angel  falls  down  w  with 
Mr.  Allerton  and  Hatherly,  B  for  Plymouth  ;  but 
the  wind  not  serving  comes  to  an  anchor  ;  and  a 
week  after  runs  aground  near  the  Gurnet's  Nose,  id 

August  8.  The  Tarrentines  (i.  e.  eastern  In- 
dians) to  the  number  of  100,  come  in  thirty  canoes, 
and  in  the  night  assault  the  wigwam  of  the  Saga- 
more of  Agawam  by  Merrimack,  slay  seven  men, 
and  wound  John  Sagamore,  and  James  and  some 
others,  [whereof  some  after  die]  and  rifle  a  wigwam 
where  Mr.  Cradock's  men  kept  to  catch  sturgeon, 
taking  away  their  nets,  biscuits,  &c.  w 

(Mr.  Hubbard  says)  they  wound  John  and  James, 
two  Sagamores  that  lived  about  Boston,  and  carry 
others  away  captive,  among  whom  is  the  wife  of 
said  James  ;  and  that  the  (said)  Sagamore  of  Aga- 
wam [as  was  usually  said]  had  treacherously  killed 
some  of  the  Tarratine  families  ;  and  was  therefore 
less  pitied  by  the  English.  (But  Mr.  Hubbard  has 
misplaced  this  in  1632.) 

(And  captain  Johnson  says)  the  Indians  most 
conversant  among  us  come  quaking  and  complain- 
ing of  the  Tarratines,  a  barbarous  and  cruel  peo- 
ple ;  who  they  said  would  eat  such  men  as  they 
caught  alive,  tying  them  to  a  tree,  and  gnawing 
their  flesh  by  piecemeals  off  their  bones ;  as  also  that 
they  were  a  strong  and  numerous  people,  and  now  a 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1631.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV 

coming,  which  made  them  flee  to  the  English,  who 
are  but  very  few  in  number,  and  can  make  but 
little  resistance,  being  much  dispersed  ;  yet  we 
keep  a  constant  watch,  neglecting  no  means  for 
our  safety  ;  so  that  we  are  exceedingly  weakened 
with  continued  labour,  watching  and  hard  diet,  but 
the  Lord  upholds  in  all ;  (and  that)  near  Saugus,  in 
the  dead  of  the  night,  [being  on  their  watch  because 
of  the  report  of  the  Indians'  approach]  lieutenant 
Walker,  a  man  indued  with  faith  and  a  courageous 
spirit,  coming  to  relieve  the  centinel,  they  of  a 
sudden  hear  the  sticks  (break  near)  them,  and 
withal  he  felt  something  brush  hard  on  his  shoul- 
der, which  was  an  Indian  arrow  shot  through  his 
coat  and  the  wing  of  his  buff  jacket.  Upon  this 
he  discharges  his  culliver  toward  the  place  where 
they  heard  the  noise,  which  being  deeply  loaded 
breaks  in  pieces,  then  they  return  to  the  court  of 
guard  ;  coming  to  the  light,  they  perceive  he  has 
another  arrow  shot  through  his  coat  between  his 
legs ;  stand  on  their  guard  till  morning,  expecting 
the  Indians  to  come  upon  them  every  moment ; 
when  daylight  appears  they  send  word  to  other 
parts,  (whence  divers)  gather  together,  and  to  quit 
themselves  of  these  Indians  discharge  their  great 
guns,  the  redoubling  echo  rattling  in  the  rocks 
causes  the  Indians  to  betake  themselves,  to  flight ; 
or  rather  He  who  put  such  trembling  fear  in 
the  Syrian  army,  strikes  the  like  in  these  cruel 
cannibals. 

August  16.  Court  of  Assistants  at  Boston,  pre- 
sent, governor,  deputy-governor,  Mr.  Ludlow,  Now- 
ell,  Pynchon,  S.  Bradstreet.  1.  Four  men  fined 
five  marks  a  piece,  (a  mark  is  13s  Ad  sterling)  for 
drinking  too  much  aboard  the  Friendship,  and  at 
Mr.  Maverick's  house  at  Winesemet.     2.  Mr. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


561 


1631.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. —  France.  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV 

William  Gennison  chosen  ensign  to  captain  Pa- 
trick. Mcr  (I  mention  this  to  show  that  the  Court 
of  Assistants  now  choose  military  officers.) 

'  (About  this  time,  as  I  judge)  Ashley  at  Pe- 
nobscot, for  trading  powder  and  shot  with  the  In- 
dians, contrary  to  his  bond  (to  the  Plymouth  un- 
dertakers) is  by  some  authority  seized,  and  sent 
prisoner  to  England  ;  and  Penobscot  (trade)  is 
now  wholly  at  their  disposing.'  B 

4  September  6.  The  White  Angel  sails  for 
Marble  Harbour  ;  id  and  so  with  Mr.  Allerton  and 
Hatherly  to  Bristol,  where  they  arrive  before  No- 
vember 16,  1631  ;  Mr.  Allerton  being  no  more  em- 
ployed by  the  plantation,  (of  Plymouth.)  B 

September  6.  Court  of  Assistants  at  Boston, 
present,  governor,  deputy-governor,  Mr.  Ludlow, 
Nowell,  Pynchon,  S.  Bradstreet.  Mcr  1.  A  young- 
fellow  soliciting  an  Indian  squaw  to  incontinency, 
her  husband  and  she  complaining  of  his  carriage, 
id  order  that  he  be  severely  whipt  (therefor,)  Mcr 
her  husband  and  she  are  present  at  the  execution, 
and  very  well  satisfied,  w  2.  Upon  this  it  is  pro- 
pounded, whether  adultery  either  with  English  or 
Indian  shall  not  be  punished  with  death  ?  referred 
to  the  next  Court  to  be  considered.  Mcr 

September  1 7.  Mr.  Shurt  w  or  Shurd  H  of 
Pemaquid  sends  home  to  Agawam,  James  Saga- 
more's wife,  who  had  been  taken  away  (in)  the 
surprise  at  Agawam ;  and  writes  that  the  Indians 
demand  fathoms  of  wampampeag,  and 
skins  for  her  ransom,  w 

September  27.  Court  of  Assistants  at  Boston, 
present,  governor,  deputy-governor,  Mr.  Ludlow, 
Nowell,  Pynchon,  S.  Bradstreet.  Order,  that  a 
man  for  stealing  four  baskets  of  corn  from  the  In- 
dians, Mcr  viz.  from  Chickatabot  and  his  men. 
46 


362 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1631.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  L — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV 

who  are  present,  w  shall  return  them  eight  bas- 
kets, be  fined  £5  and  hereafter  called  Josias,  and 
not  Mr.  as  formerly  ;  and  that  two  others,  Mcr  viz. 
his  servants  w  be  whipt  for  being  accessary  to  the 
same  offence.  Mcr 

October  18.  Court  of  Assistants  at  Boston,  pre- 
sent, governor,  deputy-governor,  Mr.  Ludlow,  cap- 
tain Endicot,  Mr.  Nowell,  Pynchon,  S.  Bradstreet;. 
Order,  1.  That  if  any  man  have  carnal  copulation 
with  another  man's  wife,  they  shall  both  be  punish- 
ed with  death.  2.  That  a  man's  house  at  Marble 
Harbor  be  pulled  down,  and  no  Englishman  give 
him  houseroom,  or  entertain  him,  under  such  pe- 
nalty as  the  court  shall  think  meet.  3.  That  corn 
shall  pass  for  payment  of  all  debts  at  the  usual  rate 
it  is  sold  for,  except  money  or  beaver  be  expressly 
named.  Mcr 

October  22.  Governor  (Winthrop)  receives  a 
letter  from  captain  Wiggin  of  Pascataquack,  (some- 
times wrote  Pascataqua,  but  commonly  called  Pas- 
catowa)  informing  of  a  murder  committed  the  third 
of  this  month,  at  Richmond  Isle,  w  being  a  part  of 
a  tract  of  land  granted  to  Mr.  Trelane,  a  Plymouth 
merchant  (in  England)  where  he  had  settled  a  place 
for  fishing,  built  a  ship  there,  and  improved  many 
servants  for  fishing  and  planting,  sr.  by  an  Indian 
Sagamore  called  Squidecasset,  and  his  company, 
on  one  Walter  Bagnall,  and  one  Jo  P.  who  kept 
with  him ;  having  killed  them,  burnt  their  house 
over  them,  and  carriea  away  their  guns  and  what 
else  they  liked  ;  persuading  the  governor  to  send 
twenty  men  presently  to  take  revenge  ;  but  the 
governor  advising  with  some  of  the  council,  thought 
best  to  set  still  awhile,  partly  because  he  heard 
that  captain  Neal,  &c.  were  gone  after  them,  part- 
ly because  of  the  frost  and  snow,  and  want  of 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


363 


1631.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — Fiance,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

boats  fit  for  that  expedition.  This  Bagnall  was 
sometime  servant  to  one  in  the  bay,  and  these 
three  years  had  dwelt  alone  in  the  said  Isle,  and 
had  got  about  £400,  was  a  wicked  fellow,  and  had 
much  wronged  the  Indians,  to 

October  25.  Governor  (Winthrop)  with  captain 
Underbill  and  other  officers,  go  a  foot  to  Saugus, 
(after  called  Lynn)  and  next  day  to  Salem  ;  where 
they  are  courteously  entertained  by  captain  Endicot, 
&c.  and  the  28th  returned  by  Mistick  to  Boston,  w 

A  plentiful  crop  (in  the  Massachusetts.)  w 

October  30.  Governor  f  Winthrop  J  having 
erected  a  building  of  stone  at  Mistick,  there 
comes  so  violent  a  storm  of  rain  for  twenty-four 
hours  from  northeast  and  southeast,  as  [being  laid 
with  clay  instead  of  lime,  and  not  finished]  two 
sides  of  it  are  washed  down  to  the  ground,  and 
much  harm  done  to  other  houses  by  the  storm  ; 
(and)  Mr.  Pynchon's  boat  coming  from  Sagade- 
hock  is  cast  away  at  Cape  Ann,  but  the  men  and 
chief  goods  saved,  and  the  boat  recovered,  tc 

According  to  the  agreement  of  governor  Win- 
throp, deputy-governor  Dudley,  and  Assistants,  on 
December  28  last,  to  build  at  Newton,  deputy-go- 
vernor Dudley,  secretary  Bradstreet  and  other 
principal  gentlemen,  in  the  spring  went  forward 
with  their  design,  and  intended  to  carry  it  on 
amain.  The  governor  has  the  frame  of  his  house 
set  up  where  he  first  pitched  his  tent ;  and  Mr. 
Dudley  had  not  only  framed,  but  finished  his  house 
there,  and  removed  his  family  thereinto  before 
winter ;  but  on  other  considerations,  which  at  first 
came  not  into  their  minds,  the  governor  (about 
this  time  as  I  guess)  takes  down  his  frame  and 
brings  it  to  Boston,  where  he  intends  to  take  up 
his  (abode)  for  the  future  ;  which  is  no  small  dis- 


364 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1631.    King  ofG.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

appointment  to  the  rest  of  the  company  who  were 
minded  to  build  (at  Newton,)  and  accompanied 
with  some  disgust  between  the  two  chief  gentle- 
men, but  they  are  soon  after  satisfied  with  the 
grounds  of  each  others'  proceedings,*  Mr.  Dudley 
and  others,  being  without  any  settled  minister  till 
Mr.  Hooker  comes  over  in  1633  ;  governor  Win- 
throp  still  continuing  at  Boston,  which  is  like  to 
be  the  place  of  chiefest  commerce,  he  prepares  his 
dwelling  accordingly.  H 

November  2.  The  ship  Lion,  William  Pierce 
master,  arrives  at  Nantasket,  (with)  governor  (Win- 
throp's)  wife,  his  eldest  son  (Mr.  John  Winthrop, 
Jun.)  and  wife  and  other  of  his  children,  Mr. 
(John)  Elliot,  a  minister,  and  other  friends,  being 
about  sixty  persons,  all  in  health,  having  been  ten 
weeks  at  sea,  and  lost  none  of  their  company  but 
two  children,  whereof  one  was  the  governor's 
daughter,  about  one  year  and  half  old.  November 
3,  the  wind  being  contrary,  the  ship  stays  at  Long 
Island.  But  the  governor's  son  comes  ashore,  and 
the  governor  goes  to  the  ship,  abides  all  night. 
Next  morning,  November  4,  the  wind  coming  fair, 
(the  ship)  comes  to  an  anchor  before  Boston  ;  the 
governor,  his  wife  and  children  come  ashore  with 
Mr.  Pierce,  in  his  ship's  boat.  The  ship  gives 
them  seven  (guns)  at  their  landing  ;  the  captains 
with  their  companies  in  arms  entertain  them  with 
a  guard  and  divers  vollies,  and  three  drakes  ;  (a 
sort  of  great  guns,  perhaps  invented  by  sir  Francis 
Drake)  and  divers  of  the  assistants  and  most  of 
the  people  of  the  near  plantations  come  to  welcome 

*  Governor  Winthrop  gives  this  as  one  reason  of  removing  his  house  to 
Boston  ;  viz.  that  the  people  at  Boston  had  under  all  their  hands  petitioned 
him,  that  according  to  the  promise  he  made  them  when  they  first  set  down 
with  him  at  Boston,  (viz.  that  he  would  not  remove  except  they  w  ent  with  him.) 
he  would  not  leave  them.  10 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


365 


1631.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — Fi  ance,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

them,  and  bring  and  send  [for  divers  days]  great 
store  of  provisions,  as  fat  hogs,  kids,  venison,  poul- 
try, geese,  partridges,  &c.  so  as  the  like  joy  and 
manifestation  of  love  had  never  been  seen  in  New 
England.  It  was  a  great  marvel  that  so  many 
people,  and  such  store  of  provisions  could  be 
gathered  together  at  so  few  hours'  warning,  w 

(The  reverend)  Mr.  Elliot  left  his  intended  wife 
in  England,  to  come  next  year  ;  rcr  soon  cm  joins 
to  the  church  at  Boston,  and  there  exercises  in  the 
absence  of  Mr.  Wilson  the  pastor,  who  was  gone 
back  to  England  for  his  wife  and  family,  rcr 

November  1 1 .  We  keep  a  day  of  thanksgiving 
at  Boston,  tv 

November  17.  Governor  (Bradford)  of  Plym- 
outh comes  to  Boston,  and  lodges  in  Mr.  Pierce's 
ship,  w 

November  23.  Mr.  Pierce  goes  down  to  his 
ship  at  Nantasket  ;  clivers  go  home  with  him  to 
England  by  Virginia  ;  as  sir  R.  Saltonstall's  eldest 
son,  and  others,  and  are  six  weeks  going  to  Vir- 
ginia, w 

The  congregation  at  Watertown,  whereof  Mr. 
George  Phillips  is  pastor,  had  chosen  (Mr.)  Rich- 
ard Brown  (see  the  list  of  October  19,  1630,)  for 
their  elder  before  named  ;  who  persisting  in  his 
opinion  of  the  truth  of  the  Roman  church,  and 
maintaining  other  errors,  and  being  a  man  of  a 
very  violent  spirit,  the  Court  wrote  a  letter  to  the 
congregation,  directed  to  the  pastor  and  brethren, 
to  advise  them  to  take  into  consideration,  whether 
Mr.  Brown  were  fit  to  be  continued  their  elder,  or 
not ;  to  which  he  returned  answer  to  this  effect ; 
that  if  we  would  take  the  pains  to  prove  such 


rcr  Roxbury  Church  Records  in  Manuscript 
cm  Dr.  Cotton  Mather. 


366  NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1631.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

things  as  were  objected  against  him,  they  would 
endeavor  to  redress  them,  ic 

December  8.  The  congregation  (at  Water- 
town)  being  much  divided  about  their  elder,  both 
parties  repair  to  governor  Winthrop  for  assistance, 
whereupon  he  goes  to  Watertown  with  the  deputy- 
governor  and  Mr.  Nowell,  and  the  congregation 
being  assembled,  the  governor  tells  them,  that  be- 
ing come  to  settle  peace,  &c.  they  might  proceed 
in  three  different  respects.  First,  as  the  magis- 
trates, [their  assistance  being  desired].  Second, 
as  members  of  a  neighboring  congregation.  Third, 
upon  the  answer  we  received  of  our  letter,  which 
did  no  way  satisfy  us.  But  the  pastor,  Mr.  Phil- 
lips, desires  us  to  set  with  them  as  members  of  a 
neighboring  congregation  only  ;  whereto  the  go- 
vernor, Slc.  consent.  After  much  debate,  they  are 
reconciled,  and  agree  to  seek  God  in  a  day  of 
humiliation  ;  and  so  to  have  a  solemn  uniting,  each 
party  promising  to  reform  what  had  been  amiss, 
&c,  and  the  pastor  gives  thanks  to  God,  and  the 
assembly  breaks  up.  ic  (Mr.  Hubbard  says  that) 
said  Brown  had  been  one  of  the  separation  in 
England  ;  (and  seems  to  intimate  as  if  the  occa- 
sion of  his  opinion  was,  that)  the  reformed  churches 
did  not  use  to  re-baptise  those  that  renounced  the 
religion  of  Rome,  and  embraced  that  of  the  refor- 
mation. II 

ARTICLES   OF   VARIOUS  DATES. 

(Captain  Johnson  says,  the  number  of  freemen 
of  the  Massachusetts  added  this  year,  was  about 
eighty-three.  But  in  the  records  of  May  18,  I  find 
one  hundred  and  sixteen  take  the  oaths  of  freemen, 
as  then  observed,  besides  two  more  scored  out  ; 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


367 


1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

and  as  these  are  all  I  find  admitted  this  year,  and 
the  first  that  are  mentioned  in  said  records,  as  tak- 
ing the  oaths  of  freemen,  I  am  apt  to  think  the 
one  hundred  and  ten  he  mentions,  as  made  free- 
men in  1630,  (see  page  361,)  are  included  in  the 
hundred  and  sixteen  who  take  their  oaths  on  May 
18, 1631,  and  that  these  hundred  and  sixteen  are  the 
first  admitted  after  the  arrival  of  the  governor  and 
company. 

(Josseline  says)  that  captain  John  Smith,  go- 
vernor of  Virginia  (that  is,  president  in  1608)  and 
admiral  of  New  England,  (that  is,  made  so  in 
1615)  dies  in  1631  ;  (but  where,  he  does  not  say. 
And  he  mistakes  in  placing)  under  1631,  first,  the 
arrival  of  sir  R.  Saltonstall,  and  the  reverend  Mr. 
Maverick  and  Wilson,  in  the  Massachusetts,  (which 
was  in  May  and  June  1630.)  Second,  Mr.  Har- 
lackenden,  a  magistrate,  and  leader  of  their  mili- 
tary forces,  (which  is  not  till  1636.  And  I  guess 
he  mistakes  in  placing)  in  1631,  the  reverend  Mr. 
Wilson's  brother,  Dr.  Wilson's  gift  of  a  thousand 
pounds  to  New  England,  (which  seems  to  be  some 
time  after.) 

SUPPLEMENT  TO  1630. 

Containing  accounts  of  the  four  ministers  who  arrived  in 

1630. 

First,  the  reverend  Mr.  John  Maverick,  and 
second,  the  reverend  Mr.  John  Warham,  of  Dor- 
chester. 

(Of  both  these  gentlemen,  captain  Clapp  of  the 
same  town  gives  the  best  account  in  the  following 
paragraph,  which  I  insert  almost  entire,  to  show 
the  pious  spirit  of  the  puritan  laity,  as  well  as  min- 


:*68 


NEW 


ENGLAND 


CHRONOLOGY. 


1630.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

istry  in  those  times  in  England,  as  well  as  those  of 
them  who  came  over  hither)  I  was  born  (says  he) 
at  Salcom  (about  twelve  miles  east  of  Exeter)  m 
Devonshire,  April  6,  1609.  My  father,  a  man  fear- 
ing God,  and  in  good  esteem  among  God's  faithful 
servants.  His  estate  I  think  not  above  eighty 
pounds  per  annum.  We  were  five  brethren  [I  the 
youngest]  and  two  sisters.  God  was  graciously 
pleased  to  breathe  by  his  holy  Spirit  [I  hope]  in 
all  our  hearts  ;  four  of  us  brethren  lived  at  home. 
My  dear  mother  being  dead,  I  desired  my  dear 
father  I  might  live  abroad,  which  he  consented  to. 
So  I  first  went  to  live  with  a  worthy  gentleman, 
Mr.  William  Southcot,  about  three  miles  from  the 
city  of  Exeter.  He  was  careful  to  keep  a  godly 
family.  There  being  a  very  mean  preacher  in  that 
place,  we  went  every  Lord's  Day  into  the  city, 
where  w  ere  many  famous  preachers  of  the  word  of 
God.  I  took  such  a  liking  to  the  reverend  Mr. 
Warham,  that  I  desired  to  live  near  him.  So  with 
my  father's  consent  I  removed  into  the  city,  and 
lived  with  Mr.  Mossiour,  as  famous  a  family  for 
religion  as  ever  I  knew  ;  he  kept  seven  or  eight 
men,  and  divers  maid  servants.  And  he  had  a 
conference  on  a  question  propounded  once  a  week 
in  his  family.  I  never  heard  of  New  England  till 
I  heard  of  many  godly  persons  that  were  going 
there,  and  that  Mr.  Warham  was  to  go  also.  My 
master  asked  me,  whether  I  would  go  ?  I  told  him, 
were  I  not  engaged  to  him,  I  would  willingly  go. 
He  answered,  that  should  be  no  hinderance  ;  I 
might  go  for  him,  or  for  myself,  which  I  would.  I 
then  wrote  to  my  father  who  lived  about  twelve 
miles  off,  to  entreat  his  leave  to  go  to  New  Eng- 
land ;  who  was  so  much  displeased  at  first,  thai 
he  wrote  me  no  answer.    (Upon  which)  I  went 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


369 


1630.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIIT  —  Spain,  Philip  IV. 

and  made  my  request  to  him.  (And)  now  God 
sent  the  reverend  Mr.  Maverick.,  who  lived  forty 
miles  off,  a  man  I  never  saw  before.  He  having 
heard  of  me  (was  so  zealous  to  promote  our  going 
to  New  England,  that  he)  came  to  my  father's 
house,  and  my  father  agreed  I  should  be  with  him, 
and  come  under  his  care,  which  I  did.  (And  then 
he  adds,)  it  was  God  that  did  draw  me  out  of  my 
father's  family,  that  brought  me  near  Mr.  Warharn, 
and  inclined  my  heart  to  his  ministry  ;  that  made 
me  willing  to  leave  my  dear  father,  and  dear  breth- 
ren and  sisters,  my  dear  friends  and  country  ;  that 
sent  Mr.  Maverick  that  pious  minister  to  me,  who 
was  unknown  to  him,  to  seek  me  out,  that  I  might 
come  hither.  (And)  blessed  be  God  that  brought 
me  here  !  c 

(In  our  Annals  at  the  beginning  of  March,  1629, 
30,  we  gave  an  account  of  the  said  reverend  Mr. 
Maverick  and  Warham  joining  with  Mr.  Ludlow 
and  Rossiter  and  others,  in  forming  a  Congrega- 
tional Church  at  Plymouth  in  England,  of  those 
pious  people  who  were  there,  and  then  preparing 
to  come  over  hither,  who  then  choose  the  said 
Maverick  and  Warham  their  officers  ;  and  captain 
Johnson  tells  us,  (that)  the  reverend  and  godly  Mr. 
Maverick  was  their  first  pastor,  and  the  gracious 
servant  of  Christ,  the  reverend  Mr.  Warham,  their 
teacher.  (In  which  qualities  they  came  over  with 
their  church  in  a  ship  of  400  tons  ;  setting  sail 
from  said  Plymouth  on  March  20,  and  arriving 
at  Nantasket  on  May  30,  1630,  as  observed  be- 
fore.) 

(And  from  both  these  accounts  we  learn,  that 
Mr.  Maverick  was  the  elder  person  ;  that  they  had 
both  been  ministers  in  the  Church  of  England  ; 
and  had  therefore  been  ordained  by  some  bishop 
47 


370 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


Ifl3a  King  oiG.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV 

or  other  ;  as  none  other  in  those  days  were  allow- 
ed to  preach  in  that  kingdom  ;  nor  any  separate 
congregation  allowed  there  till  the  civil  wars  began 
in  1642.  Nor  would  Mr.  Maverick  and  Warham 
have  been  then  allowed  to  form  a  Congregational 
Church  at  Plymouth  in  England,  were  it  not  of 
those  who  had  taken  their  passage  for  New  Eng- 
land, and  were  just  ready  to  sail  hither. 

3.  The  reverend  Mr.  John  Wilson  fbeing  the 
first  minister  of  this  metropolis,  I  may  be  larger  on 
him  :  and  doctor  C.  Mather  says  thatj  descending 
from  eminent  ancestors,  he  was  born  at  Windsor, 
in  1588.  The  third  son  of  doctor  William  Wil- 
son, prebend  of  St.  Paul's,  of  Rochester  and  of 
Windsor,  and  rector  of  Clift  ;  his  mother  a  niece 
of  doctor  Edmund  Grindell,  the  renowned  arch- 
bishop of  Canterbury.  His  education  under  his 
parents,  which  betimes  tinged  him  with  an  aver- 
sion to  vice,  and  above  all  the  very  shadow  of  a  lie, 
fitted  him  (for)  Eton  College  (to  which  he  went  at 
ten  years  of  age )  under  Udal  and  Langley  :  here  he 
was  most  remarkably  twice  ( saved )  from  drowning  ; 
but  at  his  book  made  such  proficiency,  that  while 
he  was  the  least  boy  in  school,  he  was  made  a  pro- 
positor  :  and  when  the  duke  of  Biron,  ambassador 
from  the  French  king,  Henry  IV.  to  queen  Eliza- 
beth, visited  the  school,  he  made  a  Latin  oration, 
for  which  the  duke  bestowed  three  angels  on  him. 
After  four  years  at  Eton,  he  was  admitted  into 
King's  College  in  Cambridge  in  1602  ;  (andj  in 
that  College  obtained  a  fellowship.  He  had  hith- 
erto been,  according  to  his  good  education,  very 
soberly  disposed  ;  but  being  led  to  the  ministry  of 
such  holy  men,  as  Mr.  Bains,  doctor  [Thomas]  Tay- 
lor, doctor  Chaderton,  he  was  by  their  sermons 
enlightened  and  awakened  to  more  solicitous  in- 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


371 


1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

quiries  after  the  one  thing  yet  lacking  in  him.  The 
serious  dispositions  of  his  mind  were  now  such, 
that  besides  his  pursuance  after  the  works  of  repent- 
ance in  himself,  he  took  no  little  pains  to  pursue 
it  in  others  ;  especially  malefactors  in  prison,  which 
he  visited  with  a  devout  and  successful  industry. 
(Yet)  being  forestalled  with  prejudices  against  the 
Puritans,  he  declined  their  acquaintance  :  though 
his  good  conversation  had  made  him  to  be  ac- 
counted one  himself;  till  going  to  a  bookseller's  shop 
to  augment  his  well  furnished  library,  he  lighted 
on  that  famous  book  of  Mr.  Richard  Rogers,  called 
the  Seven  Treatises  ;  which,  when  he  read,  he  so 
affected,  not  only  the  matter,  but  author,  that  he 
took  a  journey  to  Wethersfield,  on  purpose  to  hear 
a  sermon  from  that  Boanerges.  When  he  had 
heard  the  heavenly  passages  which  fell  from  the 
lips  of  that  worthy  man,  privately  as  well  as  pub- 
licly, and  compared  them  with  the  writings  of 
Greenham,  Dod  and  Dent,  especially  (Dent's)  Path- 
way to  Heaven,  he  saw  that  they  who  were  nick- 
named Puritans,  were  likely  to  be  the  desirablest 
companions  for  one  that  intended  his  own  ever- 
lasting happiness  :  and  pursuant  to  the  advice  he 
had  from  doctor  Ames,  he  associated  himself  with 
a  pious  company  in  the  University,  who  kept  their 
meetings  in  Mr.  Wilson's  chamber,  for  prayer, 
fasting,  holy  conference,  and  the  exercises  of  true 
devotion  ;  but  now  perceiving  many  good  men  to 
scruple  the  rites  imposed  in  the  Church  of  Eng- 
land, he  furnished  himself  with  all  the  books  he 
could  find  wrote  on  conformity  both  pro  and  con, 
and  pondered  with  a  most  conscientious  delibera- 
tion the  arguments  on  both  sides  :  was  hereby  so 
convinced  of  the  evil  of  conformity,  that  for  his 
omission  of  certain  uninstituted  ceremonies  in  the 


372 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1630.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

worship  of  God,  the  bishop  of  Lincoln  then  visiting 
the  University,  pronounced  on  him  the  sentence  of 
quindenum,  that  is,  that  besides  other  mortifications 
he  must  in  fifteen  days  be  expelled,  if  he  continued  in 
his  offence.  His  father  being  hereof  advised  wrote 
to  him  to  conform  :  and  interceded  with  the  bishop 
that  he  might  have  a  quarter  of  a  year  allowed  him, 
in  which  time,  if  he  could  not  be  reduced,  he  should 
leave  his  fellowship;  ( and ) hereupon  sent  him  to  sev- 
eral doctors  of  great  fame,  to  get  his  objections 
resolved  :  but  when  much  discourse  and  writing 
had  passed  between  them,  he  was  rather  more  con- 
firmed in  his  principles  about  Church  reformation. 
Wherefore  his  father  disposed  him  to  the  inns  of 
Court  ;  where  he  fell  into  acquaintance  with  some 
young  gentlemen,  who  associated  with  him  in  con- 
stant exercises  of  devotion,  to  which  meetings  the 
repeated  sermons  of  doctor  Gouge  were  a  con- 
tinual entertainment.  (After)  three  years  at  the 
inns  of  Court,  his  father  discerning  his  disposition 
to  be  a  minister,  permitted  his  proceeding  Master 
of  Arts  in  Cambridge.  Doctor  Cary  vice-chan- 
cellor, understanding  his  former  circumstances, 
would  not  admit  him  without  subscription,  (which) 
he  refused  :  but  the  earl  of  Northampton,  chancel- 
lor of  the  University  ( writing^  to  the  vice-chan- 
cellor in  behalf  of  our  Wilson,  he  received  his 
degree,  and  continued  a  while  in  Emanuel  College  : 
but  while  passing  under  these  changes,  took  up  a 
resolution,  which  he  thus  expressed  before  the 
Lord,  that  if  the  Lord  would  grant  him  liberty  of 
conscience,  with  purity  of  worship,  he  would  be 
content,  yea  thankful,  though  it  were  at  the  fur- 
thermost end  of  the  world.  At  length  preaching 
his  first  sermon  at  Newport,  he  set  his  hand  to  that 
plough,  from  whence  he  never  after  looked  back. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


373 


1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

Not  long  after,  his  father  lying  on  his  death-bed, 
he  kneeled  in  his  turn  before  him  for  his  blessing, 
and  brought  with  him  for  a  share  ( there )  in  the 
virtuous  young  daughter  of  the  lady  Mansfield, 
[widow  of  sir  John  Mansfield,  master  of  the  mino- 
ries  and  the  queen's  surveyor]  whom  he  designed 
to  marry  ;  whereupon  the  old  gentleman  said,  ah 
John,  I  have  taken  much  care  about  thee,  because 
thou  wouldst  not  conform  ;  I  would  fain  have 
brought  thee  to  some  higher  preferment  :  I  see  thy 
conscience  is  very  scrupulous  concerning  such 
things  as  have  been  imposed  in  the  Church  :  nev- 
ertheless, I  have  rejoiced  to  see  the  grace  and  fear 
of  God  in  thy  heart  ;  and  seeing  thou  hast  kept  a 
good  conscience  hitherto,  and  walked  according  to 
thy  light,  so  do  still,  and  go  by  the  rules  of  God's 
holy  word  ;  the  Lord  bless  thee,  and  her  whom 
thou  hast  chosen  to  be  the  companion  of  thy  life. 
Among  other  places  he  preached  at  Moreclake, 
where  his  nonconformity  exposed  him  to  the  rage 
of  persecution  ;  but  by  the  friendship  of  sir  Wil- 
liam Bird  the  justice,  a  kinsman  of  his  wife,  and 
by  a  mistake  of  the  informers,  the  rage  of  that  storm 
was  moderated.  After  this  at  Henley  (m  Oxford- 
shire )  then  for  three  years  together  continued 
preaching  at  four  places  by  turns,  which  lay  near 
(each  other)  on  the  edge  of  Suffolk,  ( namely  J  Bum- 
sted,  Stoke,  Clare  and  Candish.  Here  some  of 
Sudbury  happening  to  hear  him,  they  invited  him 
to  succeed  the  eminent  old  Mr.  Jenkins  :  with 
which  he  cheerfully  complied,  and  the  more  be- 
cause of  his  opportunity  to  be  near  old  Mr.  Rich- 
ard Rogers,  from  whom  afterwards  when  dying,  he 
received  a  blessing  among  his  children.  And  yet 
he  accepted  not  the  pastoral  charge  of  the  place 
without  a  solemn  day  of  prayer  with  fasting,  where- 


374 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1630.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

in  the  neighboring  ministers  (who  were  then  called 
Puritan  ministers  in  the  Church  of  England)  assist- 
ed at  his  election.  Great  notice  was  now  taken  of 
the  success  of  his  labors  in  this  famous  town. 
But  if  they  that  will  live  godlily  must  suffer  perse- 
cution, a  peculiar  share  must  fall  on  them  who  are 
zealous  and  useful  instruments  to  make  others  live 
so  ;  Mr.  Wilson  had  a  share  of  this  ;  and  one 
A — n  ( a  preacher)  was  the  principal  author  of  it  : 
upon  seeing  Mr.  Wilson  more  highly  valued  and 
honored  than  himself,  became  a  malignant  and 
violent  persecutor  ;  by  his  means  Mr.  Wilson  was 
put  into  trouble  in  the  spiritual  courts,  from  whence 
his  deliverance  was  at  length  obtained  by  certain 
powerful  mediators.  Afterwards  an  eminent  lady 
happening  to  make  some  comparison  between  the 
preaching  of  Mr.  Wilson  and  doctor  B.  of 
Boston,  the  angry  doctor  presently  applied  him- 
self to  the  bishop  of  London,  who  for  a  while  sus- 
pended him.  And  when  that  storm  was  over,  he 
with  several  other  worthy  ministers  came  to  be 
wholly  silenced  in  another  that  was  raised  upon 
complaints  made  by  one  Mr.  Bird  to  doctor  Hars- 
net  (then)  bishop  of  Norwich  against  them  :  but  at 
(length)  Mr.  Wilson  obtained  (of)  the  truly  noble 
earl  of  Warwick  to  sign  a  letter,  which  the  earl  bid 
him  draw  up  to  the  bishop  on  his  behalf ;  by  the 
operation  of  which,  his  liberty  for  the  exercise  of 
his  ministry  was  again  procured.  At  last  being 
persecuted  in  one  country,  he  must  flee  to  another. 
The  plantation  of  a  new  English  colony  was  be- 
gun, and  Mr.  Wilson  with  some  of  his  neighbors 
embarked  in  the  fleet  which  came  over  hither  in 
1630,  (about  the  forty-second  year  of  his  age) 
where  he  applied  himself  with  all  the  vigor  ima- 
ginable to  encourage  the  poor  people  under  the  diffi  - 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


375 


1630.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

culties  of  a  new  plantation.  But  he  was  most  set 
on  the  main  design  (thereof)  which  was  to  settle 
the  ordinances  of  the  gospel,  and  worship  Christ 
according  to  his  institutions  :  and  accordingly  he, 
with  the  governor,  and  others  (who)  came  with 
him  on  the  same  account,  combined  into  a  Church 
State  with  all  convenient  expedition,  cm  (namely, 
in  about  a  month  after  their  arrival  at  Charlestown, 
as  we  observed  before.) 

4.  The  reverend  Mr.  George  Philips,  (Dr.  C. 
Mather  says )  he  was  born  at  Raymond  in  Norfolk, 
(whose)  parents  encouraged  by  his  great  proficien- 
cy at  the  grammar  school,  to  send  him  to  the  Uni- 
versity (I  suppose  of  Cambridge,  it  being  forty 
miles  nearer,  and  between  Norfolk  and  Oxford,) 
where  his  good  invention,  strong  memory,  and 
solid  judgment,  with  the  blessing  of  God  upon 
all,  attained  a  degree  of  learning  that  may  be 
called  eminent.  The  diligent  reading  of  the 
fathers,  while  he  was  yet  among  young  men,  was 
one  of  the  things  which  gave  a  special  ornament 
to  that  skill  in  theology  whereto  he  attained  ;  but 
that  which  yet  further  fitted  him  to  become  a  di- 
vine, was  his  being  made  partaker  of  the  divine 
nature,  by  the  sanctification  of  all  his  abilities  for 
the  service  of  God,  in  a  true  regeneration.  De- 
voting himself  to  the  work  of  the  ministry,  his  em- 
ployment befel  him  at  Boxford  in  Essex,  whereof 
he  found  much  acceptance  with  good  men,  as  being 
a  man  mighty  in  the  Scriptures.  (Mr.  Hubbard 
styles  him  an  able  and  faithful  minister  of  the  Gos- 
pel at  Boxsted  in  Essex,  near  Groton  in  Suffolk  ; 
but  Boxford  being  in  Suffolk,  and  Boxsted  in  Es- 
sex, and  both  near  Groton,  I  suppose  that  Boxford 
in  Dr.  C.  Mather  is  a  mistake  of  the  printer.) 
But  his  acquaintance  with  the  writings  and  persons 


376 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1630.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  1.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

of  some  old  Nonconformists,  had  instilled  into  him 
such  principles  about  church  government,  as  were 
like  to  make  him  unacceptable  to  some  who  then 
drove  the  world  before  them.  Some  of  these  princi- 
ples he  had  intimated  in  his  public  preaching, 
whereupon  some  of  his  dissatisfied  hearers  repaired 
to  old  Mr.  (John)  Rogers  of  Dedham,  (near  Box- 
sted,)  with  some  intimations  of  their  dissatisfac- 
tion. But  though  Mr.  Rogers  had  not  much 
studied  the  controversy,  yet  had  so  high  a  respect 
for  Mr.  Philips,  that  he  said,  he  believed  Mr.  Phi- 
lips would  preach  nothing  without  some  good  evi- 
dence for  it  from  the  word  of  God  ;  and  therefore 
they  should  be  willing  to  regard  whatever  Mr. 
Philips  might,  from  that  word,  make  evident  to 
them.  And  as  for  Mr.  Philips,  the  more  he  was 
put  upon  the  study  and  searching  of  the  truth  in 
the  matter  controverted,  the  more  he  was  confirmed 
in  his  own  opinion  of  it.  When  the  spirit  of  per- 
secution did  at  length  with  the  extremest  violence 
urge  a  conformity  to  ways  and  parts  of  divine  wor- 
ship, conscientiously  scrupled  by  such  persons  as 
Mr.  Philips,  he  with  many  more  of  his  neighbors  en- 
tertained thoughts  of  transporting  themselves  and 
their  families  into  Ahese  then )  deserts  of  America, 
to  prosecute  and  propagate  the  glorious  designs  of 
the  Gospel,  and  spread  the  light  of  it  in  these 
goings  down  of  the  sun.  And  being  resolved  ac- 
cordingly to  accompany  the  excellent  Mr.  Win- 
throp  (then  of  Groton)  in  that  undertaking,  he 
with  many  other  devout  christians,  embarked  for 
New-England,  where  they  arrived  in  1630.  (as  be- 
fore related)  Here  (soon)  after  his  landing,  he  lost 
his  desirable  consort,  who  though  an  only  child, 
had  cheerfully  left  her  parents  to  serve  the  Lord 
Jesus  with  her  husband,  in  a  terrible  wilderness  ; 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


377 


1631.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

she  died  at  Salem,  entering  into  everlasting  peace, 
and  was  very  solemnly  interred  near  the  right  hon- 
orable the  lady  Arbella,  the  sister  of  the  earl  of 
Lincoln,  who  also  took  New  England  in  her  way  to 
heaven,  cm 

APPENDIX  to  1631. 
Account  of  the  two  Ministers  who  arrived  in  1631. 

Mr.  Roger  Williams.  (With  respect  to  whom 
governor  Winthrop  writing)  that  the  Lion  arriving 
on  February  5,  1630,  31,  brought  Mr.  Williams,  a 
godly  minister.  On  April  12  following,  that  the 
church  at  Salem  had  called  Mr.  Roger  Williams 
to  the  office  of  a  teacher,  &c.  (the  names  seem  to 
mean  the  same  man,  but  then  the  list  of  persons 
desiring  to  be  freemen,  placed  under  October  19, 
1630,  comprehends  all  those  who  entered  their 
desires  between  that  time  and  May  18,  1631.  By 
his  printed  works  he  appears  to  be  a  gentleman  of 
considerable  parts  and  learning,  but  of  a  very  sepa- 
rating principle  and  spirit,  and  for  the  utmost 
liberty  in  religious  matters.  Governor  Bradford 
writes  of  him  thus,)  Mr.  Roger  Williams  [a  man 
godly  and  zealous,  having  many  precious  parts, 
but  very  unsettled  in  judgment]  came  over  first  to 
the  Massachusetts ;  but  upon  some  discontent  left 
the  place  and  came  hither,  (i.  e.  to  Plymouth,  and 
I  suppose  in  the  summer  of  1631,)  where  he  was 
freely  entertained,  according  to  (our)  poor  ability, 
and  exercised  his  gifts  among  (us  ;)  and  after  some 
time  was  admitted  a  member  of  the  church,  and 
his  teaching  well  approved  ;  for  the  benefit  where- 
of I  still  bless  God,  and  am  thankful  to  him  even 
for  his  sharpest  admonitions  and  reproofs,  so  far  as 
they  agreed  with  truth.  B 
48 


378 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1631.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

2.  The  reverend  Mr.  John  Eliot.  Dr.  C.  Ma- 
ther says,  he  was  born  in  England,  (I  suppose  about 
November  1604.)  His  parents  gave  him  a  pious 
education,  (and)  his  first  times  were  seasoned  with 
the  fear  of  God,  the  word  and  prayer  ;  was  edu- 
cated at  one  of  the  Universities,  (1  suppose  at 
Cambridge.)  God  had  furnished  him  with  a  good 
measure  of  learning,  which  made  him  capable  of 
dividing  the  word  aright.  He  was  a  most  acute 
grammarian,  understood  very  well  the  (Greek  and 
Hebrew)  languages  which  God  first  wrote  his  holy 
Bible  in,  had  a  good  insight  into  all  the  libe- 
ral arts  ;  but  above  all  had  a  most  eminent  skill  in 
theology.  His  first  appearance  in  the  world  was 
in  the  difficult  but  very  necessary  employment  of  a 
schoolmaster,  which  he  discharged  with  fidelity  ; 
(I  suppose  under  Mr,  Hooker  in  a  sort  of  an  acade- 
my at  Little  Baddow  near  Chelmsford  in  Essex  ; 
see  account  of  Mr.  Hooker.)  He  had  not  passed 
many  (changes)  in  the  world  before  he  knew  the 
meaning  of  a  saving  turn  to  God  in  Christ  by  a  true 
repentance.  He  had  the  privilege  and  happiness 
of  an  early  conversion  from  the  ways  which  origi- 
nal sin  disposes  all  men  unto.  One  of  the  princi- 
pal instruments  which  the  God  of  heaven  used  in 
tinging  and  filling  the  mind  of  this  chosen  vessel 
with  good  principles  was  that  venerable  Thomas 
Hooker,  whose  name  in  the  churches  of  the  Lord  Je- 
sus is  as  ointment  poured  forth.  It  was  an  acquaint- 
ance with  him  that  contributed  more  than  a  little 
to  the  accomplishing  of  our  Elisha  for  that  work 
to  which  the  Most  High  had  designed  him.  His 
liberal  education  having  now  the  addition  of  reli- 
gion to  direct  and  improve  it,  gave  such  a  bias  to 
his  young  soul,  as  quickly  discovered  itself  in  very 
signal   instances.      (And   his  being  a  tutor  of 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


379 


1631.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV7. 

youth)  rather  prepared  him  for  the  further  service 
which  his  mind  was  now  set  upon.  Wherefore 
having  dedicated  himself  to  God  betimes,  he  could 
not  reconcile  himself  to  any  lesser  way  of  serving 
his  Creator  and  Redeemer  than  the  ministry  of  the 
Gospel.  (And)  he  was  one  mighty  in  the  word, 
which  enabled  him  to  convince  gainsayers  and 
show  himself  a  workman  that  needed  not  to  be 
ashamed.  But  where,  alas  !  should  he  have  oppor- 
tunities for  the  exercising  of  it  ?  The  Laudian, 
Grotian  and  Arminian  faction  (then)  in  the  church 
of  England,  in  the  prosecution  of  their  grand  plot 
for  reducing  England  to  a  moderate  sort  of  popery, 
had  pitched  on  this  as  one  of  their  methods  for  it ; 
(viz.)  to  cripple  as  fast  as  they  could  all  the  learn- 
ed, godly,  painful  ministers  of  the  nation,  and  in- 
vent certain  Shiboleths  for  detecting  and  destroying 
such  men  as  were  cordial  friends  to  the  reforma- 
tion. It  was  now  a  time  when  there  were  every 
day  multiplied  and  imposed  those  unwarrantable 
ceremonies  in  the  worship  of  God,  by  which  the 
conscience  of  our  considerate  Eliot  counted  the 
second  commandment  notoriously  violated.  It 
was  now  also  a  time  when  some  hundreds  of  those 
good  people  which  had  the  nickname  of  Puritans 
put  upon  them,  transported  themselves  with  their 
families  and  interests  into  the  deserts  of  America ; 
that  there  they  might  peaceably  erect  congrega- 
tional churches,  and  therein  attend  and  maintain 
all  the  pure  institutions  of  Christ ;  having  the  en- 
couragement of  royal  charters,  that  they  should 
never  have  any  interruption  in  the  enjoyment  of 
those  pleasant  and  precious  things.  Here  was  a 
prospect  which  (soon)  determined  the  devout  soul 
of  our  young  Eliot  to  a  remove  into  New  England, 
while  it  was  yet  a  land  not  sown.   He  (soon)  listed 


380 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1631.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain, Philip  IV. 

himself  among  those  valiant  soldiers  of  Christ,  who 
cheerfully  encountered,  first  the  perils  of  the  At- 
lantic ocean,  and  then  the  fatigues  of  a  new  English 
wilderness,  that  they  might  have  an  undisturbed 
communion  with  him  in  his  appointments  here.  He 
came  (hither)  in  November  1631,  (at  twenty-seven 
years  of  age)  among  those  blessed  old  planters 
which  laid  the  foundations  of  a  remarkable  coun- 
try, devoted  to  the  exercise  of  the  Protestant  reli- 
gion in  its  purest  and  highest  reformation,  cm 

II.  The  most  material  events  in  England. 

William  Beal,  servant  to  Mr.  Henry  Gellibrand, 
professor  of  mathematicks  at  Gresham  College, 
London,  setting  forth  an  almanac  for  this  year,  by 
his  master's  approbation,  agreeing  with  the  calen- 
dar before  Mr.  Fox's,  printed  oftimes  by  public 
authority  without  the  least  exception,  both  in  queen 
Elizabeth,  and  king  James,  and  king  Charles' 
reigns  ;  in  which  almanac  the  names  of  popish 
saints  were  omitted,  and  the  names  of  martyrs 
mentioned  in  the  book  of  martyrs  inserted,  just  as 
in  Mr.  Fox's  calendar  ;  bishop  Laud  taking  great 
exceptions  against  this  almanac,  brought  Mr.  Gel- 
librand and  his  man  into  the  High  Commission  for 
compiling  and  publishing  it,  prosecutes  them  with 
great  violence  ;  stands  up  in  a  great  passion  and 
publicly  informs  the  court,  that  the  queen  sent  for 
him  and  complained  to  him  against  this  almanac, 
which  gave  great  offence  to  those  of  her  religion, 
and  desired  him  to  prosecute  the  author  of  it,  and 
suppress  the  book,  he  therefore  hoped  he  should 
not  pass  unpunished  in  this  court ;  yet  the  court 
acquitting  him,  the  bishop  stood  up  again  in  a 
fury,  and  said  to  Mr.  Gellibrand,  Sir,  remember 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


381 


1631.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

you  have  made  a  faction  in  this  court,  for  which 
you  ought  to  be  punished,  and  know  that  you  are 
not  yet  discharged  hence,  I  will  sit  in  your  skirts, 
for  I  hear  you  keep  conventicles  at  Gresharn  Col- 
lege, after  your  lectures  there  ;  whereupon  he  gave 
order  for  a  second  prosecution  against  him  in  the 
High  Commission,  which  so  afflicted  this  good 
man,  that  it  put  him  into  a  fever,  whereof  he  died. 
Offended  with  this  almanac,  bishop  Laud  perused 
a  book  of  Dr.  Procklinton's  and  orders  it  to  be 
printed,  wherein  he  calls  Mr.  Fox's  martyrs,  trai- 
tors, murderers,  rebels  and  heretics.  It 

January  16.  I  (i.  e.  bishop  Laud)  consecrate 
St.  Catharine  Creed  Church  in  London,  Id  though 
only  repaired  in  his  predecessor  bishop  Mountain's 
time.  As  bishop  Laud  approaches  the  west  door, 
his  ( attendants )  cry  out  with  a  loud  voice,  open, 
open  ye  everlasting  doors  that  the  king  of  glory 
may  come  in  ;  and  presently  [as  by  miracle]  the 
doors  fly  open  and  the  bishop  enters,  falls  down  on 
his  knees,  in  the  name  of  the  Father,  Son  and  Holy 
Ghost,  pronounces  the  place  holy  ;  then  takes  up 
some  of  the  dust  and  throws  it  into  the  air ;  and 
this  he  does  in  the  great  middle  aisle  several  times  ; 
as  he  approaches  eastward  towards  the  rails  of  the 
Lord's  table,  he  bows  lowly  towards  it  five  or  six 
times,  when  he  approaches  the  communion  table, 
he  bows  with  his  nose  near  the  ground  six  or  seven 
times,  then  comes  to  one  of  the  corners  of  the 
table,  and  there  bows  three  times,  then  to  the 
second,  third  and  fourth  corners,  bowing  at 
each  corner  three  times ;  but  when  he  comes  to 
the  side  where  the  bread  and  wine  is,  he  bows 
seven  times ;  then  after  reading  many  prayers  by 
himself,  and  his  two  chaplains  on  their  knees  by  him 

It  Bishop  Laud's  Trial.  Id  Bishop  Laud's  Diary. 


382  NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1631.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IY. 

in  their  surplices,  hoods  and  tippets,  he  comes  near 
the  bread,  cut,  and  laid  in  a  napkin,  gently  lifts  up 
one  of  the  corners  of  the  napkin,  peeps  into  it  till 
he  sees  the  bread,  presently  claps  it  down  again, 
flies  back  a  step  or  two,  and  then  bows  very  low 
three  times  towards  it  and  the  table,  when  he  be- 
holds the  bread,  he  comes  near  and  opens  the  nap- 
kin again,  and  bows  as  before,  then  lays  his  hand 
on  the  cup  of  wine  with  a  cover  on  it,  so  soon  as  he 
pulls  the  cup  a  little  nearer  to  him  he  lets  the  cup 
go,  flies  back,  and  bows  again  three  times  towards 
it,  then  comes  near  again,  and  lifting  up  the  cover, 
peeps  into  it,  and  seeing  the  wine  lets  fall  the  cover 
again,  flies  nimbly  back  and  bows  as  before,  &c. 
(In  short)  prays  and  acts  as  in  the  Roman  Pon- 
tifical published  by  pope  Clement  the  eighth. 
Though  he  consecrated  it  more  as  a  burying  place 
than  as  a  house  of  worship,  and  though  this  ponti- 
fical with  the  ceremonies  of  consecrating  churches 
had  been  abolished  by  acts  of  Parliament ;  Dr. 
Pilkington  bishop  of  Durham,  and  archbishop 
Parker,  with  other  divines  in  queen  Elizabeth's 
reign  had  condemned  the  consecration  of  churches 
as  paganish,  superstitious,  childish  and  ridiculous ; 
and  the  practice  had  discontinued  from  the  begin- 
ning of  the  reformation,  till  now  bishop  Laud 
revives  it.  It  ( And  how  extremely  pleasing  to  the 
popish  queen  and  all  her  party  !) 

January  23.  I  (i.  e.  bishop  Laud)  consecrated 
St.  Giles  Church  in  the  fields,  Id  which  had  been 
also  in  part  rebuilt  in  bishop  Mountain's  days,  and 
had  divine  service  in  it  for  three  or  four  years  ;  but 
on  a  sudden  bishop  Laud  interdicts  and  shuts  it  up 
for  two  or  three  weeks  till  he  consecrates  it  now, 
with  the  same  bowings,  &c.  as  the  other,  with  the 
churchyard  also.  It 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


383 


1631.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

This  year  Thomas  Dove,  bishop  of  Peterbo- 
rough, living  in  a  poor  bishopric,  and  leaving  a 
plentiful  estate  (dies,)  the  Nonconformists  in  his 
diocess  complain  of  his  severity,  (having)  silenced 
five  of  them  in  one  morning,  on  the  same  token 
that  king  James  is  said  to  say,  it  might  have  served 
for  five  years  ;  ji  (and  the  learned  author  of  the 
Dispute  against  kneeling  at  the  Lord's  Supper,  in 
4to.  printed  in  1608,  says  that)  bishop  Dove  de- 
prived fifteen  ministers  in  one  day. 

June  7.  I  (i.  e.  bishop  Laud)  consecrate  the 
chapel  at  Hammersmith,  Id  with  the  like  popish 
ceremonies,  as  Creed  Church.  It 

(June  29.  The  continuator  of  Baker  says,)  two 
years  ago,  (i.  e.  in  1629,)  the  fort  Kebeck  (or  Que- 
beck,)  on  the  river  of  Canada  in  North  America, 
had  been  taken  and  garrisoned  by  captain  Kirk,  it 
being  a  great  staple  for  beavers  and  otters  ;  the 
king  of  France  therefore  detains  400,000  crowns, 
part  of  the  English  queen's  portion,  and  a  greater 
breach  likely  to  ensue  ;  (but  he  seems  to  mistake 
in  saying  that)  1630  puts  an  end  to  the  differences, 
the  fort  delivered  and  the  money  paid  ;  (for  Monsi 
Dennis  tells  us,  that)  on  June  29,  1631,  king- 
Charles  empowers  sir  Isaac  Wake  his  embassador, 
to  conclude  a  treaty  with  the  French  king  for  end- 
ing all  controversies,  perfecting  mutual  reconcilia- 
tion, restoring  commerce,  and  establishing  a  firmer 
peace  and  friendship  between  them  and  their  sub- 
jects. (But  said  treaty  is  not  finished  till  March 
29,  1632.) 

Before  bishop  Laud  came  to  be  chancellor  of  the 
University  of  Oxford,  fin  April  1630,)  there  were 
no  copes,  altars,  nor  communion  tables  turned  and 
railed  about  altar-wise  in  churches  or  colleges,  nor 
any  bowing  to  or  towards  the  altar,  nor  any  cruci- 


384 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1631 .  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

fixes  but  such  as  were  either  defaced,  or  covered 
over  with  dust,  and  quite  neglected  ;  but  since  his 
being  chancellor,  the  tables  in  all,  or  most  churches, 
and  colleges,  are  turned  into  altars,  or  railed  in  al- 
tar-wise, and  usually  bowed  unto,  the  old  crucifixes 
repaired,  adored,  and  new  crucifixes  set  up  where 
there  were  none  before.  Sworn  by  sir  Nathaniel 
Brent,  his  visiter.  It 

June  and  July,  Id  begin  great  discontents  to 
grow  in  the  University  of  Oxford.  Many  conceive 
that  innovations  are  multiplied  in  divine  service  ; 
offended  thereat,  in  their  sermons  break  out  into 
what  is  interpreted  bitter  invectives,  yea,  their  very 
texts  give  offence  ;  one  preaching  on  Numbers  xiv, 
4,  Let  us  make  us  a  captain,  and  let  us  return  into 
Egypt ;  another  on  1  Kings  xiii,  2,  And  he  cried 
against  the  Altar,  &c.  In  prosecution  whereof 
they  had  tart  reflection  on  some  eminent  person  in 
the  church ;  Dr.  Smith,  warden  of  Wadham,  con- 
vented  the  principal  persons,  viz.  Mr.  Thorn  of 
Baliol  College,  [Mr.  Hodges  of  Exeter  College,  It 
and  Mr.  Thomas  It  Ford  of  Magdalen  Hall,  as 
offenders  against  the  king's  instructions  ;  they  sus- 
pecting partiality  in  the  vice-chancellor  appealed 
from  him  to  the  proctors,  two  men  of  eminent  in- 
tegrity and  ability,  Mr.  Atherton  Bruch  and  Mr. 
John  Doughty,  who  received  their  appeal,  presum- 
ing the  same  justifiable  by  the  statutes  of  the  uni- 
versity. Bishop  Laud  did  not  like  those  retrograde 
appeals,  but  sensible  that  his  own  strength  moved 
rather  by  ascending  than  descending,  procures  the 
cause  to  be  heard  before  the  king  at  Woodstock, 
[on  August  23.]  By  whose  sentence,  first,  the 
preachers  complained  of  are  expelled  the  universi- 
ty ;  second,  the  proctors  are  deprived  of  their 
places  for  accepting  of  their  appeal.    (But)  the 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY.  385 


1631.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  X1IL. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

expulsion  of  these  preachers  stops  not,  but  in- 
creases the  differences  in  Oxford  ;  many  complain 
that  the  sword  of  justice  did  not  cut  indifferently, 
but  that  it  is  more  penal  for  some  to  touch,  than 
others  to  break,  the  king's  declaration.  Ful  Yea, 
Mr.  Ford,  returning  into  Devonshire,  some  friends 
intended  to  elect  him  for  their  lecturer  or  vicar  in 
Plymouth  ;  of  which  bishop  Laud  being  informed, 
presently,  viz.  September  12,  procures  a  letter  from 
(the  king)  to  the  mayor  and  corporation  of  Ply- 
mouth, not  to  choose  Mr.  Ford  their  lecturer  or 
vicar  on  any  terms  under  pain  of  his  displeasure  ; 
and  another  letter  to  the  bishop  of  Exeter,  not  to 
admit  him  to  be  their  lecturer  or  vicar,  in  case  they 
should  elect  him.  It 

After  August  2,  dies  Mr.  Arthur  Hilclersham, 
derived  by  his  mother  from  the  duke  of  Clarence, 
(second  son  of  king  Edward  III.)  bred  in  Christ's 
College  in  Cambridge,  minister  of  Ashby  de  la 
Zouch  (in  Leicestershire)  forty-three  years,  a 
learned  writer  ;  though  a  nonconformist,  he  loved 
all  honest  men,  were  they  of  a  different  judgment ; 
minded  herein  like  Luther,  who  gave  for  his  motto, 
in  whomsoever  I  see  any  thing  of  Christ,  him  I 
love.  Ful  (Leigh  says)  he  was  a  learned  and 
judicious  divine,  quotes  scripture  pertinently,  and 
his  works  are  excellent  ;  and  Mr.  T.  Hall  styles 
him  an  oracle  and  honour  of  his  time  :  (yet  nei- 
ther the  royal  blood  in  his  veins,  nor  his  eminent 
learning,  piety  and  charity  protected  him  from  be- 
ing persecuted  by  the  then  bishops  ;  for  Fuller 
says,  that)  after  he  entered  the  ministry,  he  met 
with  many  molestations,  being  in 

Silenced  by  Restored  by 

1.  1590.  June       The  High  Commissioners.  Ditto  1591,  .Tan.  9 

2.  1605.  Apr.  24.  Bp.  Chaderton.  Bp.  Barlow,  1608.  Jan  2 

3.  1611.  Nov.       Bp.  Neile,  Dr.  Ridley,  1625',  June 

4.  1630.  March  4.  Court  at  Leicester.  Ditto  1631,  August  2. 

40 


386 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1631.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

After  September  dies  the  reverend  Mr.  Robert 
Bolton,  B.  D.  aged  60.  Being  born  in  1572  :  in 
1592  went  to  Lincoln  College,  in  Oxford  ;  there  he 
became  an  excellent  logician  and  philosopher  ;  and 
wrote  out  all  Homer  ;  so  that  he  could  with  as 
much  facility  dispute  in  the  schools  in  Greek,  as  in 
Latin  or  English  ;  removed  to  Brazen-Nose  Col- 
lege, where  in  1602,  he  was  made  a  Fellow,  and 
M.  A.  and  being  chosen  Lecturer,  performed  with 
such  exactness,  that  he  grew  very  famous  :  was  well 
studied  in  metaphysics,  mathematics  and  school  di- 
vinity ;  his  disputations  in  the  University  performed 
with  such  acuteness  of  wit,  and  profound  learning, 
that  he  was  chosen  by  the  vice-chancellor  at  king 
James's  first  coming  to  the  University,  to  be  one  of 
the  disputants  before  him.  In  the  thirty-fifth  year 
of  his  age  was  ordained  (that  is,  about  1607)  and 
two  years  after  preferred  to  Broughton  in  North- 
amptonshire :  applied  himself  wholly  to  his  studies 
and  the  ministry  ;  aimed  at  the  conversion  of  souls, 
and  God  crowned  his  labors,  by  making  him  an 
instrument  (of  converting)  many  to  righteousness  ; 
oft  refused  preferment,  that  he  might  not  be  di- 
vorced from  that  country  where  his  ministry  found 
such  entertainment  and  effect,  &c.  S.  Clark. 

(Both  the  persons  and  works  of  these  two  fa- 
mous ministers  were  highly  esteemed  by  the  pious 
settlers  of  New-England.) 

November  4.  Born  to  king  Charles  I.  the  prin- 
cess Mary,  at  St.  James's  ;  Hs  who  in  1641,  May  2, 
is  married  to  William  II.  prince  of  Orange  ;  and  in 
1650,  November  4,  becomes  the  mother  of  William 
III.  afterwards  king  of  England.  Anderson. 

III.  The  most  material  events  among  foreign 
nations. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


337 


1631.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

(The  war  between  the  Spaniards  and  Dutch 
continues,  without  any  help  from  the  Court  of  Eng- 
land.) 

In  Germany.  This  being  a  most  critical  year, 
wherein  the  settlers  of  New-England  as  well  as  all 
Europe,  were  greatly  concerned,  I  hope  the  reader 
will  excuse  the  following  summary.  While  Gus- 
tavus  is  with  a  small  army  delivering  the  electorate 
of  Brandenburgh  ;  the  Popish  emperor's  old  Ge- 
neral, Count  Tilly,  with  21,000  veteran  troops, 
besieges  the  most  noble,  protestant  and  flourishing 
city  of  Magdeburgh,  the  fairest  ornament  in  Ger- 
many ;  and  by  treachery  or  negligence  of  some,  in 
not  duly  watching  a  gate,  early  on  May  10,  his 
forces  enter,  and  by  his  cruel  order  set  the  city  in 
flames  ;  spare  no  rank,  age  or  sex,  rip  up  women 
with  child,  murder  sucking  infants  before  the  eyes 
of  their  mothers,  violate  the  virgins  in  the  open 
streets,  yea  the  young  girls  even  to  death  ;  to  avoid 
which,  some  of  them  drown  themselves,  and  others 
run  into  the  fire  before  Tilly's  eyes  ;  in  twenty-four 
hours  consume  this  great  and  magnificent  city,  with 
its  sixteen  churches  and  chapels  by  fire,  leaving 
only  the  cathedral  and  one  hundred  and  fifty-nine 
poor  cottages  standing  ;  fill  all  places  with  dead 
bodies  ;  so  that  of  40,000  citizens  in  the  morning, 
scarce  400  escape  at  night  ;  and  the  carcasses  of 
the  men,  women  and  children  thrown  into  the  river 
to  roll  into  the  sea  ;  the  Popish  general  boasting, 
calls  this  horrid  tragedy  the  marriage  feast  of  Mag- 
deburgh, and  in  triumph  marches  to  Saxony,  to  lay 
waste  that  Protestant  Electorate  also. 

Hereupon  Gustavus,  greatly  afflicted,  first  has- 
tily restores  the  Protestant  Dutchy  of  Mecklen- 
burgh  to  its  dignity,  unjustly  deprived  thereof  by 
the  emperor  ;  delivers  the  rest  of  the  Protestant 


388 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1631 .    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

Electorate  of  Brandeburgh,  driving  the  Popish 
troops  away  before  him,  marches  to  the  Elbe,  tak- 
ing many  towns  and  castles  by  the  way  ;  builds  a 
bridge,  passes  with  his  little  army  of  about  8000 
over  it  ;  cuts  off  almost  all  the  foot  of  several  regi- 
ments Tilly  sent  to  oppose  him  ;  forms  a  strong 
camp  on  the  Elbe,  and  reduces  divers  garrisons 
round  about.  Tilly  marching  towards  him  with 
26,000  veterans  :  but  7000  of  his  advanced  parties 
being  cut  off  by  stratagem  in  divers  fights,  while 
the  king's  main  body  being  much  inferior  keep  his 
camp  ;  Tilly  marches  back  to  finish  the  ruin  of 
Saxony.  In  this  distress  the  queen  with  8000  men 
from  Sweden,  and  at  the  end  of  July,  Marquis 
Hamilton  sent  by  king  Charles,  with  G000  foot  from 
Great  Britain,  land  in  Pomerania  ;  but  the  king 
and  Hamilton  disagreeing,  the  latter  returns  inglo- 
rious ;  and  the  king,  as  it  seems,  leaving  the  Bri- 
tons to  keep  the  garrisons,  and  taking  those  few 
brave  Scots  and  English  who  had  fought  under  him 
in  Poland,  as  with  the  Swedes  to  make  up  20,000, 
joins  14,000  Saxons  under  their  Duke,  hastens  to 
save  their  country  :  and  approaching  Leipsick  their 
capital,  on  September  6,  he  with  his  army  keeps  it  a 
day  of  fasting  and  prayer  to  God  for  help  and  victory. 
Next  morning  Tilly  with  44,000  brave  men  advan- 
ces into  the  field,  presenting  his  army  in  a  dreadful 
front  full  two  miles  in  length  to  enclose  the  king's. 
Tilly's  word  was  '  Saint  Mary,'  but  the  king's  was 
'  God  with  us.'  The  king  riding  from  regiment  to 
regiment  crying  aloud,  come  on  comrades,  will  you 
fight  to  day  for  the  name  of  Jesus  Christ  ?  And  the 
battle  joins.  In  the  beginning  of  which,  the  king 
seeing  his  men  hardly  charged,  alights  from  his 
horse,  and  with  bended  knees  prays  to  God  again 
for  victory.    Tilly's  veterans   quickly  make  the 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


389 


1632.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

Saxon  wing  to  fly,  and  kill  2000  of  them  ;  then  fall 
with  their  main  force  on  the  Swedes  and  some 
brave  Scots  and  English  under  the  king  ;  Tilly 
crying  out,  let  us  beat  the  Swedes  too,  and  then  all 
Germany  is  our  own  ;  ( that  is,  to  oppress,  to  ravish 
and  massacre  as  we  pleasej  and  turning  even  all 
the  Saxon  cannon  on  the  Swedes,  a  most  terrible 
fight  ensues  (the  fate  of  the  Protestant  religion 
both  in  Europe  and  America  now  depending )  for 
five  hours  ;  until  night  comes  on  :  when  that  for- 
midable Popish  army  which  for  twelve  years  to- 
gether had  triumphed  over  and  oppressed  the  Pro- 
testants, is  broken  to  pieces  ;  15,000  of  them  slain, 
many  thousands  of  them  wounded  :  Tilly  wounded, 
flies  twenty  miles  that  night.  Next  day  the  king 
pursuing  slays  2000  more  ;  6000  forsaking  the  Im- 
perial side,  list  under  him  ;  by  the  end  of  the  month 
recovers  all  Saxony  :  and  as  he  began  with  prayer, 
he  ends  with  praise  ;  appointing  with  the  duke  a 
day  of  public  thanksgiving  in  the  army,  and  through 
that  Electorate.  Then  goes  on,  reduces  Franco- 
nia,  Wateravia  and  the  Palatinate  ;  and  in  this  one 
year  recovers  the  middle  parts  of  Germany  from  the 
Baltic  Sea,  to  Mentz  and  Spires  on  the  Rhine  ;  and 
wherever  he  comes,  restores  their  liberties  and  the 
Protestant  religion,  to  their  unbounded  joy. 

January  27,  1632.  Governor  Winthrop  and 
others  go  by  Charles  river,  (no  doubt  a-foot)  eight 
miles  above  Watertown,  ascend  the  highest  hills, 
and  view  (the  frozen  countries  and  distant  ran- 
ges of  mountains,  for  forty  or  fifty  miles  round 
about.)  to 

February  3.  Court  of  assistants  at  Boston. 
Present,  governor,  deputy-governor,  Mr.  Ludlow, 
captain  Endicot,  Mr.  Nowell,  Pynchon,  S.  Brad- 
street.    Order,  that  sixty  pounds  be  levied  out  of 


390 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1632.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

the  several  plantations,  towards  making  a  palisado 
about  Newton,  namely, 


1  Watertown,  £8 

2  Newton,  3 

3  Charlestown,  7 

4  Medford,  3 

5  Saugus,  and      >  ~ 

6  Marble  Harbor,  <  0 


7  Salem,  £410 

8  Boston,  8 

9  Roxbury,  7 

10  Dorchester,  7 

11  Wessaguscus,  5 

12  Winesemet.  110 


Mcr  £60 
February  17.  Governor  Winthrop  and  assist- 
ants call  before  them  at  Boston  divers  of  Water- 
town  ;  the  pastor  and  elder  by  letter,  and  the 
others  by  warrant.  The  occasion  was,  that  a  war- 
rant being  sent  to  Watertown  for  levying  their 
(abovesaid)  eight  pounds  rate,  the  pastor,  elder, 
&>c.  assembled  the  people,  and  delivered  their 
opinion,  that  it  was  not  safe  to  pay  (said  tax)  for 
fear  of  bringing  themselves  and  posterity  into  bon- 
dage. The  ground  of  their  error  was,  they  took 
this  government  to  be  no  other  but  that  of  a  mayor 
and  aldermen,  who  have  not  power  to  make  laws 
or  raise  taxes  without  the  people.  But  understand- 
ing this  government  is  rather  in  the  nature  of  a 
Parliament,  and  that  no  assistant  could  be  chosen 
but  by  the  freemen,  who  have  likewise  power  to 
remove  the  assistants,  and  put  in  others  ;  and 
therefore  at  every  General  Court  [which  is  to  be 
held  once  every  year]  they  have  free  liberty  to  pro- 
pound any  thing  concerning  the  same,  and  to 
declare  their  grievances,  without  being  subject  to 
question,  &c.  They  are  fully  satisfied,  freely  con- 
fess they  were  in  an  error,  acknowledge  their  fault, 
and  make  a  recantation  and  submission  under  their 
hands  ;  and  their  submission  is  accepted,  and  their 
offence  pardoned,  w 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


391 


1632.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  L — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

March  6.  (Being  Tuesday,  and  not  5,  as  go- 
vernor Winthrop)  Court  of  assistants  at  Boston. 
Present,  governor,  deputy-governor,  Mr.  Ludlow, 
captain  Endicot,  Mr.  Nowell,  Pynchon,  S.  Brad- 
street.  First,  order,  that  courts  [which  before 
were  every  three  weeks,]  w  shall  be  held  the  first 
Tuesday  in  every  month.  Second,  ten  more  take 
their  oath  of  freemen,  namely,  Mr.  John  Eliot, 
Jacob  Eliot,  &c.  Mcr 

March  14.  The  bark  Warwick,  arrives  at  Nan- 
tasket,  and  the  19th  at  Winesemet.  Having  been 
at  Pascataquack  and  Salem,  to  sell  corn  which  she 
brought  from  Virginia,  w 

April  3.  Court  of  assistants  at  Boston.  Pre- 
sent, governor,  deputy-governor,  Mr.  Ludlow,  cap- 
tain Endicot,  Mr.  Nowell,  Pynchon,  S.  Bradstreet. 
First,  Conant's  Island  demised  to  governor  Win- 
throp (upon  certain  terms)  and  the  name  is 
changed,  and  is  to  be  called  the  Governor's  Gar- 
den. Second,  four  take  their  oaths  of  freemen, 
namely, 

Mr.  John  Winthrop,  Jun.,  John  Sampeford,  (or 
Samford,)  Mr.  William  Aspinwall,  William  Hub- 
bert,  &c.  Mcr 

April  9.  The  bark  Warwick,  and  Mr.  (S.)  Ma- 
verick's pinnace,  go  out,  bound  to  Virginia,  (no 
doubt  for  corn.)  w 

6  April  12.  Governor  Winthrop  receives  letters 
from  Plymouth,  signifying  that  there  had  been  a 
broil  between  their  men  at  Sowams,  and  the  Nar- 
raganset  Indians,  who  set  upon  the  English  house 
there,  to  take  Ousamequin  the  Sagamore  of  Paca- 
nacot  (since  called  Bristol)  who  fled  thither  with 
all  his  people,  for  refuge  ;  and  that  captain  Stand- 
ish  being  gone  thither  to  relieve  the  three  English 
in  the  house,  had  sent  home  in  all  haste  for  more 


392 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1632.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV 

men  and  other  provisions,  upon  intelligence  that 
Canonicus  with  a  great  army  were  coming  against 
them  ;  (entreating)  that  some  powder  may  be  sent 
with  all  speed  possible  ;  for  it  seems  they  were 
unfurnished.  Upon  this,  governor  Winthrop  pre- 
sently despatches  the  messenger,  with  as  much 
powder  as  he  can  carry  (doubtless  being  a-foot, 
there  being  no  horses  in  New  England  in  those 
days)  namely  twenty-seven  pounds,  out  of  the  go- 
vernor's own  store.'  to 

4  April  11.  The  messenger  returns,  and  brings 
a  letter  from  governor  (Bradford)  signifying  that 
the  Indians  are  retired  from  Sowams,  to  fight  with 
the  Pequims  (or  Pequots)  which  is  probable,  be- 
cause John  Sagamore,  and  Chickatabot  are  gone 
with  all  their  men  ;  John  with  thirty  and  Chicka- 
tabot with  to  Canonicus,  who  had  sent  lor 
them.'  to 

(To  this  agrees  the  testimony  of  divers  ancient 
Indians,  inserted  in  Westerly  Records.  From 
which,  and  other  ancient  testimonies,  it  seems, 
first,  that  there  was  war  between  the  Pequots  and 
Narragansets,  about  1632.  Second,  that  said  war 
was  about  the  territory  between  Pacatuck  river 
on  the  west,  and  Wecapaug  brook  on  the  east ; 
about  ten  miles  wide,  and  fifteen  or  twenty  long, 
northerly  from  the  sea.  Third,  that  Canonicus 
and  Miantenomy,  chief  Sachems  of  Narraganset, 
had  conquered  it  many  years  before  the  English 
had  any  war  with  the  Pequots.  Fourth,  that  those 
two  Sachems  maintained  the  war  of  1632,  the 
former  being  uncle  to  the  latter ;  and  that  Nine- 
grad  was  another  uncle  to  Miantenomv,  but  had 
no  hand  in  the  war.  Fifth,  that  the  wrar  began  in 
1632,  and  ended  in  1635,  or  about  two  years  bo- 
fore  the  war  between  the  Pequots  and  the  English. 


NEW  ENGLAND 


CHRONOLOGY. 


393 


1632.  King  of  G.  Britain,Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

Sixth,  that  Sossoa,  or  Sochso,  originally  a  Pequot, 
but  a  renegado  to  the  Narragansets,  was  a  great 
captain  in  this  war,  and  fought  valorously  for  them, 
and  in  1635  Canonicus  and  Miantcnomy,  pretend 
to  give  said  tract  to  him  ;  but  he  never  holds  posses- 
sion. For,  seventh,  the  Pequots  are  now  too  hard 
for  the  Narragansets  ;  and  cither  recover  or  obtain 
said  tract  and  hold  it,  to  the  war  between  the  Pe- 
quots and  the  English,  in  1637.) 

A  ware  erected  by  Watertown  men,  on  Charles 
river,  three  miles  above  the  town,  where  they  take 
great  store  of  shad,  w 

May  1.  A  Dutch  ship  brings  from  Virginia  two 
thousand  bushels  of  corn,  which  sell  at  four  shil- 
lings six  pence  (sterling)  a  bushel,  w  (No  doubt 
a  joyful  import,  though  it  carried  their  money 
away.) 

'  An  Indian  brings  (to  governor  Winthrop)  a  let- 
ter from  captain  Standish,  at  Sowams,  to  this 
effect  ;  that  the  Dutchmen  [with  them,  for  trading 
at  Anyganset  or  Narraganset]  had  lately  informed 
him,  that  many  Pequins  (or  Pequots)  who  are  pro- 
fessed enemies  to  the  Anygansets,  had  been  there 
divers  days,  and  advised  us  to  be  watchful,  &c.' 

May  8.  to  (Tuesday,  rather  9,  Wednesday,  as  in 
Mcr)  General  Court  at  Boston.  Present,  govern- 
or, deputy-governor,  Mr.  Ludlow,  Nowell,  Pyn- 
chon,  S.  Bradstreet.  First,  generally  agreed,  that 
the  governor,  deputy-governor,  and  assistants,  shall 
be  chosen  by  the  whole  Court  of  governor,  deputy- 
governor,  assistants,  and  freemen  ;  and  that  the 
governor  shall  always  be  chosen  out  of  the  assist- 
ants chosen  for  the  year  ensuing.  Second,  John 
Winthrop,  Esq.  chosen  governor,  Thomas  Dudley, 
Esq.  deputy-governor,  Messrs.  Ludlow,  Noweli, 
Pynchon,  Bradstreet,  captain  Endicot,  John  Hum- 
50 


394 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1632.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

frey,  Esq.  Mr.  Coddington,  [because  these  two  are 
daily  expected,  tc]  and  John  Winthrop,  Jun.  assist- 
ants. Third,  order  there  shall  be  two  of  every 
plantation  to  confer  with  the  Court  about  raising  a 
public  stock.  Mcr. 

Every  town  choose  two,  iv  namely, 

1  Mr.  Oldham  and  Mr.  Masters,  for  Watertown. 

2  Robert  Coles  and  John  Johnson,  for  Roxbury. 

3  Mr.  William  Colborn  and  William  Chees- 

brough,  for  Boston. 

4  Richard  Wright  and  ,  for  Saugus. 

5  Mr.  Lock  wood  and  Mr.  Spencer,  for  Newton. 

6  Mr.  Gibbons  and  Mr.  Palmer,  for  Charlestown. 

7  Mr.  Conant  and  Peter  Palfrey,  for  Salem. 

8  William  Felps  and  John  Gallard,  for  Dorches- 

ter. Mcr 

(Here  is  no  mention  of  Wessaguscus,  Medford, 
Winesemet,  nor  Marble  Harbor.)  All  things  are 
carried  very  lovingly,  and  the  people  carry  them- 
selves with  much  silence  and  modesty,  w  (And 
this  seems  to  pave  the  way  for  a  House  of  Repre- 
sentatives in  the  General  Courts.) 

Governor  (Winthrop)  among  other  things,  used 
this  speech  to  the  people  ;  That  he  had  received 
gratuities  from  divers  towns,  which  he  received 
with  much  comfort  and  content.  He  had  also  re- 
ceived many  kindnesses  from  particular  persons, 
which  he  could  not  refuse,  lest  he  should  be  ac- 
counted uncourteous,  &c.  But  he  professed  he 
received  them  with  a  trembling  heart,  in  regard  to 
God's  rule,  and  the  consciousness  of  his  own  infir- 
mity ;  and  therefore  desired  that  hereafter  they 
would  not  take  it  ill  if  he  (should)  refuse  presents 
from  particular  persons,  except  the  assistants  and 
some  special  friends.  To  which  no  answer  is 
made,  but  he  is  told  after,  that  many  good  people 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


395 


1032.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

were  much  grieved  at  it,  for  that  he  never  had  any 
allowance  towards  the  charge  of  his  place,  w 

May  24.  The  fortification  on  the  Corn  hill  (I 
suppose  since  called  Fort  hill)  at  Boston  (now) 
begins.  The  25th,  Charlestown  men  come  and 
work  on  the  fortification  ;  Roxbury  the  next,  and 
Dorchester  the  next,  w 

May  26.  The  Whale  arrives  (at  Boston)  with 
(the  reverend)  Mr.  Wilson,  Mr.  (Richard)  Dum- 
mer,  and  about  thirty  passengers,  all  in  health  ; 
and  of  seventy  cows  lost  but  two  ;  she  came  from 
Hampton  April  8,  Mr.  Graves  master,  to  (And  no 
doubt  brings  the  joyful  news  of  the  king  of  Swe- 
den's wonderful  success  in  Germany.) 

June  5.  Court  of  assistants  at  Boston.  Pre- 
sent, governor,  deputy-governor,  Mr.  Nowell,  Pyn- 
chon,  Ludlow,  Winthrop,  Jr.  S.  Bradstreet.  First, 
the  Court  taking  into  consideration  the  great  mercy 
of  God  to  the  (reformed)  churches  in  Germany, 
and  (especially)  the  Palatinate,  &c.  appoint  the 
13th  of  this  month  to  be  kept  as  a  day  of  public 
thanksgiving  throughout  the  several  plantations. 
And,  second,  agree  there  shall  be  a  trucking  house 
in  every  plantation,  whither  the  Indians  may  resort 
.  to  trade,  to  avoid  their  coming  to  several  houses. 
Mcr 

June  5.  Arrives  (at  Boston)  the  William  and 
Francis,  Mr.  Thomas  master,  with  about  sixty  pas- 
sengers ;  whereof  Mr.  (Thomas)  Weld,  and  old 
Mr.  (Stephen)  Batchelor,  being  aged  71,  with  their 
families,  and  many  other  honest  men  ;  also  the 
Charles  of  Barstable,  with  Mr.  (Timothy)  Hather- 
ly  the  merchant,  about  twenty  passengers,  near 
eighty  cows,  and  six  mares,  all  safe  and  in  health  ; 
they  set  sail,  namely,  the  William  and  Francis, 
from  London,  March  9  ;  the  Charles  from  Barsta- 


396 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1632.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV  . 

ble  April  10  ;  and  they  met  near  Cape  Ann.  ic 
Mr.  (Edward)  Winslow  (of  Plymouth)  comes  in 
the  William  and  Francis  ;  and  Mr.  Hatherly  comes 
in  the  Charles,  w  to  dwell  and  plant  in  the  coun- 
try. B 

June  12.  Arrives  (at  Boston)  the  James,  Mr. 
Grant  master  ;  her  passage  near  eight  weeks  from 
London,  with  twelve  passengers,  and  sixty-one 
heifers,  and  lost  forty. 

June  13.  A  day  of  thanksgiving  through  all 
the  plantations  (of  the  Massachusetts)  by  public 
authority,  for  the  success  of  the  king  of  Sweden 
and  protestants  in  Germany  against  the  emperor ; 
and  for  the  safe  arrival  of  all  the  ships,  they 
not  having  lost  one  person,  nor  one  sick  among 
them,  ic 

'  The  French  came  in  a  pinnace  to  Penobscot, 
and  rifle  a  trucking  house  belonging  to  (New) 
Plymouth,  carrying  thence  three  hundred  weight 
of  beaver  and  other  goods.'  id  (Of  which  governor 
Bradford  gives  the  account  following).  <  This  year 
their  house  at  Penobscot  is  robbed  by  the  French 
in  this  manner  ;  while  the  master  of  the  house 
and  part  of  the  company  with  him,  is  come  with 
our  vessel  to  the  westward  to  fetch  a  supply  of 
goods  brought  over  for  us  ;  a  small  French  ship 
having  a  false  Scot  aboard  (I  suppose  a  Papist) 
goes  into  the  harbor,  pretend  they  are  newly  come 
from  sea,  know  not  where  they  are,  that  their  ves- 
sel is  very  leaky,  and  desire  they  may  haul  her 
ashore  and  stop  her  leaks,  making  many  French 
compliments  and  congees  ;  and  seeing  but  three 
or  four  simple  men  who  are  servants,  and  by  the 
Scotchman  understanding  the  master  and  rest  of 
the  company  are  gone  from  home,  fall  a  commend- 
ing their  guns  and  muskets,  which  lie  on  the  rack 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


397 


1632.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

by  the  wall-side,  take  them  down  to  look  on  them, 
asking  if  they  are  charged  ?  and  when  possessed  of 
them,  one  presents  a  loaded  piece  against  the  ser- 
vants, another  a  pistol ;  then  bid  them  not  to  stir, 
but  deliver  their  goods  ;  and  make  them  help  in 
carrying  them  all  aboard,  to  the  value  of  four  or 
five  hundred  pounds,  (sterling)  prime  cost  ;  three 
hundred  weight  of  beaver  ;  the  rest  in  trading 
goods,  as  coats,  rugs,  blankets,  biscuit,  &c.  ;  then 
set  the  servants  at  liberty,  and  go  away  with  this 
taunting  message  ;  Tell  your  master,  when  he  re- 
turns, that  some  of  the  Isle  of  Rhee  gentlemen 
have  been  here.'  br  (But  governor  Bradford  has 
misplaced  this  in  1631.) 

June.  Abraham  Shurd  (or  Shurt)  of  Pemaquid, 
and  captain  Wright  and  others,  coining  to  Pascata- 
quack,  being  bound  for  this  bay,  (i.  e.  the  bay  within 
Pullen  Point  on  the  north,  and  Point  Allerton  on 
the  south)  in  a  shallop,  with  £200  worth  of  com- 
modities ;  one  of  xhe  men  going  to  light  a  pipe  of 
tobacco  (near  the  powder,)  being  wished  by  ano- 
ther to  forbear,  answered,  that  if  the  devil  should 
carry  him  away  quick,  he  would  take  one  pipe,  set 
fire  on  a  barrel  of  powder,  which  tore  the  boat  in 
pieces  ;  that  man  was  blown  away  (and)  never 
seen  (till  he  was  sometime)  after  found,  with  his 
hands  and  feet  torn  off;  the  rest  all  saved,  but  the 
goods  lost,  w 

A  shallop  of  one  Henry  Way,  of  Dorchester, 
having  been  missing  all  the  winter,  it  was  found 
that  the  men  in  her  being  five,  were  all  killed 
secretly  by  the  Eastern  Indians  ;  another  shallop 
of  his  being  sent  to  seek  out  the  other,  was  cast 
away  at  Agamenticus,  and  two  of  the  men  drowned. 
A  fishing  shallop  at  Isle  of  Shoals  was  overset* 
And  one  Noddle  an  honest  man  of  Salem,  carry- 


398 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1632.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

ing  wood  in  a  canoe  in  the  South  river  was  over- 
turned and  drowned,  w 

July.  (I  suppose  Monday  the  2d,)  at  a  training 
at  Watertown,  a  man  of  John  Oldham's  having  a 
musket  which  had  been  long  charged  with  pistol 
bullets,  not  knowing  it,  gave  fire  and  shot  three 
men,  two  into  their  bodies,  and  one  into  his  head, 
but  so  far  off,  as  the  shot  entered  the  skin  and 
stayed  there,  and  they  all  recovered,  ic 

July  3.  Court  at  Boston  ;  present,  governor, 
deputy-governor,  Mr.  Ludlow,  Captain  Endicot, 
Mr.  Pynchon,  Winthrop,  8.  Bradstreet.  Mr.  Now- 
ell.  1.  Order,  that  the  captain  and  other  officers 
take  a  special  care  to  search  all  pieces  brought  into 
the  field,  for  being  charged  with  shot  or  bullets  ; 
and  that  no  person  whatever  shall  at  any  time 
charge  any  piece  of  service  with  bullets  or  shot, 
other  than  for  the  defence  of  their  houses,  or  at 
command  from  the  captain,  upon  such  penalty  as 
the  court  shall  think  meet  to  inflict.  2.  A  man 
fined  AOs  (sterling)  and  bound  to  his  good  behavior 
to  the  next  court,  for  his  misdemeanor  and  drunk- 
enness aboard  the  Virginia  ship.  3.  Seven  take 
their  oaths  of  freemen,  viz.  Mr.  Nathaniel  Turner, 
Mr.  Samuel  Sharp,  John  Ruggles,  Mr.  John  Wil- 
son, Mr.  William  Dennison,  &c.  Mcr 

The  congregation  (i.  e.  the  church)  at  Boston, 
wrote  to  the  elders  and  brethren  of  the  churches  of 
Plymouth,  Salem,  &c.  for  their  advice  in  three 
questions.  First,  Whether  one  person  might  be  a 
civil  magistrate  and  a  ruling  elder  at  the  same 
time  ?  Second,  If  not,  then  which  should  he  lay 
down  ?  Third,  Whether  there  might  be  divers  pas- 
tors in  the  same  church  ?  The  first  was  agreed  by 
all  negatively,  the  second  and  third  doubtful,  w 

After  many  days  of  (prayer)  by  those  of  Boston 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


399 


1632.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

and  Roxbury  for  (the  reverend)  Mr.  Weld,  and  the 
advice  of  those  of  Plymouth  being  taken,  &c.  at 
length  he  resolves  to  set  down  with  those  of  Rox- 
bury. ic  * 

August  3,  (not  5,  as  Mr.  S.  Danforth,  and 
Mr.  Hubbard.)  The  Sachim  [who  is  joined 
with  Canonicus  the  great  Sachim  of  Narra- 
gansett]  called  Mecumeh,  after  Miantonomeh, 
comes  to  Boston,  with  his  squaw  and  about  twelve 
Sanups.  August  5,  (Lord's  Day,)  being  present 
at  the  sermon,  three  of  his  Sanups  go  in  the  mean 
time,  and  break  into  a  neighbor's  house,  &c. 
Complaint  being  made  thereof  to  governor  (Win- 
throp,)  after  evening  exercise,  he  tells  the  Sachim 
of  it,  and  with  some  difficulty  causes  him  to  make 
one  of  his  Sanups  to  beat  them,  and  then  sends 
them  out  of  town,  but  brings  the  Sachim  and  the 
rest  of  (his)  company  to  his  house,  and  makes 
much  of  him,  [as  he  had  done  before]  which  he 
seems  to  be  well  pleased  with,  but  this  evening  he 
departeth.  w 

At  a  court  not  long  before,  two  of  Chickatabot's 
men  were  convented  and  convicted  for  assaulting 
some  English  at  Dorchester  in  their  houses,  &c. 

*  (By  which  I  perceive,  he  is  the  first  minister  and  pastor  of  the  people  of 
Roxbury,  but  when  the  church  is  formed,  I  have  not  yet  discovered.  Only  in 
Roxbmy  Church  Records,  I  find  the  first  seventeen  members  are  all  males, 
and  distinguished  from  those  which  follow  in  this  order.  1.  Mr.  William 
Pynchon  ;  2.  Mr.  Thomas  Weld  ;  3.  William  Dennison  ;  4.  Thomas  Lamb  ; 
5.  Samuel  Wakeman  ;  6.  William  Parke,  he.  Which  seventeen  seem  to  be 
the  first  constituting  members  ;  and  about  this  time,  viz.  in  July  1632,  to  form 
the  church,  and  invest  the  said  reveiend  Mr.  Weld  in  the  pastoral  office  over 
them.  After  which  are  added  the  names  of  seventeen  women,  and  thirteen 
men,  as  joining  to  said  church,  before  the  name  of  Mr.  Eliot  is  inserted,  who 
till  November  continues  his  relation  to  the  church  in  Boston,  [see  November.] 
And  Roxhury  Church  Records  tells  us,  that  the  people  at  Roxbury  (had)  joined 
to  the  church  at  Dorchester,  till  God  should  give  them  an  opportunity  to  be  a 
church  themselves  ;  and  Mr.  George  Alcock,  who  came  in  1630,  and  lived  in 
a  godly  sort,  was  by  Dorchester  church  chosen  a  deacon,  especially  to  regard 
the  brethren  of  Roxbury,  and  after  he  joins  to  Roxbury  church,  is  ordained 
their  deacon,  rcr 


iOO 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1632.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

were  put  in  the  bilboes,  and  Chickatabot  required 
to  beat  them,  which  he  did.  w 

The  congregation  of  Boston  and  Charlestown 
begin  the  meetinghouse  at  Boston,  for  which  and 
Mr.  Wilson's  house,  they  had  made  a  voluntary 
contribution  of  about  £120.  w 

August  7.  Court  at  Boston  ;  present,  (same  as 
June  5.)  1.  On  further  consideration  of  justice  to 
be  done  upon  the  murder  of  Walter  Bagnal,  and 
on  reading  a  letter  from  those  of  Plymouth  in  an- 
swer to  a  letter  sent  to  them  about  it,  order  that  a 
boat  be  sent  sufficiently  manned  with  commission 
to  deal  with  the  plantation  to  the  eastward,  and  to 
join  with  such  of  them  as  shall  be  willing  thereto, 
for  examination  of  the  murder  of  said  Bagnal,  and 
for  apprehending  such  as  shall  be  found  guilty 
thereof,  and  to  bring  the  prisoners  into  the  bay  ; 
referred  to  the  governor  to  take  order  therein.  2. 
Mr.  William  Pynchon  chosen  treasurer  for  the  year 
ensuing,  and  till  a  new  be  chosen.  3.  Four  take 
their  oath  of  freemen,  viz. 

Samuel  Wakeman,  &c.  Mcr 

August  14.  This  summer  is  very  wet  and  cold, 
[except  now  and  then  a  hot  day  or  two]  which 
causes  great  store  of  musketoes  and  rattlesnakes. 
The  corn  in  dry  sandy  ground  is  much  better  than 
other  years,  but  in  the  fatter  grounds  much  worse  ; 
and  in  Boston,  &c.  much  shorn  down  close  by  the 
ground  with  worms,  ic  The  summer  proving  short 
and  wet,  our  crops  of  Indian  corn  [for  we  have  no 
other]  are  very  small,  and  great  want  threatens  us. 
ctr 

Mr.  Oldham  has  a  small  house  at  Watertown 
made  all  of  clapboard  burnt  down,  w 

The  Braintree  Company  [which  had  begun  to 
set  down  at  Mount  Wollaston.]  by  order  of  court 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


401 


1632.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV 

removes  to  Newton  ;  these  are  Mr.  Hooker's  com- 
pany, w 

August  20.  Governor  (Winthrop's)  wife  de- 
livered of  a  son,  who  is  (on  August  26,  bcr)  bap- 
tised by  the  name  of  William,  the  governor  him- 
self holds  the  child  to  baptism,  as  others  in  the 
congregation  did  use.  w 

August  30.  Notice  being  given  of  ten  Saga- 
mores and  many  Indians  assembling  at  Muddy 
river,  governor  (Winthrop)  sends  captain  Under- 
bill with  twenty  musketeers  to  discover,  &c.  but  at 
Roxbury  they  hear  they  are  broken  up.  w 

September  4.  Court  at  Boston  ;  present,  go- 
vernor, deputy-governor,  Mr.  Ludlow,  captain 
Endicot,  Mr.  treasurer  (Pynchon,)  Nowell,  Win- 
throp, (junior,)  S.  Bradstreet.  1.  Sagamore  John, 
&c.  promise  the  next  year,  and  forever  after,  to 
fence  their  corn  against  all  kind  of  cattle.  2.  Or- 
der a  man  to  be  severely  whipt  for  cursing,  swear- 
ing, justifying  the  same,  and  glorying  in  it ;  (and 
3.  another)  man  to  be  whipt  and  branded  with  a 
hot  iron  on  one  of  his  cheeks  for  selling  Mcr  a 
piece,  a  pistol,  with  powder  and  shot  to  James 
Sagamore,  w 

By  the  mediation  of  the  reverend  Mr.  Maverick, 
Warham  and  Wilson,  governor  Winthrop  and 
deputy-governor  Dudley  (are  now  happily  recon- 
ciled.) Notwithstanding  the  heat  of  contention 
which  had  been  between  them,  yet  they  usually 
met  about  their  affairs,  and  that  without  any  ap- 
pearance of  any  breach  or  discontent,  and  ever 
after  keep  peace  and  good  correspondence  together 
in  love  and  friendship,  w 

One  Jenkins  late  (of)  Dorchester,  (since)  re- 
moved to  Cape  Porpus,  went  with  an  Indian  up 
into  the  country  with  store  of  goods  to  truck,  and 
51 


402 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1632.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

being  asleep  in  a  wigwam  of  one  of  Passacono- 
my's  men,  was  killed  in  the  night  by  an  Indian, 
dwelling  near  the  Mohawk  country,  w 

In  autumn  1632,  the  Indians,  who  had  all  this 
time  held  good  correspondence  with  the  English, 
begin  to  quarrel  with  us  (In  the  Massachusetts) 
about  their  bounds  of  land,  (though)  we  purchased 
all  we  have  of  them ;  but  the  Lord  (soon)  puts  an 
end  to  this  quarrel,  by  smiting  the  Indians  with  a 
sore  disease,  even  the  smallpox,  of  which  great 
numbers  of  them  die,  j  (at  the  end  of  1633,  which 
see.) 

There  is  much  suspicion  that  the  Indians  have 
some  plot  against  the  English,  both  for  that  many 
Narragansetts  &c.  gather  together,  who  with 
(others)  of  these  parts  pretend  to  make  war  with 
the  Nipnets,  and  divers  insolent  speeches  are  used 
by  some  of  them,  and  they  do  not  frequent  our 
houses  as  they  were  wont,  and  one  of  their  Powaws 
tells  us  that  there  is  a  conspiracy  to  cut  us  off ; 
upon  this  a  camp  is  pitched  at  Boston,  in  the  night 
to  exercise  the  soldiers,  apprehending  need  might 
be ;  and  captain  Underhill,  to  try  how  they  would 
behave  themselves,  causes  an  alarm  to  be  given 
upon  their  quarters,  which  discovers  the  weakness 
of  our  people,  who  know  not  how  to  behave  them- 
selves, (not  being  used  to  military  discipline,)  all 
the  rest  of  the  plantations  take  the  alarm  and  an- 
swer it,  but  it  raises  many  fears  and  distractions 
among  the  common  sort,  and  we  keep  watch  both 
day  and  night,  to 

September  14.    The  rumors  still  increasing,  the 
three  next  Sagamores  are  sent  for,  who  come  pre- 
sently to  the  governor  w  (at  Boston.) 
■  September  16.    Being  Lord's  day  evening,  Mr. 
Peirce  in  the  ship  Lion  arrives  (at)  Boston,  brings 


\ 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


403 


1632.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

one  hundred  and  twenty-three  passengers,  whereof 
fifty  children,  all  in  health,  and  lost  not  one  by  the 
way  save  the  carpenter,  who  fell  overboard  as  he 
was  calking  a  port ;  had  been  twelve  weeks  aboard, 
and  eight  from  the  land's  end.  w 

September  22.  The  Barstable  ship  (which  had 
arrived  on  June  5,)  goes  out  at  Pullen  Point  to 
Marble  harbor,  w 

September  27.  A  day  of  thanksgiving  at  Boston 
for  the  good  news  of  the  prosperous  success  of  the 
king  of  Sweden,  &c.  and  for  the  safe  arrival  of 
the  last  ship,  and  all  the  passengers,  to 

October  3,  (rather  Tuesday,  October  2,  see  March 
6,  last.)  Court  at  Boston  ;  present  same  as  Sept.  4.) 
1.  Mr.  Bachelor  (of  Lynn)  is  required  to  forbear 
exercising  his  gifts  as  a  pastor  or  teacher  publicly 
in  our  patent,  unless  it  be  to  those  he  brought  with 
him,  for  contempt  of  authority,  and  till  some  scan- 
dals be  removed.*  2.  It  is  thought  by  general 
consent,  that  Boston  is  the  fittest  place  for  public 
meetings  of  any  in  the  bay.  3.  Order,  there  be  a 
house  of  correction,  and  a  house  for  the  beadle, 
built  at  Boston,  with  speed.  4.  That  a  man,  for 
theft  on  the  Indians  at  DamariPs  Cove,  for  drunk- 
enness and  fornication,  be  fined  £5  (sterling)  to 
the  Court,  £10  to  Henry  Way  and  John  Holman, 
severely  whipt,  branded  on  the  hand  with  a  hot 
iron,  and  banished  out  of  this  patent,  with  penalty 
that  if  ever  he  be  found  within  (it)  he  shall  be  put 

*  (The  reverend  Mr.  Bachelor  arriving  with  the  reverend  Mr.  Weld,  and  about 
»ixty  passengers  on  June  5  last,  and  captain  Johnson  telling  us,  that  the 
church  at  Lynn  was  gathered  next  after  the  church  at  Roxbury,  and  that  Mr. 
Bachelor  was  the  first  feeder  of  the  flock  at  Lynn  ;  and  this  court  record 
representing  Mr.  Bachelor  as  having  exercised  his  gifts  as  pastor  or  teacher 
before  October  2  ;  all  make  me  think  that  the  people  he  brought  with  him  set 
down  at  Lynn,  and  about  August  formed  into  a  church  and  entertained  him 
as  their  minister,  to  whom  he  seems  to  have  been  long  before  in  a  ministerial 
relation  in  England,  being  seventy-one  years  old.) 


104 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1632.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

to  death.  5.  That  no  person  shall  take  any  to- 
bacco publicly,  and  that  every  one  shall  pay  a 
penny  ( sterling^)  for  every  time  of  taking  tobacco 
in  any  place.  6.  One  takes  his  oath  of  freeman, 
viz.  Mr.  Samuel  Maverick.  Mcr. 

(October  10.  From  July  30,  1630,  to  this  day, 
151  members  had  joined  in  full  communion  with 
the  church  which  began  at  Charlestown,  and  most- 
ly removed  to  Boston,  some  of  the  chief  of  whom 
were  these,  in  order.) 


1  John  Winthrop,  go- 

vernor, 

2  Thomas  Dudley,  de- 
puty-governor, and 
(after  governor,) 

3  Isaac  Johnson,  (as- 

sistant,) 

4  John  Wilson,  (pas- 

tor,) 

J5  Increase  Nowell, (as- 
sistant and  ruling  el- 
der,) 

6  Thomas  Sharp,  ( as- 

sistantj 

7  Simon  Bradstreet, 
(assistant  and  after 
governor,) 

8  William  Gager,  ( sur- 
geon and  first  dea- 
con,) 

9  William  Colborn,  (af- 
ter ruling  elder,) 

10  William  Aspinwall, 
(after  first  secretary 
of  Re) 


$18  Robert  Hale, 
31  James   Penn,  (after 

ruling  elder,) 
38  William  Balston, 
44  William  Cheesbrough 
48  Henry  Bright,  (sup- 
pose a  minister  who 
went  back,) 
52  Thomas  Hutchinson, 
J53  George  Hutchinson, 
57  John  Underhill, (cap- 
tain,) 
60  Edmund  Belcher, 
62  Edward  Rainsford, 
( after  ruling  elder  of 
the  south  churchj 
J66  Edward  Converse, 
77  Edward  Bendal, 
J79  Richard  Sprague, 
92  William  Codding- 
ton, (assistant  and  af- 
ter first  governor  of 
Rc.) 

101  Thomas  Fayrwea- 
ther, 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


405 


1632.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — J 

J102  Ralph  Sprague, 
110  John  Eliot,  (minis- 
terj 

113  Edward  Gibbons, 
(after  major-gene- 
ral,) 

114  Jacob  Eliot,  ( after 
elderj 

115  John  Sampford  (or 
Sanford,  after  secre- 
tary and  treasurer  of 
RcJ 

121  John  Winthrop,  jr. 
after  (assistant  and 
first  governor  of  Con- 
necticut colony.) 


ranee,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

129  John  Ruggles, 

132  Thomas  Oliver,  f af- 
ter ruling  elder  J 

135  John  Willis, 

145  Giles  Firman,  jr.  ( or 
Firmin,  after  minis- 
ter in  England.,) 

J149  Thomas  James, 
("minister  ) 

151  William  Pierce, 
( captain  of  the  Lion, 
and  ancestor  of  the 
reverend  Mr.  James 
Pierce,  of  Cambridge 
#nd  Exeter  in  Eng- 
landj  bcr 


October  1 1 .  ^Thursday )  eighteen  men  and  fif- 
teen women,  of  whom  are  Mr.  Increase  Nowell  and 
Mr.  Thomas  James,  with  those  marked  thusj  in  the 
list  above,  and  others,  all  of  the  Church  first  (form- 
ed) at  Charlestown  ;  fbut  since  August  1630J 
chiefly  removed  to  Boston  ;  in  regard  of  the  diffi- 
culties of  passage  ( over  the  ferry )  in  the  winter, 
and  having  opportunity  of  a  pastor  ( namely )  Mr. 
James,  who  came  over  at  this  time  ;  ic  desiring  a 
dismission  from  the  said  Church  at  Boston,  in  or- 
der to  form  a  new  Church  at  Charlestown  ;  the 
whole  Church  this  day  solemnly  seek  to  God  for 
direction  in  this  matter  :  and  the  Lord's  Day  fol- 
lowing f  that  is  October  14 J  the  said  thirty -three 
petitioners  are  accordingly  dismissed,  bcr  ( And  I 
conclude  that  Lord's  Day,  the  twenty-first  of  this 
month,  is  the  first  day  of  their  worshipping  in  pub-, 
lie  as  a  distinct  and  new  congregation  at  Charles- 
town, and  that  the  reverend  Mr.  Thomas  James 


406 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1632.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  1. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

then  preaches  to  them  constantly.  See  Novem- 
ber 2.  J 

Between  this  and  September  8,  1633,  there  are 
admitted  into  the  Church  at  Boston  thirteen  more, 
of  whom  are  John  Pemberton,  John  Oliver,  Giles 
Firman  (or  Firmin)  senior,  her 

October  18.  Captain  Camock  and  Mr.  Vesy  a 
merchant,  come  from  Piscataqua  in  Mr.  Neal's 
pinnace,  and  bring  sixteen  hogsheads  of  corn  to  the 
(wind)  mill  at  Boston  ;  they  go  away  in  Novem- 
ber, 10 

October  25.  (Thursday)  governor  (Winthrop) 
with  Mr.  Wilson,  pastor  of  Boston,  and  the  two 
captains,  &c.  go  aboard  the  Lion  ;  and  thence  Mr. 
Peirce  carries  them«in  his  shallop  to  Wessaguscus: 
next  morning  Mr.  Peirce  returns  to  his  ship  ;  and 
the  governor  and  his  company  go  a  foot  to  Plym- 
outh, and  come  thither  within  the  evening.  The 
governor  of  Plymouth,  Mr.  William  Bradford  (a  very 
discreet  and  grave  man)  with  Mr.  Brewster  the  (rul- 
ing) elder,  and  some  others  come  forth  and  meet  us 
without  the  town,  and  conduct  us  to  the  governor's 
house,  where  we  are  together  entertained;  and  feast- 
ed every  day  at  several  houses.  On  Lord's  Day  is  a 
Sacrament,  which  we  partake  in  :  and  in  the  after- 
noon Mr.  Roger  Williams  ( according  to  their  cus- 
tom) proposes  a  question,  to  which  the  pastor  Mr. 
Smith  speaks  briefly  :  then  Mr.  Williams  prophe- 
sies (or  explains)  and  after,  the  governor  of  Plym- 
outh (who  had  studied  the  Hebrew  language  and 
antiquities)  speaks  to  the  question  ;  after  him  the 
elder  (a  man  of  learning)  then  two  or  three  more  of 
the  congregation  ;  then  the  elder  (agreeable  to 
Acts  xiii.  14,  15,  &c.)  desires  governor  (Win- 
throp) and  Mr.  Wilson  to  speak  to  it,  which  they 
do  :  when  this  is  ended,  the  deacon,  Mr.  Fuller. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY 


407 


1632.  King-  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

puts  the  congregation  in  mind  of  their  duty  of  con- 
tribution ;  whereupon  the  governor  and  all  the  rest 
go  down  to  the  deacon's  seat,  and  put  it  in  the  bag, 
and  then  return,  iv* 

October  27.    Mr.  Peirce  sets  sail  for  Virginia,  w 

October  31.  Being  Wednesday,  about  five  in 
the  morning,  governor  Winthrop  and  company 
come  out  of  Plymouth  ;  the  governor  of  Plymouth, 
with  the  pastor,  &c.  accompany  us  near  half  a  mile 
out  of  town  in  the  dark  ;  lieutenant  Holmes  with 
others  come  with  us  to  the  great  swamp  about  ten 
miles  ;  when  we  come  to  the  great  river,  (I  sup- 
pose after  called  North  River,  between  Pembroke 
and  Hanover)  we  are  carried  over  by  one  Lud- 
ham,  as  we  had  been  when  we  (went  ;)  so  we 
come  this  evening  to  Wessaguscus  ;  where  we  are 
comfortably  entertained  as  before,  with  store  of 
turkies,  geese,  ducks,  &c.  and  next  day  come  safe 
to  Boston,  w 

About  this  time  Mr.  Dudley's  house  at  Newton 
and  all  his  family  are  preserved  from  being  de- 
stroyed by  gunpowder,  by  a  marvellous  deliverance, 
the  hearth  of  the  hall  chimney  burning  all  night  on 
a  principal  beam,  and  store  of  gunpowder  being 
near,  and  not  discerned  till  they  rise  in  the  morn- 
ing, and  then  it  begins  to  flame  out.  w 

November  2,  (Friday)  Mr.  Increase  Nowell,  Mr. 
Thomas  James  and  other  Church  members  at 
Charlestown,  who  had  been  dismissed  from  the 
Church  at  Boston,  now  embody  into  a  f new )  dis- 

*  (N.  B.  This  religious  exercise  in  public  they  had  [under  the  conduct  of 
Mr.  Robinson  at  Leyden]  grounded  on  the  primitive  practice  of  the  Church 
of  Corinth,  as  described  and  regulated  by  the  Apostle  Paul  in  1  Cor.  xii. 
and  xiv  :  but  growing  in  knowledge,  and  I  suppose  in  the  apprehension  that 
such  a  practice  was  peculiarly  accommodate  to  the  age  of  inspiration  [1  Cor. 
xiv.  30]  which  they  never  pretended  to  ;  they,  after,  gradually  lay  it  down.) 


408 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1632.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

tinct  Congregational  Church,  enter  into  covenant ; 
and  (the  said)  Mr.  James  is  elected  and  ordained 
(their)  pastor.*  msl 

Mr.  John  Eliot  a  member  of  Boston  congrega- 
tion, and  one  whom  the  congregation  intended  pre- 
sently to  call  to  the  office  of  teacher,  was  called  to 
be  a  teacher  to  the  Church  at  Roxbury  ;  and  though 
Boston  labored  all  they  could,  both  with  the  con- 
gregation of  Roxbury,  and  with  Mr.  Eliot  himself, 
alleging  their  want  of  him  and  the  Covenant  be- 
tween him  and  them,  yet  he  could  not  be  diverted 
from  accepting  the  call  of  Roxbury  ;  so  November 
5,  he  was  dismissed  to  ( them.Jf  w 

November  6,  ("Tuesday^  eighteen  take  their  oath 
of  freemen,  namely  : 

Mr.  Thomas  Weld,  Mr.  Thomas  James,  Mr. 
John  Coggeshal,  Mr.  Richard  Dummer,  Mr. 
Thomas  Oliver,  John  Talcot,  William  Wads- 
worth,  &c.  Mcr 

November  7.  Court  at  Boston  ;  present,  (same 
as  June  5.)  Ordered  first,  that  the  captains  shall 
train  their  companies  but  once  a  month.  Second, 

*  ("Their  Church  Covenant  is  in  these  terms  :)  '  In  the  name  of  our  Lord 
God,  and  in  obedience  to  his  holy  will  and  divine  ordinance,  we  whose  names 
are  here  written,  being  by  his  most  wise  and  good  providence,  brought  to- 
gether, and  desirous  to  unite  ourselves  into  one  Congregation  or  Church  un- 
der our  Lord  Jesus  Christ  our  head,  in  such  sort  as  becometh  all  those  whom 
He  hath  redeemed  and  sanctified  unto  himself ;  do  here,  solemnly  and  reli- 
giously, as  in  his  most  holy  presence,  promise  and  bind  ourselves,  to  walk  in 
all  our  wa}'s  according  to  the  rules  of  the  Gospel,  and  in  all  sincere  confor- 
mity to  his  holy  ordinances,  and  in  mutual  love  and  respect  to  each  other,  so 
near  as  God  shall  give  us  grace.' 

Increase  Nowell,  (and  eighteen  more.)  msl 

j  (The  Roxbury  Church  records  say  :)  By  that  time  the  Church  at  Boston 
was  intended  to  call  him  to  office,  his  friends  were  come  over  (it  is  likely 
among  those  one  hundred  and  twenty-three  who  arrived  on  September  16) 
and  settled  in  Roxbury,  to  whom  he  was  fore  engaged  that  if  he  were  not 
called  to  office  before  they  came,  he  was  to  join  with  them  :  whereupon  the 
Church  at  Roxbury  called  him  to  be  teacher  in  the  end  of  the  summer  (1632) 
and  soon  after  was  ordained  to  that  office  in  the  Church  ;  his  intended  wife 
also  coming  with  the  rest  of  his  friends,  they  were  soon  after  their  coming 
married,  namely,  in  October  1632.  rcr  (But  he  is  not  ordained  their  teacher 
till  November  5 — perhaps  on  Friday,  November  9.) 


\ 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


409 


1632.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

that  sir  R.  Saltonstall  shall  give  Sagamore  John  a 
hogshead  of  corn,  for  the  hurt  his  cattle  did  his 
corn.  Third,  that  the  neck  of  land  between  Pow- 
der Hill  and  Fallen  Point,  shall  belong  to  Boston, 
to  be  enjoyed  by  the  inhabitants  thereof  for  ever. 
Mcr 

November  21.  Governor  Winthrop  receives  a 
letter  from  captain  Neal,  that  Dixy  Bull  and  fif- 
teen more  of  the  English  who  kept  about  the  east 
are  turned  pirates,  had  taken  divers  boats,  and 
rifled  Pernaquid  ;  hereupon  the  governor  calls  a 
Council,  and  it  is  agreed  to  send  his  bark  with 
twenty  men,  to  join  with  those  of  Piscataqua  (to) 
take  said  pirate.  But  snow,  frost,  and  contrary 
winds  prevent  them,  w  (The  first  pirates  on  the 
coast  of  New  England.) 

November  22.  A  fast  held  by  the  congregation 
of  Boston  ;  and  Mr.  Wilson  formerly  their  teacher, 
is  chosen  pastor,  and  (Mr.  Thomas)  Oliver  a  ruling 
elder,  and  are  both  ordained  by  imposition  of 
hands  ;  first  by  the  teacher  and  the  two  deacons 
[in  the  name  of  the  congregation]  upon  the  elder  ; 
and  then  by  the  elder  and  the  deacons  upon  the 
pastor,  w 

December.  By  letters  from  captain  Neal,  Mr. 
Hilton,  &c.  (of  Piscataqua)  it  is  certified,  that  they 
had  sent  out  all  the  forces  they  could  make  against 
the  pirates  ;  namely,  four  pinnaces  and  shallops, 
and  forty  men,  who  coming  to  Pernaquid,  were 
there  wind  bound  three  weeks,  w* 

*  It  is  farther  advertised  by  some  who  came  from  Penobscot,  that  the 
pirates  lost  one  of  their  chief  men  by  a  musket-shot  fiom  Pernaquid.  and  that 
there  remained  but  fifteen,  whereof  four  or  five  were  detained  against,  their 
wills  ;  that  they  had  been  at  some  English  plantations  and  taken  nothing-  but 
what  they  paid  for  ;  had  given  another  pinnace  in  exchange  for  that  of  Mr. 
Maverick,  and  as  much  beaver  and  otter  as  it  was  worth  more  ;  had  made  a 
law  against  excessive  drinking  ;  that  their  order  was,  at  such  times  as  other 
ships  use  to  have  prayer,  they  would  assemble  on  the  deck,  and  one  sing  a 

52 


410 


NEW 


ENGLAND 


CHRONOLOGY. 


1632.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

Articles  of  uncertain  and  various  dates. 

'  (In  the  spring  of  1632)  Mr.  Allerton  (being  in 
England)  hires  on  his  own  account  of  Mr.  Sherley, 
the  White  Angel  again,  comes  late  into  the  country, 
sets  up  a  company  to  run  into  the  river  of  Kenne- 
bcck,  to  glean  away  the  trade  from  the  house  there, 
(I  suppose  at  Cushenock  above  Cobbiseconte) 
about  the  patent  and  privilege  whereof  he  had 
dashed  away  so  much  money.  Yea,  being  depriv- 
ed of  Ashley,  joins  with  some  consorts,  and  sets 
up  a  trading  house  beyond  Penobscot,  to  cut  off 
the  trade  from  thence  also.  But  the  French  per- 
ceiving that  would  be  greatly  to  their  damage,  like- 
wise come  in  their  beginning,  before  they  are  well 
settled,  and  displant  them,  slay  two  of  their  men, 
take  all  the  goods  to  a  great  value,  send  the  rest 
of  their  men  into  France  ;  and  this  is  the  end  of 
that  project.  J5* 

'  This  year,  1632,  the  people  of  (Plymouth)  be- 
gin to  grow  in  their  outward  estates,  by  the  flowing 
of  many  people  into  the  country,  especially  into 
the  Massachusetts  Colony.  By  which  means  cat- 
tle and  corn  rise  to  a  great  price,  goods  grow  plen- 
tiful, and  many  are  enriched.  And  now  their 
stocks  increasing,  the  increase  vendible  ;  there  is 
no  longer  holding  them  together.  They  must  go 
to  their  great  lots  ;  they  can  no  otherwise  keep 
their  cattle  ;  and  having  oxen  grown,  they  must 
have  more  land  for  ploughing  and  tillage.    By  this 

song  or  speak  a  few  senseless  sentences  ;  they  also  send  a  writing  to  all  the 
governors,  signifying  their  intent  not  to  do  harm  to  any  more  of  their  coun- 
trymen, but  to  go  to  the  southward,  and  advise  them  not  to  send  against  them, 
for  they  were  resolved  to  sink  themselves  rather  than  be  taken  ;  signed,  For- 
tune le  Garr,  and  no  name  to  it.  w 

*  Governor  Bradford  has  misplaced  all  this  in  1631.  But  'though  Mr 
Allerton  seems  to  have  set  up  his  new  trading  house  in  the  summer  of  1632  ; 
vet  it  seems  to  be  the  summer  of  1633,  when  the  French  take  it.  [See  No- 
vember 12,  1633.'] 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


411 


1632.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV 

means  they  scatter  round  the  bay  (of  Plymouth) 
quickly,  and  the  town  wherein  they  lived  till  now 
compactly,  is  soon  left  very  thin,  and  in  a  short 
time  almost  desolate.  The  church  also  comes  to 
be  divided  ;  and  those  who  had  lived  so  long 
together  in  christian  and  comfortable  fellowship, 
must  now  part.  First,  those  who  live  on  their  lots 
on  the  other  side  the  bay,  called  Duxbury,  can  no 
longer  bring  their  families  to  the  public  worship  at 
Plymouth,  growing  to  a  competent  number,  and 
suing  to  be  dismissed,  are  about  this  time  dismiss- 
ed, though  very  unwillingly,  and  become  a  body  of 
themselves.  B  (So  that  Duxbury  seems  to  be  the 
second  town  and  church  in  Plymouth  Colony ; 
and  the  next  town  settled  after  Newton,  that  is, 
Cambridge,  in  New  England. 

'  To  prevent  any  further  scattering  from  Plym- 
outh, and  weakening  of  the  same,  it  is  thought 
best  to  give  out  some  good  farms  to  special  per- 
sons that  would  promise  to  live  at  Plymouth,  and 
likely  to  be  helpful  to  the  Church  or  Common- 
wealth ;  and  so  tie  the  lands  to  Plymouth  as  farms 
for  the  same  ;  and  there  they  might  keep  their 
cattle  and  tillage  by  servants,  and  retain  their 
dwellings  here  ;  and  so  some  lands  are  granted  at 
a  place  called  Green's  harbor,  where  no  allotments 
had  been,  a  place  very  well  meadowed,  and  fit  to 
keep  and  rear  cattle  good  store.'  B  (This  seems 
to  be  the  beginning  of  Marshfield.) 

'  This  year  the  General  Court  of  Plymouth  Co- 
lony make  an  extraordinary  act  ;  That  whoever 
refuses  the  office  of  governor,  shall  pay  twenty 
pounds  sterling,  unless  he  were  chosen  two  years 
going  ;  and  whoever  refuses  the  office  of  counsel- 
lor or  magistrate,  ten  pounds  sterling,  msl 


412 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1632.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IY . 

This  year  is  built  the  first  house  for  public  wor- 
ship at  Newton,  (after  called  Cambridge)  with  a 
bell  upon  it.  msl 

(And  captain  Johnson  says,)  4  this  year  was  the 
first  choice  of  magistrates  by  freemen  ;  whose 
number  was  now  increased  fifty-three,  or  there- 
abouts.' j  (By  which  he  means,  the  choice  of 
magistrates  in  the  Massachusetts  Colony  at  the 
General  Court  on  May  9,  last.  But  by  number  of 
freemen  he  means  those  who  were  added  this 
whole  year  1632,  beginning  the  year  with  March 
25,  which  are  fifty-three  ;  whereas  beginning  the 
year  with  January  1,  as  is  the  way  of  our  Annals, 
their  number  added  this  year  is  but  forty-four,  as 
we  have  accounted  already,  from  the  Mcr.) 

This  year  of  sad  distresses  ends  with  a  terrible 
cold  winter  ;  with  weekly  snows,  and  fierce  frosts 
between,  congealing  Charles  river,  as  well  from 
the  town  towards  the  sea,  as  above  ;  so  that  men 
may  frequently  pass  from  one  island  to  another  on 
the  ice.  j 

APPENDIX  TO  1632. 

First,  account  of  the  three  ministers  who  arrived 
this  year. 

First,  the  Rev.  Mr.  Stephen  Bachelor. 

(From  governor  Winslow  and  captain  Johnson 
we  learn,  that)  he  was  an  ancient  minister  in  Eng- 
land ;  had  been  a  man  of  fame  in  his  day ;  was  71 
years  of  age  when  he  came  over  ;  brought  a  num- 
ber of  people  with  him,  and  soon  became  the  first 
feeder  of  the  flock  of  Christ  at  Lynn.  (And  by 
several  original  letters  I  have  seen  of  his  own  writ- 
ing to  the  reverend  Mr.  Cotton  of  Boston,  I  find 
he  was  a  gentleman  of  learning  and  ingenuity,  and 
wrote  a  fine  and  curious  hand.) 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


413 


1632.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

Second,  the  Rev.  Mr.  Thomas  Weld. 

(From  captain  Johnson  and  doctor  E.  Calamy, 
we  learn)  that  he  was  born  and  educated  in  Eng- 
land ;  had  been  minister  of  Terling  in  Essex  ;  but 
not  submitting  to  the  ceremonies,  the  place  was  too 
hot  for  him,  and  he  was  forced  to  quit  it  and  come 
over  to  New  England  :  that  upon  his  arrival  the 
Church  of  Roxbury  being  a  diligent  people,  early 
prevented  their  brethren  of  other  Churches  by  call- 
ing him  to  be  their  first  pastor  ;  that  he  was 
valiant  in  faith  ;  both  in  the  pulpit  and  by  his  pen, 
maintains  the  truth,  and  clears  Christ's  Churches 
here  from  scandalous  reproaches  ;  and  wading 
through  the  cares  and  toils  of  this  wilderness  for 
seven  years,  he  with  advice  returns  to  his  native 
country. 

Third,  the  Rev.  Mr.  Thomas  James. 

(From  captain  Johnson  we  also  learn,  that)  he 
was  born  and  educated  in  England,  and  approved 
by  his  native  country  ;  had  been  a  minister  in  Lin- 
colnshire, and  especially  commended  by  God's 
people  there  for  his  courteous  speech  and  work  of 
Christian  love  ;  has  learned  skill  to  unfold  the 
mind  of  God  in  Scripture  ;  is  valiant  in  faith  ;  and 
arriving  here,  is  soon  welcomed  by  the  people  of 
Christ  in  Charlestown,  and  called  to  the  office  of 
pastor  of  their  second  gathered  church,  where  he 
continues  some  years  ;  till  some  seed  of  prejudice 
sown  by  the  enemies  of  this  work,  he  for  the  love 
of  peace  and  to  avoid  contention,  removes  to  New 
Haven,  j 

(Afterwards  he  seems  to  return  to  England.  For 
when  I  lived  at  Combs  in  Suffolk,  from  1711  to  16, 
Mr.  Thomas  Denny,  a  pious  and  ancient  gentle- 
man there  informed  me  that)  he  knew  the  reverend 
Mr.  Thomas  James,  minister  of  Needham,  about 


114 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1632.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

four  miles  off,  who  (he  said)  came  from  New  Eng- 
land. (Dr.  E.  Calamy  says)  he  was  a  very  holy 
good  man,  of  the  Congregational  persuasion  ;  re- 
signed the  Parochial  Church  of  Needham,  August 
24,  1662,  because  he  could  not  in  conscience  ap- 
prove of  the  uninstituted  ceremonies  ;  and  had  a 
pretty  numerous  society  after  his  being  silenced. 
(And  Mr.  Denny  told  me,  that)  though  he  was 
much  beloved  and  esteemed,  yet  when  he  died, 
the  clergyman  who  came  in  his  place,  would  not 
allow  him  to  be  buried  in  any  other  part  of  the 
church  yard,  but  that  unconsecrated  corner  left  for 
rogues,  whores,  and  excommunicates ;  though  the 
clergyman  owed  his  benefice  to  the  noble  upright- 
ness of  Mr.  James's  heart  ) 

II.    The  most  material  events  in  England. 

The  annual  feast  of  dedication  of  churches  pre- 
scribed at  first  by  Pope  Felix  and  Gregory,  turned 
by  the  people  into  mere  bachanals,  were  by  the 
injunctions  (even)  of  king  Henry  VIII.  as  the 
occasion  of  much  idleness,  excess,  riot,  and  perni- 
cious to  the  souls  of  men,  all  restrained  to  the  first 
(Lord's  Day)  in  October  ;  and  after,  totally  abol- 
ished by  statute  of  five  and  six  of  Edward  VI. 
being  revived  again  with  their  bachanalian  disor- 
ders, under  the  names  of  wakes  or  revels,  for  the 
most  part  on  Sundays.  Sir  Thomas  Richardson, 
lord  chief  justice  of  England,  and  baron  Denham, 
being  at  the  assizes  in  the  county  of  Somerset, 
many  indicted  for  murdering  bastard  children  be- 
gotten at  wakes  and  revels,  with  sundry  other 
grand  disorders  occasioned  by  those  meetings  ;  the 
justices  of  that  county  earnestly  importune  the 
judges  to  make  a  severe  order  for  suppressing  of 
these  wakes  and  revels,  as  divers  of  their  predeces- 
sors had  done ;  without  which  they  could  never 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


415 


1632.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

keep  the  country  in  good  order,  nor  prevent 
the  multitude  of  bastards,  drunkenness,  quarrels, 
bloodshed,  murders,  and  other  disorders  occasion- 
ed by  them.  Whereupon  those  judges  make  the 
ensuing  order  in  the  public  assizes. 

6  March  19,  (1631,2.)  An  order  made  by  the 
judges  of  the  assizes  for  suppressing  all  ales  and 
revels  ;  whereas  divers  orders  have  been  made 
heretofore  by  the  judges  of  the  assize  for  the  sup- 
pressing of  all  ales  and  revels  ;  the  same  order  is 
now  confirmed  at  this  assize,  and  again  ordered 
by  the  court,  in  regard  of  the  infinite  number  of 
inconveniences  daily  arising  by  means  of  revels  ; 
that  such  revels  be  henceforth  utterly  suppressed  ; 
and  that  the  justices  take  course,  for  the  speedy 
apprehending  and  punishing  idle  and  lewd  persons 
drawing  together  at  such  places,  &c.  (But)  bi- 
shop Laud  being  informed  of  this  good  order,  is 
very  much  nettled  and  vexed  at  it,  complains  of 
the  judges  and  it  to  his  majesty,  and  procures  a 
commission  to  bishop  Peirce  and  some  divines  of 
that  county,  to  inquire  of  the  manner  of  publishing 
this  order  in  churches,  and  what  was  done  therein, 
and  of  the  lord  chief  justice  Richardson's  carriage 
in  this  business.  It  (Fuller  wrongly  places  this 
in  1633.) 

March  29.  Sir  Isaac  Wake  and  Sieur  Bouillon, 
sign  the  treaty  between  king  Charles  h  and  the 
French  king,  Lewis  XIII.  The  title  of  which  is, 
6  Articles  settled  between  sir  Isaac  Wake,  knight 
and  ambassador  of  the  king  of  Great  Britain,  com- 
missioned by  said  king  ;  and  Messi.  Bouillon, 
counsellor  to  the  most  Christian  king  in  his  Privy 
Council  and  Council  of  State,  and  Bouthillier  his 
majesty's  counsellor  in  his  said  Councils  and  se- 
cretary of  his  orders,  commissaries  appointed  by 


416 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1632.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IY 

his  said  majesty,  for  the  restitution  of  the  things 
taken  since  the  treaty  made  between  the  two 
crowns  on  the  24th  of  April  1629.'  And  in  this 
new  treaty,  king  Charles  resigns  to  the  French 
king  all  the  places  the  English  possessed  in  Cana- 
da and  Lacady  (the  latter  then  including  Nova 
Scotia)  in  particular,  Fort  Kebeck  (that  is,  Que- 
bec) Port  Royal  and  Cape  Briton,  with  the  mer- 
chandise found  in  the  Fort  Kebeck  by  the  English 
in  1629.  [Dennis]  which  puts  an  end  to  the  dif- 
ference ;  the  Fort  delivered,  and  the  money  (that 
is,  the  remaining  half  of  the  queen's  portion) 
paid,  cb 

(But  how  faithful  are  king  Charles's  ministry  to 
the  British  interest,  both  in  America  and  Europe  ! 
when  he  had  both  Canada  and  Lacady  in  posses- 
sion, his  navy  vastly  superior  to  that  of  France, 
who  had  then  scarce  any,  and  no  other  to  help 
her  ;  yet,  without  any  necessity  to  quit  to  the 
French,  even  Lacady  a  most  important  branch  of 
the  British  empire,  which  even  in  1613,  the  peace- 
able reign  of  his  father,  sir  Samuel  Argal  like  a 
true  Englishman  had  recovered  ;  one  of  the  finest 
provinces  in  the  known  world,  for  fishery,  masts, 
and  harbors  ;  intercepting*  between  our  others  of 
Newfoundland  and  New  England,  and  lying  in 
the  way  of  all  our  trade  from  the  British  Colonies 
and  West  Indies  to  Great  Britain  ;  to  the  continual 
and  most  dangerous  growth  of  the  French  fishery, 
navigation,  trade,  wealth,  and  naval  power,  and 
the  infinite  injury  of  the  British  interest  ever  after  ; 
and  all  this  only  for  half  the  queen's  portion,  due 
six  years  before.  So  that  they  properly  sold  this 
territory  to  our  national  enemies  for  what  the 
French  had  agreed  to  pay  in  1626.    A  territory 


ch  Continuation  of  sir  Richard  Baker, 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY,  417 
1632.    King  of  G.Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV 

as  large  as  Ireland,  and  of  vastly  greater  moment 
than  all  her  portion  ten  times  over.  But  the  British 
ministry  are  bishop  Laud,  who  governs  without  a 
rival  in  church  and  state,  with  lord  treasurer  Wes- 
ton, next  highest  in  the  royal  favor,  who  soon  after 
dies  a  Papist ;  under  an  active  popish  queen,  the 
French  king's  sister  in  king  Charles's  bosom,  of 
whom  he  is  so  exceeding  fond,  as  hardly  to  deny 
her  any  thing ;  and  the  more  subtle  cardinal  Rich- 
lieu,  prime  minister  of  France,  knew  how  to  im- 
prove them  all  for  his  master's  interest.  And  thus, 
while  the  French  ministry  are  adding  to  their 
king's  dominions,  the  British  are  giving  up  their's, 
and  chiefly  busied  in  adding  new  popish  ceremo- 
nies to  the  worship  in  the  Church  of  England,  to 
the  great  disturbance  of  the  nation,  and  violently 
persecuting  her  pious  ministers  who  faithfully  op- 
pose them ;  in  short,  acting  as  if  they  could  more 
easily  part  with  an  important  province  than  not 
introduce  a  popish  ceremony.) 

May  6.  Mr.  Nathaniel  Bernard,  lecturer  at  Se- 
pulcher's  in  London,  preaching  at  St.  Mary's 
Church  in  Cambridge,  against  '  bringing  the  Pela- 
gian errors  into  our  church,  and  the  superstitions  of 
the  Church  of  Rome  into  our  worship,  as  high 
altars,  crucifixes,  bowings  to  them,  i.  e.  in  plain 
English  worshipping  them,  whereby  they  symbo- 
lize with  the  Church  of  Rome  very  shamefully/ 
Dr.  Cumber,  vice-chancellor,  informs  bishop  Laud 
thereof,  who  (gets)  him  into  the  High  Commission 
Court,  (where)  he  is  most  severely  sentenced,  sus- 
pended his  ministry,  excommunicated,  lined  a 
thousand  pounds,  condemned  in  cost  of  suit,  com- 
mitted to  prison,  where  he  lies  sundry  months, 
being  most  barbarously  used,  and  almost  starved 
for  want  of  necessaries,  of  which  he  complains  to 
53 


418 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1632.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— Fiance,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

the  bishop  by  sundry  petitions,  but  can  find  no  re- 
lief, unless  he  will  make  a  strange  recantation  sent 
him  by  the  bishop  ;  but  refusing  to  make  it,  though 
in  his  petitions  he  professed  his  sincere  penitence 
for  any  oversights  and  unbeseeming  expressions  in 
his  sermon,  this  godly  minister  is  a  long  time  de- 
tained in  prison,  miserably  abused  by  the  keepers, 
of  which  he  oft  complains  without  redress,  and  in 
conclusion  utterly  ruined  for  speaking  out  the 
truth.  It 

May  26.  I  (i.  e.  bishop  Laud )  consecrate  the 
Lord  Treasurer's  Chapel  at  Roehampton;  and  June 
18,  at  Roehampton,  I  marry  my  lord  treasurer  Wes- 
ton's eldest  son  to  the  lady  Francis,  daughter  to  the 
duke  of  Lenox,  Id  one  of  the  blood  royal  of  Scot- 
land, and  that  with  his  majesty's  consent ;  ih  ( by 
bishop  Laud's  diary  lord  treasurer  Weston  dies 
within  two  years  after,  and  Rushworth  tells  us  he 
dies  a  Papist.) 

June  15.  (Bishop  Laud  says)  Mr.  Francis  Win- 
debank,  my  old,  most  dear  friend,  is  sworn  secre- 
tary of  state,  which  place  I  obtained  for  him  of  my 
gracious  master  king  Charles.  Id  Windebank  is  a 
furious  Papist,  and  is  no  sooner  settled  in  his  place, 
but  he  fails  to  release  and  protect  priests,  Jesuits, 
recusants  more  than  any  of  his  predecessors  and 
all  the  council  besides ;  becoming  their  special 
patron  as  appears  by  father  Joseph's  letter  from 
Paris,  November  23,  1634,  &c.  It 

June  20.  King  Charles  I.  gives  by  patent  the 
province  of  Maryland  in  North  iVmerica,  to  Casci- 
lius  baron  Baltimore,  and  his  heirs  and  assigns, 
(a  zealous  Papist,)  bounding  said  province  norther- 
ly to  the  fortieth  degree  of  north  latitude  from  the 
equinoctial,  where  (said  patent  says)  New  England 
(i.  e.  the  south  side  line  thereof)  is  bounded,  i.  e. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


419 


1632.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  1.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV 

according  to  the  grand  patent  of  New  England, 
dated  November  3,  1620.  So  that  then  New  Eng- 
land and  Maryland  joined  on  each  other ;  New 
England  then  reaching  from  the  40th  to  the  48th 
degrees  of  north  latitude,  and  from  the  Atlantic  to 
the  South  Sea.  And  as  the  known  design  of  Ma- 
ryland is  for  settling  Papists  under  an  hereditary 
sort  of  sovereign  of  their  own  communion;  the  king 
gives  the  name  of  the  province  in  honor  of  his 
dearest  consort,  as  he  is  wont  to  call  her,  and  in 
the  patent  gives  much  higher  powers  and  preroga- 
tives to  this  popish  lord,  than  as  far  as  I  find,  the 
crown  ever  bestowed  on  any  other  person. ) 

October  3,  1632.  The  reverend  and  eminently 
pious  and  learned  Mr.  John  Cotton,  B.  D.  of  Bos- 
ton in  England,  being  forced  for  his  nonconformi- 
ty, to  hide  from  bishop  Laud's  pursivants,  writes 
thus  to  his  consort ;  4  Dear,  &e.  If  our  heavenly 
Father  be  pleased  to  make  our  yoke  more  heavy 
than  we  did  so  soon  expect,  remember  I  pray  thee 
what  we  have  heard,  that  our  heavenly  husband  the 
Lord  Jesus,  when  he  first  called  us  to  fellowship 
with  himself,  called  us  unto  this  condition,  to  deny 
ourselves,  and  to  take  up  oitr  cross  daily,  to  follow 
him.  And  truly,  though  this  cup  be  brackish  at  the 
first,  yet  a  cup  of  God's  mingling  is  doubtless  sweet 
in  the  bottom,  to  such  as  have  learned  to  make  it 
their  greatest  happiness  to  partake  with  Christ,  as 
in  his  glory,  so  in  the  way  that  leadeth  to  it. 
Where  I  am  for  the  present,  I  am  very  fitly  and 
welcomely  accommodated,  I  thank  God,  so  as  I 
see  here  I  might  rest  desired  enough  till  my  friends 
at  home  shall  direct  further.  They  desire  also  to 
see  thee  here,  but  that  I  think  it  not  safe  yet,  till 
we  see  how  God  will  deal  with  our  neighbors  at 
home,  for  if  you  should  now  travel  this  way,  I  fear 


120  NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


J 632,  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

you  will  be  watched  and  dogged  at  the  heels.  But 
I  hope  shortly  God  will  make  way  for  thy  safe 
coming.  The  Lord  watch  over  you  all  for  good, 
and  reveal  himself  in  the  guidance  of  all  our  affairs. 
So  with  my  love  to  thee,  as  myself,  I  rest,  desirous 
of  thy  rest  and  peace  in  Him.  J.  C. 

[From  his  original  letter  in  manuscript.] 

III.     The  most  material  Events  among  Foreign  JYations. 

War  continues  between  the  Dutch  and  Spa- 
niards. 

In  Germany,  the  king  of  Sweden  having  win- 
tered at  Mentz,  Tilly  gathers  a  great  army,  gets 
into  Bavaria,  breaks  down  the  bridges  on  the  Da- 
nube, and  strongly  lines  the  south  side  of  the  river, 
to  stop  the  king  from  passing.  But  in  March,  the 
king  with  twenty-four  thousand  marches  to  the 
Danube,  takes  the  strong  city  of  Donawert  on  the 
north  side  of  the  river  at  the  entrance  of  Bavaria  ; 
and  on  April  6,  in  a  fierce  opposition  passes  over, 
when  Tilly  receiving  a  musket-shot  in  his  thigh,  a 
few  clays  after  dies.  Upon  which  the  king  reduces 
Bavaria  and  Swabia ;  and  by  the  beginning  of 
June  had  either  subdued  or  drawn  to  his  party  all 
the  lower  and  middle  part  of  Germany  from  the 
Baltic  sea  to  the  Alps  on  the  entrance  of  Italy, 
near  five  hundred  miles  together.  But  the  empe- 
ror's forces  all  joining  under  Walstein,  making  an 
army  of  twenty  thousand  horse  and  forty  thousand 
foot,  besides  five  thousand  Crabats,  and  breaking 
into  Saxony,  the  king  collects  his  forces,  forms  an 
army  of  near  fifty  fhousand,  marches  to  them,  finds 
them  most  advantageously  posted  and  strongly  in- 
trenched at  Lutzen.  Yet,  November,  6,  in  the 
morning,  after  his  chaplain  praying  with  him,  and 
other  ministers  at  the  heads  of  their  regiments,  he 


SEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


421 


i632.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

rides  from  one  to  another,  making  animating 
speeches  to  them,  to  fig-Fit  valiantly  this  clay  on  the 
name  of  God  and  for  their  religion  ;  the  soldiers 
answering  with  joyful  acclamations,  he  then  calls 
out,  4  and  now  rny  hearts  let  us  on  bravely  against 
our  enemies,  and  the  God  of  heaven  prosper  our 
endeavors !'  Then  lifting  up  his  eyes  to  heaven, 
cries  aloud,  Jesus,  vouchsafe  this  day  to  be  my 
strong  helper,  and  give  me  courage  to  fight  for  thy 
glory  and  for  the  honor  of  thy  name  !  Then  draw- 
ing his  sword,  waves  it  over  his  head,  advances  the 
foremost  of  all  his  army,  most  disadvantageously 
attacks  their  trenches,  and  after  the  fiercest  con- 
flict of  nine  hours,  kills  four  thousand,  wounds  as 
many  more,  and  beats  them  away.  But  near  the 
end  of  the  battle,  an  officer  of  the  curasseirs,  who 
knew  the  king,  comes  up,  cries  out,  'this  is  the  right 
bird,'  and  shoots  him  through  the  body,  of  which  he 
soon  falls  off  his  horse  and  dies  in  the  thirty-eighth 
year  of  his  age,  to  the  inexpressible  loss  of  the 
Protestant  interest.  He  had  been  engaged  in  suc- 
cessive wars  with  the  Poles,  Danes,  Muscovites, 
Poles  again,  &c.  from  the  eighteenth  year  of  his 
age,  almost  continually  to  the  day  of  his  death,  in 
all  which  he  came  off  conqueror ;  and  his  enemies 
gave  this  testimony  of  him,  that  he  was  the  bravest 
enemy,  and  the  best  captain  that  ever  was  in  Chris- 
tendom. A  little  before,  he  told  his  chaplain  that 
he  thought  God  would  ere  long  take  him  away, 
because  the  people  did  so  overvalue  and  deify  him. 
A  soldier  wrote  the  following  distich  on  the  field  of 
battle. 

Upon  this  place  the  great  Gustavus  died, 
While  victory  lay  bleeding  by  his  side. 

(The  reasons  why  no  more  come  to  the  Massa- 
chusetts in  1631  and  32,  seems  to  be  these.  1. 


422 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1632.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

The  undertaking  being  so  hazardous  over  so  great 
an  ocean,  of  three  thousand  miles,  to  a  hideous 
wilderness  possessed  with  barbarous  Indians;  many 
in  England  then  oppressed  for  their  pure  scriptural 
religion  and  breathing  after  liberty  to  enjoy  the 
same,  were  willing  to  see  how  the  first  grand 
transportation,  with  the  power  of  government  fared, 
before  they  were  free  to  venture  themselves  and 
their  families.  2.  The  grievous  sickness  and  mor- 
tality, with  the  extreme  straits  of  the  people  for 
want  of  food  and  convenient  housing,  who  came  in 

1630,  which  they  in  England  had  intelligence  of, 
was  very  discouraging.  3.  Divers  discouraged 
went  back  to  England  in  the  fall  of  1630,  and 
spring  of  1631,  who  never  returned,  and  divers 
discouraging  letters  were  also  sent  by  others,  dis- 
paraging this  country,  as  very  cold,  sickly,  rocky, 
barren,  unfit  for  culture,  and  like  to  keep  the  peo- 
ple miserable.  4.  Above  all,  the  violent  endeavors 
of  Morton,  Gardiner,  RatclifF  and  others,  making  a 
very  powerful  interest  to  prejudice  the  Court  of 
England  against  them,  overturn  their  government 
and  destroy  their  liberties,  which  after  all  rendered 
them  very  precarious.) 

f  Nevertheless,  by  the  health  and  produce  of  the 
earth  in  1631,  though  they  have  yet  no  other  means 
to  tear  up  the  bushy  lands  but  their  hands  and 
hoes  ;  j  with  vindications  of  the  country  and  go- 
vernment, and  by  the  oppressions  growing  in  Eng- 
land, through  the  rising  power  of  the  young  queen, 
a  very  zealous  and  active  Papist,  the  extreme  fond- 
ness of  the  king  for  her,  and  the  persecuting  spirit 
of  bishop  Laud  under  her  ;  there  come  over  in 

1631,  about  ninety,  and  in  1632,  near  250  more. 
But  on  January  19, 1632,  3,  the  privy  council  in  Eng- 
land making  an  order  in  favor  of  the  New  England 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


423 


1633.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  F. — France,  Lewis  XIII— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

Patentees,  and  their  continued  liberties,  far  greater 
numbers  are  encouraged  to  come  in  1633,  and  eve- 
ry year  for  seven  years  after,  not  only  increasing 
the  former  towns,  churches  and  colonies,  but.  also 
swarming  into  others,  in  divers  parts  of  the  land  as 
we  may  see  hereafter.) 

'January  1,  1633.  (Tuesday)  Mr.  Edward 
Winslow  chosen  governor  of  Plymouth  colony,  Mr. 
Bradford  having  been  governor  about  ten  (indeed 
near  twelve)  years,  and  now  by  importunity  gets 
off.  w  Mr.  William  Bradford,  captain  Miles  Stan- 
dish,  Mr.  John  Howland,  Mr.  John  Alden,  Mr. 
John  (Doan,  the  printer  of  Mr.  secretary  Morton  by 
mistake  printing  Dove,)  Mr.  Stephen  Hopkins,  and 
William  Gilson,  chosen  assistants,  m  The  first 
time  of  seven  assistants  chosen  in  Plymouth  colo- 
ny H  which  number  continues  as  long  as  their 
government  subsists.) 

About  the  beginning  of  this  month,  the  pinnaces 
which  went  after  the  pirate  returns,  the  cold  being 
so  great  they  could  not  pursue  him  ;  but  in  their 
return  hanged  up  at  Richmond's  Isle  black  Will, 
an  Indian,  one  of  those  who  had  there  murdered 
Walter  Bagnal ;  three  of  the  pirates'  company  run 
from  them  and  come  home,  w 

January  9.  Mr.  (Thomas)  Oliver,  a  right  godly 
man,  and  (ruling)  elder  of  the  Church  of  Boston, 
having  three  or  four  of  his  sons  all  young,  cutting 
wood  on  the  neck,  one  of  them,  being  fifteen  years 
old,  has  his  brains  beat  out  with  the  fall  of  a  tree 
he  had  felled  ;  the  good  old  father  hearing  the 
news  in  as  awful  a  manner  as  might  be,  by  another 
boy  his  brother,  calls  his  wife  (being  also  a  very 
godly  woman)  and  goes  to  prayer,  and  bears  it  with 
much  patience  and  honor,  w 

January  17.    Governor  Winthrop  having  intelli  - 


424 


NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGV. 


1633.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I  —France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

gence  from  the  east,  that  the  French  had  bought 
the  Scots'  plantation  (i.  e.  Port  Royal)  near  Cape 
Sable,  the  fort  and  ammunition  delivered  to 
them,  and  that  the  cardinal  (Richlieu)  having  the 
managing  thereof,  had  sent  some  commanders  al- 
ready, and  preparation  made  to  send  many  more 
next  year,  (i.  e.  next  spring,)  and  divers  priests  and 
Jesuits  among  them,  calls  the  assistants  to  Boston 
(with)  the  ministers,  captains  and  some  other  chief 
men,  to  advise  what  is  fit  to  be  done  for  our  safety, 
in  regard  the  French  are  like  to  prove  ill  neigh- 
bors, being  Papists.  At  which  meeting  it  is  agreed, 
1.  That  a  plantation  and  fort  be  forthwith  begun 
at  Nantasket,  partly  to  be  some  block  in  an  ene- 
my's way,  though  it  could  not  bar  his  entrance,  and 
especially  to  prevent  an  enemy  from  taking  that 
passage  from  us.  2.  That  the  fort  begun  at  Bos- 
ton be  finished.  3.  That  a  plantation  be  begun 
at  Agawam,  ( being,  the  best  place  in  the  land  for 
tillage  and  cattle,)  lest  an  enemy  finding  it,  should 
possess  and  take  it  from  us ;  the  governor's  son 
being  one  of  the  assistants  is  to  undertake  this 
(new  plantation)  and  to  take  no  more  out  of  the 
bay  than  twelve  men,  the  rest  to  be  supplied  at  the 
coming  of  the  next  ships,  ic 

February  21.  Governor  (Winthrop)  and  four 
assistants,  with  three  ministers,  and  eighteen 
others,  go  in  three  boats  to  view  Nantasket,  the 
wind  west,  fair  weather  ;  but  the  wind  rises  at 
northwest  so  sharp  and  extreme  cold,  that  they  are 
kept  there  two  nights,  being  forced  to  lodge  on  the 
ground  in  an  open  cottage,  on  a  little  old  straw 
which  they  pulled  from  the  thatch,  their  victuals 
also  grow  short,  so  that  they  are  forced  to  eat  mus- 
cles ;  yet  through  the  Lord's  special  providence, 
they  come  all  safe  home  the  third  day  after.  On 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


•lie. 


1633.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

view  of  the  place  it  is  agreed  by  all  that  to  build 
a  fort  there  would  be  of  too  great  charge  and  of 
little  use,  whereupon  the  planting  of  that  place  is 
deferred,  w 

4  February  22.  The  ship  William  arrives  at 
Plymouth,  with  some  passengers  and  goods  for  the 
Massachusetts  ;  but  she  comes  to  set  up  a  fishing 
at  Scituate,  and  so  to  go  to  trade  at  Hudson's 
river.'  w 

By  this  ship  we  have  intelligence  from  our  friends 
in  England,  that  sir  F.  Gorges  and  captain  Mason, 
[upon  the  instigation  of  sir  C.  Gardiner,  Morton 
and  RadclifF]  had  preferred  a  petition  to  the  Privy 
Council  against  us,  charging  us  with  very  false  ac- 
cusations ;  but  through  the  Lord's  good  providence, 
and  the  care  of  our  friends  in  England,  especially 
Mr.  Emanuel  Downing  [who  had  married  the  go- 
vernor's  sister]  and  the  good  testimony  of  captain 
Wiggen  [who  dwelt  at  Piscataqua,  and  had  been 
divers  times  among  us]  their  malicious  practices 
took  not  effect.  The  principal  matter  they  had 
against  us  was,  the  letters  of  some  indiscreet  per- 
sons among  us,  who  had  wrote  against'  the  Church 
government  in  England,  &c.  which  had  been  in- 
tercepted, w 

March  4.  Court  at  Boston  :  present  (same  as 
on  September  4  last ; )  first,  the  court  reverses  the 
last  act  against  Mr.  Bachelor,  w  hich  restrained  him 
from  further  gathering  a  Church  within  this  patent. 
Second,  a  man  ordered  to  be  set  in  the  bilboes, 
disfranchised  and  fined  ten  pounds  for  speaking 
reproachful  and  seditious  words  against  the  go- 
vernment, &c.  Third,  for  maintenance  of  captain 
Patrick  and  captain  Underhill,  for  half  a  year- 
ceased- 

54 


426 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1633.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.    Spain,  Philip  IV. 


1  Boston, 

2  Charlestown 

3  Roxbury, 


£  5 
4 
6 


4  Watertown, 

5  Newton, 

6  Medford, 


6 
6 

3 


£30 

Fourth,  a  man  convicted  of  taking  away  corn  and 
fish  from  divers  last  year,  and  this,  as  clapboards, 
&c.  (the  first  notorious  thief  in  the  Massachu- 
setts, ctr)is  censured  (thus)  all  his  estate  forfeited; 
out  of  which  double  restitution  shall  be  made  to 
those  whom  he  hath  wronged  ;  shall  be  whipped, 
and  bound  as  a  servant  to  any  that  shall  retain  him 
for  three  years,  and  after  to  be  disposed  of  by  the 
Court  as  they  shall  think  meet.  Fifth,  eighteen 
take  their  oath  of  freemen,  as 

William  Heath,  William  Brackenbury,  &c.  Mcr 
Last  summer,  the  corn  in  the  Massachusetts  Co- 
lony, through  worms,  cold  and  wet  weather,  greatly 
failing,  (see  August  14  last)  there  coming  very  lit- 
tle last  year  from  England,  and  this  winter  proving 
very  sharp  and  long,  people  are  generally  exceed- 
ingly pinched  for  provisions,  ctr  (and  captain  Clap 
says)  many  a  time,  if  I  could  have  filled  my  belly, 
though  with  mean  victuals,  it  would  have  been 
sweet  unto  me.  Fish  was  a  good  help  to  me  and 
others.  Bread  was  so  very  scarce,  that  the  crusts 
of  my  father's  table  (in  England)  would  have  been 
sweet  to  me  :  and  when  I  could  have  meal,  water 
and  salt,  boiled  together,  it  was  so  good,  as  who 
could  wish  better  ?  c  But  it  pleased  God  to  send 
an  unexpected  and  early  supply  to  help  us  ;  for  in 
the  beginning  of  March  arrives  from  Virginia,  Mr. 
Stretton,  in  a  vessel  with  Indian  corn  ;  which  he 
sells  for  ten  shillings  (sterling)  per  bushel,  ctr 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


427 


1633.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

March.  The  governor's  son,  John  Winthrop, 
(esquire,)  goes  with  twelve  more,  to  begin  a  planta- 
tion at  Agawam,  [after  called  Ipswich.]  w 

April  1.  Court  at  Boston  :  present  (same  as 
September  4  last,  except  Winthrop,  jr.)  Ordered, 
first,  that  no  person  go  to  plant  or  inhabit  Aga- 
wam, without  leave  of  the  Court,  except  those 
already  gone,  viz. 
Mr.  John  Winthrop,  jr.  John  Gage, 
Mr.  Clerk,  Thomas  Hardy, 

Robert  Coles,  William  Perkins, 

Thomas  Howlet,  Mr.  Thorndike, 

John  Biggs,  William  Sergeant. 

2.  Three  take  their  oath  of  freemen.  Mcr 
April  10.  Arrives  at  Boston  Mr.  Hodges,  one 
of  Mr.  Peirce's  mates,  in  a  shallop  from  Virginia  ; 
and  brings  news  that  Mr.  Peirce's  ship  was  cast 
away  on  a  shoal  four  miles  from  Feak  Isle,  ten 
leagues  to  the  north  of  the  mouth  of  Virginia  Bay, 
November  2,  about  five  in  the  morning,  the  wind 
southwest,  through  the  negligence  of  one  of  his 
mates  who  had  the  watch,  and  kept  not  his  lead  (a 
sounding)  as  he  was  appointed  :  they  had  a  shal- 
lop and  boat  aboard  ;  all  who  went  into  the  shallop 
came  safe  ashore  ;  but  the  boat  sunk  by  the  ship 
side  ;  and  (twelve)  drowned  in  her,  and  ten  taken 
up  alive  into  the  shallop  ;  there  were  in  the  ship 
twenty-eight  seamen  and  ten  passengers  ;  of  these 
were  drowned  seven  seamen  and  five  passengers  ; 
and  all  the  goods  lost,  except  one  hogshead  of  bea- 
ver ;  next  day  the  ship  was  broken  in  pieces ;  they 
were  nine  days  in  much  distress  before  they  found 
any  English.  Plymouth  men  lost  nine  hundred 
weight  of  beaver  and  two  hundred  otter  skins. 
Governor  (Winthrop)  lost  in  beaver  and  fish,  near 


428 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1633.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

one  hundred  pounds.  Many  others  lost  beaver, 
and  Mr.  Humfrey  fish,  w* 

The  winter's  frost  being  extracted  forth  of  the 
earth,  they  fall  to  tearing  up  the  roots  and  bushes 
with  their  hoes.  Even  such  men  as  scarce  ever  set 
hand  to  labor  before,  men  of  good  birth  and  breed- 
ing, but  coming  through  the  strength  of  Christ, 
readily  rush  through  all  difficulties,  cutting  down 
the  woods,  enclose  cornfields.  The  corn  they 
chiefly  plant  before  they  have  ploughs  is  Indian 
grain,  whose  increase  is  very  much  beyond  all 
other,  to  the  great  refreshing  the  poor  servants  of 
Christ  in  their  low  beginnings.  And  here  the 
Lord's  mercy  appears  much,  in  that  those  who  had 
been  brought  up  tenderly,  can  now  contentedly 
feed  on  bare  and  mean  diet,  as  pumkins,  till  corn 
and  cattle  increase,  j 

May.  The  William  and  Jane,  in  six  weeks  from 
London,  arrives  at  (Boston)  with  thirty  passengers, 
and  ten  cows,  or  more,  w 

*  '  April  7.  Come  to  our  hand  (at  Plymouth)  Mr.  Peirce's  letter  from  Vir- 
ginia, dated  December  25,  1632,  (as  follows  :) 

'  Dear  friends,  ^c.  The  bruit  of  this  fatal  stroke  that  the  Lord  hath  brought 
on  me  and  you  all,  will  come  to  your  ears  before  this  comes  to  your  hand,  it 
is  like,  and  therefore  I  shall  not  need  to  enlarge.  My  whole  estate  for  the 
most  part  is  taken  away,  and  yours  in  a  great  measure,  by  this  and  your  for- 
mer losses  (he  means  by  the  French  and  Mr.  Allerton.  B)  It  is  time  to  look 
about  us  before  the  wrath  of  the  Lord  break  forth  to  utter  destruction.  The 
good  Lord  give  us  all  grace  to  search  our  hearts  and  try  our  ways,  and  turn  to 
the  Lord,  and  humble  ourselves  under  his  mighty  hand,  and  seek  atonement, 
&c.  Dear  friends,  you  may  know  that  all  your  beaver  (the  first  loss  we  sus- 
tain in  this  kind,  B)  and  the  books  of  your  accounts  are  swallowed  up  in  the 
sea.  But  what  should  I  say  more  ?  have  we  lost  our  outward  estates  ;  yet  a 
happy  loss  if  our  souls  may  gain  ;  there  is  yet  moie  in  the  Lord  Jehovah  than 
ever  we  had  in  the  world.  0  that  our  foolish  hearts  could  yet  be  weaned  from 
the  things  here  below,  w  hich  are  vanity  and  vexation  of  spirit  ;  and  yet  we 
fools  catch  after  shadows  that  fly  away  and  are  gone  in  a  moment,  &c.  Thus 
with  my  continual  remembrance  of  you  in  my  poor  desires  to  the  throne  of 
grace,  beseeching  God  to  renew  his  love  and  favor  to  you  all  in  and  through  the 
Lord  Jesus  Christ  ,both  in  spiritual  and  temporal  good  things,  as  may  be  most 
to  the  glory  and  praise  of  his  name  and  your  everlasting  good.  So  1  rest  your 
afflicted  brother  in  Christ.  William  Peirce. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


429 


1633.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

The  Mary  and  Jane,  [or  Mary  and  John  B]  in 
seven  weeks  from  London,  arrives  (at  Boston) 
brings  one  hundred  and  ninety-six  passengers  ; 
[only  two  children  died]  Mr.  Coddington  one  of 
the  assistants  with  his  wife  come  in  her.  In  her 
return  she  is  cast  away  on  the  Isle  of  Sable  :  but 
(the)  men  are  saved,  w 

By  these  ships  we  understand,  that  sir  C.  Card- 
iner,T.  Morton  and  Philip  RadclifF,  who  had  been 
punished  here  for  their  misdemeanors,  had  peti- 
tioned the  king  and  council  against  us  ;  being  set 
on  by  sir  F.  Gorges  and  captain  Mason,  who  had 
begun  a  plantation  at  Piscataqua,  and  aimed  at  the 
general  government  of  New-England,  for  their 
agent  here  captain  Neal.  The  petition  was  of  many 
sheets  of  paper,  and  contained  many  false  accusa- 
tions :  4  accusing  us  to  intend  rebellion,  to  have 
cast  off  our  allegiance,  and  to  be  wholly  separate 
from  the  Church  and  Laws  of  England  ;  that  our 
ministers  and  people  did  continually  rail  against  the 
State,  Church  and  bishops  there,  &c.'  Upon  which 
such  of  our  company  as  were  then  in  England, 
namely,  sir  Richard  Saltonstall,  Mr.  Humfrey  and 
Mr.  Cradock  (who  was  first  governor  in  England 
and  RadclifFs  master)  were  called  before  a  com- 
mittee of  the  Council,  to  whom  they  delivered  an 
answer  in  writing.  Upon  reading  whereof,  it  pleas- 
ed the  Lord  our  most  gracious  God  and  protec- 
tor, so  to  work  with  the  lords,  and  after  with  the 
king,  when  the  whole  matter  was  reported  to  him, 
by  sir  Thomas  Jermin,  one  of  the  Council  [but  not 
of  the  committee,  who  yet  had  been  present  at  the 
three  days'  hearing,  and  spake  much  in  commenda- 
tion of  the  governor,  both  to  the  lords,  and  after  to 
his  majesty]  that  he  (that  is  the  king)  said,  '  he 
would  have  them  severely  punished,  who  did  abuse 


430 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1633.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

his  governor  and  the  plantation that  the  defend- 
ants were  dismissed  with  a  favorable  order*  for 
their  encouragement  ;  being  assured  from  some  of 
the  Council,  that  his  majesty  did  not  intend  to  im- 
pose the  ceremonies  of  the  Church  of  England 
upon  us,  for  that  it  was  considered  that  it  was  the 
freedom  from  such  things  that  made  people  come 
over  to  us  :  and  it  was  (represented)  to  the  Coun- 
cil, that  this  country  would  in  time  be  very  benefi- 
cial to  England  for  masts,  cordage,  &c.  if  the 
Sound  (that  is  the  passage  to  the  Baltic)  should  be 
debarred,  id 

*  Mr.  William  Bradford  of  Plymouth  writes  thus  :  1 1  will  give  hint  of  God's 
providence  in  preventing  the  hurt  that  might  have  come  by  sir  C.  Gardiner's 
means  and  malice  complying  with  others.  The  intelligence  I  had  by  a  letter 
from  my  much  honored  and  beloved  friend  Mr.  John  Winthrop,  governor  of 
the  Massachusetts. 

'  Sir,  upon  a  petition  exhibited  by  sir  Christopher  Gardiner,  sir  Ferdinando 
Gorges,  captain  Mason,  Sic.  against  you  and  us,  the  cause  was  heard  before 
the  lords  of  the  Privy  Council,  and  after  reported  to  the  king  ;  the  success 
whereof  makes  it  evident  to  all,  that  the  Lord  hath  care  of  his  people  here  ; 
the  passages  are  admirable  and  too  long  to  write  :  I  heartily  wish  an  oppor- 
tunity to  impart  them  unto  you,  being  many  sheets  of  paper  ;  but  the  conclu- 
sion was,  against  all  men's  expectation,  an  order  for  our  encouragement,  and 
much  blame  and  disgrace  upon  the  adversaries,  which  calls  for  much  thank- 
fulness from  us  all,  which  we  purpose  [the  Lord  willing]  to  express  in  a  day 
of  thanksgiving  to  our  merciful  God,  [I  doubt  not  but  you  will  consider  if  it  be 
not  fit  for  you  to  join  in  it  ;]  who  as  he  hath  humbled  us  by  his  late  correc- 
tion, so  he  hath  lifted  us  up  by  an  abundant  rejoicing  in  our  deliverance  out 
of  so  desperate  a  danger  ;  so  as  that  which  our  enemies  built  their  hopes  upon 
to  ruin  us,  he  hath  mercifully  disposed  to  our  great  advantage,  as  I  shall  fur- 
ther acquaint  you  when  occasion  shall  serve. 

'The  Copy  of  the  Order  follows. 
1  At  the  Court  at  Whitehall,  the  nineteenth  of  January  1632. 

<  Sigillum  Crescent,  Lord  Privy-Seal,  Earl  of  Dorset,  Lord  Viscount  Falk- 
land, Lord  Bishop  of  London,  Mr.  Sec  Windebank,  Lord  Cottington,  Mr.  Tr'r, 
Mr.  Vice-Chambr,  Mr.  Sec  Cook. 

Whereas  his  Majesty  hath  lately  been  informed  of  great  distraction  and 
much  disorder  in  the  plantation  in  the  parts  of  America  called  New-England, 
which  if  they  be  true,  and  suffered  to  run  on,  w  ould  tend  to  the  great  dishonor 
of  this  kingdom,  and  utter  ruin  of  that  plantation  ;  for  prevention  whereof, 
and  for  the  orderly  settling  of  government,  according  to  the  intention  of  those 
patents  which  have  been  granted  by  his  majesty,  and  from  his  late  royal 
father  king  James  ;  it  hath  pleased  his  majesty  that  the  lords  and  others  of 
his  most  honorable  privy  council  should  take  the  same  into  consideration  ; 
their  lordships  in  the  first  place  thought  fit  to  make  a  committee  of  this  board. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


431 


1633.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

We  (had)  sent  a  pinnace  after  the  pirate  Bull. 
But  (when)  she  had  been  forth  two  weeks,  she 
(now)  comes  home,  not  having  found  him.  w* 

May  29.  General  Court  at  Boston.  Present, 
governor,  deputy-governor,  Mr.  Treasurer  (Pyn- 
chon)  Mr.  Nowell,  Coddington,  Winthrop,  Jun.  S. 
Bradstreet.  Choose  John  Winthrop,  Senior,  Esq. 
by  general  erection  of  hands,  governor ;  Thomas 
Dudley,  Esq.  deputy-governor  ;  Roger  Ludlow, 

to  take  examination  of  the  matters  informed  ;  which  committee  having  called 
divers  of  the  principal  adventurers  in  that  plantation,  and  heard  those  that  are 
complainants  against  them  ;  most  of  the  things  informed  being  denied,  and 
resting  to  be  proved  by  parties  that  must  be  called  from  that  place,  which 
required  a  long  expense  of  time,  and  at  present  their  lordships  finding  the 
adventurers  were  upon  despatch  of  men,  victuals  and  merchandise  for  that 
place,  all  which  would  be  at  a  stand  if  the  adventurers  should  have  discour- 
agement, or  take  suspicion  that  the  State  here  had  no  good  opinion  of  that 
plantation  ;  their  lordships  not  laying  the  fault,  or  fancies  [if  any  be]  of  some 
particular  men  upon  the  general  government,  or  principal  adventurers,  which 
m  due  time  is  further  to  be  inquired  into  ;  have  thought  fit  in  the  meantime 
to  declare,  that  the  appearances  were  so  fair,  and  hopes  so  great,  that  the 
country  would  prove  both  beneficial  to  this  kingdom,  and  profitable  to  the 
particular  adventurers,  as  that  the  adventurers  had  cause  to  go  on  cheerfully 
with  their  undertakings,  and  rest  assured,  if  things  were  carried  as  was  pre- 
tended when  the  patents  were  granted,  and  accordingly  as  by  the  patents  it  is 
appointed,  his  majesty  would  not  only  maintain  the  liberties  and  privileges 
heretofore  granted,  but  supply  any  thing  further  that  might  tend  to  the  good 
government,  prosperity,  and  comfort  of  his  people  there  of  that  place,  &c. 

William  Trumball. 

(N.  B.  I  have  taken  all  this  exactly  as  wrote  in  governor  Bradford's 
manuscript.  By  which  it  seems,  that  by  Mr.  Tr'r  is  meant  Mr.  Treasurer 
Weston,  and  not.  Trevers,  as  printed  in  Mr.  Morton.) 

*  (Captain  Clapp  gives  this  account  of  said  pirate,  '  There  arose  up  against 
us  one  Bull,  who  went  to  the  eastward  a  trading,  turned  pirate,  took  a  vessel 
or  two,  plundered  some  planters  thereabouts,  and  intended  to  return  into  the 
bay,  and  do  mischief  to  our  magistrates  here  in  Dorchester  and  other  places. 
But  as  they  were  weighing  anchor  (at  Pemaquid)  [see  last  December]  one 
Mr.  Short  [or  Shurt]  w  his  men  shot  from  the  shore  and  struck  the  principal 
actor  dead,  and  the  rest  were  filled  w  ith  fear  and  horror.  They  having  taken 
one  Anthony  Dicks,  master  of  a  vessel,  endeavored  to  persuade  him  to  pilot 
them  to  Virginia,  but  he  would  not.  They  told  him,  they  were  filled  with 
such  fear  and  horror,  that  they  were  afraid  of  the  very  rattlings  of  the  ropes. 
This  Mr.  Dicks  told  me  with  his  own  mouth.  These  men  fled  eastward,  and 
Bull  got  into  England  ;  but  God  destroyed  this  wretched  man.  Thus  the  Lord 
saved  us  from  their  wicked  device  against  us.  c 


432 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1633.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIIT.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

Esq.  John  Endicot,  Esq.  Mr.  William  Pynchon, 
Mr.  William  Coddington,  Mr.  Increase  Nowell, 
Mr.  John  Winthrop,  Jun.  Mr.  Simon  Bradstreet, 
sir  R.  Saltonstall,  and  John  Humfrey,  Esq.  assist- 
ants, for  the  year  ensuing.  Mcr 

6  This  spring,  especially  all  the  month  of  May, 
there  are  such  (numbers)  of  great  sort  of  flies, 
like  for  bigness  to  humble  bees,  which  come  out  of 
holes  in  the  ground  (in  Plymouth  Colony)  replen- 
ish all  the  woods,  eat  the  green  things,  and  make 
such  a  constant  yelling  noise,  as  all  the  woods  ring 
of  them,  and  (deafens)  the  hearers.  The  Indians 
tell  us  that  sickness  will  follow  ;  and  so  it  (proves) 
in  June,  July,  and  August.  They  have  not  by  the 
English  been  heard  or  seen  before  or  since,  B 
(that  is,  to  the  beginning  of  1647,  when  governor 
Bradford  ends  his  history ;  but  have  in  like  man- 
ner at  distant  periods  risen  up  since,  and  are 
known  by  the  name  of  locusts.') 

June  2.  Captain  Stone  arrives  with  a  small 
ship  (at  Boston)  with  cows  and  salt,  w 

6  Mr.  John  Doan,  being  formerly  chosen  to  the 
office  of  a  deacon  in  the  church  (of  Plymouth) 
at  the  request  of  the  church  and  himself,  is  freed 
from  the  office  of  assistant  in  the  Commonwealth. 
Per 

June  1 1 .  Court  at  Boston  ;  present,  governor, 
deputy-governor,  Mr.  Ludlow,  Mr.  treasurer  (Pyn- 
chon) Mr.  Nowell,  Coddington,  Winthrop,  Jun.  S. 
Bradstreet.  First,  appoint  the  19th  of  this  month 
to  be  kept  as  a  day  of  thanksgiving  through  the 
several  plantations  (of  the  Massachusetts  Colony.) 
Second,  eight  take  their  oath  of  freemen.  Mcr 


Per  Plymouth  Colony  Records  in  manuscript. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


433 


1633.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  L — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

June  15.  Mr.  Graves,  in  the  ship  Elizabeth, 
from  Yarmouth,  in  six  weeks  arrives  at  Boston, 
with  ninty-five  passengers,  thirty-four  Dutch  sheep, 
and  two  mares  ;  lost  not  one  person,  but  above 
forty  sheep,  w 

June  19.  A  day  of  thanksgiving  kept  in  all  the 
congregations  (of  the  Massachusetts  Colony)  for 
our  deliverance  from  the  plots  of  our  enemies,  and 
for  the  safe  arrival  of  our  friends,  &c.  w 

June  24.  Mr.  James  Sherley  of  London,  mer- 
chant, writes  thence  to  governor  Bradford  and 
other  partners  at  Plymouth  in  New  England,  thus  ; 
*  T  pray  God  to  bless  you,  that  you  may  discharge 
this  great  and  heavy  burthen  which  now  lies  on 
me  for  your  sakes,  and  I  hope  in  the  end,  for  the 
good  of  you  and  many  thousands  more.  For  had 
not  you  and  we  joined  and  continued  together, 
New  England  might  yet  have  been  scarce  known. 
I  am  persuaded  not  so  replenished  with  such  hon- 
est English  people  as  now  it  is.  The  Lord  increase 
and  bless  them.'  B 

July  2.  Court  at  Boston  ;  present,  (same  as 
June  11,  with  Mr.  Endicot.)  First,  give  one  hun- 
dred pounds  to  the  governor,  for  this  present  year, 
towards  his  public  charges  and  extraordinary  ex- 
penses. Second,  a  man  fined  thirty  shillings  for 
drunkenness  on  the  Sabbath  day,  at  Marblehead, 
(till  now  in  the  Records  called  Marble  Harbor.) 
Third,  order  that  no  person  sell  wine  or  strong 
water,  without  leave  of  the  governor  or  deputy- 
governor.  And  no  man  shall  sell  or  [being  in  a 
course  of  trading]  give  any  strong  water  to  any  In- 
dian. Fourth,  that  if  any  corn-fence  shall  be  by 
the  inhabitants  of  the  town  judged  insufficient,  and 
the  owner  thereof  forbear  mending  it  more  than 
two  days  after  warning  given,  the  inhabitants  shall 
55 


434  NEW   ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 

1633.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV  , 

mend  said  fence,  and  the  corn  of  the  owner  of  said 
fence  shall  be  liable  to  pay  the  charge  of  mending. 
Fifth,  that  it  shall  be  lawful  for  any  man  to  kill 
any  swine  that  comes  into  his  corn  ;  the  party  that 
owns  the  swine  is  to  have  them  being  killed,  and 
allow  recompense  for  the  damage  they  do.  Mcr 

'We  (at  Plymouth)  having  had  formerly  con- 
verse and  familiarity  with  the  Dutch,  they  seeing 
us  seated  in  a  barren  quarter,  told  us  of  a  river 
called  by  them  the  Fresh  river,  which  they  often 
commended  to  us  for  a  fine  place  both  for  planta- 
tion and  trade,  and  wished  us  to  make  use  of  it. 
But  our  hands  being  full  otherwise,  wTe  let  it  pass. 
But  afterwards  there  coming  a  company  of  Indians 
into  these  parts,  who  were  driven  thence  by  the 
Pequents  (or  Pequots)  who  usurped  upon  them, 
they  often  solicited  us  to  go  thither,  and  we  should 
have  much  trade,  especially  if  we  would  keep  a 
house  there.  And  having  good  store  of  commodi- 
ties, we  began  to  send  that  way,  to  discover  the 
same,  and  trade  with  the  natives.  We  found  it  to 
be  a  fine  place,  and  tried  divers  times,  not  without 
profit.  But  saw  the  most  certainty  would  be  by 
keeping  a  house  there,  to  receive  the  trade  when 
it  comes  down  out  of  the  inland.  These  Indians 
not  seeing  us  very  forward  to  build  there,  solicited 
those  of  the  Massachusetts  in  like  sort ;  for  their 
end  was  to  be  restored  to  their  country  again.  But 
they  in  the  bay  being  but  lately  come,  were  not  fit 
for  the  same.  (See  April  4,  1631.  By  which  it 
seems  as  if  the  Plymouth  partners  had  sent  divers 
times  up  Connecticut  river,  and  traded  there,  be- 
fore April  1631,  though  they  set  not  up  a  house 
till  now.)  B 

'  But  some  of  the  chief  in  the  Mb.  made  a  mo- 
tion to  join  with  the  partners  here  (at  Plymouth) 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


435 


1633.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  L — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

to  trade  jointly  with  them  at  that  river,  which  we 
were  willing  to  embrace,  and  so  have  built  and  put 
in  equal  stock  together.  A  time  of  meeting  was 
appointed  at  the  Massachusetts,  and  some  of  the 
chief  here  (at  Plymouth)  are  appointed  to  treat 
with  them,  and  go  accordingly.  B 

6  July  12.  Mr.  Edward  Winslow,  governor  of 
Plymouth,  and  Mr.  Bradford  come  into  the  bay,  to 
confer  about  joining  in  a  trade  to  Connecticut  for 
beaver  and  hemp.  There  was  a  motion  to  set  up 
a  trading  house  there,  to  prevent  the  Dutch  who 
are  about  to  build  one.  But  in  regard  the  place  is 
not  fit  for  plantation,  there  being  three  or  four 
thousand  warlike  Indians,  and  the  river  not  to  be 
gone  into  but  by  small  pinnaces,  having  a  bar 
affording  but  six  foot  at  high  water,  and  for  that 
no  vessels  can  get  in  for  seven  months  in  the  year 
by  reason  of  ice,  &c.  ;  we  thought  not  fit  to  med- 
dle with  it.  w 

'  The  Massachusetts  gentlemen  casting  many 
fears  of  danger  and  loss,  tell  us,  they  have  no  mind 
to  it.  We  then  answer,  we  hope  it  will  be  no 
offence  to  them  if  we  go  without  them.  They 
said,  there  is  no  reason  (it)  should.  And  thus  this 
treaty  breaks  off,  and  we  come  away.  B  July  18. 
w  And  those  (at  Plymouth)  take  convenient  time 
to  make  beginning  there  (of  building)  and  are  the 
first  English  that  both  discovered  that  place  and 
built  in  the  same.  B 

6  But  the  Dutch  begin  now  to  repent  ;  and  hear- 
ing of  our  purpose  and  preparation,  endeavor  to 
prevent  us,  get  in  a  little  before  us,  make  a  slight 
fort,  and  plant  two  pieces  of  ordnance,  threatening 
to  stop  our  passage.  But  we  having  a  great  new 
bark,  and  a  frame  of  a  house  (with)  boards,  nails, 
&c.  ready,  that  we  might  have  a  defence  against 


436  NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1633.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  [.—France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV 

the  Indians,  who  are  much  offended  that  we  bring 
home  and  restore  the  right  Sachems  of  the  place 
called  Natawanute  ;  so  as  we  are  to  encounter  with 
a  double  danger  in  this  attempt,  both  the  Dutch  and 
Indians  :  when  we  come  up  the  river,  the  Dutch 
demand  what  we  intend,  and  whither  we  would 
go  ?  We  answer  up  the  river  to  trade  ;  now  our 
order  was  to  go  and  seat  above  them.  They  bid 
us  strike  and  stay,  or  they  would  shoot  us  ;  and 
stood  by  their  ordnance  ready  fitted.  We  answer, 
we  have  a  commission  from  the  governor  of  Plym- 
outh to  go  up  the  river  to  such  a  place  ;  and  if  they 
shoot  we  must  obey  our  order  and  proceed,  we 
would  not  molest  them,  but  would  go  on  :  so  we 
pass  along,  and  the  Dutch  threaten  us  hard,  yet 
they  shoot  not.  Coming  to  our  place  [about  a 
mile  above  the  Dutch]  (since  called  Windsor,  w 
and  below  the  south  side  line  of  the  Massachusetts 
patent)  we  quickly  clap  up  our  house,  land  our 
provisions,  leave  the  company  appointed,  send  the 
bark  home,  and  afterwards  palisade  our  house 
about  and  fortify  better.  The  Dutch  send  word 
home  to  the  Monhatos,  what  was  done.  And  in 
process  of  time,  they  send  a  band  .of  about  seventy 
men  in  warlike  manner,  with  colors  displayed,  to 
assault  us.  But  seeing  us  strengthened,  and  that 
it  would  cost  blood,  they  come  to  a  parley,  and 
return  in  peace  ;  and  this  was  our  entrance  there. 
We  did  the  Dutch  no  wrong,  for  we  took  not  a 
foot  of  any  land  they  bought,  but  went  to  the 
place  above  them,  and  bought  that  tract  of  land 
which  belonged  to  the  Indians  we  carried  with  us 
and  our  friends,  with  whom  the  Dutch  had  nothing 
to  do.  B 

July  24.  A  ship  from  Weymouth,  arrives  (at 
Boston)  with  eighty  passengers  [and  twelve  kine] 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY.  437 

1633.  King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV 

who  set  down  at  Dorchester,  they  were  twelve 
weeks  coming  ;  being  forced  into  the  western 
islands  by  a  leak,  where  they  stayed  three  weeks, 
and  were  very  courteously  used  by  the  Portugals  ; 
but  the  extremity  of  the  heat  there,  and  the  contin- 
ual rains  brought  sickness  upon  them,  so  as  (several 
died.)  to 

6  June,  July,  and  iVugust.  It  pleases  God  to  visit 
us  (at  Plymouth)  with  an  infectious  fever,  of  which 
many  fall  very  sick  and  upwards  of  twenty  die, 
men,  and  women,  [besides  children]  and  of  them 
sundry  (who  were)  our  ancient  friends  in  Holland, 
as  Thomas  Blossom,  with  others  ;  and  in  the  end, 
Samuel  Fuller,  our  surgeon  and  physician  ;  who 
has  been  a  great  help  and  comfort  to  us,  as  in  his 
faculty,  so  otherwise,  being  a  deacon  of  the  church, 
godly,  and  forward  to  do  good,  much  missed  after 
his  death  ;  all  which  cause  much  sadness  and 
mourning  among  us  ;  (and  move)  us  to  humble 
ourselves  and  seek  the  Lord  by  fasting  and  prayer, 
who  was  entreated  of  us.  Mem  For  toward  win- 
ter, it  pleased  the  Lord,  the  sickness  ceased.  This 
disease  also  swept  away  many  of  the  Indians  from 
all  the  places  near  (us.)  B 

August  5.  to  Two  men,  servants  to  John  Moo- 
dy of  Roxbury  that  were  ungodly,  especially  one, 
who  in  his  passion  would  wish  himself  in  hell,  and 
use  desperate  words,  yet  had  a  good  measure  of 
knowledge,  against  the  counsel  of  their  (master) 
would  go  in  a  boat  to  the  oyster  bank,  where  they 
lie  all  night.  In  the  morning  early,  [August  6,]  w 
when  the  tide  is  out,  they  gathering  oysters,  leave 
their  boat  (unfastened)  on  the  verge  of  the  chan- 
nel, and  quickly  the  tide  carries  it  so  far  into  the 


Mem  Mr.  Morton.  >erretarv  of  Plymouth  Colony's  Memorial. 


438 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


1633.    King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I. — France,  Lewis  XIII. — Spain,  Philip  IV. 

channel,*  that  they  cannot  recover  it,  and  they  are 
both  drowned,  although  they  might  have  waded 
out  on  either  side  ;  but  it  was  an  evident  judg- 
ment of  God  upon  them,  ic 

*  Here  ends  No.  3,  Volume  II,  being  all  that  was  printed,  of  the  Annals  of 
New  England.  We  have  completed  the  sentence  from  Winthrop's  Journal. 
Extensive  preparations  had  undoubtedly  been  made  tor  a  continuance  of  the 
work,  but  the  want  of  encouragement,  and  the  death  of  the  author  in  1758, 
prevented  a  continuation  of  the  publication.  On  the  covers  of  the  last  num- 
ber were  the  following  advertisement,  and  the  annexed  circular,  soliciting 
contributions  of  materials  for  the  completion  of  the  work,  according  to  the 
original  design. 

Editor  of  this  Edition. 

Advertisement.  Wanting  yet,  accounts  of  these  ancient  towns,  namely, 
Newton,  Groton,  Chelmsford,  Billerica,  Woburn,  Dunstable,  Manchester,  in 
Massachusetts;  Saybrook,  New  Haven,  Fairfield,  Stamford,  in  Connecticut  > 
and  Bristol,  in  Plymouth  patent. 

The  reverend  ministers  or  other  gentlemen  of  those  towns,  are  earnestly 
entreated,  to  inquire  of  their  records,  gravestones,  and  ancient  people  ;  and 
send  the  remarkables  of  their  history  from  the  beginning,  in  a  Chronological 
order,  to  the  compiler  of  these  Annals,  with  all  convenient  expedition. 

Boston,  May  28,  1755. 

Sir, — The  New  England  Annals  wanting  the  remarkables  of  your  place, 
and  the  Composer  being  loth  to  omit  them,  that  so  the  work  may  be  as  com- 
plete as  possible,  you  are  therefore  earnestly  desired  to  send  your  commu- 
nications as  soon  as  may  be,  on  the  following  heads. 

1  When  your  town  was  granted  and  settled,  what  its  original  Indian  name, 
to  what  county  first  laid  ;  and  if  there  has  been  any  alteration,  what,  and 
when  it  was. 

2  What  the  number  of  original  shares  and  settlers,  and  from  whence  they 
chiefly  came,  and  what  your  present  number  of  families. 

3  When  the  church  was  first  gathered,  and  what  their  first  and  present 
number  of  males. 

4  Whether  you  are  yet  divided  into  precincts,  how  many,  when,  and  what 
their  names,  both  ancient  and  Indian  and  present  English. 

5  Who  have  been  your  teaching  or  ruling  elders,  and  when  called,  ordain- 
ed, removed,  and  died,  at  what  age,  and  where. 

6  Whether  you  have  a  grammar  school,  and  when  first  set  up. 

7  How  many  of  your  town  have  taken  their  first  degree  at  college,  whether 
at  Cambridge  or  New  Haven,  how  many  at  each,  and  what  their  names. 

8  The  decease  of  other  gentlemen  of  note  among  you,  such  as  counsellors, 
assistants,  justices,  graduates,  &,c. 

9  Whether  any  have  deceased  among  you  of  100  years  of  age  or  upwards, 
whether  English  or  Indians,  when,  and  what  their  names. 

10  Those  who  have  been  remarkable  for  a  great  increase  of  posterity,  their 
names,  age,  when  they  died,  and  the  number  of  their  offspring  then  of  each 
generation. 

11  What  remarkable  works  have  been  among  you,  as  the  building  meeting- 
houses, great  bridges,  forts,  kc.  and  when. 


NEW  ENGLAND  CHRONOLOGY. 


439 


1633.   King  of  G.  Britain,  Charles  I.— France,  Lewis  XIII.— Spain,  Philip  IV. 

12  The  remarkahle  Providences  that  have  befallen  your  town  or  the  people 
in  it,  from  the  beginning'  to  the  present  time  ;  as  earthquakes,  tempests,  inun- 
dations, extraordinary  floods,  droughts,  fires,  epidemical  sicknesses,  awful 
deaths,  or  any  other  strange  occurrences,  as  far  as  can  be  recollected. 

You  are  desired  to  be  as  precise  as  possible  in  the  dates,  both  as  to  year, 
I   month,  and  day,  of  all  your  articles,  as  well  as  certain  in  the  facts  related; 
that  so  the  public  may  depend  upon  the  truth  and  accuracy  of  these  col- 
lections. 

In  doing  which  you  will  oblige  the  public,  as  well  as 

The  Composer, 

Thomas  Prince. 


Additional  note  by  the  Editor  of  the  present  Edition, 

Several  of  the  works  most  frequently  cited  by  the  author  of  the  Chrono- 
logy, from  the  original  manuscripts,  have  been  published  since  the  compila- 
tion of  this  work.  The  most  valuable  of  these,  is  Governor  Winthrop's  Jour- 
nal, or  History  of  New  England  from  1630,  to  1649,  so  often  cited  in  the 
latter  part  of  the  present  volume.  Of  this  work  a  second  and  much  improved 
edition,  carefully  copied  from  the  original  manuscript  which  had  been  in  the 
possession  of  Dr.  Prince,  and  illustrated  with  notes,  by  Mr.  Savage,  is  now 
publishing.  It  will  serve,  with  the  elaborate  notes  of  its  learned  editor,  as 
the  best  substitute  for  the  work  here  prematurely  brought  to  a  close. 

Hubbard's  History  has  been  published  from  the  manuscript  by  the  Massa- 
chusetts Historical  Society,  and  it  forms  the  fifth  and  sixth  volumes  of  the 
second  series  of  their  collections. 

Governor  Bradford's  manuscript  History  often  cited  in  this  work,  and  many 
other  valuable  papers  collected  by  the  author  of  the  New  England  Chrono- 
logy, were  lost  or  destroyed  during  the  revolutionary  war. 

Mourt's  Relation,  which  consisted  of  narratives  from  several  of  the  first 
Plymouth  adventurers,  probably  governor  Bradford,  governor  Winslow,  Isaac 
Allerton,  and  others,  was  published  in  London  in  the  year  1622.  An  abridg- 
ment of  it  was  afterwards  published  by  Purchas  in  his  Pilgrim,  and  it  was 
this  abridgment  which  was  made  use  of  by  Dr.  Prince.  The  abridgment 
was  republished  from  Purchas  in  the  eighth  volume  of  the  Massachusetts 
Historical  Collections,  and  a  copy  of  the  original  publication  having  been 
subsequently  procured  from  one  preserved  in  the  Philadelphia  City  Library, 
the  parts  omitted  in  the  abridgment,  were  republished  in  the  ninth  volume 
of  the  second  series  of  the  collections. 

Winslow  s  Relation,  was  printed  in  London  in  1624,  and  the  most  import- 
ant part  of  it,  copied  by  Purchas,  was  republished  in  volume  eight  of  the 
Historical  Collections.  The  parts  omitted  by  Purchas  are  copied  in  volume 
nine,  second  series,  of  the  Historical  Collections,  from  a  copy  of  the  original 
in  the  Ebeling  Library,  in  Harvard  University. 

Deputy-governor  Dudley's  letter  to  the  countess  of  Lincoln,  and  Johnson's 
History  of  New  England,  have  also  been  republished  in  the  Historical  Col- 
lections. 


Printed  by  William  L.  Lewis, 
Congress-street,  Boston. 


